diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/ALL_META.TXT.json b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/ALL_META.TXT.json index 7f28f483..1d481d01 100644 --- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/ALL_META.TXT.json +++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/ALL_META.TXT.json @@ -1,1382 +1,2665 @@ [ + { + "dockw":"API Reference" + }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0001.html", - "product_code":"dgc", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0001.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", "code":"1", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Before You Start", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Before You Start", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0002.html", - "product_code":"dgc", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0002.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", "code":"2", "des":"Welcome to DataArts Studio. DataArts Studio is a one-stop operations platform that provides data lifecycle management and intelligent data management for enterprises' dig", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Overview,Before You Start,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "opensource":"true", + "IsBot":"yes" + } + ], "title":"Overview", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0003.html", - "product_code":"dgc", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0003.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", "code":"3", "des":"DataArts Studio supports Representational State Transfer (REST) APIs, allowing you to call APIs using HTTPS. For details on API calling, see Calling APIs.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"API Calling,Before You Start,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"API Calling", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0006.html", - "product_code":"dgc", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0006.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", "code":"4", "des":"DomainA domain is created upon successful registration. The domain has full access permissions for all of its cloud services and resources. It can be used to reset user p", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Concepts,Before You Start,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "opensource":"true", + "IsBot":"yes" + } + ], "title":"Concepts", "githuburl":"" }, { - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0004.html", - "product_code":"dgc", + "uri":"endpoint.html", + "node_id":"endpoint.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", "code":"5", "des":"An endpoint is the request address for calling an API. Endpoints vary depending on services and regions.You can obtain endpoints from Regions and Endpoints.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Endpoints,Before You Start,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Endpoints", "githuburl":"" }, { - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0314.html", - "product_code":"", + "uri":"projectid_accountid.html", + "node_id":"projectid_accountid.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", "code":"6", - "des":"You can obtain the project ID and account ID by performing the following steps:Register with and log in to the management console.Hover the cursor on the username in the ", - "doc_type":"", + "des":"A project is a group of tenant resources, and an account ID corresponds to the current account. The IAM ID corresponds to the current user. You can view the project IDs, ", + "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Project ID and Account ID,Before You Start,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Project ID and Account ID", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0350.html", - "product_code":"", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0350.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", "code":"7", "des":"To obtain a DataArts Studio instance ID and workspace ID, perform the following steps:On the DataArts Studio console, locate a workspace and click any module, such as Man", - "doc_type":"", + "doc_type":"api", "kw":"DataArts Studio Instance ID and Workspace ID,Before You Start,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"DataArts Studio Instance ID and Workspace ID", "githuburl":"" }, - { - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0316.html", - "product_code":"", - "code":"8", - "des":"A job ID (jobid) is required for some URLs when an API is called. To obtain a job ID, perform the following operations:Log in to the DataArts Studio console. Locate an in", - "doc_type":"", - "kw":"Data Development Job ID,Before You Start,API Reference", - "title":"Data Development Job ID", - "githuburl":"" - }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0005.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"9", - "des":"The restrictions on DataArts Catalog APIs are as follows:CDM jobs carry large volumes of data, which increases the database load. You are advised to periodically delete u", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0005.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"8", + "des":"An IAM user can pass the authentication and access DataArts Studio through an API or SDK only if Programmatic access is selected for Access Type during the creation of th", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Constraints,Before You Start,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "opensource":"true", + "IsBot":"yes" + } + ], "title":"Constraints", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0007.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"10", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0007.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"9", "des":"DataArts Studio provides self-developed APIs that comply with RESTful API design specifications. You can call those APIs to perform operations on DataArts Studio.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"API Overview,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "opensource":"true", + "IsBot":"yes" + } + ], "title":"API Overview", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0008.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"11", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0008.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"10", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Calling APIs", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Calling APIs", "githuburl":"" }, { - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0009.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"12", + "uri":"making_request.html", + "node_id":"making_request.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"11", "des":"This section describes the structure of a REST API, and uses the IAM API for obtaining a user token as an example to demonstrate how to call an API. The obtained token ca", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Making an API Request,Calling APIs,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "opensource":"true", + "IsBot":"yes" + } + ], "title":"Making an API Request", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0010.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"13", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0010.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"12", "des":"Requests for calling an API can be authenticated using either of the following methods:Token-based authentication: Requests are authenticated using a token.AK/SK-based au", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Authentication,Calling APIs,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "opensource":"true", + "IsBot":"yes" + } + ], "title":"Authentication", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0011.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"14", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0011.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"13", "des":"After sending a request, you will receive a response, including a status code, response header, and response body.A status code is a group of digits, ranging from 1xx to ", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Response,Calling APIs,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "opensource":"true", + "IsBot":"yes" + } + ], "title":"Response", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0012.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"15", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0012.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"14", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Application Cases", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Application Cases", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0013.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"16", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0013.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"15", "des":"This section describes how to use cURL to call CDM APIs to migrate data from a local MySQL database to DWS in the cloud.Obtaining a TokenCall the API to obtain the user t", "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Application Example,Application Cases,API Reference", - "title":"Application Example", + "kw":"Example of Using DataArts Migration APIs,Application Cases,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], + "title":"Example of Using DataArts Migration APIs", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0015.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"17", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0015.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"16", "des":"DataArts Studio helps enterprises quickly build an end-to-end intelligent data system that covers the entire process from data ingestion to data analytics. The system can", "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Example of Using Data Development APIs,Application Cases,API Reference", - "title":"Example of Using Data Development APIs", + "kw":"Example of Using DataArts Factory APIs,Application Cases,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], + "title":"Example of Using DataArts Factory APIs", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0016.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"18", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0016.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"17", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"DataArts Migration APIs", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"DataArts Migration APIs", "githuburl":"" }, { - "uri":"topic_300000000_3.html", + "uri":"topic_300000000_8.html", + "node_id":"topic_300000000_8.xml", "product_code":"cdm", - "code":"19", + "code":"18", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Cluster Management", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"cdm" + } + ], "title":"Cluster Management", "githuburl":"" }, { - "uri":"ShowClusterDetail.html", + "uri":"ShowClusterDetail_0.html", + "node_id":"showclusterdetail_0.xml", "product_code":"cdm", - "code":"20", + "code":"19", "des":"This API is used to query cluster details.GET /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}Status code: 200Status code: 200okSee Error Codes.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Querying Cluster Details,Cluster Management,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "opensource":"true", + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"cdm" + } + ], "title":"Querying Cluster Details", "githuburl":"" }, { - "uri":"DeleteCluster.html", + "uri":"DeleteCluster_0.html", + "node_id":"deletecluster_0.xml", "product_code":"cdm", - "code":"21", + "code":"20", "des":"This API is used to delete a cluster.DELETE /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}Status code: 202Status code: 202AcceptedSee Error Codes.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Deleting a Cluster,Cluster Management,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "opensource":"true", + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"cdm" + } + ], "title":"Deleting a Cluster", "githuburl":"" }, { - "uri":"RestartCluster.html", + "uri":"RestartCluster_0.html", + "node_id":"restartcluster_0.xml", "product_code":"cdm", - "code":"22", + "code":"21", "des":"This API is used to restart a cluster.POST /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/actionStatus code: 200Restarting a ClusterStatus code: 200okSee Error Codes.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Restarting a Cluster,Cluster Management,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "opensource":"true", + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"cdm" + } + ], "title":"Restarting a Cluster", "githuburl":"" }, { - "uri":"StartCluster.html", + "uri":"StartCluster_0.html", + "node_id":"startcluster_0.xml", "product_code":"cdm", - "code":"23", + "code":"22", "des":"This API is used to start a cluster.POST /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/actionStatus code: 200Starting a ClusterStatus code: 200okSee Error Codes.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Starting a Cluster,Cluster Management,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "opensource":"true", + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"cdm" + } + ], "title":"Starting a Cluster", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"StopCluster.html", + "node_id":"stopcluster.xml", "product_code":"cdm", - "code":"24", + "code":"23", "des":"This API is used to stop a cluster.POST /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/actionStatus code: 200Stopping a ClusterStatus code: 200okSee Error Codes.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Stopping a Cluster,Cluster Management,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "opensource":"true", + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"cdm" + } + ], "title":"Stopping a Cluster", "githuburl":"" }, { - "uri":"CreateCluster.html", + "uri":"CreateCluster_0.html", + "node_id":"createcluster_0.xml", "product_code":"cdm", - "code":"25", + "code":"24", "des":"This API is used to create a cluster.POST /v1.1/{project_id}/clustersStatus code: 202Status code: 202AcceptedSee Error Codes.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Creating a Cluster,Cluster Management,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "opensource":"true", + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"cdm" + } + ], "title":"Creating a Cluster", "githuburl":"" }, { - "uri":"ListClusters.html", + "uri":"ListClusters_0.html", + "node_id":"listclusters_0.xml", "product_code":"cdm", - "code":"26", + "code":"25", "des":"This API is used to query the cluster list.GET /v1.1/{project_id}/clustersStatus code: 200Status code: 200okSee Error Codes.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Querying the Cluster List,Cluster Management,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "opensource":"true", + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"cdm" + } + ], "title":"Querying the Cluster List", "githuburl":"" }, { - "uri":"topic_300000001_2.html", + "uri":"topic_300000001_6.html", + "node_id":"topic_300000001_6.xml", "product_code":"cdm", - "code":"27", + "code":"26", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Job Management", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"cdm" + } + ], "title":"Job Management", "githuburl":"" }, { - "uri":"ShowJobs.html", + "uri":"ShowJobs_0.html", + "node_id":"showjobs_0.xml", "product_code":"cdm", - "code":"28", + "code":"27", "des":"This API is used to query jobs.GET /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/cdm/job/{job_name}Status code: 200Status code: 200okSee Error Codes.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Querying a Job,Job Management,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "opensource":"true", + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"cdm" + } + ], "title":"Querying a Job", "githuburl":"" }, { - "uri":"DeleteJob.html", + "uri":"DeleteJob_0.html", + "node_id":"deletejob_0.xml", "product_code":"cdm", - "code":"29", + "code":"28", "des":"This API is used to delete a job.DELETE /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/cdm/job/{job_name}Status code: 500Status code: 500An internal service error occurred. For", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Deleting a Job,Job Management,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "opensource":"true", + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"cdm" + } + ], "title":"Deleting a Job", "githuburl":"" }, { - "uri":"UpdateJob.html", + "uri":"UpdateJob_0.html", + "node_id":"updatejob_0.xml", "product_code":"cdm", - "code":"30", + "code":"29", "des":"This API is used to modify a job.PUT /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/cdm/job/{job_name}Status code: 200Status code: 400Status code: 200okStatus code: 400Error co", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Modifying a Job,Job Management,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "opensource":"true", + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"cdm" + } + ], "title":"Modifying a Job", "githuburl":"" }, { - "uri":"CreateAndStartRandomClusterJob.html", + "uri":"CreateAndStartRandomClusterJob_0.html", + "node_id":"createandstartrandomclusterjob_0.xml", "product_code":"cdm", - "code":"31", + "code":"30", "des":"This API is used to create and execute a job in a random cluster.POST /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/jobStatus code: 200Status code: 200okSee Error Codes.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Creating and Executing a Job in a Random Cluster,Job Management,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "opensource":"true", + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"cdm" + } + ], "title":"Creating and Executing a Job in a Random Cluster", "githuburl":"" }, { - "uri":"StopJob.html", + "uri":"StopJob_0.html", + "node_id":"stopjob_0.xml", "product_code":"cdm", - "code":"32", + "code":"31", "des":"This API is used to stop a job.PUT /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/cdm/job/{job_name}/stopStatus code: 200Status code: 200okSee Error Codes.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Stopping a Job,Job Management,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "opensource":"true", + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"cdm" + } + ], "title":"Stopping a Job", "githuburl":"" }, { - "uri":"CreateJob.html", + "uri":"CreateJob_0.html", + "node_id":"createjob_0.xml", "product_code":"cdm", - "code":"33", + "code":"32", "des":"This API is used to create a job in a specified cluster.POST /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/cdm/jobStatus code: 200Status code: 400Status code: 200okStatus code", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Creating a Job in a Specified Cluster,Job Management,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "opensource":"true", + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"cdm" + } + ], "title":"Creating a Job in a Specified Cluster", "githuburl":"" }, { - "uri":"StartJob.html", + "uri":"StartJob_0.html", + "node_id":"startjob_0.xml", "product_code":"cdm", - "code":"34", + "code":"33", "des":"This API is used to start a job.PUT /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/cdm/job/{job_name}/startStatus code: 200Status code: 200okSee Error Codes.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Starting a Job,Job Management,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "opensource":"true", + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"cdm" + } + ], "title":"Starting a Job", "githuburl":"" }, { - "uri":"ShowJobStatus.html", + "uri":"ShowJobStatus_0.html", + "node_id":"showjobstatus_0.xml", "product_code":"cdm", - "code":"35", + "code":"34", "des":"This API is used to query the job status.GET /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/cdm/job/{job_name}/statusStatus code: 200Status code: 200okSee Error Codes.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Querying Job Status,Job Management,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "opensource":"true", + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"cdm" + } + ], "title":"Querying Job Status", "githuburl":"" }, { - "uri":"ShowSubmissions.html", + "uri":"ShowSubmissions_0.html", + "node_id":"showsubmissions_0.xml", "product_code":"cdm", - "code":"36", + "code":"35", "des":"This API is used to query the job execution history.GET /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/cdm/submissionsStatus code: 200Status code: 200okSee Error Codes.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Querying Job Execution History,Job Management,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "opensource":"true", + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"cdm" + } + ], "title":"Querying Job Execution History", "githuburl":"" }, { - "uri":"topic_300000002_2.html", + "uri":"topic_300000002_6.html", + "node_id":"topic_300000002_6.xml", "product_code":"cdm", - "code":"37", + "code":"36", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Link Management", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"cdm" + } + ], "title":"Link Management", "githuburl":"" }, { - "uri":"CreateLink.html", + "uri":"CreateLink_0.html", + "node_id":"createlink_0.xml", "product_code":"cdm", - "code":"38", + "code":"37", "des":"This API is used to create a link.POST /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/cdm/linkStatus code: 200Status code: 400Status code: 500Status code: 200OKStatus code: 400", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Creating a Link,Link Management,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "opensource":"true", + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"cdm" + } + ], "title":"Creating a Link", "githuburl":"" }, { - "uri":"ShowLink.html", + "uri":"ShowLink_0.html", + "node_id":"showlink_0.xml", "product_code":"cdm", - "code":"39", + "code":"38", "des":"This API is used to query a link.GET /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/cdm/link/{link_name}Status code: 200Status code: 200OKSee Error Codes.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Querying a Link,Link Management,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "opensource":"true", + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"cdm" + } + ], "title":"Querying a Link", "githuburl":"" }, { - "uri":"DeleteLink.html", + "uri":"DeleteLink_0.html", + "node_id":"deletelink_0.xml", "product_code":"cdm", - "code":"40", + "code":"39", "des":"This API is used to delete a link.DELETE /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/cdm/link/{link_name}Status code: 500Status code: 500An internal service error occurred. ", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Deleting a Link,Link Management,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "opensource":"true", + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"cdm" + } + ], "title":"Deleting a Link", "githuburl":"" }, { - "uri":"UpdateLink.html", + "uri":"UpdateLink_0.html", + "node_id":"updatelink_0.xml", "product_code":"cdm", - "code":"41", + "code":"40", "des":"This API is used to modify a link.PUT /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/cdm/link/{link_name}Status code: 200Status code: 500Status code: 200OKStatus code: 500An in", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Modifying a Link,Link Management,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "opensource":"true", + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"cdm" + } + ], "title":"Modifying a Link", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0260.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"42", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0260.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"41", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Public Data Structures", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Public Data Structures", "githuburl":"" }, { - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0261.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"43", + "uri":"link_parameter.html", + "node_id":"link_parameter.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"42", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Link Parameter Description", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Link Parameter Description", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0262.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"44", - "des":"By creating a JDBC link, you can extract data from or load data to the following relational databases:Data Warehouse ServiceRDS for MySQLRDS for PostgreSQLRDS for SQL Ser", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0262.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"43", + "des":"By creating a JDBC link, you can extract data from or load data to the following relational databases:RDS for PostgreSQLRDS for SQL ServerPostgreSQLMicrosoft SQL ServerRD", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Link to a Relational Database,Link Parameter Description,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Link to a Relational Database", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0263.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"45", - "des":"By creating an OBS link, you can extract files from or load files to OBS. Files in CSV, JSON, and binary format are supported.", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0263.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"44", + "des":"By creating an OBS link, you can extract files from or load files to OBS. Files in CSV, JSON, and binary format are supported.The following is the message body of a sampl", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Link to OBS,Link Parameter Description,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Link to OBS", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0266.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"46", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0266.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"45", "des":"By creating an HDFS link, you can extract files from or load files to MRS, FusionInsight HD, or Apache Hadoop. Files in CSV, Parquet, and binary formats are supported.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Link to HDFS,Link Parameter Description,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Link to HDFS", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0267.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"47", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0267.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"46", "des":"By creating an HBase link, you can extract data from or load data to HBase of MRS, FusionInsight HD, and Apache Hadoop.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Link to HBase,Link Parameter Description,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Link to HBase", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0268.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"48", - "des":"By creating a CloudTable link, you can extract data from or load data to CloudTable.", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0268.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"47", + "des":"By creating a CloudTable link, you can extract data from or load data to CloudTable.The following is the message body of a sample link. You are advised to store the AK an", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Link to CloudTable,Link Parameter Description,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Link to CloudTable", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0269.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"49", - "des":"By creating a Hive link, you can extract data from or load data to Hive of MRS.", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0269.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"48", + "des":"By creating a Hive link, you can extract data from or load data to Hive of MRS.The following is the message body of a sample link. You are advised to store the AK and SK ", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Link to Hive,Link Parameter Description,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Link to Hive", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0270.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"50", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0270.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"49", "des":"By creating an FTP or SFTP link, you are able to extract files from or load files to the FTP or SFTP server. Files in CSV, JSON, and binary format are supported.Parameter", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Link to an FTP or SFTP Server,Link Parameter Description,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Link to an FTP or SFTP Server", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0271.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"51", - "des":"By creating a MongoDB link, you can extract data from or load data to MongoDB.", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0271.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"50", + "des":"By creating a Link to MongoDB, you can extract data from or load data to MongoDB.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Link to MongoDB,Link Parameter Description,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Link to MongoDB", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0272.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"52", - "des":"By creating a Redis link, you can extract data from or load data to the Redis server. By creating a DCS link, you can load data to Data Cache Service (DCS), but not extra", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0272.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"51", + "des":"By creating a Redis link, you can extract data from or load data to the Redis server.", "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Link to Redis/DCS (to Be Brought Offline),Link Parameter Description,API Reference", - "title":"Link to Redis/DCS (to Be Brought Offline)", + "kw":"Link to Redis,Link Parameter Description,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], + "title":"Link to Redis", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0274.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"53", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0274.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"52", "des":"By creating a Kafka link, you are able to access open source Kafka and migrate data from Kafka to other data sources as required. Currently, only data export from Kafka i", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Link to Kafka,Link Parameter Description,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Link to Kafka", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0276.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"54", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0276.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"53", "des":"By creating an Elasticsearch link, you can extract data from or load data to the Elasticsearch server or Cloud Search Service.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Link to Elasticsearch/Cloud Search Service,Link Parameter Description,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Link to Elasticsearch/Cloud Search Service", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0277.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"55", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0277.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"54", "des":"By creating a DLI link, you can import data to DLI. Currently, you cannot export data from DLI using CDM.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Link to DLI,Link Parameter Description,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Link to DLI", "githuburl":"" }, - { - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0278.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"56", - "des":"By creating an OpenTSDB link, you can extract data from and load data to CloudTable OpenTSDB.", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Link to CloudTable OpenTSDB,Link Parameter Description,API Reference", - "title":"Link to CloudTable OpenTSDB", - "githuburl":"" - }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0280.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"57", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0280.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"55", "des":"By creating a DMS Kafka link, you can connect to Kafka Basic or Kafka Platinum on DMS. Currently, you can only export data from DMS Kafka to Cloud Search Service.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Link to DMS Kafka,Link Parameter Description,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Link to DMS Kafka", "githuburl":"" }, { - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0281.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"58", + "uri":"source_job_parameters.html", + "node_id":"source_job_parameters.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"56", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Source Job Parameters", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Source Job Parameters", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0282.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"59", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0282.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"57", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"From a Relational Database,Source Job Parameters,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"From a Relational Database", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0283.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"60", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0283.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"58", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"From Object Storage,Source Job Parameters,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"From Object Storage", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0284.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"61", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0284.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"59", "des":"HDFS job parameter descriptionParameterMandatoryTypeDescriptionfromJobConfig.inputDirectoryYesStringPath for storing data to be extracted. For example, /data_dir.fromJobC", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"From HDFS,Source Job Parameters,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"From HDFS", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0285.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"62", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0285.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"60", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"From Hive,Source Job Parameters,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"From Hive", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0286.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"63", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0286.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"61", "des":"HBase/CloudTable job parameter descriptionParameterMandatoryTypeDescriptionfromJobConfig.tableYesStringName of the table from which data is extracted. For example, cdm.fr", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"From HBase/CloudTable,Source Job Parameters,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"From HBase/CloudTable", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0287.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"64", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0287.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"62", "des":"Source link job parameters of FTP and SFTP are the same. Table 1 describes the parameters.Source link job parameters of file systemsParameterMandatoryTypeDescriptionfromJ", "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"From FTP/SFTP/NAS (to Be Brought Offline)/SFS (to Be Brought Offline),Source Job Parameters,API Refe", - "title":"From FTP/SFTP/NAS (to Be Brought Offline)/SFS (to Be Brought Offline)", + "kw":"From FTP/SFTP,Source Job Parameters,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], + "title":"From FTP/SFTP", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0288.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"65", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0288.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"63", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"From HTTP/HTTPS,Source Job Parameters,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"From HTTP/HTTPS", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0289.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"66", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0289.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"64", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"From MongoDB/DDS,Source Job Parameters,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"From MongoDB/DDS", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0290.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"67", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0290.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"65", "des":"Redis job parameter descriptionParameterMandatoryTypeDescriptionfromJobConfig.isBatchMigrationNoBooleanWhether to migrate all data in the databasefromJobConfig.keyPrefixY", "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"From Redis/DCS (to Be Brought Offline),Source Job Parameters,API Reference", - "title":"From Redis/DCS (to Be Brought Offline)", + "kw":"From Redis,Source Job Parameters,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], + "title":"From Redis", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0291.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"68", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0291.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"66", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"From DIS,Source Job Parameters,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"From DIS", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0292.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"69", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0292.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"67", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"From Kafka,Source Job Parameters,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"From Kafka", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0293.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"70", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0293.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"68", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"From Elasticsearch/Cloud Search Service,Source Job Parameters,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"From Elasticsearch/Cloud Search Service", "githuburl":"" }, { - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0294.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"71", - "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"From OpenTSDB,Source Job Parameters,API Reference", - "title":"From OpenTSDB", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0295.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"72", + "uri":"destination_job_parameters.html", + "node_id":"destination_job_parameters.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"69", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Destination Job Parameters", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Destination Job Parameters", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0296.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"73", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0296.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"70", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"To a Relational Database,Destination Job Parameters,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"To a Relational Database", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0297.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"74", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0297.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"71", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"To OBS,Destination Job Parameters,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"To OBS", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0298.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"75", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0298.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"72", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"To HDFS,Destination Job Parameters,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"To HDFS", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0299.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"76", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0299.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"73", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"To Hive,Destination Job Parameters,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"To Hive", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0300.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"77", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0300.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"74", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"To HBase/CloudTable,Destination Job Parameters,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"To HBase/CloudTable", "githuburl":"" }, - { - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0301.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"78", - "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"To FTP/SFTP/NAS (to Be Brought Offline)/SFS (to Be Brought Offline),Destination Job Parameters,API R", - "title":"To FTP/SFTP/NAS (to Be Brought Offline)/SFS (to Be Brought Offline)", - "githuburl":"" - }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0302.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"79", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0302.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"75", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"To DDS,Destination Job Parameters,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"To DDS", "githuburl":"" }, - { - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0303.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"80", - "des":"Parameter descriptionParameterMandatoryTypeDescriptiontoJobConfig.isBatchMigrationNoBooleanWhether to migrate all data in the databasetoJobConfig.shouldClearDatabaseNoBoo", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"To DCS,Destination Job Parameters,API Reference", - "title":"To DCS", - "githuburl":"" - }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0304.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"81", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0304.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"76", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"To Elasticsearch/Cloud Search Service,Destination Job Parameters,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"To Elasticsearch/Cloud Search Service", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0305.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"82", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0305.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"77", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"To DLI,Destination Job Parameters,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"To DLI", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0306.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"83", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0306.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"78", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"To DIS,Destination Job Parameters,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"To DIS", "githuburl":"" }, { - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0307.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"84", - "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"To OpenTSDB,Destination Job Parameters,API Reference", - "title":"To OpenTSDB", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0308.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"85", - "des":"When Creating a Job in a Specified Cluster or Creating and Executing a Job in a Random Cluster, the driver-config-values parameter specifies the job configuration, which ", + "uri":"job_parameter.html", + "node_id":"job_parameter.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"79", + "des":"When you create a job in a specified cluster by following the instructions in Creating a Job in a Specified Cluster or create and execute a job in a random cluster by fol", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Job Parameter Description,Public Data Structures,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Job Parameter Description", "githuburl":"" }, { - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0127.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"86", + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0048.html", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0048.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"80", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"DataArts Factory APIs", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"DataArts Factory APIs", "githuburl":"" }, - { - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0049.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"87", - "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Connection Management APIs", - "title":"Connection Management APIs", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0050.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"88", - "des":"This API is used to create a connection. The supported connection types include DWS, DLI, Spark SQL, RDS, CloudTable, and Hive.URI formatPOST /v1/{project_id}/connections", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Creating a Connection,Connection Management APIs,API Reference", - "title":"Creating a Connection", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0051.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"89", - "des":"This API is used to query a connection list.URI formatGET /v1/{project_id}/connections?offset={offset}&limit={limit}&connectionName={connectionName}GET /v1/{project_id}/c", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Querying a Connection List,Connection Management APIs,API Reference", - "title":"Querying a Connection List", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0052.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"90", - "des":"This API is used to query configuration details of a specific connection.URI formatGET /v1/{project_id}/connections/{connection_name}GET /v1/{project_id}/connections/{con", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Viewing Connection Details,Connection Management APIs,API Reference", - "title":"Viewing Connection Details", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0053.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"91", - "des":"This API is used to edit a connection.URI formatPUT /v1/{project_id}/connections/{connection_name}?ischeck=truePUT /v1/{project_id}/connections/{connection_name}?ischeck=", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Editing a Connection,Connection Management APIs,API Reference", - "title":"Editing a Connection", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0054.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"92", - "des":"This API is used to delete a connection.URI formatDELETE /v1/{project_id}/connections/{connection_name}DELETE /v1/{project_id}/connections/{connection_name}Parameter desc", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Deleting a Connection,Connection Management APIs,API Reference", - "title":"Deleting a Connection", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0055.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"93", - "des":"This API is used to export all connection information that is compressed in ZIP format.URI formatPOST /v1/{project_id}/connections/exportPOST /v1/{project_id}/connections", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Exporting a Connection,Connection Management APIs,API Reference", - "title":"Exporting a Connection", - "githuburl":"" - }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0056.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"94", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0056.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"81", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Script Development APIs", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Script Development APIs", "githuburl":"" }, - { - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0057.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"95", - "des":"This API is used to delete a specific script.URI formatDELETE /v1/{project_id}/scripts/{script_name}DELETE /v1/{project_id}/scripts/{script_name}Parameter descriptionURI ", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Deleting a Script,Script Development APIs,API Reference", - "title":"Deleting a Script", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0058.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"96", - "des":"This API is used to execute a specific script, which can be a DWS SQL, DLI SQL, RDS SQL, Flink SQL, Hive SQL, Presto SQL, or Spark SQL script. A script instance is genera", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Executing a Script,Script Development APIs,API Reference", - "title":"Executing a Script", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0059.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"97", - "des":"This API is used to stop executing a script instance.URI formatPOST /v1/{project_id}/scripts/{script_name}/instances/{instance_id}/stopPOST /v1/{project_id}/scripts/{scri", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Stopping Executing a Script Instance,Script Development APIs,API Reference", - "title":"Stopping Executing a Script Instance", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0060.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"98", - "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Resource Management APIs", - "title":"Resource Management APIs", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0061.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"99", - "des":"This API is used to delete a resource.URI formatDELETE /v1/{project_id}/resources/{resource_id}DELETE /v1/{project_id}/resources/{resource_id}Parameter descriptionURI par", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Deleting a Resource,Resource Management APIs,API Reference", - "title":"Deleting a Resource", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0062.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"100", - "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Job Development APIs", - "title":"Job Development APIs", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0063.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"101", - "des":"This API is used to check whether there are jobs and scripts in the job file to be imported from OBS to DLF.URI formatPOST /v1/{project_id}/jobs/check-filePOST /v1/{proje", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Viewing a Job File,Job Development APIs,API Reference", - "title":"Viewing a Job File", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0064.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"102", - "des":"This API is used to stop a job.URI formatPOST /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{job_name}/stopPOST /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{job_name}/stopParameter descriptionURI parametersParamete", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Stopping a Job,Job Development APIs,API Reference", - "title":"Stopping a Job", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0065.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"103", - "des":"This API is used to delete a job.URI formatDELETE /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{job_name}DELETE /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{job_name}Parameter descriptionURI parametersParameterManda", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Deleting a Job,Job Development APIs,API Reference", - "title":"Deleting a Job", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0066.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"104", - "des":"This API is used to stop a specific job instance. A job instance can be stopped only when it is in the running state.URI formatPOST /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{job_name}/insta", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Stopping a Job Instance,Job Development APIs,API Reference", - "title":"Stopping a Job Instance", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0067.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"105", - "des":"This API is used to restart a specific job instance. A job instance can be restarted only when it is in the successful, failed, or canceled state.URI formatPOST /v1/{proj", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Restarting a Job Instance,Job Development APIs,API Reference", - "title":"Restarting a Job Instance", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0082.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"106", - "des":"Table 1 describes common request headers.Table 2 describes common response headers.", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Data Structure,DataArts Factory APIs,API Reference", - "title":"Data Structure", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0083.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"107", - "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"APIs to Be Taken Offline", - "title":"APIs to Be Taken Offline", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0084.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"108", - "des":"This API is used to create a job. A job consists of one or more nodes, such as Hive SQL and CDM Job nodes. DLF supports two types of jobs: batch jobs and real-time jobs.U", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Creating a Job,APIs to Be Taken Offline,API Reference", - "title":"Creating a Job", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0085.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"109", - "des":"This API is used to edit a job.URI formatPUT /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{job_name}PUT /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{job_name}Parameter descriptionURI parametersParameterMandatoryType", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Editing a Job,APIs to Be Taken Offline,API Reference", - "title":"Editing a Job", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0086.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"110", - "des":"This API is used to query a list of batch or real-time jobs. A maximum of 1000 jobs can be returned for each query.URI formatGET /v1/{project_id}/jobs?jobType={jobType}&o", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Viewing a Job List,APIs to Be Taken Offline,API Reference", - "title":"Viewing a Job List", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0087.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"111", - "des":"This API is used to view job details.URI formatGET /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{name}GET /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{name}Parameter descriptionURI parameterParameterMandatoryTypeDes", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Viewing Job Details,APIs to Be Taken Offline,API Reference", - "title":"Viewing Job Details", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0088.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"112", - "des":"This API is used to export a job, including job definitions, job dependency scripts, and CDM job definitions.URI formatPOST /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{name}/exportPOST /v1/{p", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Exporting a Job,APIs to Be Taken Offline,API Reference", - "title":"Exporting a Job", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0089.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"113", - "des":"This API is used to batch export jobs, including job dependency scripts and CDM job definitions.URI formatPOST /v1/{project_id}/jobs/batch-exportPOST /v1/{project_id}/job", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Batch Exporting Jobs,APIs to Be Taken Offline,API Reference", - "title":"Batch Exporting Jobs", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0090.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"114", - "des":"This API is used to import one or more job files from OBS to DLF.Before using this API, store job files in OBS buckets.URI formatPOST /v1/{project_id}/jobs/importPOST /", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Importing a Job,APIs to Be Taken Offline,API Reference", - "title":"Importing a Job", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0091.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"115", - "des":"This API is used to execute a job immediately and check whether the job can be executed successfully.URI formatPOST /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{job_name}/run-immediatePOST /", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Executing a Job Immediately,APIs to Be Taken Offline,API Reference", - "title":"Executing a Job Immediately", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0092.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"116", - "des":"This API is used to start a job.URI formatPOST /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{name}/startPOST /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{name}/startParameter descriptionURI parametersParameterMand", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Starting a Job,APIs to Be Taken Offline,API Reference", - "title":"Starting a Job", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0093.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"117", - "des":"This API is used to view running status of a real-time job.URI formatGET /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{job_name}/statusGET /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{job_name}/statusParameter descr", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Viewing Running Status of a Real-Time Job,APIs to Be Taken Offline,API Reference", - "title":"Viewing Running Status of a Real-Time Job", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0094.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"118", - "des":"This API is used to view a job instance list.A job instance is generated each time you run a batch job for which periodic scheduling or event-based scheduling is configur", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Viewing a Job Instance List,APIs to Be Taken Offline,API Reference", - "title":"Viewing a Job Instance List", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0095.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"119", - "des":"This API is used to view job instance details, including the execution information about each node in a job instance.URI formatGET /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{job_name}/instan", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Viewing Job Instance Details,APIs to Be Taken Offline,API Reference", - "title":"Viewing Job Instance Details", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0096.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"120", - "des":"This API is used to query details about asynchronous tasks.URI formatGET /v1/{project_id}/system-tasks/{task_id}GET /v1/{project_id}/system-tasks/{task_id}Parameter descr", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Querying a System Task,APIs to Be Taken Offline,API Reference", - "title":"Querying a System Task", - "githuburl":"" - }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0097.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"121", - "des":"This API is used to create a script. Currently, the following script types are supported: DLI SQL, Flink SQL, RDS SQL, Spark SQL, Hive SQL, DWS SQL, Shell, and Presto.URI", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0097.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"82", + "des":"This API is used to create a script. Currently, the following script types are supported: DLI SQL, Flink SQL, RDS SQL, Spark SQL, Hive SQL, DWS SQL, Shell, Presto SQL, Cl", "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Creating a Script,APIs to Be Taken Offline,API Reference", + "kw":"Creating a Script,Script Development APIs,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "opensource":"true", + "IsBot":"yes" + } + ], "title":"Creating a Script", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0098.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"122", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0098.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"83", "des":"This API is used to modify the configuration items or script contents of a script.When modifying a script, specify the name of the script to be modified.The script name a", "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Modifying a Script,APIs to Be Taken Offline,API Reference", + "kw":"Modifying a Script,Script Development APIs,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "opensource":"true", + "IsBot":"yes" + } + ], "title":"Modifying a Script", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0099.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"123", - "des":"This API is used to query a script, including the script type and script content.URI formatGET /v1/{project_id}/script/{script_name}GET /v1/{project_id}/script/{script_na", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0099.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"84", + "des":"This API is used to query a script, including the script type and script content.URI formatGET /v1/{project_id}/scripts/{script_name}GET /v1/{project_id}/scripts/{script_", "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Querying a Script,APIs to Be Taken Offline,API Reference", + "kw":"Querying a Script,Script Development APIs,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "opensource":"true", + "IsBot":"yes" + } + ], "title":"Querying a Script", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0100.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"124", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0100.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"85", "des":"This API is used to query the script list. A maximum of 1000 scripts can be returned for each query.URI formatGET /v1/{project_id}/scripts?offset={offset}&limit={limit}&s", "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Querying a Script List,APIs to Be Taken Offline,API Reference", + "kw":"Querying a Script List,Script Development APIs,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "opensource":"true", + "IsBot":"yes" + } + ], "title":"Querying a Script List", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0101.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"125", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0101.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"86", "des":"This API is used to obtain the execution status and result of a script instance.During the query, specify the script name and script instance ID.URI formatGET /v1/{projec", "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Querying the Execution Result of a Script Instance,APIs to Be Taken Offline,API Reference", + "kw":"Querying the Execution Result of a Script Instance,Script Development APIs,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "opensource":"true", + "IsBot":"yes" + } + ], "title":"Querying the Execution Result of a Script Instance", "githuburl":"" }, + { + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0057.html", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0057.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"87", + "des":"This API is used to delete a specific script.URI formatDELETE /v1/{project_id}/scripts/{script_name}DELETE /v1/{project_id}/scripts/{script_name}Parameter descriptionURI ", + "doc_type":"api", + "kw":"Deleting a Script,Script Development APIs,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "opensource":"true", + "IsBot":"yes" + } + ], + "title":"Deleting a Script", + "githuburl":"" + }, + { + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0058.html", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0058.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"88", + "des":"This API is used to execute a specific script, which can be a DWS SQL, DLI SQL, RDS SQL, Flink SQL, Hive SQL, Presto SQL, or Spark SQL script. A script instance is genera", + "doc_type":"api", + "kw":"Executing a Script,Script Development APIs,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "opensource":"true", + "IsBot":"yes" + } + ], + "title":"Executing a Script", + "githuburl":"" + }, + { + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0059.html", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0059.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"89", + "des":"This API is used to stop executing a script instance.URI formatPOST /v1/{project_id}/scripts/{script_name}/instances/{instance_id}/stopPOST /v1/{project_id}/scripts/{scri", + "doc_type":"api", + "kw":"Stopping Executing a Script Instance,Script Development APIs,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "opensource":"true", + "IsBot":"yes" + } + ], + "title":"Stopping Executing a Script Instance", + "githuburl":"" + }, + { + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0060.html", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0060.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"90", + "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", + "doc_type":"api", + "kw":"Resource Management APIs", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], + "title":"Resource Management APIs", + "githuburl":"" + }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0102.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"126", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0102.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"91", "des":"This API is used to create a resource. Types of nodes, including DLI Spark, MRS Spark, and MRS MapReduce, can reference files such as JAR and properties through resources", "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Creating a Resource,APIs to Be Taken Offline,API Reference", + "kw":"Creating a Resource,Resource Management APIs,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "opensource":"true", + "IsBot":"yes" + } + ], "title":"Creating a Resource", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0103.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"127", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0103.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"92", "des":"This API is used to modify a specific resource. When modifying the resource, specify the resource ID.The resource type and directory cannot be modified.URI formatPUT /v1/", "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Modifying a Resource,APIs to Be Taken Offline,API Reference", + "kw":"Modifying a Resource,Resource Management APIs,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "opensource":"true", + "IsBot":"yes" + } + ], "title":"Modifying a Resource", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0104.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"128", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0104.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"93", "des":"This API is used to query resource details. A resource contains various files such as JAR, ZIP, and properties files. A created resource can be used in job nodes such as ", "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Querying a Resource,APIs to Be Taken Offline,API Reference", + "kw":"Querying a Resource,Resource Management APIs,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "opensource":"true", + "IsBot":"yes" + } + ], "title":"Querying a Resource", "githuburl":"" }, + { + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0061.html", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0061.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"94", + "des":"This API is used to delete a resource.URI formatDELETE /v1/{project_id}/resources/{resource_id}DELETE /v1/{project_id}/resources/{resource_id}Parameter descriptionURI par", + "doc_type":"api", + "kw":"Deleting a Resource,Resource Management APIs,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "opensource":"true", + "IsBot":"yes" + } + ], + "title":"Deleting a Resource", + "githuburl":"" + }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0105.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"129", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0105.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"95", "des":"This API is used to query a resource list. During the query, you can specify the page number and the maximum number of records on each page.URI formatGET /v1/{project_id}", "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Querying a Resource List,APIs to Be Taken Offline,API Reference", + "kw":"Querying a Resource List,Resource Management APIs,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "opensource":"true", + "IsBot":"yes" + } + ], "title":"Querying a Resource List", "githuburl":"" }, { - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0106.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"130", - "des":"This API is used to import one or more connection files from OBS to the Data Development module. Before using this API, store connection files in OBS buckets.URI formatPO", + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0062.html", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0062.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"96", + "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Importing a Connection,APIs to Be Taken Offline,API Reference", - "title":"Importing a Connection", + "kw":"Job Development APIs", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], + "title":"Job Development APIs", + "githuburl":"" + }, + { + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0084.html", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0084.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"97", + "des":"This API is used to create a job. A job consists of one or more nodes, such as Hive SQL and CDM Job nodes. DLF supports two types of jobs: batch jobs and real-time jobs.U", + "doc_type":"api", + "kw":"Creating a Job,Job Development APIs,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "opensource":"true", + "IsBot":"yes" + } + ], + "title":"Creating a Job", + "githuburl":"" + }, + { + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0085.html", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0085.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"98", + "des":"This API is used to edit a job.URI formatPUT /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{job_name}PUT /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{job_name}Parameter descriptionURI parametersParameterMandatoryType", + "doc_type":"api", + "kw":"Editing a Job,Job Development APIs,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "opensource":"true", + "IsBot":"yes" + } + ], + "title":"Editing a Job", + "githuburl":"" + }, + { + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0086.html", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0086.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"99", + "des":"This API is used to query a list of batch or real-time jobs. A maximum of 100 jobs can be returned for each query.URI formatGET /v1/{project_id}/jobs?jobType={jobType}&of", + "doc_type":"api", + "kw":"Viewing a Job List,Job Development APIs,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "opensource":"true", + "IsBot":"yes" + } + ], + "title":"Viewing a Job List", + "githuburl":"" + }, + { + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0087.html", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0087.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"100", + "des":"This API is used to view job details.URI formatGET /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{name}GET /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{name}Parameter descriptionParameterMandatoryTypeDescriptionproje", + "doc_type":"api", + "kw":"Viewing Job Details,Job Development APIs,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "opensource":"true", + "IsBot":"yes" + } + ], + "title":"Viewing Job Details", + "githuburl":"" + }, + { + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0063.html", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0063.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"101", + "des":"This API is used to check whether there are jobs and scripts in the job file to be imported from OBS to DLF.URI formatPOST /v1/{project_id}/jobs/check-filePOST /v1/{proje", + "doc_type":"api", + "kw":"Viewing a Job File,Job Development APIs,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "opensource":"true", + "IsBot":"yes" + } + ], + "title":"Viewing a Job File", + "githuburl":"" + }, + { + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0088.html", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0088.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"102", + "des":"This API is used to export a job, including job definitions, job dependency scripts, and CDM job definitions.URI formatPOST /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{job_name}/exportPOST /v", + "doc_type":"api", + "kw":"Exporting a Job,Job Development APIs,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "opensource":"true", + "IsBot":"yes" + } + ], + "title":"Exporting a Job", + "githuburl":"" + }, + { + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0089.html", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0089.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"103", + "des":"This API is used to batch export jobs, including job dependency scripts and CDM job definitions.URI formatPOST /v1/{project_id}/jobs/batch-exportPOST /v1/{project_id}/job", + "doc_type":"api", + "kw":"Batch Exporting Jobs,Job Development APIs,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "opensource":"true", + "IsBot":"yes" + } + ], + "title":"Batch Exporting Jobs", + "githuburl":"" + }, + { + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0090.html", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0090.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"104", + "des":"This API is used to import one or more job files from OBS to DLF.Before using this API, store job files in OBS buckets.URI formatPOST /v1/{project_id}/jobs/importPOST /", + "doc_type":"api", + "kw":"Importing a Job,Job Development APIs,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "opensource":"true", + "IsBot":"yes" + } + ], + "title":"Importing a Job", + "githuburl":"" + }, + { + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0091.html", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0091.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"105", + "des":"This API is used to execute a job immediately and check whether the job can be executed successfully.URI formatPOST /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{job_name}/run-immediatePOST /", + "doc_type":"api", + "kw":"Executing a Job Immediately,Job Development APIs,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "opensource":"true", + "IsBot":"yes" + } + ], + "title":"Executing a Job Immediately", + "githuburl":"" + }, + { + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0092.html", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0092.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"106", + "des":"This API is used to start a job.URI formatPOST /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{job_name}/startPOST /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{job_name}/startParameter descriptionURI parametersParam", + "doc_type":"api", + "kw":"Starting a Job,Job Development APIs,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "opensource":"true", + "IsBot":"yes" + } + ], + "title":"Starting a Job", + "githuburl":"" + }, + { + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0064.html", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0064.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"107", + "des":"This API is used to stop a job.URI formatPOST /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{job_name}/stopPOST /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{job_name}/stopParameter descriptionURI parametersParamete", + "doc_type":"api", + "kw":"Stopping a Job,Job Development APIs,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "opensource":"true", + "IsBot":"yes" + } + ], + "title":"Stopping a Job", + "githuburl":"" + }, + { + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0065.html", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0065.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"108", + "des":"This API is used to delete a job.URI formatDELETE /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{job_name}DELETE /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{job_name}Parameter descriptionURI parametersParameterManda", + "doc_type":"api", + "kw":"Deleting a Job,Job Development APIs,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "opensource":"true", + "IsBot":"yes" + } + ], + "title":"Deleting a Job", + "githuburl":"" + }, + { + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0066.html", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0066.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"109", + "des":"This API is used to stop a specific job instance. A job instance can be stopped only when it is in the running state.URI formatPOST /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{job_name}/insta", + "doc_type":"api", + "kw":"Stopping a Job Instance,Job Development APIs,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "opensource":"true", + "IsBot":"yes" + } + ], + "title":"Stopping a Job Instance", + "githuburl":"" + }, + { + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0067.html", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0067.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"110", + "des":"This API is used to retry a specific job instance. A job instance can be retried only when it is in the successful, failed, or canceled state.URI formatPOST /v1/{project_", + "doc_type":"api", + "kw":"Retrying a Job Instance,Job Development APIs,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "opensource":"true", + "IsBot":"yes" + } + ], + "title":"Retrying a Job Instance", + "githuburl":"" + }, + { + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0093.html", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0093.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"111", + "des":"This API is used to view running status of a real-time job.URI formatGET /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{job_name}/statusGET /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{job_name}/statusParameter descr", + "doc_type":"api", + "kw":"Viewing Running Status of a Real-Time Job,Job Development APIs,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "opensource":"true", + "IsBot":"yes" + } + ], + "title":"Viewing Running Status of a Real-Time Job", + "githuburl":"" + }, + { + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0094.html", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0094.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"112", + "des":"This API is used to view a job instance list.A job instance is generated each time you run a batch job for which periodic scheduling or event-based scheduling is configur", + "doc_type":"api", + "kw":"Viewing a Job Instance List,Job Development APIs,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "opensource":"true", + "IsBot":"yes" + } + ], + "title":"Viewing a Job Instance List", + "githuburl":"" + }, + { + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0095.html", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0095.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"113", + "des":"This API is used to view job instance details, including the execution information about each node in a job instance.URI formatGET /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{job_name}/instan", + "doc_type":"api", + "kw":"Viewing Job Instance Details,Job Development APIs,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "opensource":"true", + "IsBot":"yes" + } + ], + "title":"Viewing Job Instance Details", + "githuburl":"" + }, + { + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0096.html", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0096.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"114", + "des":"This API is used to query details about asynchronous tasks.URI formatGET /v1/{project_id}/system-tasks/{task_id}GET /v1/{project_id}/system-tasks/{task_id}Parameter descr", + "doc_type":"api", + "kw":"Querying System Task Details,Job Development APIs,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "opensource":"true", + "IsBot":"yes" + } + ], + "title":"Querying System Task Details", + "githuburl":"" + }, + { + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0049.html", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0049.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"115", + "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", + "doc_type":"api", + "kw":"Connection Management APIs (To Be Taken Offline)", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "opensource":"true", + "IsBot":"yes" + } + ], + "title":"Connection Management APIs (To Be Taken Offline)", + "githuburl":"" + }, + { + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0050.html", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0050.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"116", + "des":"The connection management capability is provided by Management Center. APIs of Management Center are recommended.This API is used to create a connection. The supported co", + "doc_type":"api", + "kw":"Creating a Connection (to Be Taken Offline),Connection Management APIs (To Be Taken Offline),API Ref", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "opensource":"true", + "IsBot":"yes" + } + ], + "title":"Creating a Connection (to Be Taken Offline)", + "githuburl":"" + }, + { + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0051.html", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0051.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"117", + "des":"The connection management capability is provided by Management Center. APIs of Management Center are recommended.This API is used to query a connection list.URI formatGET", + "doc_type":"api", + "kw":"Querying a Connection List (to Be Taken Offline),Connection Management APIs (To Be Taken Offline),AP", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "opensource":"true", + "IsBot":"yes" + } + ], + "title":"Querying a Connection List (to Be Taken Offline)", + "githuburl":"" + }, + { + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0052.html", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0052.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"118", + "des":"The connection management capability is provided by Management Center. APIs of Management Center are recommended.This API is used to query details of a connection.URI for", + "doc_type":"api", + "kw":"Querying Connection Details (to Be Taken Offline),Connection Management APIs (To Be Taken Offline),A", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "opensource":"true", + "IsBot":"yes" + } + ], + "title":"Querying Connection Details (to Be Taken Offline)", + "githuburl":"" + }, + { + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0053.html", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0053.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"119", + "des":"The connection management capability is provided by Management Center. APIs of Management Center are recommended.This API is used to edit a connection.URI formatPUT /v1/{", + "doc_type":"api", + "kw":"Editing a Connection (to Be Taken Offline),Connection Management APIs (To Be Taken Offline),API Refe", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "opensource":"true", + "IsBot":"yes" + } + ], + "title":"Editing a Connection (to Be Taken Offline)", + "githuburl":"" + }, + { + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0054.html", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0054.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"120", + "des":"The connection management capability is provided by Management Center. APIs of Management Center are recommended.This API is used to delete a connection.URI formatDELETE ", + "doc_type":"api", + "kw":"Deleting a Connection (to Be Taken Offline),Connection Management APIs (To Be Taken Offline),API Ref", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "opensource":"true", + "IsBot":"yes" + } + ], + "title":"Deleting a Connection (to Be Taken Offline)", + "githuburl":"" + }, + { + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0055.html", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0055.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"121", + "des":"The connection management capability is provided by Management Center. APIs of Management Center are recommended.This API is used to export all connection information tha", + "doc_type":"api", + "kw":"Exporting Connections (to Be Taken Offline),Connection Management APIs (To Be Taken Offline),API Ref", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "opensource":"true", + "IsBot":"yes" + } + ], + "title":"Exporting Connections (to Be Taken Offline)", + "githuburl":"" + }, + { + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0106.html", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0106.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"122", + "des":"The connection management capability is provided by Management Center. APIs of Management Center are recommended.This API is used to import one or more connection files f", + "doc_type":"api", + "kw":"Importing Connections (to Be Taken Offline),Connection Management APIs (To Be Taken Offline),API Ref", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "opensource":"true", + "IsBot":"yes" + } + ], + "title":"Importing Connections (to Be Taken Offline)", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0309.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"131", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0309.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"123", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Appendix", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Appendix", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0318.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"132", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0318.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"124", "des":"Table 1 describes common request headers.Table 2 describes common response headers.", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Common Message Headers,Appendix,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Common Message Headers", "githuburl":"" }, + { + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0317.html", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0317.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"125", + "des":"The response messages of the job export API and connection export API are streams that need to be converted to files. For details, see the following sample code:", + "doc_type":"api", + "kw":"Parsing a Stream in a Response Message,Appendix,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], + "title":"Parsing a Stream in a Response Message", + "githuburl":"" + }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0310.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"133", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0310.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"126", "des":"A status code consists of three digits. The first digit defines the class of a response. There are five values for the first digit:1xx: indication information, indicating", "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Status Codes,Appendix,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Status Codes", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"ErrorCode.html", - "product_code":"", - "code":"134", + "node_id":"errorcode.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"127", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "doc_type":"", + "doc_type":"api", "kw":"Error Codes", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], "title":"Error Codes", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0311.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"135", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0311.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"128", "des":"If an error occurs in API calling, no result is returned. Identify the error cause based on the error codes of each API. If an error occurs in API calling, HTTP status co", "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"CDM Error Codes,Error Codes,API Reference", - "title":"CDM Error Codes", + "kw":"DataArts Migration Error Codes,Error Codes,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "IsBot":"yes", + "opensource":"true" + } + ], + "title":"DataArts Migration Error Codes", "githuburl":"" }, { "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0313.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"136", + "node_id":"dataartsstudio_02_0313.xml", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "code":"129", "des":"The error response is in the following format:{\"error_code\":\"DLF.0100\",\"error_msg\":\"The job not found\"}Table 1 describes the error codes.", "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"DLF Error Codes,Error Codes,API Reference", - "title":"DLF Error Codes", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0317.html", - "product_code":"dgc", - "code":"137", - "des":"The response messages of the job export API and connection export API are streams that need to be converted to files. For details, see the following sample code:", - "doc_type":"api", - "kw":"Parsing a Stream in a Response Message,Appendix,API Reference", - "title":"Parsing a Stream in a Response Message", - "githuburl":"" - }, - { - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0330.html", - "product_code":"", - "code":"138", - "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "doc_type":"", - "kw":"Change History,API Reference", - "title":"Change History", + "kw":"DataArts Factory Error Codes,Error Codes,API Reference", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + "documenttype":"api", + "prodname":"dataartsstudio", + "IsMulti":"no", + "opensource":"true", + "IsBot":"yes" + } + ], + "title":"DataArts Factory Error Codes", "githuburl":"" } ] \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/CLASS.TXT.json b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/CLASS.TXT.json index 172ceb84..88f82e57 100644 --- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/CLASS.TXT.json +++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/CLASS.TXT.json @@ -39,16 +39,16 @@ "desc":"An endpoint is the request address for calling an API. Endpoints vary depending on services and regions.You can obtain endpoints from Regions and Endpoints.", "product_code":"dataartsstudio", "title":"Endpoints", - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0004.html", + "uri":"endpoint.html", "doc_type":"api", "p_code":"1", "code":"5" }, { - "desc":"You can obtain the project ID and account ID by performing the following steps:Register with and log in to the management console.Hover the cursor on the username in the ", + "desc":"A project is a group of tenant resources, and an account ID corresponds to the current account. The IAM ID corresponds to the current user. You can view the project IDs, ", "product_code":"dataartsstudio", "title":"Project ID and Account ID", - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0314.html", + "uri":"projectid_accountid.html", "doc_type":"api", "p_code":"1", "code":"6" @@ -63,22 +63,13 @@ "code":"7" }, { - "desc":"A job ID (jobid) is required for some URLs when an API is called. To obtain a job ID, perform the following operations:Log in to the DataArts Studio console. Locate an in", - "product_code":"dataartsstudio", - "title":"Data Development Job ID", - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0316.html", - "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"1", - "code":"8" - }, - { - "desc":"The restrictions on DataArts Catalog APIs are as follows:CDM jobs carry large volumes of data, which increases the database load. You are advised to periodically delete u", + "desc":"An IAM user can pass the authentication and access DataArts Studio through an API or SDK only if Programmatic access is selected for Access Type during the creation of th", "product_code":"dataartsstudio", "title":"Constraints", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0005.html", "doc_type":"api", "p_code":"1", - "code":"9" + "code":"8" }, { "desc":"DataArts Studio provides self-developed APIs that comply with RESTful API design specifications. You can call those APIs to perform operations on DataArts Studio.", @@ -87,7 +78,7 @@ "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0007.html", "doc_type":"api", "p_code":"", - "code":"10" + "code":"9" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -96,16 +87,16 @@ "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0008.html", "doc_type":"api", "p_code":"", - "code":"11" + "code":"10" }, { "desc":"This section describes the structure of a REST API, and uses the IAM API for obtaining a user token as an example to demonstrate how to call an API. The obtained token ca", "product_code":"dataartsstudio", "title":"Making an API Request", - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0009.html", + "uri":"making_request.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"11", - "code":"12" + "p_code":"10", + "code":"11" }, { "desc":"Requests for calling an API can be authenticated using either of the following methods:Token-based authentication: Requests are authenticated using a token.AK/SK-based au", @@ -113,8 +104,8 @@ "title":"Authentication", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0010.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"11", - "code":"13" + "p_code":"10", + "code":"12" }, { "desc":"After sending a request, you will receive a response, including a status code, response header, and response body.A status code is a group of digits, ranging from 1xx to ", @@ -122,8 +113,8 @@ "title":"Response", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0011.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"11", - "code":"14" + "p_code":"10", + "code":"13" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -132,25 +123,25 @@ "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0012.html", "doc_type":"api", "p_code":"", - "code":"15" + "code":"14" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to use cURL to call CDM APIs to migrate data from a local MySQL database to DWS in the cloud.Obtaining a TokenCall the API to obtain the user t", "product_code":"dataartsstudio", - "title":"Application Example", + "title":"Example of Using DataArts Migration APIs", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0013.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"15", - "code":"16" + "p_code":"14", + "code":"15" }, { "desc":"DataArts Studio helps enterprises quickly build an end-to-end intelligent data system that covers the entire process from data ingestion to data analytics. The system can", "product_code":"dataartsstudio", - "title":"Example of Using Data Development APIs", + "title":"Example of Using DataArts Factory APIs", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0015.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"15", - "code":"17" + "p_code":"14", + "code":"16" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -159,52 +150,52 @@ "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0016.html", "doc_type":"api", "p_code":"", - "code":"18" + "code":"17" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"dataartsstudio", "title":"Cluster Management", - "uri":"topic_300000000_3.html", + "uri":"topic_300000000_8.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"18", - "code":"19" + "p_code":"17", + "code":"18" }, { "desc":"This API is used to query cluster details.GET /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}Status code: 200Status code: 200okSee Error Codes.", "product_code":"dataartsstudio", "title":"Querying Cluster Details", - "uri":"ShowClusterDetail.html", + "uri":"ShowClusterDetail_0.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"19", - "code":"20" + "p_code":"18", + "code":"19" }, { "desc":"This API is used to delete a cluster.DELETE /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}Status code: 202Status code: 202AcceptedSee Error Codes.", "product_code":"dataartsstudio", "title":"Deleting a Cluster", - "uri":"DeleteCluster.html", + "uri":"DeleteCluster_0.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"19", - "code":"21" + "p_code":"18", + "code":"20" }, { "desc":"This API is used to restart a cluster.POST /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/actionStatus code: 200Restarting a ClusterStatus code: 200okSee Error Codes.", "product_code":"dataartsstudio", "title":"Restarting a Cluster", - "uri":"RestartCluster.html", + "uri":"RestartCluster_0.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"19", - "code":"22" + "p_code":"18", + "code":"21" }, { "desc":"This API is used to start a cluster.POST /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/actionStatus code: 200Starting a ClusterStatus code: 200okSee Error Codes.", "product_code":"dataartsstudio", "title":"Starting a Cluster", - "uri":"StartCluster.html", + "uri":"StartCluster_0.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"19", - "code":"23" + "p_code":"18", + "code":"22" }, { "desc":"This API is used to stop a cluster.POST /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/actionStatus code: 200Stopping a ClusterStatus code: 200okSee Error Codes.", @@ -212,161 +203,161 @@ "title":"Stopping a Cluster", "uri":"StopCluster.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"19", - "code":"24" + "p_code":"18", + "code":"23" }, { "desc":"This API is used to create a cluster.POST /v1.1/{project_id}/clustersStatus code: 202Status code: 202AcceptedSee Error Codes.", "product_code":"dataartsstudio", "title":"Creating a Cluster", - "uri":"CreateCluster.html", + "uri":"CreateCluster_0.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"19", - "code":"25" + "p_code":"18", + "code":"24" }, { "desc":"This API is used to query the cluster list.GET /v1.1/{project_id}/clustersStatus code: 200Status code: 200okSee Error Codes.", "product_code":"dataartsstudio", "title":"Querying the Cluster List", - "uri":"ListClusters.html", + "uri":"ListClusters_0.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"19", - "code":"26" + "p_code":"18", + "code":"25" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"dataartsstudio", "title":"Job Management", - "uri":"topic_300000001_2.html", + "uri":"topic_300000001_6.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"18", - "code":"27" + "p_code":"17", + "code":"26" }, { "desc":"This API is used to query jobs.GET /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/cdm/job/{job_name}Status code: 200Status code: 200okSee Error Codes.", "product_code":"dataartsstudio", "title":"Querying a Job", - "uri":"ShowJobs.html", + "uri":"ShowJobs_0.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"27", - "code":"28" + "p_code":"26", + "code":"27" }, { "desc":"This API is used to delete a job.DELETE /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/cdm/job/{job_name}Status code: 500Status code: 500An internal service error occurred. For", "product_code":"dataartsstudio", "title":"Deleting a Job", - "uri":"DeleteJob.html", + "uri":"DeleteJob_0.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"27", - "code":"29" + "p_code":"26", + "code":"28" }, { "desc":"This API is used to modify a job.PUT /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/cdm/job/{job_name}Status code: 200Status code: 400Status code: 200okStatus code: 400Error co", "product_code":"dataartsstudio", "title":"Modifying a Job", - "uri":"UpdateJob.html", + "uri":"UpdateJob_0.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"27", - "code":"30" + "p_code":"26", + "code":"29" }, { "desc":"This API is used to create and execute a job in a random cluster.POST /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/jobStatus code: 200Status code: 200okSee Error Codes.", "product_code":"dataartsstudio", "title":"Creating and Executing a Job in a Random Cluster", - "uri":"CreateAndStartRandomClusterJob.html", + "uri":"CreateAndStartRandomClusterJob_0.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"27", - "code":"31" + "p_code":"26", + "code":"30" }, { "desc":"This API is used to stop a job.PUT /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/cdm/job/{job_name}/stopStatus code: 200Status code: 200okSee Error Codes.", "product_code":"dataartsstudio", "title":"Stopping a Job", - "uri":"StopJob.html", + "uri":"StopJob_0.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"27", - "code":"32" + "p_code":"26", + "code":"31" }, { "desc":"This API is used to create a job in a specified cluster.POST /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/cdm/jobStatus code: 200Status code: 400Status code: 200okStatus code", "product_code":"dataartsstudio", "title":"Creating a Job in a Specified Cluster", - "uri":"CreateJob.html", + "uri":"CreateJob_0.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"27", - "code":"33" + "p_code":"26", + "code":"32" }, { "desc":"This API is used to start a job.PUT /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/cdm/job/{job_name}/startStatus code: 200Status code: 200okSee Error Codes.", "product_code":"dataartsstudio", "title":"Starting a Job", - "uri":"StartJob.html", + "uri":"StartJob_0.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"27", - "code":"34" + "p_code":"26", + "code":"33" }, { "desc":"This API is used to query the job status.GET /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/cdm/job/{job_name}/statusStatus code: 200Status code: 200okSee Error Codes.", "product_code":"dataartsstudio", "title":"Querying Job Status", - "uri":"ShowJobStatus.html", + "uri":"ShowJobStatus_0.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"27", - "code":"35" + "p_code":"26", + "code":"34" }, { "desc":"This API is used to query the job execution history.GET /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/cdm/submissionsStatus code: 200Status code: 200okSee Error Codes.", "product_code":"dataartsstudio", "title":"Querying Job Execution History", - "uri":"ShowSubmissions.html", + "uri":"ShowSubmissions_0.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"27", - "code":"36" + "p_code":"26", + "code":"35" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"dataartsstudio", "title":"Link Management", - "uri":"topic_300000002_2.html", + "uri":"topic_300000002_6.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"18", - "code":"37" + "p_code":"17", + "code":"36" }, { "desc":"This API is used to create a link.POST /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/cdm/linkStatus code: 200Status code: 400Status code: 500Status code: 200OKStatus code: 400", "product_code":"dataartsstudio", "title":"Creating a Link", - "uri":"CreateLink.html", + "uri":"CreateLink_0.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"37", - "code":"38" + "p_code":"36", + "code":"37" }, { "desc":"This API is used to query a link.GET /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/cdm/link/{link_name}Status code: 200Status code: 200OKSee Error Codes.", "product_code":"dataartsstudio", "title":"Querying a Link", - "uri":"ShowLink.html", + "uri":"ShowLink_0.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"37", - "code":"39" + "p_code":"36", + "code":"38" }, { "desc":"This API is used to delete a link.DELETE /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/cdm/link/{link_name}Status code: 500Status code: 500An internal service error occurred. ", "product_code":"dataartsstudio", "title":"Deleting a Link", - "uri":"DeleteLink.html", + "uri":"DeleteLink_0.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"37", - "code":"40" + "p_code":"36", + "code":"39" }, { "desc":"This API is used to modify a link.PUT /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/cdm/link/{link_name}Status code: 200Status code: 500Status code: 200OKStatus code: 500An in", "product_code":"dataartsstudio", "title":"Modifying a Link", - "uri":"UpdateLink.html", + "uri":"UpdateLink_0.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"37", - "code":"41" + "p_code":"36", + "code":"40" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -374,35 +365,35 @@ "title":"Public Data Structures", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0260.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"18", - "code":"42" + "p_code":"17", + "code":"41" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"dataartsstudio", "title":"Link Parameter Description", - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0261.html", + "uri":"link_parameter.html", + "doc_type":"api", + "p_code":"41", + "code":"42" + }, + { + "desc":"By creating a JDBC link, you can extract data from or load data to the following relational databases:RDS for PostgreSQLRDS for SQL ServerPostgreSQLMicrosoft SQL ServerRD", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "title":"Link to a Relational Database", + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0262.html", "doc_type":"api", "p_code":"42", "code":"43" }, { - "desc":"By creating a JDBC link, you can extract data from or load data to the following relational databases:Data Warehouse ServiceRDS for MySQLRDS for PostgreSQLRDS for SQL Ser", - "product_code":"dataartsstudio", - "title":"Link to a Relational Database", - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0262.html", - "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"43", - "code":"44" - }, - { - "desc":"By creating an OBS link, you can extract files from or load files to OBS. Files in CSV, JSON, and binary format are supported.", + "desc":"By creating an OBS link, you can extract files from or load files to OBS. Files in CSV, JSON, and binary format are supported.The following is the message body of a sampl", "product_code":"dataartsstudio", "title":"Link to OBS", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0263.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"43", - "code":"45" + "p_code":"42", + "code":"44" }, { "desc":"By creating an HDFS link, you can extract files from or load files to MRS, FusionInsight HD, or Apache Hadoop. Files in CSV, Parquet, and binary formats are supported.", @@ -410,8 +401,8 @@ "title":"Link to HDFS", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0266.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"43", - "code":"46" + "p_code":"42", + "code":"45" }, { "desc":"By creating an HBase link, you can extract data from or load data to HBase of MRS, FusionInsight HD, and Apache Hadoop.", @@ -419,26 +410,26 @@ "title":"Link to HBase", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0267.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"43", - "code":"47" + "p_code":"42", + "code":"46" }, { - "desc":"By creating a CloudTable link, you can extract data from or load data to CloudTable.", + "desc":"By creating a CloudTable link, you can extract data from or load data to CloudTable.The following is the message body of a sample link. You are advised to store the AK an", "product_code":"dataartsstudio", "title":"Link to CloudTable", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0268.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"43", - "code":"48" + "p_code":"42", + "code":"47" }, { - "desc":"By creating a Hive link, you can extract data from or load data to Hive of MRS.", + "desc":"By creating a Hive link, you can extract data from or load data to Hive of MRS.The following is the message body of a sample link. You are advised to store the AK and SK ", "product_code":"dataartsstudio", "title":"Link to Hive", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0269.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"43", - "code":"49" + "p_code":"42", + "code":"48" }, { "desc":"By creating an FTP or SFTP link, you are able to extract files from or load files to the FTP or SFTP server. Files in CSV, JSON, and binary format are supported.Parameter", @@ -446,26 +437,26 @@ "title":"Link to an FTP or SFTP Server", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0270.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"43", - "code":"50" + "p_code":"42", + "code":"49" }, { - "desc":"By creating a MongoDB link, you can extract data from or load data to MongoDB.", + "desc":"By creating a Link to MongoDB, you can extract data from or load data to MongoDB.", "product_code":"dataartsstudio", "title":"Link to MongoDB", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0271.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"43", - "code":"51" + "p_code":"42", + "code":"50" }, { - "desc":"By creating a Redis link, you can extract data from or load data to the Redis server. By creating a DCS link, you can load data to Data Cache Service (DCS), but not extra", + "desc":"By creating a Redis link, you can extract data from or load data to the Redis server.", "product_code":"dataartsstudio", - "title":"Link to Redis/DCS (to Be Brought Offline)", + "title":"Link to Redis", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0272.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"43", - "code":"52" + "p_code":"42", + "code":"51" }, { "desc":"By creating a Kafka link, you are able to access open source Kafka and migrate data from Kafka to other data sources as required. Currently, only data export from Kafka i", @@ -473,8 +464,8 @@ "title":"Link to Kafka", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0274.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"43", - "code":"53" + "p_code":"42", + "code":"52" }, { "desc":"By creating an Elasticsearch link, you can extract data from or load data to the Elasticsearch server or Cloud Search Service.", @@ -482,8 +473,8 @@ "title":"Link to Elasticsearch/Cloud Search Service", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0276.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"43", - "code":"54" + "p_code":"42", + "code":"53" }, { "desc":"By creating a DLI link, you can import data to DLI. Currently, you cannot export data from DLI using CDM.", @@ -491,17 +482,8 @@ "title":"Link to DLI", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0277.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"43", - "code":"55" - }, - { - "desc":"By creating an OpenTSDB link, you can extract data from and load data to CloudTable OpenTSDB.", - "product_code":"dataartsstudio", - "title":"Link to CloudTable OpenTSDB", - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0278.html", - "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"43", - "code":"56" + "p_code":"42", + "code":"54" }, { "desc":"By creating a DMS Kafka link, you can connect to Kafka Basic or Kafka Platinum on DMS. Currently, you can only export data from DMS Kafka to Cloud Search Service.", @@ -509,17 +491,17 @@ "title":"Link to DMS Kafka", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0280.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"43", - "code":"57" + "p_code":"42", + "code":"55" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"dataartsstudio", "title":"Source Job Parameters", - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0281.html", + "uri":"source_job_parameters.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"42", - "code":"58" + "p_code":"41", + "code":"56" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -527,8 +509,8 @@ "title":"From a Relational Database", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0282.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"58", - "code":"59" + "p_code":"56", + "code":"57" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -536,8 +518,8 @@ "title":"From Object Storage", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0283.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"58", - "code":"60" + "p_code":"56", + "code":"58" }, { "desc":"HDFS job parameter descriptionParameterMandatoryTypeDescriptionfromJobConfig.inputDirectoryYesStringPath for storing data to be extracted. For example, /data_dir.fromJobC", @@ -545,8 +527,8 @@ "title":"From HDFS", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0284.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"58", - "code":"61" + "p_code":"56", + "code":"59" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -554,8 +536,8 @@ "title":"From Hive", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0285.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"58", - "code":"62" + "p_code":"56", + "code":"60" }, { "desc":"HBase/CloudTable job parameter descriptionParameterMandatoryTypeDescriptionfromJobConfig.tableYesStringName of the table from which data is extracted. For example, cdm.fr", @@ -563,17 +545,17 @@ "title":"From HBase/CloudTable", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0286.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"58", - "code":"63" + "p_code":"56", + "code":"61" }, { "desc":"Source link job parameters of FTP and SFTP are the same. Table 1 describes the parameters.Source link job parameters of file systemsParameterMandatoryTypeDescriptionfromJ", "product_code":"dataartsstudio", - "title":"From FTP/SFTP/NAS (to Be Brought Offline)/SFS (to Be Brought Offline)", + "title":"From FTP/SFTP", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0287.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"58", - "code":"64" + "p_code":"56", + "code":"62" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -581,8 +563,8 @@ "title":"From HTTP/HTTPS", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0288.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"58", - "code":"65" + "p_code":"56", + "code":"63" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -590,17 +572,17 @@ "title":"From MongoDB/DDS", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0289.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"58", - "code":"66" + "p_code":"56", + "code":"64" }, { "desc":"Redis job parameter descriptionParameterMandatoryTypeDescriptionfromJobConfig.isBatchMigrationNoBooleanWhether to migrate all data in the databasefromJobConfig.keyPrefixY", "product_code":"dataartsstudio", - "title":"From Redis/DCS (to Be Brought Offline)", + "title":"From Redis", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0290.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"58", - "code":"67" + "p_code":"56", + "code":"65" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -608,8 +590,8 @@ "title":"From DIS", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0291.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"58", - "code":"68" + "p_code":"56", + "code":"66" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -617,8 +599,8 @@ "title":"From Kafka", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0292.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"58", - "code":"69" + "p_code":"56", + "code":"67" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -626,26 +608,17 @@ "title":"From Elasticsearch/Cloud Search Service", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0293.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"58", - "code":"70" - }, - { - "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "product_code":"dataartsstudio", - "title":"From OpenTSDB", - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0294.html", - "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"58", - "code":"71" + "p_code":"56", + "code":"68" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"dataartsstudio", "title":"Destination Job Parameters", - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0295.html", + "uri":"destination_job_parameters.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"42", - "code":"72" + "p_code":"41", + "code":"69" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -653,8 +626,8 @@ "title":"To a Relational Database", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0296.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"72", - "code":"73" + "p_code":"69", + "code":"70" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -662,8 +635,8 @@ "title":"To OBS", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0297.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"72", - "code":"74" + "p_code":"69", + "code":"71" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -671,8 +644,8 @@ "title":"To HDFS", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0298.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"72", - "code":"75" + "p_code":"69", + "code":"72" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -680,8 +653,8 @@ "title":"To Hive", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0299.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"72", - "code":"76" + "p_code":"69", + "code":"73" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -689,17 +662,8 @@ "title":"To HBase/CloudTable", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0300.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"72", - "code":"77" - }, - { - "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "product_code":"dataartsstudio", - "title":"To FTP/SFTP/NAS (to Be Brought Offline)/SFS (to Be Brought Offline)", - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0301.html", - "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"72", - "code":"78" + "p_code":"69", + "code":"74" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -707,17 +671,8 @@ "title":"To DDS", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0302.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"72", - "code":"79" - }, - { - "desc":"Parameter descriptionParameterMandatoryTypeDescriptiontoJobConfig.isBatchMigrationNoBooleanWhether to migrate all data in the databasetoJobConfig.shouldClearDatabaseNoBoo", - "product_code":"dataartsstudio", - "title":"To DCS", - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0303.html", - "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"72", - "code":"80" + "p_code":"69", + "code":"75" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -725,8 +680,8 @@ "title":"To Elasticsearch/Cloud Search Service", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0304.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"72", - "code":"81" + "p_code":"69", + "code":"76" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -734,8 +689,8 @@ "title":"To DLI", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0305.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"72", - "code":"82" + "p_code":"69", + "code":"77" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -743,98 +698,26 @@ "title":"To DIS", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0306.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"72", - "code":"83" + "p_code":"69", + "code":"78" }, { - "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "product_code":"dataartsstudio", - "title":"To OpenTSDB", - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0307.html", - "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"72", - "code":"84" - }, - { - "desc":"When Creating a Job in a Specified Cluster or Creating and Executing a Job in a Random Cluster, the driver-config-values parameter specifies the job configuration, which ", + "desc":"When you create a job in a specified cluster by following the instructions in Creating a Job in a Specified Cluster or create and execute a job in a random cluster by fol", "product_code":"dataartsstudio", "title":"Job Parameter Description", - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0308.html", + "uri":"job_parameter.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"42", - "code":"85" + "p_code":"41", + "code":"79" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"dataartsstudio", "title":"DataArts Factory APIs", - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0127.html", + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0048.html", "doc_type":"api", "p_code":"", - "code":"86" - }, - { - "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "product_code":"dataartsstudio", - "title":"Connection Management APIs", - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0049.html", - "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"86", - "code":"87" - }, - { - "desc":"This API is used to create a connection. The supported connection types include DWS, DLI, Spark SQL, RDS, CloudTable, and Hive.URI formatPOST /v1/{project_id}/connections", - "product_code":"dataartsstudio", - "title":"Creating a Connection", - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0050.html", - "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"87", - "code":"88" - }, - { - "desc":"This API is used to query a connection list.URI formatGET /v1/{project_id}/connections?offset={offset}&limit={limit}&connectionName={connectionName}GET /v1/{project_id}/c", - "product_code":"dataartsstudio", - "title":"Querying a Connection List", - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0051.html", - "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"87", - "code":"89" - }, - { - "desc":"This API is used to query configuration details of a specific connection.URI formatGET /v1/{project_id}/connections/{connection_name}GET /v1/{project_id}/connections/{con", - "product_code":"dataartsstudio", - "title":"Viewing Connection Details", - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0052.html", - "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"87", - "code":"90" - }, - { - "desc":"This API is used to edit a connection.URI formatPUT /v1/{project_id}/connections/{connection_name}?ischeck=truePUT /v1/{project_id}/connections/{connection_name}?ischeck=", - "product_code":"dataartsstudio", - "title":"Editing a Connection", - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0053.html", - "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"87", - "code":"91" - }, - { - "desc":"This API is used to delete a connection.URI formatDELETE /v1/{project_id}/connections/{connection_name}DELETE /v1/{project_id}/connections/{connection_name}Parameter desc", - "product_code":"dataartsstudio", - "title":"Deleting a Connection", - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0054.html", - "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"87", - "code":"92" - }, - { - "desc":"This API is used to export all connection information that is compressed in ZIP format.URI formatPOST /v1/{project_id}/connections/exportPOST /v1/{project_id}/connections", - "product_code":"dataartsstudio", - "title":"Exporting a Connection", - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0055.html", - "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"87", - "code":"93" + "code":"80" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -842,8 +725,53 @@ "title":"Script Development APIs", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0056.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"86", - "code":"94" + "p_code":"80", + "code":"81" + }, + { + "desc":"This API is used to create a script. Currently, the following script types are supported: DLI SQL, Flink SQL, RDS SQL, Spark SQL, Hive SQL, DWS SQL, Shell, Presto SQL, Cl", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "title":"Creating a Script", + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0097.html", + "doc_type":"api", + "p_code":"81", + "code":"82" + }, + { + "desc":"This API is used to modify the configuration items or script contents of a script.When modifying a script, specify the name of the script to be modified.The script name a", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "title":"Modifying a Script", + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0098.html", + "doc_type":"api", + "p_code":"81", + "code":"83" + }, + { + "desc":"This API is used to query a script, including the script type and script content.URI formatGET /v1/{project_id}/scripts/{script_name}GET /v1/{project_id}/scripts/{script_", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "title":"Querying a Script", + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0099.html", + "doc_type":"api", + "p_code":"81", + "code":"84" + }, + { + "desc":"This API is used to query the script list. A maximum of 1000 scripts can be returned for each query.URI formatGET /v1/{project_id}/scripts?offset={offset}&limit={limit}&s", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "title":"Querying a Script List", + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0100.html", + "doc_type":"api", + "p_code":"81", + "code":"85" + }, + { + "desc":"This API is used to obtain the execution status and result of a script instance.During the query, specify the script name and script instance ID.URI formatGET /v1/{projec", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "title":"Querying the Execution Result of a Script Instance", + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0101.html", + "doc_type":"api", + "p_code":"81", + "code":"86" }, { "desc":"This API is used to delete a specific script.URI formatDELETE /v1/{project_id}/scripts/{script_name}DELETE /v1/{project_id}/scripts/{script_name}Parameter descriptionURI ", @@ -851,8 +779,8 @@ "title":"Deleting a Script", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0057.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"94", - "code":"95" + "p_code":"81", + "code":"87" }, { "desc":"This API is used to execute a specific script, which can be a DWS SQL, DLI SQL, RDS SQL, Flink SQL, Hive SQL, Presto SQL, or Spark SQL script. A script instance is genera", @@ -860,8 +788,8 @@ "title":"Executing a Script", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0058.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"94", - "code":"96" + "p_code":"81", + "code":"88" }, { "desc":"This API is used to stop executing a script instance.URI formatPOST /v1/{project_id}/scripts/{script_name}/instances/{instance_id}/stopPOST /v1/{project_id}/scripts/{scri", @@ -869,8 +797,8 @@ "title":"Stopping Executing a Script Instance", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0059.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"94", - "code":"97" + "p_code":"81", + "code":"89" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -878,8 +806,35 @@ "title":"Resource Management APIs", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0060.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"86", - "code":"98" + "p_code":"80", + "code":"90" + }, + { + "desc":"This API is used to create a resource. Types of nodes, including DLI Spark, MRS Spark, and MRS MapReduce, can reference files such as JAR and properties through resources", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "title":"Creating a Resource", + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0102.html", + "doc_type":"api", + "p_code":"90", + "code":"91" + }, + { + "desc":"This API is used to modify a specific resource. When modifying the resource, specify the resource ID.The resource type and directory cannot be modified.URI formatPUT /v1/", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "title":"Modifying a Resource", + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0103.html", + "doc_type":"api", + "p_code":"90", + "code":"92" + }, + { + "desc":"This API is used to query resource details. A resource contains various files such as JAR, ZIP, and properties files. A created resource can be used in job nodes such as ", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "title":"Querying a Resource", + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0104.html", + "doc_type":"api", + "p_code":"90", + "code":"93" }, { "desc":"This API is used to delete a resource.URI formatDELETE /v1/{project_id}/resources/{resource_id}DELETE /v1/{project_id}/resources/{resource_id}Parameter descriptionURI par", @@ -887,8 +842,17 @@ "title":"Deleting a Resource", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0061.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"98", - "code":"99" + "p_code":"90", + "code":"94" + }, + { + "desc":"This API is used to query a resource list. During the query, you can specify the page number and the maximum number of records on each page.URI formatGET /v1/{project_id}", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "title":"Querying a Resource List", + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0105.html", + "doc_type":"api", + "p_code":"90", + "code":"95" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -896,7 +860,43 @@ "title":"Job Development APIs", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0062.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"86", + "p_code":"80", + "code":"96" + }, + { + "desc":"This API is used to create a job. A job consists of one or more nodes, such as Hive SQL and CDM Job nodes. DLF supports two types of jobs: batch jobs and real-time jobs.U", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "title":"Creating a Job", + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0084.html", + "doc_type":"api", + "p_code":"96", + "code":"97" + }, + { + "desc":"This API is used to edit a job.URI formatPUT /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{job_name}PUT /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{job_name}Parameter descriptionURI parametersParameterMandatoryType", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "title":"Editing a Job", + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0085.html", + "doc_type":"api", + "p_code":"96", + "code":"98" + }, + { + "desc":"This API is used to query a list of batch or real-time jobs. A maximum of 100 jobs can be returned for each query.URI formatGET /v1/{project_id}/jobs?jobType={jobType}&of", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "title":"Viewing a Job List", + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0086.html", + "doc_type":"api", + "p_code":"96", + "code":"99" + }, + { + "desc":"This API is used to view job details.URI formatGET /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{name}GET /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{name}Parameter descriptionParameterMandatoryTypeDescriptionproje", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "title":"Viewing Job Details", + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0087.html", + "doc_type":"api", + "p_code":"96", "code":"100" }, { @@ -905,107 +905,17 @@ "title":"Viewing a Job File", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0063.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"100", + "p_code":"96", "code":"101" }, { - "desc":"This API is used to stop a job.URI formatPOST /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{job_name}/stopPOST /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{job_name}/stopParameter descriptionURI parametersParamete", - "product_code":"dataartsstudio", - "title":"Stopping a Job", - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0064.html", - "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"100", - "code":"102" - }, - { - "desc":"This API is used to delete a job.URI formatDELETE /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{job_name}DELETE /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{job_name}Parameter descriptionURI parametersParameterManda", - "product_code":"dataartsstudio", - "title":"Deleting a Job", - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0065.html", - "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"100", - "code":"103" - }, - { - "desc":"This API is used to stop a specific job instance. A job instance can be stopped only when it is in the running state.URI formatPOST /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{job_name}/insta", - "product_code":"dataartsstudio", - "title":"Stopping a Job Instance", - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0066.html", - "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"100", - "code":"104" - }, - { - "desc":"This API is used to restart a specific job instance. A job instance can be restarted only when it is in the successful, failed, or canceled state.URI formatPOST /v1/{proj", - "product_code":"dataartsstudio", - "title":"Restarting a Job Instance", - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0067.html", - "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"100", - "code":"105" - }, - { - "desc":"Table 1 describes common request headers.Table 2 describes common response headers.", - "product_code":"dataartsstudio", - "title":"Data Structure", - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0082.html", - "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"86", - "code":"106" - }, - { - "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "product_code":"dataartsstudio", - "title":"APIs to Be Taken Offline", - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0083.html", - "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"86", - "code":"107" - }, - { - "desc":"This API is used to create a job. A job consists of one or more nodes, such as Hive SQL and CDM Job nodes. DLF supports two types of jobs: batch jobs and real-time jobs.U", - "product_code":"dataartsstudio", - "title":"Creating a Job", - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0084.html", - "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"107", - "code":"108" - }, - { - "desc":"This API is used to edit a job.URI formatPUT /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{job_name}PUT /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{job_name}Parameter descriptionURI parametersParameterMandatoryType", - "product_code":"dataartsstudio", - "title":"Editing a Job", - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0085.html", - "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"107", - "code":"109" - }, - { - "desc":"This API is used to query a list of batch or real-time jobs. A maximum of 1000 jobs can be returned for each query.URI formatGET /v1/{project_id}/jobs?jobType={jobType}&o", - "product_code":"dataartsstudio", - "title":"Viewing a Job List", - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0086.html", - "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"107", - "code":"110" - }, - { - "desc":"This API is used to view job details.URI formatGET /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{name}GET /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{name}Parameter descriptionURI parameterParameterMandatoryTypeDes", - "product_code":"dataartsstudio", - "title":"Viewing Job Details", - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0087.html", - "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"107", - "code":"111" - }, - { - "desc":"This API is used to export a job, including job definitions, job dependency scripts, and CDM job definitions.URI formatPOST /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{name}/exportPOST /v1/{p", + "desc":"This API is used to export a job, including job definitions, job dependency scripts, and CDM job definitions.URI formatPOST /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{job_name}/exportPOST /v", "product_code":"dataartsstudio", "title":"Exporting a Job", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0088.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"107", - "code":"112" + "p_code":"96", + "code":"102" }, { "desc":"This API is used to batch export jobs, including job dependency scripts and CDM job definitions.URI formatPOST /v1/{project_id}/jobs/batch-exportPOST /v1/{project_id}/job", @@ -1013,8 +923,8 @@ "title":"Batch Exporting Jobs", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0089.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"107", - "code":"113" + "p_code":"96", + "code":"103" }, { "desc":"This API is used to import one or more job files from OBS to DLF.Before using this API, store job files in OBS buckets.URI formatPOST /v1/{project_id}/jobs/importPOST /", @@ -1022,8 +932,8 @@ "title":"Importing a Job", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0090.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"107", - "code":"114" + "p_code":"96", + "code":"104" }, { "desc":"This API is used to execute a job immediately and check whether the job can be executed successfully.URI formatPOST /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{job_name}/run-immediatePOST /", @@ -1031,17 +941,53 @@ "title":"Executing a Job Immediately", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0091.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"107", - "code":"115" + "p_code":"96", + "code":"105" }, { - "desc":"This API is used to start a job.URI formatPOST /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{name}/startPOST /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{name}/startParameter descriptionURI parametersParameterMand", + "desc":"This API is used to start a job.URI formatPOST /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{job_name}/startPOST /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{job_name}/startParameter descriptionURI parametersParam", "product_code":"dataartsstudio", "title":"Starting a Job", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0092.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"107", - "code":"116" + "p_code":"96", + "code":"106" + }, + { + "desc":"This API is used to stop a job.URI formatPOST /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{job_name}/stopPOST /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{job_name}/stopParameter descriptionURI parametersParamete", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "title":"Stopping a Job", + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0064.html", + "doc_type":"api", + "p_code":"96", + "code":"107" + }, + { + "desc":"This API is used to delete a job.URI formatDELETE /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{job_name}DELETE /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{job_name}Parameter descriptionURI parametersParameterManda", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "title":"Deleting a Job", + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0065.html", + "doc_type":"api", + "p_code":"96", + "code":"108" + }, + { + "desc":"This API is used to stop a specific job instance. A job instance can be stopped only when it is in the running state.URI formatPOST /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{job_name}/insta", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "title":"Stopping a Job Instance", + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0066.html", + "doc_type":"api", + "p_code":"96", + "code":"109" + }, + { + "desc":"This API is used to retry a specific job instance. A job instance can be retried only when it is in the successful, failed, or canceled state.URI formatPOST /v1/{project_", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "title":"Retrying a Job Instance", + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0067.html", + "doc_type":"api", + "p_code":"96", + "code":"110" }, { "desc":"This API is used to view running status of a real-time job.URI formatGET /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{job_name}/statusGET /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{job_name}/statusParameter descr", @@ -1049,8 +995,8 @@ "title":"Viewing Running Status of a Real-Time Job", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0093.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"107", - "code":"117" + "p_code":"96", + "code":"111" }, { "desc":"This API is used to view a job instance list.A job instance is generated each time you run a batch job for which periodic scheduling or event-based scheduling is configur", @@ -1058,8 +1004,8 @@ "title":"Viewing a Job Instance List", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0094.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"107", - "code":"118" + "p_code":"96", + "code":"112" }, { "desc":"This API is used to view job instance details, including the execution information about each node in a job instance.URI formatGET /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{job_name}/instan", @@ -1067,107 +1013,89 @@ "title":"Viewing Job Instance Details", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0095.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"107", - "code":"119" + "p_code":"96", + "code":"113" }, { "desc":"This API is used to query details about asynchronous tasks.URI formatGET /v1/{project_id}/system-tasks/{task_id}GET /v1/{project_id}/system-tasks/{task_id}Parameter descr", "product_code":"dataartsstudio", - "title":"Querying a System Task", + "title":"Querying System Task Details", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0096.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"107", + "p_code":"96", + "code":"114" + }, + { + "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "title":"Connection Management APIs (To Be Taken Offline)", + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0049.html", + "doc_type":"api", + "p_code":"80", + "code":"115" + }, + { + "desc":"The connection management capability is provided by Management Center. APIs of Management Center are recommended.This API is used to create a connection. The supported co", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "title":"Creating a Connection (to Be Taken Offline)", + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0050.html", + "doc_type":"api", + "p_code":"115", + "code":"116" + }, + { + "desc":"The connection management capability is provided by Management Center. APIs of Management Center are recommended.This API is used to query a connection list.URI formatGET", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "title":"Querying a Connection List (to Be Taken Offline)", + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0051.html", + "doc_type":"api", + "p_code":"115", + "code":"117" + }, + { + "desc":"The connection management capability is provided by Management Center. APIs of Management Center are recommended.This API is used to query details of a connection.URI for", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "title":"Querying Connection Details (to Be Taken Offline)", + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0052.html", + "doc_type":"api", + "p_code":"115", + "code":"118" + }, + { + "desc":"The connection management capability is provided by Management Center. APIs of Management Center are recommended.This API is used to edit a connection.URI formatPUT /v1/{", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "title":"Editing a Connection (to Be Taken Offline)", + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0053.html", + "doc_type":"api", + "p_code":"115", + "code":"119" + }, + { + "desc":"The connection management capability is provided by Management Center. APIs of Management Center are recommended.This API is used to delete a connection.URI formatDELETE ", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "title":"Deleting a Connection (to Be Taken Offline)", + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0054.html", + "doc_type":"api", + "p_code":"115", "code":"120" }, { - "desc":"This API is used to create a script. Currently, the following script types are supported: DLI SQL, Flink SQL, RDS SQL, Spark SQL, Hive SQL, DWS SQL, Shell, and Presto.URI", + "desc":"The connection management capability is provided by Management Center. APIs of Management Center are recommended.This API is used to export all connection information tha", "product_code":"dataartsstudio", - "title":"Creating a Script", - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0097.html", + "title":"Exporting Connections (to Be Taken Offline)", + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0055.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"107", + "p_code":"115", "code":"121" }, { - "desc":"This API is used to modify the configuration items or script contents of a script.When modifying a script, specify the name of the script to be modified.The script name a", + "desc":"The connection management capability is provided by Management Center. APIs of Management Center are recommended.This API is used to import one or more connection files f", "product_code":"dataartsstudio", - "title":"Modifying a Script", - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0098.html", - "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"107", - "code":"122" - }, - { - "desc":"This API is used to query a script, including the script type and script content.URI formatGET /v1/{project_id}/script/{script_name}GET /v1/{project_id}/script/{script_na", - "product_code":"dataartsstudio", - "title":"Querying a Script", - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0099.html", - "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"107", - "code":"123" - }, - { - "desc":"This API is used to query the script list. A maximum of 1000 scripts can be returned for each query.URI formatGET /v1/{project_id}/scripts?offset={offset}&limit={limit}&s", - "product_code":"dataartsstudio", - "title":"Querying a Script List", - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0100.html", - "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"107", - "code":"124" - }, - { - "desc":"This API is used to obtain the execution status and result of a script instance.During the query, specify the script name and script instance ID.URI formatGET /v1/{projec", - "product_code":"dataartsstudio", - "title":"Querying the Execution Result of a Script Instance", - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0101.html", - "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"107", - "code":"125" - }, - { - "desc":"This API is used to create a resource. Types of nodes, including DLI Spark, MRS Spark, and MRS MapReduce, can reference files such as JAR and properties through resources", - "product_code":"dataartsstudio", - "title":"Creating a Resource", - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0102.html", - "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"107", - "code":"126" - }, - { - "desc":"This API is used to modify a specific resource. When modifying the resource, specify the resource ID.The resource type and directory cannot be modified.URI formatPUT /v1/", - "product_code":"dataartsstudio", - "title":"Modifying a Resource", - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0103.html", - "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"107", - "code":"127" - }, - { - "desc":"This API is used to query resource details. A resource contains various files such as JAR, ZIP, and properties files. A created resource can be used in job nodes such as ", - "product_code":"dataartsstudio", - "title":"Querying a Resource", - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0104.html", - "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"107", - "code":"128" - }, - { - "desc":"This API is used to query a resource list. During the query, you can specify the page number and the maximum number of records on each page.URI formatGET /v1/{project_id}", - "product_code":"dataartsstudio", - "title":"Querying a Resource List", - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0105.html", - "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"107", - "code":"129" - }, - { - "desc":"This API is used to import one or more connection files from OBS to the Data Development module. Before using this API, store connection files in OBS buckets.URI formatPO", - "product_code":"dataartsstudio", - "title":"Importing a Connection", + "title":"Importing Connections (to Be Taken Offline)", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0106.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"107", - "code":"130" + "p_code":"115", + "code":"122" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1176,7 +1104,7 @@ "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0309.html", "doc_type":"api", "p_code":"", - "code":"131" + "code":"123" }, { "desc":"Table 1 describes common request headers.Table 2 describes common response headers.", @@ -1184,44 +1112,8 @@ "title":"Common Message Headers", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0318.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"131", - "code":"132" - }, - { - "desc":"A status code consists of three digits. The first digit defines the class of a response. There are five values for the first digit:1xx: indication information, indicating", - "product_code":"dataartsstudio", - "title":"Status Codes", - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0310.html", - "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"131", - "code":"133" - }, - { - "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", - "product_code":"dataartsstudio", - "title":"Error Codes", - "uri":"ErrorCode.html", - "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"131", - "code":"134" - }, - { - "desc":"If an error occurs in API calling, no result is returned. Identify the error cause based on the error codes of each API. If an error occurs in API calling, HTTP status co", - "product_code":"dataartsstudio", - "title":"CDM Error Codes", - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0311.html", - "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"134", - "code":"135" - }, - { - "desc":"The error response is in the following format:{\"error_code\":\"DLF.0100\",\"error_msg\":\"The job not found\"}Table 1 describes the error codes.", - "product_code":"dataartsstudio", - "title":"DLF Error Codes", - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0313.html", - "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"134", - "code":"136" + "p_code":"123", + "code":"124" }, { "desc":"The response messages of the job export API and connection export API are streams that need to be converted to files. For details, see the following sample code:", @@ -1229,16 +1121,43 @@ "title":"Parsing a Stream in a Response Message", "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0317.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"131", - "code":"137" + "p_code":"123", + "code":"125" + }, + { + "desc":"A status code consists of three digits. The first digit defines the class of a response. There are five values for the first digit:1xx: indication information, indicating", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "title":"Status Codes", + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0310.html", + "doc_type":"api", + "p_code":"123", + "code":"126" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "product_code":"dataartsstudio", - "title":"Change History", - "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0330.html", + "title":"Error Codes", + "uri":"ErrorCode.html", "doc_type":"api", - "p_code":"", - "code":"138" + "p_code":"123", + "code":"127" + }, + { + "desc":"If an error occurs in API calling, no result is returned. Identify the error cause based on the error codes of each API. If an error occurs in API calling, HTTP status co", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "title":"DataArts Migration Error Codes", + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0311.html", + "doc_type":"api", + "p_code":"127", + "code":"128" + }, + { + "desc":"The error response is in the following format:{\"error_code\":\"DLF.0100\",\"error_msg\":\"The job not found\"}Table 1 describes the error codes.", + "product_code":"dataartsstudio", + "title":"DataArts Factory Error Codes", + "uri":"dataartsstudio_02_0313.html", + "doc_type":"api", + "p_code":"127", + "code":"129" } ] \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/CreateAndStartRandomClusterJob.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/CreateAndStartRandomClusterJob_0.html similarity index 89% rename from docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/CreateAndStartRandomClusterJob.html rename to docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/CreateAndStartRandomClusterJob_0.html index 9115eb74..e97f28a7 100644 --- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/CreateAndStartRandomClusterJob.html +++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/CreateAndStartRandomClusterJob_0.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ - +

Creating and Executing a Job in a Random Cluster

Function

This API is used to create and execute a job in a random cluster.

-

URI

POST /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/job

+

URI

POST /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/job

@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@

Request Parameters

-
Table 1 Path Parameters

Parameter
Table 2 Request header parameters

Parameter

+
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
Table 2 Request header parameters

Parameter

Mandatory

-
Table 3 Request body parameters

Parameter

+
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ - @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@
Table 3 Request body parameters

Parameter

Mandatory

Yes

Array of Job objects

+

Array of Job objects

Job list. For details, see the descriptions of jobs parameters.

-
Table 4 Job

Parameter

+
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ - @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ - @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ - @@ -439,7 +439,7 @@
Table 4 Job

Parameter

Mandatory

Yes

ConfigValues object

+

ConfigValues object

Destination link parameter configuration

Yes

ConfigValues object

+

ConfigValues object

Job parameter configuration

Yes

ConfigValues object

+

ConfigValues object

Source link parameter configuration

-
Table 5 ConfigValues

Parameter

+
@@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ - @@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ - @@ -471,7 +471,7 @@
Table 5 ConfigValues

Parameter

Mandatory

Yes

Array of configs objects

+

Array of configs objects

The data structures of source link parameters, destination link parameters, and job parameters are the same. However, the inputs parameter varies. For details, see the descriptions of configs parameters.

No

extended-configs object

+

extended-configs object

Extended configuration. For details, see the descriptions of extended-configs parameters.

-
Table 6 configs

Parameter

+
@@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ - @@ -521,7 +521,7 @@
Table 6 configs

Parameter

Mandatory

Yes

Array of Input objects

+

Array of Input objects

Input parameter list. Each element in the list is in name,value format. For details, see the descriptions of inputs parameters. In the from-config-values data structure, the value of this parameter varies with the source link type. For details, see section "Source Job Parameters" in the Cloud Data Migration User Guide. In the to-cofig-values data structure, the value of this parameter varies with the destination link type. For details, see section "Destination Job Parameters" in the Cloud Data Migration User Guide. For details about the inputs parameter in the driver-config-values data structure, see the job parameter descriptions.

-
Table 7 Input

Parameter

+
@@ -562,7 +562,7 @@
Table 7 Input

Parameter

Mandatory

-
Table 8 extended-configs

Parameter

+
@@ -596,7 +596,7 @@

Response Parameters

Status code: 200

-
Table 8 extended-configs

Parameter

Mandatory
Table 9 Response body parameters

Parameter

+
@@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ - @@ -615,7 +615,7 @@
Table 9 Response body parameters

Parameter

Type

submissions

Array of StartJobSubmission objects

+

Array of StartJobSubmission objects

Job running information. For details, see the descriptions of submission parameters.

-
Table 10 StartJobSubmission

Parameter

+
@@ -839,24 +839,24 @@ "submissions" : [ { "isIncrementing" : false, "job-name" : "obs2obs-03", - "submisson-id" : 13, + "submission-id" : 13, "isStopingIncrement" : "", "last-update-date" : 1635909057030, "is-execute-auto" : false, "delete_rows" : 0, "write_rows" : 0, - "last-update-user" : "mwx5316849", "isDeleteJob" : false, "creation-user" : "mwx5316849", "progress" : 0, "creation-date" : 1635909057030, "update_rows" : 0, - "status" : "PENDING" + "status" : "PENDING", + "execute-date" : 1635909057030 } ] }

Status Codes

-
Table 10 StartJobSubmission

Parameter

Type

Status Code

+
@@ -876,7 +876,7 @@
-
Parent topic: Job Management
+
Parent topic: Job Management
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/CreateCluster.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/CreateCluster.html deleted file mode 100644 index d7ef3b5c..00000000 --- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/CreateCluster.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,655 +0,0 @@ - - -

Creating a Cluster

-

Function

This API is used to create a cluster.

-
-

URI

POST /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters

- -

Status Code

Description
- - - - - - - - - - - -
Table 1 Path Parameters

Parameter

-

Mandatory

-

Type

-

Description

-

project_id

-

Yes

-

String

-

Project ID

-
-
- -

Request Parameters

-
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Table 2 Request header parameters

Parameter

-

Mandatory

-

Type

-

Description

-

X-Auth-Token

-

Yes

-

String

-

User token. It can be obtained by calling the IAM API (value of X-Subject-Token in the response header).

-

X-Language

-

Yes

-

String

-

Request language

-
-
- -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Table 3 Request body parameters

Parameter

-

Mandatory

-

Type

-

Description

-

cluster

-

Yes

-

cluster object

-

Cluster object. For details, see the descriptions of cluster parameters.

-

auto_remind

-

No

-

Boolean

-

Whether to enable message notification. If you enable this function, you can configure a maximum of five mobile numbers or email addresses. You will be notified of table/file migration job failures and EIP exceptions by SMS message or email.

-

phone_num

-

No

-

String

-

Mobile number for receiving notifications

-

email

-

No

-

String

-

Email address for receiving notifications

-
-
- -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Table 4 cluster

Parameter

-

Mandatory

-

Type

-

Description

-

scheduleBootTime

-

No

-

String

-

Time for scheduled startup of a CDM cluster. The CDM cluster starts at this time every day.

-

isScheduleBootOff

-

No

-

Boolean

-

Whether to enable scheduled startup/shutdown. The scheduled startup/shutdown and auto shutdown functions cannot be enabled at the same time.

-

instances

-

No

-

Array of instance objects

-

Node list. For details, see the descriptions of instances parameters.

-

datastore

-

No

-

Datastore object

-

Cluster information. For details, see the descriptions of datastore parameters.

-

extended_properties

-

No

-

ExtendedProperties object

-

Extended attribute. For details, see parameters in the extended_properties field.

-

scheduleOffTime

-

No

-

String

-

Time for scheduled shutdown of a CDM cluster. The CDM cluster shuts down directly at this time every day without waiting for unfinished jobs to complete.

-

vpcId

-

No

-

String

-

VPC ID, which is used for configuring a network for the cluster.

-

name

-

No

-

String

-

Cluster name

-

sys_tags

-

No

-

Array of sys_tags objects

-

Enterprise project information. For details, see the descriptions of sys_tags parameters.

-

isAutoOff

-

No

-

Boolean

-

Whether to enable auto shutdown. The auto shutdown and scheduled startup/shutdown functions cannot be enabled at the same time. When auto shutdown is enabled, if no job is running in the cluster and no scheduled job is available, a cluster will be automatically shut down 15 minutes after it starts running, which reduces costs for you.

-
-
- -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Table 5 instance

Parameter

-

Mandatory

-

Type

-

Description

-

availability_zone

-

Yes

-

String

-

AZ where a cluster is located

-

nics

-

Yes

-

Array of nics objects

-

NIC list. A maximum of two NICs are supported. For details, see the descriptions of nics parameters.

-

flavorRef

-

Yes

-

String

-

Instance flavor

-
  • a79fd5ae-1833-448a-88e8-3ea2b913e1f6: cdm.small with 2 vCPUs and 4 GB memory applicable to Proof of Concept (PoC) verification and development and tests
  • fb8fe666-6734-4b11-bc6c-43d11db3c745: cdm.medium with 4 vCPUs and 8 GB memory applicable to the migration of a single database table with fewer than 10 million pieces of data
  • 5ddb1071-c5d7-40e0-a874-8a032e81a697: cdm.large with 8 vCPUs and 16 GB memory applicable to the migration of a single database table with 10 million or more pieces of data
  • 6ddb1072-c5d7-40e0-a874-8a032e81a698: cdm.xlarge with 16 vCPUs and 32 GB memory applicable to the migration of terabytes of data requiring 10GE bandwidth
-

type

-

Yes

-

String

-

Node type. Currently, only cdm is available.

-
-
- -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Table 6 nics

Parameter

-

Mandatory

-

Type

-

Description

-

securityGroupId

-

Yes

-

String

-

Security group ID

-

net-id

-

Yes

-

String

-

Subnet ID

-
-
- -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Table 7 Datastore

Parameter

-

Mandatory

-

Type

-

Description

-

type

-

No

-

String

-

Type. Generally, the value is cdm.

-

version

-

No

-

String

-

Cluster version

-
-
- -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Table 8 ExtendedProperties

Parameter

-

Mandatory

-

Type

-

Description

-

workSpaceId

-

No

-

String

-

Workspace ID

-

resourceId

-

No

-

String

-

Resource ID

-

trial

-

No

-

String

-

Whether the cluster is a trial cluster

-
-
- -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Table 9 sys_tags

Parameter

-

Mandatory

-

Type

-

Description

-

value

-

Yes

-

String

-

Enterprise project ID

-

key

-

Yes

-

String

-

The value is fixed at _sys_enterprise_project_id.

-
-
-
-

Response Parameters

Status code: 202

- -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Table 10 Response body parameters

Parameter

-

Type

-

Description

-

name

-

String

-

Cluster name

-

id

-

String

-

Cluster ID

-

task

-

Task object

-

Task information

-

datastore

-

Datastore object

-

Cluster information

-

instances

-

Array of ClusterInstance objects

-

Cluster node information

-
-
- -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Table 11 Task

Parameter

-

Type

-

Description

-

id

-

String

-

Task ID

-

name

-

String

-

Task name

-
-
- -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Table 12 Datastore

Parameter

-

Type

-

Description

-

type

-

String

-

Type. Generally, the value is cdm.

-

version

-

String

-

Cluster version

-
-
- -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Table 13 ClusterInstance

Parameter

-

Type

-

Description

-

id

-

String

-

Node VM ID

-

name

-

String

-

Name of the VM on the node

-

type

-

String

-

Node type. Currently, only cdm is available.

-

shard_id

-

String

-

Shard ID

-
-
-
-

Example Requests

POST /v1.1/1551c7f6c808414d8e9f3c514a170f2e/clusters
-
-{
-  "cluster" : {
-    "scheduleBootTime" : "",
-    "isScheduleBootOff" : false,
-    "instances" : [ {
-      "availability_zone" : "eu-de",
-      "nics" : [ {
-        "securityGroupId" : "c37852d2-2d12-41cb-af47-65c80e995c80",
-        "net-id" : "2d120298-6130-44d4-a438-454912fff901"
-      } ],
-      "flavorRef" : "5ddb1071-c5d7-40e0-a874-8a032e81a697",
-      "type" : "cdm"
-    } ],
-    "datastore" : {
-      "type" : "cdm",
-      "version" : "1.8.10"
-    },
-    "scheduleOffTime" : "",
-    "vpcId" : "67c06084-2212-4242-bcd4-d2144c2385a9",
-    "name" : "cdm-ab82",
-    "sys_tags" : [ {
-      "value" : "1ce45885-4033-40d2-bdde-d4dbaceb387d",
-      "key" : "_sys_enterprise_project_id"
-    } ],
-    "isAutoOff" : false
-  },
-  "auto_remind" : false,
-  "phone_num" : "",
-  "email" : ""
-}
-
-

Example Responses

Status code: 202

-

Accepted

-
{
-  "id" : "befc862c-9286-46a0-a1d6-300d98b63aad",
-  "name" : "cdm-4ef213",
-  "task" : {
-    "id" : "2c9080047f1b1185017f1ef6ad0500ac",
-    "name" : "rdsCreateBackupJob"
-  },
-  "datastore" : {
-    "type" : "cdm",
-    "version" : "2.9.1.100"
-  },
-  "instances" : [ {
-    "id" : "b2672e7d-2faf-423f-96bb-0664cd743cfd",
-    "name" : "cdm-4ef213-cdm-dn-1-1",
-    "type" : "cdm",
-    "shard_id" : "dn-1"
-  } ]
-}
-
-

Status Codes

-
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Status Code

-

Description

-

202

-

Accepted

-

400

-

Request error.

-

401

-

Authentication failed.

-

403

-

You do not have required permissions to perform this operation.

-

404

-

The requested resource was not found.

-

500

-

Internal service error.

-

503

-

Service unavailable.

-
-
-
-

Error Codes

See Error Codes.

-
- -
-
-
Parent topic: Cluster Management
-
-
- diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/CreateCluster_0.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/CreateCluster_0.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..86462a5a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/CreateCluster_0.html @@ -0,0 +1,655 @@ + + +

Creating a Cluster

+

Function

This API is used to create a cluster.

+
+

URI

POST /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters

+ +
+ + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 1 Path Parameters

Parameter

+

Mandatory

+

Type

+

Description

+

project_id

+

Yes

+

String

+

Project ID

+
+
+
+

Request Parameters

+
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 2 Request header parameters

Parameter

+

Mandatory

+

Type

+

Description

+

X-Auth-Token

+

Yes

+

String

+

User token. It can be obtained by calling the IAM API (value of X-Subject-Token in the response header).

+

X-Language

+

Yes

+

String

+

Request language

+
+
+ +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 3 Request body parameters

Parameter

+

Mandatory

+

Type

+

Description

+

cluster

+

Yes

+

cluster object

+

Cluster object. For details, see the descriptions of cluster parameters.

+

auto_remind

+

No

+

Boolean

+

Whether to enable message notification. If you enable this function, you can configure a maximum of five mobile numbers or email addresses. You will be notified of table/file migration job failures and EIP exceptions by SMS message or email.

+

phone_num

+

No

+

String

+

Mobile number for receiving notifications

+

email

+

No

+

String

+

Email address for receiving notifications

+
+
+ +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 4 cluster

Parameter

+

Mandatory

+

Type

+

Description

+

scheduleBootTime

+

No

+

String

+

Time for scheduled startup of a CDM cluster. The CDM cluster starts at this time every day.

+

isScheduleBootOff

+

No

+

Boolean

+

Whether to enable scheduled startup/shutdown. The scheduled startup/shutdown and auto shutdown functions cannot be enabled at the same time.

+

instances

+

No

+

Array of instance objects

+

Node list. For details, see the descriptions of instances parameters.

+

datastore

+

No

+

Datastore object

+

Cluster information. For details, see the descriptions of datastore parameters.

+

extended_properties

+

No

+

ExtendedProperties object

+

Extended attribute. For details, see parameters in the extended_properties field.

+

scheduleOffTime

+

No

+

String

+

Time for scheduled shutdown of a CDM cluster. The CDM cluster shuts down directly at this time every day without waiting for unfinished jobs to complete.

+

vpcId

+

No

+

String

+

VPC ID, which is used for configuring a network for the cluster.

+

name

+

No

+

String

+

Cluster name

+

sys_tags

+

No

+

Array of sys_tags objects

+

Enterprise project information. For details, see the descriptions of sys_tags parameters.

+

isAutoOff

+

No

+

Boolean

+

Whether to enable auto shutdown. The auto shutdown and scheduled startup/shutdown functions cannot be enabled at the same time. When auto shutdown is enabled, if no job is running in the cluster and no scheduled job is available, a cluster will be automatically shut down 15 minutes after it starts running, which reduces costs for you.

+
+
+ +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 5 instance

Parameter

+

Mandatory

+

Type

+

Description

+

availability_zone

+

Yes

+

String

+

AZ where a cluster is located.

+

nics

+

Yes

+

Array of nics objects

+

NIC list. A maximum of two NICs are supported. For details, see the descriptions of nics parameters.

+

flavorRef

+

Yes

+

String

+

Instance flavor

+
  • a79fd5ae-1833-448a-88e8-3ea2b913e1f6: cdm.small with 2 vCPUs and 4 GB memory applicable to Proof of Concept (PoC) verification and development and tests
  • fb8fe666-6734-4b11-bc6c-43d11db3c745: cdm.medium with 4 vCPUs and 8 GB memory applicable to the migration of a single database table with fewer than 10 million pieces of data
  • 5ddb1071-c5d7-40e0-a874-8a032e81a697: cdm.large with 8 vCPUs and 16 GB memory applicable to the migration of a single database table with 10 million or more pieces of data
  • 6ddb1072-c5d7-40e0-a874-8a032e81a698: cdm.xlarge with 16 vCPUs and 32 GB memory applicable to the migration of terabytes of data requiring 10GE bandwidth
+

type

+

Yes

+

String

+

Node type. Currently, only cdm is available.

+
+
+ +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 6 nics

Parameter

+

Mandatory

+

Type

+

Description

+

securityGroupId

+

Yes

+

String

+

Security group ID

+

net-id

+

Yes

+

String

+

Subnet ID

+
+
+ +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 7 Datastore

Parameter

+

Mandatory

+

Type

+

Description

+

type

+

No

+

String

+

Type. Generally, the value is cdm.

+

version

+

No

+

String

+

Cluster version

+
+
+ +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 8 ExtendedProperties

Parameter

+

Mandatory

+

Type

+

Description

+

workSpaceId

+

No

+

String

+

Workspace ID

+

resourceId

+

No

+

String

+

Resource ID

+

trial

+

No

+

String

+

Whether the cluster is a trial cluster

+
+
+ +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 9 sys_tags

Parameter

+

Mandatory

+

Type

+

Description

+

value

+

Yes

+

String

+

Enterprise project ID

+

key

+

Yes

+

String

+

The value is fixed at _sys_enterprise_project_id.

+
+
+
+

Response Parameters

Status code: 202

+ +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 10 Response body parameters

Parameter

+

Type

+

Description

+

name

+

String

+

Cluster name

+

id

+

String

+

Cluster ID

+

task

+

Task object

+

Task information

+

datastore

+

Datastore object

+

Cluster information

+

instances

+

Array of ClusterInstance objects

+

Cluster node information

+
+
+ +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 11 Task

Parameter

+

Type

+

Description

+

id

+

String

+

Task ID

+

name

+

String

+

Task name

+
+
+ +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 12 Datastore

Parameter

+

Type

+

Description

+

type

+

String

+

Type. Generally, the value is cdm.

+

version

+

String

+

Cluster version

+
+
+ +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 13 ClusterInstance

Parameter

+

Type

+

Description

+

id

+

String

+

Node VM ID

+

name

+

String

+

Name of the VM on the node

+

type

+

String

+

Node type. Currently, only cdm is available.

+

shard_id

+

String

+

Shard ID

+
+
+
+

Example Requests

POST /v1.1/1551c7f6c808414d8e9f3c514a170f2e/clusters
+
+{
+  "cluster" : {
+    "scheduleBootTime" : "",
+    "isScheduleBootOff" : false,
+    "instances" : [ {
+      "availability_zone" : "xx-xxxxx-xx",
+      "nics" : [ {
+        "securityGroupId" : "c37852d2-2d12-41cb-af47-65c80e995c80",
+        "net-id" : "2d120298-6130-44d4-a438-454912fff901"
+      } ],
+      "flavorRef" : "5ddb1071-c5d7-40e0-a874-8a032e81a697",
+      "type" : "cdm"
+    } ],
+    "datastore" : {
+      "type" : "cdm",
+      "version" : "1.8.10"
+    },
+    "scheduleOffTime" : "",
+    "vpcId" : "67c06084-2212-4242-bcd4-d2144c2385a9",
+    "name" : "cdm-ab82",
+    "sys_tags" : [ {
+      "value" : "1ce45885-4033-40d2-bdde-d4dbaceb387d",
+      "key" : "_sys_enterprise_project_id"
+    } ],
+    "isAutoOff" : false
+  },
+  "auto_remind" : false,
+  "phone_num" : "",
+  "email" : ""
+}
+
+

Example Responses

Status code: 202

+

Accepted

+
{
+  "id" : "befc862c-9286-46a0-a1d6-300d98b63aad",
+  "name" : "cdm-4ef213",
+  "task" : {
+    "id" : "2c9080047f1b1185017f1ef6ad0500ac",
+    "name" : "rdsCreateBackupJob"
+  },
+  "datastore" : {
+    "type" : "cdm",
+    "version" : "2.9.1.100"
+  },
+  "instances" : [ {
+    "id" : "b2672e7d-2faf-423f-96bb-0664cd743cfd",
+    "name" : "cdm-4ef213-cdm-dn-1-1",
+    "type" : "cdm",
+    "shard_id" : "dn-1"
+  } ]
+}
+
+

Status Codes

+
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Status Code

+

Description

+

202

+

Accepted

+

400

+

Request error.

+

401

+

Authentication failed.

+

403

+

You do not have required permissions to perform this operation.

+

404

+

The requested resource was not found.

+

500

+

Internal service error.

+

503

+

Service unavailable.

+
+
+
+

Error Codes

See Error Codes.

+
+
+
+
+
Parent topic: Cluster Management
+
+
+ diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/CreateJob.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/CreateJob.html deleted file mode 100644 index 68297bb6..00000000 --- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/CreateJob.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,803 +0,0 @@ - - -

Creating a Job in a Specified Cluster

-

Function

This API is used to create a job in a specified cluster.

-
-

URI

POST /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/cdm/job

- -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Table 1 Path Parameters

Parameter

-

Mandatory

-

Type

-

Description

-

project_id

-

Yes

-

String

-

Project ID

-

cluster_id

-

Yes

-

String

-

Cluster ID

-
-
-
-

Request Parameters

-
- - - - - - - - - - - -
Table 2 Request header parameters

Parameter

-

Mandatory

-

Type

-

Description

-

X-Auth-Token

-

Yes

-

String

-

User token. It can be obtained by calling the IAM API (value of X-Subject-Token in the response header).

-
-
- -
- - - - - - - - - - - -
Table 3 Request body parameters

Parameter

-

Mandatory

-

Type

-

Description

-

jobs

-

Yes

-

Array of Job objects

-

Job list. For details, see the descriptions of jobs parameters.

-
-
- -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Table 4 Job

Parameter

-

Mandatory

-

Type

-

Description

-

job_type

-

No

-

String

-

Job type

-
  • NORMAL_JOB: table/file migration
  • BATCH_JOB: entire DB migration
  • SCENARIO_JOB: scenario migration
-

Enumeration values:

-
  • NORMAL_JOB
  • BATCH_JOB
  • SCENARIO_JOB
-

from-connector-name

-

Yes

-

String

-

Source link type

-

to-config-values

-

Yes

-

ConfigValues object

-

Destination link parameter configuration

-

to-link-name

-

Yes

-

String

-

Destination link name

-

driver-config-values

-

Yes

-

ConfigValues object

-

Job parameter configuration

-

from-config-values

-

Yes

-

ConfigValues object

-

Source link parameter configuration

-

to-connector-name

-

No

-

String

-

Destination link type

-

name

-

No

-

String

-

Job name, which contains 1 to 240 characters

-

Minimum: 1

-

Maximum: 240

-

from-link-name

-

No

-

String

-

Source link name

-

creation-user

-

No

-

String

-

User who created the job

-

creation-date

-

No

-

Long

-

Time when the job was created, accurate to millisecond

-

update-date

-

No

-

Long

-

Time when the job was last updated, accurate to millisecond

-

is_incre_job

-

No

-

Boolean

-

Incremental or not

-

flag

-

No

-

Integer

-

Flag

-

files_read

-

No

-

Integer

-

Number of read files

-

update-user

-

No

-

String

-

User who last updated the job

-

external_id

-

No

-

String

-

External ID

-

type

-

No

-

String

-

Task type

-

execute_start_date

-

No

-

Long

-

Execution start date

-

delete_rows

-

No

-

Integer

-

Number of deleted rows

-

enabled

-

No

-

Boolean

-

Whether to activate the link

-

bytes_written

-

No

-

Long

-

Number of written bytes

-

id

-

No

-

Integer

-

Job ID

-

is_use_sql

-

No

-

Boolean

-

Whether to use SQL statements

-

update_rows

-

No

-

Integer

-

Number of updated rows

-

group_name

-

No

-

String

-

Group name

-

bytes_read

-

No

-

Long

-

Number of read bytes

-

execute_update_date

-

No

-

Long

-

Execution update date

-

write_rows

-

No

-

Integer

-

Number of written rows

-

rows_written

-

No

-

Integer

-

Number of written rows

-

rows_read

-

No

-

Long

-

Number of rows that are read

-

files_written

-

No

-

Integer

-

Number of written files

-

is_incrementing

-

No

-

Boolean

-

Incremental or not

-

execute_create_date

-

No

-

Long

-

Execution creation date

-

status

-

No

-

String

-

Job execution status

-
  • BOOTING: The job is starting.
  • RUNNING: The job is running.
  • SUCCEEDED: The job was successfully executed.
  • FAILED: The job execution failed.
  • NEW: The job was not executed.
-
-
- -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Table 5 ConfigValues

Parameter

-

Mandatory

-

Type

-

Description

-

configs

-

Yes

-

Array of configs objects

-

The data structures of source link parameters, destination link parameters, and job parameters are the same. However, the inputs parameter varies. For details, see the descriptions of configs parameters.

-

extended-configs

-

No

-

extended-configs object

-

Extended configuration. For details, see the descriptions of extended-configs parameters.

-
-
- -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Table 6 configs

Parameter

-

Mandatory

-

Type

-

Description

-

inputs

-

Yes

-

Array of Input objects

-

Input parameter list. Each element in the list is in name,value format. For details, see the descriptions of inputs parameters. In the from-config-values data structure, the value of this parameter varies with the source link type. For details, see section "Source Job Parameters" in the Cloud Data Migration User Guide. In the to-cofig-values data structure, the value of this parameter varies with the destination link type. For details, see section "Destination Job Parameters" in the Cloud Data Migration User Guide. For details about the inputs parameter in the driver-config-values data structure, see the job parameter descriptions.

-

name

-

Yes

-

String

-

Configuration name. The value is fromJobConfig for a source job, toJobConfig for a destination job, and linkConfig for a link.

-

id

-

No

-

Integer

-

Configuration ID

-

type

-

No

-

String

-

Configuration type

-
-
- -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Table 7 Input

Parameter

-

Mandatory

-

Type

-

Description

-

name

-

Yes

-

String

-

Parameter name

-

value

-

Yes

-

String

-

Parameter value

-

type

-

No

-

String

-

Value type

-
-
- -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Table 8 extended-configs

Parameter

-

Mandatory

-

Type

-

Description

-

name

-

No

-

String

-

Name

-

value

-

No

-

String

-

Value

-
-
-
-

Response Parameters

Status code: 200

- -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Table 9 Response body parameters

Parameter

-

Type

-

Description

-

name

-

String

-

Job name

-

validation-result

-

Array of JobValidationResult objects

-

Check result

-
  • If the modification fails, the failure cause is returned.
  • If the modification is successful, an empty list is returned.
-
-
- -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Table 10 JobValidationResult

Parameter

-

Type

-

Description

-

message

-

String

-

Error message

-

status

-

String

-

ERROR,WARNING

-

Enumeration values:

-
  • ERROR
  • WARNING
-
-
-

Status code: 400

- -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Table 11 Response body parameters

Parameter

-

Type

-

Description

-

code

-

String

-

Return code

-

errCode

-

String

-

Error code

-

message

-

String

-

Error message

-

externalMessage

-

String

-

Additional information

-
-
-
-

Example Requests

POST /v1.1/1551c7f6c808414d8e9f3c514a170f2e/clusters/6ec9a0a4-76be-4262-8697-e7af1fac7920/cdm/job
-
-{
-  "jobs" : [ {
-    "job_type" : "NORMAL_JOB",
-    "from-connector-name" : "elasticsearch-connector",
-    "to-config-values" : {
-      "configs" : [ {
-        "inputs" : [ {
-          "name" : "toJobConfig.streamName",
-          "value" : "dis-lkGm"
-        }, {
-          "name" : "toJobConfig.separator",
-          "value" : "|"
-        }, {
-          "name" : "toJobConfig.columnList",
-          "value" : "1&2&3"
-        } ],
-        "name" : "toJobConfig"
-      } ]
-    },
-    "to-link-name" : "dis",
-    "driver-config-values" : {
-      "configs" : [ {
-        "inputs" : [ {
-          "name" : "throttlingConfig.numExtractors",
-          "value" : "1"
-        }, {
-          "name" : "throttlingConfig.submitToCluster",
-          "value" : "false"
-        }, {
-          "name" : "throttlingConfig.numLoaders",
-          "value" : "1"
-        }, {
-          "name" : "throttlingConfig.recordDirtyData",
-          "value" : "false"
-        } ],
-        "name" : "throttlingConfig"
-      }, {
-        "inputs" : { },
-        "name" : "jarConfig"
-      }, {
-        "inputs" : [ {
-          "name" : "schedulerConfig.isSchedulerJob",
-          "value" : "false"
-        }, {
-          "name" : "schedulerConfig.disposableType",
-          "value" : "NONE"
-        } ],
-        "name" : "schedulerConfig"
-      }, {
-        "inputs" : { },
-        "name" : "transformConfig"
-      }, {
-        "inputs" : [ {
-          "name" : "retryJobConfig.retryJobType",
-          "value" : "NONE"
-        } ],
-        "name" : "retryJobConfig"
-      } ]
-    },
-    "from-config-values" : {
-      "configs" : [ {
-        "inputs" : [ {
-          "name" : "fromJobConfig.index",
-          "value" : "52est"
-        }, {
-          "name" : "fromJobConfig.type",
-          "value" : "est_array"
-        }, {
-          "name" : "fromJobConfig.columnList",
-          "value" : "array_f1_int:long&array_f2_text:string&array_f3_object:nested"
-        }, {
-          "name" : "fromJobConfig.splitNestedField",
-          "value" : "false"
-        } ],
-        "name" : "fromJobConfig"
-      } ]
-    },
-    "to-connector-name" : "dis-connector",
-    "name" : "es_css",
-    "from-link-name" : "css"
-  } ]
-}
-
-

Example Responses

Status code: 200

-

ok

-
{
-  "name" : "mysql2hive"
-}
-

Status code: 400

-

Request error

-
{
-  "code" : "Cdm.0104",
-  "errCode" : "Cdm.0104",
-  "message" : "Job name already exist or created by other.",
-  "externalMessage" : "Job name already exist or created by other."
-}
-
-

Status Codes

-
- - - - - - - - - - -

Status Code

-

Description

-

200

-

ok

-

400

-

Request error

-
-
-
-

Error Codes

See Error Codes.

-
-
-
-
-
Parent topic: Job Management
-
-
- diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/CreateJob_0.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/CreateJob_0.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2e38d260 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/CreateJob_0.html @@ -0,0 +1,818 @@ + + +

Creating a Job in a Specified Cluster

+

Function

This API is used to create a job in a specified cluster.

+
+

URI

POST /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/cdm/job

+ +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 1 Path Parameters

Parameter

+

Mandatory

+

Type

+

Description

+

project_id

+

Yes

+

String

+

Project ID

+

cluster_id

+

Yes

+

String

+

Cluster ID

+
+
+
+

Request Parameters

+
+ + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 2 Request header parameters

Parameter

+

Mandatory

+

Type

+

Description

+

X-Auth-Token

+

Yes

+

String

+

User token. It can be obtained by calling the IAM API (value of X-Subject-Token in the response header).

+
+
+ +
+ + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 3 Request body parameters

Parameter

+

Mandatory

+

Type

+

Description

+

jobs

+

Yes

+

Array of Job objects

+

Job list. For details, see the descriptions of jobs parameters.

+
+
+ +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 4 Job

Parameter

+

Mandatory

+

Type

+

Description

+

job_type

+

No

+

String

+

Job type

+

  • NORMAL_JOB: table/file migration

    +

  • BATCH_JOB: entire DB migration

    +

  • SCENARIO_JOB: scenario migration

    +
+

Enumeration values:

+

  • NORMAL_JOB

    +

  • BATCH_JOB

    +

  • SCENARIO_JOB

    +
+

from-connector-name

+

Yes

+

String

+

Source link type

+

to-config-values

+

Yes

+

ConfigValues object

+

Destination link parameter configuration

+

to-link-name

+

Yes

+

String

+

Destination link name

+

driver-config-values

+

Yes

+

ConfigValues object

+

Job parameter configuration

+

from-config-values

+

Yes

+

ConfigValues object

+

Source link parameter configuration

+

to-connector-name

+

No

+

String

+

Destination link type

+

name

+

No

+

String

+

Job name, which contains 1 to 240 characters

+

Minimum: 1

+

Maximum: 240

+

from-link-name

+

No

+

String

+

Source link name

+

creation-user

+

No

+

String

+

User who created the job

+

creation-date

+

No

+

Long

+

Time when the job was created, accurate to millisecond

+

update-date

+

No

+

Long

+

Time when the job was last updated, accurate to millisecond

+

is_incre_job

+

No

+

Boolean

+

Incremental or not

+

flag

+

No

+

Integer

+

Flag

+

files_read

+

No

+

Integer

+

Number of read files

+

update-user

+

No

+

String

+

User who last updated the job

+

external_id

+

No

+

String

+

External ID

+

type

+

No

+

String

+

Task type

+

execute_start_date

+

No

+

Long

+

Execution start date

+

delete_rows

+

No

+

Integer

+

Number of deleted rows

+

enabled

+

No

+

Boolean

+

Whether to activate the link

+

bytes_written

+

No

+

Long

+

Number of written bytes

+

id

+

No

+

Integer

+

Job ID

+

is_use_sql

+

No

+

Boolean

+

Whether to use SQL statements

+

update_rows

+

No

+

Integer

+

Number of updated rows

+

group_name

+

No

+

String

+

Group name

+

bytes_read

+

No

+

Long

+

Number of read bytes

+

execute_update_date

+

No

+

Long

+

Execution update date

+

write_rows

+

No

+

Integer

+

Number of written rows

+

rows_written

+

No

+

Integer

+

Number of written rows

+

rows_read

+

No

+

Long

+

Number of rows that are read

+

files_written

+

No

+

Integer

+

Number of written files

+

is_incrementing

+

No

+

Boolean

+

Incremental or not

+

execute_create_date

+

No

+

Long

+

Execution creation date

+

status

+

No

+

String

+

Job execution status

+

  • BOOTING: The job is starting.

    +

  • RUNNING: The job is running.

    +

  • SUCCEEDED: The job was successfully executed.

    +

  • FAILED: The job execution failed.

    +

  • NEW: The job was not executed.

    +
+
+
+ +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 5 ConfigValues

Parameter

+

Mandatory

+

Type

+

Description

+

configs

+

Yes

+

Array of configs objects

+

The data structures of source link parameters, destination link parameters, and job parameters are the same. However, the inputs parameter varies. For details, see the descriptions of configs parameters.

+

extended-configs

+

No

+

extended-configs object

+

Extended configuration. For details, see the descriptions of extended-configs parameters.

+
+
+ +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 6 configs

Parameter

+

Mandatory

+

Type

+

Description

+

inputs

+

Yes

+

Array of Input objects

+

Input parameter list. Each element in the list is in name,value format. For details, see the descriptions of inputs parameters. In the from-config-values data structure, the value of this parameter varies with the source link type. For details, see section "Source Job Parameters" in the Cloud Data Migration User Guide. In the to-cofig-values data structure, the value of this parameter varies with the destination link type. For details, see section "Destination Job Parameters" in the Cloud Data Migration User Guide. For details about the inputs parameter in the driver-config-values data structure, see the job parameter descriptions.

+

name

+

Yes

+

String

+

Configuration name. The value is fromJobConfig for a source job, toJobConfig for a destination job, and linkConfig for a link.

+

id

+

No

+

Integer

+

Configuration ID

+

type

+

No

+

String

+

Configuration type

+
+
+ +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 7 Input

Parameter

+

Mandatory

+

Type

+

Description

+

name

+

Yes

+

String

+

Parameter name

+

value

+

Yes

+

String

+

Parameter value

+

type

+

No

+

String

+

Value type

+
+
+ +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 8 extended-configs

Parameter

+

Mandatory

+

Type

+

Description

+

name

+

No

+

String

+

Name

+

value

+

No

+

String

+

Value

+
+
+
+

Response Parameters

Status code: 200

+ +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 9 Response body parameters

Parameter

+

Type

+

Description

+

name

+

String

+

Job name

+

validation-result

+

Array of JobValidationResult objects

+

Check result

+

  • If the modification fails, the failure cause is returned.

    +

  • If the modification is successful, an empty list is returned.

    +
+
+
+ +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 10 JobValidationResult

Parameter

+

Type

+

Description

+

message

+

String

+

Error message

+

status

+

String

+

ERROR,WARNING

+

Enumeration values:

+

  • ERROR

    +

  • WARNING

    +
+
+
+

Status code: 400

+ +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Table 11 Response body parameters

Parameter

+

Type

+

Description

+

code

+

String

+

Return code

+

errCode

+

String

+

Error code

+

message

+

String

+

Error message

+

externalMessage

+

String

+

Additional information

+
+
+
+

Example Requests

POST /v1.1/1551c7f6c808414d8e9f3c514a170f2e/clusters/6ec9a0a4-76be-4262-8697-e7af1fac7920/cdm/job
+
+{
+  "jobs" : [ {
+    "job_type" : "NORMAL_JOB",
+    "from-connector-name" : "elasticsearch-connector",
+    "to-config-values" : {
+      "configs" : [ {
+        "inputs" : [ {
+          "name" : "toJobConfig.streamName",
+          "value" : "dis-lkGm"
+        }, {
+          "name" : "toJobConfig.separator",
+          "value" : "|"
+        }, {
+          "name" : "toJobConfig.columnList",
+          "value" : "1&2&3"
+        } ],
+        "name" : "toJobConfig"
+      } ]
+    },
+    "to-link-name" : "dis",
+    "driver-config-values" : {
+      "configs" : [ {
+        "inputs" : [ {
+          "name" : "throttlingConfig.numExtractors",
+          "value" : "1"
+        }, {
+          "name" : "throttlingConfig.submitToCluster",
+          "value" : "false"
+        }, {
+          "name" : "throttlingConfig.numLoaders",
+          "value" : "1"
+        }, {
+          "name" : "throttlingConfig.recordDirtyData",
+          "value" : "false"
+        } ],
+        "name" : "throttlingConfig"
+      }, {
+        "inputs" : { },
+        "name" : "jarConfig"
+      }, {
+        "inputs" : [ {
+          "name" : "schedulerConfig.isSchedulerJob",
+          "value" : "false"
+        }, {
+          "name" : "schedulerConfig.disposableType",
+          "value" : "NONE"
+        } ],
+        "name" : "schedulerConfig"
+      }, {
+        "inputs" : { },
+        "name" : "transformConfig"
+      }, {
+        "inputs" : [ {
+          "name" : "retryJobConfig.retryJobType",
+          "value" : "NONE"
+        } ],
+        "name" : "retryJobConfig"
+      } ]
+    },
+    "from-config-values" : {
+      "configs" : [ {
+        "inputs" : [ {
+          "name" : "fromJobConfig.index",
+          "value" : "52est"
+        }, {
+          "name" : "fromJobConfig.type",
+          "value" : "est_array"
+        }, {
+          "name" : "fromJobConfig.columnList",
+          "value" : "array_f1_int:long&array_f2_text:string&array_f3_object:nested"
+        }, {
+          "name" : "fromJobConfig.splitNestedField",
+          "value" : "false"
+        } ],
+        "name" : "fromJobConfig"
+      } ]
+    },
+    "to-connector-name" : "dis-connector",
+    "name" : "es_css",
+    "from-link-name" : "css"
+  } ]
+}
+
+

Example Responses

Status code: 200

+

ok

+
{
+  "name" : "mysql2hive"
+}
+

Status code: 400

+

Request error

+
{
+  "code" : "Cdm.0104",
+  "errCode" : "Cdm.0104",
+  "message" : "Job name already exist or created by other.",
+  "ternalMessage" : "Job name already exist or created by other."
+}
+
+

Status Codes

+
+ + + + + + + + + + +

Status Code

+

Description

+

200

+

ok

+

400

+

Request error

+
+
+
+

Error Codes

See Error Codes.

+
+
+
+
+
Parent topic: Job Management
+
+
+ diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/CreateLink.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/CreateLink_0.html similarity index 80% rename from docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/CreateLink.html rename to docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/CreateLink_0.html index efd7f3dd..08274ae1 100644 --- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/CreateLink.html +++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/CreateLink_0.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ - +

Creating a Link

Function

This API is used to create a link.

-

URI

POST /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/cdm/link

+

URI

POST /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/cdm/link

@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@

Request Parameters

-
Table 1 Path Parameters

Parameter
Table 3 Request header parameters

Parameter

+
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
Table 3 Request header parameters

Parameter

Mandatory

-
Table 4 Request body parameters

Parameter

+
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ - @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@
Table 4 Request body parameters

Parameter

Mandatory

Yes

Array of links objects

+

Array of links objects

Link list. For details, see the descriptions of links parameters.

-
Table 5 links

Parameter

+
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ - @@ -168,7 +168,37 @@ -
Table 5 links

Parameter

Mandatory

Yes

link-config-values object

+

link-config-values object

Link parameters. For details, see the descriptions of link-config-values parameters.

String

Connector name. The mappings between the connectors and links are as follows:generic-jdbc-connector: link to a relational databaseobs-connector: OBS linkhdfs-connector: HDFS linkhbase-connector: HBase or CloudTable linkhive-connector: Hive linkftp-connector/sftp-connector: link to an FTP or SFTP servermongodb-connector: MongoDB linkredis-connector: Redis or DCS linkkafka-connector: Kafka linkdis-connector: DIS linkelasticsearch-connector: Elasticsearch or CSS linkdli-connector: DLI linkhttp-connector: HTTP or HTTPS link. This type of link does not have parameters.dms-kafka-connector: DMS Kafka link

+

Connector name. The mappings between the connectors and links are as follows:

+

+generic-jdbc-connector: link to a relational database

+

+obs-connector: OBS link

+

+hdfs-connector: HDFS link

+

+hbase-connector: HBase or CloudTable link

+

+hive-connector: Hive link

+

+ftp-connector/sftp-connector: link to an FTP or SFTP server

+

+mongodb-connector: MongoDB link

+

+redis-connector: Redis or DCS link

+

+kafka-connector: Kafka link

+

+dis-connector: DIS link

+

+elasticsearch-connector: Elasticsearch or CSS link

+

+dli-connector: DLI link

+

+http-connector: HTTP or HTTPS link. This type of link does not have parameters.

+

+dms-kafka-connector: DMS Kafka link

+

+

update-date

@@ -202,7 +232,7 @@
-
Table 6 link-config-values

Parameter

+
@@ -216,7 +246,7 @@ - @@ -225,7 +255,7 @@ - @@ -243,7 +273,7 @@
Table 6 link-config-values

Parameter

Mandatory

Yes

Array of configs objects

+

Array of configs objects

Data structure of link parameters. For details, see the descriptions of configs parameters.

No

extended-configs object

+

extended-configs object

Extended configuration. For details, see the descriptions of extended-configs parameters.

-
Table 7 configs

Parameter

+
@@ -257,7 +287,7 @@ - @@ -293,7 +323,7 @@
Table 7 configs

Parameter

Mandatory

Yes

Array of Input objects

+

Array of Input objects

Input parameter list. Each element in the list is in name,value format. For details, see the descriptions of inputs parameters. In the from-config-values data structure, the value of this parameter varies with the source link type. For details, see section "Source Job Parameters" in the Cloud Data Migration User Guide. In the to-cofig-values data structure, the value of this parameter varies with the destination link type. For details, see section "Destination Job Parameters" in the Cloud Data Migration User Guide. For details about the inputs parameter in the driver-config-values data structure, see the job parameter descriptions.

-
Table 8 Input

Parameter

+
@@ -334,7 +364,7 @@
Table 8 Input

Parameter

Mandatory

-
Table 9 extended-configs

Parameter

+
@@ -368,7 +398,7 @@

Response Parameters

Status code: 200

-
Table 9 extended-configs

Parameter

Mandatory
Table 10 Response body parameters

Parameter

+
@@ -385,7 +415,7 @@ - @@ -394,7 +424,7 @@
Table 10 Response body parameters

Parameter

Type

validation-result

Array of validationResult objects

+

Array of validationResult objects

Validation structure. If a link fails to be created, the failure cause is returned. For details, see the descriptions of validation-result parameters. If a link is successfully created, an empty list is returned.

-
Table 11 validationResult

Parameter

+
@@ -404,7 +434,7 @@ - @@ -413,7 +443,7 @@
Table 11 validationResult

Parameter

Type

linkConfig

Array of validationLinkConfig objects

+

Array of validationLinkConfig objects

Validation result of link creation or update. For details, see the descriptions of validationLinkConfig parameters.

-
Table 12 validationLinkConfig

Parameter

+
@@ -444,7 +474,7 @@

Status code: 400

-
Table 12 validationLinkConfig

Parameter

Type
Table 13 Response body parameters

Parameter

+
@@ -485,7 +515,7 @@

Status code: 500

-
Table 13 Response body parameters

Parameter

Type
Table 14 Response body parameters

Parameter

+
@@ -583,7 +613,7 @@ }

Status Codes

-
Table 14 Response body parameters

Parameter

Type

Status Code

+
@@ -633,7 +663,7 @@
-
Parent topic: Link Management
+
Parent topic: Link Management
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/DeleteCluster.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/DeleteCluster_0.html similarity index 85% rename from docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/DeleteCluster.html rename to docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/DeleteCluster_0.html index 82be3d35..e8e5c8f9 100644 --- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/DeleteCluster.html +++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/DeleteCluster_0.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ - +

Deleting a Cluster

Function

This API is used to delete a cluster.

-

URI

DELETE /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}

+

URI

DELETE /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}

Status Code

Description
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@

Request Parameters

-
Table 1 Path Parameters

Parameter
Table 2 Request header parameters

Parameter

+
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
Table 2 Request header parameters

Parameter

Mandatory

-
Table 3 Request body parameters

Parameter

+
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@

Response Parameters

Status code: 202

-
Table 3 Request body parameters

Parameter

Mandatory
Table 4 Response body parameters

Parameter

+
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ }

Status Codes

-
Table 4 Response body parameters

Parameter

Type

Status Code

+
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
-
Parent topic: Cluster Management
+
Parent topic: Cluster Management
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/DeleteJob.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/DeleteJob_0.html similarity index 86% rename from docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/DeleteJob.html rename to docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/DeleteJob_0.html index 875b7586..ad08fffa 100644 --- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/DeleteJob.html +++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/DeleteJob_0.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ - +

Deleting a Job

Function

This API is used to delete a job.

-

URI

DELETE /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/cdm/job/{job_name}

+

URI

DELETE /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/cdm/job/{job_name}

Status Code

Description
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@

Request Parameters

-
Table 1 Path Parameters

Parameter
Table 2 Request header parameters

Parameter

+
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@

Response Parameters

Status code: 500

-
Table 2 Request header parameters

Parameter

Mandatory
Table 3 Response body parameters

Parameter

+
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ }

Status Codes

-
Table 3 Response body parameters

Parameter

Type

Status Code

+
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
-
Parent topic: Job Management
+
Parent topic: Job Management
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/DeleteLink.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/DeleteLink_0.html similarity index 87% rename from docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/DeleteLink.html rename to docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/DeleteLink_0.html index 78421bcc..a6794e5d 100644 --- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/DeleteLink.html +++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/DeleteLink_0.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ - +

Deleting a Link

Function

This API is used to delete a link.

-

URI

DELETE /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/cdm/link/{link_name}

+

URI

DELETE /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/cdm/link/{link_name}

Status Code

Description
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@

Request Parameters

-
Table 1 Path Parameters

Parameter
Table 2 Request header parameters

Parameter

+
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@

Response Parameters

Status code: 500

-
Table 2 Request header parameters

Parameter

Mandatory
Table 3 Response body parameters

Parameter

+
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ }

Status Codes

-
Table 3 Response body parameters

Parameter

Type

Status Code

+
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@
-
Parent topic: Link Management
+
Parent topic: Link Management
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/ErrorCode.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/ErrorCode.html index c063fbd1..cbdd1103 100644 --- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/ErrorCode.html +++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/ErrorCode.html @@ -8,9 +8,9 @@
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/ListClusters.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/ListClusters_0.html similarity index 83% rename from docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/ListClusters.html rename to docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/ListClusters_0.html index 1320ba7a..2a8ee4ee 100644 --- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/ListClusters.html +++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/ListClusters_0.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ - +

Querying the Cluster List

Function

This API is used to query the cluster list.

-

URI

GET /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters

+

URI

GET /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters

Status Code

Description
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@

Request Parameters

-
Table 1 Path Parameters

Parameter
Table 2 Request header parameters

Parameter

+
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@

Response Parameters

Status code: 200

-
Table 2 Request header parameters

Parameter

Mandatory
Table 3 Response body parameters

Parameter

+
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ - @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
Table 3 Response body parameters

Parameter

Type

clusters

Array of clusters objects

+

Array of clusters objects

Cluster list. For details, see the descriptions of clusters parameters.

-
Table 4 clusters

Parameter

+
@@ -83,21 +83,21 @@ - - - @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ - @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ - @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ - @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@
Table 4 clusters

Parameter

Type

customerConfig

CustomerConfig object

+

CustomerConfig object

User configuration

datastore

Datastore object

+

Datastore object

CDM information

instances

Array of ClusterDetailInstance objects

+

Array of ClusterDetailInstance objects

Cluster node information. For details, see the descriptions of instances parameters.

task

ClusterTask object

+

ClusterTask object

Task information

actionProgress

ActionProgress object

+

ActionProgress object

Cluster operation progress, which consists of a key and a value. The key indicates an ongoing task, and the value indicates the progress of the ongoing task. An example is "action_progress":{"SNAPSHOTTING":"16%"}.

failedReasons

FailedReasons object

+

FailedReasons object

Failure cause. If this parameter is left empty, the cluster is in normal state.

-
Table 5 CustomerConfig

Parameter

+
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@
Table 5 CustomerConfig

Parameter

Type

-
Table 6 Datastore

Parameter

+
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@
Table 6 Datastore

Parameter

Type

-
Table 7 ClusterDetailInstance

Parameter

+
@@ -381,14 +381,14 @@ - - @@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ - @@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ - @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@
Table 7 ClusterDetailInstance

Parameter

Type

flavor

flavor object

+

flavor object

VM flavor of a node. For details, see the descriptions of flavor parameters.

volume

volume object

+

volume object

Disk information of a node. For details, see the descriptions of volume parameters.

links

Array of ClusterLinks objects

+

Array of ClusterLinks objects

Link information

resource

Array of Resource objects

+

Array of Resource objects

Resource information (null is returned for querying the cluster list)

-
Table 8 flavor

Parameter

+
@@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ - @@ -578,7 +578,7 @@
Table 8 flavor

Parameter

Type

links

Array of ClusterLinks objects

+

Array of ClusterLinks objects

Link information

-
Table 9 volume

Parameter

+
@@ -604,7 +604,7 @@
Table 9 volume

Parameter

Type

-
Table 10 ClusterLinks

Parameter

+
@@ -630,7 +630,7 @@
Table 10 ClusterLinks

Parameter

Type

-
Table 11 Resource

Parameter

+
@@ -656,7 +656,7 @@
Table 11 Resource

Parameter

Type

-
Table 12 ClusterTask

Parameter

+
@@ -689,7 +689,7 @@
Table 12 ClusterTask

Parameter

Type

-
Table 13 ActionProgress

Parameter

+
@@ -736,7 +736,7 @@
Table 13 ActionProgress

Parameter

Type

-
Table 14 FailedReasons

Parameter

+
@@ -746,7 +746,7 @@ - @@ -755,7 +755,7 @@
Table 14 FailedReasons

Parameter

Type

CREATE_FAILED

CREATE_FAILED object

+

CREATE_FAILED object

Cause of the cluster creation failure

-
Table 15 CREATE_FAILED

Parameter

+
@@ -800,7 +800,7 @@ }

Status Codes

-
Table 15 CREATE_FAILED

Parameter

Type

Status Code

+
@@ -850,7 +850,7 @@
-
Parent topic: Cluster Management
+
Parent topic: Cluster Management
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/RestartCluster.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/RestartCluster_0.html similarity index 86% rename from docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/RestartCluster.html rename to docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/RestartCluster_0.html index 8cf9b3d3..8c1101b4 100644 --- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/RestartCluster.html +++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/RestartCluster_0.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ - +

Restarting a Cluster

Function

This API is used to restart a cluster.

-

URI

POST /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/action

+

URI

POST /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/action

Status Code

Description
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@

Request Parameters

-
Table 1 Path Parameters

Parameter
Table 2 Request header parameters

Parameter

+
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
Table 2 Request header parameters

Parameter

Mandatory

-
Table 3 Request body parameters

Parameter

+
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ - @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
Table 3 Request body parameters

Parameter

Mandatory

Yes

restart object

+

restart object

Cluster restart. For details about how to define the cluster to restart, see the descriptions of restart parameters.

-
Table 4 restart

Parameter

+
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@

Response Parameters

Status code: 200

-
Table 4 restart

Parameter

Mandatory
Table 5 Response body parameters

Parameter

+
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ }

Status Codes

-
Table 5 Response body parameters

Parameter

Type

Status Code

+
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@
-
Parent topic: Cluster Management
+
Parent topic: Cluster Management
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/ShowClusterDetail.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/ShowClusterDetail_0.html similarity index 84% rename from docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/ShowClusterDetail.html rename to docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/ShowClusterDetail_0.html index f11f5d12..a7594819 100644 --- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/ShowClusterDetail.html +++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/ShowClusterDetail_0.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ - +

Querying Cluster Details

Function

This API is used to query cluster details.

-

URI

GET /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}

+

URI

GET /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}

Status Code

Description
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@

Request Parameters

-
Table 1 Path Parameters

Parameter
Table 2 Request header parameters

Parameter

+
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@

Response Parameters

Status code: 200

-
Table 2 Request header parameters

Parameter

Mandatory
Table 3 Response body parameters

Parameter

+
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ - @@ -108,14 +108,14 @@ - - @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ - @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ - @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ - @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ - @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ - @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ - @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@
Table 3 Response body parameters

Parameter

Type

instances

Array of ClusterDetailInstance objects

+

Array of ClusterDetailInstance objects

Cluster node information. For details, see the descriptions of instances parameters.

customerConfig

CustomerConfig object

+

CustomerConfig object

User configuration

datastore

Datastore object

+

Datastore object

CDM information

maintainWindow

maintainWindow object

+

maintainWindow object

Maintenance window

publicEndpointStatus

publicEndpointStatus object

+

publicEndpointStatus object

EIP status

failedReasons

FailedReasons object

+

FailedReasons object

Failure cause. If this parameter is left empty, the cluster is in normal state.

links

Array of ClusterLinks objects

+

Array of ClusterLinks objects

Cluster link information

task

ClusterTask object

+

ClusterTask object

Task information

actionProgress

ActionProgress object

+

ActionProgress object

Cluster operation progress, which consists of a key and a value. The key indicates an ongoing task, and the value indicates the progress of the ongoing task. An example is "action_progress":{"SNAPSHOTTING":"16%"}.

-
Table 4 ClusterDetailInstance

Parameter

+
@@ -343,14 +343,14 @@ - - @@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ - @@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ - @@ -514,7 +514,7 @@
Table 4 ClusterDetailInstance

Parameter

Type

flavor

flavor object

+

flavor object

VM flavor of a node. For details, see the descriptions of flavor parameters.

volume

volume object

+

volume object

Disk information of a node. For details, see the descriptions of volume parameters.

links

Array of ClusterLinks objects

+

Array of ClusterLinks objects

Link information

resource

Array of Resource objects

+

Array of Resource objects

Resource information (null is returned for querying the cluster list)

-
Table 5 flavor

Parameter

+
@@ -531,7 +531,7 @@ - @@ -540,7 +540,7 @@
Table 5 flavor

Parameter

Type

links

Array of ClusterLinks objects

+

Array of ClusterLinks objects

Link information

-
Table 6 volume

Parameter

+
@@ -566,7 +566,7 @@
Table 6 volume

Parameter

Type

-
Table 7 Resource

Parameter

+
@@ -592,7 +592,7 @@
Table 7 Resource

Parameter

Type

-
Table 8 CustomerConfig

Parameter

+
@@ -674,7 +674,7 @@
Table 8 CustomerConfig

Parameter

Type

-
Table 9 Datastore

Parameter

+
@@ -700,7 +700,7 @@
Table 9 Datastore

Parameter

Type

-
Table 10 maintainWindow

Parameter

+
@@ -733,7 +733,7 @@
Table 10 maintainWindow

Parameter

Type

-
Table 11 publicEndpointStatus

Parameter

+
@@ -759,7 +759,7 @@
Table 11 publicEndpointStatus

Parameter

Type

-
Table 12 FailedReasons

Parameter

+
@@ -769,7 +769,7 @@ - @@ -778,7 +778,7 @@
Table 12 FailedReasons

Parameter

Type

CREATE_FAILED

CREATE_FAILED object

+

CREATE_FAILED object

Cause of the cluster creation failure

-
Table 13 CREATE_FAILED

Parameter

+
@@ -804,7 +804,7 @@
Table 13 CREATE_FAILED

Parameter

Type

-
Table 14 ClusterLinks

Parameter

+
@@ -830,7 +830,7 @@
Table 14 ClusterLinks

Parameter

Type

-
Table 15 ClusterTask

Parameter

+
@@ -863,7 +863,7 @@
Table 15 ClusterTask

Parameter

Type

-
Table 16 ActionProgress

Parameter

+
@@ -944,7 +944,7 @@ }

Status Codes

-
Table 16 ActionProgress

Parameter

Type

Status Code

+
@@ -994,7 +994,7 @@
-
Parent topic: Cluster Management
+
Parent topic: Cluster Management
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/ShowJobStatus.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/ShowJobStatus_0.html similarity index 87% rename from docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/ShowJobStatus.html rename to docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/ShowJobStatus_0.html index ccf841a9..734eba7a 100644 --- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/ShowJobStatus.html +++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/ShowJobStatus_0.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ - +

Querying Job Status

Function

This API is used to query the job status.

-

URI

GET /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/cdm/job/{job_name}/status

+

URI

GET /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/cdm/job/{job_name}/status

Status Code

Description
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@

Request Parameters

-
Table 1 Path Parameters

Parameter
Table 2 Request header parameters

Parameter

+
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@

Response Parameters

Status code: 200

-
Table 2 Request header parameters

Parameter

Mandatory
Table 3 Response body parameters

Parameter

+
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ - @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
Table 3 Response body parameters

Parameter

Type

submissions

Array of Submission objects

+

Array of Submission objects

Job running information. For details, see the descriptions of submission parameters.

-
Table 4 Submission

Parameter

+
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ - @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@
Table 4 Submission

Parameter

Type

counters

counters object

+

counters object

Job running result statistics. This parameter is available only when status is SUCCEEDED. For details, see the description of the counters parameter.

-
Table 5 counters

Parameter

+
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ - @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@
Table 5 counters

Parameter

Type

org.apache.sqoop.submission.counter.SqoopCounters

counter object

+

counter object

Job running result statistics. For details, see the descriptions of counter parameters.

-
Table 6 counter

Parameter

+
@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ }

Status Codes

-
Table 6 counter

Parameter

Type

Status Code

+
@@ -387,7 +387,7 @@
-
Parent topic: Job Management
+
Parent topic: Job Management
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/ShowJobs.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/ShowJobs_0.html similarity index 89% rename from docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/ShowJobs.html rename to docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/ShowJobs_0.html index 3c2fcf7c..64fdcbd3 100644 --- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/ShowJobs.html +++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/ShowJobs_0.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ - +

Querying a Job

Function

This API is used to query jobs.

-

URI

GET /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/cdm/job/{job_name}

+

URI

GET /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/cdm/job/{job_name}

Status Code

Description
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@

Request Parameters

-
Table 1 Path Parameters

Parameter
Table 3 Request header parameters

Parameter

+
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@

Response Parameters

Status code: 200

-
Table 3 Request header parameters

Parameter

Mandatory
Table 4 Response body parameters

Parameter

+
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ - @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@
Table 4 Response body parameters

Parameter

Type

jobs

Array of Job objects

+

Array of Job objects

Job list. For details, see the descriptions of jobs parameters.

-
Table 5 Job

Parameter

+
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ - @@ -221,14 +221,14 @@ - - @@ -448,7 +448,7 @@
Table 5 Job

Parameter

Type

to-config-values

ConfigValues object

+

ConfigValues object

Destination link parameter configuration

driver-config-values

ConfigValues object

+

ConfigValues object

Job parameter configuration

from-config-values

ConfigValues object

+

ConfigValues object

Source link parameter configuration

-
Table 6 ConfigValues

Parameter

+
@@ -458,14 +458,14 @@ - - @@ -474,7 +474,7 @@
Table 6 ConfigValues

Parameter

Type

configs

Array of configs objects

+

Array of configs objects

The data structures of source link parameters, destination link parameters, and job parameters are the same. However, the inputs parameter varies. For details, see the descriptions of configs parameters.

extended-configs

extended-configs object

+

extended-configs object

Extended configuration. For details, see the descriptions of extended-configs parameters.

-
Table 7 configs

Parameter

+
@@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ - @@ -514,7 +514,7 @@
Table 7 configs

Parameter

Type

inputs

Array of Input objects

+

Array of Input objects

Input parameter list. Each element in the list is in name,value format. For details, see the descriptions of inputs parameters. In the from-config-values data structure, the value of this parameter varies with the source link type. For details, see section "Source Job Parameters" in the Cloud Data Migration User Guide. In the to-cofig-values data structure, the value of this parameter varies with the destination link type. For details, see section "Destination Job Parameters" in the Cloud Data Migration User Guide. For details about the inputs parameter in the driver-config-values data structure, see the job parameter descriptions.

-
Table 8 Input

Parameter

+
@@ -547,7 +547,7 @@
Table 8 Input

Parameter

Type

-
Table 9 extended-configs

Parameter

+
@@ -664,7 +664,7 @@ }

Status Codes

-
Table 9 extended-configs

Parameter

Type

Status Code

+
@@ -684,7 +684,7 @@
-
Parent topic: Job Management
+
Parent topic: Job Management
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/ShowLink.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/ShowLink_0.html similarity index 79% rename from docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/ShowLink.html rename to docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/ShowLink_0.html index 1b1ad1b6..e72bd4b0 100644 --- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/ShowLink.html +++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/ShowLink_0.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ - +

Querying a Link

Function

This API is used to query a link.

-

URI

GET /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/cdm/link/{link_name}

+

URI

GET /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/cdm/link/{link_name}

Status Code

Description
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@

Request Parameters

-
Table 1 Path Parameters

Parameter
Table 2 Request header parameters

Parameter

+
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@

Response Parameters

Status code: 200

-
Table 2 Request header parameters

Parameter

Mandatory
Table 3 Response body parameters

Parameter

+
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ - @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
Table 3 Response body parameters

Parameter

Type

links

Array of links objects

+

Array of links objects

Link list. For details, see the descriptions of links parameters.

-
Table 4 links

Parameter

+
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ - @@ -152,7 +152,37 @@ -
Table 4 links

Parameter

Type

link-config-values

link-config-values object

+

link-config-values object

Link parameters. For details, see the descriptions of link-config-values parameters.

String

Connector name. The mappings between the connectors and links are as follows:generic-jdbc-connector: link to a relational databaseobs-connector: OBS linkhdfs-connector: HDFS linkhbase-connector: HBase or CloudTable linkhive-connector: Hive linkftp-connector/sftp-connector: link to an FTP or SFTP servermongodb-connector: MongoDB linkredis-connector: Redis or DCS linkkafka-connector: Kafka linkdis-connector: DIS linkelasticsearch-connector: Elasticsearch or CSS linkdli-connector: DLI linkhttp-connector: HTTP or HTTPS link. This type of link does not have parameters.dms-kafka-connector: DMS Kafka link

+

Connector name. The mappings between the connectors and links are as follows:

+

+generic-jdbc-connector: link to a relational database

+

+obs-connector: OBS link

+

+hdfs-connector: HDFS link

+

+hbase-connector: HBase or CloudTable link

+

+hive-connector: Hive link

+

+ftp-connector/sftp-connector: link to an FTP or SFTP server

+

+mongodb-connector: MongoDB link

+

+redis-connector: Redis or DCS link

+

+kafka-connector: Kafka link

+

+dis-connector: DIS link

+

+elasticsearch-connector: Elasticsearch or CSS link

+

+dli-connector: DLI link

+

+http-connector: HTTP or HTTPS link. This type of link does not have parameters.

+

+dms-kafka-connector: DMS Kafka link

+

+

update-date

@@ -180,7 +210,7 @@
-
Table 5 link-config-values

Parameter

+
@@ -190,14 +220,14 @@ - - @@ -213,7 +243,7 @@
Table 5 link-config-values

Parameter

Type

configs

Array of configs objects

+

Array of configs objects

Data structure of link parameters. For details, see the descriptions of configs parameters.

extended-configs

extended-configs object

+

extended-configs object

Extended configuration. For details, see the descriptions of extended-configs parameters.

-
Table 6 configs

Parameter

+
@@ -223,7 +253,7 @@ - @@ -253,7 +283,7 @@
Table 6 configs

Parameter

Type

inputs

Array of Input objects

+

Array of Input objects

Input parameter list. Each element in the list is in name,value format. For details, see the descriptions of inputs parameters. In the from-config-values data structure, the value of this parameter varies with the source link type. For details, see section "Source Job Parameters" in the Cloud Data Migration User Guide. In the to-cofig-values data structure, the value of this parameter varies with the destination link type. For details, see section "Destination Job Parameters" in the Cloud Data Migration User Guide. For details about the inputs parameter in the driver-config-values data structure, see the job parameter descriptions.

-
Table 7 Input

Parameter

+
@@ -286,7 +316,7 @@
Table 7 Input

Parameter

Type

-
Table 8 extended-configs

Parameter

+
@@ -351,7 +381,7 @@ }

Status Codes

-
Table 8 extended-configs

Parameter

Type

Status Code

+
@@ -401,7 +431,7 @@
-
Parent topic: Link Management
+
Parent topic: Link Management
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/ShowSubmissions.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/ShowSubmissions_0.html similarity index 88% rename from docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/ShowSubmissions.html rename to docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/ShowSubmissions_0.html index 6bd61425..9ae1e9c7 100644 --- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/ShowSubmissions.html +++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/ShowSubmissions_0.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ - +

Querying Job Execution History

Function

This API is used to query the job execution history.

-

URI

GET /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/cdm/submissions

+

URI

GET /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/cdm/submissions

Status Code

Description
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@

Request Parameters

-
Table 1 Path Parameters

Parameter
Table 3 Request header parameters

Parameter

+
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@

Response Parameters

Status code: 200

-
Table 3 Request header parameters

Parameter

Mandatory
Table 4 Response body parameters

Parameter

+
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ - @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
Table 4 Response body parameters

Parameter

Type

submissions

Array of Submission objects

+

Array of Submission objects

Job running information. For details, see the descriptions of submission parameters.

-
Table 5 Submission

Parameter

+
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ - @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@
Table 5 Submission

Parameter

Type

counters

counters object

+

counters object

Job running result statistics. This parameter is available only when status is SUCCEEDED. For details, see the description of the counters parameter.

-
Table 6 counters

Parameter

+
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ - @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@
Table 6 counters

Parameter

Type

org.apache.sqoop.submission.counter.SqoopCounters

counter object

+

counter object

Job running result statistics. For details, see the descriptions of counter parameters.

-
Table 7 counter

Parameter

+
@@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ }

Status Codes

-
Table 7 counter

Parameter

Type

Status Code

+
@@ -422,7 +422,7 @@
-
Parent topic: Job Management
+
Parent topic: Job Management
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/StartCluster.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/StartCluster_0.html similarity index 84% rename from docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/StartCluster.html rename to docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/StartCluster_0.html index a7f308b5..a2ed6065 100644 --- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/StartCluster.html +++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/StartCluster_0.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ - +

Starting a Cluster

Function

This API is used to start a cluster.

-

URI

POST /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/action

+

URI

POST /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/action

Status Code

Description
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@

Request Parameters

-
Table 1 Path Parameters

Parameter
Table 2 Request header parameters

Parameter

+
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
Table 2 Request header parameters

Parameter

Mandatory

-
Table 3 Request body parameters

Parameter

+
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@

Response Parameters

Status code: 200

-
Table 3 Request body parameters

Parameter

Mandatory
Table 4 Response body parameters

Parameter

+
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ }

Status Codes

-
Table 4 Response body parameters

Parameter

Type

Status Code

+
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
-
Parent topic: Cluster Management
+
Parent topic: Cluster Management
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/StartJob.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/StartJob_0.html similarity index 88% rename from docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/StartJob.html rename to docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/StartJob_0.html index 05892d6f..9e1763d3 100644 --- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/StartJob.html +++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/StartJob_0.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ - +

Starting a Job

Function

This API is used to start a job.

-

URI

PUT /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/cdm/job/{job_name}/start

+

URI

PUT /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/cdm/job/{job_name}/start

Status Code

Description
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@

Request Parameters

-
Table 1 Path Parameters

Parameter
Table 2 Request header parameters

Parameter

+
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@

Response Parameters

Status code: 200

-
Table 2 Request header parameters

Parameter

Mandatory
Table 3 Response body parameters

Parameter

+
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ - @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
Table 3 Response body parameters

Parameter

Type

submissions

Array of StartJobSubmission objects

+

Array of StartJobSubmission objects

Job running information. For details, see the descriptions of submission parameters.

-
Table 4 StartJobSubmission

Parameter

+
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ }

Status Codes

-
Table 4 StartJobSubmission

Parameter

Type

Status Code

+
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@
-
Parent topic: Job Management
+
Parent topic: Job Management
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/StopCluster.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/StopCluster.html index 02ed550c..8277e349 100644 --- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/StopCluster.html +++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/StopCluster.html @@ -1,147 +1,151 @@

Stopping a Cluster

-

Function

This API is used to stop a cluster.

+

Function

This API is used to stop a cluster.

-

URI

POST /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/action

+

URI

POST /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/action

-

Status Code

Description
Table 1 Path Parameters

Parameter

+
- - - - - - - - - - -
Table 1 Path Parameters

Parameter

Mandatory

+

Mandatory

Type

+

Type

Description

+

Description

project_id

+

project_id

Yes

+

Yes

String

+

String

Project ID

+

Project ID

cluster_id

+

cluster_id

Yes

+

Yes

String

+

String

Cluster ID

+

Cluster ID
-

Request Parameters

-
Table 2 Request header parameters

Parameter

+

Request Parameters

+
- - - - - - -
Table 2 Request header parameters

Parameter

Mandatory

+

Mandatory

Type

+

Type

Description

+

Description

X-Auth-Token

+

X-Auth-Token

Yes

+

Yes

String

+

String

User token. It can be obtained by calling the IAM API (value of X-Subject-Token in the response header).

+

User token. It can be obtained by calling the IAM API (value of X-Subject-Token in the response header).
-
Table 3 Request body parameters

Parameter

+
- - - - - - -
Table 3 Request body parameters

Parameter

Mandatory

+

Mandatory

Type

+

Type

Description

+

Description

stop

+

stop

Yes

+

Yes

stop object

+

stop object

Cluster stop operation, which defines the parameters for stopping a cluster.

+

Startup of a cluster. This parameter is an empty object.
-
Table 4 stop

Parameter

+
- - - - - - - - - - -
Table 4 stop

Parameter

Mandatory

+

Mandatory

Type

+

Type

Description

+

Description

stopMode

+

stopMode

No

+

No

String

+

String

Stop mode

-
  • IMMEDIATELY: immediate stop
  • GRACEFULLY: graceful stop
-

Enumeration values:

-
  • IMMEDIATELY
  • GRACEFULLY
+

Stop mode

+

  • IMMEDIATELY: immediate stop

    +

  • GRACEFULLY: graceful stop

    +
+

Enumeration values:

+

  • IMMEDIATELY

    +

  • GRACEFULLY

    +

delayTime

+

delayTime

No

+

No

Integer

+

Integer

Stop delay, in seconds. This parameter is valid only when stopMode is set to GRACEFULLY. If the value of this parameter is set to -1, the system waits for all jobs to complete and stops accepting new jobs. If the value of this parameter is greater than 0, the system stops the cluster after the specified time and stops accepting new jobs.

+

Stop delay, in seconds. This parameter is valid only when stopMode is set to GRACEFULLY. If the value of this parameter is set to -1, the system waits for all jobs to complete and stops accepting new jobs. If the value of this parameter is greater than 0, the system stops the cluster after the specified time and stops accepting new jobs.
-

Response Parameters

Status code: 200

+

Response Parameters

Status code: 200

-
Table 5 Response body parameters

Parameter

+
- - - - -
Table 5 Response body parameters

Parameter

Type

+

Type

Description

+

Description

jobId

+

jobId

Array of strings

+

Array of strings

Job ID

+

Job ID
-

Example Requests

Stopping a Cluster

-
POST /v1.1/1551c7f6c808414d8e9f3c514a170f2e/clusters/bae65496-643e-47ca-84af-948672de7eeb/action
+
Example Requests
Stopping a Cluster

+
POST /v1.1/1551c7f6c808414d8e9f3c514a170f2e/clusters/bae65496-643e-47ca-84af-948672de7eeb/action
 
 {
   "stop" : {
@@ -150,64 +154,64 @@
   }
 }

 

-
Example Responses
Status code: 200

-
ok

-
{
+
Example Responses
Status code: 200

+
ok

+
{
   "jobId" : [ "ff8080815e59d92d015e5b27ccb0004d" ]
 }

 

-
Status Codes

-
Status Code

+
Status Codes

+

-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Status Code

 
Description

+
Description

 		
 

 
200

+
200

 
ok

+
ok

 		
 
400

+
400

 
Request error.

+
Request error.

 		
 
401

+
401

 
Authentication failed.

+
Authentication failed.

 		
 
403

+
403

 
You do not have required permissions to perform this operation.

+
You do not have required permissions to perform this operation.

 		
 
404

+
404

 
The requested resource was not found.

+
The requested resource was not found.

 		
 
500

+
500

 
An internal service error occurred. For details, see error codes.

+
An internal service error occurred. For details, see error codes.

 		
 
503

+
503

 
Service unavailable.

+
Service unavailable.

 		
 

 
 

 

 

-
Error Codes
See Error Codes.

+
Error Codes
See Error Codes.

 

 

 

 

-
Parent topic: Cluster Management

+
Parent topic: Cluster Management

 

 

 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/StopJob.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/StopJob_0.html
similarity index 79%
rename from docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/StopJob.html
rename to docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/StopJob_0.html
index 1fa2d7f2..7bd166a0 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/StopJob.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/StopJob_0.html
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
-
+
 
 
Stopping a Job

 
Function
This API is used to stop a job.

 

-
URI
PUT /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/cdm/job/{job_name}/stop

+
URI
PUT /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/cdm/job/{job_name}/stop

 
 

@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
 
Request Parameters

-
Table 1 Path Parameters
Parameter

 		
 
 
Table 2 Request header parameters
Parameter

+

@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 
Response Parameters
Status code: 200

 
-
Table 2 Request header parameters
Parameter

 		
 
Mandatory

 		
 
Table 3 Response body parameters
Parameter

+

@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
 
-
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
 
Table 3 Response body parameters
Parameter

 		
 
Type

 

 
validation-result

 
Array of JobValidationResult objects

+
Array of JobValidationResult objects

 		
 
Validation result. If the job fails to be stopped, the failure cause is returned. For details, see the validation-result parameter. If the job is stopped, an empty list is returned.

 

 

 
-
Table 4 JobValidationResult
Parameter

+

@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
 
{ }
Status Codes

-
Table 4 JobValidationResult
Parameter

 		
 
Type

 		
 
 
Status Code

+

@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@
 

 

-
Parent topic: Job Management

+
Parent topic: Job Management

 

 

 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/UpdateJob.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/UpdateJob_0.html
similarity index 88%
rename from docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/UpdateJob.html
rename to docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/UpdateJob_0.html
index a60fafe9..393a4031 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/UpdateJob.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/UpdateJob_0.html
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
-
+
Modifying a Job
Function
This API is used to modify a job.

 

-
URI
PUT /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/cdm/job/{job_name}

+
URI
PUT /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/cdm/job/{job_name}

 
 
Status Code

 		
 
Description

 		
 
 
 
 

@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
 
Request Parameters

-
Table 1 Path Parameters
Parameter

 		
 
 
Table 2 Request header parameters
Parameter

+

@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
 
Table 2 Request header parameters
Parameter

 		
 
Mandatory

 

 

 
-
Table 3 Request body parameters
Parameter

+

@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
 
-
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@
 
Table 3 Request body parameters
Parameter

 		
 
Mandatory

 		
 
Yes

 
Array of Job objects

+
Array of Job objects

 		
 
Job list. For details, see the descriptions of jobs parameters.

 

 

 
-
Table 4 Job
Parameter

+

@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@
 
-
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@
 
-
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@
 
-
@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@
 
Table 4 Job
Parameter

 		
 
Mandatory

 		
 
Yes

 
ConfigValues object

+
ConfigValues object

 		
 
Destination link parameter configuration

 		
 
Yes

 
ConfigValues object

+
ConfigValues object

 		
 
Job parameter configuration

 		
 
Yes

 
ConfigValues object

+
ConfigValues object

 		
 
Source link parameter configuration

 

 

 
-
Table 5 ConfigValues
Parameter

+

@@ -453,7 +453,7 @@
 
-
@@ -462,7 +462,7 @@
 
-
@@ -471,7 +471,7 @@
 
Table 5 ConfigValues
Parameter

 		
 
Mandatory

 		
 
Yes

 
Array of configs objects

+
Array of configs objects

 		
 
The data structures of source link parameters, destination link parameters, and job parameters are the same. However, the inputs parameter varies. For details, see the descriptions of configs parameters.

 		
 
No

 
extended-configs object

+
extended-configs object

 		
 
Extended configuration. For details, see the descriptions of extended-configs parameters.

 

 

 
-
Table 6 configs
Parameter

+

@@ -485,7 +485,7 @@
 
-
@@ -521,7 +521,7 @@
 
Table 6 configs
Parameter

 		
 
Mandatory

 		
 
Yes

 
Array of Input objects

+
Array of Input objects

 		
 
Input parameter list. Each element in the list is in name,value format. For details, see the descriptions of inputs parameters. In the from-config-values data structure, the value of this parameter varies with the source link type. For details, see section "Source Job Parameters" in the Cloud Data Migration User Guide. In the to-cofig-values data structure, the value of this parameter varies with the destination link type. For details, see section "Destination Job Parameters" in the Cloud Data Migration User Guide. For details about the inputs parameter in the driver-config-values data structure, see the job parameter descriptions.

 

 

 
-
Table 7 Input
Parameter

+

@@ -562,7 +562,7 @@
 
Table 7 Input
Parameter

 		
 
Mandatory

 

 

 
-
Table 8 extended-configs
Parameter

+

@@ -596,7 +596,7 @@
 
Response Parameters
Status code: 200

 
-
Table 8 extended-configs
Parameter

 		
 
Mandatory

 		
 
Table 9 Response body parameters
Parameter

+

@@ -606,7 +606,7 @@
 
-
@@ -615,7 +615,7 @@
 
Table 9 Response body parameters
Parameter

 		
 
Type

 

 
validation-result

 
Array of JobValidationResult objects

+
Array of JobValidationResult objects

 		
 
Validation result. - If a job fails to be modified, the failure cause is returned. - If a job is successfully modified, an empty list is returned.

 

 

 
-
Table 10 JobValidationResult
Parameter

+

@@ -646,7 +646,7 @@
 
Status code: 400

 
-
Table 10 JobValidationResult
Parameter

 		
 
Type

 		
 
Table 11 Response body parameters
Parameter

+

@@ -786,7 +786,7 @@
 }
Status Codes

-
Table 11 Response body parameters
Parameter

 		
 
Type

 		
 
 
Status Code

+

@@ -811,7 +811,7 @@
 

 

-
Parent topic: Job Management

+
Parent topic: Job Management

 

 

 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/UpdateLink.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/UpdateLink_0.html
similarity index 80%
rename from docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/UpdateLink.html
rename to docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/UpdateLink_0.html
index 45f8fa4b..530e0184 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/UpdateLink.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/UpdateLink_0.html
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
-
+
Modifying a Link
Function
This API is used to modify a link.

 

-
URI
PUT /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/cdm/link/{link_name}

+
URI
PUT /v1.1/{project_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}/cdm/link/{link_name}

 
 
Status Code

 		
 
Description

 		
 
 
 
 

@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
 
Request Parameters

-
Table 1 Path Parameters
Parameter

 		
 
 
Table 2 Request header parameters
Parameter

+

@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
 
Table 2 Request header parameters
Parameter

 		
 
Mandatory

 

 

 
-
Table 3 Request body parameters
Parameter

+

@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
 
-
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@
 
Table 3 Request body parameters
Parameter

 		
 
Mandatory

 		
 
Yes

 
Array of links objects

+
Array of links objects

 		
 
Link list. For details, see the descriptions of links parameters.

 

 

 
-
Table 4 links
Parameter

+

@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@
 
-
@@ -154,7 +154,37 @@
 
-
Table 4 links
Parameter

 		
 
Mandatory

 		
 
Yes

 
link-config-values object

+
link-config-values object

 		
 
Link parameters. For details, see the descriptions of link-config-values parameters.

 		
 
String

 
Connector name. The mappings between the connectors and links are as follows:generic-jdbc-connector: link to a relational databaseobs-connector: OBS linkhdfs-connector: HDFS linkhbase-connector: HBase or CloudTable linkhive-connector: Hive linkftp-connector/sftp-connector: link to an FTP or SFTP servermongodb-connector: MongoDB linkredis-connector: Redis or DCS linkkafka-connector: Kafka linkdis-connector: DIS linkelasticsearch-connector: Elasticsearch or CSS linkdli-connector: DLI linkhttp-connector: HTTP or HTTPS link. This type of link does not have parameters.dms-kafka-connector: DMS Kafka link

+
Connector name. The mappings between the connectors and links are as follows:

+

+generic-jdbc-connector: link to a relational database

+

+obs-connector: OBS link

+

+hdfs-connector: HDFS link

+

+hbase-connector: HBase or CloudTable link

+

+hive-connector: Hive link

+

+ftp-connector/sftp-connector: link to an FTP or SFTP server

+

+mongodb-connector: MongoDB link

+

+redis-connector: Redis or DCS link

+

+kafka-connector: Kafka link

+

+dis-connector: DIS link

+

+elasticsearch-connector: Elasticsearch or CSS link

+

+dli-connector: DLI link

+

+http-connector: HTTP or HTTPS link. This type of link does not have parameters.

+

+dms-kafka-connector: DMS Kafka link

+

+

 		
 

 
update-date

@@ -188,7 +218,7 @@
 

 

 
-
Table 5 link-config-values
Parameter

+

@@ -202,7 +232,7 @@
 
-
@@ -211,7 +241,7 @@
 
-
@@ -229,7 +259,7 @@
 
Table 5 link-config-values
Parameter

 		
 
Mandatory

 		
 
Yes

 
Array of configs objects

+
Array of configs objects

 		
 
Data structure of link parameters. For details, see the descriptions of configs parameters.

 		
 
No

 
extended-configs object

+
extended-configs object

 		
 
Extended configuration. For details, see the descriptions of extended-configs parameters.

 

 

 
-
Table 6 configs
Parameter

+

@@ -243,7 +273,7 @@
 
-
@@ -279,7 +309,7 @@
 
Table 6 configs
Parameter

 		
 
Mandatory

 		
 
Yes

 
Array of Input objects

+
Array of Input objects

 		
 
Input parameter list. Each element in the list is in name,value format. For details, see the descriptions of inputs parameters. In the from-config-values data structure, the value of this parameter varies with the source link type. For details, see section "Source Job Parameters" in the Cloud Data Migration User Guide. In the to-cofig-values data structure, the value of this parameter varies with the destination link type. For details, see section "Destination Job Parameters" in the Cloud Data Migration User Guide. For details about the inputs parameter in the driver-config-values data structure, see the job parameter descriptions.

 

 

 
-
Table 7 Input
Parameter

+

@@ -320,7 +350,7 @@
 
Table 7 Input
Parameter

 		
 
Mandatory

 

 

 
-
Table 8 extended-configs
Parameter

+

@@ -354,7 +384,7 @@
 
Response Parameters
Status code: 200

 
-
Table 8 extended-configs
Parameter

 		
 
Mandatory

 		
 
Table 9 Response body parameters
Parameter

+

@@ -364,7 +394,7 @@
 
-
@@ -373,7 +403,7 @@
 
Table 9 Response body parameters
Parameter

 		
 
Type

 

 
validation-result

 
Array of validationResult objects

+
Array of validationResult objects

 		
 
Validation structure. If a link fails to be created, the failure cause is returned. For details, see the descriptions of validation-result parameters. If a link is successfully created, an empty list is returned.

 

 

 
-
Table 10 validationResult
Parameter

+

@@ -383,7 +413,7 @@
 
-
@@ -392,7 +422,7 @@
 
Table 10 validationResult
Parameter

 		
 
Type

 

 
linkConfig

 
Array of validationLinkConfig objects

+
Array of validationLinkConfig objects

 		
 
Validation result of link creation or update. For details, see the descriptions of validationLinkConfig parameters.

 

 

 
-
Table 11 validationLinkConfig
Parameter

+

@@ -423,7 +453,7 @@
 
Status code: 500

 
-
Table 11 validationLinkConfig
Parameter

 		
 
Type

 		
 
Table 12 Response body parameters
Parameter

+

@@ -498,8 +528,7 @@
 
Example Responses
Status code: 200

 
OK

 
{
-  "name" : "rdb_link",
-  "validation-result" : { }
+  "validation-result" : [ { } ]
 }

 
Status code: 500

 
An internal service error occurred. For details, see error codes.

@@ -513,7 +542,7 @@
 }
 
Status Codes

-
Table 12 Response body parameters
Parameter

 		
 
Type

 		
 
Status Code

+

@@ -563,7 +592,7 @@
 

 

-
Parent topic: Link Management

+
Parent topic: Link Management

 

 

 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0001.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0001.html
index f32b1f5f..a937479e 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0001.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0001.html
@@ -10,14 +10,12 @@
 
  • Concepts
    
 
    • 
-
  • Endpoints
    
+
  • Endpoints
    
 
    • 
-
  • Project ID and Account ID
    
+
  • Project ID and Account ID
    
 
  • DataArts Studio Instance ID and Workspace ID
    
 
    • 
-
  • Data Development Job ID
    
-
  • Constraints
    
 
    • 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0002.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0002.html
index 96e72f07..3cfbe73a 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0002.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0002.html
@@ -2,8 +2,8 @@
 
 
    Overview
    Welcome to DataArts Studio. DataArts Studio is a one-stop operations platform that provides data lifecycle management and intelligent data management for enterprises' digital operations. It provides functions such as DataArts Migration, DataArts Architecture, DataArts Factory, DataArts Quality, DataArts Catalog, and DataArts DataService. DataArts Studio supports intelligent construction of industrial knowledge libraries as well as data foundations such as big data storage and big data computing and analysis engines. DataArts Studio helps you quickly construct intelligent end-to-end data systems from data ingestion to data analysis. It helps eliminate data silos, unify standards, accelerate monetization, and generally assist with digital transformation.
    
-
    This document describes how to use APIs to perform operations on DataArts Studio components, such as creating clusters and connections. 
    
-
    Before calling a DataArts Studio API, ensure that you have fully understood the concepts related to DataArts Studio. For details, see section "Service Overview" in DataArts Studio User Manual.
    
+
    This document describes how to use APIs to perform operations on DataArts Studio components, such as creating clusters and connections. For details about all supported operations, see API Overview.
    
+
    Before calling a DataArts Studio API, ensure that you have fully understood the concepts related to DataArts Studio. For details, see "Overview" in .
    
 
    
 
    
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0004.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0004.html
deleted file mode 100644
index ca115662..00000000
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0004.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
    Endpoints
    
-
    Obtaining an Endpoint
    An endpoint is the request address for calling an API. Endpoints vary depending on services and regions.
    
-
    You can obtain endpoints from Regions and Endpoints.
    
-
    
-
    
-
    
-
    
-
    Parent topic: Before You Start
    
-
    
-
    
-
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0005.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0005.html
index 47619fcf..a18f66bd 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0005.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0005.html
@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
 
 
 
    Constraints
    
-
    • The restrictions on DataArts Catalog APIs are as follows:
      • CDM jobs carry large volumes of data, which increases the database load. You are advised to periodically delete unused jobs.
      • If a large number of jobs are delivered in a short period, cluster resources may be exhausted.
      • CDM is a batch offline migration tool. You are advised not to create a large number of small jobs using CDM.
      
+
      • An IAM user can pass the authentication and access DataArts Studio through an API or SDK only if Programmatic access is selected for Access Type during the creation of the IAM user.
        
+
      • The restrictions on DataArts Catalog APIs are as follows:
        • CDM jobs carry large volumes of data, which increases the database load. You are advised to periodically delete unused jobs.
        • If a large number of jobs are delivered in a short period, cluster resources may be exhausted.
        • CDM is a batch offline migration tool. You are advised not to create a large number of small jobs using CDM.
        
 
      • For the constraints of other modules' APIs, see their API descriptions.
      
 
      
 
      
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0006.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0006.html
index 66642422..844c2ced 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0006.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0006.html
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 
 
 
      Concepts
      
-
      • Domain
        A domain is created upon successful registration. The domain has full access permissions for all of its cloud services and resources. It can be used to reset user passwords and grant users permissions. The domain should not be used directly to perform routine management. For security purposes, create Identity and Access Management (IAM) users and grant them permissions for routine management.
        
+
        • Domain
          A domain is created upon successful registration. The domain has full access permissions for all of its cloud services and resources. It can be used to reset user passwords and grant users permissions. The account should not be used directly to perform routine management. For security purposes, create users and grant them permissions for routine management.
          
 
        • User
          A user is created in Identity and Access Management (IAM) to use cloud services. Each user has its own identity credentials (password and access keys).
          
-
          You can view the account ID and user ID in Project ID and Account ID. The account name, username, and password will be required for API authentication.
          
+
          You can view the account ID and user ID in Project ID and Account ID. The account name, username, and password will be required for API authentication.
          
 
        • Project
          Projects group and isolate resources (including compute, storage, and network resources) across physical regions. A default project is provided for each region, and subprojects can be created under each default project. Users can be granted permissions to access all resources in a specific project. If you want more refined access control, create subprojects under a project and create resources in the subprojects. Then, grant users the permissions to access only specific resources in the subprojects.
          
-
          Figure 1 Project isolating model
          
+
          Figure 1 Project isolating model
          
 
        
 
        
 
        
@@ -14,3 +14,10 @@
 
        
 
      
 
+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0007.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0007.html
index 676a0e7e..23a6ef68 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0007.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0007.html
@@ -2,195 +2,197 @@
 
 
      API Overview
      
 
      DataArts Studio provides self-developed APIs that comply with RESTful API design specifications. You can call those APIs to perform operations on DataArts Studio.
      
-
-
    Status Code
    
     		
 
    Description
    
     		
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Table 1 DataArts Migration APIs
    Type
    
+
    DataArts Migration APIs
    
+
    
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
    Table 1 DataArts Migration APIs
    Type
    
 
    API
    
+
    API
    
 
    Description
    
+
    Description
    
 
    Maximum Number of Requests Made Per User Per Minute
    
+
    Maximum Number of Requests Made Per User Per Minute
    
     		
 
    
 
    Cluster Management
    
+
    Cluster Management
    
 
    Creating a Cluster
    
+
    Creating a Cluster
    
 
    Used to create a CDM cluster.
    
+
    Used to create a CDM cluster.
    
 
    5
    
+
    5
    
     		
 
    Querying the Cluster List
    
+
    Querying the Cluster List
    
 
    Used to query the list of CDM clusters.
    
+
    Used to query the list of CDM clusters.
    
 
    120
    
+
    120
    
     		
 
    Querying Cluster Details
    
+
    Querying Cluster Details
    
 
    Used to query the details of a CDM cluster.
    
+
    Used to query the details of a CDM cluster.
    
 
    120
    
+
    120
    
     		
 
    Restarting a Cluster
    
+
    Restarting a Cluster
    
 
    Used to restart a CDM cluster.
    
+
    Used to restart a CDM cluster.
    
 
    20
    
+
    20
    
     		
 
    Deleting a Cluster
    
+
    Deleting a Cluster
    
 
    Used to delete a CDM cluster.
    
+
    Used to delete a CDM cluster.
    
 
    20
    
+
    20
    
     		
 
    Stopping a Cluster
    
+
    Stopping a Cluster
    
 
    Used to stop a CDM cluster.
    
+
    Used to stop a CDM cluster.
    
 
    20
    
+
    20
    
     		
 
    Starting a Cluster
    
+
    Starting a Cluster
    
 
    Used to start a CDM cluster.
    
+
    Used to start a CDM cluster.
    
 
    20
    
+
    20
    
     		
 
    Link Management
    
+
    Link Management
    
 
    Creating a Link
    
+
    Creating a Link
    
 
    Used to connect to a data source.
    
+
    Used to connect to a data source. 
    
 
    120
    
+
    120
    
     		
 
    Querying a Link
    
+
    Querying a Link
    
 
    Used to query the link list.
    
+
    Used to query the link list.
    
 
    120
    
+
    120
    
     		
 
    Modifying a Link
    
+
    Modifying a Link
    
 
    Used to modify the link configuration.
    
+
    Used to modify the link configuration.
    
 
    120
    
+
    120
    
     		
 
    Deleting a Link
    
+
    Deleting a Link
    
 
    Used to delete a link.
    
+
    Used to delete a link.
    
 
    120
    
+
    120
    
     		
 
    Job Management
    
+
    Job Management
    
 
    Creating a Job in a Specific Cluster
    
+
    Creating a Job in a Specific Cluster
    
 
    Used to create a data migration job in a specific CDM cluster. The job will not automatically start.
    
+
    Used to create a data migration job in a specific CDM cluster. The job will not automatically start.
    
 
    1200
    
+
    1200
    
     		
 
    Creating and Executing a Job in a Random Cluster
    
+
    Creating and Executing a Job in a Random Cluster
    
 
    Used to select a random cluster in the running state from the specified clusters and create and execute a data migration job.
    
+
    Used to select a random cluster in the running state from the specified clusters and create and execute a data migration job.
    
 
    120
    
+
    120
    
     		
 
    Querying a Job
    
+
    Querying a Job
    
 
    Used to query the job list.
    
+
    Used to query the job list.
    
 
    120
    
+
    120
    
     		
 
    Modifying a Job
    
+
    Modifying a Job
    
 
    Used to modify the job configuration.
    
+
    Used to modify the job configuration.
    
 
    120
    
+
    120
    
     		
 
    Starting a Job
    
+
    Starting a Job
    
 
    Used to start a data migration job.
    
+
    Used to start a data migration job.
    
 
    1200
    
+
    1200
    
     		
 
    Stopping a Job
    
+
    Stopping a Job
    
 
    Used to stop a running job.
    
+
    Used to stop a running job.
    
 
    1200
    
+
    1200
    
     		
 
    Querying Job Status
    
+
    Querying Job Status
    
 
    Used to query the running status of a job.
    
+
    Used to query the running status of a job.
    
 
    120
    
+
    120
    
     		
 
    Querying Job Execution History
    
+
    Querying Job Execution History
    
 
    Used to query the historical status of job execution.
    
+
    Used to query the historical status of job execution.
    
 
    120
    
+
    120
    
     		
 
    Deleting a job
    
+
    Deleting a job
    
 
    Used to delete a job.
    
+
    Used to delete a job.
    
 
    120
    
-
    
-
    
-
-
    
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
    Table 2 DataArts Factory APIs
    Type
    
-
    Description
    
-
    Connection Management APIs
    
-
    Used to create, edit, delete, import, and export data connections, query the data connection list, and query data connection details. For details, see DataArts Factory > Data Management > Creating a Data Connection in the User Guide.
    
-
    Script Development APIs
    
-
    Used to create, query, modify, delete, and execute scripts. For details, see DataArts Factory > Script Development in the User Guide.
    
-
    Resource Management APIs
    
-
    Used to create, query, and modify resources. For details, see DataArts Factory > Configuration and Management > Managing a Resource in the User Guide.
    
-
    Job Development APIs
    
-
    Used to create, edit, delete, import, and export jobs, query the job list, and query job details. For details, see DataArts Factory > Job Development in the User Guide.
    
+
    120
    
     		
 
    
     
 
    
 
    
 
    
+
    DataArts Factory APIs
    
+
    
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
    Table 2 DataArts Factory APIs
    Type
    
+
    Description
    
+
    Connection Management APIs (To Be Taken Offline)
    
+
    Used to create, edit, delete, and export data connections, query the data connection list, and query data connection details. For details, see DataArts Factory > Data Management > Creating a Data Connection in the User Guide.
    
+
    Script Development APIs
    
+
    Used to delete and execute scripts. For details, see DataArts Factory > Script Development in the User Guide.
    
+
    Resource Management APIs
    
+
    Used to perform operations such as deleting resources. For details, see DataArts Factory > Configuration and Management > Managing a Resource in the User Guide.
    
+
    Job Development APIs
    
+
    Used to delete jobs and query job files. For details, see DataArts Factory > Job Development in the User Guide.
    
+
    
+
    
+
    
+
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0008.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0008.html
index 4bf35242..ad22d99e 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0008.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0008.html
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 
    
 
    
 
      
-
    • Making an API Request
      
+
    • Making an API Request
      
 
      • 
 
    • Authentication
      
 
      • 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0009.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0009.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 9b9a5a83..00000000
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0009.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,247 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
      Making an API Request
      
-
      This section describes the structure of a REST API, and uses the IAM API for obtaining a user token as an example to demonstrate how to call an API. The obtained token can then be used to authenticate the calling of other APIs.
      
-
      Request URI
      A request URI is in the following format:
      
-
      {URI-scheme}://{Endpoint}/{resource-path}?{query-string}
      
-
      Although a request URI is included in the request header, most programming languages or frameworks require the request URI to be transmitted separately.
      
-
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      Table 1 URI parameter description
      Parameter
      
-
      Description
      
-
      URI-scheme
      
-
      Protocol used to transmit requests. All APIs use HTTPS.
      
-
      Endpoint
      
-
      Domain name or IP address of the server bearing the REST service endpoint. The endpoint varies between services in different regions.
      
-
      An endpoint is the request address for calling an API. Endpoints vary depending on services and regions. You can obtain endpoints from Regions and Endpoints.
      
-
      resource-path
      
-
      Access path of an API for performing a specified operation. Obtain the value from the URI of an API. For example, the resource-path of the API used to obtain a user token is /v3/auth/tokens.
      
-
      query-string
      
-
      Query parameter, which is optional. Ensure that a question mark (?) is included before each query parameter that is in the format of "Parameter name=Parameter value", for example, ?limit=10, it indicates that a maximum of 10 data records are allowed.
      
-
      
-
      
-
       
      To simplify the URI display in this document, each API is provided only with a resource-path and a request method. The URI-scheme value of all APIs is HTTPS, and the endpoints of all APIs in the same region are identical.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      Request Method
      The HTTP protocol defines the following request methods that can be used to send a request to the server:
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      Table 2 HTTP methods
      Method
      
-
      Description
      
-
      GET
      
-
      Requests the server to return specified resources.
      
-
      PUT
      
-
      Requests the server to update specified resources.
      
-
      POST
      
-
      Requests the server to add resources or perform special operations.
      
-
      DELETE
      
-
      Requests the server to delete specified resources, for example, an object.
      
-
      HEAD
      
-
      Same as GET except that the server must return only the response header.
      
-
      PATCH
      
-
      Requests the server to update partial content of a specified resource.
      
-
      If the resource does not exist, a new resource will be created.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      For example, in the case of the API used to obtain a user token, the request method is POST. The request is as follows:
      
-
      POST https://{{endpoint}}/v3/auth/tokens
      
-
      
-
      Request Header
      You can also add additional header fields to a request, such as the fields required by a specified URI or HTTP method. For example, to request the authentication information, add Content-Type, which specifies the request body type.
      
-
      Table 3 lists common request header fields.
-
      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      Table 3 Common request header fields
      Field
      
-
      Description
      
-
      Mandatory
      
-
      Example
      
-
      Content-Type
      
-
      Specifies the request body MIME type. This field is mandatory and its default value is application/json. Other values of this field will be provided for specific APIs if any.
      
-
      Yes
      
-
      The default value is application/json.
      
-
      Content-Length
      
-
      Specifies the length of the request body. The unit is byte.
      
-
      No
      
-
      3495
      
-
      X-Language
      
-
      Specifies the request language.
      
-
      No
      
-
      en_us
      
-
      X-Project-Id
      
-
      Specifies a project ID. Obtain the project ID by following the instructions in Project ID and Account ID.
      
-
      No
      
-
      e9993fc787d94b6c886cbaa340f9c0f4
      
-
      X-Auth-Token
      
-
      Specifies a user token.
      
-
      The user token is a response to the API used to obtain a user token. This API is the only one that does not require authentication.
      
-
      The token is the value of X-Subject-Token in the response header.
      
-
      This field is mandatory for token authentication.
      
-
      The following is part of an example token:
      
-
      MIIPAgYJKoZIhvcNAQcCo...ggg1BBIINPXsidG9rZ
      
-
      X-Sdk-Date
      
-
      Time when the request is sent. The time is in YYYYMMDD'T'HHMMSS'Z' format.
      
-
      The value is the current GMT time of the system.
      
-
      This field is mandatory for AK/SK-based authentication.
      
-
      20150907T101459Z
      
-
      Host
      
-
      Specifies the server domain name and port number of the resources being requested. The value can be obtained from the URL of the service API. The value is in the format of hostname[:port]. If the port number is not specified, the default port is used. The default port number for HTTPS is 443.
      
-
      This field is mandatory for AK/SK-based authentication.
      
-
      code.test.com
      
-
      or
      
-
      code.test.com:443
      
-
      Authorization
      
-
      Authentication information.
      
-
      The value can be obtained from the request signing result.
      
-
      This field is mandatory for AK/SK-based authentication.
      
-
      SDK-HMAC-SHA256 Credential=QRUP2R3QFNAOVAWMYHZW/20160202/northchina/test/sdk_request, SignedHeaders=host;x-sdk-date, Signature=9d8b56b055c0e1f7a9498d881a7cb726be91b4f0cde1773b0b1557e987a480ce
      
-
      workspace
      
-
      Workspace ID. For details about how to obtain it, see DataArts Studio Instance ID and Workspace ID.
      
-
      • You do not need to set this field when calling a CDM API because in that case, only the default workspace can be used.
      • When a DataArts Factory API is called, data in the default workspace is queried by default. To query data in other workspaces, include this header in the query request.
      
-
      d1cd7861478748a6925bc02f47c69279
      
-
      X-Dlm-Type
      
-
      DataArts DataService edition, which is Exclusive
      
-
      This parameter is mandatory for calling DataArts DataService APIs.
      
-
      EXCLUSIVE: exclusive edition
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
       
      In addition to supporting token-based authentication, APIs also support authentication using access key ID/secret access key (AK/SK). During AK/SK-based authentication, an SDK is used to sign the request, and the Authorization (signature authentication) and X-Sdk-Date (time when the request is sent) header fields are automatically added to the request.
      
-
      For more information, see "AK/SK-based Authentication" in Authentication.
      
-
      
-
      The API used to obtain a user token does not require authentication. Therefore, only the Content-Type field needs to be added to requests for calling the API. An example of such requests is as follows:
      
-
      POST https://{{endpoint}}/v3/auth/tokens
-Content-Type: application/json
      
-
      
-
      Request Body
      The body of a request is often sent in a structured format as specified in the Content-Type header field. The request body transfers content except the request header.
      
-
      The request body varies between APIs. Some APIs do not require the request body, such as the APIs requested using the GET and DELETE methods.
      
-
      In the case of the API used to obtain a user token, the request parameters and parameter description can be obtained from the API request. The following provides an example request with a body included. Replace username, domainname, ******** (login password), and xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx (project ID) with the actual values. To learn how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
      
-
       
      The scope parameter specifies where a token takes effect. In the following example, the token takes effect only for the resources in a specified project.
      
-
      
-
      -POST https://{{endpoint}}/v3/auth/tokens
-Content-Type: application/json
-
-{
-    "auth": {
-        "identity": {
-            "methods": [
-                "password"
-            ],
-            "password": {
-                "user": {
-                    "name": "username",
-                    "password": "********",
-                    "domain": {
-                        "name": "domainname"
-                    }
-                }
-            }
-        },
-        "scope": {
-            "project": {
-                "id": "xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx"
-            }
-        }
-    }
-}
      
-
      If all data required for the API request is available, you can send the request to call the API through curl, Postman, or coding. In the response to the API used to obtain a user token, x-subject-token is the desired user token. This token can then be used to authenticate the calling of other APIs.
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      
-
      Parent topic: Calling APIs
      
-
      
-
      
-
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0010.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0010.html
index 1711cef7..83fe9462 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0010.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0010.html
@@ -1,12 +1,14 @@
 
 
 
      Authentication
      
-
      Requests for calling an API can be authenticated using either of the following methods:
      • Token-based authentication: Requests are authenticated using a token.
      • AK/SK-based authentication: Requests are authenticated by encrypting the request body using an AK/SK pair. AK/SK-based authentication is recommended because it is more secure than token-based authentication.
      
+
      Requests for calling an API can be authenticated using either of the following methods:
      • Token-based authentication: Requests are authenticated using a token.
      • AK/SK-based authentication: Requests are authenticated by encrypting the request body using an AK/SK pair.
      
+
       
      An IAM user can pass the authentication and access DataArts Studio through an API or SDK only if Programmatic access is selected for Access Type during the creation of the IAM user.
      
+
      
 
      
 
      Token-based Authentication
       
      The validity period of a token is 24 hours. When using a token for authentication, cache it to prevent frequently calling the IAM API used to obtain a user token.
      
 
      
 
      A token specifies temporary permissions in a computer system. During API authentication using a token, the token is added to a request to get permissions for calling the API.
      
-
      When calling the API to obtain a user token, you must set auth.scope in the request body to project.
      
+
      When calling the API to obtain a user token, you must set auth.scope in the request body to project.
      
 
      { 
     "auth": { 
         "identity": { 
@@ -36,16 +38,16 @@ GET https://{{endpoint}}/v1/{project_id}/connections
 Content-Type: application/json
 X-Auth-Token: ABCDEFJ....
      
 
      
-
      AK/SK-based Authentication
       
      AK/SK-based authentication supports API requests with a body not larger than 12 MB. For API requests with a larger body, token-based authentication is recommended.
      
+
      AK/SK-based Authentication
       
      AK/SK-based authentication supports API requests with a body not larger than 12 MB. For API requests with a larger body, token-based authentication is recommended.
      
 
      
 
      In AK/SK-based authentication, AK/SK is used to sign requests and the signature is then added to the requests for authentication.
      
 
      • AK: access key ID, which is a unique identifier used in conjunction with a secret access key to sign requests cryptographically.
      • SK: secret access key used in conjunction with an AK to sign requests cryptographically. It identifies a request sender and prevents the request from being modified.
      
-
      To obtain an access key, perform the following steps:
      1. Log in to the management console, move the cursor to the username in the upper right corner, and select My Credentials from the drop-down list.
      2. On the My Credentials page, choose Access Keys, and click Create Access Key. See Figure 1.
        Figure 1 Clicking Create Access Key
        
-
      3. Click OK and save the access key file as prompted. The access key file will be saved to your browser's configured download location. Open the credentials.csv file to view Access Key Id and Secret Access Key.
         
        • Only two access keys can be added for each user.
        • To ensure access key security, the access key is automatically downloaded only when it is generated for the first time and cannot be obtained from the management console later. Keep them properly.
        
+
        To obtain an access key, perform the following steps:
        1. Log in to the management console, move the cursor to the username in the upper right corner, and select My Credentials from the drop-down list.
        2. On the My Credentials page, choose Access Keys, and click Create Access Key. See Figure 1.
          Figure 1 Clicking Create Access Key
          
+
        3. Click OK and save the access key file as prompted. The access key file will be saved to your browser's configured download location. Open the credentials.csv file to view Access Key Id and Secret Access Key.
           
          • Only two access keys can be added for each user.
          • To ensure access key security, the access key is automatically downloaded only when it is generated for the first time and cannot be obtained from the management console later. Keep them properly.
          
 
          
 
        
 
        
-
        In AK/SK-based authentication, you can use an AK/SK to sign requests based on the signature algorithm or use the signing SDK to sign requests. For details about how to sign requests and use the signing SDK, see API Request Signing Guide.
         
        The signing SDKs are only used for signing requests and different from the SDKs provided by services.
        
+
        In AK/SK-based authentication, you can use an AK/SK to sign requests based on the signature algorithm or use the signing SDK to sign requests. For details about how to sign requests and use the signature SDK, see API Request Signing Guide.
         
        The signing SDKs are only used for signing requests and different from the SDKs provided by services.
        
 
        
 
        
 
        
@@ -56,3 +58,10 @@ Content-Type: application/json
 
        
 
        
 
+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0011.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0011.html
index 97e94b1a..05bf6462 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0011.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0011.html
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 
        Response
        
 
        Status Code
        After sending a request, you will receive a response, including a status code, response header, and response body.
        
 
        A status code is a group of digits, ranging from 1xx to 5xx. It indicates the status of a request. For more information, see Status Codes.
        
-
        For example, if status code 201 is returned for calling the API used to obtain a user token, the request is successful.
        
+
        For example, if status code 201 is returned for calling the API used to obtain a user token, the request is successful.
        
 
        
 
        Response Header
        Similar to a request, a response also has a header, for example, Content-Type.
        
-
        Figure 1 shows the response header fields for the API used to obtain a user token. The x-subject-token header field is the desired user token. This token can then be used to authenticate the calling of other APIs.
        
-
        Figure 1 Header fields of the response to the request for obtaining a user token
        
+
        Figure 1 shows the response header fields for the API used to obtain a user token. The x-subject-token header field is the desired user token. This token can then be used to authenticate the calling of other APIs.
        
+
        Figure 1 Header fields of the response to the request for obtaining a user token
        
 
        
 
        (Optional) Response Body
        The body of a response is often returned in structured format (such as JSON or XML) as specified in the Content-Type header field. The response body transfers content except the response header.
        
 
        
@@ -37,3 +37,10 @@
 
        
 
        
 
+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0012.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0012.html
index af6a9059..866c31ba 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0012.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0012.html
@@ -5,9 +5,9 @@
 
        
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0013.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0013.html
index 5146f989..ba4cf5d8 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0013.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0013.html
@@ -1,178 +1,180 @@
 
 
-
        Application Example
        
-
        This section describes how to use cURL to call CDM APIs to migrate data from a local MySQL database to DWS in the cloud.
        1. Obtaining a Token
          Call the API to obtain the user token, which will be put into the request header for authentication in a subsequent request.
          
-
        2. Creating a CDM Cluster
          • If you have created a CDM cluster, skip this step and directly use the ID of the created cluster.
          • If you want to use a new cluster for migration, call the API in Creating a Cluster to create a CDM cluster.
          
-
        3. Creating Links
          Call the API in Creating a Link to create the MySQL and DWS links.
          
-
        4. Creating a Migration Job
          Call the API in Creating a Job in a Specified Cluster to create a job for migrating data from MySQL to DWS.
          
-
        5. Viewing Job Result
          Call the API in Querying Job Execution History to execute the job.
          
+
          Example of Using DataArts Migration APIs
          
+
          This section describes how to use cURL to call CDM APIs to migrate data from a local MySQL database to DWS in the cloud.
          1. Obtaining a Token
            Call the API to obtain the user token, which will be put into the request header for authentication in a subsequent request.
            
+
          2. Creating a CDM Cluster
            • If you have created a CDM cluster, skip this step and directly use the ID of the created cluster.
            • If you want to use a new cluster for migration, call the API in Creating a Cluster to create a CDM cluster.
            
+
          3. Creating Links
            Call the API in Creating a Link to create the MySQL and DWS links.
            
+
          4. Creating a Migration Job
            Call the API in Creating a Job in a Specified Cluster to create a job for migrating data from MySQL to DWS.
            
+
          5. Viewing Job Result
            Call the API in Starting a Job to execute the job.
            
 
          
 
          
-
          Preparing Data
          Before calling an API, prepare the following data.
          
+
          Preparing Data
          Before calling an API, prepare the following data.
          
 
-
          Table 1 Preparing data
          Item
          
+
          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
+
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
          Table 1 Preparing data
          Item
          
 
          Name
          
+
          Name
          
 
          Description
          
+
          Description
          
 
          Example
          
+
          Example
          
           		
 
          
 
          Account information
          
+
          Account information
          
 
          Project name
          
+
          Project name
          
 
          Name of the project where CDM resides
          
+
          Name of the project where CDM resides
          
 
          Project Name
          
+
          Project Name
          
           		
 
          Project ID
          
+
          Project ID
          
 
          ID of the project where CDM resides
          
+
          ID of the project where CDM resides
          
 
          1551c7f6c808414d8e9f3c514a170f2e
          
+
          1551c7f6c808414d8e9f3c514a170f2e
          
           		
 
          Account name
          
+
          Account name
          
 
          Name of an enterprise account to which a user belongs
          
+
          Name of an enterprise account to which a user belongs
          
 
          Account Name
          
+
          Account Name
          
           		
 
          Username
          
+
          Username
          
 
          Username for using a cloud service. The user must have operation permissions on CDM.
          
+
          Username for using a cloud service. The user must have operation permissions on CDM.
          
 
          Username
          
+
          Username
          
           		
 
          Password
          
+
          Password
          
 
          User password
          
+
          User password
          
 
          password
          
+
          password
          
           		
 
          VPC information
          
+
          VPC information
          
 
          VPC ID
          
+
          VPC ID
          
 
          The VPC where CDM resides must be the same as that of DWS.
          
+
          The VPC where CDM resides must be the same as that of DWS.
          
 
          6b47302a-bf79-4b20-bf7a-80987408e196
          
+
          6b47302a-bf79-4b20-bf7a-80987408e196
          
           		
 
          Subnet ID
          
+
          Subnet ID
          
 
          The subnet where CDM resides must be the same as that of DWS.
          
+
          The subnet where CDM resides must be the same as that of DWS.
          
 
          63bdc3cb-a4e7-486f-82ee-d9bf208c8f8c
          
+
          63bdc3cb-a4e7-486f-82ee-d9bf208c8f8c
          
           		
 
          Security group ID
          
+
          Security group ID
          
 
          The security group where CDM resides must be the same as that of DWS.
          
+
          The security group where CDM resides must be the same as that of DWS.
          
 
          005af77a-cce5-45ac-99c7-2ea50ea8addf
          
+
          005af77a-cce5-45ac-99c7-2ea50ea8addf
          
           		
 
          Endpoint
          
+
          Endpoint
          
 
          IAM endpoint
          
+
          IAM endpoint
          
 
          An endpoint is the request address for calling an API. Endpoints vary depending on services and regions. You can obtain endpoints from Regions and Endpoints.
          
+
          An endpoint is the request address for calling an API. Endpoints vary depending on services and regions. You can obtain endpoints from Regions and Endpoints.
          
 
          iam_endpoint
          
+
          iam_endpoint
          
           		
 
          CDM endpoint
          
+
          CDM endpoint
          
 
          cdm_endpoint
          
+
          An endpoint is the request address for calling an API. Endpoints vary depending on services and regions. You can obtain endpoints of the service from Regions and Endpoints.
          
+
          cdm_endpoint
          
           		
 
          MySQL database
          
+
          MySQL database
          
 
          IP address
          
+
          IP address
          
 
          IP address of the local MySQL database, which allows CDM to access the MySQL database using a public IP address
          
+
          IP address of the local MySQL database, which allows CDM to access the MySQL database using a public IP address
          
 
          1xx.120.85.24
          
+
          1xx.120.85.24
          
           		
 
          Port
          
+
          Port
          
 
          MySQL database port
          
+
          MySQL database port
          
 
          3306
          
+
          3306
          
           		
 
          Database name
          
+
          Database name
          
 
          Name of the MySQL database from which data is to be exported
          
+
          Name of the MySQL database from which data is to be exported
          
 
          DB_name
          
+
          DB_name
          
           		
 
          Username
          
+
          Username
          
 
          Username for accessing the MySQL database. The user must have the read, write, and delete permissions on the MySQL database.
          
+
          Username for accessing the MySQL database. The user must have the read, write, and delete permissions on the MySQL database.
          
 
          username
          
+
          username
          
           		
 
          Password
          
+
          Password
          
 
          Password for accessing the MySQL database
          
+
          Password for accessing the MySQL database
          
 
          DB_password
          
+
          DB_password
          
           		
 
          DWS database
          
+
          DWS database
          
 
          IP address
          
+
          IP address
          
 
          IP address of the DWS database. CDM can access the IP address through the internal network.
          
+
          IP address of the DWS database. CDM can access the IP address through the internal network.
          
 
          10.120.85.24
          
+
          10.120.85.24
          
           		
 
          Port
          
+
          Port
          
 
          DWS database port
          
+
          DWS database port
          
 
          3306
          
+
          3306
          
           		
 
          Database name
          
+
          Database name
          
 
          Name of the DWS database to which data is written
          
+
          Name of the DWS database to which data is written
          
 
          DWS
          
+
          DWS
          
           		
 
          Username
          
+
          Username
          
 
          Username for accessing the DWS database. The user must have the read, write, and delete permissions on the DWS database.
          
+
          Username for accessing the DWS database. The user must have the read, write, and delete permissions on the DWS database.
          
 
          user_dws
          
+
          user_dws
          
           		
 
          Password
          
+
          Password
          
 
          Password for accessing the DWS database
          
+
          Password for accessing the DWS database
          
 
          dws_password
          
+
          dws_password
          
           		
 
          
           
 
          
 
          
 
-
          Obtaining a Token
          1. Before calling other APIs, obtain the token and set it as an environment variable.
            curl -H "Content-Type:application/json" https://{iam_endpoint}/v3/auth/tokens -X POST -d '
+
            Obtaining a Token
            1. Before calling other APIs, obtain the token and set it as an environment variable.
              curl -H "Content-Type:application/json" https://{iam_endpoint}/v3/auth/tokens -X POST -d '
 {
     "auth": {
         "identity": {
@@ -181,41 +183,41 @@
             ],
             "password": {
                 "user": {
-                    "name": "Username",
-                    "password": "password",
+                    "name": "Username",
+                    "password": "password",
                     "domain": {
-                        "name": "Account Name"
+                        "name": "Account Name"
                     }
                 }
             }
         },
         "scope": {
             "project": {
-                "id": "1551c7f6c808414d8e9f3c514a170f2e"
+                "id": "1551c7f6c808414d8e9f3c514a170f2e"
             }
         }
     }
 }
 ' -v -k
              
-
              The value of X-Subject-Token in the response header is the token.
              
-
              X-Subject-Token:MIIDkgYJKoZIhvcNAQcCoIIDgzCCA38CAQExDTALBglghkgBZQMEAgEwgXXXXX...
              
-
            2. Run the following command to set the token as an environment variable for future use:
              export X-Auth-Token = MIIDkgYJKoZIhvcNAQcCoIIDgzCCA38CAQExDTALBglghkgBZQMEAgEwgXXXXX...
              
+
              The value of X-Subject-Token in the response header is the token.
              
+
              X-Subject-Token:MIIDkgYJKoZIhvcNAQcCoIIDgzCCA38CAQExDTALBglghkgBZQMEAgEwgXXXXX...
              
+
            3. Run the following command to set the token as an environment variable for future use:
              export Token = MIIDkgYJKoZIhvcNAQcCoIIDgzCCA38CAQExDTALBglghkgBZQMEAgEwgXXXXX...
              
 
            
 
            
-
            Creating a CDM Cluster
            1. Call the API in Creating a Cluster to create a cluster. The following values are examples:
              • Cluster name: cdm-ab82
              • Cluster flavor: cdm.medium
              • The VPC, subnet, and security group are the same as those of DWS, and the EIP is automatically bound.
              
-
              If status code 200 is returned, the cluster is successfully created.
              
-
              curl -X POST -H 'Content-Type:application/json;charset=utf-8' -H "X-Auth-Token:$Token" -d '
+
              Creating a CDM Cluster
              1. Call the API in Creating a Cluster to create a cluster. The following values are examples:
                • Cluster name: cdm-ab82
                • Cluster flavor: cdm.medium
                • The VPC, subnet, and security group are the same as those of DWS, and the EIP is automatically bound.
                
+
                If status code 200 is returned, the cluster is successfully created.
                
+
                curl -X POST -H 'Content-Type:application/json;charset=utf-8' -H "X-Auth-Token:$Token" -d '
 {
   "cluster": {
-    "name": "cdm-ab82",
-    "vpcId": "6b47302a-bf79-4b20-bf7a-80987408e196", 
+    "name": "cdm-ab82",
+    "vpcId": "6b47302a-bf79-4b20-bf7a-80987408e196", 
     "instances": [{
             "flavorRef": "fb8fe666-6734-4b11-bc6c-43d11db3c745",
             "nics": [{
-                "net-id": "63bdc3cb-a4e7-486f-82ee-d9bf208c8f8c",
-                "securityGroupId": "005af77a-cce5-45ac-99c7-2ea50ea8addf"
+                "net-id": "63bdc3cb-a4e7-486f-82ee-d9bf208c8f8c",
+                "securityGroupId": "005af77a-cce5-45ac-99c7-2ea50ea8addf"
             }],
-            "availability_zone": "Project Name",
+            "availability_zone": "Project Name",
             "type": "cdm"
         }],
     "datastore": {
@@ -235,16 +237,16 @@
   "phoneNum": "null",
   "email": "null"
 }' 
-https://{cdm_endpoint}/v1.1/1551c7f6c808414d8e9f3c514a170f2e/clusters -v -k
                
-
              2. Call the API in Querying Cluster Details to query cluster information, obtain the cluster ID, and set the cluster ID to a global variable.
                curl -X GET -H 'Content-Type:application/json;charset=utf-8' -H "X-Auth-Token:$Token" https://{cdm_endpoint}/v1.1/1551c7f6c808414d8e9f3c514a170f2e/clusters -k -v
                
-
                The response is as follows:
                
-
                {
+https://{cdm_endpoint}/v1.1/1551c7f6c808414d8e9f3c514a170f2e/clusters -v -k
                
+
              3. Call the API in Querying the Cluster List to query cluster information, obtain the cluster ID, and set the cluster ID to a global variable.
                curl -X GET -H 'Content-Type:application/json;charset=utf-8' -H "X-Auth-Token:$Token" https://{cdm_endpoint}/v1.1/1551c7f6c808414d8e9f3c514a170f2e/clusters -k -v
                
+
                The response is as follows:
                
+
                {
   "clusters": [{
     "version": "x.x.x",
     "updated": "2018-09-05T08:38:25",
-    "name": "cdm-ab82",
+    "name": "cdm-ab82",
     "created": "2018-09-05T08:38:25",
-    "id": "bae65496-643e-47ca-84af-948672de7eeb",
+    "id": "bae65496-643e-47ca-84af-948672de7eeb",
     "status": "200",
     "isFrozen": "0",
     "statusDetail": "Normal",
@@ -252,13 +254,13 @@ https://
     "config_status": "In-Sync"
   }]
 }
                
-
                If the value of status is 200, the cluster is successfully created. The cluster ID is bae65496-643e-47ca-84af-948672de7eeb.
                
-
              4. Run the following command to set the cluster ID to a global variable for future use:
                export ID = bae65496-643e-47ca-84af-948672de7eeb
                
+
                If the value of status is 200, the cluster is successfully created. The cluster ID is bae65496-643e-47ca-84af-948672de7eeb.
                
+
              5. Run the following command to set the cluster ID to a global variable for future use:
                export ID = bae65496-643e-47ca-84af-948672de7eeb
                
 
              
 
              
-
              Creating Links
              1. Call the API in Creating a Link to create the MySQL link mysql_link. The following values are examples:
                • IP address: 1xx.120.85.24
                • Port number: 3306
                • Database name: DB_name
                • Login username: username
                • Password: DB_password
                
-
                If status code 200 is returned, the link is successfully created.
                
-
                curl -X POST -H "Content-Type:application/json" -H "X-Auth-Token:$Token" -d '{
+
                Creating Links
                1. Call the API in Creating a Link to create the MySQL link mysql_link. The following values are examples:
                  • IP address: 1xx.120.85.24
                  • Port number: 3306
                  • Database name: DB_name
                  • Login username: username
                  • Password: DB_password
                  
+
                  If status code 200 is returned, the link is successfully created.
                  
+
                  curl -X POST -H "Content-Type:application/json" -H "X-Auth-Token:$Token" -d '{
   "links": [{
     "enabled": true,
     "update-user": null,
@@ -274,23 +276,23 @@ https://
                             },
                             {
                                 "name": "linkConfig.host",
-                                "value": "1xx.120.85.24"
+                                "value": "1xx.120.85.24"
                             },
                             {
                                 "name": "linkConfig.port",
-                                "value": "3306"
+                                "value": "3306"
                             },
                             {
                                 "name": "linkConfig.database",
-                                "value": "DB_name"
+                                "value": "DB_name"
                             },
                             {
                                 "name": "linkConfig.username",
-                                "value": "username"
+                                "value": "username"
                             },
                             {
                                 "name": "linkConfig.password",
-                                "value": "DB_password"
+                                "value": "DB_password"
                             },
                             {
                                 "name": "linkConfig.fetchSize",
@@ -310,9 +312,9 @@ https://
     "creation-user": null
   }]
 }' 
-https://{cdm_endpoint}/v1.1/1551c7f6c808414d8e9f3c514a170f2e/clusters/bae65496-643e-47ca-84af-948672de7eeb/cdm/link -k -v
                  
-
                2. Call the API in Creating a Link to create the DWS link dws_link. The following values are examples:
                  • IP address of the database: 10.120.85.24
                  • Port number: 3306
                  • Database name: DWS
                  • Login username: user_dws
                  • Password: dws_password
                  
-
                  curl -X POST -H "Content-Type:application/json" -H "X-Auth-Token:$Token" -d '{
+https://{cdm_endpoint}/v1.1/1551c7f6c808414d8e9f3c514a170f2e/clusters/bae65496-643e-47ca-84af-948672de7eeb/cdm/link -k -v
                  
+
                3. Call the API in Creating a Link to create the DWS link dws_link. The following values are examples:
                  • IP address of the database: 10.120.85.24
                  • Port number: 3306
                  • Database name: DWS
                  • Login username: user_dws
                  • Password: dws_password
                  
+
                  curl -X POST -H "Content-Type:application/json" -H "X-Auth-Token:$Token" -d '{
   "links": [{
     "enabled": true,
     "update-user": null,
@@ -328,23 +330,23 @@ https://{10.120.85.24"
+                                "value": "10.120.85.24"
                             },
                             {
                                 "name": "linkConfig.port",
-                                "value": "3306"
+                                "value": "3306"
                             },
                             {
                                 "name": "linkConfig.database",
-                                "value": "DWS"
+                                "value": "DWS"
                             },
                             {
                                 "name": "linkConfig.username",
-                                "value": "user_dws"
+                                "value": "user_dws"
                             },
                             {
                                 "name": "linkConfig.password",
-                                "value": "dws_password"
+                                "value": "dws_password"
                             },
                             {
                                 "name": "linkConfig.fetchSize",
@@ -364,12 +366,12 @@ https://{cdm_endpoint}/v1.1/1551c7f6c808414d8e9f3c514a170f2e/clusters/bae65496-643e-47ca-84af-948672de7eeb/cdm/link -k -v
                  
+https://{cdm_endpoint}/v1.1/1551c7f6c808414d8e9f3c514a170f2e/clusters/bae65496-643e-47ca-84af-948672de7eeb/cdm/link -k -v
                
 
              
 
              
-
              Creating a Migration Job
              1. After the links are created, call the API in Creating a Job in a Specified Cluster to create a migration job. The following is a sample job:
                • The job name is mysql2dws.
                • The name of the MySQL database from which data is exported is default, and the name of the exported table is mysql_tbl. The job is split into multiple tasks by id and the tasks are executed concurrently.
                • The name of the database on DWS to which the data is imported is public, and the table name is cdm_all_type. Do not clear the data in the table before import.
                • If no table in the local MySQL database exists in the database on DWS, CDM automatically creates the table on DWS.
                • The field list loaded to DWS is id&gid&name.
                • When the job extracts data, three extractors are concurrently executed.
                
-
                If status code 200 is returned, the job is successfully created.
                
-
                curl -X POST -H "Content-Type:application/json" -H "X-Cluster-ID:$ID" -H "X-Auth-Token:$Token" -d '{
+
                Creating a Migration Job
                1. After the links are created, call the API in Creating a Job in a Specified Cluster to create a migration job. The following is a sample job:
                  • The job name is mysql2dws.
                  • The name of the MySQL database from which data is exported is default, and the name of the exported table is mysql_tbl. The job is split into multiple tasks by id and the tasks are executed concurrently.
                  • The name of the database on DWS to which the data is imported is public, and the table name is cdm_all_type. Do not clear the data in the table before import.
                  • If no table in the local MySQL database exists in the database on DWS, CDM automatically creates the table on DWS.
                  • The field list loaded to DWS is id&gid&name.
                  • When the job extracts data, three extractors are concurrently executed.
                  
+
                  If status code 200 is returned, the job is successfully created.
                  
+
                  curl -X POST -H "Content-Type:application/json" -H "X-Cluster-ID:$ID" -H "X-Auth-Token:$Token" -d '{
   "jobs": [{
     "job_type": "NORMAL_JOB",
     "name": "mysql2dws",
@@ -382,15 +384,15 @@ https://{default"
+          "value": "default"
         },
         {
           "name": "fromJobConfig.tableName",
-          "value": "mysql_tbl"
+          "value": "mysql_tbl"
         },
         {
           "name": "fromJobConfig.partitionColumn",
-          "value": "id"
+          "value": "id"
         }]
       }]
     },
@@ -400,7 +402,7 @@ https://{public"
+                             "value": "public"
                          },
                          {
                              "name": "toJobConfig.tablePreparation",
@@ -408,11 +410,11 @@ https://{cdm_all_type"
+                             "value": "cdm_all_type"
                          },
                          {
                              "name": "toJobConfig.columnList",
-                             "value": "id&gid&name"
+                             "value": "id&gid&name"
                          },
                          {
                              "name": "toJobConfig.shouldClearTable",
@@ -433,10 +435,10 @@ https://{{cdm_endpoint}/v1.1/1551c7f6c808414d8e9f3c514a170f2e/clusters/bae65496-643e-47ca-84af-948672de7eeb/cdm/job -k -v
                  
-
                2. Call the API in Starting a Job to execute the job.
                  curl -X GET -H 'Content-Type:application/json;charset=utf-8' -H "X-Cluster-ID:$ID" -H "X-Auth-Token:$Token" https://{cdm_endpoint}/v1.1/1551c7f6c808414d8e9f3c514a170f2e/clusters/bae65496-643e-47ca-84af-948672de7eeb/cdm/job/mysql2dws/start -k -v
                  
-
                  The response is as follows:
                  
-
                  {
+}' https://{cdm_endpoint}/v1.1/1551c7f6c808414d8e9f3c514a170f2e/clusters/bae65496-643e-47ca-84af-948672de7eeb/cdm/job -k -v
                  
+
                3. Call the API in Starting a Job to execute the job.
                  curl -X GET -H 'Content-Type:application/json;charset=utf-8' -H "X-Cluster-ID:$ID" -H "X-Auth-Token:$Token" https://{cdm_endpoint}/v1.1/1551c7f6c808414d8e9f3c514a170f2e/clusters/bae65496-643e-47ca-84af-948672de7eeb/cdm/job/mysql2dws/start -k -v
                  
+
                  The response is as follows:
                  
+
                  {
   "submissions": [{
     "progress": 1,
     "job-name": "mysql2dws",
@@ -447,8 +449,8 @@ https://{
                  Viewing Job Result
                  1. Call the API in Querying Job Status to query the job status.
                    curl -X GET -H 'Content-Type:application/json;charset=utf-8' -H "X-Cluster-ID:$ID" -H "X-Auth-Token:$Token" https://{cdm_endpoint}/v1.1/1551c7f6c808414d8e9f3c514a170f2e/clusters/6ec9a0a4-76be-4262-8697-e7af1fac7920/cdm/job/mysql2dws/status -k -v
                    
-
                  2. View the job execution result. The response to successful job execution is as follows:
                    {
+
                    Viewing Job Result
                    1. Call the API in Querying Job Status to query the job status.
                      curl -X GET -H 'Content-Type:application/json;charset=utf-8' -H "X-Cluster-ID:$ID" -H "X-Auth-Token:$Token" https://{cdm_endpoint}/v1.1/1551c7f6c808414d8e9f3c514a170f2e/clusters/6ec9a0a4-76be-4262-8697-e7af1fac7920/cdm/job/mysql2dws/status -k -v
                      
+
                    2. View the job execution result. The response to successful job execution is as follows:
                      {
   "submissions": [{
     "progress": 0,
     "job-name": "mysql2dws",
@@ -458,7 +460,7 @@ https://{ 
                      • BYTES_WRITTEN: number of written bytes
                      • BYTES_READ: number of read bytes
                      • TOTAL_FILES: total number of files
                      • FILES_WRITTEN: number of written files
                      • FILES_READ: number of read files
                      • ROWS_WRITTEN: number of rows that are successfully written
                      • ROWS_READ: number of rows that are successfully read
                      
+
                       
                      • BYTES_WRITTEN: number of written bytes
                      • BYTES_READ: number of read bytes
                      • TOTAL_FILES: total number of files
                      • FILES_WRITTEN: number of written files
                      • FILES_READ: number of read files
                      • ROWS_WRITTEN: number of rows that are successfully written
                      • ROWS_READ: number of rows that are successfully read
                      
 
                      
 
                    
 
                    
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0015.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0015.html
index 6781266c..e565d148 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0015.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0015.html
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 
 
-
                    Example of Using Data Development APIs
                    
+
                    Example of Using DataArts Factory APIs
                    
 
                    Scenarios
                    DataArts Studio helps enterprises quickly build an end-to-end intelligent data system that covers the entire process from data ingestion to data analytics. The system can eliminate data silos, unify data standards, accelerate data monetization, and promote digital transformation.
                    
 
                    The following describes how to create a script by calling the Creating a Script API. For details, see Calling APIs.
                    
 
                    
 
                    Prerequisites
                    You have planned the region where Data Development is located and determined the endpoint for calling an API based on the region.
                    
-
                    An endpoint is the request address for calling an API. Endpoints vary depending on services and regions. You can obtain endpoints from Regions and Endpoints.
                    
+
                    An endpoint is the request address for calling an API. Endpoints vary depending on services and regions. You can obtain endpoints of the service from Regions and Endpoints.
                    
 
                    
 
                    Creating a Shell Script
                    The following is an example of creating a shell script:
                    {
 "name":"echoTimeShell",
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0016.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0016.html
index bcd0214a..a1b99935 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0016.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0016.html
@@ -4,11 +4,11 @@
 
                    
 
                    
 
                      
-
                    • Cluster Management
                      
+
                    • Cluster Management
                      
 
                      • 
-
                    • Job Management
                      
+
                    • Job Management
                      
 
                      • 
-
                    • Link Management
                      
+
                    • Link Management
                      
 
                      • 
 
                    • Public Data Structures
                      
 
                      • 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0127.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0048.html
similarity index 56%
rename from docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0127.html
rename to docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0048.html
index 8de19cfd..b633856a 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0127.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0048.html
@@ -1,21 +1,17 @@
-
+
 
 
                      DataArts Factory APIs
                      
-
                      
+
                      
 
                      
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0049.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0049.html
index 66c79604..bf961a74 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0049.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0049.html
@@ -1,25 +1,27 @@
 
 
-
                      Connection Management APIs
                      
+
                      Connection Management APIs (To Be Taken Offline)
                      
 
                      
 
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0050.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0050.html
index 118cbc94..c42b8d71 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0050.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0050.html
@@ -1,53 +1,55 @@
 
 
-
                      Creating a Connection
                      
-
                      Function
                      This API is used to create a connection. The supported connection types include DWS, DLI, Spark SQL, RDS, CloudTable, and Hive.
                      
+
                      Creating a Connection (to Be Taken Offline)
                      
+
                       
                      The connection management capability is provided by Management Center. APIs of Management Center are recommended.
                      
+
                      
+
                      Function
                      This API is used to create a connection. The supported connection types include DWS, DLI, Spark SQL, RDS, CloudTable, and Hive.
                      
 
                      
 
                      URI
                      • URI format
                        POST /v1/{project_id}/connections
                        
 
                      
 
                      
 
                      • Parameter description
-
                        Table 1 URI parameter
                        Parameter
                        
+
                        
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                        Table 1 URI parameter
                        Parameter
                        
 
                        Mandatory
                        
+
                        Mandatory
                        
 
                        Type
                        
+
                        Type
                        
 
                        Description
                        
+
                        Description
                        
                         		
 
                        
 
                        project_id
                        
+
                        project_id
                        
 
                        Yes
                        
+
                        Yes
                        
 
                        String
                        
+
                        String
                        
 
                        Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                        
+
                        Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                        
                         		
 
                        
                         
 
                        
 
                        
 
-
                        Request
                        
-
                        Table 2 Request header parameter
                        Parameter
                        
+
                        Request Parameters
                        
+
                        
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
@@ -55,51 +57,51 @@
 
                        Table 2 Request header parameter
                        Parameter
                        
 
                        Mandatory
                        
+
                        Mandatory
                        
 
                        Type
                        
+
                        Type
                        
 
                        Description
                        
+
                        Description
                        
                         		
 
                        
 
                        workspace
                        
+
                        workspace
                        
 
                        No
                        
+
                        No
                        
 
                        String
                        
+
                        String
                        
 
                        Workspace ID.
                        
+
                        Workspace ID.
                        
 
                        • If this parameter is not set, data in the default workspace is queried by default.
                        • To query data in other workspaces, this header must be carried.
                        
                         		
 
                        
 
                        
 
-
                        Table 3 Connection parameters
                        Parameter
                        
+
                        
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
@@ -107,101 +109,101 @@
 
 
-
                        Table 3 Connection parameters
                        Parameter
                        
 
                        Mandatory
                        
+
                        Mandatory
                        
 
                        Type
                        
+
                        Type
                        
 
                        Description
                        
+
                        Description
                        
                         		
 
                        
 
                        name
                        
+
                        name
                        
 
                        Yes
                        
+
                        Yes
                        
 
                        String
                        
+
                        String
                        
 
                        Connection name. The name contains a maximum of 100 characters, including only letters, numbers, hyphens (-), and underscores (_). The connection name must be unique.
                        
+
                        Connection name. The name contains a maximum of 100 characters, including only letters, numbers, hyphens (-), and underscores (_). The connection name must be unique.
                        
                         		
 
                        type
                        
+
                        type
                        
 
                        Yes
                        
+
                        Yes
                        
 
                        String
                        
+
                        String
                        
 
                        Connection type.
                        
+
                        Connection type.
                        
 
                        • DWS
                        • DLI
                        • SparkSQL
                        • HIVE
                        • RDS
                        • CloudTable
                        • HOST
                        
                         		
 
                        config
                        
+
                        config
                        
 
                        No
                        
+
                        No
                        
 
                        Map<String,String>
                        
+
                        Map<String,String>
                        
 
                        Connection configuration item. The configuration item varies with the connection type. You do not need to set the config parameter for DLI connections. For other types of connections, see the description of connection configuration items.
                        
+
                        Connection configuration item. The configuration item varies with the connection type. You do not need to set the config parameter for DLI connections. For other types of connections, see the description of connection configuration items.
                        
                         		
 
                        description
                        
+
                        description
                        
 
                        No
                        
+
                        No
                        
 
                        String
                        
+
                        String
                        
 
                        Description of the connection. The description contains a maximum of 255 characters.
                        
+
                        Description of the connection. The description contains a maximum of 255 characters.
                        
                         		
 
                        
                         
 
                        Table 4 DWS connection parameters
                        Parameter
                        
+
                        
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
@@ -209,75 +211,75 @@
 
                        Table 4 DWS connection parameters
                        Parameter
                        
 
                        Mandatory
                        
+
                        Mandatory
                        
 
                        Type
                        
+
                        Type
                        
 
                        Description
                        
+
                        Description
                        
                         		
 
                        
 
                        clusterName
                        
+
                        clusterName
                        
 
                        No
                        
+
                        No
                        
 
                        String
                        
+
                        String
                        
 
                        Name of a DWS cluster.
                        
+
                        Name of a DWS cluster.
                        
 
                        Perform the following operations to obtain the DWS cluster name:
                        
 
                        1. Log in to the management console.
                        2. Click Data Warehouse Service and select Cluster Management from the list on the left.
                        
 
                        You can obtain the cluster name from the cluster management list.
                        
 
                        By default, this parameter is left blank.
                        
                         		
 
                        ip
                        
+
                        ip
                        
 
                        No
                        
+
                        No
                        
 
                        String
                        
+
                        String
                        
 
                        IP address for accessing the DWS cluster.
                        
+
                        IP address for accessing the DWS cluster.
                        
 
                        Perform the following operations to obtain the DWS access address:
                        
 
                        1. Log in to the management console.
                        2. Click Data Warehouse Service and select Cluster Management from the list on the left.
                        3. Click the cluster name. The basic information page of the cluster is displayed.
                        
 
                        You can obtain the private network IP address on the Database Attribute tab page. If there are multiple IP addresses, select the first IP address.
                        
 
                        By default, this parameter is left blank.
                        
                         		
 
                        port
                        
+
                        port
                        
 
                        No
                        
+
                        No
                        
 
                        String
                        
+
                        String
                        
 
                        Port for accessing the DWS cluster.
                        
+
                        Port for accessing the DWS cluster.
                        
 
                        Perform the following operations to obtain the DWS access port:
                        
-
                        1. Log in to the management console.
                        2. Click Data Warehouse Service and select Cluster Management from the list on the left.
                        3. Click the cluster name. The basic information page of the cluster is displayed.
                        
+
                        1. Log in to the management console.
                        2. Click Data Warehouse Service and select Cluster Management from the list on the left.
                        3. Click the cluster name. The basic information page of the cluster is displayed.
                        
 
                        You can obtain the port information on the Database Attribute tab page.
                        
 
                        For example, set port to 8000. By default, this parameter is left blank.
                        
                         		
 
                        userName
                        
+
                        userName
                        
 
                        Yes
                        
+
                        Yes
                        
 
                        String
                        
+
                        String
                        
 
                        Username of the database. This username is the username entered during the creation of the DWS cluster.
                        
+
                        Username of the database. This username is the username entered during the creation of the DWS cluster.
                        
                         		
 
                        password
                        
+
                        password
                        
 
                        Yes
                        
+
                        Yes
                        
 
                        String
                        
+
                        String
                        
 
                        Password for accessing the database. This password is the password entered during the creation of the DWS cluster.
                        
+
                        Password for accessing the database. This password is the password entered during the creation of the DWS cluster.
                        
                         		
 
                        sslEnable
                        
+
                        sslEnable
                        
 
                        Yes
                        
+
                        Yes
                        
 
                        boolean
                        
+
                        boolean
                        
 
                        Specifies whether to enable the SSL connection.
                        
+
                        Specifies whether to enable the SSL connection.
                        
                         		
 
                        kmsKey
                        
+
                        kmsKey
                        
 
                        Yes
                        
+
                        Yes
                        
 
                        String
                        
+
                        String
                        
 
                        Name of a KMS key.
                        
+
                        Name of a KMS key.
                        
 
                        Perform the following operations to obtain the key:
                        
 
                        1. Log in to the management console.
                        2. Click Key Management Service and select Key Management Service from the list on the left.
                        
 
                        You can obtain the key name from the key list.
                        
                         		
 
                        agentName
                        
+
                        agentName
                        
 
                        Yes
                        
+
                        Yes
                        
 
                        String
                        
+
                        String
                        
 
                        Name of a CDM cluster.
                        
+
                        Name of a CDM cluster.
                        
 
                        You can obtain the cluster name from the CDM cluster list on the DataArts Migration page of the DataArts Studio console.
                        
                         		
 
                        
 
                        
 
-
                        Table 5 Spark SQL connection parameters
                        Parameter
                        
+
                        
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
@@ -285,72 +287,72 @@
 
                        Table 5 Spark SQL connection parameters
                        Parameter
                        
 
                        Mandatory
                        
+
                        Mandatory
                        
 
                        Type
                        
+
                        Type
                        
 
                        Description
                        
+
                        Description
                        
                         		
 
                        
 
                        clusterName
                        
+
                        clusterName
                        
 
                        Yes
                        
+
                        Yes
                        
 
                        String
                        
+
                        String
                        
 
                        Name of an MRS cluster.
                        
+
                        Name of an MRS cluster.
                        
 
                        Perform the following operations to obtain the MRS cluster name:
                        
 
                        1. Log in to the management console.
                        2. Click MapReduce Service and select Active Clusters from the list on the left.
                        
 
                        You can obtain the cluster name from the active clusters, such as mrsCluster1.
                        
                         		
 
                        connectionMethod
                        
+
                        connectionMethod
                        
 
                        Yes
                        
+
                        Yes
                        
 
                        String
                        
+
                        String
                        
 
                        Method to connect.
                        
+
                        Method to connect.
                        
 
                        • agent: connected through an agent.
                        • direct: connected directly.
                        
                         		
 
                        userName
                        
+
                        userName
                        
 
                        No
                        
+
                        No
                        
 
                        String
                        
+
                        String
                        
 
                        Username of the MRS cluster. This parameter is mandatory when connectionMethod is set to agent.
                        
+
                        Username of the MRS cluster. This parameter is mandatory when connectionMethod is set to agent.
                        
                         		
 
                        password
                        
+
                        password
                        
 
                        No
                        
+
                        No
                        
 
                        String
                        
+
                        String
                        
 
                        Password for accessing the MRS cluster. This parameter is mandatory when connectionMethod is set to agent.
                        
+
                        Password for accessing the MRS cluster. This parameter is mandatory when connectionMethod is set to agent.
                        
                         		
 
                        agentName
                        
+
                        agentName
                        
 
                        No
                        
+
                        No
                        
 
                        String
                        
+
                        String
                        
 
                        Name of a CDM cluster. This parameter is mandatory when connectionMethod is set to agent.
                        
+
                        Name of a CDM cluster. This parameter is mandatory when connectionMethod is set to agent.
                        
 
                        You can obtain the cluster name from the CDM cluster list on the DataArts Migration page of the DataArts Studio console.
                        
                         		
 
                        kmsKey
                        
+
                        kmsKey
                        
 
                        No
                        
+
                        No
                        
 
                        String
                        
+
                        String
                        
 
                        Name of a KMS key. This parameter is mandatory when connectionMethod is set to agent.
                        
+
                        Name of a KMS key. This parameter is mandatory when connectionMethod is set to agent.
                        
 
                        Perform the following operations to obtain the key:
                        
-
                        1. Log in to the management console.
                        2. Click Key Management Service and select Key Management Service from the list on the left.
                        
+
                        1. Log in to the management console.
                        2. Click Key Management Service and select Key Management Service from the list on the left.
                        
 
                        You can obtain the key name from the key list.
                        
                         		
 
                        
 
                        
 
-
                        Table 6 Hive connection parameters
                        Parameter
                        
+
                        
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
@@ -358,120 +360,120 @@
 
                        Table 6 Hive connection parameters
                        Parameter
                        
 
                        Mandatory
                        
+
                        Mandatory
                        
 
                        Type
                        
+
                        Type
                        
 
                        Description
                        
+
                        Description
                        
                         		
 
                        
 
                        clusterName
                        
+
                        clusterName
                        
 
                        Yes
                        
+
                        Yes
                        
 
                        String
                        
+
                        String
                        
 
                        Name of an MRS cluster, for example, mrsCluster1.
                        
+
                        Name of an MRS cluster, for example, mrsCluster1.
                        
                         		
 
                        connectionMethod
                        
+
                        connectionMethod
                        
 
                        Yes
                        
+
                        Yes
                        
 
                        String
                        
+
                        String
                        
 
                        Method to connect.
                        
+
                        Method to connect.
                        
 
                        • agent: connected through an agent.
                        • direct: connected directly.
                        
                         		
 
                        userName
                        
+
                        userName
                        
 
                        No
                        
+
                        No
                        
 
                        String
                        
+
                        String
                        
 
                        Username of the MRS cluster. This parameter is mandatory when connectionMethod is set to agent.
                        
+
                        Username of the MRS cluster. This parameter is mandatory when connectionMethod is set to agent.
                        
                         		
 
                        password
                        
+
                        password
                        
 
                        No
                        
+
                        No
                        
 
                        String
                        
+
                        String
                        
 
                        Password for accessing the MRS cluster. This parameter is mandatory when connectionMethod is set to agent.
                        
+
                        Password for accessing the MRS cluster. This parameter is mandatory when connectionMethod is set to agent.
                        
                         		
 
                        agentName
                        
+
                        agentName
                        
 
                        No
                        
+
                        No
                        
 
                        String
                        
+
                        String
                        
 
                        Name of a CDM cluster. This parameter is mandatory when connectionMethod is set to agent.
                        
+
                        Name of a CDM cluster. This parameter is mandatory when connectionMethod is set to agent.
                        
 
                        You can obtain the cluster name from the CDM cluster list on the DataArts Migration page of the DataArts Studio console.
                        
                         		
 
                        kmsKey
                        
+
                        kmsKey
                        
 
                        No
                        
+
                        No
                        
 
                        String
                        
+
                        String
                        
 
                        Name of a KMS key. This parameter is mandatory when connectionMethod is set to agent.
                        
+
                        Name of a KMS key. This parameter is mandatory when connectionMethod is set to agent.
                        
 
                        Perform the following operations to obtain the key:
                        
-
                        1. Log in to the management console.
                        2. Click Key Management Service and select Key Management Service from the list on the left.
                        
+
                        1. Log in to the management console.
                        2. Click Key Management Service and select Key Management Service from the list on the left.
                        
 
                        You can obtain the key name from the key list.
                        
                         		
 
                        
 
                        
 
-
                        Table 7 RDS connection parameters
                        Parameter
                        
+
                        
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                        Table 7 RDS connection parameters
                        Parameter
                        
 
                        Mandatory
                        
+
                        Mandatory
                        
 
                        Type
                        
+
                        Type
                        
 
                        Description
                        
+
                        Description
                        
                         		
 
                        
 
                        ip
                        
+
                        ip
                        
 
                        Yes
                        
+
                        Yes
                        
 
                        String
                        
+
                        String
                        
 
                        Address for accessing RDS.
                        
+
                        Address for accessing RDS.
                        
 
                        Perform the following operations to obtain the RDS access address:
                        
 
                        1. Log in to the management console.
                        2. Click Relational Database Service and select Instance Management from the list on the left.
                        3. Click the name of an instance. The basic information page of the instance is displayed.
                        
 
                        You can obtain the IP address on the Connection Information tab.
                        
                         		
 
                        port
                        
+
                        port
                        
 
                        Yes
                        
+
                        Yes
                        
 
                        String
                        
+
                        String
                        
 
                        Port for accessing RDS.
                        
+
                        Port for accessing RDS.
                        
 
                        Perform the following operations to obtain the RDS access port:
                        
 
                        1. Log in to the management console.
                        2. Click Relational Database Service and select Instance Management from the list on the left.
                        3. Click the name of an instance. The basic information page of the instance is displayed.
                        
 
                        You can obtain the database port on the Connection Information tab page.
                        
                         		
 
                        userName
                        
+
                        userName
                        
 
                        Yes
                        
+
                        Yes
                        
 
                        String
                        
+
                        String
                        
 
                        Username of the database. This username is the username entered during the creation of the cluster.
                        
+
                        Username of the database. This username is the username entered during the creation of the cluster.
                        
                         		
 
                        password
                        
+
                        password
                        
 
                        Yes
                        
+
                        Yes
                        
 
                        String
                        
+
                        String
                        
 
                        Password for accessing the database. This password is the password entered during the creation of the cluster.
                        
+
                        Password for accessing the database. This password is the password entered during the creation of the cluster.
                        
                         		
 
                        kmsKey
                        
+
                        kmsKey
                        
 
                        Yes
                        
+
                        Yes
                        
 
                        String
                        
+
                        String
                        
 
                        Name of a KMS key.
                        
+
                        Name of a KMS key.
                        
 
                        Perform the following operations to obtain the key:
                        
-
                        1. Log in to the management console.
                        2. Click Key Management Service and select Key Management Service from the list on the left.
                        
+
                        1. Log in to the management console.
                        2. Click Key Management Service and select Key Management Service from the list on the left.
                        
 
                        You can obtain the key name from the key list.
                        
                         		
 
                        agentName
                        
+
                        agentName
                        
 
                        Yes
                        
+
                        Yes
                        
 
                        String
                        
+
                        String
                        
 
                        Name of a CDM cluster.
                        
+
                        Name of a CDM cluster.
                        
 
                        You can obtain the cluster name from the CDM cluster list on the DataArts Migration page of the DataArts Studio console.
                        
                         		
 
                        driverName
                        
+
                        driverName
                        
 
                        Yes
                        
+
                        Yes
                        
 
                        String
                        
+
                        String
                        
 
                        Name of the driver.
                        
+
                        Name of the driver.
                        
 
                        • com.mysql.jdbc.Driver
                        • org.postgresql.Driver
                        
                         		
 
                        driverPath
                        
+
                        driverPath
                        
 
                        Yes
                        
+
                        Yes
                        
 
                        String
                        
+
                        String
                        
 
                        Path of the driver on OBS.
                        
+
                        Path of the driver on OBS.
                        
                         		
 
                        
                         
 
                        
 
                        
 
-
                        Table 8 CloudTable connection parameters
                        Parameter
                        
+
                        
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                        Table 8 CloudTable connection parameters
                        Parameter
                        
 
                        Mandatory
                        
+
                        Mandatory
                        
 
                        Type
                        
+
                        Type
                        
 
                        Description
                        
+
                        Description
                        
                         		
 
                        
 
                        clusterName
                        
+
                        clusterName
                        
 
                        Yes
                        
+
                        Yes
                        
 
                        String
                        
+
                        String
                        
 
                        Name of a CloudTable cluster.
                        
+
                        Name of a CloudTable cluster.
                        
 
                        Perform the following operations to obtain the cluster name:
                        
 
                        1. Log in to the management console.
                        2. Click CloudTable Service and select Cluster Mode from the list on the left.
                        
 
                        You can obtain the cluster name from the cluster list.
                        
@@ -481,82 +483,81 @@
 
                        
 
                        
 
-
                        Table 9 HOST connection parameters
                        Parameter
                        
+
                        
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                        Table 9 HOST connection parameters
                        Parameter
                        
 
                        Mandatory
                        
+
                        Mandatory
                        
 
                        Type
                        
+
                        Type
                        
 
                        Description
                        
+
                        Description
                        
                         		
 
                        
 
                        ip
                        
+
                        ip
                        
 
                        Yes
                        
+
                        Yes
                        
 
                        String
                        
+
                        String
                        
 
                        IP address of the host
                        
+
                        IP address of the host
                        
                         		
 
                        port
                        
+
                        port
                        
 
                        Yes
                        
+
                        Yes
                        
 
                        String
                        
+
                        String
                        
 
                        SSH port number of the host
                        
+
                        SSH port number of the host
                        
                         		
 
                        userName
                        
+
                        userName
                        
 
                        Yes
                        
+
                        Yes
                        
 
                        String
                        
+
                        String
                        
 
                        Username for logging in to the host
                        
+
                        Username for logging in to the host
                        
                         		
 
                        password
                        
+
                        password
                        
 
                        Yes
                        
+
                        Yes
                        
 
                        String
                        
+
                        String
                        
 
                        Password for logging in to the host
                        
+
                        Password for logging in to the host
                        
                         		
 
                        agentName
                        
+
                        agentName
                        
 
                        Yes
                        
+
                        Yes
                        
 
                        String
                        
+
                        String
                        
 
                        Name of a CDM cluster.
                        
+
                        Name of a CDM cluster.
                        
 
                        You can obtain the cluster name from the CDM cluster list on the DataArts Migration page of the DataArts Studio console.
                        
                         		
 
                        kmsKey
                        
+
                        kmsKey
                        
 
                        Yes
                        
+
                        Yes
                        
 
                        String
                        
+
                        String
                        
 
                        Name of a KMS key.
                        
+
                        Name of a KMS key.
                        
 
                        Perform the following operations to obtain the key:
                        
-
                        1. Log in to the management console.
                        2. Click Key Management Service and select Key Management Service from the list on the left.
                        
+
                        1. Log in to the management console.
                        2. Click Key Management Service and select Key Management Service from the list on the left.
                        
 
                        You can obtain the key name from the key list.
                        
                         		
 
                        
                         
 
                        
 
                        
-
                        Response
                        None.
                        
+
                        Response Parameters
                        None.
                        
 
                        
-
                        Example
                        Create a connection.
                        
-
                        • Request
                          POST /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/connections
                          
-
                          {
+
                          Example Request
                          Create a connection.
                          POST /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/connections
+{
     "name":"connection1",
     "type":"DWS",
     "config":{
@@ -567,23 +568,23 @@
 	    "agentName":"cdm-donotdelete",		
 	    "sslEnable":false
     }
-}
-
                          
-
                        
+}
 
                        
-
                        • Success response
                          HTTP status code 204
                          
-
                        • Failure response
                          HTTP status code 400
                          
-
                          {
+
                        
+
                        Example Response
                        • Success response
                          HTTP status code 204
                          
+
                        • Failure response
                          HTTP status code 400
                          
+
                          {
     "error_code":"DLF.6309",
     "error_msg":"The name already exists."
 }
                          
 
                        
+
                        
 
                        Status Codes
                        See Status Codes.
                        
 
                        
 
 
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0051.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0051.html
index 52ec1fda..e7ad35fe 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0051.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0051.html
@@ -1,81 +1,83 @@
 
 
-
                        Querying a Connection List
                        
-
                        Function
                        This API is used to query a connection list.
                        
+
                        Querying a Connection List (to Be Taken Offline)
                        
+
                         
                        The connection management capability is provided by Management Center. APIs of Management Center are recommended.
                        
+
                        
+
                        Function
                        This API is used to query a connection list.
                        
 
                        
 
                        URI
                        • URI format
                          GET /v1/{project_id}/connections?offset={offset}&limit={limit}&connectionName={connectionName}
                          
 
                        
 
                        
 
                        • Parameter description
-
                          Table 1 URI parameters
                          Parameter
                          
+
                          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                          Table 1 URI parameters
                          Parameter
                          
 
                          Mandatory
                          
+
                          Mandatory
                          
 
                          Type
                          
+
                          Type
                          
 
                          Description
                          
+
                          Description
                          
                           		
 
                          
 
                          project_id
                          
+
                          project_id
                          
 
                          Yes
                          
+
                          Yes
                          
 
                          String
                          
+
                          String
                          
 
                          Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                          
+
                          Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                          
                           		
 
                          offset
                          
+
                          offset
                          
 
                          No
                          
+
                          No
                          
 
                          Integer
                          
+
                          Integer
                          
 
                          The value is no less than 0. The default value is 0.
                          
+
                          The value is no less than 0. The default value is 0.
                          
                           		
 
                          limit
                          
+
                          limit
                          
 
                          No
                          
+
                          No
                          
 
                          Integer
                          
+
                          Integer
                          
 
                          The maximum number of records on each page. Value range: 1 to 100
                          
+
                          The maximum number of records on each page. Value range: 1 to 100
                          
 
                          Default value: 10
                          
                           		
 
                          connectionName
                          
+
                          connectionName
                          
 
                          No
                          
+
                          No
                          
 
                          String
                          
+
                          String
                          
 
                          Name of a connection.
                          
+
                          Name of a connection.
                          
                           		
 
                          
                           
 
                          
 
                          
 
-
                          Request
                          
-
                          Table 2 Request header parameter
                          Parameter
                          
+
                          Request Parameters
                          
+
                          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
@@ -83,95 +85,94 @@
 
                          Table 2 Request header parameter
                          Parameter
                          
 
                          Mandatory
                          
+
                          Mandatory
                          
 
                          Type
                          
+
                          Type
                          
 
                          Description
                          
+
                          Description
                          
                           		
 
                          
 
                          workspace
                          
+
                          workspace
                          
 
                          No
                          
+
                          No
                          
 
                          String
                          
+
                          String
                          
 
                          Workspace ID.
                          
+
                          Workspace ID.
                          
 
                          • If this parameter is not set, data in the default workspace is queried by default.
                          • To query data in other workspaces, this header must be carried.
                          
                           		
 
                          
 
                          
 
                          
-
                          Response
                          
-
                          Table 3 Response parameter
                          Parameter
                          
+
                          Response Parameters
                          
+
                          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                          Parameter
                          
 
                          Mandatory
                          
+
                          Mandatory
                          
 
                          Type
                          
+
                          Type
                          
 
                          Description
                          
+
                          Description
                          
                           		
 
                          
 
                          total
                          
+
                          total
                          
 
                          Yes
                          
+
                          Yes
                          
 
                          Integer
                          
+
                          Integer
                          
 
                          The total number of connections.
                          
+
                          The total number of connections.
                          
                           		
 
                          connections
                          
+
                          connections
                          
 
                          Yes
                          
+
                          Yes
                          
 
                          List<Connections>
                          
+
                          List<Connections>
                          
 
                          Connection list.
                          
+
                          Connection list.
                          
                           		
 
                          
                           
 
                          
 
                          
 
-
                          Table 4 connections parameters
                          Parameter
                          
+
                          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                          Table 3 connections parameters
                          Parameter
                          
 
                          Mandatory
                          
+
                          Mandatory
                          
 
                          Type
                          
+
                          Type
                          
 
                          Description
                          
+
                          Description
                          
                           		
 
                          
 
                          name
                          
+
                          name
                          
 
                          Yes
                          
+
                          Yes
                          
 
                          String
                          
+
                          String
                          
 
                          Connection name. The name contains a maximum of 100 characters, including only letters, numbers, hyphens (-), and underscores (_). The connection name must be unique.
                          
+
                          Connection name. The name contains a maximum of 100 characters, including only letters, numbers, hyphens (-), and underscores (_). The connection name must be unique.
                          
                           		
 
                          type
                          
+
                          type
                          
 
                          Yes
                          
+
                          Yes
                          
 
                          String
                          
+
                          String
                          
 
                          Connection type.
                          
+
                          Connection type.
                          
 
                          • DWS
                          • DLI
                          • SparkSQL
                          • HIVE
                          • RDS
                          • CloudTable
                          • HOST
                          
                           		
 
                          config
                          
+
                          config
                          
 
                          No
                          
+
                          No
                          
 
                          Map<String,String>
                          
+
                          Map<String,String>
                          
 
                          Connection configuration item. The configuration item varies with the connection type. You do not need to set the config parameter for DLI connections. For other types of connections, see the description of connection configuration items.
                          
+
                          Connection configuration item. The configuration item varies with the connection type. You do not need to set the config parameter for DLI connections. For other types of connections, see the description of connection configuration items.
                          
                           		
 
                          description
                          
+
                          description
                          
 
                          No
                          
+
                          No
                          
 
                          String
                          
+
                          String
                          
 
                          Description of the connection. The description contains a maximum of 255 characters.
                          
+
                          Description of the connection. The description contains a maximum of 255 characters.
                          
                           		
 
                          
                           
 
                          
 
                          
 
-
                          Example
                          Query a connection list.
                          
-
                          • Request
                            GET /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/connections
                            
-
                          
+
                          Example Request
                          Query connections.
                          GET /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/connections
                          
 
                          
-
                          • Success response
                            HTTP status code 200
                            
+
                          
+
                          Example Response
                          • Success response
                            HTTP status code 200
                            
 
                            {
     "total":1,
     "connections":[
@@ -189,16 +190,17 @@
         }
     ]
 }
                            
-
                          • Failure response
                            HTTP status code 400
                            
-
                            {
+
                          • Failure response
                            HTTP status code 400
                            
+
                            {
     "error_code":"DLF.3051",
     "error_msg":"The request parameter is invalid."
 }
                            
 
                          
 
                          
+
                          
 
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0052.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0052.html
index 7e085050..53743205 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0052.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0052.html
@@ -1,62 +1,64 @@
 
 
-
                          Viewing Connection Details
                          
-
                          Function
                          This API is used to query configuration details of a specific connection.
                          
+
                          Querying Connection Details (to Be Taken Offline)
                          
+
                           
                          The connection management capability is provided by Management Center. APIs of Management Center are recommended.
                          
+
                          
+
                          Function
                          This API is used to query details of a connection.
                          
 
                          
 
                          URI
                          • URI format
                            GET /v1/{project_id}/connections/{connection_name}
                            
 
                          
 
                          
 
                          • Parameter description
-
                            Table 1 URI parameters
                            Parameter
                            
+
                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                            Table 1 URI parameters
                            Parameter
                            
 
                            Mandatory
                            
+
                            Mandatory
                            
 
                            Type
                            
+
                            Type
                            
 
                            Description
                            
+
                            Description
                            
                             		
 
                            
 
                            project_id
                            
+
                            project_id
                            
 
                            Yes
                            
+
                            Yes
                            
 
                            String
                            
+
                            String
                            
 
                            Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                            
+
                            Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                            
                             		
 
                            connection_name
                            
+
                            connection_name
                            
 
                            Yes
                            
+
                            Yes
                            
 
                            String
                            
+
                            String
                            
 
                            Name of a connection.
                            
+
                            Name of a connection.
                            
                             		
 
                            
                             
 
                            
 
                            
 
-
                            Request
                            
-
                            Table 2 Request header parameter
                            Parameter
                            
+
                            Request Parameters
                            
+
                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
@@ -64,63 +66,62 @@
 
                            Table 2 Request header parameter
                            Parameter
                            
 
                            Mandatory
                            
+
                            Mandatory
                            
 
                            Type
                            
+
                            Type
                            
 
                            Description
                            
+
                            Description
                            
                             		
 
                            
 
                            workspace
                            
+
                            workspace
                            
 
                            No
                            
+
                            No
                            
 
                            String
                            
+
                            String
                            
 
                            Workspace ID.
                            
+
                            Workspace ID.
                            
 
                            • If this parameter is not set, data in the default workspace is queried by default.
                            • To query data in other workspaces, this header must be carried.
                            
                             		
 
                            
 
                            
 
                            
-
                            Response
                            
-
                            Table 3 Connection parameters
                            Parameter
                            
+
                            Response Parameters
                            
+
                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                            Table 3 Connection parameters
                            Parameter
                            
 
                            Mandatory
                            
+
                            Mandatory
                            
 
                            Type
                            
+
                            Type
                            
 
                            Description
                            
+
                            Description
                            
                             		
 
                            
 
                            name
                            
+
                            name
                            
 
                            Yes
                            
+
                            Yes
                            
 
                            String
                            
+
                            String
                            
 
                            Connection name. The name contains a maximum of 100 characters, including only letters, numbers, hyphens (-), and underscores (_). The connection name must be unique.
                            
+
                            Connection name. The name contains a maximum of 100 characters, including only letters, numbers, hyphens (-), and underscores (_). The connection name must be unique.
                            
                             		
 
                            type
                            
+
                            type
                            
 
                            Yes
                            
+
                            Yes
                            
 
                            String
                            
+
                            String
                            
 
                            Connection type.
                            
+
                            Connection type.
                            
 
                            • DWS
                            • DLI
                            • SparkSQL
                            • HIVE
                            • RDS
                            • CloudTable
                            • HOST
                            
                             		
 
                            config
                            
+
                            config
                            
 
                            No
                            
+
                            No
                            
 
                            Map<String,String>
                            
+
                            Map<String,String>
                            
 
                            Connection configuration item. The configuration item varies with the connection type. You do not need to set the config parameter for DLI connections. For other types of connections, see the description of connection configuration items.
                            
+
                            Connection configuration item. The configuration item varies with the connection type. You do not need to set the config parameter for DLI connections. For other types of connections, see the description of connection configuration items.
                            
                             		
 
                            description
                            
+
                            description
                            
 
                            No
                            
+
                            No
                            
 
                            String
                            
+
                            String
                            
 
                            Description of the connection. The description contains a maximum of 255 characters.
                            
+
                            Description of the connection. The description contains a maximum of 255 characters.
                            
                             		
 
                            
                             
 
                            
 
                            
 
                            
-
                            Example
                            Query connection details.
                            
-
                            • Request
                              GET /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/connections/connection1
                              
-
                            
+
                            Example Request
                            Query connection details.
                            GET /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/connections/connection1
                            
 
                            
-
                            • Success response
                              HTTP status code 200
                              
+
                            
+
                            Example Response
                            • Success response
                              HTTP status code 200
                              
 
                              {
     "name":"connection1",
     "type":"DWS",
@@ -139,12 +140,13 @@
     "error_msg":"The data connection does not exist."
 }
                              
 
                            
+
                            
 
                            Status Codes
                            See Status Codes.
                            
 
                            
 
                            
 
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0053.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0053.html
index 7753b3c0..fb7afd8f 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0053.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0053.html
@@ -1,71 +1,73 @@
 
 
-
                            Editing a Connection
                            
-
                            Function
                            This API is used to edit a connection.
                            
+
                            Editing a Connection (to Be Taken Offline)
                            
+
                             
                            The connection management capability is provided by Management Center. APIs of Management Center are recommended.
                            
+
                            
+
                            Function
                            This API is used to edit a connection.
                            
 
                            
 
                            URI
                            • URI format
                              PUT /v1/{project_id}/connections/{connection_name}?ischeck=true
                              
 
                            
 
                            
 
                            • Parameter description
-
                              Table 1 URI parameters
                              Parameter
                              
+
                              
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                              Table 1 URI parameters
                              Parameter
                              
 
                              Mandatory
                              
+
                              Mandatory
                              
 
                              Type
                              
+
                              Type
                              
 
                              Description
                              
+
                              Description
                              
                               		
 
                              
 
                              project_id
                              
+
                              project_id
                              
 
                              Yes
                              
+
                              Yes
                              
 
                              String
                              
+
                              String
                              
 
                              Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                              
+
                              Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                              
                               		
 
                              connection_name
                              
+
                              connection_name
                              
 
                              Yes
                              
+
                              Yes
                              
 
                              String
                              
+
                              String
                              
 
                              Name of a connection.
                              
+
                              Name of a connection.
                              
                               		
 
                              ischeck
                              
+
                              ischeck
                              
 
                              No
                              
+
                              No
                              
 
                              String
                              
+
                              String
                              
 
                              Indicates whether to perform check. The default value is No.
                              
+
                              Indicates whether to perform check. The default value is No.
                              
                               		
 
                              
                               
 
                              
 
                              
 
-
                              Request
                              
-
                              Table 2 Request header parameter
                              Parameter
                              
+
                              Request Parameters
                              
+
                              
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
@@ -73,61 +75,60 @@
 
                              Table 2 Request header parameter
                              Parameter
                              
 
                              Mandatory
                              
+
                              Mandatory
                              
 
                              Type
                              
+
                              Type
                              
 
                              Description
                              
+
                              Description
                              
                               		
 
                              
 
                              workspace
                              
+
                              workspace
                              
 
                              No
                              
+
                              No
                              
 
                              String
                              
+
                              String
                              
 
                              Workspace ID.
                              
+
                              Workspace ID.
                              
 
                              • If this parameter is not set, data in the default workspace is queried by default.
                              • To query data in other workspaces, this header must be carried.
                              
                               		
 
                              
 
                              
 
-
                              Table 3 Connection parameters
                              Parameter
                              
+
                              
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                              Table 3 Connection parameters
                              Parameter
                              
 
                              Mandatory
                              
+
                              Mandatory
                              
 
                              Type
                              
+
                              Type
                              
 
                              Description
                              
+
                              Description
                              
                               		
 
                              
 
                              name
                              
+
                              name
                              
 
                              Yes
                              
+
                              Yes
                              
 
                              String
                              
+
                              String
                              
 
                              Connection name. The name contains a maximum of 100 characters, including only letters, numbers, hyphens (-), and underscores (_). The connection name must be unique.
                              
+
                              Connection name. The name contains a maximum of 100 characters, including only letters, numbers, hyphens (-), and underscores (_). The connection name must be unique.
                              
                               		
 
                              type
                              
+
                              type
                              
 
                              Yes
                              
+
                              Yes
                              
 
                              String
                              
+
                              String
                              
 
                              Connection type.
                              
+
                              Connection type.
                              
 
                              • DWS
                              • DLI
                              • SparkSQL
                              • HIVE
                              • RDS
                              • CloudTable
                              • HOST
                              
                               		
 
                              config
                              
+
                              config
                              
 
                              No
                              
+
                              No
                              
 
                              Map<String,String>
                              
+
                              Map<String,String>
                              
 
                              Connection configuration item. The configuration item varies with the connection type. You do not need to set the config parameter for DLI connections. For other types of connections, see the description of connection configuration items.
                              
+
                              Connection configuration item. The configuration item varies with the connection type. You do not need to set the config parameter for DLI connections. For other types of connections, see the description of connection configuration items.
                              
                               		
 
                              description
                              
+
                              description
                              
 
                              No
                              
+
                              No
                              
 
                              String
                              
+
                              String
                              
 
                              Description of the connection. The description contains a maximum of 255 characters.
                              
+
                              Description of the connection. The description contains a maximum of 255 characters.
                              
                               		
 
                              
                               
 
                              
 
                              
 
-
                              Response
                              None.
                              
+
                              Response Parameters
                              None.
                              
 
                              
-
                              Example
                              Modify a connection.
                              
-
                              • Request
                                PUT /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/connections/connection1?ischeck=true
+
                                Example Request
                                Modify a connection.
                                PUT /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/connections/connection1?ischeck=true
 {
     "name":"connection1",
     "type":"DWS",
@@ -140,21 +141,22 @@
 	    "sslEnable":false
     }
 }
                                
-
                              
 
                              
-
                              • Success response
                                HTTP status code 204
                                
+
                              
+
                              Example Response
                              • Success response
                                HTTP status code 204
                                
 
                              • Failure response
                                HTTP status code 400
                                
 
                                {
     "error_code":"DLF.6322",
     "error_msg":"The data connection does not exist."
 }
                                
 
                              
+
                              
 
                              Status Codes
                              See Status Codes.
                              
 
                              
 
 
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0054.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0054.html
index 6c21e9d9..337c929b 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0054.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0054.html
@@ -1,62 +1,64 @@
 
 
-
                              Deleting a Connection
                              
-
                              Function
                              This API is used to delete a connection.
                              
+
                              Deleting a Connection (to Be Taken Offline)
                              
+
                               
                              The connection management capability is provided by Management Center. APIs of Management Center are recommended.
                              
+
                              
+
                              Function
                              This API is used to delete a connection.
                              
 
                              
 
                              URI
                              • URI format
                                DELETE /v1/{project_id}/connections/{connection_name}
                                
 
                              
 
                              
 
                              • Parameter description
-
                                
-
-
-
-
                                Table 1 URI parameters
                                Parameter
                                
+
                                
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                Table 1 URI parameters
                                Parameter
                                
 
                                Mandatory
                                
+
                                Mandatory
                                
 
                                Type
                                
+
                                Type
                                
 
                                Description
                                
+
                                Description
                                
                                 		
 
                                
 
                                project_id
                                
+
                                project_id
                                
 
                                Yes
                                
+
                                Yes
                                
 
                                String
                                
+
                                String
                                
 
                                Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                
+
                                Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                
                                 		
 
                                connection_name
                                
+
                                connection_name
                                
 
                                Yes
                                
+
                                Yes
                                
 
                                String
                                
+
                                String
                                
 
                                Name of a connection.
                                
+
                                Name of a connection.
                                
                                 		
 
                                
                                 
 
                                
 
                                
 
-
                                Request
                                
-
                                
-
-
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
 
-
                                Request
                                
+
                                Request Parameters
                                
 
                                Table 2 Request header parameter
                                Parameter
                                
+
                                Request Parameters
                                
+
                                
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
@@ -64,18 +66,18 @@
 
                                Table 2 Request header parameter
                                Parameter
                                
 
                                Mandatory
                                
+
                                Mandatory
                                
 
                                Type
                                
+
                                Type
                                
 
                                Description
                                
+
                                Description
                                
                                 		
 
                                
 
                                workspace
                                
+
                                workspace
                                
 
                                No
                                
+
                                No
                                
 
                                String
                                
+
                                String
                                
 
                                Workspace ID.
                                
+
                                Workspace ID.
                                
 
                                • If this parameter is not set, data in the default workspace is queried by default.
                                • To query data in other workspaces, this header must be carried.
                                
                                 		
 
                                
 
                                
 
                                
-
                                Response
                                None.
                                
+
                                Response Parameters
                                None.
                                
 
                                
-
                                Example
                                Delete the connection.
                                
-
                                • Request
                                  DELETE /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/connections/connection1
                                  
-
                                
+
                                Example Request
                                Delete the connection.
                                DELETE /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/connections/connection1
                                
+
                                
+
                                
+
                                Example Response
                                Success response
                                
+
                                HTTP status code 204
                                
 
                                
-
                                • Success response
                                  HTTP status code 204
                                  
-
                                
 
                                
 
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0055.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0055.html
index 222fb540..dbc08251 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0055.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0055.html
@@ -1,53 +1,55 @@
 
 
-
                                Exporting a Connection
                                
-
                                Function
                                This API is used to export all connection information that is compressed in ZIP format.
                                
+
                                Exporting Connections (to Be Taken Offline)
                                
+
                                 
                                The connection management capability is provided by Management Center. APIs of Management Center are recommended.
                                
+
                                
+
                                Function
                                This API is used to export all connection information that is compressed in ZIP format.
                                
 
                                
 
                                URI
                                • URI format
                                  POST /v1/{project_id}/connections/export
                                  
 
                                
 
                                
 
                                • Parameter description
-
                                  
-
-
                                  Table 1 URI parameter
                                  Parameter
                                  
+
                                  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                  Table 1 URI parameter
                                  Parameter
                                  
 
                                  Mandatory
                                  
+
                                  Mandatory
                                  
 
                                  Type
                                  
+
                                  Type
                                  
 
                                  Description
                                  
+
                                  Description
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
 
                                  project_id
                                  
+
                                  project_id
                                  
 
                                  Yes
                                  
+
                                  Yes
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                  
+
                                  Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
                                   
 
                                  
 
                                  
 
-
                                  Request
                                  
-
                                  
-
-
                                  Table 2 Request header parameter
                                  Parameter
                                  
+
                                  Request Parameters
                                  
+
                                  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
@@ -55,16 +57,15 @@
 
                                  Table 2 Request header parameter
                                  Parameter
                                  
 
                                  Mandatory
                                  
+
                                  Mandatory
                                  
 
                                  Type
                                  
+
                                  Type
                                  
 
                                  Description
                                  
+
                                  Description
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
 
                                  workspace
                                  
+
                                  workspace
                                  
 
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Workspace ID.
                                  
+
                                  Workspace ID.
                                  
 
                                  • If this parameter is not set, data in the default workspace is queried by default.
                                  • To query data in other workspaces, this header must be carried.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
 
                                  
 
                                  
-
                                  Response
                                  The value of Content-Type in the response message is application/octet-stream that needs to be converted into a file. For details, see Parsing a Stream in a Response Message. Response messages are compressed as a file. The file name format is DLF_All_DataConnections.zip. The file directory is as follows:
                                  
+
                                  Response Parameters
                                  The value of Content-Type in the response message is application/octet-stream that needs to be converted into a file. For details, see Parsing a Stream in a Response Message. Response messages are compressed as a file. The file name format is DLF_All_DataConnections.zip. The file directory is as follows:
                                  
 
                                  connections
 ├─{dwsConnection}.conn
                                  
 
                                  
 
                                  
-
                                  Example
                                  Export a connection.
                                  
-
                                  • Request
                                    POST /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/connections/export
                                    
-
                                  
+
                                  Example Request
                                  Export a connection.
                                  POST /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/connections/export
                                  
 
                                  
-
                                  • Success response
                                    HTTP status code 200
                                    
+
                                  
+
                                  Example Response
                                  • Success response
                                    HTTP status code 200
                                    
 
                                    Response messages are compressed as a file. The file directory is as follows:
 connections
 ├─{dwsConnection}.conn
                                    
@@ -74,12 +75,13 @@ connections
     "error_msg":"The data connection does not exist."
 }
 
                                  
+
                                  
 
                                  Status Codes
                                  See Status Codes.
                                  
 
                                  
 
                                  
 
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0056.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0056.html
index 2b756167..452cfcf4 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0056.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0056.html
@@ -4,6 +4,16 @@
 
                                  
 
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0057.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0057.html
index 4138d2ed..7cf365a1 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0057.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0057.html
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 
 
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                  
+
                                  Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
 
                                  script_name
                                  
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
 
 
 
-
                                  Request
                                  
+
                                  Request Parameters
                                  
 
                                  Table 2 Request header parameter
                                  Parameter
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  Mandatory
                                  
@@ -63,14 +63,72 @@
 
 
                                  
 
                                  
+
+
                                  
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                  Table 3 Parameters
                                  Parameter
                                  
+
                                  Mandatory
                                  
+
                                  Type
                                  
+
                                  Description
                                  
+
                                  approvers
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  List<JobApprover>
                                  
+
                                  Script approver. This parameter is required if the review function is enabled. For details, see Table 4.
                                  
+
                                  
 
                                  
-
                                  Response
                                  None.
                                  
+
+
                                  
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                  Table 4 Approver attributes
                                  Parameter
                                  
+
                                  Mandatory
                                  
+
                                  Type
                                  
+
                                  Description
                                  
+
                                  approverName
                                  
+
                                  Yes
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  Approver name
                                  
+
                                  
 
                                  
-
                                  Example
                                  • Request
                                    DELETE /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/scripts/echoTime
                                    
-
                                  
-
                                  • Success response
                                    HTTP status code 204
                                    
-
                                  • Failure response
                                    HTTP status code 400
                                    
-
                                    {
+
                                  
+
                                  Response Parameters
                                  None.
                                  
+
                                  
+
                                  Example Request
                                  DELETE /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/scripts/echoTime
                                  
+
                                  
+
                                  Delete a script when the review function is enabled.
                                  
+
                                  DELETE /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/scripts/echoTime
+{
+  "approvers": [
+    {
+      "approverName": "userName1"
+    },
+    {
+      "approverName": "userName2"
+    }
+  ]
+}
                                  
+
                                  Example Response
                                  • Success response
                                    HTTP status code 204
                                    
+
                                  • Failure response
                                    HTTP status code 400
                                    
+
                                    {
     "error_code":"DLF.6201",
     "error_msg":"The script does not exist."
 }
                                    
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0058.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0058.html
index 5e55e0ce..b2d2323a 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0058.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0058.html
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
 
                                  		
 
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                  
+
                                  Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
 
                                  script_name
                                  
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
 
                                  
 
                                  
 
-
                                  Request
                                  
+
                                  Request Parameters
                                  
 
                                  
-
                                  Table 2 Request header parameter
                                  Parameter
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  Mandatory
                                  
@@ -80,16 +80,16 @@
 
 
                                  Object
                                  
 
                                  Script parameters of the Map<String,String> type. If a parameter is defined in the script, the parameter value is carried in the params. By default, this parameter is left blank.
                                  
+
                                  Script parameters of the Map<String,String> type. If a parameter is defined in the script, the parameter value is carried in the params.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
 
 
                                  
 
                                  
 
                                  Script parameters refer to the parameters in the script content, as shown in the following figure.
                                  
-
                                  
+
                                  
 
                                  
-
                                  Response
                                  
+
                                  Response Parameters
                                  
 
                                  Table 4 Response parameters
                                  Parameter
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  Mandatory
                                  
@@ -113,17 +113,16 @@
 
                                  
 
                                  
 
                                  
-
                                  Example
                                  • Request
                                    POST /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/scripts/dws_sql/execute
                                    
-
                                    {
-"params":{"tableVar":"citys",
-"time":"2019-07-25"}
+
                                    Example Request
                                    Run the dws_sql script. In the script, the value of tableVar is citys, and the value of time is 2019-07-25.
                                    
+
                                    POST /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/scripts/dws_sql/execute
+{
+    "params": {
+        "tableVar": "citys",
+        "time": "2019-07-25"
+    }
 }
                                    
-
                                  
 
                                  
-
                                  • Success response
                                    HTTP status code 200
                                    
-
                                    {
-"instanceId": "a1ad-448a-9d56-4154193d49c5"
-}
                                    
+
                                    Example Response
                                    • Success response
                                      HTTP status code 200
                                      
 
                                    
 
                                    • Failure response
                                      HTTP status code 400
                                      
 
                                      {
@@ -131,6 +130,7 @@
     "error_msg":"The script does not exist."
 }
                                      
 
                                    
+
                                    
 
                                    Status Codes
                                    See Status Codes.
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                  
@@ -140,3 +140,10 @@
 
                                  
 
                                  
 
+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0059.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0059.html
index 319e8cd4..19afca03 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0059.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0059.html
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
 
 
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                  
+
                                  Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
 
                                  script_name
                                  
@@ -41,14 +41,14 @@
                                   		
 
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  ID of the script instance.
                                  
+
                                  Script instance ID. For details about how to obtain the ID, see the response parameters in Executing a Script.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
 
 
                                  
 
                                  
 
                                
-
                                Request
                                
+
                                Request Parameters
                                
 
                                Table 2 Request header parameter
                                Parameter
                                
                                 		
 
                                Mandatory
                                
@@ -73,18 +73,18 @@
 
                                
 
                                
 
                                
-
                                Response
                                None.
                                
+
                                Response Parameters
                                None.
                                
 
                                
-
                                Example
                                • Request
                                  POST /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/scripts/dwsscript/instances/a1ad-448a-9d56-4154193d49c5/stop
                                  
-
                                
+
                                Example Request
                                POST /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/scripts/dwsscript/instances/a1ad-448a-9d56-4154193d49c5/stop
                                
 
                                
-
                                • Success response
                                  HTTP status code 204
                                  
+
                                  Example Response
                                  • Success response
                                    HTTP status code 204
                                    
 
                                  • Failure response
                                    HTTP status code 400
                                    
 
                                    {
     "error_code":"DLF.6205",
     "error_msg":"The script running history does not exist."
 }
                                    
 
                                  
+
                                  
 
                                  Status Codes
                                  See Status Codes.
                                  
 
                                  
 
                                
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0060.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0060.html
index bb0abcd8..77428bb4 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0060.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0060.html
@@ -4,12 +4,20 @@
 
                                
 
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0061.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0061.html
index 2a66c4ac..e466d030 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0061.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0061.html
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 
 
                                String
                                
 
                                Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                
+
                                Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                
                                 		
 
                                
 
                                resource_id
                                
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
 
 
 
-
                                Request
                                
+
                                Request Parameters
                                
 
                                Table 2 Request header parameter
                                Parameter
                                
                                 		
 
                                Mandatory
                                
@@ -65,13 +65,13 @@
 
                                
 
                                
 
                                
-
                                Response
                                None.
                                
+
                                Response Parameters
                                None.
                                
 
                                
-
                                Example
                                • Request
                                  DELETE /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/resources/3624d1c3-5df5-4f20-9af9-98eadad6c5f9
                                  
-
                                
-
                                		
 
                                String
                                
 
                                Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                
+
                                Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                
                                 		
 
                                
 
 
 
                                Table 2 Request parameters
                                Parameter
                                
                                 		
 
                                Mandatory
                                
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@
 
                                
 
                                
 
                                
-
                                Response
                                
+
                                Response Parameters
                                
 
                                
-
@@ -160,13 +160,13 @@
 
                                Table 3 Response parameters
                                Parameter
                                
                                 		
 
                                Mandatory
                                
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
 
 
                                String
                                
 
                                Path of the job.
                                
+
                                Path of the job
                                
                                 		
 
                                
 
                                
 
                                
 
                                
-
                                Example
                                View the parameter definitions in the job file on OBS.
                                
-
                                • Request
                                  POST /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/jobs/check-file
+
                                  Example Request
                                  Query the parameter definitions in the job file on OBS. The OBS path of the job definition file is obs://aaaaa/DLF_myJob.zip.
                                  POST /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/jobs/check-file
 {
 "path": "obs://aaaaa/DLF_myJob.zip"
 }
                                  
-
                                
-
                                • Success response
                                  {
+
                                
+
                                
+
                                Example Response
                                • Success response
                                  {
     "jobs":[
         {
             "name":"test",
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0064.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0064.html
index e01852a9..eb2eb9ee 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0064.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0064.html
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 
 
                                String
                                
 
                                Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                
+
                                Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                
                                 		
 
                                
 
                                job_name
                                
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
 
 
 
-
                                Request
                                
+
                                Request Parameters
                                
 
                                Table 2 Request header parameter
                                Parameter
                                
                                 		
 
                                Mandatory
                                
@@ -64,12 +64,12 @@
 
                                
 
                                
 
                                
-
                                Response
                                None.
                                
+
                                Response Parameters
                                None.
                                
 
                                
-
                                Example
                                Stops job myJob.
                                
-
                                • Request
                                  POST /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/jobs/myJob/stop
                                  
-
                                
-
                                • Success response
                                  HTTP status code 204
                                  
+
                                  Example Request
                                  Stops job myJob.
                                  POST /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/jobs/myJob/stop
                                  
+
                                  
+
                                  
+
                                  Example Response
                                  • Success response
                                    HTTP status code 204
                                    
 
                                  • Failure response
                                    HTTP status code 400
                                    
 
                                    {
     "error_code":"DLF.0100",
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0065.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0065.html
index 83c43ad3..06f08958 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0065.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0065.html
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 
                                		
 
                                String
                                
 
                                Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                
+
                                Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                
                                 		
 
                                
 
                                job_name
                                
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
 
 
 
-
                                Request
                                
+
                                Request Parameters
                                
 
                                Table 2 Request header parameter
                                Parameter
                                
                                 		
 
                                Mandatory
                                
@@ -63,12 +63,70 @@
 
 
                                
 
                                
+
+
                                
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                Table 3 Parameters
                                Parameter
                                
+
                                Mandatory
                                
+
                                Type
                                
+
                                Description
                                
+
                                approvers
                                
+
                                No
                                
+
                                List<JobApprover>
                                
+
                                Job approver. This parameter is required if the review function is enabled. For details, see Table 4.
                                
+
                                
 
                                
-
                                Response
                                None.
                                
+
+
                                
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                Table 4 Approver attributes
                                Parameter
                                
+
                                Mandatory
                                
+
                                Type
                                
+
                                Description
                                
+
                                approverName
                                
+
                                Yes
                                
+
                                String
                                
+
                                Approver name
                                
+
                                
 
                                
-
                                Example
                                • Request
                                  DELETE /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/jobs/joba
                                  
-
                                
-
                                • Response
                                  HTTP status code 204
                                  
+
                                
+
                                Response Parameters
                                None.
                                
+
                                
+
                                Example Request
                                DELETE /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/jobs/joba
                                
+
                                
+
                                Delete a job when the review function is enabled.
                                
+
                                DELETE /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/jobs/joba
+{
+  "approvers": [
+    {
+      "approverName": "userName1"
+    },
+    {
+      "approverName": "userName2"
+    }
+  ]
+}
                                
+
                                Example Response
                                • Response
                                  HTTP status code 204
                                  
 
                                • Failure response
                                  HTTP status code 400
                                  
 
                                  {
     "error_code":"DLF.0100",
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0066.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0066.html
index bf6f20ff..198553fa 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0066.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0066.html
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 
                                		
 
                                String
                                
 
                                Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                
+
                                Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                
                                 		
 
                                
 
                                job_name
                                
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@
 
 
 
-
                                Request
                                
+
                                Request Parameters
                                
 
                                Table 2 Request header parameter
                                Parameter
                                
                                 		
 
                                Mandatory
                                
@@ -73,18 +73,17 @@
 
                                
 
                                
 
                                
-
                                Response
                                None.
                                
+
                                Response Parameters
                                None.
                                
 
                                
-
                                Example
                                • Request
                                  POST /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/jobs/job_batch/instances/34765/stop
                                  
-
                                
-
                                • Success response
                                  HTTP status code 204
                                  
-
                                  • Failure response
                                    HTTP status code 400
                                    
+
                                    Example Request
                                    POST /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/jobs/job_batch/instances/34765/stop
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    Example Response
                                    • Success response
                                      HTTP status code 204
                                      
+
                                    • Failure response
                                      HTTP status code 400
                                      
 
                                      {
     "error_code":"DLF.0137",
     "error_msg":"Job instance does not exist."
 }
                                      
 
                                    
-
                                  
 
                                
 
                                
 
                                
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0067.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0067.html
index 6b976152..efb1fe2c 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0067.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0067.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
-
                                Restarting a Job Instance
                                
-
                                Function
                                This API is used to restart a specific job instance. A job instance can be restarted only when it is in the successful, failed, or canceled state.
                                
+
                                Retrying a Job Instance
                                
+
                                Function
                                This API is used to retry a specific job instance. A job instance can be retried only when it is in the successful, failed, or canceled state.
                                
 
                                
 
                                URI
                                • URI format
                                  POST /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{job_name}/instances/{instance_id}/restart
                                  
 
                                
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 
                                		
 
                                String
                                
 
                                Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                
+
                                Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                
                                 		
 
                                
 
                                job_name
                                
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@
 
 
 
-
                                Request
                                
+
                                Request Parameters
                                
 
                                Table 2 Request header parameter
                                Parameter
                                
                                 		
 
                                Mandatory
                                
@@ -73,18 +73,17 @@
 
                                
 
                                
 
                                
-
                                Response
                                None.
                                
+
                                Response Parameters
                                None.
                                
 
                                
-
                                Example
                                • Request
                                  POST /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/jobs/job_batch/instances/34765/restart
                                  
-
                                
-
                                • Response
                                  HTTP status code 204
                                  
-
                                  • Failure response
                                    HTTP status code 400
                                    
+
                                    Example Request
                                    POST /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/jobs/job_batch/instances/34765/restart
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    Example Response
                                    • Success response
                                      HTTP status code 204
                                      
+
                                    • Failure response
                                      HTTP status code 400
                                      
 
                                      {
     "error_code":"DLF.0137",
     "error_msg":"Job instance does not exist."
 }
                                      
 
                                    
-
                                  
 
                                
 
                                
 
                                
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0082.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0082.html
deleted file mode 100644
index dd3302eb..00000000
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0082.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,127 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
                                Data Structure
                                
-
                                Table 1 describes common request headers.
                                
-
-
                                
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                Table 1 Common request header fields
                                Parameter
                                
-
                                Mandatory
                                
-
                                Type
                                
-
                                Description
                                
-
                                X-Sdk-Date
                                
-
                                Yes
                                
-
                                String
                                
-
                                Time when the request is sent. The time is in YYYYMMDD'T'HHMMSS'Z' format.
                                
-
                                The value is the current GMT time of the system.
                                
-
                                Authorization
                                
-
                                Yes
                                
-
                                String
                                
-
                                Authentication information.
                                
-
                                The value can be obtained from the request signing result.
                                
-
                                For details, see AK/SK-based Authentication.
                                
-
                                Host
                                
-
                                Yes
                                
-
                                String
                                
-
                                Server information of the resource being requested. The value can be obtained from the URL of the service API. The value is in the format of hostname:port. If the port number is not specified, the default port is used. The default port number for HTTPS is 443.
                                
-
                                Content-type
                                
-
                                Yes
                                
-
                                String
                                
-
                                Request body MIME type.
                                
-
                                Content-Length
                                
-
                                No
                                
-
                                Int
                                
-
                                Size of the request body, measured in bytes.
                                
-
                                Mandatory for POST and PUT requests, but must be left blank for GET requests.
                                
-
                                X-Project-Id
                                
-
                                No
                                
-
                                String
                                
-
                                Project ID used to obtain a token for each project.
                                
-
                                X-Auth-Token
                                
-
                                No
                                
-
                                String
                                
-
                                User token.
                                
-
                                This parameter is mandatory for authentication using tokens.
                                
-
                                
-
                                
-
                                Table 2 describes common response headers.
                                
-
-
                                
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                Table 2 Common response headers
                                Parameter
                                
-
                                Type
                                
-
                                Description
                                
-
                                Content-Length
                                
-
                                Int
                                
-
                                Length of the response body. The unit is byte.
                                
-
                                Date
                                
-
                                String
                                
-
                                Time when a response is returned.
                                
-
                                Content-type
                                
-
                                String
                                
-
                                Request body MIME type.
                                
-
                                
-
                                
-
                                
-
                                
-
                                
-
                                Parent topic: DataArts Factory APIs
                                
-
                                
-
                                
-
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0083.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0083.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 2a3665ef..00000000
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0083.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-  
                                APIs to Be Taken Offline
                                
-
-  
                                
-
                                
-
-
-
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0084.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0084.html
index 19c0edd6..1df27b7d 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0084.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0084.html
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 
                                URI
                                • URI format
                                  POST /v1/{project_id}/jobs
                                  
 
                                
 
                                • Parameter description
-
                                  Table 1 URI parameter
                                  Parameter
                                  
+
                                  
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 
-
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
 
-
                                  Request
                                  
+
                                  Request Parameters
                                  
 
                                  Table 1 URI parameters
                                  Parameter
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  Mandatory
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                  
+
                                  Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
 
 
 
                                  
@@ -107,7 +109,7 @@
 
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
@@ -159,7 +198,7 @@
 
-
-
-
-
@@ -301,7 +341,7 @@
 
-
-
@@ -342,7 +382,7 @@
 
-
-
@@ -424,7 +464,7 @@
 
                                  Table 2 Request header parameter
                                  Parameter
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  Mandatory
                                  
@@ -48,7 +48,9 @@
 
                                  String
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  Workspace ID.
                                  
-
                                  • If this parameter is not set, data in the default workspace is queried by default.
                                  • To query data in other workspaces, this header must be carried.
                                  
+
                                  • If this parameter is not set, data in the default workspace is queried by default.
                                  • To query data in other workspaces, this header must be carried.
                                     NOTE: 
                                    • You need to specify a workspace for multiple DataArts Studio instances.
                                    • This parameter is mandatory if no default workspace is available. Otherwise, an error is reported.
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
 
 
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Directory for saving the job. The value must be an existing directory, for example, /dir/a/. The default value is the root directory.
                                  
+
                                  Path of a job in the directory tree. If the directory of the path does not exist during job creation, a directory is automatically created in the root directory /, for example, /dir/a/.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
 
                                  processType
                                  
@@ -120,13 +122,50 @@
 
                                  • REAL_TIME: real-time processing
                                  • BATCH: batch processing
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  lastUpdateUser
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  User who last updated the job
                                  
+
                                  logPath
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  OBS path for storing job run logs
                                  
+
                                  
 
                                  basicConfig
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  No
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  BasicConfig data structure
                                  
 
                                  Basic job information. For details, see Table 26.
                                  
+
                                  Basic job information. For details, see Table 28.
                                  
+
                                  targetStatus
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  This parameter is required if the review function is enabled. It indicates the target status of the job. The value can be SAVED, SUBMITTED, or PRODUCTION.
                                  
+
                                  • SAVED indicates that the job is saved but cannot be scheduled or executed. It can be executed only after submitted and approved.
                                  • SUBMITTED indicates that the job is automatically submitted after it is saved and can be executed after it is approved.
                                  • PRODUCTION indicates that the job can be directly executed after it is created. Note: Only the workspace administrator can create jobs in the PRODUCTION state.
                                  
+
                                  approvers
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  List<JobApprover>
                                  
+
                                  Job approver. This parameter is required if the review function is enabled. For details, see Table 31.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  Node type. The options are as follows:
                                  
-
                                  • Hive SQL: Runs Hive SQL scripts.
                                  • Spark SQL: Runs Spark SQL scripts.
                                  • DWS SQL: Runs DWS SQL scripts.
                                  • DLISQL: Runs DLI SQL scripts.
                                  • Shell: Runs shell SQL scripts.
                                  • CDM Job: Runs CDM jobs.
                                  • CloudTable Manager: Manages CloudTable tables, including creating and deleting tables.
                                  • OBS Manager: Manages OBS paths, including creating and deleting paths.
                                  • RESTAPI: Sends REST API requests.
                                  • SMN: Sends short messages or emails.
                                  • MRS Spark: Runs Spark jobs of MRS.
                                  • MapReduce: Runs MapReduce jobs of MRS.
                                  • DLI Spark: Runs Spark jobs of DLF.
                                  • RDS SQL: Transfers SQL statements to RDS for execution.
                                  
+
                                  • Hive SQL: Runs Hive SQL scripts.
                                  • Spark SQL: Runs Spark SQL scripts.
                                  • DWS SQL: Runs DWS SQL scripts.
                                  • DLI SQL: Runs DLI SQL scripts.
                                  • Shell: Runs shell SQL scripts.
                                  • CDM Job: Runs CDM jobs.
                                  • CloudTable Manager: Manages CloudTable tables, including creating and deleting tables.
                                  • OBS Manager: Manages OBS paths, including creating and deleting paths.
                                  • RESTAPI: Sends REST API requests.
                                  • SMN: Sends short messages or emails.
                                  • MRS Spark: Runs Spark jobs of MRS.
                                  • MapReduce: Runs MapReduce jobs of MRS.
                                  • MRS Flink: Runs Flink jobs of MRS.
                                  • MRS HetuEngine: Runs HetuEngine jobs of MRS.
                                  • DLI Spark: Runs Spark jobs of DLF.
                                  • RDS SQL: Transfers SQL statements to RDS for execution.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
 
                                  location
                                  
@@ -193,10 +232,11 @@
                                   		
 
                                  Yes
                                  
 
                                  List
                                  
+
                                  List<Property>
                                  
 
                                  Node property. Each type of node has its own property definition.
                                  
-
+
                                  Node properties. For details, see Table 14.
                                  
+
                                  Each type of node has its own property definition.
                                  
+
                                   		
 
                                  
 
                                  pollingInterval
                                  
@@ -259,7 +299,7 @@
                                   		
 
                                  Event data structure
                                  
 
                                  Node event triggering configuration. For details, see Table 10.
                                  
+
                                  Event trigger for the real-time job node. For details, see Table 11.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
 
                                  cronTrigger
                                  
@@ -268,7 +308,7 @@
                                   		
 
                                  Cron data structure
                                  
 
                                  Node Cron triggering configuration. For details, see Table 9.
                                  
+
                                  Cron trigger for the real-time job node. For details, see Table 9.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
 
 
                                  Data structure
                                  
 
                                  When type is set to CRON, configure the scheduling frequency and start time. For details, see Table 9.
                                  
+
                                  When type is set to CRON, configure the scheduling frequency and start time. For details, see Table 10.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
 
                                  event
                                  
@@ -310,7 +350,7 @@
                                   		
 
                                  Data structure
                                  
 
                                  When type is set to EVENT, configure information such as the event source. For details, see Table 10.
                                  
+
                                  When type is set to EVENT, configure information such as the event source. For details, see Table 11.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
 
 
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Value of the parameter. It cannot exceed 1024 characters.
                                  
+
                                  Value of the parameter. It cannot exceed 1,024 characters.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
 
                                  type
                                  
@@ -351,7 +391,7 @@
                                   		
 
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Parameter type.
                                  
+
                                  Parameter type
                                  
 
                                  • variable
                                  • constants
                                    Default value: variable
                                    
 
                                  
 
                                  
 
                                  
 
-
                                  Table 9 Cron data structure description
                                  Parameter
                                  
+
                                  
@@ -452,23 +492,35 @@
 
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
+
+
+
+
+
                                  Table 9 CronTrigger data structure description
                                  Parameter
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  Mandatory
                                  
 
                                  Scheduling end time in the format of yyyy-MM-dd'T'HH:mm:ssZ, which is an ISO 8601 time format. For example, 2018-10-22T23:59:59+08, which indicates that a job stops to be scheduled at 23:59:59 on October 22nd, 2018. If the end time is not set, the job will continuously be executed based on the scheduling period.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  expression
                                  
+
                                  expression
                                  
+
                                  Yes
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  Cron expression in the format of <second><minute><hour><day><month><week>. For details about the value input in each field, see Table 12.
                                  
+
                                  expressionTimeZone
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  Time zone corresponding to the Cron expression, for example, GMT+8.
                                  
+
                                  Default value: time zone where DataArts Studio is located
                                  
+
                                  period
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  Yes
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Cron expression in the format of <second><minute><hour><day><month><week>. For details about the value input in each field, see Table 11.
                                  
-
                                  expressionTimeZone
                                  
-
                                  No
                                  
-
                                  String
                                  
-
                                  Time zone corresponding to the Cron expression, for example, GMT+8.
                                  
-
                                  Default value: time zone where DataArts Studio is located
                                  
+
                                  
+
                                  Job execution interval consisting of a time and time unit
                                  
+
                                  Example: 1 hours, 1 days, 1 weeks, 1 months
                                  
+
                                  The value must match the value of expression.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
 
                                  dependPrePeriod
                                  
@@ -487,52 +539,145 @@
                                   		
 
                                  DependJobs data structure
                                  
 
                                  Job dependency configuration. For details, see Table 12.
                                  
+
                                  Job dependency configuration. For details, see Table 13.
                                  
+
                                  concurrent
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  Integer
                                  
+
                                  Number of concurrent executions allowed
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
 
 
                                  
 
                                  
 
-
                                  Table 10 Event data structure description
                                  Parameter
                                  
+
                                  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                  Table 10 Cron data structure description
                                  Parameter
                                  
 
                                  Mandatory
                                  
+
                                  Mandatory
                                  
 
                                  Type
                                  
+
                                  Type
                                  
 
                                  Description
                                  
+
                                  Description
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
 
                                  failPolicy
                                  
+
                                  startTime
                                  
 
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  Yes
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Job failure policy.
                                  
+
                                  Scheduling start time in the format of yyyy-MM-dd'T'HH:mm:ssZ, which is an ISO 8601 time format. For example, 2018-10-22T23:59:59+08, which indicates that a job starts to be scheduled at 23:59:59 on October 22nd, 2018.
                                  
+
                                  endTime
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  Scheduling end time in the format of yyyy-MM-dd'T'HH:mm:ssZ, which is an ISO 8601 time format. For example, 2018-10-22T23:59:59+08, which indicates that a job stops to be scheduled at 23:59:59 on October 22nd, 2018. If the end time is not set, the job will continuously be executed based on the scheduling period.
                                  
+
                                  expression
                                  
+
                                  Yes
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  Cron expression in the format of <second><minute><hour><day><month><week>. For details about the value input in each field, see Table 12.
                                  
+
                                  expressionTimeZone
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  Time zone corresponding to the Cron expression, for example, GMT+8.
                                  
+
                                  Default value: time zone where DataArts Studio is located
                                  
+
                                  dependPrePeriod
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  Boolean
                                  
+
                                  Indicates whether to depend on the execution result of the current job's dependent job in the previous scheduling period.
                                  
+
                                  Default value: false
                                  
+
                                  dependJobs
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  DependJobs data structure
                                  
+
                                  Job dependency configuration. For details, see Table 13.
                                  
+
                                  
+
                                  
+
+
                                  
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
@@ -541,111 +686,112 @@
 
                                  Table 11 Event data structure description
                                  Parameter
                                  
+
                                  Mandatory
                                  
+
                                  Type
                                  
+
                                  Description
                                  
+
                                  eventType
                                  
+
                                  Yes
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  Select the corresponding connection name and topic. When a new Kafka message is received, the job is triggered.
                                  
+
                                  Set this parameter to KAFKA.
                                  
+
                                  Event type. Currently, only newly reported data events from the DIS stream can be monitored. Each time a data record is reported, the job runs once.
                                  
+
                                  This parameter is set to DIS.
                                  
+
                                  Select the OBS path to be listened to. If new files exist in the path, scheduling is triggered. The path name can be referenced using variable Job.trigger.obsNewFiles. The prerequisite is that DIS notifications have been configured for the OBS path.
                                  
+
                                  Set this parameter to OBS.
                                  
+
                                  failPolicy
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  Job failure policy.
                                  
 
                                  • SUSPEND: Suspend the event.
                                  • IGNORE: Ignore the failure and process with the next event.
                                  
 
                                  Default value: SUSPEND
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  concurrent
                                  
+
                                  concurrent
                                  
 
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
 
                                  int
                                  
+
                                  int
                                  
 
                                  Number of the concurrently scheduled jobs. 
                                  
+
                                  Number of the concurrently scheduled jobs. 
                                  
 
                                  Value range: 1 to 128
                                  
 
                                  Default value: 1
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  readPolicy
                                  
+
                                  readPolicy
                                  
 
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Access policy.
                                  
+
                                  Access policy.
                                  
 
                                  • LAST: Access data from the last location.
                                  • NEW: Access data from a new location.
                                  
 
                                  Default value: LAST
                                  
 
                                  
 
                                  
 
-
                                  Table 11 Values in the Cron expression fields
                                  Field
                                  
+
                                  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                  Table 12 Values in the Cron expression fields
                                  Field
                                  
 
                                  Value Range
                                  
+
                                  Value Range
                                  
 
                                  Allowed Special Character
                                  
+
                                  Allowed Special Character
                                  
 
                                  Description
                                  
+
                                  Description
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
 
                                  Second
                                  
+
                                  Second
                                  
 
                                  0-59
                                  
+
                                  0-59
                                  
 
                                  , - * /
                                  
+
                                  , - * /
                                  
 
                                  In the current version, only 0 is allowed.
                                  
+
                                  In the current version, only 0 is allowed.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  Minute
                                  
+
                                  Minute
                                  
 
                                  0-59
                                  
+
                                  0-59
                                  
 
                                  , - * /
                                  
+
                                  , - * /
                                  
 
                                  -
                                  
+
                                  -
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  Hour
                                  
+
                                  Hour
                                  
 
                                  0-23
                                  
+
                                  0-23
                                  
 
                                  , - * /
                                  
+
                                  , - * /
                                  
 
                                  -
                                  
+
                                  -
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  Day
                                  
+
                                  Day
                                  
 
                                  1-31
                                  
+
                                  1-31
                                  
 
                                  , - * ? / L W C
                                  
+
                                  , - * ? / L W C
                                  
 
                                  -
                                  
+
                                  -
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  Month
                                  
+
                                  Month
                                  
 
                                  1-12
                                  
+
                                  1-12
                                  
 
                                  , - * /
                                  
+
                                  , - * /
                                  
 
                                  In the current version, only * is allowed.
                                  
+
                                  In the current version, only * is allowed.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  Week
                                  
+
                                  Week
                                  
 
                                  1-7
                                  
+
                                  1-7
                                  
 
                                  , - * ? / L C #
                                  
+
                                  , - * ? / L C #
                                  
 
                                  Starting from Sunday.
                                  
+
                                  Starting from Sunday.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
                                   
 
                                  
 
                                  
+
                                  
 
-
                                  Table 12 DependJobs data structure description
                                  Parameter
                                  
+
                                  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
@@ -654,278 +800,310 @@
 
                                  Table 13 DependJobs data structure description
                                  Parameter
                                  
 
                                  Mandatory
                                  
+
                                  Mandatory
                                  
 
                                  Type
                                  
+
                                  Type
                                  
 
                                  Description
                                  
+
                                  Description
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
 
                                  jobs
                                  
+
                                  jobs
                                  
 
                                  Yes
                                  
+
                                  Yes
                                  
 
                                  List<String>
                                  
+
                                  List<String>
                                  
 
                                  A list of dependent jobs. Only the existing jobs can be depended on.
                                  
+
                                  A list of dependent jobs. Only the existing jobs can be depended on.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  dependPeriod
                                  
+
                                  dependPeriod
                                  
 
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Dependency period.
                                  
+
                                  Dependency period.
                                  
 
                                  • SAME_PERIOD: To run a job or not depends on the execution result of its depended job in the current scheduling period.
                                  • PRE_PERIOD: To run a job or not depends on the execution result of its depended job in the previous scheduling period.
                                  
 
                                  Default value: SAME_PERIOD
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  dependFailPolicy
                                  
+
                                  dependFailPolicy
                                  
 
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Dependency job failure policy.
                                  
+
                                  Dependency job failure policy.
                                  
 
                                  • FAIL: Stop the job and set the job to the failed state.
                                  • IGNORE: Continue to run the job.
                                  • SUSPEND: Suspend the job.
                                  
 
                                  Default value: FAIL
                                  
 
                                  
 
                                  
 
-
                                  Table 13 Parameters of the Hive SQL node
                                  Parameter
                                  
+
                                  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
+
+
+
                                  Table 14 Property parameters
                                  Parameter
                                  
 
                                  Mandatory
                                  
+
                                  Mandatory
                                  
 
                                  Type
                                  
+
                                  Type
                                  
 
                                  Description
                                  
+
                                  Description
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
 
                                  scriptName
                                  
+
                                  name
                                  
 
                                  Yes
                                  
+
                                  Yes
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Script name.
                                  
+
                                  Property name
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  database
                                  
+
                                  value
                                  
 
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  Yes
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Database name.
                                  
+
                                  Property value
                                  
+
                                  
+
                                  
+
+
                                  
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                  Table 15 Parameters of the Hive SQL node
                                  Parameter
                                  
+
                                  Mandatory
                                  
+
                                  Type
                                  
+
                                  Description
                                  
+
                                  scriptName
                                  
+
                                  Yes
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  Script name.
                                  
+
                                  database
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  Database name.
                                  
 
                                  Database in the MRS Hive. The default value is default.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  connectionName
                                  
+
                                  connectionName
                                  
 
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Name of a connection.
                                  
+
                                  Name of a connection.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  scriptArgs
                                  
+
                                  scriptArgs
                                  
 
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Script parameter in format of key and value. Multiple parameters are separated by newlines (\n), for example, key1=value1\nkey2=value2.
                                  
+
                                  Script parameter in format of key and value. Multiple parameters are separated by newlines (\n), for example, key1=value1\nkey2=value2.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
                                   
 
                                  
 
                                  
 
-
                                  Table 14 Parameters of the Spark SQL node
                                  Parameter
                                  
+
                                  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                  Table 16 Parameters of the Spark SQL node
                                  Parameter
                                  
 
                                  Mandatory
                                  
+
                                  Mandatory
                                  
 
                                  Type
                                  
+
                                  Type
                                  
 
                                  Description
                                  
+
                                  Description
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
 
                                  scriptName
                                  
+
                                  scriptName
                                  
 
                                  Yes
                                  
+
                                  Yes
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Script name.
                                  
+
                                  Script name.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  database
                                  
+
                                  database
                                  
 
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Database name.
                                  
+
                                  Database name.
                                  
 
                                  Database in the MRS Spark SQL. The default value is default.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  connectionName
                                  
+
                                  connectionName
                                  
 
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Name of a connection.
                                  
+
                                  Name of a connection.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  scriptArgs
                                  
+
                                  scriptArgs
                                  
 
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Script parameter in format of key and value. Multiple parameters are separated by newlines (\n), for example, key1=value1\nkey2=value2.
                                  
+
                                  Script parameter in format of key and value. Multiple parameters are separated by newlines (\n), for example, key1=value1\nkey2=value2.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
                                   
 
                                  
 
                                  
 
-
                                  Table 15 Parameters of the DWS SQL node
                                  Parameter
                                  
+
                                  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                  Table 17 Parameters of the DWS SQL node
                                  Parameter
                                  
 
                                  Mandatory
                                  
+
                                  Mandatory
                                  
 
                                  Type
                                  
+
                                  Type
                                  
 
                                  Description
                                  
+
                                  Description
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
 
                                  scriptName
                                  
+
                                  scriptName
                                  
 
                                  Yes
                                  
+
                                  Yes
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Script name.
                                  
+
                                  Script name.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  database
                                  
+
                                  database
                                  
 
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Database name.
                                  
+
                                  Database name.
                                  
 
                                  Database in DWS. The default value is postgres.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  connectionName
                                  
+
                                  connectionName
                                  
 
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Name of a connection.
                                  
+
                                  Name of a connection.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  scriptArgs
                                  
+
                                  scriptArgs
                                  
 
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Script parameter in format of key and value. Multiple parameters are separated by newlines (\n), for example, key1=value1\nkey2=value2.
                                  
+
                                  Script parameter in format of key and value. Multiple parameters are separated by newlines (\n), for example, key1=value1\nkey2=value2.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
                                   
 
                                  
 
                                  
 
-
                                  Table 16 Parameters of the DLI SQL node
                                  Parameter
                                  
+
                                  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                  Table 18 Parameters of the DLI SQL node
                                  Parameter
                                  
 
                                  Mandatory
                                  
+
                                  Mandatory
                                  
 
                                  Type
                                  
+
                                  Type
                                  
 
                                  Description
                                  
+
                                  Description
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
 
                                  scriptName
                                  
+
                                  scriptName
                                  
 
                                  Yes
                                  
+
                                  Yes
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Script name.
                                  
+
                                  Script name.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  database
                                  
+
                                  database
                                  
 
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Database name.
                                  
+
                                  Database name.
                                  
 
                                  Database in DLI.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  connectionName
                                  
+
                                  connectionName
                                  
 
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Name of a connection.
                                  
+
                                  Name of a connection.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  scriptArgs
                                  
+
                                  scriptArgs
                                  
 
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Script parameter in format of key and value. Multiple parameters are separated by newlines (\n), for example, key1=value1\nkey2=value2.
                                  
+
                                  Script parameter in format of key and value. Multiple parameters are separated by newlines (\n), for example, key1=value1\nkey2=value2.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
                                   
 
                                  
 
                                  
 
-
                                  Table 17 Parameters of the shell node
                                  Parameter
                                  
+
                                  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                  Table 19 Parameters of the shell node
                                  Parameter
                                  
 
                                  Mandatory
                                  
+
                                  Mandatory
                                  
 
                                  Type
                                  
+
                                  Type
                                  
 
                                  Description
                                  
+
                                  Description
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
 
                                  scriptName
                                  
+
                                  scriptName
                                  
 
                                  Yes
                                  
+
                                  Yes
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Script name.
                                  
+
                                  Script name.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  connectionName
                                  
+
                                  connectionName
                                  
 
                                  Yes
                                  
+
                                  Yes
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Name of a connection.
                                  
+
                                  Name of a connection.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  arguments
                                  
+
                                  arguments
                                  
 
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Shell script parameter.
                                  
+
                                  Shell script parameter.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
                                   
 
                                  
 
                                  
 
-
                                  Table 18 Parameters of the CDM Job node
                                  Parameter
                                  
+
                                  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
@@ -933,275 +1111,275 @@
 
                                  Table 20 Parameters of the CDM Job node
                                  Parameter
                                  
 
                                  Mandatory
                                  
+
                                  Mandatory
                                  
 
                                  Type
                                  
+
                                  Type
                                  
 
                                  Description
                                  
+
                                  Description
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
 
                                  clusterName
                                  
+
                                  clusterName
                                  
 
                                  Yes
                                  
+
                                  Yes
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Cluster name.
                                  
+
                                  Cluster name.
                                  
 
                                  You can obtain the cluster name from the CDM cluster list on the DataArts Migration page of the DataArts Studio console.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  jobName
                                  
+
                                  jobName
                                  
 
                                  Yes
                                  
+
                                  Yes
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Job name.
                                  
+
                                  Job name.
                                  
 
                                  To obtain the job name, access the DataArts Studio console, choose DataArts Migration, click a cluster name on the Cluster Management page, and click Job Management on the displayed page.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
 
                                  
 
-
                                  Table 19 Parameters of the CloudTableManager node
                                  Parameter
                                  
+
                                  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                  Table 21 Parameters of the CloudTableManager node
                                  Parameter
                                  
 
                                  Mandatory
                                  
+
                                  Mandatory
                                  
 
                                  Type
                                  
+
                                  Type
                                  
 
                                  Description
                                  
+
                                  Description
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
 
                                  namespace
                                  
+
                                  namespace
                                  
 
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Namespace. 
                                  
+
                                  Namespace. 
                                  
 
                                  Default value: default
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  action
                                  
+
                                  action
                                  
 
                                  Yes
                                  
+
                                  Yes
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Action type.
                                  
+
                                  Action type.
                                  
 
                                  • CREATE_TABLE: Create a table.
                                  • DELETE_TABLE: Delete a table.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  table
                                  
+
                                  table
                                  
 
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Table name.
                                  
+
                                  Table name.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  columnFamily
                                  
+
                                  columnFamily
                                  
 
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Column family.
                                  
+
                                  Column family.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
                                   
 
                                  
 
                                  
 
-
                                  Table 20 Parameters of the OBSManager node
                                  Parameter
                                  
+
                                  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                  Table 22 Parameters of the OBSManager node
                                  Parameter
                                  
 
                                  Mandatory
                                  
+
                                  Mandatory
                                  
 
                                  Type
                                  
+
                                  Type
                                  
 
                                  Description
                                  
+
                                  Description
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
 
                                  action
                                  
+
                                  action
                                  
 
                                  Yes
                                  
+
                                  Yes
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Action type.
                                  
+
                                  Action type.
                                  
 
                                  • CREATE_PATH: Create an OBS path.
                                  • DELETE_PATH: Delete an OBS path.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  path
                                  
+
                                  path
                                  
 
                                  Yes
                                  
+
                                  Yes
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  OBS path.
                                  
+
                                  OBS path.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
                                   
 
                                  
 
                                  
 
-
                                  Table 21 Parameters of the RESTAPI node
                                  Parameter
                                  
+
                                  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                  Table 23 Parameters of the RESTAPI node
                                  Parameter
                                  
 
                                  Mandatory
                                  
+
                                  Mandatory
                                  
 
                                  Type
                                  
+
                                  Type
                                  
 
                                  Description
                                  
+
                                  Description
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
 
                                  url
                                  
+
                                  url
                                  
 
                                  Yes
                                  
+
                                  Yes
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  URL address.
                                  
+
                                  URL address.
                                  
 
                                  URL of the cloud service.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  method
                                  
+
                                  method
                                  
 
                                  Yes
                                  
+
                                  Yes
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  HTTP method.
                                  
+
                                  HTTP method.
                                  
 
                                  • GET
                                  • POST
                                  • PUT
                                  • DELETE
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  headers
                                  
+
                                  headers
                                  
 
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  HTTP message header in the format of <message header name>=<value>. Multiple message headers are separated by newlines.
                                  
+
                                  HTTP message header in the format of <message header name>=<value>. Multiple message headers are separated by newlines.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  body
                                  
+
                                  body
                                  
 
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Message body.
                                  
+
                                  Message body.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
                                   
 
                                  
 
                                  
 
-
                                  Table 22 Parameters of the SMN node
                                  Parameter
                                  
+
                                  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                  Table 24 Parameters of the SMN node
                                  Parameter
                                  
 
                                  Mandatory
                                  
+
                                  Mandatory
                                  
 
                                  Type
                                  
+
                                  Type
                                  
 
                                  Description
                                  
+
                                  Description
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
 
                                  topic
                                  
+
                                  topic
                                  
 
                                  Yes
                                  
+
                                  Yes
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  SMN topic URN.
                                  
+
                                  SMN topic URN.
                                  
 
                                  Perform the following operations to obtain an SMN topic URN:
                                  
 
                                  1. Log in to the management console.
                                  2. Click Simple Message Notification and choose Topic Management > Topics from the list on the left.
                                  
 
                                  You can obtain the SMN topic URN in the topic list.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  subject
                                  
+
                                  subject
                                  
 
                                  Yes
                                  
+
                                  Yes
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Message title, which is used as the subject of an email sent to a subscriber.
                                  
+
                                  Message title, which is used as the subject of an email sent to a subscriber.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  messageType
                                  
+
                                  messageType
                                  
 
                                  Yes
                                  
+
                                  Yes
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Message type.
                                  
+
                                  Message type.
                                  
 
                                  • NORMAL
                                  • STRUCTURE
                                  • TEMPLATE
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  message
                                  
+
                                  message
                                  
 
                                  Yes
                                  
+
                                  Yes
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Message to be sent.
                                  
+
                                  Message to be sent.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
                                   
 
                                  
 
                                  
 
-
                                  Table 23 Parameters of the MRS Spark node
                                  Parameter
                                  
+
                                  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
@@ -1209,73 +1387,73 @@
 
                                  Table 25 Parameters of the MRS Spark node
                                  Parameter
                                  
 
                                  Mandatory
                                  
+
                                  Mandatory
                                  
 
                                  Type
                                  
+
                                  Type
                                  
 
                                  Description
                                  
+
                                  Description
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
 
                                  clusterName
                                  
+
                                  clusterName
                                  
 
                                  Yes
                                  
+
                                  Yes
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  MRS cluster name.
                                  
+
                                  MRS cluster name.
                                  
 
                                  Perform the following operations to obtain the MRS cluster name:
                                  
 
                                  1. Log in to the management console.
                                  2. Click MapReduce Service and choose Clusters > Active Clusters from the left navigation pane.
                                  
 
                                  You can obtain the cluster name from the active clusters.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  jobName
                                  
+
                                  jobName
                                  
 
                                  Yes
                                  
+
                                  Yes
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  MRS job name.
                                  
+
                                  MRS job name.
                                  
 
                                  The job name is user-defined.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  resourcePath
                                  
+
                                  resourcePath
                                  
 
                                  Yes
                                  
+
                                  Yes
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  OBS resource path of the custom Spark JAR package
                                  
+
                                  OBS resource path of the custom Spark JAR package
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  parameters
                                  
+
                                  parameters
                                  
 
                                  Yes
                                  
+
                                  Yes
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Custom parameters of the Spark JAR package
                                  
+
                                  Custom parameters of the Spark JAR package
                                  
 
                                  You can specify parameters for a custom JAR package.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  input
                                  
+
                                  input
                                  
 
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Input path.
                                  
+
                                  Input path.
                                  
 
                                  Input data path of the MRS Spark job. The path can be an HDFS or OBS path.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  output
                                  
+
                                  output
                                  
 
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Output path.
                                  
+
                                  Output path.
                                  
 
                                  Output data path of the MRS Spark job. The path can be an HDFS or OBS path.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  programParameter
                                  
+
                                  programParameter
                                  
 
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Program parameter
                                  
+
                                  Program parameter
                                  
 
                                  Multiple key-value pairs are allowed and separated by vertical bars (|).
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
 
                                  
 
-
                                  
-
                                  Table 24 Parameters of the MapReduce node
                                  Parameter
                                  
+
                                  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
@@ -1283,154 +1461,502 @@
 
                                  Table 26 Parameters of the MapReduce node
                                  Parameter
                                  
 
                                  Mandatory
                                  
+
                                  Mandatory
                                  
 
                                  Type
                                  
+
                                  Type
                                  
 
                                  Description
                                  
+
                                  Description
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
 
                                  clusterName
                                  
+
                                  clusterName
                                  
 
                                  Yes
                                  
+
                                  Yes
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  MRS cluster name.
                                  
+
                                  MRS cluster name.
                                  
 
                                  Perform the following operations to obtain the MRS cluster name:
                                  
 
                                  1. Log in to the management console.
                                  2. Click MapReduce Service and choose Clusters > Active Clusters from the left navigation pane.
                                  
 
                                  You can obtain the cluster name from the active clusters.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  jobName
                                  
+
                                  jobName
                                  
 
                                  Yes
                                  
+
                                  Yes
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  MRS job name.
                                  
+
                                  MRS job name.
                                  
 
                                  The job name is user-defined.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  resourcePath
                                  
+
                                  resourcePath
                                  
 
                                  Yes
                                  
+
                                  Yes
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Resource path.
                                  
+
                                  Resource path.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  parameters
                                  
+
                                  parameters
                                  
 
                                  Yes
                                  
+
                                  Yes
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Job parameter.
                                  
+
                                  Job parameter.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  input
                                  
+
                                  input
                                  
 
                                  Yes
                                  
+
                                  Yes
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Input path.
                                  
+
                                  Input path.
                                  
 
                                  Input data path of the MapReduce job. The path can be an HDFS or OBS path.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  output
                                  
+
                                  output
                                  
 
                                  Yes
                                  
+
                                  Yes
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Output path.
                                  
+
                                  Output path.
                                  
 
                                  Output data path of the MapReduce job. The path can be an HDFS or OBS path.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
 
                                  
 
-
                                  
-
-
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
 
-
                                  Request
                                  
+
                                  Request Parameters
                                  
 
                                  Table 25 Parameters of the DLI Spark node
                                  Parameter
                                  
+
                                  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                  Table 27 Parameters of the DLI Spark node
                                  Parameter
                                  
 
                                  Mandatory
                                  
+
                                  Mandatory
                                  
 
                                  Type
                                  
+
                                  Type
                                  
 
                                  Description
                                  
+
                                  Description
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
 
                                  clusterName
                                  
+
                                  clusterName
                                  
 
                                  Yes
                                  
+
                                  Yes
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  DLI queue name
                                  
+
                                  DLI queue name
                                  
 
                                  Perform the following operations to obtain the DLI queue name:
                                  
 
                                  1. Log in to the management console.
                                  2. Click Data Lake Insight and then Queue Management.
                                  
 
                                  You can obtain the queue name from the queue management list.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  jobName
                                  
+
                                  jobName
                                  
 
                                  Yes
                                  
+
                                  Yes
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  DLI job name.
                                  
+
                                  DLI job name.
                                  
 
                                  Perform the following operations to obtain the job name:
                                  
 
                                  1. Log in to the management console.
                                  2. Click Data Lake Insight and then Spark Jobs.
                                  3. Choose Job Management.
                                  
 
                                  You can obtain the job name from the job management list.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  resourceType
                                  
+
                                  resourceType
                                  
 
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Resource type of the DLI job. CUSTOMIZED is returned when the parameter is customized.
                                  
+
                                  Type of the running resource of the DLI job . This parameter is optional.
                                  
+
                                  1. OBS path: OBS
                                  
+
                                  2. DLI package: DLIResources
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  jobClass
                                  
+
                                  jobClass
                                  
 
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Main class name. When the application type is .jar, the main class name cannot be empty.
                                  
+
                                  Main class name. When the application type is .jar, the main class name cannot be empty.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  resourcePath
                                  
+
                                  resourcePath
                                  
 
                                  Yes
                                  
+
                                  Yes
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  JAR package resource path.
                                  
+
                                  JAR package resource path.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  jarArgs
                                  
+
                                  jarArgs
                                  
 
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Main-class entry parameter.
                                  
+
                                  Main-class entry parameter.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  sparkConfig
                                  
+
                                  sparkConfig
                                  
 
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Running parameter of the Spark job.
                                  
+
                                  Running parameter of the Spark job.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
                                   
 
                                  
 
                                  
 
-
                                  
-
-
-
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 
-
                                  Request
                                  
+
                                  Request Parameters
                                  
 
                                  Table 26 BasicConfig job information
                                  Parameter
                                  
+
                                  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
+
+
+
                                  Table 28 BasicConfig job information
                                  Parameter
                                  
 
                                  Mandatory
                                  
+
                                  Mandatory
                                  
 
                                  Type
                                  
+
                                  Type
                                  
 
                                  Description
                                  
+
                                  Description
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
 
                                  owner
                                  
+
                                  owner
                                  
 
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Job owner. The length cannot exceed 128 characters.
                                  
+
                                  Job owner. The length cannot exceed 128 characters.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  priority
                                  
+
                                  priority
                                  
 
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
 
                                  int
                                  
+
                                  int
                                  
 
                                  Job priority. The value ranges from 0 to 2. The default value is 0. 0 indicates a top priority, 1 indicates a medium priority, and 2 indicates a low priority.
                                  
+
                                  Job priority. The value ranges from 0 to 2. The default value is 0. 0 indicates a top priority, 1 indicates a medium priority, and 2 indicates a low priority.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  executeUser
                                  
+
                                  executeUser
                                  
 
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
 
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Job execution user. The value must be an existing username.
                                  
+
                                  Job execution user. The value must be an existing username.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  instanceTimeout
                                  
+
                                  instanceTimeout
                                  
 
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
 
                                  int
                                  
+
                                  int
                                  
 
                                  Instance timeout interval. The unit is minute. The value ranges from 5 to 1440. The default value is 60.
                                  
+
                                  Instance timeout interval. The unit is minute. The value ranges from 5 to 1440. The default value is 60.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  customFields
                                  
+
                                  customFields
                                  
 
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
 
                                  Map<String,String>
                                  
+
                                  Map<String,String>
                                  
 
                                  User-defined field. The length cannot exceed 2048 characters.
                                  
+
                                  User-defined field. The length cannot exceed 2048 characters.
                                  
+
                                  
+
                                  
+
+
                                  
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                  Table 29 Parameters of the MRS Flink node
                                  Parameter
                                  
+
                                  Mandatory
                                  
+
                                  Type
                                  
+
                                  Description
                                  
+
                                  clusterName
                                  
+
                                  Yes
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  MRS cluster name.
                                  
+
                                  Perform the following operations to obtain the MRS cluster name:
                                  
+
                                  1. Log in to the management console.
                                  2. Click MapReduce Service and choose Clusters > Active Clusters from the left navigation pane.
                                  
+
                                  You can obtain the cluster name from the active clusters.
                                  
+
                                  jobName
                                  
+
                                  Yes
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  MRS job name.
                                  
+
                                  The job name is user-defined.
                                  
+
                                  flinkJobType
                                  
+
                                  Yes
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  Flink job type, which can be FLink SQL or Flink JAR
                                  
+
                                  flinkJobProcessType
                                  
+
                                  Yes
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  Flink job processing mode, which can be batch or stream
                                  
+
                                  scriptName
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  SQL script associated with the Flink SQL job
                                  
+
                                  resourcePath
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  OBS resource path of the custom Flink JAR package
                                  
+
                                  input
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  Input path.
                                  
+
                                  Input data path of the MRS Flink job. The path can be an HDFS or OBS path.
                                  
+
                                  output
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  Output path.
                                  
+
                                  Output data path of the MRS Flink job. The path can be an HDFS or OBS path.
                                  
+
                                  programParameter
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  Program parameter
                                  
+
                                  Multiple key-value pairs are allowed and separated by vertical bars (|).
                                  
+
                                  
+
                                  
+
+
                                  
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                  Table 30 Parameters of the MRS HetuEngine node
                                  Parameter
                                  
+
                                  Mandatory
                                  
+
                                  Type
                                  
+
                                  Description
                                  
+
                                  clusterName
                                  
+
                                  Yes
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  MRS cluster name.
                                  
+
                                  Perform the following operations to obtain the MRS cluster name:
                                  
+
                                  1. Log in to the management console.
                                  2. Click MapReduce Service and choose Clusters > Active Clusters from the left navigation pane.
                                  
+
                                  You can obtain the cluster name from the active clusters.
                                  
+
                                  jobName
                                  
+
                                  Yes
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  MRS job name.
                                  
+
                                  The job name is user-defined.
                                  
+
                                  statementOrScript
                                  
+
                                  Yes
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  Whether to use an SQL statement for the node or associate an SQL script with the node
                                  
+
                                  scriptName
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  SQL script to be associated with the node
                                  
+
                                  statement
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  Custom content of the SQL statement
                                  
+
                                  Data Warehouse
                                  
+
                                  Yes
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  Data connection required by HetuEngine
                                  
+
                                  Schema
                                  
+
                                  Yes
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  Name of the schema to be accessed through HetuEngine
                                  
+
                                  Database
                                  
+
                                  Yes
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  Name of the database to be accessed through HetuEngine
                                  
+
                                  Queue
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  Name of the resource queue required by HetuEngine
                                  
+
                                  
+
                                  
+
+
                                  
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                  Table 31 Approver attributes
                                  Parameter
                                  
+
                                  Mandatory
                                  
+
                                  Type
                                  
+
                                  Description
                                  
+
                                  approverName
                                  
+
                                  Yes
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  Approver name
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
                                   
 
                                  
 
                                  
 
-
                                  Response
                                  None.
                                  
+
                                  Response Parameters
                                  None.
                                  
+
                                  
+
                                  Example Request
                                  Create a job named myJob whose type is BATCH, scheduling configuration is CRON, path in the directory tree is /myDir, and OBS path for storing job run logs is obs://dlf-test-log.
                                  
+
                                  POST /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/jobs
+{
+    "basicConfig": {
+        "customFields": {},
+        "executeUser": "",
+        "instanceTimeout": 0,
+        "owner": "test_user",
+        "priority": 0
+    },
+    "directory": "/myDir",
+    "logPath": "obs://dlf-test-log",
+    "name": "myJob",
+    "nodes": [
+        {
+            "failPolicy": "FAIL_CHILD",
+            "location": {
+                "x": "-45.5",
+                "y": "-134.5"
+            },
+            "maxExecutionTime": 360,
+            "name": "MRS_Hive_SQL",
+            "pollingInterval": 20,
+            "preNodeName": [],
+            "properties": [
+                {
+                    "name": "scriptName",
+                    "value": "test_hive_sql"
+                },
+                {
+                    "name": "connectionName",
+                    "value": "mrs_hive_test"
+                },
+                {
+                    "name": "database",
+                    "value": "default"
+                },
+                {
+                    "name": "scriptArgs",
+                    "value": "test_var=111"
+                }
+            ],
+            "retryInterval": 120,
+            "retryTimes": 0,
+            "type": "HiveSQL"
+        }
+    ],
+    "processType": "BATCH",
+    "schedule": {
+        "type": "CRON"
+    }
+}
                                  
+
                                  
+
                                  Create a job when the review function is enabled.
                                  
+
                                  POST /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/jobs
+{
+    "basicConfig": {
+        "customFields": {},
+        "executeUser": "",
+        "instanceTimeout": 0,
+        "owner": "test_user",
+        "priority": 0
+    },
+    "directory": "/myDir",
+    "logPath": "obs://dlf-test-log",
+    "name": "myJob",
+    "nodes": [
+        {
+            "failPolicy": "FAIL_CHILD",
+            "location": {
+                "x": "-45.5",
+                "y": "-134.5"
+            },
+            "maxExecutionTime": 360,
+            "name": "MRS_Hive_SQL",
+            "pollingInterval": 20,
+            "preNodeName": [],
+            "properties": [
+                {
+                    "name": "scriptName",
+                    "value": "test_hive_sql"
+                },
+                {
+                    "name": "connectionName",
+                    "value": "mrs_hive_test"
+                },
+                {
+                    "name": "database",
+                    "value": "default"
+                },
+                {
+                    "name": "scriptArgs",
+                    "value": "test_var=111"
+                }
+            ],
+            "retryInterval": 120,
+            "retryTimes": 0,
+            "type": "HiveSQL"
+        }
+    ],
+    "processType": "BATCH",
+    "schedule": {
+        "type": "CRON"
+    },
+    "targetStatus":"SUBMITTED",
+    "approvers": [
+        {
+            "approverName": "userName1"
+        },
+        {
+            "approverName": "userName2"
+        }
+    ]
+}
                                  
+
                                  Example Response
                                  • Success response
                                    HTTP status code 204
                                    
+
                                  • Failure response
                                    HTTP status code 400
                                    
+
                                    {
+    "error_code":"DLF.0102",
+    "error_msg":"The job name already exists."
+}
                                    
+
                                  
 
                                  
 
                                  
 
                                  
 
                                  
-
                                  Parent topic: APIs to Be Taken Offline
                                  
+
                                  Parent topic: Job Development APIs
                                  
 
                                  
 
                                  
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0085.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0085.html
index f2ec5653..38248c22 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0085.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0085.html
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 
 
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                  
+
                                  Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
 
                                  job_name
                                  
@@ -39,150 +39,1920 @@
 
 
 
-
                                  Request
                                  See Request.
                                  
+
                                  Request Parameters
                                  
+
                                  
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                  Table 2 Request header parameter
                                  Parameter
                                  
+
                                  Mandatory
                                  
+
                                  Type
                                  
+
                                  Description
                                  
+
                                  workspace
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  Workspace ID.
                                  
+
                                  • If this parameter is not set, data in the default workspace is queried by default.
                                  • To query data in other workspaces, set this parameter.
                                  
+
                                  
 
                                  
-
                                  Example
                                  Modify the properties of job dliJob1.
                                  
-
                                  • Request
                                    PUT /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/jobs/dliJob1
-{
-	"logPath":"obs://dlf-log-b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505",
-	"name":"dliJob1",
-	"nodes":[
-		{
-			"failPolicy":"FAIL",
-			"location":{
-				"x":"385.0",
-				"y":"150.0"
-			},
-			"maxExecutionTime":60,
-			"name":"DIS_INPUT",
-			"pollingInterval":1,
-			"preNodeName":[],
-			"properties":[
-				{
-					"name":"streamName",
-					"value":"csinput"
-				}
-			],
-			"resources":[],
-			"retryInterval":120,
-			"retryTimes":0,
-			"type":"DISStream"
-		},
-		{
-			"failPolicy":"FAIL",
-			"location":{
-				"x":"572.0",
-				"y":"151.0"
-			},
-			"maxExecutionTime":60,
-			"name":"CS_PROCESS",
-			"pollingInterval":10,
-			"preNodeName":[
-				"DIS_INPUT"
-			],
-			"properties":[
-				{
-					"name":"scriptName",
-					"value":"CS_PROCESS_TRIP"
-				},
-				{
-					"name":"jobName",
-					"value":"CS_PROCESS"
-				},
-				{
-					"name":"jobType",
-					"value":"flink_sql_job"
-				},
-				{
-					"name":"spuNumber",
-					"value":"2"
-				},
-				{
-					"name":"parallelNumber",
-					"value":"1"
-				}
-			],
-			"resources":[],
-			"retryInterval":120,
-			"retryTimes":0,
-			"type":"CSJob"
-		},
-		{
-			"failPolicy":"FAIL",
-			"location":{
-				"x":"718.0",
-				"y":"121.0"
-			},
-			"maxExecutionTime":60,
-			"name":"DIS_EVENT",
-			"pollingInterval":1,
-			"preNodeName":[
-				"CS_PROCESS"
-			],
-			"properties":[
-				{
-					"name":"streamName",
-					"value":"dis-event"
-				}
-			],
-			"resources":[],
-			"retryInterval":120,
-			"retryTimes":0,
-			"type":"DISStream"
-		},
-		{
-			"eventTrigger":{
-				"channel":"dis-event",
-				"concurrent":1,
-			        "eventType:"DIS",
-				"readPolicy":"LAST"
-			},
-			"failPolicy":"FAIL",
-			"location":{
-				"x":"848.0",
-				"y":"167.0"
-			},
-			"maxExecutionTime":60,
-			"name":"TRIP_RAW_STANDARD",
-			"pollingInterval":10,
-			"preNodeName":[
-				"DIS_EVENT"
-			],
-			"properties":[
-				{
-					"name":"scriptName",
-					"value":"TRIP_RAW_STANDARD"
-				},
-				{
-					"name":"database",
-					"value":"lixinlong"
-				},
-				{
-					"name":"queueName",
-					"value":"default"
-				}
-			],
-			"resources":[],
-			"retryInterval":120,
-			"retryTimes":0,
-			"type":"DLISQL"
-		}
-	],
-	"params":[
-		{
-			"name":"dis_channel",
-			"value":"dis_input"
-		}
-	],
-	"processType":"REAL_TIME",
-	"resources":[],
-	"schedule":{
-		"type":"EXECUTE_ONCE"
-	},
-	"version":"1.0"
-}
                                    
+
+
                                    
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                    Table 3 Parameters
                                    Parameter
                                    
+
                                    Mandatory
                                    
+
                                    Type
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    
+
                                    name
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Job name. The name contains a maximum of 128 characters, including only letters, numbers, hyphens (-), underscores (_), and periods (.). The job name must be unique.
                                    
+
                                    nodes
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    List<Node>
                                    
+
                                    Node definition. For details, see Table 4.
                                    
+
                                    schedule
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    Schedule data structure
                                    
+
                                    Scheduling configuration. For details, see Table 5.
                                    
+
                                    params
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    List<Param>
                                    
+
                                    Job parameter definition. For details, see Table 6.
                                    
+
                                    directory
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Path of a job in the directory tree. If the directory of the path does not exist during job creation, a directory is automatically created in the root directory /, for example, /dir/a/.
                                    
+
                                    processType
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Job type.
                                    
+
                                    • REAL_TIME: real-time processing
                                    • BATCH: batch processing
                                    
+
                                    id
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    Long
                                    
+
                                    Job ID For details about how to obtain it, see Viewing Job Details. The returned ID is the job ID.
                                    
+
                                    lastUpdateUser
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    User who last updated the job
                                    
+
                                    logPath
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    OBS path for storing job run logs
                                    
+
                                    basicConfig
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    BasicConfig data structure
                                    
+
                                    Basic job information. For details, see Table 28.
                                    
+
                                    approvers
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    List<JobApprover>
                                    
+
                                    Job approver. This parameter is required if the review function is enabled. For details, see Table 31.
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    
+
+
                                    
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                    Table 4 Node data structure description
                                    Parameter
                                    
+
                                    Mandatory
                                    
+
                                    Type
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    
+
                                    name
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Node name. The name contains a maximum of 128 characters, including only letters, numbers, hyphens (-), underscores (_), and periods (.). Names of the nodes in a job must be unique.
                                    
+
                                    type
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Node type. The options are as follows:
                                    
+
                                    • Hive SQL: Runs Hive SQL scripts.
                                    • Spark SQL: Runs Spark SQL scripts.
                                    • DWS SQL: Runs DWS SQL scripts.
                                    • DLI SQL: Runs DLI SQL scripts.
                                    • Shell: Runs shell SQL scripts.
                                    • CDM Job: Runs CDM jobs.
                                    • CloudTable Manager: Manages CloudTable tables, including creating and deleting tables.
                                    • OBS Manager: Manages OBS paths, including creating and deleting paths.
                                    • RESTAPI: Sends REST API requests.
                                    • SMN: Sends short messages or emails.
                                    • MRS Spark: Runs Spark jobs of MRS.
                                    • MapReduce: Runs MapReduce jobs of MRS.
                                    • MRS Flink: Runs Flink jobs of MRS.
                                    • MRS HetuEngine: Runs HetuEngine jobs of MRS.
                                    • DLI Spark: Runs Spark jobs of DLF.
                                    • RDS SQL: Transfers SQL statements to RDS for execution.
                                    
+
                                    location
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    Location data structure
                                    
+
                                    Location of a node on the job canvas. For details, see Table 7.
                                    
+
                                    preNodeName
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    List<String>
                                    
+
                                    Name of the previous node on which the current node depends.
                                    
+
                                    conditions
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    List<Condition>
                                    
+
                                    Node execution condition. Whether the node is executed or not depends on the calculation result of the EL expression saved in the expression field of condition. For details, see Table 8.
                                    
+
                                    properties
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    List<Property>
                                    
+
                                    Node properties. For details, see Table 14.
                                    
+
                                    Each type of node has its own property definition.
                                    
+
+
                                    pollingInterval
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    Int
                                    
+
                                    Interval at which node running results are checked.
                                    
+
                                    Unit: second; value range: 1 to 60
                                    
+
                                    Default value: 10
                                    
+
                                    maxExecutionTime
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    Int
                                    
+
                                    Maximum execution time of a node. If a node is not executed within the maximum execution time, the node is set to the failed state.
                                    
+
                                    Unit: minute; value range: 5 to 1440
                                    
+
                                    Default value: 60
                                    
+
                                    retryTimes
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    Int
                                    
+
                                    Number of the node retries. The value ranges from 0 to 5. 0 indicates no retry.
                                    
+
                                    Default value: 0
                                    
+
                                    retryInterval
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    Int
                                    
+
                                    Interval at which a retry is performed upon a failure. The value ranges from 5 to 120.
                                    
+
                                    Unit: second
                                    
+
                                    Default value: 120
                                    
+
                                    failPolicy
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Node failure policy.
                                    
+
                                    • FAIL: Terminate the execution of the current job.
                                    • IGNORE: Continue to execute the next node.
                                    • SUSPEND: Suspend the execution of the current job.
                                    • FAIL_CHILD: Terminate the execution of the subsequent node.
                                      The default value is FAIL.
                                      
 
                                    
-
                                    • Success response
                                      HTTP status code 204
                                      
+
                                    eventTrigger
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    Event data structure
                                    
+
                                    Event trigger for the real-time job node. For details, see Table 11.
                                    
+
                                    cronTrigger
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    Cron data structure
                                    
+
                                    Cron trigger for the real-time job node. For details, see Table 9.
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    
+
+
                                    
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                    Table 5 Schedule data structure description
                                    Parameter
                                    
+
                                    Mandatory
                                    
+
                                    Type
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    
+
                                    type
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Scheduling type.
                                    
+
                                    • EXECUTE_ONCE: The job runs immediately and runs only once.
                                    • CRON: The job runs periodically.
                                    • EVENT: The job is triggered by events.
                                    
+
                                    cron
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    Data structure
                                    
+
                                    When type is set to CRON, configure the scheduling frequency and start time. For details, see Table 10.
                                    
+
                                    event
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    Data structure
                                    
+
                                    When type is set to EVENT, configure information such as the event source. For details, see Table 11.
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    
+
+
                                    
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                    Table 6 Param data structure description
                                    Parameter
                                    
+
                                    Mandatory
                                    
+
                                    Type
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    
+
                                    name
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Parameter name. It contains only letters, digits, hyphens (-), and underscores (_), and can contain no more than 64 characters.
                                    
+
                                    value
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Value of the parameter. It cannot exceed 1,024 characters.
                                    
+
                                    type
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Type
                                    
+
                                    • variable
                                    • constants
                                      Default value: variable
                                      
+
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    
+
+
                                    
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                    Table 7 Location data structure description
                                    Parameter
                                    
+
                                    Mandatory
                                    
+
                                    Type
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    
+
                                    x
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    Int
                                    
+
                                    Position of the node on the horizontal axis of the job canvas.
                                    
+
                                    y
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    Int
                                    
+
                                    Position of the node on the vertical axis of the job canvas.
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    
+
+
                                    
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                    Table 8 condition data structure description
                                    Parameter
                                    
+
                                    Mandatory
                                    
+
                                    Type
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    
+
                                    preNodeName
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Name of the previous node on which the current node depends.
                                    
+
                                    expression
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    EL expression. If the calculation result of the EL expression is true, this node is executed.
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    
+
+
                                    
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                    Table 9 CronTrigger data structure description
                                    Parameter
                                    
+
                                    Mandatory
                                    
+
                                    Type
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    
+
                                    startTime
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Scheduling start time in the format of yyyy-MM-dd'T'HH:mm:ssZ, which is an ISO 8601 time format. For example, 2018-10-22T23:59:59+08, which indicates that a job starts to be scheduled at 23:59:59 on October 22nd, 2018.
                                    
+
                                    endTime
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Scheduling end time in the format of yyyy-MM-dd'T'HH:mm:ssZ, which is an ISO 8601 time format. For example, 2018-10-22T23:59:59+08, which indicates that a job stops to be scheduled at 23:59:59 on October 22nd, 2018. If the end time is not set, the job will continuously be executed based on the scheduling period.
                                    
+
                                    expression
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Cron expression in the format of <second><minute><hour><day><month><week>. For details about the value input in each field, see Table 12.
                                    
+
                                    expressionTimeZone
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Time zone corresponding to the Cron expression, for example, GMT+8.
                                    
+
                                    Default value: time zone where DataArts Studio is located
                                    
+
                                    period
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    Job execution interval consisting of a time and time unit
                                    
+
                                    Example: 1 hours, 1 days, 1 weeks, 1 months
                                    
+
                                    The value must match the value of expression.
                                    
+
                                    dependPrePeriod
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    Boolean
                                    
+
                                    Indicates whether to depend on the execution result of the current job's dependent job in the previous scheduling period.
                                    
+
                                    Default value: false
                                    
+
                                    dependJobs
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    DependJobs data structure
                                    
+
                                    Job dependency configuration. For details, see Table 13.
                                    
+
                                    concurrent
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    Integer
                                    
+
                                    Number of concurrent executions allowed
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    
+
+
                                    
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                    Table 10 Cron data structure description
                                    Parameter
                                    
+
                                    Mandatory
                                    
+
                                    Type
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    
+
                                    startTime
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Scheduling start time in the format of yyyy-MM-dd'T'HH:mm:ssZ, which is an ISO 8601 time format. For example, 2018-10-22T23:59:59+08, which indicates that a job starts to be scheduled at 23:59:59 on October 22nd, 2018.
                                    
+
                                    endTime
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Scheduling end time in the format of yyyy-MM-dd'T'HH:mm:ssZ, which is an ISO 8601 time format. For example, 2018-10-22T23:59:59+08, which indicates that a job stops to be scheduled at 23:59:59 on October 22nd, 2018. If the end time is not set, the job will continuously be executed based on the scheduling period.
                                    
+
                                    expression
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Cron expression in the format of <second><minute><hour><day><month><week>. For details about the value input in each field, see Table 12.
                                    
+
                                    expressionTimeZone
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Time zone corresponding to the Cron expression, for example, GMT+8.
                                    
+
                                    Default value: time zone where DataArts Studio is located
                                    
+
                                    dependPrePeriod
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    Boolean
                                    
+
                                    Indicates whether to depend on the execution result of the current job's dependent job in the previous scheduling period.
                                    
+
                                    Default value: false
                                    
+
                                    dependJobs
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    DependJobs data structure
                                    
+
                                    Job dependency configuration. For details, see Table 13.
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    
+
+
                                    
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                    Table 11 Event data structure description
                                    Parameter
                                    
+
                                    Mandatory
                                    
+
                                    Type
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    
+
                                    eventType
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Select the corresponding connection name and topic. When a new Kafka message is received, the job is triggered.
                                    
+
                                    Set this parameter to KAFKA.
                                    
+
                                    Event type. Currently, only newly reported data events from the DIS stream can be monitored. Each time a data record is reported, the job runs once.
                                    
+
                                    This parameter is set to DIS.
                                    
+
                                    Select the OBS path to be listened to. If new files exist in the path, scheduling is triggered. The path name can be referenced using variable Job.trigger.obsNewFiles. The prerequisite is that DIS notifications have been configured for the OBS path.
                                    
+
                                    Set this parameter to OBS.
                                    
+
                                    failPolicy
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Job failure policy.
                                    
+
                                    • SUSPEND: Suspend the event.
                                    • IGNORE: Ignore the failure and process with the next event.
                                    
+
                                    Default value: SUSPEND
                                    
+
                                    concurrent
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    int
                                    
+
                                    Number of the concurrently scheduled jobs. 
                                    
+
                                    Value range: 1 to 128
                                    
+
                                    Default value: 1
                                    
+
                                    readPolicy
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Access policy.
                                    
+
                                    • LAST: Access data from the last location.
                                    • NEW: Access data from a new location.
                                    
+
                                    Default value: LAST
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    
+
+
                                    
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                    Table 12 Values in the Cron expression fields
                                    Field
                                    
+
                                    Value Range
                                    
+
                                    Allowed Special Character
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    
+
                                    Second
                                    
+
                                    0-59
                                    
+
                                    , - * /
                                    
+
                                    In the current version, only 0 is allowed.
                                    
+
                                    Minute
                                    
+
                                    0-59
                                    
+
                                    , - * /
                                    
+
                                    -
                                    
+
                                    Hour
                                    
+
                                    0-23
                                    
+
                                    , - * /
                                    
+
                                    -
                                    
+
                                    Day
                                    
+
                                    1-31
                                    
+
                                    , - * ? / L W C
                                    
+
                                    -
                                    
+
                                    Month
                                    
+
                                    1-12
                                    
+
                                    , - * /
                                    
+
                                    In the current version, only * is allowed.
                                    
+
                                    Week
                                    
+
                                    1-7
                                    
+
                                    , - * ? / L C #
                                    
+
                                    Starting from Sunday.
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    
+
+
                                    
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                    Table 13 DependJobs data structure description
                                    Parameter
                                    
+
                                    Mandatory
                                    
+
                                    Type
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    
+
                                    jobs
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    List<String>
                                    
+
                                    A list of dependent jobs. Only the existing jobs can be depended on.
                                    
+
                                    dependPeriod
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Dependency period.
                                    
+
                                    • SAME_PERIOD: To run a job or not depends on the execution result of its depended job in the current scheduling period.
                                    • PRE_PERIOD: To run a job or not depends on the execution result of its depended job in the previous scheduling period.
                                    
+
                                    Default value: SAME_PERIOD
                                    
+
                                    dependFailPolicy
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Dependency job failure policy.
                                    
+
                                    • FAIL: Stop the job and set the job to the failed state.
                                    • IGNORE: Continue to run the job.
                                    • SUSPEND: Suspend the job.
                                    
+
                                    Default value: FAIL
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    
+
+
                                    
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                    Table 14 Property parameters
                                    Parameter
                                    
+
                                    Mandatory
                                    
+
                                    Type
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    
+
                                    name
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Property name
                                    
+
                                    value
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Property value
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    
+
+
                                    
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                    Table 15 Parameters of the Hive SQL node
                                    Parameter
                                    
+
                                    Mandatory
                                    
+
                                    Type
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    
+
                                    scriptName
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Script name
                                    
+
                                    database
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Database name
                                    
+
                                    Database in the MRS Hive. The default value is default.
                                    
+
                                    connectionName
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Name of a connection
                                    
+
                                    scriptArgs
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Script parameter in format of key and value. Multiple parameters are separated by newlines (\n), for example, key1=value1\nkey2=value2.
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    
+
+
                                    
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                    Table 16 Parameters of the Spark SQL node
                                    Parameter
                                    
+
                                    Mandatory
                                    
+
                                    Type
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    
+
                                    scriptName
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Script name.
                                    
+
                                    database
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Database name
                                    
+
                                    Database in the MRS Spark SQL. The default value is default.
                                    
+
                                    connectionName
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Name of a connection
                                    
+
                                    scriptArgs
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Script parameter in format of key and value. Multiple parameters are separated by newlines (\n), for example, key1=value1\nkey2=value2.
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    
+
+
                                    
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                    Table 17 Parameters of the DWS SQL node
                                    Parameter
                                    
+
                                    Mandatory
                                    
+
                                    Type
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    
+
                                    scriptName
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Script name
                                    
+
                                    database
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Database name
                                    
+
                                    Database in DWS. The default value is postgres.
                                    
+
                                    connectionName
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Name of a connection
                                    
+
                                    scriptArgs
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Script parameter in format of key and value. Multiple parameters are separated by newlines (\n), for example, key1=value1\nkey2=value2.
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    
+
+
                                    
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                    Table 18 Parameters of the DLI SQL node
                                    Parameter
                                    
+
                                    Mandatory
                                    
+
                                    Type
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    
+
                                    scriptName
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Script name.
                                    
+
                                    database
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Database name
                                    
+
                                    Database in DLI.
                                    
+
                                    connectionName
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Name of a connection
                                    
+
                                    scriptArgs
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Script parameter in format of key and value. Multiple parameters are separated by newlines (\n), for example, key1=value1\nkey2=value2.
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    
+
+
                                    
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                    Table 19 Parameters of the shell node
                                    Parameter
                                    
+
                                    Mandatory
                                    
+
                                    Type
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    
+
                                    scriptName
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Script name
                                    
+
                                    connectionName
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Name of a connection
                                    
+
                                    arguments
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Shell script parameter.
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    
+
+
                                    
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                    Table 20 Parameters of the CDM Job node
                                    Parameter
                                    
+
                                    Mandatory
                                    
+
                                    Type
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    
+
                                    clusterName
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Cluster name
                                    
+
                                    You can obtain the cluster name from the CDM cluster list on the DataArts Migration page of the DataArts Studio console.
                                    
+
                                    jobName
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Job name
                                    
+
                                    To obtain the job name, access the DataArts Studio console, choose DataArts Migration, click a cluster name on the Cluster Management page, and click Job Management on the displayed page.
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    
+
+
                                    
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                    Table 21 Parameters of the CloudTableManager node
                                    Parameter
                                    
+
                                    Mandatory
                                    
+
                                    Type
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    
+
                                    namespace
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Namespace
                                    
+
                                    Default value: default
                                    
+
                                    action
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Action type
                                    
+
                                    • CREATE_TABLE: Create a table.
                                    • DELETE_TABLE: Delete a table.
                                    
+
                                    table
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Table name
                                    
+
                                    columnFamily
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Column family
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    
+
+
                                    
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                    Table 22 Parameters of the OBSManager node
                                    Parameter
                                    
+
                                    Mandatory
                                    
+
                                    Type
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    
+
                                    action
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Action type
                                    
+
                                    • CREATE_PATH: Create an OBS path.
                                    • DELETE_PATH: Delete an OBS path.
                                    
+
                                    path
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    OBS path
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    
+
+
                                    
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                    Table 23 Parameters of the RESTAPI node
                                    Parameter
                                    
+
                                    Mandatory
                                    
+
                                    Type
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    
+
                                    url
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    URL address
                                    
+
                                    URL of the cloud service.
                                    
+
                                    method
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    HTTP method
                                    
+
                                    • GET
                                    • POST
                                    • PUT
                                    • DELETE
                                    
+
                                    headers
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    HTTP message header in the format of <message header name>=<value>. Multiple message headers are separated by newlines.
                                    
+
                                    body
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Message body
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    
+
+
                                    
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                    Table 24 Parameters of the SMN node
                                    Parameter
                                    
+
                                    Mandatory
                                    
+
                                    Type
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    
+
                                    topic
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    SMN topic URN.
                                    
+
                                    Perform the following operations to obtain an SMN topic URN:
                                    
+
                                    1. Log in to the management console.
                                    2. Click Simple Message Notification and choose Topic Management > Topics from the list on the left.
                                    
+
                                    You can obtain the SMN topic URN in the topic list.
                                    
+
                                    subject
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Message title, which is used as the subject of an email sent to a subscriber.
                                    
+
                                    messageType
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Message type
                                    
+
                                    • NORMAL
                                    • STRUCTURE
                                    • TEMPLATE
                                    
+
                                    message
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Message to be sent.
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    
+
+
                                    
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                    Table 25 Parameters of the MRS Spark node
                                    Parameter
                                    
+
                                    Mandatory
                                    
+
                                    Type
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    
+
                                    clusterName
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    MRS cluster name.
                                    
+
                                    Perform the following operations to obtain the MRS cluster name:
                                    
+
                                    1. Log in to the management console.
                                    2. Click MapReduce Service and choose Clusters > Active Clusters from the left navigation pane.
                                    
+
                                    You can obtain the cluster name from the active clusters.
                                    
+
                                    jobName
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    MRS job name.
                                    
+
                                    The job name is user-defined.
                                    
+
                                    resourcePath
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    OBS resource path of the custom Spark JAR package
                                    
+
                                    parameters
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Custom parameters of the Spark JAR package
                                    
+
                                    You can specify parameters for a custom JAR package.
                                    
+
                                    input
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Input path
                                    
+
                                    Input data path of the MRS Spark job. The path can be an HDFS or OBS path.
                                    
+
                                    output
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Output path
                                    
+
                                    Output data path of the MRS Spark job. The path can be an HDFS or OBS path.
                                    
+
                                    programParameter
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Program parameter
                                    
+
                                    Multiple key-value pairs are allowed and separated by vertical bars (|).
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    
+
+
                                    
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                    Table 26 Parameters of the MapReduce node
                                    Parameter
                                    
+
                                    Mandatory
                                    
+
                                    Type
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    
+
                                    clusterName
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    MRS cluster name.
                                    
+
                                    Perform the following operations to obtain the MRS cluster name:
                                    
+
                                    1. Log in to the management console.
                                    2. Click MapReduce Service and choose Clusters > Active Clusters from the left navigation pane.
                                    
+
                                    You can obtain the cluster name from the active clusters.
                                    
+
                                    jobName
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    MRS job name.
                                    
+
                                    The job name is user-defined.
                                    
+
                                    resourcePath
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Resource path
                                    
+
                                    parameters
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Job parameters
                                    
+
                                    input
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Input path
                                    
+
                                    Input data path of the MapReduce job. The path can be an HDFS or OBS path.
                                    
+
                                    output
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Output path
                                    
+
                                    Output data path of the MapReduce job. The path can be an HDFS or OBS path.
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    
+
+
                                    
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                    Table 27 Parameters of the DLI Spark node
                                    Parameter
                                    
+
                                    Mandatory
                                    
+
                                    Type
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    
+
                                    clusterName
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    DLI queue name
                                    
+
                                    Perform the following operations to obtain the DLI queue name:
                                    
+
                                    1. Log in to the management console.
                                    2. Click Data Lake Insight and then Queue Management.
                                    
+
                                    You can obtain the queue name from the queue management list.
                                    
+
                                    jobName
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    DLI job name.
                                    
+
                                    Perform the following operations to obtain the job name:
                                    
+
                                    1. Log in to the management console.
                                    2. Click Data Lake Insight and then Spark Jobs.
                                    3. Choose Job Management.
                                    
+
                                    You can obtain the job name from the job management list.
                                    
+
                                    resourceType
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Type of the running resource of the DLI job . This parameter is optional.
                                    
+
                                    1. OBS path: OBS
                                    
+
                                    2. DLI package: DLIResources
                                    
+
                                    jobClass
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Main class name. When the application type is .jar, the main class name cannot be empty.
                                    
+
                                    resourcePath
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    JAR package resource path.
                                    
+
                                    jarArgs
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Main-class entry parameter.
                                    
+
                                    sparkConfig
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Running parameter of the Spark job.
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    
+
+
                                    
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                    Table 28 BasicConfig job information
                                    Parameter
                                    
+
                                    Mandatory
                                    
+
                                    Type
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    
+
                                    owner
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Job owner. The length cannot exceed 128 characters.
                                    
+
                                    priority
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    int
                                    
+
                                    Job priority. The value ranges from 0 to 2. The default value is 0. 0 indicates a top priority, 1 indicates a medium priority, and 2 indicates a low priority.
                                    
+
                                    executeUser
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Job execution user. The value must be an existing username.
                                    
+
                                    instanceTimeout
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    int
                                    
+
                                    Instance timeout interval. The unit is minute. The value ranges from 5 to 1440. The default value is 60.
                                    
+
                                    customFields
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    Map<String,String>
                                    
+
                                    User-defined field. The length cannot exceed 2048 characters.
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    
+
+
                                    
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                    Table 29 Parameters of the MRS Flink node
                                    Parameter
                                    
+
                                    Mandatory
                                    
+
                                    Type
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    
+
                                    clusterName
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    MRS cluster name.
                                    
+
                                    Perform the following operations to obtain the MRS cluster name:
                                    
+
                                    1. Log in to the management console.
                                    2. Click MapReduce Service and choose Clusters > Active Clusters from the left navigation pane.
                                    
+
                                    You can obtain the cluster name from the active clusters.
                                    
+
                                    jobName
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    MRS job name.
                                    
+
                                    The job name is user-defined.
                                    
+
                                    flinkJobType
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Flink job type, which can be FLink SQL or Flink JAR
                                    
+
                                    flinkJobProcessType
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Flink job processing mode, which can be batch or stream
                                    
+
                                    scriptName
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    SQL script associated with the Flink SQL job
                                    
+
                                    resourcePath
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    OBS resource path of the custom Flink JAR package
                                    
+
                                    input
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Input path
                                    
+
                                    Input data path of the MRS Flink job. The path can be an HDFS or OBS path.
                                    
+
                                    output
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Output path
                                    
+
                                    Output data path of the MRS Flink job. The path can be an HDFS or OBS path.
                                    
+
                                    programParameter
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Program parameter
                                    
+
                                    Multiple key-value pairs are allowed and separated by vertical bars (|).
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    
+
+
                                    
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                    Table 30 Parameters of the MRS HetuEngine node
                                    Parameter
                                    
+
                                    Mandatory
                                    
+
                                    Type
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    
+
                                    clusterName
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    MRS cluster name.
                                    
+
                                    Perform the following operations to obtain the MRS cluster name:
                                    
+
                                    1. Log in to the management console.
                                    2. Click MapReduce Service and choose Clusters > Active Clusters from the left navigation pane.
                                    
+
                                    You can obtain the cluster name from the active clusters.
                                    
+
                                    jobName
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    MRS job name.
                                    
+
                                    The job name is user-defined.
                                    
+
                                    statementOrScript
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Whether to use an SQL statement for the node or associate an SQL script with the node
                                    
+
                                    scriptName
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    SQL script to be associated with the node
                                    
+
                                    statement
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Custom content of the SQL statement
                                    
+
                                    Data Warehouse
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Data connection required by HetuEngine
                                    
+
                                    Schema
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Name of the schema to be accessed through HetuEngine
                                    
+
                                    Database
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Name of the database to be accessed through HetuEngine
                                    
+
                                    Queue
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Name of the resource queue required by HetuEngine
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    
+
+
                                    
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                    Table 31 Approver attributes
                                    Parameter
                                    
+
                                    Mandatory
                                    
+
                                    Type
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    
+
                                    approverName
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Approver name
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                  
+
                                  Example Request
                                  Modify the attributes of a job named myJob. The job ID is 608627, the last modifier is test_user, the job type is BATCH, the job scheduling configuration is CRON, the job path in the directory tree is /myDir, and the OBS path for storing job run logs is obs://dlf-test-log.
                                  PUT /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/jobs/myJob
+{
+    "basicConfig": {
+        "customFields": {},
+        "executeUser": "",
+        "instanceTimeout": 0,
+        "owner": "test_user",
+        "priority": 0
+    },
+    "directory": "/myDir",
+    "id": 608627,
+    "lastUpdateUser": "test_user",
+    "logPath": "obs://dlf-test-log",
+    "name": "myJob",
+    "nodes": [
+        {
+            "failPolicy": "FAIL_CHILD",
+            "location": {
+                "x": "-45.5",
+                "y": "-134.5"
+            },
+            "maxExecutionTime": 360,
+            "name": "MRS_Hive_SQL",
+            "pollingInterval": 20,
+            "preNodeName": [],
+            "properties": [
+                {
+                    "name": "scriptName",
+                    "value": "test_hive_sql"
+                },
+                {
+                    "name": "connectionName",
+                    "value": "mrs_hive_test"
+                },
+                {
+                    "name": "database",
+                    "value": "default"
+                },
+                {
+                    "name": "scriptArgs",
+                    "value": "test_var=111"
+                }
+            ],
+            "retryInterval": 120,
+            "retryTimes": 0,
+            "type": "HiveSQL"
+        }
+    ],
+    "processType": "BATCH",
+    "schedule": {
+        "type": "CRON"
+    }
+}
                                  
+
                                  
+
                                  
+
                                  Modify the attributes of myJob when the review function is enabled.
                                  PUT /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/jobs/myJob
+{
+    "basicConfig": {
+        "customFields": {},
+        "executeUser": "",
+        "instanceTimeout": 0,
+        "owner": "test_user",
+        "priority": 0
+    },
+    "directory": "/myDir",
+    "id": 608627,
+    "lastUpdateUser": "test_user",
+    "logPath": "obs://dlf-test-log",
+    "name": "myJob",
+    "nodes": [
+        {
+            "failPolicy": "FAIL_CHILD",
+            "location": {
+                "x": "-45.5",
+                "y": "-134.5"
+            },
+            "maxExecutionTime": 360,
+            "name": "MRS_Hive_SQL",
+            "pollingInterval": 20,
+            "preNodeName": [],
+            "properties": [
+                {
+                    "name": "scriptName",
+                    "value": "test_hive_sql"
+                },
+                {
+                    "name": "connectionName",
+                    "value": "mrs_hive_test"
+                },
+                {
+                    "name": "database",
+                    "value": "default"
+                },
+                {
+                    "name": "scriptArgs",
+                    "value": "test_var=111"
+                }
+            ],
+            "retryInterval": 120,
+            "retryTimes": 0,
+            "type": "HiveSQL"
+        }
+    ],
+    "processType": "BATCH",
+    "schedule": {
+        "type": "CRON"
+    },
+    "approvers": [
+    {
+      "approverName": "userName1"
+    },
+    {
+      "approverName": "userName2"
+    }
+  ]
+}
                                  
+
                                  
+
                                  Example Response
                                  • Success response
                                    HTTP status code 204
                                    
 
                                  • Failure response
                                    HTTP status code 400
                                    
 
                                    {
     "error_code":"DLF.0100",
@@ -193,7 +1963,7 @@
 
                                  
 
                                  
 
                                  
-
                                  Parent topic: APIs to Be Taken Offline
                                  
+
                                  Parent topic: Job Development APIs
                                  
 
                                  
 
                                  
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0086.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0086.html
index acc6f2d6..85852f1a 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0086.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0086.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
                                  Viewing a Job List
                                  
-
                                  Function
                                  This API is used to query a list of batch or real-time jobs. A maximum of 1000 jobs can be returned for each query.
                                  
+
                                  Function
                                  This API is used to query a list of batch or real-time jobs. A maximum of 100 jobs can be returned for each query.
                                  
 
                                  
 
                                  URI
                                  • URI format
                                    GET /v1/{project_id}/jobs?jobType={jobType}&offset={offset}&limit={limit}&jobName={jobName}
                                    
 
                                  
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 
                                  		
 
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                  
+
                                  Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
 
                                  jobType
                                  
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
                                   		
 
                                  Integer
                                  
 
                                  Start page of the paging list.
                                  
+
                                  Number of pages of the paging list. 
                                  
 
                                  Default value: 0
                                  
 
                                  The value must be greater than or equal to 0.
                                  
                                   		
 
 
                                  Table 1 Request header parameter
                                  Parameter
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  Mandatory
                                  
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
 
                                  
 
                                  
 
-
                                  Response
                                  
+
                                  Response Parameters
                                  
 
                                  
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                  Table 2 Response parameters
                                  Parameter
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  Mandatory
                                  
@@ -159,6 +159,24 @@
 
                                  • REAL_TIME: real-time processing
                                  • BATCH: batch processing
                                  
 
 
                                  owner
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  Job owner. The length cannot exceed 128 characters.
                                  
+
                                  priority
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  int
                                  
+
                                  Job priority. The value ranges from 0 to 2. The default value is 0. 0 indicates a top priority, 1 indicates a medium priority, and 2 indicates a low priority.
                                  
+
                                  
 
                                  status
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  Yes
                                  
@@ -196,7 +214,7 @@
                                   		
 
                                  Long
                                  
 
                                  Time when the job starts to run.
                                  
+
                                  Time when the job starts running.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
 
                                  endTime
                                  
@@ -205,7 +223,7 @@
                                   		
 
                                  Long
                                  
 
                                  Time when the job stops to run.
                                  
+
                                  Time when the job stops running.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
 
                                  lastInstanceStatus
                                  
@@ -226,14 +244,50 @@
 
                                  Time when the most recent job instance stops to run. This parameter is available only when jobType is set to BATCH.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  lastUpdateTime
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  Long
                                  
+
                                  Time when the job was last updated
                                  
+
                                  lastUpdateUser
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  User who last updated the job
                                  
+
                                  path
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  String
                                  
+
                                  Path of the job.
                                  
+
                                  singleNodeJobFlag
                                  
+
                                  No
                                  
+
                                  boolean
                                  
+
                                  Whether the job is a single-task job
                                  
+
                                  
 
 
                                  
 
                                  
 
                                  
-
                                  Example
                                  View a batch or real-time job list.
                                  
-
                                  • Request
                                  
+
                                  Example Request
                                  Query the job list.
                                  
 
                                  GET /v1/ff6b627b9d7b45b48f773be511c1a2b8/jobs
                                  
-
                                  • Response
                                    {
+
                                  
+
                                  Example Response
                                  • Success response
                                    {
     "jobs": [
         {
             "createTime": 1680783636000,
@@ -241,15 +295,18 @@
             "jobType": "BATCH",
             "lastInstanceEndTime": 1682519407000,
             "lastInstanceStatus": "success",
+            "lastUpdateUser": "test_user",
             "name": "myJob",
-            "startTime": 1680783598000,
+            "owner": "test_user",
+            "path": "/",
+            "priority": 0,
+            "singleNodeJobFlag": false,
             "status": "SCHEDULING"
         }
     ],
     "total": 1
 }
                                    
-
                                  
-
                                  • Failure response
                                    HTTP status code 400
                                    
+
                                  • Failure response
                                    HTTP status code 400
                                    
 
                                    {
     "error_code":"DLF.3051",
     "error_msg":"The request parameter is invalid."
@@ -259,7 +316,7 @@
 
                                  
 
                                  
 
                                  
-
                                  Parent topic: APIs to Be Taken Offline
                                  
+
                                  Parent topic: Job Development APIs
                                  
 
                                  
 
                                  
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0087.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0087.html
index 54484537..cfea336a 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0087.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0087.html
@@ -6,32 +6,32 @@
 
                                  URI
                                  • URI format
                                    GET /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{name}
                                    
 
                                  
 
                                  • Parameter description
-
                                    
-
-
-
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
 
-
                                    Request
                                    
+
                                    Request Parameters
                                    
 
                                    Table 1 URI parameter
                                    Parameter
                                    
+
                                    
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
@@ -39,8 +39,8 @@
 
-
                                    Request
                                    
-
                                    Parameter
                                    
 
                                    Mandatory
                                    
+
                                    Mandatory
                                    
 
                                    Type
                                    
+
                                    Type
                                    
 
                                    Description
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    project_id
                                    
+
                                    project_id
                                    
 
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                    
+
                                    Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    name
                                    
+
                                    name
                                    
 
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Job name.
                                    
+
                                    Job name.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
                                     
 
 
                                    Table 2 Request header parameter
                                    Parameter
                                    
+
                                    Request Parameters
                                    
+
                                    
@@ -64,143 +64,1805 @@
 
                                    Table 1 Request header parameter
                                    Parameter
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Mandatory
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    
-
                                    Response
                                    See the request parameters in Creating a Job.
                                    
+
                                    Response Parameters
                                    
+
                                    
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                    Table 2 Parameters
                                    Parameter
                                    
+
                                    Mandatory
                                    
+
                                    Type
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    
+
                                    name
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Job name. The name contains a maximum of 128 characters, including only letters, numbers, hyphens (-), underscores (_), and periods (.). The job name must be unique.
                                    
+
                                    nodes
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    List<Node>
                                    
+
                                    Node definition. For details, see Table 3.
                                    
+
                                    schedule
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    Schedule data structure
                                    
+
                                    Scheduling configuration. For details, see Table 4.
                                    
+
                                    params
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    List<Param>
                                    
+
                                    Job parameter definition. For details, see Table 5.
                                    
+
                                    directory
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Path of a job in the directory tree. If the directory of the path does not exist during job creation, a directory is automatically created in the root directory /, for example, /dir/a/.
                                    
+
                                    processType
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Job type.
                                    
+
                                    • REAL_TIME: real-time processing
                                    • BATCH: batch processing
                                    
+
                                    id
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    Long
                                    
+
                                    Job ID This parameter is required for querying jobs.
                                    
+
                                    lastUpdateUser
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    User who last updated the job
                                    
+
                                    logPath
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    OBS path for storing job run logs
                                    
+
                                    basicConfig
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    BasicConfig data structure
                                    
+
                                    Basic job information. For details, see Table 27.
                                    
+
                                    
 
                                    
-
                                    Example
                                    View details about job myJob.
                                    
-
                                    • Request
                                      GET /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/jobs/myJob
                                      
+
+
                                      
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                      Table 3 Node data structure description
                                      Parameter
                                      
+
                                      Mandatory
                                      
+
                                      Type
                                      
+
                                      Description
                                      
+
                                      name
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Node name. The name contains a maximum of 128 characters, including only letters, numbers, hyphens (-), underscores (_), and periods (.). Names of the nodes in a job must be unique.
                                      
+
                                      type
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Node type. The options are as follows:
                                      
+
                                      • Hive SQL: Runs Hive SQL scripts.
                                      • Spark SQL: Runs Spark SQL scripts.
                                      • DWS SQL: Runs DWS SQL scripts.
                                      • DLI SQL: Runs DLI SQL scripts.
                                      • Shell: Runs shell SQL scripts.
                                      • CDM Job: Runs CDM jobs.
                                      • CloudTableManager: Manages CloudTable tables, including creating and deleting tables.
                                      • OBS Manager: Manages OBS paths, including creating and deleting paths.
                                      • RESTAPI: Sends REST API requests.
                                      • SMN: Sends short messages or emails.
                                      • MRS Spark: Runs Spark jobs of MRS.
                                      • MapReduce: Runs MapReduce jobs of MRS.
                                      • MRS Flink: Runs Flink jobs of MRS.
                                      • MRS HetuEngine: Runs HetuEngine jobs of MRS.
                                      • DLI Spark: Runs Spark jobs of DLF.
                                      • RDS SQL: Transfers SQL statements to RDS for execution.
                                      
+
                                      location
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      Location data structure
                                      
+
                                      Location of a node on the job canvas. For details, see Table 6.
                                      
+
                                      preNodeName
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      List<String>
                                      
+
                                      Name of the previous node on which the current node depends.
                                      
+
                                      conditions
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      List<Condition>
                                      
+
                                      Node execution condition. Whether the node is executed or not depends on the calculation result of the EL expression saved in the expression field of condition. For details, see Table 7.
                                      
+
                                      properties
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      List<Property>
                                      
+
                                      Node properties. For details, see Table 13.
                                      
+
                                      Each type of node has its own property definition.
                                      
+
+
                                      pollingInterval
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      Int
                                      
+
                                      Interval at which node running results are checked.
                                      
+
                                      Unit: second; value range: 1 to 60
                                      
+
                                      Default value: 10
                                      
+
                                      maxExecutionTime
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      Int
                                      
+
                                      Maximum execution time of a node. If a node is not executed within the maximum execution time, the node is set to the failed state.
                                      
+
                                      Unit: minute; value range: 5 to 1440
                                      
+
                                      Default value: 60
                                      
+
                                      retryTimes
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      Int
                                      
+
                                      Number of the node retries. The value ranges from 0 to 5. 0 indicates no retry.
                                      
+
                                      Default value: 0
                                      
+
                                      retryInterval
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      Int
                                      
+
                                      Interval at which a retry is performed upon a failure. The value ranges from 5 to 120.
                                      
+
                                      Unit: second
                                      
+
                                      Default value: 120
                                      
+
                                      failPolicy
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Node failure policy.
                                      
+
                                      • FAIL: Terminate the execution of the current job.
                                      • IGNORE: Continue to execute the next node.
                                      • SUSPEND: Suspend the execution of the current job.
                                      • FAIL_CHILD: Terminate the execution of the subsequent node.
                                        The default value is FAIL.
                                        
 
                                      
-
                                      • Success response
                                        {
-	"basicConfig": {
-		"instanceTimeout": 0,
-		"priority": 0
-	},
-	"logPath": "obs://dlf-log-b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505",
-	"name": "myJob",
-	"nodes": [{
-		"failPolicy": "FAIL",
-		"location": {
-			"x": "385.0",
-			"y": "150.0"
-		},
-		"maxExecutionTime": 60,
-		"name": "DIS_INPUT",
-		"pollingInterval": 1,
-		"preNodeName": [],
-		"properties": [{
-			"name": "streamName",
-			"value": "csinput"
-		}],
-		"resources": [],
-		"retryInterval": 120,
-		"retryTimes": 0,
-		"type": "DISStream"
-	},
-	{
-		"failPolicy": "FAIL",
-		"location": {
-			"x": "572.0",
-			"y": "151.0"
-		},
-		"maxExecutionTime": 60,
-		"name": "CS_PROCESS",
-		"pollingInterval": 10,
-		"preNodeName": ["DIS_INPUT"],
-		"properties": [{
-			"name": "scriptName",
-			"value": "CS_PROCESS_TRIP"
-		},
-		{
-			"name": "jobName",
-			"value": "CS_PROCESS"
-		},
-		{
-			"name": "jobType",
-			"value": "flink_sql_job"
-		},
-		{
-			"name": "clusterName",
-			"value": "-1"
-		},
-		{
-			"name": "spuNumber",
-			"value": "2"
-		},
-		{
-			"name": "parallelNumber",
-			"value": "1"
-		}],
-		"resources": [],
-		"retryInterval": 120,
-		"retryTimes": 0,
-		"type": "CSJob"
-	},
-	{
-		"failPolicy": "FAIL",
-		"location": {
-			"x": "718.0",
-			"y": "121.0"
-		},
-		"maxExecutionTime": 60,
-		"name": "DIS_EVENT",
-		"pollingInterval": 1,
-		"preNodeName": ["CS_PROCESS"],
-		"properties": [{
-			"name": "streamName",
-			"value": "dis-event"
-		}],
-		"resources": [],
-		"retryInterval": 120,
-		"retryTimes": 0,
-		"type": "DISStream"
-	},
-	{
-		"eventTrigger": {
-			"channel": "dis-event",
-			"concurrent": 1,
-			"engineType": "DIS",
-			"failPolicy": "CONTINUE",
-			"readPolicy": "LAST"
-		},
-		"failPolicy": "FAIL",
-		"location": {
-			"x": "848.0",
-			"y": "167.0"
-		},
-		"maxExecutionTime": 60,
-		"name": "TRIP_RAW_STANDARD",
-		"pollingInterval": 10,
-		"preNodeName": ["DIS_EVENT"],
-		"properties": [{
-			"name": "scriptName",
-			"value": "TRIP_RAW_STANDARD"
-		},
-		{
-			"name": "database",
-			"value": "lixinlong"
-		},
-		{
-			"name": "queueName",
-			"value": "default"
-		}],
-		"resources": [],
-		"retryInterval": 120,
-		"retryTimes": 0,
-		"type": "DLISQL"
-	}],
-	"params": [{
-		"name": "dis_channel",
-		"value": "dis_input"
-	}],
-	"processType": "REAL_TIME",
-	"resources": [],
-	"schedule": {
-		"type": "EXECUTE_ONCE"
-	},
-	"version": "1.0"
-}
-
                                        
+
                                      eventTrigger
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      Event data structure
                                      
+
                                      Event trigger for the real-time job node. For details, see Table 10.
                                      
+
                                      cronTrigger
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      Cron data structure
                                      
+
                                      Cron trigger for the real-time job node. For details, see Table 8.
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
+
                                      
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                      Table 4 Schedule data structure description
                                      Parameter
                                      
+
                                      Mandatory
                                      
+
                                      Type
                                      
+
                                      Description
                                      
+
                                      type
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Scheduling type.
                                      
+
                                      • EXECUTE_ONCE: The job runs immediately and runs only once.
                                      • CRON: The job runs periodically.
                                      • EVENT: The job is triggered by events.
                                      
+
                                      cron
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      Data structure
                                      
+
                                      When type is set to CRON, configure the scheduling frequency and start time. For details, see Table 9.
                                      
+
                                      event
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      Data structure
                                      
+
                                      When type is set to EVENT, configure information such as the event source. For details, see Table 10.
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
+
                                      
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                      Table 5 Param data structure description
                                      Parameter
                                      
+
                                      Mandatory
                                      
+
                                      Type
                                      
+
                                      Description
                                      
+
                                      name
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Parameter name. It contains only letters, digits, hyphens (-), and underscores (_), and can contain no more than 64 characters.
                                      
+
                                      value
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Value of the parameter. It cannot exceed 1,024 characters.
                                      
+
                                      type
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Type
                                      
+
                                      • variable
                                      • constants
                                        Default value: variable
                                        
 
                                      
-
                                      • Failure response
                                        HTTP status code 400
                                        
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
+
                                      
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                      Table 6 Location data structure description
                                      Parameter
                                      
+
                                      Mandatory
                                      
+
                                      Type
                                      
+
                                      Description
                                      
+
                                      x
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      Int
                                      
+
                                      Position of the node on the horizontal axis of the job canvas.
                                      
+
                                      y
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      Int
                                      
+
                                      Position of the node on the vertical axis of the job canvas.
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
+
                                      
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                      Table 7 condition data structure description
                                      Parameter
                                      
+
                                      Mandatory
                                      
+
                                      Type
                                      
+
                                      Description
                                      
+
                                      preNodeName
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Name of the previous node on which the current node depends.
                                      
+
                                      expression
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      EL expression. If the calculation result of the EL expression is true, this node is executed.
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
+
                                      
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                      Table 8 CronTrigger data structure description
                                      Parameter
                                      
+
                                      Mandatory
                                      
+
                                      Type
                                      
+
                                      Description
                                      
+
                                      startTime
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Scheduling start time in the format of yyyy-MM-dd'T'HH:mm:ssZ, which is an ISO 8601 time format. For example, 2018-10-22T23:59:59+08, which indicates that a job starts to be scheduled at 23:59:59 on October 22nd, 2018.
                                      
+
                                      endTime
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Scheduling end time in the format of yyyy-MM-dd'T'HH:mm:ssZ, which is an ISO 8601 time format. For example, 2018-10-22T23:59:59+08, which indicates that a job stops to be scheduled at 23:59:59 on October 22nd, 2018. If the end time is not set, the job will continuously be executed based on the scheduling period.
                                      
+
                                      expression
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Cron expression in the format of <second><minute><hour><day><month><week>. For details about the value input in each field, see Table 11.
                                      
+
                                      expressionTimeZone
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Time zone corresponding to the Cron expression, for example, GMT+8.
                                      
+
                                      Default value: time zone where DataArts Studio is located
                                      
+
                                      period
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      Job execution interval consisting of a time and time unit
                                      
+
                                      Example: 1 hours, 1 days, 1 weeks, 1 months
                                      
+
                                      The value must match the value of expression.
                                      
+
                                      dependPrePeriod
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      Boolean
                                      
+
                                      Indicates whether to depend on the execution result of the current job's dependent job in the previous scheduling period.
                                      
+
                                      Default value: false
                                      
+
                                      dependJobs
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      DependJobs data structure
                                      
+
                                      Job dependency configuration. For details, see Table 12.
                                      
+
                                      concurrent
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      Integer
                                      
+
                                      Number of concurrent executions allowed
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
+
                                      
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                      Table 9 Cron data structure description
                                      Parameter
                                      
+
                                      Mandatory
                                      
+
                                      Type
                                      
+
                                      Description
                                      
+
                                      startTime
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Scheduling start time in the format of yyyy-MM-dd'T'HH:mm:ssZ, which is an ISO 8601 time format. For example, 2018-10-22T23:59:59+08, which indicates that a job starts to be scheduled at 23:59:59 on October 22nd, 2018.
                                      
+
                                      endTime
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Scheduling end time in the format of yyyy-MM-dd'T'HH:mm:ssZ, which is an ISO 8601 time format. For example, 2018-10-22T23:59:59+08, which indicates that a job stops to be scheduled at 23:59:59 on October 22nd, 2018. If the end time is not set, the job will continuously be executed based on the scheduling period.
                                      
+
                                      expression
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Cron expression in the format of <second><minute><hour><day><month><week>. For details about the value input in each field, see Table 11.
                                      
+
                                      expressionTimeZone
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Time zone corresponding to the Cron expression, for example, GMT+8.
                                      
+
                                      Default value: time zone where DataArts Studio is located
                                      
+
                                      dependPrePeriod
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      Boolean
                                      
+
                                      Indicates whether to depend on the execution result of the current job's dependent job in the previous scheduling period.
                                      
+
                                      Default value: false
                                      
+
                                      dependJobs
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      DependJobs data structure
                                      
+
                                      Job dependency configuration. For details, see Table 12.
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
+
                                      
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                      Table 10 Event data structure description
                                      Parameter
                                      
+
                                      Mandatory
                                      
+
                                      Type
                                      
+
                                      Description
                                      
+
                                      eventType
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Select the corresponding connection name and topic. When a new Kafka message is received, the job is triggered.
                                      
+
                                      Set this parameter to KAFKA.
                                      
+
                                      Event type. Currently, only newly reported data events from the DIS stream can be monitored. Each time a data record is reported, the job runs once.
                                      
+
                                      This parameter is set to DIS.
                                      
+
                                      Select the OBS path to be listened to. If new files exist in the path, scheduling is triggered. The path name can be referenced using variable Job.trigger.obsNewFiles. The prerequisite is that DIS notifications have been configured for the OBS path.
                                      
+
                                      Set this parameter to OBS.
                                      
+
                                      failPolicy
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Job failure policy.
                                      
+
                                      • SUSPEND: Suspend the event.
                                      • IGNORE: Ignore the failure and process with the next event.
                                      
+
                                      Default value: SUSPEND
                                      
+
                                      concurrent
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      int
                                      
+
                                      Number of the concurrently scheduled jobs. 
                                      
+
                                      Value range: 1 to 128
                                      
+
                                      Default value: 1
                                      
+
                                      readPolicy
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Access policy.
                                      
+
                                      • LAST: Access data from the last location.
                                      • NEW: Access data from a new location.
                                      
+
                                      Default value: LAST
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
+
                                      
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                      Table 11 Values in the Cron expression fields
                                      Field
                                      
+
                                      Value Range
                                      
+
                                      Allowed Special Character
                                      
+
                                      Description
                                      
+
                                      Second
                                      
+
                                      0-59
                                      
+
                                      , - * /
                                      
+
                                      In the current version, only 0 is allowed.
                                      
+
                                      Minute
                                      
+
                                      0-59
                                      
+
                                      , - * /
                                      
+
                                      -
                                      
+
                                      Hour
                                      
+
                                      0-23
                                      
+
                                      , - * /
                                      
+
                                      -
                                      
+
                                      Day
                                      
+
                                      1-31
                                      
+
                                      , - * ? / L W C
                                      
+
                                      -
                                      
+
                                      Month
                                      
+
                                      1-12
                                      
+
                                      , - * /
                                      
+
                                      In the current version, only * is allowed.
                                      
+
                                      Week
                                      
+
                                      1-7
                                      
+
                                      , - * ? / L C #
                                      
+
                                      Starting from Sunday.
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
+
                                      
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                      Table 12 DependJobs data structure description
                                      Parameter
                                      
+
                                      Mandatory
                                      
+
                                      Type
                                      
+
                                      Description
                                      
+
                                      jobs
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      List<String>
                                      
+
                                      A list of dependent jobs. Only the existing jobs can be depended on.
                                      
+
                                      dependPeriod
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Dependency period.
                                      
+
                                      • SAME_PERIOD: To run a job or not depends on the execution result of its depended job in the current scheduling period.
                                      • PRE_PERIOD: To run a job or not depends on the execution result of its depended job in the previous scheduling period.
                                      
+
                                      Default value: SAME_PERIOD
                                      
+
                                      dependFailPolicy
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Dependency job failure policy.
                                      
+
                                      • FAIL: Stop the job and set the job to the failed state.
                                      • IGNORE: Continue to run the job.
                                      • SUSPEND: Suspend the job.
                                      
+
                                      Default value: FAIL
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
+
                                      
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                      Table 13 Property parameters
                                      Parameter
                                      
+
                                      Mandatory
                                      
+
                                      Type
                                      
+
                                      Description
                                      
+
                                      name
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Property name
                                      
+
                                      value
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Property value
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
+
                                      
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                      Table 14 Parameters of the Hive SQL node
                                      Parameter
                                      
+
                                      Mandatory
                                      
+
                                      Type
                                      
+
                                      Description
                                      
+
                                      scriptName
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Script name
                                      
+
                                      database
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Database name
                                      
+
                                      Database in the MRS Hive. The default value is default.
                                      
+
                                      connectionName
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Name of a connection
                                      
+
                                      scriptArgs
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Script parameter in format of key and value. Multiple parameters are separated by newlines (\n), for example, key1=value1\nkey2=value2.
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
+
                                      
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                      Table 15 Parameters of the Spark SQL node
                                      Parameter
                                      
+
                                      Mandatory
                                      
+
                                      Type
                                      
+
                                      Description
                                      
+
                                      scriptName
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Script name
                                      
+
                                      database
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Database name
                                      
+
                                      Database in the MRS Spark SQL. The default value is default.
                                      
+
                                      connectionName
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Name of a connection
                                      
+
                                      scriptArgs
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Script parameter in format of key and value. Multiple parameters are separated by newlines (\n), for example, key1=value1\nkey2=value2.
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
+
                                      
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                      Table 16 Parameters of the DWS SQL node
                                      Parameter
                                      
+
                                      Mandatory
                                      
+
                                      Type
                                      
+
                                      Description
                                      
+
                                      scriptName
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Script name
                                      
+
                                      database
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Database name
                                      
+
                                      Database in DWS. The default value is postgres.
                                      
+
                                      connectionName
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Name of a connection
                                      
+
                                      scriptArgs
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Script parameter in format of key and value. Multiple parameters are separated by newlines (\n), for example, key1=value1\nkey2=value2.
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
+
                                      
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                      Table 17 Parameters of the DLI SQL node
                                      Parameter
                                      
+
                                      Mandatory
                                      
+
                                      Type
                                      
+
                                      Description
                                      
+
                                      scriptName
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Script name
                                      
+
                                      database
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Database name
                                      
+
                                      Database in DLI.
                                      
+
                                      connectionName
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Name of a connection
                                      
+
                                      scriptArgs
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Script parameter in format of key and value. Multiple parameters are separated by newlines (\n), for example, key1=value1\nkey2=value2.
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
+
                                      
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                      Table 18 Parameters of the shell node
                                      Parameter
                                      
+
                                      Mandatory
                                      
+
                                      Type
                                      
+
                                      Description
                                      
+
                                      scriptName
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Script name
                                      
+
                                      connectionName
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Name of a connection
                                      
+
                                      arguments
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Shell script parameter.
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
+
                                      
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                      Table 19 Parameters of the CDM Job node
                                      Parameter
                                      
+
                                      Mandatory
                                      
+
                                      Type
                                      
+
                                      Description
                                      
+
                                      clusterName
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Cluster name
                                      
+
                                      You can obtain the cluster name from the CDM cluster list on the DataArts Migration page of the DataArts Studio console.
                                      
+
                                      jobName
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Job name
                                      
+
                                      To obtain the job name, access the DataArts Studio console, choose DataArts Migration, click a cluster name on the Cluster Management page, and click Job Management on the displayed page.
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
+
                                      
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                      Table 20 Parameters of the CloudTableManager node
                                      Parameter
                                      
+
                                      Mandatory
                                      
+
                                      Type
                                      
+
                                      Description
                                      
+
                                      namespace
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      namespaces
                                      
+
                                      Default value: default
                                      
+
                                      action
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Action type
                                      
+
                                      • CREATE_TABLE: Create a table.
                                      • DELETE_TABLE: Delete a table.
                                      
+
                                      table
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Table name
                                      
+
                                      columnFamily
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Column family
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
+
                                      
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                      Table 21 Parameters of the OBSManager node
                                      Parameter
                                      
+
                                      Mandatory
                                      
+
                                      Type
                                      
+
                                      Description
                                      
+
                                      action
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Action type
                                      
+
                                      • CREATE_PATH: Create an OBS path.
                                      • DELETE_PATH: Delete an OBS path.
                                      
+
                                      path
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      OBS path
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
+
                                      
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                      Table 22 Parameters of the RESTAPI node
                                      Parameter
                                      
+
                                      Mandatory
                                      
+
                                      Type
                                      
+
                                      Description
                                      
+
                                      url
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      URL address
                                      
+
                                      URL of the cloud service.
                                      
+
                                      method
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      HTTP method
                                      
+
                                      • GET
                                      • POST
                                      • PUT
                                      • DELETE
                                      
+
                                      headers
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      HTTP message header in the format of <message header name>=<value>. Multiple message headers are separated by newlines.
                                      
+
                                      body
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Message body
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
+
                                      
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                      Table 23 Parameters of the SMN node
                                      Parameter
                                      
+
                                      Mandatory
                                      
+
                                      Type
                                      
+
                                      Description
                                      
+
                                      topic
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      SMN topic URN.
                                      
+
                                      Perform the following operations to obtain an SMN topic URN:
                                      
+
                                      1. Log in to the management console.
                                      2. Click Simple Message Notification and choose Topic Management > Topics from the list on the left.
                                      
+
                                      You can obtain the SMN topic URN in the topic list.
                                      
+
                                      subject
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Message title, which is used as the subject of an email sent to a subscriber.
                                      
+
                                      messageType
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Message type
                                      
+
                                      • NORMAL
                                      • STRUCTURE
                                      • TEMPLATE
                                      
+
                                      message
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Message to be sent.
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
+
                                      
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                      Table 24 Parameters of the MRS Spark node
                                      Parameter
                                      
+
                                      Mandatory
                                      
+
                                      Type
                                      
+
                                      Description
                                      
+
                                      clusterName
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      MRS cluster name.
                                      
+
                                      Perform the following operations to obtain the MRS cluster name:
                                      
+
                                      1. Log in to the management console.
                                      2. Click MapReduce Service and choose Clusters > Active Clusters from the left navigation pane.
                                      
+
                                      You can obtain the cluster name from the active clusters.
                                      
+
                                      jobName
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      MRS job name.
                                      
+
                                      The job name is user-defined.
                                      
+
                                      resourcePath
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      OBS resource path of the custom Spark JAR package
                                      
+
                                      parameters
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Custom parameters of the Spark JAR package
                                      
+
                                      You can specify parameters for a custom JAR package.
                                      
+
                                      input
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Input path
                                      
+
                                      Input data path of the MRS Spark job. The path can be an HDFS or OBS path.
                                      
+
                                      output
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Output path
                                      
+
                                      Output data path of the MRS Spark job. The path can be an HDFS or OBS path.
                                      
+
                                      programParameter
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Program parameter
                                      
+
                                      Multiple key-value pairs are allowed and separated by vertical bars (|).
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
+
                                      
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                      Table 25 Parameters of the MapReduce node
                                      Parameter
                                      
+
                                      Mandatory
                                      
+
                                      Type
                                      
+
                                      Description
                                      
+
                                      clusterName
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      MRS cluster name.
                                      
+
                                      Perform the following operations to obtain the MRS cluster name:
                                      
+
                                      1. Log in to the management console.
                                      2. Click MapReduce Service and choose Clusters > Active Clusters from the left navigation pane.
                                      
+
                                      You can obtain the cluster name from the active clusters.
                                      
+
                                      jobName
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      MRS job name.
                                      
+
                                      The job name is user-defined.
                                      
+
                                      resourcePath
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Resource path
                                      
+
                                      parameters
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Job parameters
                                      
+
                                      input
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Input path
                                      
+
                                      Input data path of the MapReduce job. The path can be an HDFS or OBS path.
                                      
+
                                      output
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Output path
                                      
+
                                      Output data path of the MapReduce job. The path can be an HDFS or OBS path.
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
+
                                      
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                      Table 26 Parameters of the DLI Spark node
                                      Parameter
                                      
+
                                      Mandatory
                                      
+
                                      Type
                                      
+
                                      Description
                                      
+
                                      clusterName
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      DLI queue name
                                      
+
                                      Perform the following operations to obtain the DLI queue name:
                                      
+
                                      1. Log in to the management console.
                                      2. Click Data Lake Insight and then Queue Management.
                                      
+
                                      You can obtain the queue name from the queue management list.
                                      
+
                                      jobName
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      DLI job name.
                                      
+
                                      Perform the following operations to obtain the job name:
                                      
+
                                      1. Log in to the management console.
                                      2. Click Data Lake Insight and then Spark Jobs.
                                      3. Choose Job Management.
                                      
+
                                      You can obtain the job name from the job management list.
                                      
+
                                      resourceType
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Type of the running resource of the DLI job . This parameter is optional.
                                      
+
                                      1. OBS path: OBS
                                      
+
                                      2. DLI package: DLIResources
                                      
+
                                      jobClass
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Main class name. When the application type is .jar, the main class name cannot be empty.
                                      
+
                                      resourcePath
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      JAR package resource path.
                                      
+
                                      jarArgs
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Main-class entry parameter.
                                      
+
                                      sparkConfig
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Running parameter of the Spark job.
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
+
                                      
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                      Table 27 BasicConfig job information
                                      Parameter
                                      
+
                                      Mandatory
                                      
+
                                      Type
                                      
+
                                      Description
                                      
+
                                      owner
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Job owner. The length cannot exceed 128 characters.
                                      
+
                                      priority
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      int
                                      
+
                                      Job priority. The value ranges from 0 to 2. The default value is 0. 0 indicates a top priority, 1 indicates a medium priority, and 2 indicates a low priority.
                                      
+
                                      executeUser
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Job execution user. The value must be an existing username.
                                      
+
                                      instanceTimeout
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      int
                                      
+
                                      Instance timeout interval. The unit is minute. The value ranges from 5 to 1440. The default value is 60.
                                      
+
                                      customFields
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      Map<String,String>
                                      
+
                                      User-defined field. The length cannot exceed 2048 characters.
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
+
                                      
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                      Table 28 Parameters of the MRS Flink node
                                      Parameter
                                      
+
                                      Mandatory
                                      
+
                                      Type
                                      
+
                                      Description
                                      
+
                                      clusterName
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      MRS cluster name.
                                      
+
                                      Perform the following operations to obtain the MRS cluster name:
                                      
+
                                      1. Log in to the management console.
                                      2. Click MapReduce Service and choose Clusters > Active Clusters from the left navigation pane.
                                      
+
                                      You can obtain the cluster name from the active clusters.
                                      
+
                                      jobName
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      MRS job name.
                                      
+
                                      The job name is user-defined.
                                      
+
                                      flinkJobType
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Flink job type, which can be FLink SQL or Flink JAR
                                      
+
                                      flinkJobProcessType
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Flink job processing mode, which can be batch or stream
                                      
+
                                      scriptName
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      SQL script associated with the Flink SQL job
                                      
+
                                      resourcePath
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      OBS resource path of the custom Flink JAR package
                                      
+
                                      input
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Input path
                                      
+
                                      Input data path of the MRS Flink job. The path can be an HDFS or OBS path.
                                      
+
                                      output
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Output path
                                      
+
                                      Output data path of the MRS Flink job. The path can be an HDFS or OBS path.
                                      
+
                                      programParameter
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Program parameter
                                      
+
                                      Multiple key-value pairs are allowed and separated by vertical bars (|).
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
+
                                      
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                      Table 29 Parameters of the MRS HetuEngine node
                                      Parameter
                                      
+
                                      Mandatory
                                      
+
                                      Type
                                      
+
                                      Description
                                      
+
                                      clusterName
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      MRS cluster name.
                                      
+
                                      Perform the following operations to obtain the MRS cluster name:
                                      
+
                                      1. Log in to the management console.
                                      2. Click MapReduce Service and choose Clusters > Active Clusters from the left navigation pane.
                                      
+
                                      You can obtain the cluster name from the active clusters.
                                      
+
                                      jobName
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      MRS job name.
                                      
+
                                      The job name is user-defined.
                                      
+
                                      statementOrScript
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Whether to use an SQL statement for the node or associate an SQL script with the node
                                      
+
                                      scriptName
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      SQL script to be associated with the node
                                      
+
                                      statement
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Custom content of the SQL statement
                                      
+
                                      Data Warehouse
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Data connection required by HetuEngine
                                      
+
                                      Schema
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Name of the schema to be accessed through HetuEngine
                                      
+
                                      Database
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Name of the database to be accessed through HetuEngine
                                      
+
                                      Queue
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Name of the resource queue required by HetuEngine
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                    
+
                                    Example Request
                                    View details about job myJob.
                                    GET /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/jobs/myJob
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    Example Response
                                    • Success response
                                      {
+    "basicConfig": {
+        "agency": "",
+        "customFields": {},
+        "executeUser": "",
+        "instanceTimeout": 0,
+        "owner": "test_user",
+        "priority": 0,
+        "tags": {}
+    },
+    "description": "",
+    "emptyRunningJob": "0",
+    "id": 608627,
+    "lastUpdateUser": "test_user",
+    "logPath": "obs://dlf-test-log",
+    "name": "myJob",
+    "nodes": [
+        {
+            "failPolicy": "FAIL_CHILD",
+            "location": {
+                "x": "-45.5",
+                "y": "-134.5"
+            },
+            "maxExecutionTime": 360,
+            "name": "MRS_Hive_SQL",
+            "pollingInterval": 20,
+            "preNodeName": [],
+            "properties": [
+                {
+                    "name": "scriptName",
+                    "value": "test_hive_sql"
+                },
+                {
+                    "name": "connectionName",
+                    "value": "mrs_hive_test"
+                },
+                {
+                    "name": "database",
+                    "value": "default"
+                },
+                {
+                    "name": "scriptArgs",
+                    "value": "test_var=111"
+                }
+            ],
+            "retryInterval": 120,
+            "retryTimes": 0,
+            "type": "HiveSQL"
+        }
+    ],
+    "processType": "BATCH",
+    "schedule": {
+        "type": "CRON"
+    }
+}
                                      
+
                                    • Failure response
                                      HTTP status code 400
                                      
 
                                      {
     "error_code":"DLF.0100",
     "error_msg":"The job does not exists."
@@ -210,7 +1872,7 @@
 
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    
-
                                    Parent topic: APIs to Be Taken Offline
                                    
+
                                    Parent topic: Job Development APIs
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0088.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0088.html
index a8777ec2..3370eead 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0088.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0088.html
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 
                                    Exporting a Job
                                    
 
                                    Function
                                    This API is used to export a job, including job definitions, job dependency scripts, and CDM job definitions.
                                    
 
                                    
-
                                    URI
                                    • URI format
                                      POST /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{name}/export
                                      
+
                                      URI
                                      • URI format
                                        POST /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{job_name}/export
                                        
 
                                      
 
                                      • Parameter description
 
                                        
-
-
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
 
-
                                        Request
                                        
+
                                        Request Parameters
                                        
 
                                        Table 1 URI parameters
                                        Parameter
                                        
@@ -22,10 +22,10 @@
 
 
                                        String
                                        
 
                                        Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                        
+
                                        Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                        
                                         		
 
                                        name
                                        
+
                                        job_name
                                        
                                         		
 
                                        Yes
                                        
                                         		
 
 
                                        Table 2 Request header parameter
                                        Parameter
                                        
                                         		
 
                                        Mandatory
                                        
@@ -63,41 +63,17 @@
 
 
                                        
 
                                        
-
-
                                        
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                        Table 3 Parameter
                                        Parameter
                                        
-
                                        Mandatory
                                        
-
                                        Type
                                        
-
                                        Description
                                        
-
                                        exportDepend
                                        
-
                                        No
                                        
-
                                        boolean
                                        
-
                                        Specifies whether to export the scripts and resources that the job depends on.
                                        
-
                                        Default value: true
                                        
-
                                        
 
                                        
-
                                      
-
                                      Response
                                      The value of Content-Type in the response message is application/octet-stream that needs to be converted into a file. For details, see Parsing a Stream in a Response Message. Response messages are compressed as a file. The file name format is DLF_job_name.zip. The file directory is as follows:
                                      
+
                                      Response Parameters
                                      The value of Content-Type in the response message is application/octet-stream that needs to be converted into a file. For details, see Parsing a Stream in a Response Message. Response messages are compressed as a file. The file name format is DLF_job_name.zip. The file directory is as follows:
                                      
 
                                      jobs
 ├─{job_name}.job
 scripts
 ├─{script_name}.script
 resources
 ├─{resource_name}.resource
                                      
-
                                      Table 4 describes the file directory parameters.
                                      
+
                                      Table 3 describes the file directory parameters.
                                      
 
-
                                      
-
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
 
-
                                      Request
                                      
+
                                      Request Parameters
                                      
 
                                      Table 4 Response parameters
                                      Parameter
                                      
+
                                      
@@ -141,21 +117,17 @@ resources
 
                                    • {script_name}.script
                                      The parameters in the file are the same as the request parameters of the API for creating a resource. For details, see Creating a Script.
                                      
 
                                      • 
-
                                      Example
                                      Export job myJob.
                                      
-
                                      • Request
                                        POST /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/jobs/myJob/export
-{
-   "exportDepend":true
-}
                                        
-
                                      
-
                                      • Success response
                                        HTTP status code 200
                                        
-
                                        The name of the exported file is DLF_myJob.zip. The file structure after decompression is as follows:
                                        
+
                                        Example Request
                                        Export job myJob.
                                        POST /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/jobs/myJob/export
                                        
+
                                        
+
                                        
+
                                        Example Response
                                        • Success response
                                          HTTP status code 200
                                          
+
                                          The name of the exported file is DLF_myJob.zip. The file structure after decompression is as follows:
                                          
 
                                          jobs
 ├─myJob.job
 scripts
 ├─CS_PROCESS_TRIP.script
 ├─TRIP_RAW_STANDARD.script
                                          
-
                                        
-
                                        • Failure response
                                          HTTP status code 400
                                          
+
                                        • Failure response
                                          HTTP status code 400
                                          
 
                                          {
     "error_code":"DLF.0100",
     "error_msg":"The job does not exists."
@@ -165,7 +137,7 @@ scripts
 
                                        
 
                                        
 
                                        
-
                                        Parent topic: APIs to Be Taken Offline
                                        
+
                                        Parent topic: Job Development APIs
                                        
 
                                        
 
                                        
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0089.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0089.html
index f57083a5..f2411ebd 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0089.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0089.html
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 
 
                                      
-
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
 
-
                                      Request
                                      
+
                                      Request Parameters
                                      
 
                                      Table 3 Response parameters
                                      Parameter
                                      
                                       		
 
                                      Mandatory
                                      
                                       		
 
                                      String
                                      
 
                                      Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                      
+
                                      Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                      
                                       		
 
                                      
 
 
 
                                      Table 2 Request header parameter
                                      Parameter
                                      
                                       		
 
                                      Mandatory
                                      
@@ -88,16 +88,16 @@
 
                                      
 
                                      
 
-
                                      Response
                                      The response message of batch exporting jobs is the same as that of exporting jobs. For details, see Response.
                                      
+
                                      Response Parameters
                                      The response message of batch exporting jobs is the same as that of exporting jobs. For details, see Response Parameters.
                                      
 
                                      
-
                                      Example
                                      Export two jobs named job_batch and job_stream.
                                      
-
                                      • Request
                                        POST /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/jobs/batch-export
+
                                        Example Request
                                        Export two jobs named job_batch and job_stream, respectively. Scripts and resources on which the job depends are exported by default.
                                        POST /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/jobs/batch-export
 {
    "jobList":["job_batch","job_stream"],
    "exportDepend":true
 }
                                        
-
                                      
-
                                      • Success response
                                        The name of the exported file is jobs.zip. The file structure after decompression is as follows:
                                        
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      Example Response
                                      • Success response
                                        The value of Content-Type in the response message is application/octet-stream that needs to be converted into a file. For details, see Parsing a Stream in a Response Message. The response is a compressed file named jobs.zip. The file structure after decompression is as follows:
                                        
 
                                        jobs
 +---job_batch
 |       dws_sql.script
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 \---job_stream
 job_stream.job
                                        
 
                                        job_batch.job and job_stream.job are job definition files.
                                        
-
                                        dli_sql.script is the DLI SQL script file used by job_batch.job.
                                        
+
                                        dws_sql.script is the DWS SQL script file used by job_batch.job.
                                        
 
                                      
 
                                      • Failure response
                                        HTTP status code 400
                                        
 
                                        {
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ job_stream.job
                                        
 
                                      
 
                                      
 
                                      
-
                                      Parent topic: APIs to Be Taken Offline
                                      
+
                                      Parent topic: Job Development APIs
                                      
 
                                      
 
                                      
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0090.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0090.html
index d8a7047a..85ecc2a4 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0090.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0090.html
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
 
 
                                      String
                                      
 
                                      Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                      
+
                                      Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                      
                                       		
 
                                      
 
 
 
                                      
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                      Table 2 Request parameters
                                      Parameter
                                      
                                       		
 
                                      Mandatory
                                      
@@ -91,6 +91,25 @@
 
                                      User that executes the job.
                                      
                                       		
 
                                      targetStatus
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      This parameter is required if the review function is enabled. It indicates the target status of the job. The value can be SAVED, SUBMITTED, or PRODUCTION.
                                      
+
                                      • SAVED indicates that the job is saved but cannot be scheduled or executed. It can be executed only after submitted and approved.
                                      • SUBMITTED indicates that the job is automatically submitted after it is saved and can be executed after it is approved.
                                      • PRODUCTION indicates that the job can be directly executed after it is created. Note: Only the workspace administrator can create jobs in the PRODUCTION state.
                                      
+
                                      approvers
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      List<JobApprover>
                                      
+
                                      Job approver. This parameter is required if the review function is enabled. For details, see Table 5.
                                      
+
                                      
 
 
                                      
 
                                      
@@ -150,22 +169,62 @@
 
 
                                    
 
                                    
+
+
                                    
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                    Table 5 Approver attributes
                                    Parameter
                                    
+
                                    Mandatory
                                    
+
                                    Type
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    
+
                                    approverName
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Approver name
                                    
+
                                    
 
                                    
-
                                    Example
                                    Import jobs from OBS to DLF. If there are jobs and scripts with the same name, overwrite them.
                                    
-
                                    • Request
                                      POST /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/jobs/import
+
                                    
+
                                    Example Request
                                    Import jobs from OBS to DLF. If there are jobs and scripts with the same name, overwrite them. The definition file of the imported job is in the obs://aaaaa/job_batch.zip OBS path, and the job name is job_batch.
                                    POST /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/jobs/import
 {
-"path": "obs://aaaaa/job_batch.zip",
-"sameNamePolicy": "OVERWRITE",
-"jobsParam": [{
-"name": "job_batch",
-"params": {
-"streamName": "dis-AHTr"
-}
-}]
+    "path": "obs://aaaaa/job_batch.zip",
+    "jobsParam": [
+        {
+            "name": "job_batch"
+        }
+    ]
 }
                                    
-
-
                                    • Success response
                                      HTTP status code 200
                                      {
-"taskId":"008aae2e675933c7016759418e870000"
+
                                      
+
                                    
+
                                    Import jobs from OBS to DLF when the review function is enabled. If there are jobs and scripts with the same name, overwrite them.
                                    POST /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/jobs/import
+{
+    "path": "obs://aaaaa/job_batch.zip",
+    "jobsParam": [
+        {
+            "name": "job_batch"
+        }
+    ],
+    "targetStatus": "SUBMITTED",
+    "approvers": [
+    {
+      "approverName": "userName1"
+    },
+    {
+      "approverName": "userName2"
+    }
+  ]
+}
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    Example Response
                                    • Success response
                                      HTTP status code 200
                                      {
+    "taskId":"008aae2e675933c7016759418e870000"
 }
                                      
 
                                      
 
                                    • Failure response
                                      HTTP status code 400
                                      
@@ -178,7 +237,7 @@
 
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    
-
                                    Parent topic: APIs to Be Taken Offline
                                    
+
                                    Parent topic: Job Development APIs
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0091.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0091.html
index e11a6060..6b306eab 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0091.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0091.html
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 
 
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                    
+
                                    Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    job_name
                                    
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 
 
-
                                    Request
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    Table 2 Request header parameter
                                    Parameter
                                    
+
                                    Request Parameters
                                    
+
                                    
-
@@ -50,9 +50,9 @@
 
-
-
@@ -64,62 +64,72 @@
 
                                    Table 2 Request header parameter
                                    Parameter
                                    
 
                                    Mandatory
                                    
+
                                    Mandatory
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Type
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    workspace
                                    
+
                                    workspace
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    
 
-
                                    
-
                                    Table 3 Parameter
                                    Parameter
                                    
+
                                    
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                    Table 3 Parameter
                                    Parameter
                                    
 
                                    Mandatory
                                    
+
                                    Mandatory
                                    
 
                                    Type
                                    
+
                                    Type
                                    
 
                                    Description
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    jobParams
                                    
+
                                    jobParams
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    List<JobParam>
                                    
+
                                    List<JobParam>
                                    
 
                                    Parameter for starting the job.
                                    
+
                                    Parameters for executing a job immediately
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
                                     
 
                                    
 
                                    
 
-
                                    
-
-
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
 
-
                                    Request
                                    
+
                                    Request Parameters
                                    
 
                                    Table 4 JobParam data structure description
                                    Parameter
                                    
+
                                    
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
+
+
+
+
+
                                    Table 4 JobParam data structure description
                                    Parameter
                                    
 
                                    Mandatory
                                    
+
                                    Mandatory
                                    
 
                                    Type
                                    
+
                                    Type
                                    
 
                                    Description
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    name
                                    
+
                                    name
                                    
 
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Name of the parameter. It cannot exceed 64 characters.
                                    
+
                                    Name of the parameter. It cannot exceed 64 characters.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    value
                                    
+
                                    value
                                    
 
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Value of the parameter. It cannot exceed 1024 characters.
                                    
+
                                    Value of the parameter. It cannot exceed 1,024 characters.
                                    
+
                                    paramType
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Parameter type
                                    
+
                                    • variable
                                    • constants
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
                                     
 
                                    
 
                                    
 
-
                                    Response
                                    
+
                                    Response Parameters
                                    
 
                                    Table 5 Response parameter
                                    Parameter
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Mandatory
                                    
@@ -143,8 +153,7 @@
 
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    
-
                                    Example
                                    Execute the myJob job once.
                                    
-
                                    • Request
                                      POST /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/jobs/myJob/run-immediate
+
                                      Example Request
                                      Execute the myJob job once. The job contains parameter aaa with value 111 and parameter bbb with value 222.
                                      POST /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/jobs/myJob/run-immediate
 {
     "jobParams":[
         {
@@ -157,12 +166,13 @@
         }
     ]
 }
                                      
-
                                    
-
                                    • Success response
                                      {
+
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    Example Response
                                    • Success response
                                      {
     "instanceId":132343
 }
                                      
-
                                    • Failure response
                                      HTTP status code 400
                                      
-
                                      {
+
                                    • Failure response
                                      HTTP status code 400
                                      
+
                                      {
     "error_code":"DLF.0100",
     "error_msg":"The job does not exists."
 }
                                      
@@ -171,7 +181,7 @@
 
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    
-
                                    Parent topic: APIs to Be Taken Offline
                                    
+
                                    Parent topic: Job Development APIs
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0092.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0092.html
index 87fb2d07..fff325cb 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0092.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0092.html
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 
                                    Starting a Job
                                    
 
                                    Function
                                    This API is used to start a job.
                                    
 
                                    
-
                                    URI
                                    • URI format
                                      POST  /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{name}/start
                                      
+
                                      URI
                                      • URI format
                                        POST  /v1/{project_id}/jobs/{job_name}/start
                                        
 
                                      
 
                                      • Parameter description
 
                                        
-
-
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
 
-
                                        Request
                                        
+
                                        Request Parameters
                                        
 
                                        Table 1 URI parameters
                                        Parameter
                                        
@@ -22,10 +22,10 @@
 
 
                                        String
                                        
 
                                        Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                        
+
                                        Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                        
                                         		
 
                                        name
                                        
+
                                        job_name
                                        
                                         		
 
                                        Yes
                                        
                                         		
 
 
                                        Table 2 Request header parameter
                                        Parameter
                                        
                                         		
 
                                        Mandatory
                                        
@@ -64,67 +64,77 @@
 
                                        
 
                                        
 
-
                                        Table 3 Parameter
                                        Parameter
                                        
+
                                        
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                        Table 3 Parameters
                                        Parameter
                                        
 
                                        Mandatory
                                        
+
                                        Mandatory
                                        
 
                                        Type
                                        
+
                                        Type
                                        
 
                                        Description
                                        
+
                                        Description
                                        
                                         		
 
                                        
 
                                        jobParams
                                        
+
                                        jobParams
                                        
 
                                        No
                                        
+
                                        No
                                        
 
                                        List<JobParam>
                                        
+
                                        List<JobParam>
                                        
 
                                        Parameter for starting the job.
                                        
+
                                        Parameter for starting the job
                                        
                                         		
 
                                        
                                         
 
                                        
 
                                        
+
 
-
                                        
-
-
-
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@
 
-
                                        Request
                                        
+
                                        Request Parameters
                                        
 
                                        Table 4 JobParam data structure description
                                        Parameter
                                        
+
                                        
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
+
+
+
+
+
                                        Table 4 JobParam data structure description
                                        Parameter
                                        
 
                                        Mandatory
                                        
+
                                        Mandatory
                                        
 
                                        Type
                                        
+
                                        Type
                                        
 
                                        Description
                                        
+
                                        Description
                                        
                                         		
 
                                        
 
                                        name
                                        
+
                                        name
                                        
 
                                        Yes
                                        
+
                                        Yes
                                        
 
                                        String
                                        
+
                                        String
                                        
 
                                        Name of the parameter. It cannot exceed 64 characters.
                                        
+
                                        Name of the parameter. It cannot exceed 64 characters.
                                        
                                         		
 
                                        value
                                        
+
                                        value
                                        
 
                                        Yes
                                        
+
                                        Yes
                                        
 
                                        String
                                        
+
                                        String
                                        
 
                                        Value of the parameter. It cannot exceed 1024 characters.
                                        
+
                                        Value of the parameter. It cannot exceed 1,024 characters.
                                        
+
                                        paramType
                                        
+
                                        No
                                        
+
                                        String
                                        
+
                                        Parameter type
                                        
+
                                        • variable
                                        • constants
                                        
                                         		
 
                                        
                                         
 
                                        
 
                                        
+
                                        Response Parameters
                                        None.
                                        
 
                                        
-
                                        Response
                                        None.
                                        
+
                                        Example Request
                                        Start job myJob.
                                        POST /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/jobs/myJob/start
                                        
 
                                        
-
                                        Example
                                        Start job myJob.
                                        
-
                                        • Request
                                          POST /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/jobs/myJob/start
                                          
-
                                        
-
                                        • Success response
                                          HTTP status code 204
                                          
+
                                        
+
                                        Example Response
                                        • Success response
                                          HTTP status code 204
                                          
 
                                        • Failure response
                                          HTTP status code 400
                                          
 
                                          {
     "error_code":"DLF.0100",
@@ -135,7 +145,7 @@
 
                                        
 
                                        
 
                                        
-
                                        Parent topic: APIs to Be Taken Offline
                                        
+
                                        Parent topic: Job Development APIs
                                        
 
                                        
 
                                        
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0093.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0093.html
index 4c411cc5..e57cc8c1 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0093.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0093.html
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 
 
                                        String
                                        
 
                                        Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                        
+
                                        Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                        
                                         		
 
                                        
 
                                        job_name
                                        
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
 
 
 
-
                                        Request
                                        
+
                                        Request Parameters
                                        
 
                                        Table 2 Request header parameter
                                        Parameter
                                        
                                         		
 
                                        Mandatory
                                        
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@
 
                                        
 
                                        
 
                                        
-
                                        Response
                                        
+
                                        Response Parameters
                                        
 
                                        Table 3 Response parameters
                                        Parameter
                                        
                                         		
 
                                        Mandatory
                                        
@@ -186,23 +186,25 @@
 
                                        
 
                                        
 
                                        
-
                                        Example
                                        View running status of real-time job job_sms and the running status of each node in the job. job_sms has seven nodes, as shown in the following figure:
                                        
-
                                        Figure 1 job_sms
                                        
-
                                        • Request
                                          GET /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/jobs/job_sms/status
                                          
-
                                        
-
                                        • Success response
                                          {
-    "lastUpdateTime": 1682582558000,
+
                                          Example Request
                                          View running status of real-time job job_sms and the running status of each node in the job.
                                          GET /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/jobs/job_sms/status
                                          
+
                                          
+
                                          
+
                                          Example Response
                                          • Success response
                                            {
     "name": "job_sms",
     "nodes": [
         {
-            "logPath": "obs://dlf-test-log/job_sms/2023-04-27_16_03_31.000/MRS_Flink_Job_8635/MRS_Flink_Job_8635.job",
+            "bufferRecords": 0,
+            "jobInstanceId": 0,
+            "LastInstanceStatus": "waiting",
             "name": "MRS_Flink_Job_8635",
-            "status": "NORMAL",
-            "type": "MRS Flink Job"
+            "speed": 0,
+            "totalGetBytes": 0,
+            "totalGetRecords": 0,
+            "totalPutBytes": 0,
+            "totalPutRecords": 0
         }
     ],
-    "startTime": 1682582619000,
-    "status": "NORMAL"
+    "status": "NORMAL"
 }
                                            
 
                                          • Failure response
                                            HTTP status code 400
                                            
 
                                            {
@@ -214,7 +216,7 @@
 
                                          
 
                                          
 
                                          
-
                                          Parent topic: APIs to Be Taken Offline
                                          
+
                                          Parent topic: Job Development APIs
                                          
 
                                          
 
                                          
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0094.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0094.html
index 007c42ff..ebe4eb06 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0094.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0094.html
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 
                                          Function
                                          This API is used to view a job instance list.
                                          
 
                                          A job instance is generated each time you run a batch job for which periodic scheduling or event-based scheduling is configured. If a real-time job contains a node for which periodic scheduling or event-based scheduling is configured, you can call this API to view the instance list of the subjobs associated with the node. The format of the jobName parameter is real-time job name_node name.
                                          
 
                                          
-
                                          URI
                                          • URI format
                                            GET /v1/{project_id}/jobs/instances/detail?jobName={jobName}&minPlanTime={minPlanTime}&maxPlanTime={maxPlanTime}&limit={limit}&offset={offset}&status={status}
                                            
+
                                            URI
                                            • URI format
                                              GET /v1/{project_id}/jobs/instances/detail?jobName={jobName}&minPlanTime={minPlanTime}&maxPlanTime={maxPlanTime}&limit={limit}&offset={offset}&status={status}&instanceType={instanceType}&preciseQuery={preciseQuery}
                                              
 
                                            
 
                                            • Parameter description
 
                                              
-
-
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                              Table 1 URI parameters
                                              Parameter
                                              
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
 
 
                                              String
                                              
 
                                              Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                              
+
                                              Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                              
                                               		
 
                                              
 
                                              jobName
                                              
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
                                               		
 
                                              Long
                                              
 
                                              Minimum planned job execution time in milliseconds. Job instances whose planned execution time is longer than this time are returned.
                                              
+
                                              Minimum planned job execution time in milliseconds. Job instances whose start time is greater than this time are returned.
                                              
                                               		
 
                                              
 
                                              maxPlanTime
                                              
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
                                               		
 
                                              Long
                                              
 
                                              Maximum planned job execution time in milliseconds. Job instances whose planned execution time is shorter than this time are returned.
                                              
+
                                              Minimum planned job execution time in milliseconds. Job instances whose start time is less than this time are returned.
                                              
                                               		
 
                                              
 
                                              limit
                                              
@@ -84,12 +84,31 @@
 
                                              • waiting
                                              • running
                                              • success
                                              • fail
                                              • running-exception
                                              • pause
                                              • manual-stop
                                              
                                               		
 
                                              instanceType
                                              
+
                                              No
                                              
+
                                              int
                                              
+
                                              Job scheduling modes.
                                              
+
                                              • 0: General scheduling
                                              • 2: Manual scheduling
                                              • 5: PatchData
                                              • 6: Subjob scheduling
                                              • 7: Schedule once
                                              
+
                                              preciseQuery
                                              
+
                                              No
                                              
+
                                              boolean
                                              
+
                                              Whether exact search of jobs by name is supported
                                              
+
                                              
 
 
                                              
 
                                              
 
                                            
 
                                            
-
                                            Request
                                            
+
                                            Request Parameters
                                            
 
                                            Table 2 Request header parameter
                                            Parameter
                                            
                                             		
 
                                            Mandatory
                                            
@@ -114,7 +133,7 @@
 
                                            
 
                                            
 
                                            
-
                                            Response
                                            
+
                                            Response Parameters
                                            
 
                                            
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                            Table 3 Response parameters
                                            Parameter
                                            
                                             		
 
                                            Mandatory
                                            
@@ -166,6 +185,15 @@
 
                                            Job name. When you view the instance list of a specified batch job, jobName is the name of the batch job. When you view the subjobs associated with a node in a real-time job, jobName is in format of real-time job name_node name.
                                            
                                             		
 
                                            jobId
                                            
+
                                            No
                                            
+
                                            String
                                            
+
                                            Job ID
                                            
+
                                            
 
                                            jobInstanceName
                                            
                                             		
 
                                            Yes
                                            
@@ -227,7 +255,7 @@
                                             		
 
                                            Long
                                            
 
                                            Job instance ID.
                                            
+
                                            Job instance ID, which is used to query job instance details.
                                            
                                             		
 
                                            
 
                                            submitTime
                                            
@@ -239,46 +267,93 @@
 
                                            Time when a job is submitted.
                                            
                                             		
 
                                            instanceType
                                            
+
                                            Yes
                                            
+
                                            int
                                            
+
                                            Job scheduling modes.
                                            
+
                                            • 0: General scheduling
                                            • 2: Manual scheduling
                                            • 5: PatchData
                                            • 6: Subjob scheduling
                                            • 7: Schedule once
                                            
+
                                            forceSuccess
                                            
+
                                            No
                                            
+
                                            boolean
                                            
+
                                            Whether the job instance status is forcibly successful
                                            
+
                                            Default value: false
                                            
+
                                            ignoreSuccess
                                            
+
                                            No
                                            
+
                                            boolean
                                            
+
                                            Whether the job instance status is failure ignored
                                            
+
                                            Default value: false
                                            
+
                                            version
                                            
+
                                            No
                                            
+
                                            String
                                            
+
                                            Job instance version
                                            
+
                                            
 
 
                                            
 
                                            
 
                                            
-
                                            Example 1
                                            View the instance list of batch job job_batch.
                                            
-
                                            • Request
                                              GET /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/jobs/instances/detail?jobName=job_batch
                                              
-
                                            
-
                                            • Success response
                                              {
+
                                              Example Request
                                              View the instance list of batch job job_batch.
                                              GET /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/jobs/instances/detail?jobName=job_batch
                                              
+
                                              
+
                                              
+
                                              Example Response
                                              Success response
                                              {
 	"total": 2,
 	"instances": [{
 		"endTime": 1551671598000,
 		"executeTime": 0.3,
+		"forceSuccess": false,
+		"ignoreSuccess": false,
 		"instanceId": 34765,
-                
+		"instanceType": 2,
+		"jobId": 608627,
 		"jobName": "job_batch",
-                "jobInstanceName": "job_batch",
+		"jobInstanceName": "job_batch",
 		"planTime": 1551671580000,
 		"startTime": 1551671580000,
 		"status": "success",
-		"submitTime": 1550910278706
+		"submitTime": 1550910278706,
+		"version": 1
 	},
 	{
 		"endTime": 1551671538000,
 		"executeTime": 0.3,
+		"forceSuccess": false,
+		"ignoreSuccess": false,
 		"instanceId": 34764,
-                
+		"instanceType": 5,
+		"jobId": 608627,
 		"jobName": "job_batch",
-                "jobInstanceName": "job_batch",
+		"jobInstanceName": "job_batch",
 		"planTime": 1551671520000,
 		"startTime": 1551671521000,
 		"status": "success",
-		"submitTime": 1550910278706
+		"submitTime": 1550910278706,
+		"version": 1
 	}]
 }
                                              
-
                                            
+
                                            
 
                                            
 
                                            
 
                                            
 
                                            
-
                                            Parent topic: APIs to Be Taken Offline
                                            
+
                                            Parent topic: Job Development APIs
                                            
 
                                            
 
                                            
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0095.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0095.html
index 099263fb..d3f76099 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0095.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0095.html
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 
                                        		
 
                                        String
                                        
 
                                        Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                        
+
                                        Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                        
                                         		
 
                                        
 
                                        job_name
                                        
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
                                         		
 
                                        Long
                                        
 
                                        Job instance ID.
                                        
+
                                        Job instance ID. For details about how to obtain the ID, see the response parameters in Viewing a Job Instance List.
                                        
                                         		
 
                                        
 
 
 
                                        Table 2 Request header parameter
                                        Parameter
                                        
                                         		
 
                                        Mandatory
                                        
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 
                                        
 
                                        
 
-
                                        Response
                                        
+
                                        Response Parameters
                                        
 
                                        
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                        Table 3 Response parameters
                                        Parameter
                                        
                                         		
 
                                        Mandatory
                                        
@@ -166,6 +166,26 @@
 
                                        Node instance status. For details, see Table 4.
                                        
                                         		
 
                                        forceSuccess
                                        
+
                                        No
                                        
+
                                        boolean
                                        
+
                                        Whether the job instance status is forcibly successful
                                        
+
                                        Default value: false
                                        
+
                                        ignoreSuccess
                                        
+
                                        No
                                        
+
                                        boolean
                                        
+
                                        Whether the job instance status is failure ignored
                                        
+
                                        Default value: false
                                        
+
                                        
 
 
                                        
 
                                        
@@ -284,10 +304,10 @@
 
                                        
 
                                        
 
                                      
-
                                      Example
                                      View details about the instance whose ID is 34765 in job job_batch.
                                      
-
                                      • Request
                                        GET /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/jobs/job_batch/instances/34765
                                        
-
                                      
-
                                      • Response
                                        {
+
                                        Example Request
                                        View details about the instance whose ID is 34765 in job job_batch.
                                        GET /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/jobs/job_batch/instances/34765
                                        
+
                                        
+
                                        
+
                                        Example Response
                                        • Success response
                                          {
     "jobName":"job_batch",
     "instanceId":34765,
     
@@ -296,6 +316,8 @@
     "startTime":1551425327000,
     "endTime":1551425387000,
     "executeTime":1,
+    "forceSuccess":false,
+    "ignoreSuccess":false,
     "total":2,
     "nodes":[
         {
@@ -303,26 +325,22 @@
             "inputRowCount":0,
             "instanceId":34765,
             "nodeName":"Dummy_8556",
-            
             "planTime":1551671580000,
             "retryTimes":0,
             "startTime":1551671584000,
             "status":"success",
-            "submitTime":1550910278706,
             "type":"Dummy"
         },
         {
             "endTime":1551671598000,
             "inputRowCount":0,
             "instanceId":34765,
-            "logPath":"obs://dlf-log-b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/job_batch/2019-03-04 11_53_00.000/error/error.job",
+            "logPath":"obs://dlf-test-log/job_batch/2019-03-04 11_53_00.000/error/error.job",
             "nodeName":"error",
-            
             "planTime":1551671580000,
             "retryTimes":0,
             "startTime":1551671594000,
             "status":"success",
-            "submitTime":1550910278706,
             "type":"DWS SQL"
         }
     ]
@@ -337,7 +355,7 @@
 
                                        
 
                                        
 
                                        
-
                                        Parent topic: APIs to Be Taken Offline
                                        
+
                                        Parent topic: Job Development APIs
                                        
 
                                        
 
                                        
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0096.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0096.html
index 99834c31..5bde7afa 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0096.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0096.html
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
-
                                        Querying a System Task
                                        
+
                                        Querying System Task Details
                                        
 
                                        Function
                                        This API is used to query details about asynchronous tasks.
                                        
 
                                        
 
                                        URI
                                        • URI format
                                          GET /v1/{project_id}/system-tasks/{task_id}
                                          
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 
 
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                    
+
                                    Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    task_id
                                    
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
                                     		
 
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Task ID.
                                    
+
                                    Task ID. For details about how to obtain the ID, see the response parameters in Importing a Job.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
 
 
                                    Table 2 Request header parameter
                                    Parameter
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Mandatory
                                    
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@
 
                                    
 
                                    
 
-
                                    Response
                                    
+
                                    Response Parameters
                                    
 
                                    
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
+
+
+
+
+
                                    Table 3 Response parameters
                                    Parameter
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Mandatory
                                    
@@ -130,13 +130,13 @@
 
                                    • RUNNING
                                    • SUCCESSFUL
                                    • FAILED
                                    
 
 
                                    message
                                    
+
                                    projectId
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Task information.
                                    
+
                                    Project ID
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    subtasks
                                    
@@ -180,24 +180,6 @@
 
                                    Name of the subtask.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    startTime
                                    
-
                                    Yes
                                    
-
                                    Long
                                    
-
                                    Start time.
                                    
-
                                    endTime
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    Long
                                    
-
                                    End time.
                                    
-
                                    
 
                                    lastUpdate
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Yes
                                    
@@ -217,41 +199,51 @@
 
                                    • RUNNING
                                    • SUCCESSFUL
                                    • FAILED
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    taskId
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Task information
                                    
+
                                    
 
 
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    
-
                                    Example
                                    After the solution is imported successfully, query the task information.
                                    
-
                                    • Request
                                      GET /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/systemTasks/008aae2e675d3bcb01675d40ab3f0005
                                      
-
                                    
-
                                    • Success Response
                                      {
-"endTime":1543457514000,
-"id":"008aae2e675d3bcb01675d3c66f20000",
-"lastUpdate":1543457514000,
-"name": "Import the solution from OBS path obs://aaaaa/traffic.zip.",
-"startTime":1543457499000,
-"status":"SUCCESSFUL",
-"subtasks":[
-{
-"id":"008aae2e675d3bcb01675d3c9f5f0002",
-"lastUpdate":1543457513000,
-"name": "Import the job_batch job.",
-"status":"SUCCESSFUL",
-}
-]
+
                                      Example Request
                                      Query the task for exporting a job.
                                      GET /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/systemTasks/008aae2e675d3bcb01675d40ab3f0005
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      Example Response
                                      • Success response
                                        {
+    "endTime": 1544777083000,
+    "id": "008aae2e67abe2ff0167abe3a28f0000",
+    "lastUpdate": 1544777083000,
+"name": "Import the job from obs://aaaaa/job_batch.zip.",
+    "projectId": "b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505",
+    "startTime": 1544777081000,
+    "status": "SUCCESSFUL",
+    "subtasks": [
+        {
+            "id": "008aae2e67abe2ff0167abe3a7e70002",
+            "lastUpdate": 1544777083000,
+"name": "Import the job_batch job.",
+            "status": "SUCCESSFUL"
+            "taskId": "008aae2e675d3bcb01675d40ab3f0005"
+        }
+    ]
+}
                                        
+
                                      • Failure response
                                        HTTP status code 400
                                        
+
                                        {
+    "error_code":"DLF.20810",
+    "error_msg":"Task[008aae2e675d3bcb01675d40ab3f0005] does not exist"
 }
                                        
 
                                      
 
                                      
-
                                      • Failure response
                                        HTTP status code 400
                                        
-
                                        {
-    "error_code":"DLF.0810",
-    "error_msg":"Task does not exist"
-}
                                        
-
                                      
 
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    
-
                                    Parent topic: APIs to Be Taken Offline
                                    
+
                                    Parent topic: Job Development APIs
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0097.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0097.html
index db78f097..b6bc47f5 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0097.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0097.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
                                    Creating a Script
                                    
-
                                    Function
                                    This API is used to create a script. Currently, the following script types are supported: DLI SQL, Flink SQL, RDS SQL, Spark SQL, Hive SQL, DWS SQL, Shell, and Presto.
                                    
+
                                    Function
                                    This API is used to create a script. Currently, the following script types are supported: DLI SQL, Flink SQL, RDS SQL, Spark SQL, Hive SQL, DWS SQL, Shell, Presto SQL, ClickHouse SQL, HetuEngine SQL, Python, Spark Python, and Impala SQL.
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    URI
                                    • URI format
                                      POST /v1/{project_id}/scripts
                                      
 
                                    
@@ -23,14 +23,14 @@
 
 
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                    
+
                                    Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
 
                                    
 
                                    
 
-
                                    Request
                                    
+
                                    Request Parameters
                                    
 
                                    
-
-
-
-
@@ -149,36 +149,94 @@
 
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                    Table 2 Request header parameter
                                    Parameter
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Mandatory
                                    
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
 
                                    String
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Script type.
                                    
-
                                    • FlinkSQL
                                    • DLISQL
                                    • SparkSQL
                                    • HiveSQL
                                    • DWSSQL
                                    • RDSSQL
                                    • Shell
                                    • PRESTO
                                    
+
                                    • FlinkSQL
                                    • DLISQL
                                    • SparkSQL
                                    • HiveSQL
                                    • DWSSQL
                                    • RDSSQL
                                    • Shell
                                    • PRESTO
                                    • ClickHouseSQL
                                    • HetuEngineSQL
                                    • PYTHON
                                    • ImpalaSQL
                                    • Spark Python
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    content
                                    
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
                                     		
 
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Script content. A maximum of 64 KB is supported.
                                    
+
                                    Script content. A maximum of 4 MB is supported.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    directory
                                    
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@
                                     		
 
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Name of the connection associated with the script. This parameter is mandatory when type is set to DLISQL, SparkSQL, HiveSQL, DWSSQL, Shell, or PRESTO. To obtain the existing connections, refer to the instructions in Querying a Connection List. By default, this parameter is left blank.
                                    
+
                                    Name of the connection associated with the script. This parameter is mandatory when type is set to DLISQL, SparkSQL, HiveSQL, DWSSQL, Shell, PRESTO, ClickHouseSQL, HetuEngineSQL, RDSSQL, ImpalaSQL, Spark Python, or PYTHON. To obtain the existing connections, refer to the instructions in Querying a Connection List (to Be Taken Offline). By default, this parameter is left blank.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    database
                                    
@@ -118,13 +118,13 @@
                                     		
 
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Database associated with an SQL statement. This parameter is available only when type is set to DLISQL, SparkSQL, HiveSQL, DWSSQL, or PRESTO.
                                    
-
                                    • If type is set to DLI SQL, obtain database information by calling the API for querying all databases in the Data Lake Insight API Reference.
                                    • Connect to the cluster in JDBC mode to query database information if type is not set to DLISQL. By default, this parameter is left blank.
                                    
+
                                    Database associated with an SQL statement. This parameter is available only when type is set to DLISQL, SparkSQL, HiveSQL, DWSSQL, PRESTO, RDSSQL, ClickHouseSQL, ImpalaSQL, or HetuEngineSQL.
                                    
+
                                    • If type is set to DLI SQL, obtain database information by calling the API for querying all databases in the Data Lake Insight API Reference.
                                    • This parameter is mandatory when the script is not of any type listed.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    queueName
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    The description contains a maximum of 255 characters.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    targetStatus
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    This parameter is required if the review function is enabled. It indicates the target status of the script. The value can be SAVED, SUBMITTED, or PRODUCTION.
                                    
+
                                    • SAVED indicates that the script is saved but cannot be scheduled or executed. It can be executed only after submitted and approved.
                                    • SUBMITTED indicates that the script is automatically submitted after it is saved and can be executed after it is approved.
                                    • PRODUCTION indicates that the script can be directly executed after it is created. Note: Only the workspace administrator can create scripts in the PRODUCTION state.
                                    
+
                                    approvers
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    List<JobApprover>
                                    
+
                                    Script approver. This parameter is required if the review function is enabled. For details, see Table 4.
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    
+
+
                                    
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                    Table 4 Approver attributes
                                    Parameter
                                    
+
                                    Mandatory
                                    
+
                                    Type
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    
+
                                    approverName
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Approver name
                                    
+
                                    
                                     
 
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    
-
                                    Response
                                    None.
                                    
+
                                    Response Parameters
                                    None.
                                    
 
                                    
-
                                    Example
                                    Create a script.
                                    
-
                                    • Request
                                      POST /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/scripts
+
                                      Example Request
                                      Create a script named echoTimeShell whose type is Shell, content is echo a, and associated connection is con.
                                      POST /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/scripts
 {
-"name":"echoTimeShell",
-"type":"Shell",
-"content":"echo a",
-"connectionName":"con"
+    "name": "echoTimeShell",
+    "type": "Shell",
+    "content": "echo a",
+    "connectionName": "con"
 }
                                      
-
                                    
 
                                    
-
                                    • Success response
                                      HTTP status code 204
                                      
+
                                    
+
                                    Create a script when the review function is enabled.
                                    POST /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/scripts
+{
+    "name": "echoTimeShell",
+    "type": "Shell",
+    "content": "echo a",
+    "connectionName": "con",
+    "targetStatus":"SUBMITTED",
+    "approvers": [
+      {
+        "approverName": "userName1"
+      },
+      {
+        "approverName": "userName2"
+      }
+    ]
+}
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    Example Response
                                    • Success response
                                      HTTP status code 204
                                      
 
                                    • Failure response
                                      HTTP status code 400
                                      
 
                                      {
     "error_code":"DLF.6247",
     "error_msg":"The script type is not specified."
 }
                                      
-
                                      
 
                                    
+
                                    
 
                                    Status Code
                                    See Status Codes.
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    
-
                                    Parent topic: APIs to Be Taken Offline
                                    
+
                                    Parent topic: Script Development APIs
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0098.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0098.html
index f75d97ff..34869012 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0098.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0098.html
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
 
 
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                    
+
                                    Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    script_name
                                    
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
 
                                    
 
                                    
 
-
                                    Request
                                    
+
                                    Request Parameters
                                    
 
                                    
-
-
-
-
@@ -159,23 +159,70 @@
 
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                    Table 2 Request header parameter
                                    Parameter
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Mandatory
                                    
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
 
                                    String
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Script type.
                                    
-
                                    • FlinkSQL
                                    • DLISQL
                                    • SparkSQL
                                    • HiveSQL
                                    • DWSSQL
                                    • RDSSQL
                                    • Shell
                                    • PRESTO
                                    
+
                                    • FlinkSQL
                                    • DLISQL
                                    • SparkSQL
                                    • HiveSQL
                                    • DWSSQL
                                    • RDSSQL
                                    • Shell
                                    • PRESTO
                                    • ClickHouseSQL
                                    • HetuEngineSQL
                                    • PYTHON
                                    • ImpalaSQL
                                    • Spark Python
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    content
                                    
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@
                                     		
 
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Script content. A maximum of 64 KB is supported.
                                    
+
                                    Script content. A maximum of 4 MB is supported.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    directory
                                    
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
                                     		
 
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Name of the connection associated with the script. This parameter is mandatory when type is set to DLISQL, SparkSQL, HiveSQL, DWSSQL, Shell, or PRESTO. To obtain the existing connections, refer to the instructions in Querying a Connection List. By default, this parameter is left blank.
                                    
+
                                    Name of the connection associated with the script. This parameter is mandatory when type is set to DLISQL, SparkSQL, HiveSQL, DWSSQL, Shell, PRESTO, ClickHouseSQL, HetuEngineSQL, RDSSQL, ImpalaSQL, Spark Python, or PYTHON. To obtain the existing connections, refer to the instructions in Querying a Connection List (to Be Taken Offline). By default, this parameter is left blank.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    database
                                    
@@ -128,13 +128,13 @@
                                     		
 
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Database associated with an SQL statement. This parameter is available only when type is set to DLISQL, SparkSQL, HiveSQL, DWSSQL, or PRESTO.
                                    
+
                                    Database associated with an SQL statement. This parameter is available only when type is set to DLISQL, SparkSQL, HiveSQL, DWSSQL, PRESTO, RDSSQL, ClickHouseSQL, ImpalaSQL, or HetuEngineSQL.
                                    
 
                                    • If type is set to DLI SQL, obtain database information by calling the API for querying all databases in the Data Lake Insight API Reference.
                                    • Connect to the cluster in JDBC mode to query database information if type is not set to DLISQL. By default, this parameter is left blank.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    queueName
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Description of the script. The description contains a maximum of 255 characters.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    approvers
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    List<JobApprover>
                                    
+
                                    Script approver. This parameter is required if the review function is enabled. For details, see Table 4.
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    
+
+
                                    
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                    Table 4 Approver attributes
                                    Parameter
                                    
+
                                    Mandatory
                                    
+
                                    Type
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    
+
                                    approverName
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Approver name
                                    
+
                                    
                                     
 
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    
-
                                    Response
                                    None.
                                    
+
                                    Response Parameters
                                    None.
                                    
 
                                    
-
                                    Example
                                    Modify the script content.
                                    
-
                                    • Request
                                      PUT /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/scripts/echoTimeShell
+
                                      Example Request
                                      Modify a script named echoTimeShell whose type is Shell, content is echo a, and associated connection is con.
                                      PUT /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/scripts/echoTimeShell
 {
     "name": "echoTimeShell",
     "type": "Shell",
     "content": "echo a",
     "connectionName": "con"
 }
                                      
-
                                    
 
                                    
-
                                    • Success response
                                      HTTP status code 204
                                      
+
                                    
+
                                    Change the script content when the review function is enabled.
                                    PUT /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/scripts/echoTimeShell
+{
+    "name": "echoTimeShell",
+    "type": "Shell",
+    "content": "echo a",
+    "connectionName": "con",
+    "approvers": [
+      {
+        "approverName": "userName1"
+      },
+      {
+        "approverName": "userName2"
+      }
+    ]
+}
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    Example Response
                                    • Success response
                                      HTTP status code 204
                                      
 
                                    • Failure response
                                      HTTP status code 400
                                      
 
                                      {
     "error_code":"DLF.6201",
@@ -183,9 +230,10 @@
 }
                                      
 
                                    
 
                                    
+
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    
-
                                    Parent topic: APIs to Be Taken Offline
                                    
+
                                    Parent topic: Script Development APIs
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0099.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0099.html
index 44727315..5b313c6e 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0099.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0099.html
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 
                                    Querying a Script
                                    
 
                                    Function
                                    This API is used to query a script, including the script type and script content.
                                    
 
                                    
-
                                    URI
                                    • URI format
                                      GET /v1/{project_id}/script/{script_name}
                                      
+
                                      URI
                                      • URI format
                                        GET /v1/{project_id}/scripts/{script_name}
                                        
 
                                      
 
                                      • Parameter description
 
                                        
-
-
                                        Table 1 URI parameters
                                        Parameter
                                        
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 
 
                                        String
                                        
 
                                        Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                        
+
                                        Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                        
                                         		
 
                                        
 
                                        script_name
                                        
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
 
 
 
-
                                        Request
                                        
+
                                        Request Parameters
                                        
 
                                        Table 2 Request header parameter
                                        Parameter
                                        
                                         		
 
                                        Mandatory
                                        
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@
 
                                        
 
                                        
 
                                        
-
                                        Response
                                        
+
                                        Response Parameters
                                        
 
                                        
-
                                        Table 3 Script parameters
                                        Parameter
                                        
                                         		
 
                                        Mandatory
                                        
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
 
 
                                        String
                                        
 
                                        Name of the connection associated with the script. This parameter is mandatory when type is set to DLISQL, SparkSQL, HiveSQL, DWSSQL, Shell, or PRESTO. To obtain the existing connections, refer to the instructions in Querying a Connection List. By default, this parameter is left blank.
                                        
+
                                        Name of the connection associated with the script. This parameter is mandatory when type is set to DLISQL, SparkSQL, HiveSQL, DWSSQL, Shell, or PRESTO. To obtain the existing connections, refer to the instructions in Querying a Connection List (to Be Taken Offline). By default, this parameter is left blank.
                                        
                                         		
 
                                        
 
                                        database
                                        
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
 
                                        String
                                        
                                         		
 
                                        Database associated with an SQL statement. This parameter is available only when type is set to DLISQL, SparkSQL, HiveSQL, or DWSSQL.
                                        
-
                                        • If type is set to DLISQL, obtain database information by calling the API for "Querying All Databases" in the Data Lake Insight API Reference.
                                        • Connect to the cluster in JDBC mode to query database information if type is not set to DLISQL. By default, this parameter is left blank.
                                        
+
                                        • If type is set to DLISQL, obtain database information by calling the API for querying all databases in the Data Lake Insight API Reference.
                                        • Connect to the cluster in JDBC mode to query database information if type is not set to DLISQL. By default, this parameter is left blank.
                                        
                                         		
 
                                        
 
                                        queueName
                                        
@@ -172,24 +172,21 @@
 
                                        
 
                                        
 
                                        
-
                                        Example
                                        
-
                                        • Request
                                          GET /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/scripts/scriptName
                                          
-
                                        
-
                                        • Success response
                                          HTTP status code 200
                                          {
-        "autoAcquireLock":true,
+
                                          Example Request
                                          GET /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/scripts/scriptName
                                          
+
                                          
+
                                          Example Response
                                          • Success response
                                            HTTP status code 200
                                            {
 	"configuration":{},
-	"connectionName":"DLICOnn",
+	"connectionName":"mrs_spark",
 	"content":"SELECT 1;",
 	"database":"aaa",
 	"description":"",
 	"directory":"/",
-	"name":"S1",
-	"queueName":"default",
-	"type":"DLISQL"
+	"name":"mrs_spark_sql",
+	"type":"SparkSQL"
 }
                                            
 
                                            
-
                                          • Failure response
                                            HTTP status code 400
                                            
-
                                            {
+
                                          • Failure response
                                            HTTP status code 400
                                            
+
                                            {
     "error_code":"DLF.6201",
     "error_msg":"The script does not exist."
 }
                                            
@@ -200,7 +197,7 @@
 
                                          
 
                                          
 
                                          
-
                                          Parent topic: APIs to Be Taken Offline
                                          
+
                                          Parent topic: Script Development APIs
                                          
 
                                          
 
                                          
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0100.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0100.html
index 8b442b8c..6eabbde7 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0100.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0100.html
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
 
                                        		
 
                                        String
                                        
 
                                        Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                        
+
                                        Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                        
                                         		
 
                                        
 
                                        limit
                                        
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
                                        
 
                                        
 
                                      
-
                                      Request
                                      
+
                                      Request Parameters
                                      
 
                                      Table 2 Request header parameter
                                      Parameter
                                      
                                       		
 
                                      Mandatory
                                      
@@ -83,40 +83,40 @@
 
                                      
 
                                      
 
                                      
-
                                      Response
                                      
-
                                      
-
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
 
-
                                      Request
                                      
+
                                      Request Parameters
                                      
 
                                      Table 3 Response parameters
                                      Parameter
                                      
+
                                      Response Parameters
                                      
+
                                      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                      Parameter
                                      
 
                                      Mandatory
                                      
+
                                      Mandatory
                                      
 
                                      Type
                                      
+
                                      Type
                                      
 
                                      Description
                                      
+
                                      Description
                                      
                                       		
 
                                      
 
                                      total
                                      
+
                                      total
                                      
 
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
 
                                      Integer
                                      
+
                                      Integer
                                      
 
                                      The total number of scripts.
                                      
+
                                      The total number of scripts.
                                      
                                       		
 
                                      scripts
                                      
+
                                      scripts
                                      
 
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
 
                                      List<Script>
                                      
+
                                      List<Script>
                                      
 
                                      A list of scripts.
                                      
+
                                      A list of scripts.
                                      
                                       		
 
                                      
                                       
 
                                      
 
                                      
 
-
                                      
-
-
                                      Table 4 Script parameters
                                      Parameter
                                      
+
                                      
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
 
-
                                      Table 3 Script parameters
                                      Parameter
                                      
                                       		
 
                                      Mandatory
                                      
                                       		
 
                                      String
                                      
 
                                      Name of the connection associated with the script. This parameter is mandatory when type is set to DLISQL, SparkSQL, HiveSQL, DWSSQL, Shell, or PRESTO. To obtain the existing connections, refer to the instructions in Querying a Connection List. By default, this parameter is left blank.
                                      
+
                                      Name of the connection associated with the script. This parameter is mandatory when type is set to DLISQL, SparkSQL, HiveSQL, DWSSQL, Shell, or PRESTO. To obtain the existing connections, refer to the instructions in Querying a Connection List (to Be Taken Offline). By default, this parameter is left blank.
                                      
                                       		
 
                                      
 
                                      database
                                      
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@
 
                                      String
                                      
                                       		
 
                                      Database associated with an SQL statement. This parameter is available only when type is set to DLISQL, SparkSQL, HiveSQL, DWSSQL, or PRESTO.
                                      
-
                                      • If type is set to DLISQL, obtain database information by calling the API for "Querying All Databases" in the Data Lake Insight API Reference.
                                      • If type is not set to DLISQL, connect to the cluster in JDBC mode to query database information. By default, this parameter is left blank.
                                      
+
                                      • If type is set to DLISQL, obtain database information by calling the API for querying all databases in the Data Lake Insight API Reference.
                                      • If type is not set to DLISQL, connect to the cluster in JDBC mode to query database information. By default, this parameter is left blank.
                                      
                                       		
 
                                      
 
                                      queueName
                                      
@@ -214,12 +214,11 @@
 
                                      
 
                                      
 
-
                                      Example
                                      Query a script list.
                                      
-
                                      • Request
                                        GET /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/scripts
                                        
-
                                      
+
                                      Example Request
                                      Query a script list.
                                      GET /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/scripts
                                      
 
                                      
-
                                      • Success response
                                        HTTP status code 200
                                        
-
                                        {
+
                                      
+
                                      Example Response
                                      • Success response
                                        HTTP status code 200
                                        
+
                                        {
     "total": 1,
     "scripts": [
         {
@@ -241,9 +240,10 @@
 }
                                        
 
                                      
 
                                      
+
                                      
 
                                      
 
                                      
-
                                      Parent topic: APIs to Be Taken Offline
                                      
+
                                      Parent topic: Script Development APIs
                                      
 
                                      
 
                                      
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0101.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0101.html
index 187407bc..82ac9ffa 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0101.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0101.html
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
 
 
                                      String
                                      
 
                                      Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                      
+
                                      Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                      
                                       		
 
                                      
 
                                      script_name
                                      
@@ -42,14 +42,14 @@
                                       		
 
                                      String
                                      
 
                                      ID of the script instance.
                                      
+
                                      Script instance ID. For details about how to obtain the ID, see the response parameters in Executing a Script.
                                      
                                       		
 
                                      
 
 
                                      
 
                                      
 
-
                                      Request
                                      
+
                                      Request Parameters
                                      
 
                                      Table 2 Request header parameter
                                      Parameter
                                      
                                       		
 
                                      Mandatory
                                      
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 
                                      
 
                                      
 
                                      
-
                                      Response
                                      
+
                                      Response Parameters
                                      
 
                                      Table 3 Response parameters
                                      Parameter
                                      
                                       		
 
                                      Mandatory
                                      
@@ -170,10 +170,9 @@
 
                                      
 
                                      
 
                                      
-
                                      Example
                                      • Request
                                        GET /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/scripts/dwsscript/instances/a1ad-448a-9d56-4154193d49c5
                                        
-
                                      
+
                                      Example Request
                                      GET /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/scripts/dwsscript/instances/a1ad-448a-9d56-4154193d49c5
                                      
 
                                      
-
                                      • Success response
                                        HTTP status code 200
                                        
+
                                        Example Response
                                        • Success response
                                          HTTP status code 200
                                          
 
                                          {
 	"results": [{
 		"message": "",
@@ -226,19 +225,19 @@
 	}],
 	"status": "FINISHED"
 }
                                          
-
                                        
-
                                        • Failure response
                                          HTTP status code 400
                                          
+
                                        • Failure response
                                          HTTP status code 400
                                          
 
                                          {
     "error_code":"DLF.6201",
     "error_msg":"The script does not exist."
 }
                                          
 
                                        
+
                                        
 
                                        Status Codes
                                        See Status Codes.
                                        
 
                                        
 
                                      
 
                                      
 
                                      
-
                                      Parent topic: APIs to Be Taken Offline
                                      
+
                                      Parent topic: Script Development APIs
                                      
 
                                      
 
                                      
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0102.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0102.html
index ece0cae1..09bc6e37 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0102.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0102.html
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 
 
                                      String
                                      
 
                                      Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                      
+
                                      Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                      
                                       		
 
                                      
 
 
 
                                      
-
                                      Table 2 Request header parameter
                                      Parameter
                                      
                                       		
 
                                      Mandatory
                                      
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
 
 
                                      String
                                      
 
                                      OBS path for storing the resource file. When type is set to jar, location is the path for storing the main JAR package. The path contains a maximum of 256 characters. For example, obs://myBucket/test.jar
                                      
+
                                      OBS path for storing the resource file. When type is set to jar, location is the path for storing the main JAR package. The path contains a maximum of 1,023 characters. For example, obs://myBucket/test.jar
                                      
                                       		
 
                                      
 
                                      dependFiles
                                      
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
 
                                      
 
                                      
 
                                      
-
                                      Response
                                      
+
                                      Response Parameters
                                      
 
                                      Table 4 Response parameter
                                      Parameter
                                      
                                       		
 
                                      Mandatory
                                      
@@ -149,21 +149,22 @@
 
                                      
 
                                      
 
                                      
-
                                      Example
                                      • Request
                                        POST /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/resources
+
                                        Example Request
                                        Create a resource named test. The resource type is jar. The OBS path where the resource file is located is obs://dlf-test/hadoop-mapreduce-examples-2.4.1.jar. The JAR package and properties file on which the resource's main JAR package depends are obs://dlf-test/depend1.jar","obs://dlf-test/depend2.jar. The description is test. The directory where the resource is located is /resource.
                                        
+
                                        POST /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/resources
 {
 	"name": "test",
 	"type": "jar",
-	"location": "obs://00000000dlf-test/hadoop-mapreduce-examples-2.4.1.jar",
-	"dependFiles": ["obs://00000000dlf-test/depend1.jar","obs://00000000dlf-test/depend2.jar"],
+	"location": "obs://dlf-test/hadoop-mapreduce-examples-2.4.1.jar",
+	"dependFiles": ["obs://dlf-test/depend1.jar","obs://dlf-test/depend2.jar"],
 	"desc": "test",
 	"directory":"/resource"
 }
                                        
-
                                      
-
                                      • Success response
                                        {
+
                                      
+
                                      Example Response
                                      • Success response
                                        {
 	"resourceId":"3624d1c3-5df5-4f20-9af9-98eadad6c5f9"
 }
                                        
-
                                      • Failure response
                                        HTTP status code 400
                                        
-
                                        {
+
                                      • Failure response
                                        HTTP status code 400
                                        
+
                                        {
     "error_code":"DLF.6259",
     "error_msg":"Files of the same name exist in the directory."
 }
                                        
@@ -174,7 +175,7 @@
 
                                      
 
                                      
 
                                      
-
                                      Parent topic: APIs to Be Taken Offline
                                      
+
                                      Parent topic: Resource Management APIs
                                      
 
                                      
 
                                      
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0103.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0103.html
index 04405fb4..5cc00a21 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0103.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0103.html
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
 
                                    		
 
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                    
+
                                    Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    resource_id
                                    
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
                                     		
 
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Resource ID.
                                    
+
                                    Resource ID. For details about how to obtain the resource ID, see Querying a Resource List. The returned ID is resource_id.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
 
 
                                    
-
+
+
+
+
+
                                    Table 2 Request header parameter
                                    Parameter
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Mandatory
                                    
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@
 
 
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    OBS path for storing the resource file. When type is set to jar, location is the path for storing the main JAR package. The path contains a maximum of 256 characters. For example, obs://myBucket/test.jar
                                    
+
                                    OBS path for storing the resource file. When type is set to jar, location is the path for storing the main JAR package. The path contains a maximum of 1,023 characters. For example, obs://myBucket/test.jar
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    dependFiles
                                    
@@ -112,6 +112,15 @@
 
                                    JAR package and properties file that the main JAR package depends on. The description contains a maximum of 10,240 characters.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    dependPackages
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    List<DependPackage>
                                    
+
                                    JAR package and properties file that the main JAR package depends on. The description contains a maximum of 10,240 characters. If this parameter and the dependFiles parameter are both available, this parameter is preferentially parsed.
                                    
+
                                    
 
                                    desc
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    No
                                    
@@ -134,10 +143,43 @@
 
 
                                    
 
                                    
+
+
                                    
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                    Table 4 DependPackage parameters
                                    Parameter
                                    
+
                                    Mandatory
                                    
+
                                    Type
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    
+
                                    type
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    File type
                                    
+
                                    location
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    File path
                                    
+
                                    
 
                                    
-
                                    Response
                                    None.
                                    
 
                                    
-
                                    Request Example
                                    PUT /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/resources/3624d1c3-5df5-4f20-9af9-98eadad6c5f9
+
                                    Response Parameters
                                    None.
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    Example Request
                                    Modify a resource named test. The resource type is jar. The OBS path where the resource file is located is obs://dlf-test/hadoop-mapreduce-examples-2.4.1.jar. The JAR package and properties file on which the resource's main JAR package depends are obs://dlf-test/depend1.jar","obs://dlf-test/depend2.jar. The description is test. The directory where the resource is located is /resource.
                                    
+
                                    PUT /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/resources/3624d1c3-5df5-4f20-9af9-98eadad6c5f9
 {
 	"name": "test",
 	"type": "jar",
@@ -147,7 +189,7 @@
 	"directory":"/resource"
 }
                                    
 
                                    
-
                                    Response Example
                                    • Success response
                                      HTTP status code 204
                                      
+
                                      Example Response
                                      • Success response
                                        HTTP status code 204
                                        
 
                                      • Failure response
                                        HTTP status code 400
                                        
 
                                        {
     "error_code":"DLF.6241",
@@ -158,7 +200,7 @@
 
                                      
 
                                      
 
                                      
-
                                      Parent topic: APIs to Be Taken Offline
                                      
+
                                      Parent topic: Resource Management APIs
                                      
 
                                      
 
                                      
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0104.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0104.html
index b9c3e6de..4d1d2333 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0104.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0104.html
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 
 
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                  
+
                                  Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
 
                                  resource_id
                                  
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
                                   		
 
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Resource ID.
                                  
+
                                  Resource ID. For details about how to obtain the resource ID, see Querying a Resource List. The returned ID is resource_id.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
 
 
 
                                  Table 2 Request header parameter
                                  Parameter
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  Mandatory
                                  
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@
 
                                  
 
                                  
 
-
                                  Response
                                  
+
                                  Response Parameters
                                  
 
                                  Table 3 Resource parameters
                                  Parameter
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  Mandatory
                                  
@@ -135,15 +135,14 @@
 
                                  
 
                                  
 
                                  
-
                                  Example
                                  View resource details.
                                  
-
                                  • Request
                                    GET /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/resources/3624d1c3-5df5-4f20-9af9-98eadad6c5f9
                                    
-
                                  
+
                                  Example Request
                                  View resource details.
                                  GET /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/resources/3624d1c3-5df5-4f20-9af9-98eadad6c5f9
                                  
 
                                  
-
                                  • Success response
                                    {
+
                                  
+
                                  Example Response
                                  • Success response
                                    {
 	"name": "test",
 	"type": "jar",
-	"location": "obs://00000000dlf-test/hadoop-mapreduce-examples-2.4.1.jar",
-	"dependFiles": ["obs://00000000dlf-test/depend1.jar","obs://00000000dlf-test/depend2.jar"],
+	"location": "obs://dlf-test/hadoop-mapreduce-examples-2.4.1.jar",
+	"dependFiles": ["obs://dlf-test/depend1.jar","obs://dlf-test/depend2.jar"],
 	"desc": "test",
 	"directory":"/resource"
 }
                                    
@@ -153,12 +152,13 @@
     "error_msg":"The resource information does not exist."
 }
 
                                  
+
                                  
 
                                  Status Codes
                                  See Status Codes.
                                  
 
                                  
 
                                  
 
                                  
 
                                  
-
                                  Parent topic: APIs to Be Taken Offline
                                  
+
                                  Parent topic: Resource Management APIs
                                  
 
                                  
 
                                  
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0105.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0105.html
index 63c2b5c9..3dd4f7da 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0105.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0105.html
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
 
 
                                  String
                                  
 
                                  Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                  
+
                                  Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
 
                                  offset
                                  
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
                                  
 
                                  
 
-
                                  Request
                                  
+
                                  Request Parameters
                                  
 
                                  Table 2 Request header parameter
                                  Parameter
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  Mandatory
                                  
@@ -83,40 +83,40 @@
 
                                  
 
                                  
 
                                  
-
                                  Response
                                  
-
                                  Table 3 Response parameters
                                  Parameter
                                  
+
                                  Response Parameters
                                  
+
                                  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                  Parameter
                                  
 
                                  Mandatory
                                  
+
                                  Mandatory
                                  
 
                                  Type
                                  
+
                                  Type
                                  
 
                                  Description
                                  
+
                                  Description
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
 
                                  total
                                  
+
                                  total
                                  
 
                                  Yes
                                  
+
                                  Yes
                                  
 
                                  Integer
                                  
+
                                  Integer
                                  
 
                                  The total number of resources.
                                  
+
                                  The total number of resources.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  resources
                                  
+
                                  resources
                                  
 
                                  Yes
                                  
+
                                  Yes
                                  
 
                                  List<Resource>
                                  
+
                                  List<Resource>
                                  
 
                                  A list of resources.
                                  
+
                                  A list of resources.
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  
                                   
 
                                  
 
                                  
 
-
                                  Table 4 Resource parameters
                                  Parameter
                                  
+
                                  
@@ -195,17 +195,16 @@
 
                                  Table 3 Resource parameters
                                  Parameter
                                  
                                   		
 
                                  Mandatory
                                  
 
                                  
 
                                  
 
-
                                  Example
                                  Query a list of resources.
                                  
-
                                  • Request
                                    GET /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/resources
                                    
-
                                  
+
                                  Example Request
                                  Query a list of resources.
                                  GET /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/resources
                                  
 
                                  
-
                                  • Success response
                                    HTTP status code 200
                                    
+
                                  
+
                                  Example Response
                                  • Success response
                                    HTTP status code 200
                                    
 
                                    {
     "total":1,
     "resources":[
         {
-            "id":"b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505"
-            "name":"mrResource",
+            "id":"b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505",
+            "name":"test",
             "type":"jar",
             "location":"obs://00000000dlf-test/hadoop-mapreduce-examples-2.4.1.jar",
             "dependFiles":[
@@ -224,9 +223,10 @@
 }
                                    
 
                                  
 
                                  
+
                                  
 
                                  
 
                                  
-
                                  Parent topic: APIs to Be Taken Offline
                                  
+
                                  Parent topic: Resource Management APIs
                                  
 
                                  
 
                                  
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0106.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0106.html
index 1679b009..76e78fc4 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0106.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0106.html
@@ -1,72 +1,75 @@
 
 
-
                                  Importing a Connection
                                  
-
                                  Function
                                  This API is used to import one or more connection files from OBS to the Data Development module. Before using this API, store connection files in OBS buckets.
                                  
+
                                  Importing Connections (to Be Taken Offline)
                                  
+
                                   
                                  The connection management capability is provided by Management Center. APIs of Management Center are recommended.
                                  
+
                                  
+
                                  Function
                                  This API is used to import one or more connection files from OBS to the Data Development module. Before using this API, store connection files in OBS buckets.
                                  
 
                                  
 
                                  URI
                                  • URI format
                                    POST /v1/{project_id}/connections/import
                                    
 
                                  
 
                                  
 
                                  • Parameter description
-
                                    Table 1 URI parameter
                                    Parameter
                                    
+
                                    
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                    Table 1 URI parameter
                                    Parameter
                                    
 
                                    Mandatory
                                    
+
                                    Mandatory
                                    
 
                                    Type
                                    
+
                                    Type
                                    
 
                                    Description
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    project_id
                                    
+
                                    project_id
                                    
 
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                    
+
                                    Project ID. For details about how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
                                     
 
                                    
 
                                    
 
-
                                    Request
                                    
-
                                    Table 2 Request parameters
                                    Parameter
                                    
+
                                    Request Parameters
                                    Request parameters
                                    
+
+
                                    
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
@@ -74,76 +77,76 @@
 
                                    Parameter
                                    
 
                                    Mandatory
                                    
+
                                    Mandatory
                                    
 
                                    Type
                                    
+
                                    Type
                                    
 
                                    Description
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    path
                                    
+
                                    path
                                    
 
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    With OBS deployed: OBS path for storing the connection definition file. For details about the format of the job definition file, see the response message of the exported connection.
                                    
+
                                    With OBS deployed: OBS path for storing the connection definition file. For details about the format of the job definition file, see the response message of the exported connection.
                                    
 
                                    Without OBS deployed: local path for storing the connection definition file.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    params
                                    
+
                                    params
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    List<Params>
                                    
+
                                    List<Params>
                                    
 
                                    Connection parameter. By default, this parameter is left blank.
                                    
+
                                    Connection parameter. By default, this parameter is left blank.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    sameNamePolicy
                                    
+
                                    sameNamePolicy
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Policy for specifying how to handle duplicate names. The options are as follows:
                                    
+
                                    Policy for specifying how to handle duplicate names. The options are as follows:
                                    
 
                                    • SKIP
                                    • OVERWRITE
                                      Default value: SKIP
                                      
 
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    
+
                                    Params connection parameters
                                    
 
-
                                    Table 3 Params connection parameters
                                    Parameter
                                    
+
                                    
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                    Parameter
                                    
 
                                    Mandatory
                                    
+
                                    Mandatory
                                    
 
                                    Type
                                    
+
                                    Type
                                    
 
                                    Description
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    name
                                    
+
                                    name
                                    
 
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Name of a connection.
                                    
+
                                    Name of a connection.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    type
                                    
+
                                    type
                                    
 
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Connection type.
                                    
+
                                    Connection type.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    params
                                    
+
                                    params
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    Map<String,Stri
                                    
+
                                    Map<String,Stri
                                    
 
                                    ng>
                                    
 
                                    Connection parameter. For details about parameter names, see the description of each type of connection configuration item. By default, this parameter is left blank.
                                    
+
                                    Connection parameter. For details about parameter names, see the description of each type of connection configuration item. By default, this parameter is left blank.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
                                     
 
                                    
 
                                    
 
-
                                    Response
                                    
-
                                    
-
-
-
@@ -104,7 +105,7 @@
 
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0266.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0266.html
index 4e7fd3ae..2571be44 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0266.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0266.html
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@
 
-
-
-
-
-
-
@@ -132,7 +133,7 @@
 
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0269.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0269.html
index 95744520..04e40a44 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0269.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0269.html
@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@
 
                                    Link to Hive
                                    Description
                                    By creating a Hive link, you can extract data from or load data to Hive of MRS.
                                    
 
                                    
-
                                    Sample Link
                                    {
+
                                    Sample Link
                                    The following is the message body of a sample link. You are advised to store the AK and SK in ciphertext in the configuration file or environment variables and decrypt them when needed to ensure security.
                                    
+
                                    {
   "links": [
     {
       "link-config-values": {
@@ -73,7 +74,7 @@
 
 
                                    
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                    Table 4 Response parameters
                                    Parameter
                                    
+
                                    Response Parameters
                                    
+
                                    
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                    Parameter
                                    
 
                                    Mandatory
                                    
+
                                    Mandatory
                                    
 
                                    Type
                                    
+
                                    Type
                                    
 
                                    Description
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    taskId
                                    
+
                                    taskId
                                    
 
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    ID of the task. Used to call the API for querying system tasks to obtain the import status.
                                    
+
                                    ID of the task. Used to call the API for querying system tasks to obtain the import status.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
                                     
 
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    
-
                                    Example
                                    Import a connection.
                                    
-
                                    • Request
                                      POST /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/connections/import
                                      
-
                                      {
+
                                      Example Request
                                      POST /v1/b384b9e9ab9b4ee8994c8633aabc9505/connections/import
+{
     "path":"obs://00zyx/2019-07-02/DLF_All_DataConnections.zip",
     "sameNamePolicy":"OVERWRITE",
     "params":[
@@ -167,9 +170,8 @@
         }
     ]
 }
                                      
-
                                    
 
                                    
-
                                    • Success response
                                      HTTP status code 200
                                      
+
                                      Example Response
                                      • Success response
                                        HTTP status code 200
                                        
 
                                        {
 	"taskId":"008aae2e675933c7016759418e870000"
 }
                                        
@@ -179,12 +181,13 @@
     "error_msg":"Fail to read OBS file."
 }
 
                                      
+
                                      
 
                                      Status Codes
                                      See Status Codes.
                                      
 
                                      
 
 
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0260.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0260.html
index fa0dfb8e..4295c882 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0260.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0260.html
@@ -4,13 +4,13 @@
 
                                      
 
                                      
 
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0262.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0262.html
index 04ee92e9..fec9cb90 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0262.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0262.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
                                      Link to a Relational Database
                                      
-
                                      Description
                                      By creating a JDBC link, you can extract data from or load data to the following relational databases:
                                      • Data Warehouse Service
                                      • RDS for MySQL
                                      • RDS for PostgreSQL
                                      • RDS for SQL Server
                                      • PostgreSQL
                                      • Microsoft SQL Server
                                      • IBM Db2
                                      • SAP HANA
                                      
+
                                      Description
                                      By creating a JDBC link, you can extract data from or load data to the following relational databases:
                                      • RDS for PostgreSQL
                                      • RDS for SQL Server
                                      • PostgreSQL
                                      • Microsoft SQL Server
                                      
 
                                      
 
                                      
 
                                      Sample Link
                                      {
@@ -186,6 +186,10 @@
 
 
                                    Whether to use the local API acceleration function of the database
                                    
 
                                    When creating a MySQL link, you can use the LOAD DATA function of MySQL to accelerate data import and improve the performance of importing data to the MySQL database.
                                    
+
                                     NOTE: 
                                    The REPLACE and IGNORE modifiers are used to process the injected rows that have the same unique key value (PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE index value) as an existing row.
                                    
+
                                    • If Constraint Conflict Handling is set to replace into or local and the REPLACE modifier is used, a new row with the same unique key value as an existing row will replace the existing row.
                                    • If Constraint Conflict Handling is set to insert into, the IGNORE modifier is used by default, and a new row with the same unique key value as an existing row will be discarded, but the task will not be terminated. The MySQL service cannot stop file transfer in progress. Therefore, the number of written records displayed on the CDM console is inconsistent with the actual number of updated rows.
                                    
+
                                    For details about the MySQL local mode, visit https://dev.mysql.com/doc/refman/8.0/en/load-data.html.
                                    
+
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    linkConfig.isRds
                                    
@@ -242,7 +246,7 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0263.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0263.html
index c9861d05..901c6bb4 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0263.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0263.html
@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@
 
                                    Link to OBS
                                    
 
                                    Description
                                    By creating an OBS link, you can extract files from or load files to OBS. Files in CSV, JSON, and binary format are supported.
                                    
 
                                    
-
                                    Sample Link
                                    {
+
                                    Sample Link
                                    The following is the message body of a sample link. You are advised to store the AK and SK in ciphertext in the configuration file or environment variables and decrypt them when needed to ensure security.
                                    
+
                                    {
     "links": [
         {
             "link-config-values": {
@@ -24,11 +25,11 @@
                             },
                             {
                                 "name":"linkConfig.accessKey",
-                                "value": "RSO6TTEZMJ6TTFBBAACE"
+                                "value": "<YOUR AK>"
                             },
                             {
                                 "name":"linkConfig.securityKey",
-                                "value":"Add password here"
+                                "value":"<YOUR SK>"
                             }
                         ],
                         "name": "linkConfig"
@@ -67,7 +68,7 @@
 
                                    		
 
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Endpoint of the OBS server. You can enter a bucket-level domain name.
                                    
+
                                    Endpoint of the OBS server. 
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    linkConfig.port
                                    
@@ -85,7 +86,7 @@
                                     		
 
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    AK
                                    
+
                                    AK. You are advised to store it in ciphertext in the configuration file or an environment variable and decrypt it when needed to ensure security.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    linkConfig.securityKey
                                    
@@ -94,7 +95,7 @@
                                     		
 
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    SK
                                    
+
                                    SK. You are advised to store it in ciphertext in the configuration file or an environment variable and decrypt it when needed to ensure security.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
 
 
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Account principal required for Kerveros authentication. You can contact the administrator to obtain the account. Before using the cluster configuration, you must set this parameter in cluster configuration management.
                                    
+
                                    Account principal required for Kerveros authentication. You can contact the administrator to obtain the account. Before using the cluster configuration, you must set this parameter in cluster configuration management.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    linkConfig.keytab
                                    
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@
                                     		
 
                                    Enumeration
                                    
 
                                    Running mode of the HDFS link. The options are as follows:
                                    • EMBEDDED: The link instance runs with CDM. This mode delivers better performance.
                                    • STANDALONE: The link instance runs in an independent process. If CDM needs to connect to multiple Hadoop data sources (MRS, Hadoop, or CloudTable) with both Kerberos and Simple authentication methods, STANDALONE prevails.
                                      If STANDALONE is selected, CDM can migrate data between HDFSs of multiple MRS clusters.
                                      
+
                                    Running mode of the HDFS link. The options are as follows:
                                    • EMBEDDED: The link instance runs with CDM. This mode delivers better performance.
                                    • STANDALONE: The link instance runs in an independent process. If CDM needs to connect to multiple Hadoop data sources (MRS, Hadoop, or CloudTable) with both Kerberos and Simple authentication methods, STANDALONE is used.
                                      If STANDALONE is selected, CDM can migrate data between HDFSs of multiple MRS clusters.
                                      
 
                                    • Agent: The link instance runs on an agent.
                                      If Agent is not used, and the CDM cluster connects to two or more clusters with Kerberos authentication enabled and the same realm, only one cluster can be connected in EMBEDDED mode, and the other clusters must be in STANDALONE mode.
                                      
 
                                    
 
                                    
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0267.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0267.html
index 38f475fa..0f87e3ef 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0267.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0267.html
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@
                                     		
 
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Account principal required for Kerveros authentication. You can contact the administrator to obtain the account.
                                    
+
                                    Account principal required for Kerveros authentication. You can contact the administrator to obtain the account.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    linkConfig.keytab
                                    
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@
                                     		
 
                                    Enumeration
                                    
 
                                    This parameter is used only when the HBase version is HBase_2_X. Possible values are:
                                    • EMBEDDED: The link instance runs with CDM. This mode delivers better performance.
                                    • STANDALONE: The link instance runs in an independent process. If CDM needs to connect to multiple Hadoop data sources (MRS, Hadoop, or CloudTable) with both Kerberos and Simple authentication methods, STANDALONE prevails.
                                      If STANDALONE is selected, CDM can migrate data between HDFSs of multiple MRS clusters.
                                      
+
                                    This parameter is used only when the HBase version is HBase_2_X. Possible values are:
                                    • EMBEDDED: The link instance runs with CDM. This mode delivers better performance.
                                    • STANDALONE: The link instance runs in an independent process. If CDM needs to connect to multiple Hadoop data sources (MRS, Hadoop, or CloudTable) with both Kerberos and Simple authentication methods, STANDALONE is used.
                                      If STANDALONE is selected, CDM can migrate data between HDFSs of multiple MRS clusters.
                                      
 
                                    • Agent: The link instance runs on an agent.
                                      If Agent is not used, and the CDM cluster connects to two or more clusters with Kerberos authentication enabled and the same realm, only one cluster can be connected in EMBEDDED mode, and the other clusters must be in STANDALONE mode.
                                      
 
                                    
 
                                    
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0268.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0268.html
index 62f806b4..91f63493 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0268.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0268.html
@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@
 
                                    Link to CloudTable
                                    
 
                                    Description
                                    By creating a CloudTable link, you can extract data from or load data to CloudTable.
                                    
 
                                    
-
                                    Sample Link
                                    {
+
                                    Sample Link
                                    The following is the message body of a sample link. You are advised to store the AK and SK in ciphertext in the configuration file or environment variables and decrypt them when needed to ensure security.
                                    
+
                                    {
   "links": [
     {
       "link-config-values": {
@@ -28,11 +29,11 @@
               },
               {
                 "name": "linkConfig.accessKey",
-                "value": "GRC2WR0IxxxxxxxYLWU2"
+                "value": "<YOUR AK>"
               },
               {
                 "name": "linkConfig.securityKey",
-                "value": "Add password here"
+                "value": "<YOUR SK>"
               },
               {
                 "name": "linkConfig.runMode",
@@ -95,7 +96,7 @@
 
                                    Enumeration
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Running mode of the HBase link. The options are as follows:
                                    
-
                                    • EMBEDDED: The link instance runs with CDM. This mode delivers better performance.
                                    • STANDALONE: The link instance runs in an independent process. If CDM needs to connect to multiple Hadoop data sources (MRS, Hadoop, or CloudTable) with both Kerberos and Simple authentication methods, STANDALONE prevails.
                                    
+
                                    • EMBEDDED: The link instance runs with CDM. This mode delivers better performance.
                                    • STANDALONE: The link instance runs in an independent process. If CDM needs to connect to multiple Hadoop data sources (MRS, Hadoop, or CloudTable) with both Kerberos and Simple authentication methods, STANDALONE is used.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    linkConfig.cloudtableUser
                                    
@@ -113,7 +114,7 @@
                                     		
 
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    AK for accessing the CloudTable cluster
                                    
+
                                    AK for accessing the CloudTable cluster. You are advised to store it in ciphertext in the configuration file or an environment variable and decrypt it when needed to ensure security.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    linkConfig.securityKey
                                    
@@ -122,7 +123,7 @@
                                     		
 
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    SK for accessing the CloudTable cluster
                                    
+
                                    SK for accessing the CloudTable cluster. You are advised to store it in ciphertext in the configuration file or an environment variable and decrypt it when needed to ensure security.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
 
 
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Account principal required for Kerveros authentication. You can contact the administrator to obtain the account. Before using the cluster configuration, you must set this parameter in cluster configuration management.
                                    
+
                                    Account principal required for Kerveros authentication. You can contact the administrator to obtain the account. Before using the cluster configuration, you must set this parameter in cluster configuration management.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    linkConfig.keytab
                                    
@@ -157,7 +158,7 @@
                                     		
 
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    AK This parameter is mandatory when OBS is supported.
                                    
+
                                    AK. This parameter is mandatory when OBS is supported. You are advised to store it in ciphertext in the configuration file or an environment variable and decrypt it when needed to ensure security.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    linkConfig.securityKey
                                    
@@ -166,7 +167,7 @@
                                     		
 
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    SK This parameter is mandatory when OBS is supported.
                                    
+
                                    SK. This parameter is mandatory when OBS is supported. You are advised to store it in ciphertext in the configuration file or an environment variable and decrypt it when needed to ensure security.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    linkConfig.properties
                                    
@@ -185,7 +186,7 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0270.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0270.html
index cc8965a5..224590b0 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0270.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0270.html
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0271.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0271.html
index a53040a1..c9bda65e 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0271.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0271.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
                                    Link to MongoDB
                                    
-
                                    Description
                                    By creating a MongoDB link, you can extract data from or load data to MongoDB.
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    By creating a Link to MongoDB, you can extract data from or load data to MongoDB.
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    Sample Link
                                    {
     "links": [
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
 
                                    
 
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0272.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0272.html
index 9479d9df..a260f22c 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0272.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0272.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
-
                                    Link to Redis/DCS (to Be Brought Offline)
                                    
-
                                    Description
                                    By creating a Redis link, you can extract data from or load data to the Redis server. By creating a DCS link, you can load data to Data Cache Service (DCS), but not extract data for DCS. The data can be stored in string or hash format.
                                    
+
                                    Link to Redis
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    By creating a Redis link, you can extract data from or load data to the Redis server.
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    Sample Link
                                    {
     "links": [
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
 
                                    
 
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0274.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0274.html
index d61fcb4b..b3a8bbe8 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0274.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0274.html
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
 
                                    
 
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0276.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0276.html
index b96f5da1..a4f2e997 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0276.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0276.html
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
 
                                    
 
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0277.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0277.html
index 5b7269de..4f7095b2 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0277.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0277.html
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
 
                                    
 
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0278.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0278.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 588db442..00000000
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0278.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,108 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
                                    Link to CloudTable OpenTSDB
                                    
-
                                    Description
                                    By creating an OpenTSDB link, you can extract data from and load data to CloudTable OpenTSDB.
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    Sample Link
                                    {
-  "links": [
-    {
-      "link-config-values": {
-        "configs": [
-          {
-            "inputs": [
-              {
-                "name": "linkConfig.openTSDBQuorum",
-                "value": "opentsdb-sp8afz7bgbps5ur.cloudtable.com:4242"
-              },
-              {
-                "name": "linkConfig.securityMode",
-                "value": "UNSAFE"
-              }
-            ],
-            "name": "linkConfig"
-          }
-        ]
-      },
-      "name": "opentsdb",
-      "connector-name": "opentsdb-connector"
-    }
-  ]
-}
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    Link Parameters
                                    
-
                                    
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                    Parameter
                                    
-
                                    Mandatory
                                    
-
                                    Type
                                    
-
                                    Description
                                    
-
                                    linkConfig.openTSDBQuorum
                                    
-
                                    Yes
                                    
-
                                    String
                                    
-
                                    ZooKeeper Link of OpenTSDB
                                    
-
                                    linkConfig.securityMode
                                    
-
                                    Yes
                                    
-
                                    String
                                    
-
                                    Security or UNSAFE mode
                                    
-
                                    If you select Security, enter the project ID, username, and AK/SK.
                                    
-
                                    linkConfig.user
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    String
                                    
-
                                    Username for accessing CloudTable
                                    
-
                                    linkConfig.ak
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    String
                                    
-
                                    AK for accessing CloudTable
                                    
-
                                    linkConfig.sk
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    String
                                    
-
                                    SK for accessing CloudTable
                                    
-
                                    linkConfig.projectId
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    String
                                    
-
                                    Project ID of CloudTable
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    Parent topic: Link Parameter Description
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    
-
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0280.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0280.html
index 2f3c0990..14beffbe 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0280.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0280.html
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@
 
                                    
 
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0282.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0282.html
index c6e306ee..87f22bd6 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0282.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0282.html
@@ -111,16 +111,6 @@
 
                                    Partition field to be extracted, by which a job is split in multiple sub-jobs executed concurrently. For example, id.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.incrMigration
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    Boolean
                                    
-
                                    Whether to enable incremental data migration using MySQL Binlog. This can be only used for table/file migration from MySQL databases to GaussDB(DWS).
                                    
-
                                    If this function is enabled, data in the source table and destination table can be synchronized in real time. Each MySQL link or source table supports only one incremental migration job.
                                    
-
                                    
 
                                    fromJobConfig.usePartition
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    No
                                    
@@ -146,7 +136,7 @@
 
 
                                    
 
                                    
-
                                    Parent topic: Source Job Parameters
                                    
+
                                    Parent topic: Source Job Parameters
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0283.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0283.html
index dc5f29e2..b6a300da 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0283.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0283.html
@@ -56,266 +56,229 @@
       }
 
 
                                    Parameter Description
                                    
-
                                    Parameter
                                    
+
                                    
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
@@ -325,7 +288,7 @@
 
                                    
 
                                    
-
                                    Parent topic: Source Job Parameters
                                    
+
                                    Parent topic: Source Job Parameters
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0284.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0284.html
index 5826684a..35cb185f 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0284.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0284.html
@@ -68,247 +68,247 @@
       }
                                    Parameter Description
                                    • HDFS job parameter description
-
                                    Parameter
                                    
 
                                    Mandatory
                                    
+
                                    Mandatory
                                    
 
                                    Type
                                    
+
                                    Type
                                    
 
                                    Description
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    fromJobConfig.bucketName
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.bucketName
                                    
 
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Bucket name
                                    
+
                                    Bucket name
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.inputDirectory
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.inputDirectory
                                    
 
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Path for storing files to be extracted. You can enter a maximum of 50 file paths, which are separated by vertical bars (|). You can also customize the separators. For example, FROM/example.csv|FROM/b.txt.
                                    
+
                                    Path for storing files to be extracted. You can enter a maximum of 50 file paths, which are separated by vertical bars (|). You can also customize the separators. For example, FROM/example.csv|FROM/b.txt.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.inputFormat
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.inputFormat
                                    
 
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
 
                                    Enumeration
                                    
+
                                    Enumeration
                                    
 
                                    File format required for data transmission. Currently, the following file formats are supported:
                                    • CSV_FILE: CSV format, used to migrate files to data tables
                                    • JSON_FILE: JSON format, used to migrate files to data tables
                                    • BINARY_FILE: Files (even not in binary format) will be directly transferred without resolution. It is applicable to file copy.
                                    
+
                                    File format required for data transmission. Currently, the following file formats are supported:
                                    • CSV_FILE: CSV format, used to migrate files to data tables
                                    • JSON_FILE: JSON format, used to migrate files to data tables
                                    • BINARY_FILE: Files (even not in binary format) will be directly transferred without resolution. It is applicable to file copy.
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    If you select BINARY_FILE, the migration destination must also be a file system.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.lineSeparator
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.lineSeparator
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Line feed character in the file. For example, \n. By default, \n, \r, or \r\n is automatically identified.
                                    
+
                                    Lind feed character in a file. By default, the system automatically identifies \\n, \\r, and \\r\\n. You can configure special characters. For spaces and carriage returns, encode them with URL. You can also configure them by editing the job JSON, in which case URL encoding is not required.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.columnList
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.columnList
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Numbers of columns to be extracted. Use & to separate column numbers in ascending order. For example, 1&3&5.
                                    
+
                                    Numbers of columns to be extracted. Use & to separate column numbers in ascending order. For example, 1&3&5.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.regexSeparator
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.regexSeparator
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    Boolean
                                    
+
                                    Boolean
                                    
 
                                    Whether to use the regular expression to separate fields. This parameter is valid only when the file format is CSV_FILE.
                                    
+
                                    Whether to use the regular expression to separate fields. This parameter is valid only when the file format is CSV_FILE.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.regex
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.regex
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Regular expression. This parameter is valid only when the regular expression is used to separate fields.
                                    
+
                                    Regular expression. This parameter is valid only when the regular expression is used to separate fields.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.fieldSeparator
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.fieldSeparator
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Field delimiter. This parameter is valid only when the file format is CSV_FILE. The default value is ,.
                                    
+
                                    Field delimiter. This parameter is valid only when the file format is CSV_FILE. The default value is ,.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.quoteChar
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.quoteChar
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    Boolean
                                    
+
                                    Boolean
                                    
 
                                    Whether to use the encircling symbol. If this parameter is set to true, the field delimiters in the encircling symbol are regarded as a part of the string value. Currently, the default encircling symbol of CDM is double quotation mark (").
                                    
+
                                    Whether to use the encircling symbol. If this parameter is set to true, the field delimiters in the encircling symbol are regarded as a part of the string value. Currently, the default encircling symbol of CDM is double quotation mark (").
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.firstRowAsHeader
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.firstRowAsHeader
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    Boolean
                                    
+
                                    Boolean
                                    
 
                                    Whether to regard the first line as the heading line. This parameter is valid only when the file format is CSV_FILE. When you migrate a CSV file to a table, CDM writes all data to the table by default. If this parameter is set to true, CDM uses the first line of the CSV file as the heading line and does not write the line to the destination table.
                                    
+
                                    Whether to regard the first line as the heading line. This parameter is valid only when the file format is CSV_FILE. When you migrate a CSV file to a table, CDM writes all data to the table by default. If this parameter is set to true, CDM uses the first line of the CSV file as the heading line and does not write the line to the destination table.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.fromCompression
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.fromCompression
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    Enumeration
                                    
+
                                    Enumeration
                                    
 
                                    Compression format. This parameter is valid only when the file format is CSV_FILE or JSON. The options are as follows:
                                    • NONE: Files in all formats are transferred.
                                    • GZIP: Files in gzip format are transferred.
                                    • ZIP: Files in Zip format are transferred.
                                    
+
                                    Compression format. This parameter is valid only when the file format is CSV_FILE or JSON. The options are as follows:
                                    • NONE: Files in all formats are transferred.
                                    • GZIP: Files in gzip format are transferred.
                                    • ZIP: Files in Zip format are transferred.
                                    
 
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.jsonReferenceNode
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.jsonReferenceNode
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Reference node. This parameter is valid when the file format is JSON_FILE. Resolve data on the JSON node. If the data corresponding to the node is a JSON array, the system extracts data from the array in the same mode. Nested JSON nodes are separated by periods (.). For example, data.list.
                                    
+
                                    Reference node. This parameter is valid when the file format is JSON_FILE. Resolve data on the JSON node. If the data corresponding to the node is a JSON array, the system extracts data from the array in the same mode. Nested JSON nodes are separated by periods (.). For example, data.list.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.encodeType
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.encodeType
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Encoding type. For example, UTF_8 or GBK.
                                    
+
                                    Encoding type. For example, UTF_8 or GBK.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.fromFileOpType
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.useMarkerFile
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    Enumeration
                                    
+
                                    Boolean
                                    
 
                                    Source file processing mode. After a job is completed, operations on the source file can be performed. The source file can be renamed or deleted.
                                    
+
                                    Whether to start a job by a marker file. A job is started only when a marker file for starting the job exists in the source path. Otherwise, the job will be suspended for a period of time specified by fromJobConfig.waitTime.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.useMarkerFile
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.markerFile
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    Boolean
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Whether to start a job by a marker file. A job is started only when a marker file for starting the job exists in the source path. Otherwise, the job will be suspended for a period of time specified by fromJobConfig.waitTime.
                                    
+
                                    Name of the marker file for starting a job. After a marker file is specified, the task is executed only when the file exists in the source path. If the marker file is not specified, this function is disabled by default. For example, ok.txt.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.markerFile
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.waitTime
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Name of the marker file for starting a job. After a marker file is specified, the task is executed only when the file exists in the source path. If the marker file is not specified, this function is disabled by default. For example, ok.txt.
                                    
-
                                    fromJobConfig.waitTime
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    String
                                    
-
                                    Period of waiting for a marker file. If you set Start Job by Marker File to Yes but no marker file exists in the source path, the job fails upon suspension timeout.
                                    
+
                                    Period of waiting for a marker file. If you set Start Job by Marker File to Yes but no marker file exists in the source path, the job fails upon suspension timeout.
                                    
 
                                    If you set this parameter to 0 and no marker file exists in the source path, the job will fail immediately.
                                    
 
                                    Unit: second
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.filterType
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.filterType
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    Enumeration
                                    
+
                                    Enumeration
                                    
 
                                    Filter type. Possible values are as follows:
                                    • WILDCARD: Enter a wildcard character to filter paths or files. CDM will migrate the paths or files that meet the filter condition.
                                    • TIME: Specify a time filter. CDM will migrate the files modified after the specified time point.
                                    
+
                                    Filter type. Possible values are as follows:
                                    • WILDCARD: Enter a wildcard character to filter paths or files. CDM will migrate the paths or files that meet the filter condition.
                                    • TIME: Specify a time filter. CDM will migrate the files modified after the specified time point.
                                    
 
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.pathFilter
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.pathFilter
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Path filter, which is configured when the filter type is WILDCARD. It is used to filter the file directories. For example, *input.
                                    
+
                                    Path filter, which is configured when the filter type is WILDCARD. It is used to filter the file directories. For example, *input.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.fileFilter
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.fileFilter
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    File filter, which is configured when the filter type is WILDCARD. It is used to filter files in the specified directory. Use commas (,) to separate multiple files. For example, *.csv,*.txt.
                                    
+
                                    File filter, which is configured when the filter type is WILDCARD. It is used to filter files in the specified directory. Use commas (,) to separate multiple files. For example, *.csv,*.txt.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.startTime
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.startTime
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    If you set Filter Type to Time Filter, and specify a point in time for this parameter, only the files modified after the specified time are transferred. The time format must be yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss.
                                    
+
                                    If you set Filter Type to Time Filter, and specify a point in time for this parameter, only the files modified at or after the specified time are transferred. The time format must be yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss.
                                    
 
                                    This parameter can be set to a macro variable of date and time. For example, ${timestamp(dateformat(yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,-90,DAY))} indicates that only files generated within the latest 90 days are migrated.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.endTime
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.endTime
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    If you set Filter Type to Time Filter, and specify a point in time for this parameter, only the files modified before the specified time are transferred. The time format must be yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss.
                                    
+
                                    If you set Filter Type to Time Filter, and specify a point in time for this parameter, only the files modified before the specified time are transferred. The time format must be yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss.
                                    
 
                                    This parameter can be set to a macro variable of date and time. For example, ${timestamp(dateformat(yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss))} indicates that only the files whose modification time is earlier than the current time are migrated.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.fileSeparator
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.fileSeparator
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    File separator. If you enter multiple file paths in fromJobConfig.inputDirectory, CDM uses the file separator to separate files. The default value is |.
                                    
+
                                    File separator. If you enter multiple file paths in fromJobConfig.inputDirectory, CDM uses the file separator to separate files. The default value is |.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.decryption
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.md5FileSuffix
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    Enumeration
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Whether to decrypt the encrypted file before export and the decryption method. The options are as follows:
                                    • NONE: Do not decrypt but directly export the file.
                                    • AES-256-GCM: Use the AES-256-GCM (NoPadding) algorithm to decrypt the file and then export the file.
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    fromJobConfig.dek
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    String
                                    
-
                                    Data decryption key. The key is a string of 64-bit hexadecimal numbers and must be the same as the data encryption key toJobConfig.dek configured during encryption. If the encryption and decryption keys are inconsistent, the system does not report an exception, but the decrypted data is incorrect.
                                    
-
                                    fromJobConfig.iv
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    String
                                    
-
                                    Initialization vector required for decryption. The initialization vector is a string of 32-bit hexadecimal numbers and must be the same as the initialization vector toJobConfig.iv configured during encryption. If the initialization vectors are inconsistent, the system does not report an exception, but the decrypted data is incorrect.
                                    
-
                                    fromJobConfig.md5FileSuffix
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    String
                                    
-
                                    Check whether the files extracted by CDM are consistent with those in the migration source.
                                    
+
                                    Check whether the files extracted by CDM are consistent with those in the migration source.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
                                     
 
 
 
                                    
@@ -81,7 +80,7 @@
 
                                    Exporting Query Results
                                    A maximum of 1000 records can be displayed in the query result on the console. To view more or all data, you can export the data to OBS. The procedure is as follows:
                                    
 
                                    You can export results on the SQL Jobs page or the SQL Editor page.
                                    
-
                                    • On the Job Management > SQL Jobs page, you can click More > Export Result in the Operation column to export the query result.
                                    • After the query statements are successfully executed on the SQL Editor page, click  on the right of the View Result tab page to export the query result.
                                    
+
                                    • On the Job Management > SQL Jobs page, you can click More > Export Result in the Operation column to export the query result.
                                    • After the query statements are successfully executed on the SQL Editor page, click  next to the View Result tab page to export query results.
                                    
 
                                     
                                    If no column of the numeric type is displayed in the query result, the result cannot be exported.
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0318.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0318.html
index dd6cab36..1d7930df 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0318.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0318.html
@@ -109,14 +109,14 @@
 
                                    
-
-
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0320.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0320.html
index 1082bc89..a48a40c4 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0320.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0320.html
@@ -52,66 +52,66 @@
 
                                    SQL Editing Window
                                    SQL job editing window is displayed in the upper right part of the page.
                                    
 
                                    The SQL statement editing area is below the operation bar. For details about keyboard shortcuts, see Table 3.
                                    
 
                                    
-
                                    Parameter
                                    
+
                                    
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
@@ -352,7 +352,7 @@
 
                                    
 
                                    
-
                                    Parent topic: Source Job Parameters
                                    
+
                                    Parent topic: Source Job Parameters
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0285.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0285.html
index cb638cc6..53366dc2 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0285.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0285.html
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
 
                                    
 
                                    
-
                                    Parent topic: Source Job Parameters
                                    
+
                                    Parent topic: Source Job Parameters
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0286.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0286.html
index 0726eecf..86352aff 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0286.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0286.html
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@
 
-
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@
 
                                    
 
                                    
-
                                    Parent topic: Source Job Parameters
                                    
+
                                    Parent topic: Source Job Parameters
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0287.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0287.html
index 06b8c4ed..7a9543c6 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0287.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0287.html
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
-
                                    From FTP/SFTP/NAS (to Be Brought Offline)/SFS (to Be Brought Offline)
                                    
+
                                    From FTP/SFTP
                                    Sample JSON File
                                    "from-config-values": {
         "configs": [
           {
@@ -48,276 +48,230 @@
       }
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    Parameter Description
                                    Source link job parameters of FTP and SFTP are the same. Table 1 describes the parameters.
-
                                    Parameter
                                    
 
                                    Mandatory
                                    
+
                                    Mandatory
                                    
 
                                    Type
                                    
+
                                    Type
                                    
 
                                    Description
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    fromJobConfig.inputDirectory
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.inputDirectory
                                    
 
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Path for storing data to be extracted. For example, /data_dir.
                                    
+
                                    Path for storing data to be extracted. For example, /data_dir.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.inputFormat
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.inputFormat
                                    
 
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
 
                                    Enumeration
                                    
+
                                    Enumeration
                                    
 
                                    File format required for data transmission. Currently, the following file formats are supported:
                                    • CSV_FILE: CSV format
                                    • PARQUET_FILE: Parquet format
                                    • BINARY_FILE: binary format
                                    
+
                                    File format required for data transmission. Currently, the following file formats are supported:
                                    • CSV_FILE: CSV format
                                    • PARQUET_FILE: Parquet format
                                    • BINARY_FILE: binary format
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    If you select BINARY_FILE, the migration destination must also be a file system.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.columnList
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.columnList
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Numbers of columns to be extracted. Use & to separate column numbers in ascending order. For example, 1&3&5.
                                    
+
                                    Numbers of columns to be extracted. Use & to separate column numbers in ascending order. For example, 1&3&5.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.lineSeparator
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.lineSeparator
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Line feed character. This parameter is valid only when the file format is CSV_FILE. The default value is \r\n.
                                    
+
                                    Lind feed character in a file. By default, the system automatically identifies \\n, \\r, and \\r\\n. You can configure special characters. For spaces and carriage returns, encode them with URL. You can also configure them by editing the job JSON, in which case URL encoding is not required.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.fieldSeparator
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.fieldSeparator
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Field delimiter. This parameter is valid only when the file format is CSV_FILE. The default value is ,.
                                    
+
                                    Field delimiter. This parameter is valid only when the file format is CSV_FILE. The default value is ,.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.quoteChar
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.quoteChar
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    Boolean
                                    
+
                                    Boolean
                                    
 
                                    Whether to use a quote character. If this parameter is set to true, the field delimiter in the quote character is regarded as a part of the string value. The default quote character of CDM is ".
                                    
+
                                    Whether to use the encircling symbol. If this parameter is set to true, the field delimiters in the encircling symbol are regarded as a part of the string value. Currently, the default encircling symbol of CDM is double quotation mark (").
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.regexSeparator
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.regexSeparator
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    Boolean
                                    
+
                                    Boolean
                                    
 
                                    Whether to use regular expressions to separate fields. This parameter is valid only when the file format is CSV_FILE.
                                    
+
                                    Whether to use the regular expression to separate fields. This parameter is valid only when the file format is CSV_FILE.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.encodeType
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.encodeType
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Encoding type. For example, UTF_8 or GBK.
                                    
+
                                    Encoding type. For example, UTF_8 or GBK.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.firstRowAsHeader
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.firstRowAsHeader
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    Boolean
                                    
+
                                    Boolean
                                    
 
                                    Whether to regard the first line as the heading line. This parameter is valid only when the file format is CSV_FILE. When you migrate a CSV file to a table, CDM writes all data to the table by default. If this parameter is set to true, CDM uses the first line of the CSV file as the heading line and does not write the line to the destination table.
                                    
+
                                    Whether to regard the first line as the heading line. This parameter is valid only when the file format is CSV_FILE. When you migrate a CSV file to a table, CDM writes all data to the table by default. If this parameter is set to true, CDM uses the first line of the CSV file as the heading line and does not write the line to the destination table.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.fromCompression
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.fromCompression
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    Enumeration
                                    
+
                                    Enumeration
                                    
 
                                    Compression format. Only the source files in specified compression format are transferred. NONE indicates files in all formats are transferred.
                                    
+
                                    Compression format. Only the source files in specified compression format are transferred. NONE indicates files in all formats are transferred.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.compressedFileSuffix
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.compressedFileSuffix
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Extension of the files to be decompressed. Files are decompressed only when their names are suffixed with this value. Otherwise, the files are transferred in their original formats. If you enter * or leave the parameter blank, all files are decompressed.
                                    
+
                                    Extension of the files to be decompressed. The decompression operation is performed only when the file name extension is used in a batch of files. Otherwise, files are transferred in the original format. If you enter * or leave the parameter blank, all files are decompressed.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.splitType
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.splitType
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    Enumeration
                                    
+
                                    Enumeration
                                    
 
                                    Whether to split files by file or size. If HDFS files are split, each shard is regarded as a file.
                                    • FILE: Split files by file quantity. If there are 10 files and throttlingConfig.numExtractors is set to 5, each shard consists of two files.
                                    • SIZE: Split files by file size. Files will not be split for balance. Suppose there are 10 files, among which nine are 10 MB and one is 200 MB in size. If throttlingConfig.numExtractors is set to 2, two shards will be created, one for processing the nine 10 MB files, the other for processing the 200 MB file.
                                    
+
                                    Whether to split files by file or size. If HDFS files are split, each shard is regarded as a file.
                                    • FILE: Split files by file quantity. If there are 10 files and throttlingConfig.numExtractors is set to 5, each shard consists of two files.
                                    • SIZE: Split files by file size. Files will not be split for balance. Suppose there are 10 files, among which nine are 10 MB and one is 200 MB in size. If throttlingConfig.numExtractors is set to 2, two shards will be created, one for processing the nine 10 MB files, the other for processing the 200 MB file.
                                    
 
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.useMarkerFile
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.useMarkerFile
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    Boolean
                                    
+
                                    Boolean
                                    
 
                                    Whether to start a job by a marker file. A job is started only when a marker file for starting the job exists in the source path. Otherwise, the job will be suspended for a period of time specified by fromJobConfig.waitTime.
                                    
+
                                    Whether to start a job by a marker file. A job is started only when a marker file for starting the job exists in the source path. Otherwise, the job will be suspended for a period of time specified by fromJobConfig.waitTime.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.markerFile
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.markerFile
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Name of the marker file for starting a job. After a marker file is specified, the task is executed only when the file exists in the source path. If the marker file is not specified, this function is disabled by default. For example, ok.txt.
                                    
+
                                    Name of the marker file for starting a job. After a marker file is specified, the task is executed only when the file exists in the source path. If the marker file is not specified, this function is disabled by default. For example, ok.txt.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.fileSeparator
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.fileSeparator
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    File separator. If you enter multiple file paths for fromJobConfig.inputDirectory, CDM uses the file separator to separate files. The default value is |.
                                    
+
                                    File separator. If you enter multiple file paths in fromJobConfig.inputDirectory, CDM uses the file separator to separate files. The default value is |.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.filterType
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.filterType
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    Enumeration
                                    
+
                                    Enumeration
                                    
 
                                    Filter type. Possible values are as follows:
                                    • WILDCARD: Enter a wildcard character to filter paths or files. CDM will migrate the paths or files that meet the filter condition.
                                    • TIME: Specify a time filter. CDM will migrate the files modified after the specified time point.
                                    
+
                                    Filter type. Possible values are as follows:
                                    • WILDCARD: Enter a wildcard character to filter paths or files. CDM will migrate the paths or files that meet the filter condition.
                                    • TIME: Specify a time filter. CDM will migrate the files modified after the specified time point.
                                    
 
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.pathFilter
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.pathFilter
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Path filter, which is configured when the filter type is WILDCARD. It is used to filter the file directories. For example, *input.
                                    
+
                                    Path filter, which is configured when the filter type is WILDCARD. It is used to filter the file directories. For example, *input.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.fileFilter
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.fileFilter
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    File filter, which is configured when the filter type is WILDCARD. It is used to filter files in the specified directory. Use commas (,) to separate multiple files. For example, *.csv,*.txt.
                                    
+
                                    File filter, which is configured when the filter type is WILDCARD. It is used to filter files in the specified directory. Use commas (,) to separate multiple files. For example, *.csv,*.txt.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.startTime
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.startTime
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    If you set Filter Type to Time Filter, and specify a point in time for this parameter, only the files modified after the specified time are transferred. The time format must be yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss.
                                    
+
                                    If you set Filter Type to Time Filter, and specify a point in time for this parameter, only the files modified at or after the specified time are transferred. The time format must be yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss.
                                    
 
                                    This parameter can be set to a macro variable of date and time. For example, ${timestamp(dateformat(yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,-90,DAY))} indicates that only files generated within the latest 90 days are migrated.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.endTime
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.endTime
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    If you set Filter Type to Time Filter, and specify a point in time for this parameter, only the files modified before the specified time are transferred. The time format must be yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss.
                                    
+
                                    If you set Filter Type to Time Filter, and specify a point in time for this parameter, only the files modified before the specified time are transferred. The time format must be yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss.
                                    
 
                                    This parameter can be set to a macro variable of date and time. For example, ${timestamp(dateformat(yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss))} indicates that only the files whose modification time is earlier than the current time are migrated.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.createSnapshot
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.createSnapshot
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    Boolean
                                    
+
                                    Boolean
                                    
 
                                    If this parameter is set to true, CDM creates a snapshot for the source directory to be migrated (the snapshot cannot be created for a single file) before it reads files from HDFS. Then CDM migrates the data in the snapshot.
                                    
+
                                    If this parameter is set to true, CDM creates a snapshot for the source directory to be migrated (the snapshot cannot be created for a single file) before it reads files from HDFS. Then CDM migrates the data in the snapshot.
                                    
 
                                    Only the HDFS administrator can create a snapshot. After the CDM job is completed, the snapshot is deleted.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.formats
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.formats
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    Data structure
                                    
+
                                    Data structure
                                    
 
                                    Time format. This parameter is mandatory only when fromJobConfig.inputFormat is set to CSV_FILE and the time field exists in the file. For details, see Description of the fromJobConfig.formats parameter.
                                    
+
                                    Time format. This parameter is mandatory only when fromJobConfig.inputFormat is set to CSV_FILE and the time field exists in the file. For details, see Description of the fromJobConfig.formats parameter.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.decryption
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.decryption
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    Enumeration
                                    
+
                                    Enumeration
                                    
 
                                    This parameter is available only when fromJobConfig.inputFormat is set to BINARY_FILE. It specifies whether to decrypt the encrypted file before export, and the decryption method. The options are as follows:
                                    • NONE: Do not decrypt but directly export the file.
                                    • AES-256-GCM: Use the AES-256-GCM (NoPadding) algorithm to decrypt the file and then export the file.
                                    
+
                                    This parameter is available only when fromJobConfig.inputFormat is set to BINARY_FILE. It specifies whether to decrypt the encrypted file before export, and the decryption method. The options are as follows:
                                    • NONE: Do not decrypt but directly export the file.
                                    • AES-256-GCM: Use the AES-256-GCM (NoPadding) algorithm to decrypt the file and then export the file.
                                    
 
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.dek
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.dek
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Data decryption key. The key is a string of 64-bit hexadecimal numbers and must be the same as the data encryption key toJobConfig.dek configured during encryption. If the encryption and decryption keys are inconsistent, the system does not report an exception, but the decrypted data is incorrect.
                                    
+
                                    Data decryption key. The key is a string of 64-bit hexadecimal numbers and must be the same as the data encryption key toJobConfig.dek configured during encryption. If the encryption and decryption keys are inconsistent, the system does not report an exception, but the decrypted data is incorrect.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.iv
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.iv
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Initialization vector required for decryption. The initialization vector is a string of 32-bit hexadecimal numbers and must be the same as the initialization vector toJobConfig.iv configured during encryption. If the initialization vectors are inconsistent, the system does not report an exception, but the decrypted data is incorrect.
                                    
+
                                    Initialization vector required for decryption. The initialization vector is a string of 32-bit hexadecimal numbers and must be the same as the initialization vector toJobConfig.iv configured during encryption. If the encryption and decryption keys are inconsistent, the system does not report an exception, but the decrypted data is incorrect.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
                                     
 
 
 
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Maximum timestamp of the time range (the time point is not included). The format is yyyy-MM-dd hh:mm:ss.
                                    
+
                                    Maximum timestamp of the time range (the time point is not included). The format is yyyy-MM-dd hh:mm:ss.
                                    
 
                                    Only the data created before this point in time is extracted.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
 
                                    
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0313.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0313.html
index 7620bed6..d5c17291 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0313.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0313.html
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
-
                                    DLF Error Codes
                                    
+
                                    DataArts Factory Error Codes
                                    The error response is in the following format:
                                    
 
                                    {
                                    
 
                                    "error_code":"DLF.0100",
                                    
@@ -9,329 +9,412 @@
 
                                    Table 1 describes the error codes.
                                    
 
                                    
 
-
                                    Table 1 Source link job parameters of file systems
                                    Parameter
                                    
+
                                    
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
@@ -328,7 +282,7 @@
 
                                    
 
                                    
-
                                    Parent topic: Source Job Parameters
                                    
+
                                    Parent topic: Source Job Parameters
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0288.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0288.html
index 9ef3d196..7cdd62ae 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0288.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0288.html
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
 
-
@@ -98,34 +98,6 @@
 
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@
 
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0297.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0297.html
index ef912240..2aa4b5e5 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0297.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0297.html
@@ -144,13 +144,13 @@
 
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
@@ -291,7 +271,7 @@
 
-
@@ -301,7 +281,7 @@
 
-
@@ -311,7 +291,7 @@
 
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0298.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0298.html
index e6f6e93a..e2272762 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0298.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0298.html
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@
 
-
@@ -148,8 +148,8 @@
 
-
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@
 
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0299.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0299.html
index 879ff6e4..b9c39547 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0299.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0299.html
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
 
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0300.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0300.html
index 35709089..1b168d12 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0300.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0300.html
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 
-
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@
 
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0301.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0301.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 673f764f..00000000
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0301.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,183 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
                                    To FTP/SFTP/NAS (to Be Brought Offline)/SFS (to Be Brought Offline)
                                    
-
                                    Sample JSON File
                                    "to-config-values": {
-                "configs": [
-                    {
-                        "inputs": [
-                          {
-                           "name": "toJobConfig.outputDirectory",
-                           "value": "/opt/data"
-                          },
-                          {
-                           "name": "toJobConfig.outputFormat",
-                           "value": "CSV_FILE"
-                          },
-                          {
-                           "name": "toJobConfig.fieldSeparator",
-                           "value": ","
-                          },
-                          {
-                           "name": "toJobConfig.duplicateFileOpType",
-                           "value": "REPLACE"
-                            }
-                        ],
-                        "name": "toJobConfig"
-                    }
-                ]
-            }
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    Parameter Description
                                    
-
                                    Table 1 Source link job parameters of file systems
                                    Parameter
                                    
 
                                    Mandatory
                                    
+
                                    Mandatory
                                    
 
                                    Type
                                    
+
                                    Type
                                    
 
                                    Description
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    fromJobConfig.inputDirectory
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.inputDirectory
                                    
 
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Path for storing files to be extracted. You can enter a maximum of 50 file paths, which are separated by vertical bars (|). You can also customize the separators. For example, FROM/example.csv|FROM/b.txt.
                                    
+
                                    Path for storing files to be extracted. You can enter a maximum of 50 file paths, which are separated by vertical bars (|). You can also customize the separators. For example, FROM/example.csv|FROM/b.txt.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.inputFormat
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.inputFormat
                                    
 
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
 
                                    Enumeration
                                    
+
                                    Enumeration
                                    
 
                                    File format required for data transmission. Currently, the following file formats are supported:
                                    • CSV_FILE: CSV format, used to migrate files to data tables
                                    • JSON_FILE: JSON format, used to migrate files to data tables
                                    • BINARY_FILE: Files (even not in binary format) will be directly transferred without resolution. It is applicable to file copy.
                                    
+
                                    File format required for data transmission. Currently, the following file formats are supported:
                                    • CSV_FILE: CSV format, used to migrate files to data tables
                                    • JSON_FILE: JSON format, used to migrate files to data tables
                                    • BINARY_FILE: Files (even not in binary format) will be directly transferred without resolution. It is applicable to file copy.
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    If you select BINARY_FILE, the migration destination must also be a file system.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.lineSeparator
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.lineSeparator
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Line feed character in the file. For example, \n. By default, \n, \r, or \r\n is automatically identified.
                                    
+
                                    Lind feed character in a file. By default, the system automatically identifies \\n, \\r, and \\r\\n. You can configure special characters. For spaces and carriage returns, encode them with URL. You can also configure them by editing the job JSON, in which case URL encoding is not required.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.columnList
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.columnList
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Numbers of columns to be extracted. Use & to separate column numbers in ascending order. For example, 1&3&5.
                                    
+
                                    Numbers of columns to be extracted. Use & to separate column numbers in ascending order. For example, 1&3&5.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.lineSeparator
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.fieldSeparator
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Line feed character. This parameter is valid only when the file format is CSV_FILE. The default value is \r\n.
                                    
+
                                    Field delimiter. This parameter is valid only when the file format is CSV_FILE. The default value is ,.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.fieldSeparator
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.quoteChar
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Boolean
                                    
 
                                    Field delimiter. This parameter is valid only when the file format is CSV_FILE. The default value is ,.
                                    
+
                                    Whether to use the encircling symbol. If this parameter is set to true, the field delimiters in the encircling symbol are regarded as a part of the string value. Currently, the default encircling symbol of CDM is double quotation mark (").
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.quoteChar
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.regexSeparator
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    Boolean
                                    
+
                                    Boolean
                                    
 
                                    Whether to use the encircling symbol. If this parameter is set to true, the field delimiters in the encircling symbol are regarded as a part of the string value. Currently, the default encircling symbol of CDM is double quotation mark (").
                                    
+
                                    Whether to use the regular expression to separate fields. This parameter is valid only when the file format is CSV_FILE.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.regexSeparator
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.regex
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    Boolean
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Whether to use the regular expression to separate fields. This parameter is valid only when the file format is CSV_FILE.
                                    
+
                                    Regular expression. This parameter is valid only when the regular expression is used to separate fields.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.regex
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.firstRowAsHeader
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    Boolean
                                    
 
                                    Regular expression. This parameter is valid only when the regular expression is used to separate fields.
                                    
+
                                    Whether to regard the first line as the heading line. This parameter is valid only when the file format is CSV_FILE. When you migrate a CSV file to a table, CDM writes all data to the table by default. If this parameter is set to true, CDM uses the first line of the CSV file as the heading line and does not write the line to the destination table.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.firstRowAsHeader
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.fromCompression
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    Boolean
                                    
+
                                    Enumeration
                                    
 
                                    Whether to regard the first line as the heading line. This parameter is valid only when the file format is CSV_FILE. When you migrate a CSV file to a table, CDM writes all data to the table by default. If this parameter is set to true, CDM uses the first line of the CSV file as the heading line and does not write the line to the destination table.
                                    
-
                                    fromJobConfig.fromCompression
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    Enumeration
                                    
-
                                    Compression format. This parameter is valid only when the file format is CSV_FILE or JSON. The options are as follows:
                                    • NONE: Files in all formats are transferred.
                                    • GZIP: Files in gzip format are transferred.
                                    • ZIP: Files in Zip format are transferred.
                                    
+
                                    Compression format. This parameter is valid only when the file format is CSV_FILE or JSON. The options are as follows:
                                    • NONE: Files in all formats are transferred.
                                    • GZIP: Files in gzip format are transferred.
                                    • ZIP: Files in Zip format are transferred.
                                    
 
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.splitType
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.splitType
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    Enumeration
                                    
+
                                    Enumeration
                                    
 
                                    Whether to split files by file or size.
                                    
-
                                    • FILE: Split files by file quantity. If there are 10 files and throttlingConfig.numExtractors is set to 5, each shard consists of two files.
                                    • SIZE: Split files by file size. Files will not be split for balance. Suppose there are 10 files, among which nine are 10 MB and one is 200 MB in size. If throttlingConfig.numExtractors is set to 2, two shards will be created. One of them processes the nine 10 MB files, and the other processes the 200 MB file.
                                    
+
                                    Whether to split files by file or size.
                                    • FILE: Split files by file quantity. If there are 10 files and throttlingConfig.numExtractors is set to 5, each shard consists of two files.
                                    • SIZE: Split files by file size. Files will not be split for balance. Suppose there are 10 files, among which nine are 10 MB and one is 200 MB in size. If throttlingConfig.numExtractors is set to 2, two shards will be created, one for processing the nine 10 MB files, the other for processing the 200 MB file.
                                    
+
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.jsonReferenceNode
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.jsonReferenceNode
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Reference node. This parameter is valid when the file format is JSON_FILE. Resolve data on the JSON node. If the data corresponding to the node is a JSON array, the system extracts data from the array in the same mode. Nested JSON nodes are separated by periods (.). For example, data.list.
                                    
+
                                    Reference node. This parameter is valid when the file format is JSON_FILE. Resolve data on the JSON node. If the data corresponding to the node is a JSON array, the system extracts data from the array in the same mode. Nested JSON nodes are separated by periods (.). For example, data.list.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.encodeType
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.encodeType
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Encoding type. For example, UTF_8 or GBK.
                                    
+
                                    Encoding type. For example, UTF_8 or GBK.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.fromFileOpType
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.useMarkerFile
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    Enumeration
                                    
+
                                    Boolean
                                    
 
                                    Source file processing mode. After a job is completed, operations on the source file can be performed. The source file can be renamed or deleted.
                                    
+
                                    Whether to start a job by a marker file. A job is started only when a marker file for starting the job exists in the source path. Otherwise, the job will be suspended for a period of time specified by fromJobConfig.waitTime.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.useMarkerFile
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.markerFile
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    Boolean
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Whether to start a job by a marker file. A job is started only when a marker file for starting the job exists in the source path. Otherwise, the job will be suspended for a period of time specified by fromJobConfig.waitTime.
                                    
+
                                    Name of the marker file for starting a job. After a marker file is specified, the task is executed only when the file exists in the source path. If the marker file is not specified, this function is disabled by default. For example, ok.txt.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.markerFile
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.waitTime
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Name of the marker file for starting a job. After a marker file is specified, the task is executed only when the file exists in the source path. If the marker file is not specified, this function is disabled by default. For example, ok.txt.
                                    
-
                                    fromJobConfig.waitTime
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    String
                                    
-
                                    Period of waiting for a marker file. If you set Start Job by Marker File to Yes but no marker file exists in the source path, the job fails upon suspension timeout.
                                    
+
                                    Period of waiting for a marker file. If you set Start Job by Marker File to Yes but no marker file exists in the source path, the job fails upon suspension timeout.
                                    
 
                                    If you set this parameter to 0 and no marker file exists in the source path, the job will fail immediately.
                                    
 
                                    Unit: second
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.filterType
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.filterType
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    Enumeration
                                    
+
                                    Enumeration
                                    
 
                                    Filter type. Possible values are as follows:
                                    • WILDCARD: Enter a wildcard character to filter paths or files. CDM will migrate the paths or files that meet the filter condition.
                                    • TIME: Specify a time filter. CDM will migrate the files modified after the specified time point.
                                    
+
                                    Filter type. Possible values are as follows:
                                    • WILDCARD: Enter a wildcard character to filter paths or files. CDM will migrate the paths or files that meet the filter condition.
                                    • TIME: Specify a time filter. CDM will migrate the files modified after the specified time point.
                                    
 
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.pathFilter
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.pathFilter
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Path filter, which is configured when the filter type is WILDCARD. It is used to filter the file directories. For example, *input.
                                    
+
                                    Path filter, which is configured when the filter type is WILDCARD. It is used to filter the file directories. For example, *input.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.fileFilter
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.fileFilter
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    File filter, which is configured when the filter type is WILDCARD. It is used to filter files in the specified directory. Use commas (,) to separate multiple files. For example, *.csv,*.txt.
                                    
+
                                    File filter, which is configured when the filter type is WILDCARD. It is used to filter files in the specified directory. Use commas (,) to separate multiple files. For example, *.csv,*.txt.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.startTime
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.startTime
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    If you set Filter Type to Time Filter, and specify a point in time for this parameter, only the files modified after the specified time are transferred. The time format must be yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss.
                                    
+
                                    If you set Filter Type to Time Filter, and specify a point in time for this parameter, only the files modified at or after the specified time are transferred. The time format must be yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss.
                                    
 
                                    This parameter can be set to a macro variable of date and time. For example, ${timestamp(dateformat(yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,-90,DAY))} indicates that only files generated within the latest 90 days are migrated.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.endTime
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.endTime
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    If you set Filter Type to Time Filter, and specify a point in time for this parameter, only the files modified before the specified time are transferred. The time format must be yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss.
                                    
+
                                    If you set Filter Type to Time Filter, and specify a point in time for this parameter, only the files modified before the specified time are transferred. The time format must be yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss.
                                    
 
                                    This parameter can be set to a macro variable of date and time. For example, ${timestamp(dateformat(yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss))} indicates that only the files whose modification time is earlier than the current time are migrated.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.fileSeparator
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.fileSeparator
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    File separator. If you enter multiple file paths in fromJobConfig.inputDirectory, CDM uses the file separator to separate files. The default value is |.
                                    
+
                                    File separator. If you enter multiple file paths in fromJobConfig.inputDirectory, CDM uses the file separator to separate files. The default value is |.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.decryption
                                    
+
                                    fromJobConfig.md5FileSuffix
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    Enumeration
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Whether to decrypt the encrypted file before export and the decryption method. The options are as follows:
                                    • NONE: Do not decrypt but directly export the file.
                                    • AES-256-GCM: Use the AES-256-GCM (NoPadding) algorithm to decrypt the file and then export the file.
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    fromJobConfig.dek
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    String
                                    
-
                                    Data decryption key. The key is a string of 64-bit hexadecimal numbers and must be the same as the data encryption key toJobConfig.dek configured during encryption. If the encryption and decryption keys are inconsistent, the system does not report an exception, but the decrypted data is incorrect.
                                    
-
                                    fromJobConfig.iv
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    String
                                    
-
                                    Initialization vector required for decryption. The initialization vector is a string of 32-bit hexadecimal numbers and must be the same as the initialization vector toJobConfig.iv configured during encryption. If the initialization vectors are inconsistent, the system does not report an exception, but the decrypted data is incorrect.
                                    
-
                                    fromJobConfig.md5FileSuffix
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    String
                                    
-
                                    Check whether the files extracted by CDM are consistent with those in the migration source.
                                    
+
                                    Check whether the files extracted by CDM are consistent with those in the migration source.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
                                     
 
 
                                    Enumeration
                                    
 
                                    Compression format of the source files. The options are as follows:
                                    • NONE: Files in all formats are transferred.
                                    • GZIP: Files in gzip format are transferred.
                                    • ZIP: Files in Zip format are transferred.
                                    • TAR.GZ: Files in TAR.GZ format are transferred.
                                    
+
                                    Compression format of the source files. The options are as follows:
                                    • NONE: Files in all formats are transferred.
                                    • GZIP: Files in gzip format are transferred.
                                    • ZIP: Files in Zip format are transferred.
                                    • TAR.GZ: Files in TAR.GZ format are transferred.
                                    
 
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    • If you set this parameter to true, the name of the objects uploaded to OBS does not carry the query parameter.
                                    • If you set this parameter to false, the name of the objects uploaded to OBS carries the query parameter.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    fromJobConfig.decryption
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    Enumeration
                                    
-
                                    Whether to decrypt the encrypted file before export and the decryption method. The options are as follows:
                                    • NONE: Do not decrypt but directly export the file.
                                    • AES-256-GCM: Use the AES-256-GCM (NoPadding) algorithm to decrypt the file and then export the file.
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    fromJobConfig.dek
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    String
                                    
-
                                    Data decryption key. The key is a string of 64-bit hexadecimal numbers and must be the same as the data encryption key toJobConfig.dek configured during encryption. If the encryption and decryption keys are inconsistent, the system does not report an exception, but the decrypted data is incorrect.
                                    
-
                                    fromJobConfig.iv
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    String
                                    
-
                                    Initialization vector required for decryption. The initialization vector is a string of 32-bit hexadecimal numbers and must be the same as the initialization vector toJobConfig.iv configured during encryption. If the initialization vectors are inconsistent, the system does not report an exception, but the decrypted data is incorrect.
                                    
-
                                    
 
                                    fromJobConfig.md5FileSuffix
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    No
                                    
@@ -142,7 +114,7 @@
 
 
                                    
 
                                    
-
                                    Parent topic: Source Job Parameters
                                    
+
                                    Parent topic: Source Job Parameters
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0289.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0289.html
index 41bec74a..df7c3ec0 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0289.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0289.html
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
 
 
                                    
 
                                    
-
                                    Parent topic: Source Job Parameters
                                    
+
                                    Parent topic: Source Job Parameters
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0290.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0290.html
index 2601fee7..9338ad6a 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0290.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0290.html
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
-
                                    From Redis/DCS (to Be Brought Offline)
                                    
+
                                    From Redis
                                    
 
                                    Sample JSON File
                                    "from-config-values": {
         "configs": [
           {
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@
 
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    
-
                                    Parent topic: Source Job Parameters
                                    
+
                                    Parent topic: Source Job Parameters
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0291.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0291.html
index be713cd2..d526576b 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0291.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0291.html
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@
 
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    
-
                                    Parent topic: Source Job Parameters
                                    
+
                                    Parent topic: Source Job Parameters
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0292.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0292.html
index cd2b4a3f..4a14597f 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0292.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0292.html
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
 
 
                                    
 
                                    
-
                                    Parent topic: Source Job Parameters
                                    
+
                                    Parent topic: Source Job Parameters
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0293.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0293.html
index 3ddfebb0..532486f0 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0293.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0293.html
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
 
 
                                    
 
                                    
-
                                    Parent topic: Source Job Parameters
                                    
+
                                    Parent topic: Source Job Parameters
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0294.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0294.html
deleted file mode 100644
index aed5cfd4..00000000
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0294.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,105 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
                                    From OpenTSDB
                                    
-
                                    Sample JSON File
                                          "from-config-values": {
-        "configs": [
-          {
-            "inputs": [
-              {
-                "name": "fromJobConfig.start",
-                "value": "0"
-              },
-              {
-                "name": "fromJobConfig.metric",
-                "value": "city.temp"
-              },
-              {
-                "name": "fromJobConfig.aggregator",
-                "value": "sum"
-              },
-              {
-                "name": "fromJobConfig.columnList",
-                "value": "ps.timestample&metric&aggregator&dps.value"
-              }
-            ],
-            "name": "fromJobConfig"
-          }
-        ]
-      }
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    Parameter Description
                                    
-
                                    
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                    Parameter
                                    
-
                                    Mandatory
                                    
-
                                    Type
                                    
-
                                    Description
                                    
-
                                    fromJobConfig.start
                                    
-
                                    Yes
                                    
-
                                    String
                                    
-
                                    Start time of the query. The value is a character string or timestamp in the format of yyyyMMddHHmmdd.
                                    
-
                                    fromJobConfig.end
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    String
                                    
-
                                    End time of the query. The value is a character string or timestamp in the format of yyyyMMddHHmmdd.
                                    
-
                                    fromJobConfig.metric
                                    
-
                                    Yes
                                    
-
                                    String
                                    
-
                                    Metric of the data to be migrated
                                    
-
                                    fromJobConfig.aggregator
                                    
-
                                    Yes
                                    
-
                                    String
                                    
-
                                    Aggregate function
                                    
-
                                    fromJobConfig.tags
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    String
                                    
-
                                    Data tag. If you specify this parameter, only the tagged data will be migrated.
                                    
-
                                    fromJobConfig.columnList
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    String
                                    
-
                                    Field list
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    Parent topic: Source Job Parameters
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    
-
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0296.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0296.html
index 4daeb7cf..aadddfb9 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0296.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0296.html
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
 
                                    Whether to perform compression. This parameter is enabled only for the DWS database. When the DWS database table needs to be automatically created, you can specify whether to store the data in the table after compression.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    oJobConfig.useStageTable
                                    
+
                                    toJobConfig.useStageTable
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    No
                                    
                                     		
 
 
 
                                    toJobConfig.columnList
                                    
+
                                    toJobConfig.columnList
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
+
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    List of the fields to be extracted. Use & to separate field names, for example, id&gid&name.
                                    
+
                                    List of fields to be extracted. Use & to separate field names. For example, id&gid&name.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    toJobConfig.encryption
                                    
@@ -159,30 +159,10 @@
                                     		
 
                                    Enumeration
                                    
 
                                    Whether to encrypt the uploaded data and the encryption method. The options are as follows:
                                    • NONE: Directly write data without encryption.
                                    • KMS: Use KMS in Data Encryption Workshop (DEW) for encryption. If KMS encryption is enabled, MD5 verification for data cannot be performed.
                                    • AES-256-GCM: Use the AES 256-bit encryption algorithm to encrypt data. Currently, only the AES-256-GCM (NoPadding) encryption algorithm is supported.
                                    
+
                                    Whether to encrypt the uploaded data and the encryption method. The options are as follows:
                                    • NONE: Directly write data without encryption.
                                    • KMS: Use KMS in Data Encryption Workshop (DEW) for encryption. If KMS encryption is enabled, MD5 verification for data cannot be performed.
                                    
 
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    toJobConfig.dek
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    String
                                    
-
                                    Data encryption key. This parameter is available when toJobConfig.encryption is set to AES-256-GCM. The key is a string of 64-bit hexadecimal numbers.
                                    
-
                                    Remember the key configured here because the decryption key must be the same as that configured here. If the encryption and decryption keys are inconsistent, the system does not report an exception, but the decrypted data is incorrect.
                                    
-
                                    toJobConfig.iv
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    String
                                    
-
                                    Initialization vector. This parameter is available when toJobConfig.encryption is set to AES-256-GCM. The initialization vector is a string of 32-bit hexadecimal numbers.
                                    
-
                                    Remember the initialization vector configured here because the initialization vector used for decryption must be the same as that configured here. If the initialization vectors are inconsistent, the system does not report an exception, but the decrypted data is incorrect.
                                    
-
                                    
 
                                    toJobConfig.kmsID
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    No
                                    
@@ -201,13 +181,13 @@
 
                                    ID of the project to which the KMS key belongs.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    toJobConfig.writeToTempFile
                                    
+
                                    toJobConfig.writeToTempFile
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    Boolean
                                    
+
                                    Boolean
                                    
 
                                    The binary file is written to a .tmp file first. After the migration is successful, run the rename or move command at the destination to restore the file.
                                    
+
                                    The binary file is written to a .tmp file first. After the migration is successful, run the rename or move command at the migration destination to restore the file.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    toJobConfig.validateMD5
                                    
@@ -280,7 +260,7 @@
                                     		
 
                                    Boolean
                                    
 
                                    This parameter is displayed only when toJobConfig.outputFormat is Binary and both the migration source and destination are object storage.
                                    
+
                                    This parameter is displayed only when toJobConfig.outputFormat is BINARY_FILE and both the migration source and destination are object storage.
                                    
 
                                    If you set this parameter to Yes, the Content-Type attribute of the source file is copied during object file migration. This function is mainly used for static website migration
                                    
 
                                    The Content-Type attribute cannot be written to Archive buckets. Therefore, if you set this parameter to Yes, the migration destination must be a non-Archive bucket.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Boolean
                                    
 
                                    This parameter is available only when toJobConfig.outputFormat is CSV. It is used when database tables are migrated to file systems.
                                    
+
                                    This parameter is available only when toJobConfig.outputFormat is CSV_FILE. It is used when database tables are migrated to file systems.
                                    
 
                                    If you set this parameter to Yes and a field in the source data table contains a field delimiter or line separator, CDM uses double quotation marks (") as the quote character to quote the field content as a whole to prevent a field delimiter from dividing a field into two fields, or a line separator from dividing a field into different lines. For example, if the hello,world field in the database is quoted, it will be exported to the CSV file as a whole.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    Boolean
                                    
 
                                    This parameter is available only when toJobConfig.outputFormat is CSV. When a table is migrated to a CSV file, CDM does not migrate the heading line of the table by default. If this parameter is set to Yes, CDM writes the heading line of the table to the file.
                                    
+
                                    This parameter is available only when toJobConfig.outputFormat is CSV_FILE. When a table is migrated to a CSV file, CDM does not migrate the heading line of the table by default. If this parameter is set to Yes, CDM writes the heading line of the table to the file.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
                                     
 
 
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Data encryption key. This parameter is available when toJobConfig.encryption is set to AES-256-GCM. The key is a string of 64-bit hexadecimal numbers.
                                    
+
                                    Data encryption key. This parameter is available when toJobConfig.encryption is set to AES-256-GCM. The key is a string of 64-bit hexadecimal numbers.
                                    
 
                                    Remember the key configured here because the decryption key must be the same as that configured here. If the encryption and decryption keys are inconsistent, the system does not report an exception, but the decrypted data is incorrect.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    String
                                    
 
                                    Initialization vector. This parameter is available when toJobConfig.encryption is set to AES-256-GCM. The initialization vector is a string of 32-bit hexadecimal numbers.
                                    
-
                                    Remember the initialization vector configured here because the initialization vector used for decryption must be the same as that configured here. If the initialization vectors are inconsistent, the system does not report an exception, but the decrypted data is incorrect.
                                    
+
                                    Initialization vector. This parameter is available when toJobConfig.encryption is set to AES-256-GCM. The initialization vector is a string of 32-bit hexadecimal numbers.
                                    
+
                                    Remember the initialization vector configured here because the initialization vector used for decryption must be the same as that configured here. If the encryption and decryption keys are inconsistent, the system does not report an exception, but the decrypted data is incorrect.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
                                     
 
 
 
                                    Enumeration
                                    
 
                                    Mode for writing data to an HBase table. The options are as follows:
                                    • BULKLOAD: The BULKLOAD mode is recommended to improve the loading performance.
                                    • PUTLIST: The PUTLIST mode is recommended only when the data volume is small.
                                    
+
                                    Mode for writing data to an HBase table. The options are as follows:
                                    • PUTLIST: Data is written using the putList() function.
                                    
 
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                    Parameter
                                    
-
                                    Mandatory
                                    
-
                                    Type
                                    
-
                                    Description
                                    
-
                                    toJobConfig.outputDirectory
                                    
-
                                    Yes
                                    
-
                                    String
                                    
-
                                    Path to which data is written. For example, /data_dir.
                                    
-
                                    toJobConfig.outputFormat
                                    
-
                                    Yes
                                    
-
                                    Enumeration
                                    
-
                                    File format required for data writes (except the binary format). Currently, the following file formats are supported:
                                    • CSV_FILE: Write data in CSV format.
                                    • BINARY_FILE: Files are directly transferred without resolving the content. CDM writes the file without changing the file format.
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    If you select BINARY_FILE, the migration source must also be a file system.
                                    
-
                                    toJobConfig.duplicateFileOpType
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    Enumeration
                                    
-
                                    Method for processing duplicate files. If the name and size of a file are the same as those of another file, the file is regarded as a duplicate file. Duplicate files can be processed in the following ways:
                                    • REPLACE: Replace duplicate files.
                                    • SKIP: Skip duplicate files.
                                    • ABANDON: Stop the job when any duplicate file is found.
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    toJobConfig.lineSeparator
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    String
                                    
-
                                    Line feed character. This parameter is valid only when toJobConfig.outputFormat is CSV_FILE. The default value is \r\n.
                                    
-
                                    toJobConfig.fieldSeparator
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    String
                                    
-
                                    Column delimiter. This parameter is valid only when toJobConfig.outputFormat is CSV_FILE. The default value is ,.
                                    
-
                                    toJobConfig.encodeType
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    String
                                    
-
                                    Encoding type. For example, UTF_8 or GBK.
                                    
-
                                    toJobConfig.writeToTempFile
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    Boolean
                                    
-
                                    The binary file is written to a .tmp file first. After the migration is successful, run the rename or move command at the migration destination to restore the file.
                                    
-
                                    toJobConfig.recordMD5Result
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    Boolean
                                    
-
                                    This parameter is invalid when File Format is set to Binary. An MD5 hash value is generated for each transferred file, and the value is recorded in a new .md5 file. You can specify the directory where the MD5 value is generated.
                                    
-
                                    toJobConfig.recordMD5Directory
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    String
                                    
-
                                    Directory for storing MD5 values
                                    
-
                                    toJobConfig.markerFile
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    String
                                    
-
                                    Whether to generate a marker file with a custom name in the destination directory after a job is executed successfully. If you do not specify a file name, this function is disabled by default.
                                    
-
                                    toJobConfig.firstRowAsHeader
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    Boolean
                                    
-
                                    This parameter is available only when toJobConfig.outputFormat is CSV. When a table is migrated to a CSV file, CDM does not migrate the heading line of the table by default. If this parameter is set to Yes, CDM writes the heading line of the table to the file.
                                    
-
                                    toJobConfig.encryption
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    Enumeration
                                    
-
                                    Whether to encrypt the uploaded data and the encryption method. The options are as follows:
                                    • NONE: Directly write data without encryption.
                                    • AES-256-GCM: Use the AES 256-bit encryption algorithm to encrypt data. Currently, only the AES-256-GCM (NoPadding) encryption algorithm is supported.
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    toJobConfig.dek
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    String
                                    
-
                                    Data encryption key. This parameter is available when toJobConfig.encryption is set to AES-256-GCM. The key is a string of 64-bit hexadecimal numbers.
                                    
-
                                    Remember the key configured here because the decryption key must be the same as that configured here. If the encryption and decryption keys are inconsistent, the system does not report an exception, but the decrypted data is incorrect.
                                    
-
                                    toJobConfig.iv
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    String
                                    
-
                                    Initialization vector. This parameter is available when toJobConfig.encryption is set to AES-256-GCM. The initialization vector is a string of 32-bit hexadecimal numbers.
                                    
-
                                    Remember the initialization vector configured here because the initialization vector used for decryption must be the same as that configured here. If the initialization vectors are inconsistent, the system does not report an exception, but the decrypted data is incorrect.
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    
-
-
-
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    Parent topic: Destination Job Parameters
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    
-
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0302.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0302.html
index 9422c4a0..5bbe8339 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0302.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0302.html
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0303.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0303.html
deleted file mode 100644
index ae73fd75..00000000
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0303.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,183 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
                                    To DCS
                                    
-
                                    Sample JSON File
                                     "to-config-values": {
-           "configs": [
-               {
-                   "inputs": [
-                       {
-                          "name": "toJobConfig.isBatchMigration",
-                          "value": "false"
-                       },
-                       {
-                          "name": "toJobConfig.shouldClearDatabase",
-                          "value": "false"
-                       },
-                       {
-                           "name": "toJobConfig.keyPrefix",
-                           "value": "cdm_string"
-                       },
-                       {
-                           "name": "toJobConfig.keySeparator",
-                           "value": ":"
-                       },
-                       {
-                           "name": "toJobConfig.primaryKeyList",
-                           "value": "1"
-                       },
-                       {
-                           "name": "toJobConfig.valueStoreType",
-                           "value": "STRING"
-                       },
-                       {
-                           "name": "toJobConfig.valueSeparator",
-                           "value": ","
-                       },
-                       {
-                           "name": "toJobConfig.columnList",
-                           "value": "1&2&3&4&5&6&7&8&9&10&11&12"
-                       }
-                   ],
-                   "name": "toJobConfig"
-               }
-           ]
-       }
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    Parameter Description
                                    • Parameter description
-
                                      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                      Parameter
                                      
-
                                      Mandatory
                                      
-
                                      Type
                                      
-
                                      Description
                                      
-
                                      toJobConfig.isBatchMigration
                                      
-
                                      No
                                      
-
                                      Boolean
                                      
-
                                      Whether to migrate all data in the database
                                      
-
                                      toJobConfig.shouldClearDatabase
                                      
-
                                      No
                                      
-
                                      Boolean
                                      
-
                                      Whether to clear data before import
                                      
-
                                      toJobConfig.keyPrefix
                                      
-
                                      Yes
                                      
-
                                      String
                                      
-
                                      Key prefix, which is similar to the table name of a relational database
                                      
-
                                      Mapping between Redis and the association table: Name of the association table + delimiter is a Redis key, and a row of data in the association table is a Redis value.
                                      
-
                                      toJobConfig.keySeparator
                                      
-
                                      Yes
                                      
-
                                      String
                                      
-
                                      Key delimiter, which separates the association table and primary key
                                      
-
                                      toJobConfig.primaryKeyList
                                      
-
                                      Yes
                                      
-
                                      String
                                      
-
                                      List of primary keys. Use & to separate field names. For example, id&gid.
                                      
-
                                      toJobConfig.valueStoreType
                                      
-
                                      Yes
                                      
-
                                      Enumeration
                                      
-
                                      Storage mode of rows of data in the association table on Redis. The options are string and hash.
                                      
-
                                      • STRING: indicates that a row of data is stored as a character string, in which columns in the row are separated by valueSeparator.
                                      • Hash: indicates that a row of data is stored in column name:column value format in the hash table.
                                      
-
                                      toJobConfig.valueSeparator
                                      
-
                                      No
                                      
-
                                      String
                                      
-
                                      Value delimiter. The default value is \tab. This parameter is valid when valueStoreType is set to string.
                                      
-
                                      toJobConfig.columnList
                                      
-
                                      No
                                      
-
                                      String
                                      
-
                                      List of fields to be written. Use & to separate field names. For example, id&gid&name.
                                      
-
                                      toJobConfig.formats
                                      
-
                                      No
                                      
-
                                      Data structure
                                      
-
                                      Time format. For details, see Description of the toJobConfig.formats parameter.
                                      
-
                                      
-
                                      
-
                                    • Description of the toJobConfig.formats parameter
-
                                      
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                      Parameter
                                      
-
                                      Mandatory
                                      
-
                                      Type
                                      
-
                                      Description
                                      
-
                                      name
                                      
-
                                      Yes
                                      
-
                                      String
                                      
-
                                      Column number. For example, 1.
                                      
-
                                      value
                                      
-
                                      Yes
                                      
-
                                      String
                                      
-
                                      Time format. For example, yyyy-MM-dd.
                                      
-
                                      
-
                                      
-
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    Parent topic: Destination Job Parameters
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    
-
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0304.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0304.html
index 4bfe879c..017460fe 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0304.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0304.html
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0305.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0305.html
index 253e5335..907ecb9f 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0305.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0305.html
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0306.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0306.html
index 0b3cb730..814cdbf4 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0306.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0306.html
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0307.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0307.html
deleted file mode 100644
index cbf1acf3..00000000
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0307.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
                                    To OpenTSDB
                                    
-
                                    Sample JSON File
                                    "to-config-values": {
-        "configs": [
-          {
-            "inputs": [
-              {
-                "name": "toJobConfig.metric",
-                "value": "city.temp"
-              },
-              {
-                "name": "toJobConfig.timeStamp",
-                "value": "0"
-              },
-              {
-                "name": "toJobConfig.tags",
-                "value": "tagk1:tagv1"
-              },
-              {
-                "name": "toJobConfig.columnList",
-                "value": "metric:1&tag:2&timestamp&value"
-              }
-            ],
-            "name": "toJobConfig"
-          }
-        ]
-      }
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    Parameter Description
                                    
-
                                    
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                    Parameter
                                    
-
                                    Mandatory
                                    
-
                                    Type
                                    
-
                                    Description
                                    
-
                                    toJobConfig.metric
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    String
                                    
-
                                    Data metric
                                    
-
                                    toJobConfig.timeStamp
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    String
                                    
-
                                    Data point. The value is a character string or timestamp in the format of yyyyMMddHHmmdd.
                                    
-
                                    toJobConfig.tags
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    String
                                    
-
                                    Data tag
                                    
-
                                    toJobConfig.columnList
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    String
                                    
-
                                    Field list
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    Parent topic: Destination Job Parameters
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    
-
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0308.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0308.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 1ebdd29d..00000000
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0308.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,231 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
                                    Job Parameter Description
                                    
-
                                    When Creating a Job in a Specified Cluster or Creating and Executing a Job in a Random Cluster, the driver-config-values parameter specifies the job configuration, which includes the following functions:
                                    
-
                                    • Retry upon Failure: If a job fails to be executed, you can choose whether to automatically restart the job.
                                    • Job Group: CDM allows you to group jobs. You can filter, delete, start, or export jobs by group.
                                    • Schedule Execution: Specify whether to execute scheduled jobs.
                                    • Concurrent Extractors: Enter the number of concurrent extractors.
                                    • Write Dirty Data: Specify this parameter if data that fails to be processed or filtered out during job execution needs to be written to OBS for future viewing. Before writing dirty data, create an OBS link.
                                    • Delete Job After Completion: Specify whether to delete a job after the job is executed.
                                    
-
                                    Sample JSON File
                                    "driver-config-values": {
-        "configs": [
-          {
-            "inputs": [
-              {
-                "name": "throttlingConfig.numExtractors",
-                "value": "1"
-              },
-              {
-                "name": "throttlingConfig.numLoaders",
-                "value": "1"
-              },
-              {
-                "name": "throttlingConfig.recordDirtyData",
-                "value": "false"
-              }
-            ],
-            "name": "throttlingConfig"
-          },
-          {
-            "inputs": [],
-            "name": "jarConfig"
-          },
-          {
-            "inputs": [
-              {
-                "name": "schedulerConfig.isSchedulerJob",
-                "value": "false"
-              },
-              {
-                "name": "schedulerConfig.disposableType",
-                "value": "NONE"
-              }
-            ],
-            "name": "schedulerConfig"
-          },
-          {
-            "inputs": [],
-            "name": "transformConfig"
-          },
-          {
-            "inputs": [
-              {
-                "name": "retryJobConfig.retryJobType",
-                "value": "NONE"
-              }
-            ],
-            "name": "retryJobConfig"
-          }
-        ]
-      }
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    Parameter Description
                                    
-
                                    
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                    Parameter
                                    
-
                                    Mandatory
                                    
-
                                    Type
                                    
-
                                    Description
                                    
-
                                    throttlingConfig.numExtractors
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    Integer
                                    
-
                                    Maximum number of concurrent extraction jobs. For example, 20.
                                    
-
                                    groupJobConfig.groupName
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    Enumeration
                                    
-
                                    Group to which a job belongs. The default group is DEFAULT.
                                    
-
                                    throttlingConfig.numLoaders
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    Integer
                                    
-
                                    This parameter is available only when HBase or Hive serves as the destination data source.
                                    
-
                                    Maximum number of loading jobs. For example, 5.
                                    
-
                                    throttlingConfig.recordDirtyData
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    Boolean
                                    
-
                                    Whether to write dirty data. For example, true.
                                    
-
                                    throttlingConfig.writeToLink
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    String
                                    
-
                                    Link to which dirty data is written. Currently, dirty data can be written only to OBS or HDFS. For example, obslink.
                                    
-
                                    throttlingConfig.obsBucket
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    String
                                    
-
                                    Name of the OBS bucket to which dirty data is written. This parameter is valid only when dirty data is written to OBS. For example, dirtyData.
                                    
-
                                    throttlingConfig.dirtyDataDirectory
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    String
                                    
-
                                    Directory to which dirty data is written
                                    
-
                                    • To write dirty data to HDFS, set this parameter to the specified HDFS directory.
                                    • To write dirty data to OBS, set this parameter to the directory in the OBS bucket. For example, /data/dirtydata/.
                                    
-
                                    throttlingConfig.maxErrorRecords
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    String
                                    
-
                                    Maximum number of error records in a single shard. When the number of error records of a map exceeds the upper limit, the task automatically ends. The imported data will not be rolled back.
                                    
-
                                    schedulerConfig.isSchedulerJob
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    Boolean
                                    
-
                                    Whether to enable a scheduled task. For example, true.
                                    
-
                                    schedulerConfig.cycleType
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    String
                                    
-
                                    Cycle type of a scheduled task. The options are as follows:
                                    
-
                                    • minute: minute
                                    • hour: hour
                                    • day: day
                                    • week: week
                                    • month: month
                                    
-
                                    schedulerConfig.cycle
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    Integer
                                    
-
                                    Cycle of a scheduled task. If cycleType is set to minute and cycle is set to 10, the scheduled task is executed every 10 minutes.
                                    
-
                                    schedulerConfig.runAt
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    String
                                    
-
                                    Time when a scheduled task is triggered in a cycle. This parameter is valid only when cycleType is set to hour, week, or month.
                                    
-
                                    • If cycleType is set to month, cycle is set to 1, and runAt is set to 15, the scheduled task is executed on the 15th day of each month. You can set runAt to multiple values and separate the values with commas (,).
                                      For example, if runAt is set to 1,2,3,4,5, the scheduled task is executed on the first day, second day, third day, fourth day, and fifth day of each month.
                                      
-
                                    • If cycleType is set to week and runAt is set to mon,tue,wed,thu,fri, the scheduled task is executed on Monday to Friday.
                                    • If cycleType is set to hour and runAt is set to 27,57, the scheduled task is executed at the 27th and 57th minute in the cycle.
                                    
-
                                    schedulerConfig.startDate
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    String
                                    
-
                                    Start time of a scheduled task. For example, 2018-01-24 19:56:19.
                                    
-
                                    schedulerConfig.stopDate
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    String
                                    
-
                                    End time of a scheduled task. For example, 2018-01-27 23:59:00.
                                    
-
                                    If you do not set the end time, the scheduled task is always executed and will never stop.
                                    
-
                                    schedulerConfig.disposableType
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    Enumeration
                                    
-
                                    Whether to delete a job after the job is executed. The options are as follows:
                                    • NONE: A job will not be deleted after it is executed.
                                    • DELETE_AFTER_SUCCEED: A job will be deleted only after it is successfully executed. It is applicable to massive one-time jobs.
                                    • DELETE: A job will be deleted after it is executed, regardless of the execution result.
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    retryJobConfig.retryJobType
                                    
-
                                    No
                                    
-
                                    Enumeration
                                    
-
                                    Whether to automatically retry if a job fails to be executed. The options are as follows:
                                    
-
                                    • NONE: Do not retry.
                                    • RETRY_TRIPLE: Retry three times.
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    Parent topic: Public Data Structures
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    
-
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0309.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0309.html
index a79ef04b..e96ce6cc 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0309.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0309.html
@@ -10,12 +10,12 @@
 
 
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0311.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0311.html
index 862894eb..a506c342 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0311.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0311.html
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 
 
-
                                    CDM Error Codes
                                    
+
                                    DataArts Migration Error Codes
                                    
 
                                    If an error occurs in API calling, no result is returned. Identify the error cause based on the error codes of each API. If an error occurs in API calling, HTTP status code 4xx or 5xx is returned. The response body contains the specific error code and information. If you are unable to identify the cause of an error, contact customer service and provide the error code so that we can help you solve the problem as soon as possible.
                                    
 
                                    • Sample exception response
                                      {
   "errCode": "Cdm.0100",
@@ -247,7 +247,30 @@
 
 
                                    Failed to create data to be submitted.
                                    
 
                                    Contact customer service or technical support.
                                    
+
                                    Contact customer service or technical support.
                                    
+
                                    Cdm.0032
                                    
+
                                    400
                                    
+
                                    You do not have required permissions. Check your permissions on IAM.
                                    
+
                                    Insufficient permissions
                                    
+
                                    Obtain required permissions by referring to "Permission Management" in DataArts Studio User Guide.
                                    
+
                                    Cdm.0036
                                    
+
                                    400
                                    
+
                                    Internal error.
                                    
+
                                    An internal error occurred.
                                    
+
                                    The displayed error message may vary. Contact the customer service or technical support based on the error message (for example, "Internal error: null pointer exception").
                                    
+
                                    Contact customer service or technical support.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    Cdm.0037
                                    
@@ -305,6 +328,17 @@
 
                                    Check whether the job exists.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Cdm.0055
                                    
+
                                    400
                                    
+
                                    Unsupported job type.
                                    
+
                                    Unsupported job type.
                                    
+
                                    Configure a supported job type.
                                    
+
                                    
 
                                    Cdm.0056
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    400
                                    
@@ -705,7 +739,7 @@
                                     		
 
                                    400
                                    
 
                                    HBase operation failure. Cause: %s.
                                    
+
                                    HBase operation failed. Cause: %s.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    HBase operation failed.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
-
+
+
+
-
diff --git a/docs/dds/umn/dds_02_0016.html b/docs/dds/umn/dds_02_0016.html
index f7e61723..09b3cd88 100644
--- a/docs/dds/umn/dds_02_0016.html
+++ b/docs/dds/umn/dds_02_0016.html
@@ -61,10 +61,10 @@
 
-
diff --git a/docs/dds/umn/dds_02_0023.html b/docs/dds/umn/dds_02_0023.html
index ef0b4577..d43e3be2 100644
--- a/docs/dds/umn/dds_02_0023.html
+++ b/docs/dds/umn/dds_02_0023.html
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
 
diff --git a/docs/dds/umn/dds_02_0052.html b/docs/dds/umn/dds_02_0052.html
index a6ea9bca..35beef17 100644
--- a/docs/dds/umn/dds_02_0052.html
+++ b/docs/dds/umn/dds_02_0052.html
@@ -62,10 +62,10 @@
 
-
diff --git a/docs/dds/umn/dds_02_0079.html b/docs/dds/umn/dds_02_0079.html
index 6fe1d8f7..dae18699 100644
--- a/docs/dds/umn/dds_02_0079.html
+++ b/docs/dds/umn/dds_02_0079.html
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
 
diff --git a/docs/dds/umn/en-us_image_0000001835388741.png b/docs/dds/umn/en-us_image_0000001835388741.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f9b1781c
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/dds/umn/en-us_image_0000001835388741.png differ
diff --git a/docs/dds/umn/en-us_topic_0044018333.html b/docs/dds/umn/en-us_topic_0044018333.html
index fa084e59..84bc25d7 100644
--- a/docs/dds/umn/en-us_topic_0044018333.html
+++ b/docs/dds/umn/en-us_topic_0044018333.html
@@ -61,10 +61,10 @@
 
-
diff --git a/docs/dds/umn/en-us_topic_introduction.html b/docs/dds/umn/en-us_topic_introduction.html
index 00ddf386..df368638 100644
--- a/docs/dds/umn/en-us_topic_introduction.html
+++ b/docs/dds/umn/en-us_topic_introduction.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
                                    What Is DDS?
                                    
-
                                    Document Database Service (DDS) is a high availability DBaaS, which provides a secure, reliable and scalable solution, compatible with MongoDB. It provides functions such as one-click deployment, elastic capacity expansion, disaster recovery, backup, restoration, monitoring, and alarm reporting.
                                    
+
                                    Document Database Service (DDS) is a high availability DBaaS, which provides a secure, reliable and scalable solution, compatible with MongoDB community version 4.0.3 as baseline version.It provides functions such as one-click deployment, elastic capacity expansion, disaster recovery, backup, restoration, monitoring, and alarm reporting.
                                    
 
                                    DDS has the following features:
                                    
 
                                    • DDS automatically establishes the three-node replica set architecture. It supports fast deployment, high availability (HA) data storage, data redundancy, and failover.
                                    • DDS provides sharded cluster instances comprised of a config node paired with multiple shards and mongos nodes. These clusters can be easily scaled up to enhance read and write performance.
                                    • DDS lets you back up or restore a database from the management console in just a few clicks.
                                    • DDS provides performance metrics and you can configure alarm notifications to make it easier to keep abreast of instance statuses.
                                    
 
                                    For details about the compatible DB engines and versions, see Database Engine and Version.
                                    
diff --git a/docs/dds/umn/en-us_topic_user_guide.html b/docs/dds/umn/en-us_topic_user_guide.html
index a7906bb9..dd6c5a8b 100644
--- a/docs/dds/umn/en-us_topic_user_guide.html
+++ b/docs/dds/umn/en-us_topic_user_guide.html
@@ -24,6 +24,8 @@
 
 
                                  • Related Services
                                    
 
                                    • 
+
                                  • Mapping Between DDS Versions and Community Versions
                                    
+
                                    • 
 
 
                                    
 
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/ALL_META.TXT.json b/docs/dli/umn/ALL_META.TXT.json
index 8566a865..2b5b0b17 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/ALL_META.TXT.json
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/ALL_META.TXT.json
@@ -1,4 +1,7 @@
 [
+	{
+		"dockw":"User Guide"
+	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dli_01_0538.html",
 		"node_id":"dli_01_0538.xml",
@@ -11,10 +14,7 @@
 		"metedata":[
 			{
 				"prodname":"dli",
-				"opensource":"true",
-				"documenttype":"usermanual",
-				"IsMulti":"No",
-				"IsBot":"Yes"
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
 			}
 		],
 		"title":"Service Overview",
@@ -52,9 +52,8 @@
 		"metedata":[
 			{
 				"prodname":"dli",
-				"opensource":"true",
-				"documenttype":"usermanual",
 				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
 				"IsBot":"Yes"
 			}
 		],
@@ -89,7 +88,7 @@
 		"code":"5",
 		"des":"Only the latest 100 jobs are displayed on DLI's SparkUI.A maximum of 1,000 job results can be displayed on the console. To view more or all jobs, export the job data to O",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"kw":"Constraints,Service Overview,User Guide",
+		"kw":"Constraints and Limitations,Service Overview,User Guide",
 		"search_title":"",
 		"metedata":[
 			{
@@ -99,7 +98,7 @@
 				"IsBot":"Yes"
 			}
 		],
-		"title":"Constraints",
+		"title":"Constraints and Limitations",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
@@ -134,9 +133,8 @@
 		"metedata":[
 			{
 				"prodname":"dli",
-				"opensource":"true",
-				"documenttype":"usermanual",
 				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
 				"IsBot":"Yes"
 			}
 		],
@@ -216,9 +214,8 @@
 		"metedata":[
 			{
 				"prodname":"dli",
-				"opensource":"true",
-				"documenttype":"usermanual",
 				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
 				"IsBot":"Yes"
 			}
 		],
@@ -237,9 +234,8 @@
 		"metedata":[
 			{
 				"prodname":"dli",
-				"opensource":"true",
-				"documenttype":"usermanual",
 				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
 				"IsBot":"Yes"
 			}
 		],
@@ -331,15 +327,16 @@
 	{
 		"uri":"dli_01_0567.html",
 		"node_id":"dli_01_0567.xml",
-		"product_code":"",
+		"product_code":"dli",
 		"code":"17",
 		"des":"DLI provides the following job types:SQL job: SQL jobs provide you with standard SQL statements and are compatible with Spark SQL and Presto SQL (based on Presto). You ca",
-		"doc_type":"",
+		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Overview,Job Management,User Guide",
 		"search_title":"",
 		"metedata":[
 			{
-				
+				"prodname":"dli",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
 			}
 		],
 		"title":"Overview",
@@ -621,9 +618,8 @@
 		"metedata":[
 			{
 				"prodname":"dli",
-				"opensource":"true",
-				"documenttype":"usermanual",
 				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
 				"IsBot":"Yes"
 			}
 		],
@@ -799,7 +795,7 @@
 		"node_id":"dli_01_0487.xml",
 		"product_code":"dli",
 		"code":"40",
-		"des":"Elastic scaling can be performed for a newly created queue only when there were jobs running in this queue.If Status of queue xxx is assigning, which is not available is ",
+		"des":"Elastic scaling can be performed for a newly created queue only when there were jobs running in this queue.Queues with 16 CUs do not support scale-out or scale-in.Queues ",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Elastic Queue Scaling,Queue Management,User Guide",
 		"search_title":"",
@@ -860,9 +856,9 @@
 		"node_id":"dli_01_0421.xml",
 		"product_code":"dli",
 		"code":"43",
-		"des":"Once you have created a message notification topic, you can Add subscription of the topic on the Topic Management page of the Simple Message Notification service. You can",
+		"des":"Once you have created an SMN topic, you can easily subscribe to it by going to the Topic Management > Topics page of the SMN console. You can choose to receive notificati",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"kw":"Creating a Message Notification Topic,Queue Management,User Guide",
+		"kw":"Creating an SMN Topic,Queue Management,User Guide",
 		"search_title":"",
 		"metedata":[
 			{
@@ -872,7 +868,7 @@
 				"IsBot":"Yes"
 			}
 		],
-		"title":"Creating a Message Notification Topic",
+		"title":"Creating an SMN Topic",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
@@ -887,9 +883,7 @@
 		"metedata":[
 			{
 				"prodname":"dli",
-				"IsMulti":"No",
-				"documenttype":"usermanual",
-				"IsBot":"Yes"
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
 			}
 		],
 		"title":"Managing Queue Tags",
@@ -962,16 +956,15 @@
 		"node_id":"dli_01_0447.xml",
 		"product_code":"dli",
 		"code":"48",
-		"des":"You can isolate databases allocated to different users by setting permissions to ensure data query performance.The administrator and database owner have all permissions, ",
+		"des":"By setting permissions, you can assign varying database permissions to different users.The administrator and database owner have all permissions, which cannot be set or m",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Managing Database Permissions,Databases and Tables,User Guide",
 		"search_title":"",
 		"metedata":[
 			{
 				"prodname":"dli",
-				"opensource":"true",
-				"documenttype":"usermanual",
 				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
 				"IsBot":"Yes"
 			}
 		],
@@ -983,16 +976,15 @@
 		"node_id":"dli_01_0448.xml",
 		"product_code":"dli",
 		"code":"49",
-		"des":"You can isolate databases allocated to different users by setting permissions to ensure data query performance.The administrator and database owner have all permissions, ",
+		"des":"By setting permissions, you can assign varying table permissions to different users.The administrator and table owner have all permissions, which cannot be set or modifie",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Managing Table Permissions,Databases and Tables,User Guide",
 		"search_title":"",
 		"metedata":[
 			{
 				"prodname":"dli",
-				"opensource":"true",
-				"documenttype":"usermanual",
 				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
 				"IsBot":"Yes"
 			}
 		],
@@ -1300,9 +1292,8 @@
 		"metedata":[
 			{
 				"prodname":"dli",
-				"opensource":"true",
-				"documenttype":"usermanual",
 				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
 				"IsBot":"Yes"
 			}
 		],
@@ -1459,7 +1450,7 @@
 		"node_id":"dli_01_0003.xml",
 		"product_code":"dli",
 		"code":"72",
-		"des":"Typically, you cannot use DLI to directly access a data source in a VPC other than the one where DLI is because the network between DLI and the data source is disconnecte",
+		"des":"In cross-source data analysis scenarios, DLI needs to connect to external data sources. However, due to the different VPCs between the data source and DLI, the network ca",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Overview,Enhanced Datasource Connections,User Guide",
 		"search_title":"",
@@ -1690,9 +1681,9 @@
 		"node_id":"dli_01_0561.xml",
 		"product_code":"dli",
 		"code":"83",
-		"des":"Datasource authentication is used to manage authentication information for accessing specified data sources. After datasource authentication is configured, you do not nee",
+		"des":"When analyzing across multiple sources, it is not recommended to configure authentication information directly in a job as it can lead to password leakage. Instead, you a",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"kw":"Introduction,Datasource Authentication,User Guide",
+		"kw":"Overview,Datasource Authentication,User Guide",
 		"search_title":"",
 		"metedata":[
 			{
@@ -1703,7 +1694,7 @@
 				"IsBot":"Yes"
 			}
 		],
-		"title":"Introduction",
+		"title":"Overview",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
@@ -1905,10 +1896,7 @@
 		"metedata":[
 			{
 				"prodname":"dli",
-				"opensource":"true",
-				"documenttype":"usermanual",
-				"IsMulti":"No",
-				"IsBot":"Yes"
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
 			}
 		],
 		"title":"Permissions Management",
@@ -1926,9 +1914,8 @@
 		"metedata":[
 			{
 				"prodname":"dli",
-				"opensource":"true",
-				"documenttype":"usermanual",
 				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
 				"IsBot":"Yes"
 			}
 		],
@@ -2091,9 +2078,8 @@
 		"metedata":[
 			{
 				"prodname":"dli",
-				"opensource":"true",
-				"documenttype":"usermanual",
 				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
 				"IsBot":"Yes"
 			}
 		],
@@ -2112,9 +2098,8 @@
 		"metedata":[
 			{
 				"prodname":"dli",
-				"opensource":"true",
-				"documenttype":"usermanual",
 				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
 				"IsBot":"Yes"
 			}
 		],
@@ -2840,9 +2825,9 @@
 		"node_id":"dli_03_0136.xml",
 		"product_code":"dli",
 		"code":"138",
-		"des":"Check the following operations:Adjusting or adding optimization parameters or the number of concurrent threads of a job, or modifying Flink SQL statements or a Flink Jar ",
+		"des":"Flink's checkpointing is a fault tolerance and recovery mechanism. This mechanism ensures that real-time programs can self-recover in case of exceptions or machine issues",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"kw":"How Do I Know Whether a Flink Job Can Be Restored from a Checkpoint After Being Restarted?,Flink Job",
+		"kw":"How Can I Check if a Flink Job Can Be Restored From a Checkpoint After Restarting It?,Flink Jobs,Use",
 		"search_title":"",
 		"metedata":[
 			{
@@ -2853,7 +2838,7 @@
 				"IsBot":"Yes"
 			}
 		],
-		"title":"How Do I Know Whether a Flink Job Can Be Restored from a Checkpoint After Being Restarted?",
+		"title":"How Can I Check if a Flink Job Can Be Restored From a Checkpoint After Restarting It?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
@@ -3134,7 +3119,7 @@
 		"node_id":"dli_03_0072.xml",
 		"product_code":"dli",
 		"code":"152",
-		"des":"You can use the cross-region replication function of OBS. The procedure is as follows:Export the DLI table data in region 1 to the user-defined OBS bucket. For details, s",
+		"des":"You can use the cross-region replication function of OBS. The procedure is as follows:Export the DLI table data in region 1 to the user-defined OBS bucket.Use the OBS cro",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"How Do I Synchronize DLI Table Data from One Region to Another?,Problems Related to SQL Jobs,User Gu",
 		"search_title":"",
@@ -3218,7 +3203,7 @@
 		"node_id":"dli_03_0071.xml",
 		"product_code":"dli",
 		"code":"156",
-		"des":"Check whether the account is in arrears. If yes, recharge the account.If the error persists, log out and log in again.",
+		"des":"Check if your account is in arrears and top it up if necessary.If the same error message persists after the top-up, log out of your account and log back in.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Why Is Error \"The current account does not have permission to perform this operation,the current acc",
 		"search_title":"",
@@ -3386,7 +3371,7 @@
 		"node_id":"dli_03_0208.xml",
 		"product_code":"dli",
 		"code":"164",
-		"des":"Error message \"DLI.0003: AccessControlException XXX\" is reported when a SQL job is accessed.View the OBS bucket in the AccessControlException and check whether you are us",
+		"des":"Error message \"DLI.0003: AccessControlException XXX\" is reported when a SQL job is accessed.Check the OBS bucket written in the AccessControlException to confirm if your ",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Why Is Error \"DLI.0003: AccessControlException XXX\" Reported When I Access a SQL Job?,Problems Relat",
 		"search_title":"",
@@ -3407,7 +3392,7 @@
 		"node_id":"dli_03_0209.xml",
 		"product_code":"dli",
 		"code":"165",
-		"des":"Error message \"DLI.0001: org.apache.hadoop.security.AccessControlException: verifyBucketExists on {{bucket name}}: status [403]\" is reported when a SQL job is Accessed.Th",
+		"des":"Error message \"DLI.0001: org.apache.hadoop.security.AccessControlException: verifyBucketExists on {{bucket name}}: status [403]\" is reported when a SQL job is Accessed.Yo",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Why Is Error \"DLI.0001: org.apache.hadoop.security.AccessControlException: verifyBucketExists on {{b",
 		"search_title":"",
@@ -3890,7 +3875,7 @@
 		"node_id":"dli_03_0017.xml",
 		"product_code":"dli",
 		"code":"188",
-		"des":"If the AK and SK are obtained, set the parameters as follows:Create SparkContext using codeval sc: SparkContext = new SparkContext()\nsc.hadoopConfiguration.set(\"fs.obs.ac",
+		"des":"Hard-coded or plaintext AK and SK pose significant security risks. To ensure security, encrypt your AK and SK, store them in configuration files or environment variables,",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"How Do I Set the AK/SK for a Queue to Operate an OBS Table?,Problems Related to Spark Jobs,User Guid",
 		"search_title":"",
@@ -4352,7 +4337,7 @@
 		"node_id":"dli_03_0264.xml",
 		"product_code":"dli",
 		"code":"210",
-		"des":"Log in to the management console.Click  in the upper left corner and select Region and Project.Click  (the My Quotas icon) in the upper right corner.The Service Quota pag",
+		"des":"Log in to the management console.Click  in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.Click the My Quota icon  in the upper right corner of the page.The Serv",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Why Is Error \"Failed to create the database. {\"error_code\":\"DLI.1028\";\"error_msg\":\"Already reached t",
 		"search_title":"",
@@ -5423,9 +5408,9 @@
 		"node_id":"dli_03_0125.xml",
 		"product_code":"dli",
 		"code":"261",
-		"des":"If different IAM accounts call APIs in the same enterprise project in the same region, the accounts use the same project ID.",
+		"des":"When different IAM users call an API under the same enterprise project in the same region, the project ID is the same.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"kw":"Are Project IDs of Different Accounts the Same When They Are Used to Call APIs?,APIs,User Guide",
+		"kw":"Is the Project ID Fixed when Different IAM Users Call an API?,APIs,User Guide",
 		"search_title":"",
 		"metedata":[
 			{
@@ -5436,7 +5421,7 @@
 				"IsBot":"Yes"
 			}
 		],
-		"title":"Are Project IDs of Different Accounts the Same When They Are Used to Call APIs?",
+		"title":"Is the Project ID Fixed when Different IAM Users Call an API?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/CLASS.TXT.json b/docs/dli/umn/CLASS.TXT.json
index 829ad197..fb44d47c 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/CLASS.TXT.json
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/CLASS.TXT.json
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
 	{
 		"desc":"Only the latest 100 jobs are displayed on DLI's SparkUI.A maximum of 1,000 job results can be displayed on the console. To view more or all jobs, export the job data to O",
 		"product_code":"dli",
-		"title":"Constraints",
+		"title":"Constraints and Limitations",
 		"uri":"dli_07_0005.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"p_code":"1",
@@ -145,10 +145,10 @@
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"DLI provides the following job types:SQL job: SQL jobs provide you with standard SQL statements and are compatible with Spark SQL and Presto SQL (based on Presto). You ca",
-		"product_code":"",
+		"product_code":"dli",
 		"title":"Overview",
 		"uri":"dli_01_0567.html",
-		"doc_type":"",
+		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"p_code":"16",
 		"code":"17"
 	},
@@ -351,7 +351,7 @@
 		"code":"39"
 	},
 	{
-		"desc":"Elastic scaling can be performed for a newly created queue only when there were jobs running in this queue.If Status of queue xxx is assigning, which is not available is ",
+		"desc":"Elastic scaling can be performed for a newly created queue only when there were jobs running in this queue.Queues with 16 CUs do not support scale-out or scale-in.Queues ",
 		"product_code":"dli",
 		"title":"Elastic Queue Scaling",
 		"uri":"dli_01_0487.html",
@@ -378,9 +378,9 @@
 		"code":"42"
 	},
 	{
-		"desc":"Once you have created a message notification topic, you can Add subscription of the topic on the Topic Management page of the Simple Message Notification service. You can",
+		"desc":"Once you have created an SMN topic, you can easily subscribe to it by going to the Topic Management > Topics page of the SMN console. You can choose to receive notificati",
 		"product_code":"dli",
-		"title":"Creating a Message Notification Topic",
+		"title":"Creating an SMN Topic",
 		"uri":"dli_01_0421.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"p_code":"34",
@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@
 		"code":"47"
 	},
 	{
-		"desc":"You can isolate databases allocated to different users by setting permissions to ensure data query performance.The administrator and database owner have all permissions, ",
+		"desc":"By setting permissions, you can assign varying database permissions to different users.The administrator and database owner have all permissions, which cannot be set or m",
 		"product_code":"dli",
 		"title":"Managing Database Permissions",
 		"uri":"dli_01_0447.html",
@@ -432,7 +432,7 @@
 		"code":"48"
 	},
 	{
-		"desc":"You can isolate databases allocated to different users by setting permissions to ensure data query performance.The administrator and database owner have all permissions, ",
+		"desc":"By setting permissions, you can assign varying table permissions to different users.The administrator and table owner have all permissions, which cannot be set or modifie",
 		"product_code":"dli",
 		"title":"Managing Table Permissions",
 		"uri":"dli_01_0448.html",
@@ -639,7 +639,7 @@
 		"code":"71"
 	},
 	{
-		"desc":"Typically, you cannot use DLI to directly access a data source in a VPC other than the one where DLI is because the network between DLI and the data source is disconnecte",
+		"desc":"In cross-source data analysis scenarios, DLI needs to connect to external data sources. However, due to the different VPCs between the data source and DLI, the network ca",
 		"product_code":"dli",
 		"title":"Overview",
 		"uri":"dli_01_0003.html",
@@ -738,9 +738,9 @@
 		"code":"82"
 	},
 	{
-		"desc":"Datasource authentication is used to manage authentication information for accessing specified data sources. After datasource authentication is configured, you do not nee",
+		"desc":"When analyzing across multiple sources, it is not recommended to configure authentication information directly in a job as it can lead to password leakage. Instead, you a",
 		"product_code":"dli",
-		"title":"Introduction",
+		"title":"Overview",
 		"uri":"dli_01_0561.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"p_code":"82",
@@ -1233,9 +1233,9 @@
 		"code":"137"
 	},
 	{
-		"desc":"Check the following operations:Adjusting or adding optimization parameters or the number of concurrent threads of a job, or modifying Flink SQL statements or a Flink Jar ",
+		"desc":"Flink's checkpointing is a fault tolerance and recovery mechanism. This mechanism ensures that real-time programs can self-recover in case of exceptions or machine issues",
 		"product_code":"dli",
-		"title":"How Do I Know Whether a Flink Job Can Be Restored from a Checkpoint After Being Restarted?",
+		"title":"How Can I Check if a Flink Job Can Be Restored From a Checkpoint After Restarting It?",
 		"uri":"dli_03_0136.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"p_code":"106",
@@ -1359,7 +1359,7 @@
 		"code":"151"
 	},
 	{
-		"desc":"You can use the cross-region replication function of OBS. The procedure is as follows:Export the DLI table data in region 1 to the user-defined OBS bucket. For details, s",
+		"desc":"You can use the cross-region replication function of OBS. The procedure is as follows:Export the DLI table data in region 1 to the user-defined OBS bucket.Use the OBS cro",
 		"product_code":"dli",
 		"title":"How Do I Synchronize DLI Table Data from One Region to Another?",
 		"uri":"dli_03_0072.html",
@@ -1395,7 +1395,7 @@
 		"code":"155"
 	},
 	{
-		"desc":"Check whether the account is in arrears. If yes, recharge the account.If the error persists, log out and log in again.",
+		"desc":"Check if your account is in arrears and top it up if necessary.If the same error message persists after the top-up, log out of your account and log back in.",
 		"product_code":"dli",
 		"title":"Why Is Error \"The current account does not have permission to perform this operation,the current account was restricted. Restricted for no budget.\" Reported when a SQL Statement Is Executed?",
 		"uri":"dli_03_0071.html",
@@ -1467,7 +1467,7 @@
 		"code":"163"
 	},
 	{
-		"desc":"Error message \"DLI.0003: AccessControlException XXX\" is reported when a SQL job is accessed.View the OBS bucket in the AccessControlException and check whether you are us",
+		"desc":"Error message \"DLI.0003: AccessControlException XXX\" is reported when a SQL job is accessed.Check the OBS bucket written in the AccessControlException to confirm if your ",
 		"product_code":"dli",
 		"title":"Why Is Error \"DLI.0003: AccessControlException XXX\" Reported When I Access a SQL Job?",
 		"uri":"dli_03_0208.html",
@@ -1476,7 +1476,7 @@
 		"code":"164"
 	},
 	{
-		"desc":"Error message \"DLI.0001: org.apache.hadoop.security.AccessControlException: verifyBucketExists on {{bucket name}}: status [403]\" is reported when a SQL job is Accessed.Th",
+		"desc":"Error message \"DLI.0001: org.apache.hadoop.security.AccessControlException: verifyBucketExists on {{bucket name}}: status [403]\" is reported when a SQL job is Accessed.Yo",
 		"product_code":"dli",
 		"title":"Why Is Error \"DLI.0001: org.apache.hadoop.security.AccessControlException: verifyBucketExists on {{bucket name}}: status [403]\" Reported When I Access a SQL Job?",
 		"uri":"dli_03_0209.html",
@@ -1683,7 +1683,7 @@
 		"code":"187"
 	},
 	{
-		"desc":"If the AK and SK are obtained, set the parameters as follows:Create SparkContext using codeval sc: SparkContext = new SparkContext()\nsc.hadoopConfiguration.set(\"fs.obs.ac",
+		"desc":"Hard-coded or plaintext AK and SK pose significant security risks. To ensure security, encrypt your AK and SK, store them in configuration files or environment variables,",
 		"product_code":"dli",
 		"title":"How Do I Set the AK/SK for a Queue to Operate an OBS Table?",
 		"uri":"dli_03_0017.html",
@@ -1881,7 +1881,7 @@
 		"code":"209"
 	},
 	{
-		"desc":"Log in to the management console.Click  in the upper left corner and select Region and Project.Click  (the My Quotas icon) in the upper right corner.The Service Quota pag",
+		"desc":"Log in to the management console.Click  in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.Click the My Quota icon  in the upper right corner of the page.The Serv",
 		"product_code":"dli",
 		"title":"Why Is Error \"Failed to create the database. {\"error_code\":\"DLI.1028\";\"error_msg\":\"Already reached the maximum quota of databases:XXX\".\" Reported?",
 		"uri":"dli_03_0264.html",
@@ -2340,9 +2340,9 @@
 		"code":"260"
 	},
 	{
-		"desc":"If different IAM accounts call APIs in the same enterprise project in the same region, the accounts use the same project ID.",
+		"desc":"When different IAM users call an API under the same enterprise project in the same region, the project ID is the same.",
 		"product_code":"dli",
-		"title":"Are Project IDs of Different Accounts the Same When They Are Used to Call APIs?",
+		"title":"Is the Project ID Fixed when Different IAM Users Call an API?",
 		"uri":"dli_03_0125.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"p_code":"259",
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_00006.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_00006.html
index 4248eb35..e5b29e84 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_00006.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_00006.html
@@ -8,7 +8,21 @@
 
 
 
-
                                    
+
+
+
+
+
+
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@
 
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@
 
-
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@
 
                                    Table 1 Error codes
                                    Status Code
                                    
+
                                    
-
-
-
+
-
-
-
-
+
-
-
-
-
+
-
-
-
-
+
-
-
-
-
+
-
-
-
-
+
-
-
-
-
+
-
-
-
-
+
-
-
-
-
+
-
-
-
-
+
-
-
-
-
+
-
-
-
-
+
-
-
-
-
+
-
-
-
-
+
-
-
-
-
+
-
-
-
-
+
-
-
-
-
+
-
-
-
-
+
-
-
-
-
+
-
-
-
-
+
-
-
-
-
+
-
-
-
-
+
-
-
-
-
+
-
-
-
-
+
-
-
-
-
+
-
-
-
-
+
-
-
-
-
+
-
-
-
-
+
-
-
-
-
+
-
-
-
-
+
-
-
-
-
+
-
-
-
-
+
-
-
-
-
+
-
-
-
-
+
-
-
-
-
+
-
-
-
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0314.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0314.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 3bb56edf..00000000
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0314.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
                                    Project ID and Account ID
                                    
-
                                    Obtaining a Project ID and Account ID
                                    You can obtain the project ID and account ID by performing the following steps:
                                    1. Register with and log in to the management console.
                                    2. Hover the cursor on the username in the upper right corner and select My Credentials from the drop-down list.
                                    3. On the My Credentials page, obtain the account name and account ID, and obtain the project ID from the project list.
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    Obtaining a Project ID by Calling an API
                                    You can obtain a project ID by calling the API used to query projects based on specified criteria.
                                    
-
                                    The API for obtaining a project ID is GET https://{Endpoint}/v3/projects/, where {Endpoint} indicates the endpoint of IAM.
                                    
-
                                    An endpoint is the request address for calling an API. Endpoints vary depending on services and regions. You can obtain endpoints from Regions and Endpoints.
                                    
-
                                    For details about API authentication, see Authentication.
                                    
-
                                    The following is a response example. The value of id under projects is the project ID. If multiple IDs are returned, obtain the desired one based on your actual region (name).
                                    
-
                                    {
-    "projects": [
-        {
-            "domain_id": "65382450e8f64ac0870cd180d14e684b",
-            "is_domain": false,
-            "parent_id": "65382450e8f64ac0870cd180d14e684b",
-            "name": "region-name",
-            "description": "",
-            "links": {
-                "next": null,
-                "previous": null,
-                "self": "https://www.example.com/v3/projects/a4a5d4098fb4474fa22cd05f897d6b99"
-            },
-            "id": "a4a5d4098fb4474fa22cd05f897d6b99",
-            "enabled": true
-        }
-    ],
-    "links": {
-        "next": null,
-        "previous": null,
-        "self": "https://www.example.com/v3/projects"
-    }
-}
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    Parent topic: Before You Start
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    
-
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0316.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0316.html
deleted file mode 100644
index c89ce3c0..00000000
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0316.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
                                    Data Development Job ID
                                    
-
                                    A job ID (jobid) is required for some URLs when an API is called. To obtain a job ID, perform the following operations:
                                    
-
                                    1. Log in to the DataArts Studio console. Locate an instance and click Access. On the displayed page, locate a workspace and click DataArts Factory.
                                      Figure 1 DataArts Factory
                                      
-
                                    1. In the navigation pane, choose Monitoring > Monitor Job, and click Batch Job Monitoring or Real-Time Job Monitoring based on the job type.
                                    2. Click a job name to go to the job monitoring page.
                                      In the URL of the page, the job ID is after the job type (batchJobDetail or realTimeJobDetail) and job name, as shown in the following figure.
                                      Figure 2 Obtaining a job ID
                                      
-
                                      
-
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    Parent topic: Before You Start
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    
-
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0318.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0318.html
index 793d452e..8046f450 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0318.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0318.html
@@ -3,111 +3,112 @@
 
                                    Common Message Headers 
                                    Common request header fields
                                    Table 1 describes common request headers.
                                    
 
-
                                    Table 1 Error codes
                                    Status Code
                                    
 
                                    Error Code
                                    
+
                                    Error Code
                                    
 
                                    Error Message
                                    
+
                                    Error Message
                                    
 
                                    Solution
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    
+
                                    Solution
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    400
                                    
+
                                    400
                                    
 
                                    DLF.0100
                                    
+
                                    DLF.0100
                                    
 
                                    The job does not exist.
                                    
+
                                    The job does not exist.
                                    
 
                                    Ensure that the job exists.
                                    
+
                                    The Job does not exist.
                                    
+
                                    Ensure that the job exists.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    400
                                    
+
                                    400
                                    
 
                                    DLF.0101
                                    
+
                                    DLF.0101
                                    
 
                                    The job quota has reached the upper limit.
                                    
+
                                    The job quota has reached the upper limit.
                                    
 
                                    Apply for a higher quota.
                                    
+
                                    The job quota has reached the upper limit.
                                    
+
                                    Apply for a higher quota.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    400
                                    
+
                                    400
                                    
 
                                    DLF.0102
                                    
+
                                    DLF.0102
                                    
 
                                    The job name has been used by another job.
                                    
+
                                    The job name has been used by another job.
                                    
 
                                    Try another name.
                                    
+
                                    The job name has been used by another job.
                                    
+
                                    Try another name.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    400
                                    
+
                                    400
                                    
 
                                    DLF.0136
                                    
+
                                    DLF.0136
                                    
 
                                    This API can be called only for batch jobs.
                                    
+
                                    This API can be called only for batch jobs.
                                    
 
                                    Check the job.
                                    
+
                                    This API can be called only for batch jobs.
                                    
+
                                    Check the job.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    400
                                    
+
                                    400
                                    
 
                                    DLF.0137
                                    
+
                                    DLF.0137
                                    
 
                                    The job instance does not exist.
                                    
+
                                    The job instance does not exist.
                                    
 
                                    Ensure that the job instance exists.
                                    
+
                                    The job instance does not exist.
                                    
+
                                    Ensure that the job instance exists.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    400
                                    
+
                                    400
                                    
 
                                    DLF.0201
                                    
+
                                    DLF.0201
                                    
 
                                    The script fails to be created.
                                    
+
                                    The script fails to be created.
                                    
 
                                    Check the script.
                                    
+
                                    The script fails to be created.
                                    
+
                                    Check the script.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    400
                                    
+
                                    400
                                    
 
                                    DLF.0202
                                    
+
                                    DLF.0202
                                    
 
                                    The script name has been used by another script.
                                    
+
                                    The script name has been used by another script.
                                    
 
                                    Try another name.
                                    
+
                                    The script name has been used by another script.
                                    
+
                                    Try another name.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    400
                                    
+
                                    400
                                    
 
                                    DLF.0203
                                    
+
                                    DLF.0203
                                    
 
                                    The script fails to be modified.
                                    
+
                                    The script fails to be modified.
                                    
 
                                    Check the script.
                                    
+
                                    The script fails to be modified.
                                    
+
                                    Check the script.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    400
                                    
+
                                    400
                                    
 
                                    DLF.0802
                                    
+
                                    DLF.0802
                                    
 
                                    The specified parameter is not configured.
                                    
+
                                    The specified parameter is not configured.
                                    
 
                                    Check the parameter.
                                    
+
                                    The specified parameter is not configured.
                                    
+
                                    Check the parameter.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    400
                                    
+
                                    400
                                    
 
                                    DLF.0803
                                    
+
                                    DLF.0803
                                    
 
                                    The OBS path is invalid.
                                    
+
                                    The OBS path is invalid.
                                    
 
                                    Check the OBS path.
                                    
+
                                    The OBS path is invalid.
                                    
+
                                    Check the OBS path.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    400
                                    
+
                                    400
                                    
 
                                    DLF.0810
                                    
+
                                    DLF.0810
                                    
 
                                    The queried task does not exist.
                                    
+
                                    The queried task does not exist.
                                    
 
                                    Check that the task exists.
                                    
+
                                    The queried task does not exist.
                                    
+
                                    Check that the task exists.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    400
                                    
+
                                    400
                                    
 
                                    DLF.0815
                                    
+
                                    DLF.0815
                                    
 
                                    The OBS file fails to be accessed.
                                    
+
                                    The OBS file fails to be accessed.
                                    
 
                                    Check the OBS file.
                                    
+
                                    The OBS file fails to be accessed.
                                    
+
                                    Check the OBS file.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    400
                                    
+
                                    400
                                    
 
                                    DLF.1006
                                    
+
                                    DLF.1006
                                    
 
                                    The job node is empty.
                                    
+
                                    The job node is empty.
                                    
 
                                    Check the node.
                                    
+
                                    The job node is empty.
                                    
+
                                    Check the node.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    400
                                    
+
                                    400
                                    
 
                                    DLF.1242
                                    
+
                                    DLF.1242
                                    
 
                                    The OBS bucket does not exist.
                                    
+
                                    The OBS bucket does not exist.
                                    
 
                                    Ensure that the OBS bucket exists.
                                    
+
                                    The OBS bucket does not exist.
                                    
+
                                    Ensure that the OBS bucket exists.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    400
                                    
+
                                    400
                                    
 
                                    DLF.3004
                                    
+
                                    DLF.3004
                                    
 
                                    The job name cannot be left blank.
                                    
+
                                    The job name cannot be left blank.
                                    
 
                                    Check the job name.
                                    
+
                                    The job name cannot be left blank.
                                    
+
                                    Check the job name.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    400
                                    
+
                                    400
                                    
 
                                    DLF.3018
                                    
+
                                    DLF.3018
                                    
 
                                    The job name is invalid.
                                    
+
                                    The job name is invalid.
                                    
 
                                    Check the job name.
                                    
+
                                    The job name is invalid.
                                    
+
                                    Check the job name.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    400
                                    
+
                                    400
                                    
 
                                    DLF.3025
                                    
+
                                    DLF.3025
                                    
 
                                    The job scheduling parameter is invalid.
                                    
+
                                    The job scheduling parameter is invalid.
                                    
 
                                    Check the job scheduling parameter.
                                    
+
                                    The job scheduling parameter is invalid.
                                    
+
                                    Check the job scheduling parameter.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    400
                                    
+
                                    400
                                    
 
                                    DLF.3050
                                    
+
                                    DLF.3050
                                    
 
                                    The job description is invalid.
                                    
+
                                    The job description is invalid.
                                    
 
                                    Check the job description.
                                    
+
                                    The job description is invalid.
                                    
+
                                    Check the job description.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    400
                                    
+
                                    400
                                    
 
                                    DLF.6201
                                    
+
                                    DLF.6201
                                    
 
                                    The script does not exist.
                                    
+
                                    The script does not exist.
                                    
 
                                    Ensure that the script exists.
                                    
+
                                    The script does not exist.
                                    
+
                                    Ensure that the script exists.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    400
                                    
+
                                    400
                                    
 
                                    DLF.6205
                                    
+
                                    DLF.6205
                                    
 
                                    The script execution instance does not exist.
                                    
+
                                    The script execution instance does not exist.
                                    
 
                                    Check that the script execution instance exists.
                                    
+
                                    The script execution instance does not exist.
                                    
+
                                    Check that the script execution instance exists.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    400
                                    
+
                                    400
                                    
 
                                    DLF.6241
                                    
+
                                    DLF.6241
                                    
 
                                    The resource to be queried does not exist.
                                    
+
                                    The resource to be queried does not exist.
                                    
 
                                    Ensure that the resource exists.
                                    
+
                                    The resource to be queried does not exist.
                                    
+
                                    Ensure that the resource exists.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    400
                                    
+
                                    400
                                    
 
                                    DLF.6247
                                    
+
                                    DLF.6247
                                    
 
                                    The script type is not specified.
                                    
+
                                    The script type is not specified.
                                    
 
                                    Check the script.
                                    
+
                                    The script type is not specified.
                                    
+
                                    Check the script.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    400
                                    
+
                                    400
                                    
 
                                    DLF.6253
                                    
+
                                    DLF.6253
                                    
 
                                    The script quota has reached the upper limit.
                                    
+
                                    The script quota has reached the upper limit.
                                    
 
                                    Apply for a higher quota.
                                    
+
                                    The script quota has reached the upper limit.
                                    
+
                                    Apply for a higher quota.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    400
                                    
+
                                    400
                                    
 
                                    DLF.6258
                                    
+
                                    DLF.6258
                                    
 
                                    The directory contains data that cannot be deleted.
                                    
+
                                    The directory contains data that cannot be deleted.
                                    
 
                                    Delete the data in the directory first.
                                    
+
                                    The directory contains data that cannot be deleted.
                                    
+
                                    Delete the data in the directory first.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    400
                                    
+
                                    400
                                    
 
                                    DLF.6259
                                    
+
                                    DLF.6259
                                    
 
                                    A resource with the same name already exists in the directory.
                                    
+
                                    A resource with the same name already exists in the directory.
                                    
 
                                    Try another name.
                                    
+
                                    A resource with the same name already exists in the directory.
                                    
+
                                    Try another name.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    400
                                    
+
                                    400
                                    
 
                                    DLF.6263
                                    
+
                                    DLF.6263
                                    
 
                                    The resource type is invalid.
                                    
+
                                    The resource type is invalid.
                                    
 
                                    Check the resource type.
                                    
+
                                    The resource type is invalid.
                                    
+
                                    Check the resource type.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    400
                                    
+
                                    400
                                    
 
                                    DLF.6264
                                    
+
                                    DLF.6264
                                    
 
                                    The OBS path of the resource file is invalid.
                                    
+
                                    The OBS path of the resource file is invalid.
                                    
 
                                    Check the OBS path.
                                    
+
                                    The OBS path of the resource file is invalid.
                                    
+
                                    Check the OBS path.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    400
                                    
+
                                    400
                                    
 
                                    DLF.6265
                                    
+
                                    DLF.6265
                                    
 
                                    The resource description is invalid.
                                    
+
                                    The resource description is invalid.
                                    
 
                                    Check the resource description.
                                    
+
                                    The resource description is invalid.
                                    
+
                                    Check the resource description.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    400
                                    
+
                                    400
                                    
 
                                    DLF.6271
                                    
+
                                    DLF.6271
                                    
 
                                    Each user can create only one DLI connection.
                                    
+
                                    Each user can create only one DLI connection.
                                    
 
                                    Check the DLI data connection.
                                    
+
                                    Each user can create only one DLI connection.
                                    
+
                                    Check the DLI data connection.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    400
                                    
+
                                    400
                                    
 
                                    DLF.6309
                                    
+
                                    DLF.6309
                                    
 
                                    The connection name has been used by another connection.
                                    
+
                                    The connection name has been used by another connection.
                                    
 
                                    Try another connection name.
                                    
+
                                    The connection name has been used by another connection.
                                    
+
                                    Try another connection name.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    400
                                    
+
                                    400
                                    
 
                                    DLF.6322
                                    
+
                                    DLF.6322
                                    
 
                                    The data connection does not exist.
                                    
+
                                    The data connection does not exist.
                                    
 
                                    Check that the data connection exists.
                                    
+
                                    The data connection does not exist.
                                    
+
                                    Check that the data connection exists.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    400
                                    
+
                                    400
                                    
 
                                    DLF.6323
                                    
+
                                    DLF.6323
                                    
 
                                    The connection type cannot be modified.
                                    
+
                                    The connection type cannot be modified.
                                    
 
                                    Check the parameter type.
                                    
+
                                    The connection type cannot be modified.
                                    
+
                                    Check the parameter type.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    400
                                    
+
                                    400
                                    
 
                                    DLF.6416
                                    
+
                                    DLF.6416
                                    
 
                                    The cluster has been occupied by another connection.
                                    
+
                                    The cluster has been occupied by another connection.
                                    
 
                                    Check the cluster.
                                    
+
                                    The cluster has been occupied by another connection.
                                    
+
                                    Check the cluster.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    400
                                    
+
                                    400
                                    
 
                                    DLF.6418
                                    
+
                                    DLF.6418
                                    
 
                                    Either the DWS cluster name or the access address and port number of the cluster must be configured.
                                    
+
                                    Either the DWS cluster name or the access address and port number of the cluster must be configured.
                                    
 
                                    Check the DWS cluster name or the access address and port of the cluster.
                                    
+
                                    Either the DWS cluster name or the access address and port number of the cluster must be configured.
                                    
+
                                    Check the DWS cluster name or the access address and port of the cluster.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    400
                                    
+
                                    400
                                    
 
                                    DLF.6888
                                    
+
                                    DLF.6423
                                    
 
                                    Invalid account permissions.
                                    
+
                                    An exception occurs when the agent is creating a job.
                                    
 
                                    Check the account permissions.
                                    
+
                                    An exception occurred during the agent job creation.
                                    
+
                                    Try again later or check whether the agent status is normal.
                                    
+
                                    400
                                    
+
                                    DLF.6888
                                    
+
                                    Invalid account permissions.
                                    
+
                                    Invalid account permissions.
                                    
+
                                    Check the account permissions.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
                                     
 
                                    
-
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/dataartsstudio_01_0069.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/dataartsstudio_01_0069.html
index bf26026b..24edb332 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/dataartsstudio_01_0069.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/dataartsstudio_01_0069.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
                                    To DDS
                                    
-
                                    If the destination link of a job is the Link to DDS, configure the destination job parameters based on Table 1.
+
                                    If the destination link of a job is the Link to DDS, configure the destination job parameters based on Table 1.
 
                                    Table 1 Common request header fields
                                    Field
                                    
+
                                    
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0330.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0330.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 99771158..00000000
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0330.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
                                    Change History
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    Table 1 Common request header fields
                                    Field
                                    
 
                                    Description
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    
 
                                    Mandatory
                                    
+
                                    Mandatory
                                    
 
                                    Example
                                    
+
                                    Example
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    Content-Type
                                    
+
                                    Content-Type
                                    
 
                                    Specifies the request body MIME type. This field is mandatory and its default value is application/json. Other values of this field will be provided for specific APIs if any.
                                    
+
                                    Request body type or format. Its default value is application/json.
                                    
 
                                    Yes
                                    
+
                                    Yes
                                    
 
                                    The default value is application/json.
                                    
+
                                    application/json
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Content-Length
                                    
+
                                    Content-Length
                                    
 
                                    Specifies the length of the request body. The unit is byte.
                                    
+
                                    Specifies the length of the request body. The unit is byte.
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    3495
                                    
+
                                    3495
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    X-Language
                                    
+
                                    X-Language
                                    
 
                                    Specifies the request language.
                                    
+
                                    Specifies the request language.
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    en_us
                                    
+
                                    en_us
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    X-Project-Id
                                    
+
                                    X-Project-Id
                                    
 
                                    Specifies a project ID. Obtain the project ID by following the instructions in Project ID and Account ID.
                                    
+
                                    Specifies a project ID. Obtain the project ID by following the instructions in Project ID and Account ID.
                                    
 
                                    No
                                    
+
                                    No
                                    
 
                                    e9993fc787d94b6c886cbaa340f9c0f4
                                    
+
                                    e9993fc787d94b6c886cbaa340f9c0f4
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    X-Auth-Token
                                    
+
                                    X-Auth-Token
                                    
 
                                    Specifies a user token.
                                    
-
                                    The user token is a response to the API used to obtain a user token. This API is the only one that does not require authentication.
                                    
-
                                    The token is the value of X-Subject-Token in the response header.
                                    
+
                                    Specifies a user token.
                                    
+
                                    The user token is a response to the API used to obtain a user token. This API is the only one that does not require authentication.
                                    
+
                                    The token is the value of X-Subject-Token in the response header.
                                    
 
                                    This field is mandatory for token authentication.
                                    
+
                                    This field is mandatory for token authentication.
                                    
 
                                    The following is part of an example token:
                                    
-
                                    MIIPAgYJKoZIhvcNAQcCo...ggg1BBIINPXsidG9rZ
                                    
+
                                    The following is part of an example token:
                                    
+
                                    MIIPAgYJKoZIhvcNAQcCo...ggg1BBIINPXsidG9rZ
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    X-Sdk-Date
                                    
+
                                    X-Sdk-Date
                                    
 
                                    Time when the request is sent. The time is in YYYYMMDD'T'HHMMSS'Z' format.
                                    
-
                                    The value is the current GMT time of the system.
                                    
+
                                    Time when the request is sent. The time is in YYYYMMDD'T'HHMMSS'Z' format.
                                    
+
                                    The value is the current GMT time of the system.
                                    
 
                                    This field is mandatory for AK/SK-based authentication.
                                    
+
                                    This field is mandatory for AK/SK-based authentication.
                                    
 
                                    20150907T101459Z
                                    
+
                                    20150907T101459Z
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Host
                                    
+
                                    Host
                                    
 
                                    Specifies the server domain name and port number of the resources being requested. The value can be obtained from the URL of the service API. The value is in the format of hostname[:port]. If the port number is not specified, the default port is used. The default port number for HTTPS is 443.
                                    
+
                                    Specifies the server domain name and port number of the resources being requested. The value can be obtained from the URL of the service API. The value is in the format of hostname[:port]. If the port number is not specified, the default port is used. The default port number for HTTPS is 443.
                                    
 
                                    This field is mandatory for AK/SK-based authentication.
                                    
+
                                    This field is mandatory for AK/SK-based authentication.
                                    
 
                                    code.test.com
                                    
-
                                    or
                                    
-
                                    code.test.com:443
                                    
+
                                    code.test.com
                                    
+
                                    or
                                    
+
                                    code.test.com:443
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Authorization
                                    
+
                                    Authorization
                                    
 
                                    Authentication information.
                                    
-
                                    The value can be obtained from the request signing result.
                                    
+
                                    Authentication information.
                                    
+
                                    The value can be obtained from the request signing result.
                                    
 
                                    This field is mandatory for AK/SK-based authentication.
                                    
+
                                    This field is mandatory for AK/SK-based authentication.
                                    
 
                                    SDK-HMAC-SHA256 Credential=QRUP2R3QFNAOVAWMYHZW/20160202/northchina/test/sdk_request, SignedHeaders=host;x-sdk-date, Signature=9d8b56b055c0e1f7a9498d881a7cb726be91b4f0cde1773b0b1557e987a480ce
                                    
+
                                    -
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    workspace
                                    
+
                                    workspace
                                    
 
                                    Workspace ID. For details about how to obtain it, see DataArts Studio Instance ID and Workspace ID.
                                    
+
                                    Workspace ID. For details about how to obtain it, see DataArts Studio Instance ID and Workspace ID.
                                    
 
                                    • You do not need to set this field when calling a CDM API because in that case, only the default workspace can be used.
                                    • When a DataArts Factory API is called, data in the default workspace is queried by default. To query data in other workspaces, include this header in the query request.
                                    
+
                                    • You do not need to set this field when calling a CDM API because in that case, only the default workspace can be used.
                                    • This field is mandatory when there are multiple DataArts Studio instances during a call to a data development API.
                                      This field is optional when there is only one DataArts Studio instance. If this field is not specified, data in the default workspace is queried by default. To query data in other workspaces, include this field in the request header.
                                      
+
                                    
 
                                    d1cd7861478748a6925bc02f47c69279
                                    
+
                                    d1cd7861478748a6925bc02f47c69279
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    X-Dlm-Type
                                    
+
                                    X-Dlm-Type
                                    
 
                                    DataArts DataService edition, which is Exclusive
                                    
+
                                    DataArts DataService edition, which is Exclusive
                                    
 
                                    This parameter is mandatory for calling DataArts DataService APIs.
                                    
+
                                    This parameter is mandatory for calling DataArts DataService APIs.
                                    
 
                                    EXCLUSIVE: exclusive edition
                                    
+
                                    EXCLUSIVE: exclusive edition
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                    Release Date
                                    
-
                                    What's New
                                    
-
                                    2023-05-30
                                    
-
                                    Update the following sections:
                                    
-
-
                                    2023-04-30
                                    
-
                                    Update the following sections:
                                    
-
-
                                    2023-01-30
                                    
-
                                    This is the first official release.
                                    
-
                                    
-
                                    
-
-
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0350.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0350.html
index 33192109..ef36ce26 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0350.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0350.html
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
 
 
-
                                    DataArts Studio Instance ID and Workspace ID
                                    
-
                                    Obtaining a DataArts Studio Instance ID and Workspace ID
                                    To obtain a DataArts Studio instance ID and workspace ID, perform the following steps:
                                    1. On the DataArts Studio console, locate a workspace and click any module, such as Management Center.
                                      Figure 1 Management Center
                                      
-
                                    2. On the Management Center page, obtain the values of instanceId and workspace in the browser address bar, which are the instance ID and workspace ID, respectively.
                                      As shown in Figure 2, the instance ID is 6b88…2688, and the workspace ID is 1dd3bc…d93f0.
                                      Figure 2 Obtaining the instance ID and workspace ID
                                      
+
                                      DataArts Studio Instance ID and Workspace ID
                                      
+
                                      Obtaining a DataArts Studio Instance ID and Workspace ID
                                      To obtain a DataArts Studio instance ID and workspace ID, perform the following steps:
                                      1. On the DataArts Studio console, locate a workspace and click any module, such as Management Center.
                                      2. On the Management Center page, obtain the values of instanceId and workspace in the browser address bar, which are the instance ID and workspace ID, respectively.
                                        As shown in Figure 1, the instance ID is 6b88…2688, and the workspace ID is 1dd3bc…d93f0.
                                        Figure 1 Obtaining the instance ID and workspace ID
                                        
 
                                        
 
                                      
 
                                      
@@ -14,3 +13,10 @@
 
                                      
 
                                      
 
+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0295.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/destination_job_parameters.html
similarity index 73%
rename from docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0295.html
rename to docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/destination_job_parameters.html
index 8a468275..b70b9ff5 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0295.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/destination_job_parameters.html
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-
+
 
 
                                      Destination Job Parameters
                                      
 
                                      
@@ -14,20 +14,14 @@
 
                                      3. 
 
                                    3. To HBase/CloudTable
                                      
 
                                      4. 
-
                                    4. To FTP/SFTP/NAS (to Be Brought Offline)/SFS (to Be Brought Offline)
                                      
-
                                      5. 
 
                                    5. To DDS
                                      
 
                                      6. 
-
                                    6. To DCS
                                      
-
                                      7. 
 
                                    7. To Elasticsearch/Cloud Search Service
                                      
 
                                      8. 
 
                                    8. To DLI
                                      
 
                                      9. 
 
                                    9. To DIS
                                      
 
                                      10. 
-
                                    10. To OpenTSDB
                                      
-
                                      11. 
 
 
 
                                      
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/en-us_image_0000001321929240.gif b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/en-us_image_0000001321929240.gif
deleted file mode 100644
index cfbc91a4..00000000
Binary files a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/en-us_image_0000001321929240.gif and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/en-us_image_0000001322088924.png b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/en-us_image_0000001322088924.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 1a111532..00000000
Binary files a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/en-us_image_0000001322088924.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/en-us_image_0000001373088745.png b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/en-us_image_0000001373088745.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 01ad5732..00000000
Binary files a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/en-us_image_0000001373088745.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/en-us_image_0000001373289273.png b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/en-us_image_0000001373289273.png
deleted file mode 100644
index d17b6fda..00000000
Binary files a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/en-us_image_0000001373289273.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/en-us_image_0000001373289293.png b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/en-us_image_0000001373289293.png
deleted file mode 100644
index d17b6fda..00000000
Binary files a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/en-us_image_0000001373289293.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/en-us_image_0000001373408961.png b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/en-us_image_0000001668210950.png
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/en-us_image_0000001373408961.png
rename to docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/en-us_image_0000001668210950.png
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/en-us_image_0000001373408969.png b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/en-us_image_0000001668278494.png
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/en-us_image_0000001373408969.png
rename to docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/en-us_image_0000001668278494.png
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/en-us_image_0000001373088765.png b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/en-us_image_0000001716158249.png
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/en-us_image_0000001373088765.png
rename to docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/en-us_image_0000001716158249.png
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/en-us_image_0000001322248848.png b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/en-us_image_0000001716290189.png
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/en-us_image_0000001322248848.png
rename to docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/en-us_image_0000001716290189.png
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/en-us_image_0000001828945753.png b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/en-us_image_0000001828945753.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8c306043
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/en-us_image_0000001828945753.png differ
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/endpoint.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/endpoint.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6f4675a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/endpoint.html
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+
+
+
                                      Endpoints
                                      
+
                                      Obtaining an Endpoint
                                      An endpoint is the request address for calling an API. Endpoints vary depending on services and regions.
                                      
+
                                      You can obtain endpoints from Regions and Endpoints.
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      Parent topic: Before You Start
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/job_parameter.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/job_parameter.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..94da4f15
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/job_parameter.html
@@ -0,0 +1,231 @@
+
+
+
                                      Job Parameter Description
                                      
+
                                      When you create a job in a specified cluster by following the instructions in Creating a Job in a Specified Cluster or create and execute a job in a random cluster by following the instructions in Creating and Executing a Job in a Random Cluster, the driver-config-values parameter specifies the job configuration, which includes the following functions:
                                      
+
                                      • Retry upon Failure: If a job fails to be executed, you can choose whether to automatically restart the job.
                                      • Job Group: CDM allows you to group jobs. You can filter, delete, start, or export jobs by group.
                                      • Schedule Execution: Specify whether to execute scheduled jobs.
                                      • Concurrent Extractors: Enter the number of concurrent extractors.
                                      • Write Dirty Data: Specify this parameter if data that fails to be processed or filtered out during job execution needs to be written to OBS for future viewing. Before writing dirty data, create an OBS link.
                                      • Delete Job After Completion: Specify whether to delete a job after the job is executed.
                                      
+
                                      Sample JSON File
                                      "driver-config-values": {
+        "configs": [
+          {
+            "inputs": [
+              {
+                "name": "throttlingConfig.numExtractors",
+                "value": "1"
+              },
+              {
+                "name": "throttlingConfig.numLoaders",
+                "value": "1"
+              },
+              {
+                "name": "throttlingConfig.recordDirtyData",
+                "value": "false"
+              }
+            ],
+            "name": "throttlingConfig"
+          },
+          {
+            "inputs": [],
+            "name": "jarConfig"
+          },
+          {
+            "inputs": [
+              {
+                "name": "schedulerConfig.isSchedulerJob",
+                "value": "false"
+              },
+              {
+                "name": "schedulerConfig.disposableType",
+                "value": "NONE"
+              }
+            ],
+            "name": "schedulerConfig"
+          },
+          {
+            "inputs": [],
+            "name": "transformConfig"
+          },
+          {
+            "inputs": [
+              {
+                "name": "retryJobConfig.retryJobType",
+                "value": "NONE"
+              }
+            ],
+            "name": "retryJobConfig"
+          }
+        ]
+      }
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      Parameter Description
                                      
+
                                      
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                      Parameter
                                      
+
                                      Mandatory
                                      
+
                                      Type
                                      
+
                                      Description
                                      
+
                                      throttlingConfig.numExtractors
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      Integer
                                      
+
                                      Maximum number of concurrent extraction jobs. For example, 20.
                                      
+
                                      groupJobConfig.groupName
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      Enumeration
                                      
+
                                      Group to which a job belongs. The default group is DEFAULT.
                                      
+
                                      throttlingConfig.numLoaders
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      Integer
                                      
+
                                      This parameter is available only when HBase or Hive serves as the destination data source.
                                      
+
                                      Maximum number of loading jobs. For example, 5.
                                      
+
                                      throttlingConfig.recordDirtyData
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      Boolean
                                      
+
                                      Whether to write dirty data. For example, true.
                                      
+
                                      throttlingConfig.writeToLink
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Link to which dirty data is written. Currently, dirty data can be written only to OBS or HDFS. For example, obslink.
                                      
+
                                      throttlingConfig.obsBucket
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Name of the OBS bucket to which dirty data is written. This parameter is valid only when dirty data is written to OBS. For example, dirtyData.
                                      
+
                                      throttlingConfig.dirtyDataDirectory
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Directory to which dirty data is written
                                      
+
                                      • To write dirty data to HDFS, set this parameter to the specified HDFS directory.
                                      • To write dirty data to OBS, set this parameter to the directory in the OBS bucket. For example, /data/dirtydata/.
                                      
+
                                      throttlingConfig.maxErrorRecords
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Maximum number of error records in a single shard. When the number of error records of a map exceeds the upper limit, the task automatically ends. The imported data will not be rolled back.
                                      
+
                                      schedulerConfig.isSchedulerJob
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      Boolean
                                      
+
                                      Whether to enable a scheduled task. For example, true.
                                      
+
                                      schedulerConfig.cycleType
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Cycle type of a scheduled task. The options are as follows:
                                      
+
                                      • minute: minute
                                      • hour: hour
                                      • day: day
                                      • week: week
                                      • month: month
                                      
+
                                      schedulerConfig.cycle
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      Integer
                                      
+
                                      Cycle of a scheduled task. If cycleType is set to minute and cycle is set to 10, the scheduled task is executed every 10 minutes.
                                      
+
                                      schedulerConfig.runAt
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Time when a scheduled task is triggered in a cycle. This parameter is valid only when cycleType is set to hour, week, or month.
                                      
+
                                      • If cycleType is set to month, cycle is set to 1, and runAt is set to 15, the scheduled task is executed on the 15th day of each month. You can set runAt to multiple values and separate the values with commas (,). 
                                        For example, if runAt is set to 1,2,3,4,5, the scheduled task is executed on the first day, second day, third day, fourth day, and fifth day of each month. 
                                        
+
                                      • If cycleType is set to week and runAt is set to mon,tue,wed,thu,fri, the scheduled task is executed on Monday to Friday. 
                                      • If cycleType is set to hour and runAt is set to 27,57, the scheduled task is executed at the 27th and 57th minute in the cycle.
                                      
+
                                      schedulerConfig.startDate
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      Start time of a scheduled task. For example, 2018-01-24 19:56:19.
                                      
+
                                      schedulerConfig.stopDate
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      String
                                      
+
                                      End time of a scheduled task. For example, 2018-01-27 23:59:00.
                                      
+
                                      If you do not set the end time, the scheduled task is always executed and will never stop.
                                      
+
                                      schedulerConfig.disposableType
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      Enumeration
                                      
+
                                      Whether to delete a job after the job is executed. The options are as follows:
                                      • NONE: A job will not be deleted after it is executed.
                                      • DELETE_AFTER_SUCCEED: A job will be deleted only after it is successfully executed. It is applicable to massive one-time jobs.
                                      • DELETE: A job will be deleted after it is executed, regardless of the execution result.
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      retryJobConfig.retryJobType
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      Enumeration
                                      
+
                                      Whether to automatically retry if a job fails to be executed. The options are as follows:
                                      
+
                                      • NONE: Do not retry.
                                      • RETRY_TRIPLE: Retry three times.
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      Parent topic: Public Data Structures
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0261.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/link_parameter.html
similarity index 86%
rename from docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0261.html
rename to docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/link_parameter.html
index 6864c910..409f2d06 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0261.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/link_parameter.html
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-
+
 
 
                                      Link Parameter Description
                                      
 
                                      
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 
 
                                    11. Link to MongoDB
                                      
 
                                      12. 
-
                                    12. Link to Redis/DCS (to Be Brought Offline)
                                      
+
                                    13. Link to Redis
                                      
 
                                      14. 
 
                                    14. Link to Kafka
                                      
 
                                      15. 
@@ -28,8 +28,6 @@
 
 
                                    15. Link to DLI
                                      
 
                                      16. 
-
                                    16. Link to CloudTable OpenTSDB
                                      
-
                                      17. 
 
                                    17. Link to DMS Kafka
                                      
 
                                      18. 
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/making_request.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/making_request.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a19e979f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/making_request.html
@@ -0,0 +1,248 @@
+
+
+
                                      Making an API Request
                                      
+
                                      This section describes the structure of a REST API, and uses the IAM API for obtaining a user token as an example to demonstrate how to call an API. The obtained token can then be used to authenticate the calling of other APIs.
                                      
+
                                      Request URI
                                      A request URI is in the following format:
                                      
+
                                      {URI-scheme}://{Endpoint}/{resource-path}?{query-string}
                                      
+
                                      Although a request URI is included in the request header, most programming languages or frameworks require the request URI to be transmitted separately.
                                      
+
+
                                      
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                      Table 1 URI parameters
                                      Parameter
                                      
+
                                      Description
                                      
+
                                      URI-scheme
                                      
+
                                      Protocol used to transmit requests. All APIs use HTTPS.
                                      
+
                                      Endpoint
                                      
+
                                      Domain name or IP address of the server bearing the REST service endpoint. The endpoint varies between services in different regions.
                                      
+
                                      An endpoint is the request address for calling an API. Endpoints vary depending on services and regions. You can obtain endpoints of the service from Regions and Endpoints.
                                      
+
                                      resource-path
                                      
+
                                      Access path of an API for performing a specified operation. Obtain the value from the URI of an API. For example, the resource-path of the API used to obtain a user token is /v3/auth/tokens.
                                      
+
                                      query-string
                                      
+
                                      Query parameter, which is optional. Ensure that a question mark (?) is included before each query parameter that is in the format of "Parameter name=Parameter value", for example, ?limit=10, it indicates that a maximum of 10 data records are allowed.
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                       
                                      To simplify the URI display in this document, each API is provided only with a resource-path and a request method. The URI-scheme value of all APIs is HTTPS, and the endpoints of all APIs in the same region are identical.
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      Request Method
                                      The HTTP protocol defines the following request methods that can be used to send a request to the server:
+
                                      
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                      Table 2 HTTP methods
                                      Method
                                      
+
                                      Description
                                      
+
                                      GET
                                      
+
                                      Requests the server to return specified resources.
                                      
+
                                      PUT
                                      
+
                                      Requests the server to update specified resources.
                                      
+
                                      POST
                                      
+
                                      Requests the server to add resources or perform special operations.
                                      
+
                                      DELETE
                                      
+
                                      Requests the server to delete specified resources, for example, an object.
                                      
+
                                      HEAD
                                      
+
                                      Same as GET except that the server must return only the response header.
                                      
+
                                      PATCH
                                      
+
                                      Requests the server to update partial content of a specified resource.
                                      
+
                                      If the resource does not exist, a new resource will be created.
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      For example, in the URI of the IAM API used to obtain a user token, the request method is POST. The request is as follows:
                                      
+
                                      POST https://{{IAM endpoint}}/v3/auth/tokens
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      Request Header
                                      You can also add additional header fields to a request, such as the fields required by a specified URI or HTTP method. For example, to request the authentication information, add Content-Type, which specifies the request body type.
                                      
+
                                      Table 3 lists common request header fields.
+
                                      
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                      Table 3 Common request header fields
                                      Field
                                      
+
                                      Description
                                      
+
                                      Mandatory
                                      
+
                                      Example
                                      
+
                                      Content-Type
                                      
+
                                      Request body type or format. Its default value is application/json.
                                      
+
                                      Yes
                                      
+
                                      application/json
                                      
+
                                      Content-Length
                                      
+
                                      Specifies the length of the request body. The unit is byte.
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      3495
                                      
+
                                      X-Language
                                      
+
                                      Specifies the request language.
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      en_us
                                      
+
                                      X-Project-Id
                                      
+
                                      Specifies a project ID. Obtain the project ID by following the instructions in Project ID and Account ID.
                                      
+
                                      No
                                      
+
                                      e9993fc787d94b6c886cbaa340f9c0f4
                                      
+
                                      X-Auth-Token
                                      
+
                                      Specifies a user token.
                                      
+
                                      The user token is a response to the API used to obtain a user token. This API is the only one that does not require authentication.
                                      
+
                                      The token is the value of X-Subject-Token in the response header.
                                      
+
                                      This field is mandatory for token authentication.
                                      
+
                                      The following is part of an example token:
                                      
+
                                      MIIPAgYJKoZIhvcNAQcCo...ggg1BBIINPXsidG9rZ
                                      
+
                                      X-Sdk-Date
                                      
+
                                      Time when the request is sent. The time is in YYYYMMDD'T'HHMMSS'Z' format.
                                      
+
                                      The value is the current GMT time of the system.
                                      
+
                                      This field is mandatory for AK/SK-based authentication.
                                      
+
                                      20150907T101459Z
                                      
+
                                      Host
                                      
+
                                      Specifies the server domain name and port number of the resources being requested. The value can be obtained from the URL of the service API. The value is in the format of hostname[:port]. If the port number is not specified, the default port is used. The default port number for HTTPS is 443.
                                      
+
                                      This field is mandatory for AK/SK-based authentication.
                                      
+
                                      code.test.com
                                      
+
                                      or
                                      
+
                                      code.test.com:443
                                      
+
                                      Authorization
                                      
+
                                      Authentication information.
                                      
+
                                      The value can be obtained from the request signing result.
                                      
+
                                      This field is mandatory for AK/SK-based authentication.
                                      
+
                                      -
                                      
+
                                      workspace
                                      
+
                                      Workspace ID. For details about how to obtain it, see DataArts Studio Instance ID and Workspace ID.
                                      
+
                                      • You do not need to set this field when calling a CDM API because in that case, only the default workspace can be used.
                                      • This field is mandatory when there are multiple DataArts Studio instances during a call to a data development API.
                                        This field is optional when there is only one DataArts Studio instance. If this field is not specified, data in the default workspace is queried by default. To query data in other workspaces, include this field in the request header.
                                        
+
                                      
+
                                      d1cd7861478748a6925bc02f47c69279
                                      
+
                                      X-Dlm-Type
                                      
+
                                      DataArts DataService edition, which is Exclusive
                                      
+
                                      This parameter is mandatory for calling DataArts DataService APIs.
                                      
+
                                      EXCLUSIVE: exclusive edition
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                       
                                      In addition to supporting token-based authentication, APIs also support authentication using access key ID/secret access key (AK/SK). During AK/SK-based authentication, an SDK is used to sign the request, and the Authorization (signature authentication) and X-Sdk-Date (time when the request is sent) header fields are automatically added to the request.
                                      
+
                                      For more information, see "AK/SK-based Authentication" in Authentication.
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      The API used to obtain a user token does not require authentication. Therefore, only the Content-Type field needs to be added to requests for calling the API. An example of such requests is as follows:
                                      
+
                                      POST https://{{endpoint}}/v3/auth/tokens
+Content-Type: application/json
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      Request Body
                                      The body of a request is often sent in a structured format as specified in the Content-Type header field. The request body transfers content except the request header.
                                      
+
                                      The request body varies between APIs. Some APIs do not require the request body, such as the APIs requested using the GET and DELETE methods.
                                      
+
                                      In the case of the API used to obtain a user token, the request parameters and parameter description can be obtained from the API request. The following provides an example request with a body included. Replace username, domainname, ******** (login password), and xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx (project ID) with the actual values. To learn how to obtain a project ID, see Project ID and Account ID.
                                      
+
                                       
                                      The scope parameter specifies where a token takes effect. You can set scope to an account or a project under an account..
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      +POST https://{{endpoint}}/v3/auth/tokens
+Content-Type: application/json
+
+{
+    "auth": {
+        "identity": {
+            "methods": [
+                "password"
+            ],
+            "password": {
+                "user": {
+                    "name": "username",
+                    "password": "********",
+                    "domain": {
+                        "name": "domainname"
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        },
+        "scope": {
+            "project": {
+                "id": "xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx"
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
                                      
+
                                      If all data required for the API request is available, you can send the request to call the API through curl, Postman, or coding. For the API used to obtain a user token, x-subject-token in the response header is the desired user token. This token can then be used to authenticate the calling of other APIs.
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      Parent topic: Calling APIs
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/projectid_accountid.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/projectid_accountid.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..76a7a013
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/projectid_accountid.html
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+
+
+
                                      Project ID and Account ID
                                      
+
                                      Obtaining a Project ID and Account ID
                                      A project is a group of tenant resources, and an account ID corresponds to the current account. The IAM ID corresponds to the current user. You can view the project IDs, account IDs, and user IDs in different regions on the corresponding pages.
                                      1. Register with and log in to the management console.
                                      2. Hover the cursor on the username in the upper right corner and select My Credentials from the drop-down list.
                                      3. On the API Credentials page, obtain the account name, account ID, IAM username, and IAM user ID, and obtain the project ID from the project list.
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      Obtaining a Project ID by Calling an API
                                      You can obtain the project ID by calling the API to query project information. The API is GET https://{Endpoint}/v3/projects, in which {Endpoint} is the IAM endpoint and can be obtained from IAM documentation.
                                      
+
                                      For details about API authentication, see Authentication. 
                                      
+
                                      The following is a response example. The value of id under projects is the project ID. If multiple IDs are returned, obtain the desired one based on your actual region (name).
                                      
+
                                      {
+    "projects": [
+        {
+            "domain_id": "65382450e8f64ac0870cd180d14e684b",
+            "is_domain": false,
+            "parent_id": "65382450e8f64ac0870cd180d14e684b",
+            "name": "region-name",
+            "description": "",
+            "links": {
+                "next": null,
+                "previous": null,
+                "self": "https://www.example.com/v3/projects/a4a5d4098fb4474fa22cd05f897d6b99"
+            },
+            "id": "a4a5d4098fb4474fa22cd05f897d6b99",
+            "enabled": true
+        }
+    ],
+    "links": {
+        "next": null,
+        "previous": null,
+        "self": "https://www.example.com/v3/projects"
+    }
+}
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      Parent topic: Before You Start
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                      
+
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/public_sys-resources/imageclose.gif b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/public_sys-resources/imageclose.gif
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3a3344af
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/public_sys-resources/imageclose.gif differ
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/public_sys-resources/imageclosehover.gif b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/public_sys-resources/imageclosehover.gif
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8699d5e3
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/public_sys-resources/imageclosehover.gif differ
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/public_sys-resources/imagemax.gif b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/public_sys-resources/imagemax.gif
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..99c07dc2
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/public_sys-resources/imagemax.gif differ
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/public_sys-resources/imagemaxhover.gif b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/public_sys-resources/imagemaxhover.gif
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d01d77d6
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/public_sys-resources/imagemaxhover.gif differ
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/public_sys-resources/macFFBgHack.png b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/public_sys-resources/macFFBgHack.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ec811470
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/public_sys-resources/macFFBgHack.png differ
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0281.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/source_job_parameters.html
similarity index 81%
rename from docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0281.html
rename to docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/source_job_parameters.html
index ef44da83..a8e593ab 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/dataartsstudio_02_0281.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/source_job_parameters.html
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-
+
 
 
                                      Source Job Parameters
                                      
 
                                      
@@ -14,13 +14,13 @@
 
 
                                    18. From HBase/CloudTable
                                      
 
                                      19. 
-
                                    19. From FTP/SFTP/NAS (to Be Brought Offline)/SFS (to Be Brought Offline)
                                      
+
                                    20. From FTP/SFTP
                                      
 
                                      21. 
 
                                    21. From HTTP/HTTPS
                                      
 
                                      22. 
 
                                    22. From MongoDB/DDS
                                      
 
                                      23. 
-
                                    23. From Redis/DCS (to Be Brought Offline)
                                      
+
                                    24. From Redis
                                      
 
                                      25. 
 
                                    25. From DIS
                                      
 
                                      26. 
@@ -28,8 +28,6 @@
 
 
                                    26. From Elasticsearch/Cloud Search Service
                                      
 
                                      27. 
-
                                    27. From OpenTSDB
                                      
-
                                      28. 
 
 
 
                                      
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/topic_300000000_3.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/topic_300000000_3.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 8c4f8aa8..00000000
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/topic_300000000_3.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
                                      Cluster Management
                                      
-
                                          
                                      
-
                                      
-
-
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/topic_300000000_8.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/topic_300000000_8.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..68a8b4c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/topic_300000000_8.html
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+
+
+
                                      Cluster Management
                                      
+
                                          
                                      
+
                                      
+
+
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/topic_300000001_2.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/topic_300000001_2.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 955e9ec1..00000000
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/topic_300000001_2.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
                                      Job Management
                                      
-
                                          
                                      
-
                                      
-
-
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/topic_300000001_6.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/topic_300000001_6.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fb810c7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/topic_300000001_6.html
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+
+
+
                                      Job Management
                                      
+
                                          
                                      
+
                                      
+
+
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/topic_300000002_2.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/topic_300000002_2.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 4a367933..00000000
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/topic_300000002_2.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
                                      Link Management
                                      
-
                                          
                                      
-
                                      
-
-
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/topic_300000002_6.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/topic_300000002_6.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b63602c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/api-ref/topic_300000002_6.html
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+
+
+
                                      Link Management
                                      
+
                                          
                                      
+
                                      
+
+
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/ALL_META.TXT.json b/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/ALL_META.TXT.json
index 1001c66d..c01e338d 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/ALL_META.TXT.json
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/ALL_META.TXT.json
@@ -1,3381 +1,6521 @@
 [
+	{
+		"dockw":"User Guide"
+	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_12_0001.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_12_0001.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"1",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Service Overview",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Service Overview",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_07_001.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_07_001.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"2",
 		"des":"Enterprises often face challenges in the following aspects when managing data:GovernanceInconsistent data system standards impact data exchange and sharing between differ",
 		"doc_type":"productdesc",
 		"kw":"What Is DataArts Studio?,Service Overview,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"isMulti":"no",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"productdesc",
+				"isBot":"yes",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"What Is DataArts Studio?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_07_004.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_07_004.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"3",
 		"des":"A DataArts Studio instance is the minimum unit of compute resources provided for users. You can create, access, and manage multiple DataArts Studio instances at the same ",
 		"doc_type":"productdesc",
 		"kw":"Basic Concepts,Service Overview,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"isMulti":"no",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"productdesc",
+				"isBot":"yes",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Basic Concepts",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_07_005.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_07_005.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"4",
 		"des":"DataArts Migration can help you seamlessly migrate batch data between 20+ homogeneous or heterogeneous data sources. You can use it to ingest data from both on-premises a",
 		"doc_type":"productdesc",
 		"kw":"Functions,Service Overview,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"isMulti":"no",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"productdesc",
+				"isBot":"yes",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Functions",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_07_002.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_07_002.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"5",
 		"des":"DataArts Studio is a one-stop data operations platform that allows you to perform many operations, including integrating data from every domain and connecting data from d",
 		"doc_type":"productdesc",
 		"kw":"Advantages,Service Overview,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"isMulti":"no",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"productdesc",
+				"isBot":"yes",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Advantages",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_07_003.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_07_003.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"6",
 		"des":"You can use DataArts Studio to migrate offline data to the cloud and integrate the data into big data services. On the DataArts Studio management console, you can use the",
 		"doc_type":"productdesc",
 		"kw":"Application Scenarios,Service Overview,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"isMulti":"no",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"productdesc",
+				"isBot":"yes",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Application Scenarios",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_07_012.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_07_012.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"7",
 		"des":"If you need to assign different permissions to employees in your enterprise to access your DataArts Studio resources, IAM is a good choice for fine-grained permissions ma",
 		"doc_type":"productdesc",
 		"kw":"DataArts Studio Permissions Management,Service Overview,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"isMulti":"no",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"productdesc",
+				"isBot":"yes",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"DataArts Studio Permissions Management",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_07_013.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_07_013.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"8",
 		"des":"A workspace member can be assigned the role of admin, developer, operator, or viewer. This topic describes the permissions of each role.Admin: Users with this role have t",
 		"doc_type":"productdesc",
 		"kw":"DataArts Studio Permissions,Service Overview,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"isMulti":"no",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"productdesc",
+				"isBot":"yes",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"DataArts Studio Permissions",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_07_006.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_07_006.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"9",
 		"des":"The following table lists the recommended browser for logging in to DataArts Studio.Browser compatibilityBrowser VersionDescriptionGoogle Chrome 93.x or laterRecommendedB",
 		"doc_type":"productdesc",
 		"kw":"Constraints,Service Overview,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"isMulti":"no",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"productdesc",
+				"isBot":"yes",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Constraints",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_07_007.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_07_007.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"10",
 		"des":"DataArts Studio uses Identity and Access Management (IAM) for authentication and authorization.DataArts Studio uses Cloud Trace Service (CTS) to audit users' non-query op",
 		"doc_type":"productdesc",
 		"kw":"Related Services,Service Overview,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"isMulti":"no",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"productdesc",
+				"isBot":"yes",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Related Services",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_12_0002.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_12_0002.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"11",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Preparations",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Preparations",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0003.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0003.xml",
 		"product_code":"dataartsstudio",
 		"code":"12",
-		"des":"To use DataArts Studio, create a cloud platform account, create a DataArts Studio instance, and authorize a user to use DataArts Studio.For details about the preparations",
+		"des":"To use DataArts Studio, create a a cloud platform account, create a DataArts Studio instance, and authorize a user to use DataArts Studio.For details about the preparatio",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Preparations,Preparations,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dataartsstudio",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Preparations",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_1028.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_1028.xml",
 		"product_code":"dataartsstudio",
 		"code":"13",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Creating DataArts Studio Instances",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dataartsstudio",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Creating DataArts Studio Instances",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0115_0.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0115_0.xml",
 		"product_code":"dataartsstudio",
 		"code":"14",
-		"des":"Only cloud platform account users with the DAYU Administrator or Tenant Administrator permissions can create DataArts Studio instances or DataArts Studio incremental pack",
+		"des":"Only a cloud platform account users with the DAYU Administrator or Tenant Administrator permissions can create DataArts Studio instances or DataArts Studio incremental pa",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Creating a DataArts Studio Basic Package,Creating DataArts Studio Instances,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dataartsstudio",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Creating a DataArts Studio Basic Package",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0119.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0119.xml",
 		"product_code":"dataartsstudio",
 		"code":"15",
 		"des":"DataArts Studio provides basic and incremental packages. If the basic package cannot meet your requirements, you can create an incremental package. Before you create an i",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"(Optional) Creating a DataArts Studio Incremental Package,Creating DataArts Studio Instances,User Gu",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dataartsstudio",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"(Optional) Creating a DataArts Studio Incremental Package",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0011.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0011.xml",
 		"product_code":"dataartsstudio",
 		"code":"16",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Managing a Workspace",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dataartsstudio",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Managing a Workspace",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0116_0.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0116_0.xml",
 		"product_code":"dataartsstudio",
 		"code":"17",
 		"des":"By default, a workspace will be automatically created after you create a DataArts Studio instance. You will be automatically assigned the admin role and can use the defau",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Creating and Managing a Workspace,Managing a Workspace,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dataartsstudio",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Creating and Managing a Workspace",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0530.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0530.xml",
 		"product_code":"dataartsstudio",
 		"code":"18",
 		"des":"By default, job logs and Data Lake Insight (DLI) dirty data are stored in an Object Storage Service (OBS) bucket named dlf-log-{Project ID}. You can customize a log stora",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"(Optional) Changing the Job Log Storage Path,Managing a Workspace,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dataartsstudio",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"(Optional) Changing the Job Log Storage Path",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0118_0.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0118_0.xml",
 		"product_code":"dataartsstudio",
 		"code":"19",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Authorizing Users to Use DataArts Studio",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dataartsstudio",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Authorizing Users to Use DataArts Studio",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0004.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0004.xml",
 		"product_code":"dataartsstudio",
 		"code":"20",
 		"des":"Identity and Access Management (IAM) can be used for fine-grained permissions management on your DataArts Studio resources. With IAM, you can:Create IAM users for employe",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Creating an IAM User and Assigning DataArts Studio Permissions,Authorizing Users to Use DataArts Stu",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dataartsstudio",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Creating an IAM User and Assigning DataArts Studio Permissions",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0117_0.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0117_0.xml",
 		"product_code":"dataartsstudio",
 		"code":"21",
 		"des":"If you want to allow another IAM user to use your DataArts Studio instance, create an IAM user by referring to Creating an IAM User and Assigning DataArts Studio Permissi",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Adding a Member and Assigning a Role,Authorizing Users to Use DataArts Studio,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dataartsstudio",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Adding a Member and Assigning a Role",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0006.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0006.xml",
 		"product_code":"dataartsstudio",
 		"code":"22",
 		"des":"When creating OBS links, making API calls, or locating issues, you may need to obtain information such as access keys, project IDs, and endpoints. This section describes ",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"(Optional) Obtaining Authentication Information,Preparations,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dataartsstudio",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"(Optional) Obtaining Authentication Information",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_12_0004.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_12_0004.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"23",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"User Guide",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0134.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0134.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"24",
 		"des":"Before using DataArts Studio, you must conduct data and business surveys and select an appropriate data governance model.Then, make the following preparations by referrin",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Preparations Before Using DataArts Studio,User Guide,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Preparations Before Using DataArts Studio",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0008.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0008.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"25",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Management Center",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Management Center",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0005.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0005.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"26",
 		"des":"Before using DataArts Studio, select a cloud service or data warehouse as the data lake. The data lake stores raw data and data generated during data governance and serve",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Data Sources,Management Center,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Data Sources",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0009.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0009.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"27",
 		"des":"You can create data connections by configuring data sources. Based on the data connections of the Management Center, DataArts Studio performs data development, governance",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Creating Data Connections,Management Center,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Creating Data Connections",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0010.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0010.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"28",
 		"des":"To migrate resources in one workspace to another, you can use the resource migration function provided by DataArts Studio.The resources that can be migrated include the d",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Migrating Resources,Management Center,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Migrating Resources",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0350.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0350.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"29",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"Tutorials",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Tutorials",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0351.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0351.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"30",
 		"des":"This section describes how to create an MRS Hive connection between DataArts Studio and the data lake base.You have created a data lake to connect, for example, a databas",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"Creating an MRS Hive Connection,Tutorials,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Creating an MRS Hive Connection",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0352.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0352.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"31",
 		"des":"This section describes how to create a DWS connection between DataArts Studio and the data lake base.You have created a data lake to connect, for example, a database or c",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"Creating a DWS Connection,Tutorials,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Creating a DWS Connection",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0353.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0353.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"32",
 		"des":"This section describes how to create a MySQL connection between DataArts Studio and the data lake base.You have created a data lake to connect, for example, a database or",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"Creating a MySQL Connection,Tutorials,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Creating a MySQL Connection",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0012.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0012.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"33",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"DataArts Migration",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"DataArts Migration",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0013.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0013.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"34",
 		"des":"DataArts Migration is an efficient and easy-to-use data integration service. Based on the big data migration to the cloud and intelligent data lake solutions, CDM provide",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Overview,DataArts Migration,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Overview",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0015.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0015.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"35",
 		"des":"You cannot modify the flavor of an existing cluster. If you require a higher flavor, create a cluster with your desired flavor.Arm CDM clusters do not support agents. The",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Constraints,DataArts Migration,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Constraints",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0014.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0014.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"36",
 		"des":"CDM provides the following migration modes which support different data sources:Table/File migration in the import of data into a data lake or migration of data to the cl",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Supported Data Sources,DataArts Migration,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Supported Data Sources",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0017.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0017.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"37",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Managing Clusters",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Managing Clusters",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0576.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0576.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"38",
 		"des":"CDM provides independent clusters for secure and reliable data migration. Clusters are isolated from each other and cannot access each other.CDM clusters can be used in t",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Creating a CDM Cluster,Managing Clusters,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Creating a CDM Cluster",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0020.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0020.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"39",
 		"des":"After creating a CDM cluster, you can bind an EIP to or unbind an EIP from the cluster.If CDM needs to access a local or Internet data source, or a cloud service in anoth",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Binding or Unbinding an EIP,Managing Clusters,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Binding or Unbinding an EIP",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0578.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0578.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"40",
 		"des":"After modifying some configurations (for example, disabling user isolation), you must restart the cluster to make the modification take effect.You have created a CDM clus",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Restarting a Cluster,Managing Clusters,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Restarting a Cluster",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0579.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0579.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"41",
 		"des":"You can delete a CDM cluster that you no longer use.After a CDM cluster is deleted, the cluster and its data are destroyed and cannot be restored. Exercise caution when p",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Deleting a Cluster,Managing Clusters,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Deleting a Cluster",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0022.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0022.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"42",
 		"des":"This section describes how to obtain cluster logs to view the job running history and locate job failure causes.You have created a CDM cluster.The Source column is displa",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Downloading Cluster Logs,Managing Clusters,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Downloading Cluster Logs",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0021.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0021.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"43",
 		"des":"After creating a CDM cluster, you can view its basic information and modify its configurations.You can view the following basic cluster information:Cluster information: c",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Viewing Basic Cluster Information and Modifying Cluster Configurations,Managing Clusters,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Viewing Basic Cluster Information and Modifying Cluster Configurations",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0121.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0121.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"44",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Viewing Metrics",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Viewing Metrics",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0122.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0122.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"45",
 		"des":"You have obtained required Cloud Eye permissions.This section describes metrics reported by CDM to Cloud Eye as well as their namespaces and dimensions. You can use APIs ",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"CDM Metrics,Viewing Metrics,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"CDM Metrics",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0123.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0123.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"46",
 		"des":"Set the alarm rules to customize the monitored objects and notification policies. Then, learn CDM running status in a timely manner.A CDM alarm rule includes the alarm ru",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Configuring Alarm Rules,Viewing Metrics,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Configuring Alarm Rules",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0124.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0124.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"47",
 		"des":"You can use Cloud Eye to monitor the running status of a CDM cluster. You can view the monitoring metrics on the Cloud Eye console.Monitored data takes some time for tran",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Querying Metrics,Viewing Metrics,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Querying Metrics",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0023.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0023.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"48",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Managing Links",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Managing Links",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0024.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0024.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"49",
 		"des":"Before creating a data migration job, create a link to enable the CDM cluster to read data from and write data to a data source. A migration job requires a source link an",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Creating Links,Managing Links,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Creating Links",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0132.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0132.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"50",
 		"des":"The Java Database Connectivity (JDBC) provides programmatic access to relational databases. Applications can execute SQL statements and retrieve data using the JDBC API.B",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"Managing Drivers,Managing Links,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Managing Drivers",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0128.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0128.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"51",
 		"des":"If your data is stored in HDFS or a relational database, you can deploy an agent on the source network. CDM pulls data from your internal data sources through an agent bu",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Managing Agents,Managing Links,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Managing Agents",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_1096.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_1096.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"52",
 		"des":"On the Cluster Configurations page, you can create, edit, or delete Hadoop cluster configurations.When creating a Hadoop link, the Hadoop cluster configurations can simpl",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Managing Cluster Configurations,Managing Links,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Managing Cluster Configurations",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0044.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0044.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"53",
 		"des":"Common relational databases include: Data Warehouse Service (DWS), RDS for MySQL, RDS for PostgreSQL, RDS for SQL Server, PostgreSQL, Microsoft SQL Server, IBM Db2, and S",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Link to a Common Relational Database,Managing Links,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Link to a Common Relational Database",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_1214.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_1214.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"54",
 		"des":"Sharding refers to the link to multiple backend data sources at the same time. The link can be used as the job source to migrate data from multiple data sources to other ",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"Link to a Database Shard,Managing Links,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Link to a Database Shard",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_1211.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_1211.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"55",
 		"des":"Table 1 lists the parameters for a link to a MySQL database.",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"Link to a MySQL Database,Managing Links,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Link to a MySQL Database",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_1212.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_1212.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"56",
 		"des":"Table 1 lists the parameters for a link to an Oracle database.Parameters for a link to an Oracle databaseParameterDescriptionExample ValueNameLink name, which should be d",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"Link to an Oracle Database,Managing Links,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Link to an Oracle Database",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0036.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0036.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"57",
 		"des":"When connecting CDM to DLI, configure the parameters as described in Table 1.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Link to DLI,Managing Links,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Link to DLI",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0026.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0026.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"58",
 		"des":"CDM supports the following Hive data sources:MRS HiveFusionInsight HiveApache HiveMRS HiveFusionInsight HiveApache HiveYou can view a table during field mapping only when",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Link to Hive,Managing Links,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Link to Hive",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0039.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0039.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"59",
 		"des":"CDM supports the following HBase data sources:MRS HBaseFusionInsight HBaseApache HBaseMRS HBaseFusionInsight HBaseApache HBaseWhen connecting CDM to HBase of MRS, configu",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Link to HBase,Managing Links,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Link to HBase",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0040.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0040.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"60",
 		"des":"CDM supports the following HDFS data sources:MRS HDFSFusionInsight HDFSApache HDFSMRS HDFSFusionInsight HDFSApache HDFSWhen connecting CDM to HDFS of MRS, configure the p",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Link to HDFS,Managing Links,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Link to HDFS",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0045.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0045.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"61",
 		"des":"When connecting CDM to the destination OBS bucket, you need to add the read and write permissions to the destination OBS bucket, and file authentication is not required.W",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Link to OBS,Managing Links,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Link to OBS",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0028.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0028.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"62",
 		"des":"The FTP/SFTP link is used to migrate files from the on-premises file server or ECS to database.Only FTP servers running Linux are supported.When connecting CDM to an FTP ",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Link to an FTP or SFTP Server,Managing Links,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Link to an FTP or SFTP Server",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0032.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0032.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"63",
 		"des":"The Redis link is applicable to data migration of Redis created in the local data center or ECS. It is used to load data in the database or files to Redis.The DCS link is",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Link to Redis/DCS,Managing Links,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Link to Redis/DCS",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0031.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0031.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"64",
 		"des":"The DDS link is used to synchronize data from Document Database Service (DDS) on cloud to a big data platform.When connecting CDM to DDS, configure the parameters as desc",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Link to DDS,Managing Links,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Link to DDS",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0027.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0027.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"65",
 		"des":"When connecting CDM to CloudTable, configure the parameters as described in Table 1.Click Show Advanced Attributes, and then click Add to add configuration attributes of ",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Link to CloudTable,Managing Links,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Link to CloudTable",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0037.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0037.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"66",
 		"des":"When connecting CDM to CloudTable OpenTSDB, configure the parameters as described in Table 1.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Link to CloudTable OpenTSDB,Managing Links,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Link to CloudTable OpenTSDB",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0030.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0030.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"67",
 		"des":"This link is used to transfer data from a third-party cloud MongoDB service or MongoDB created in the on-premises data center or ECS to a big data platform.When connectin",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Link to MongoDB,Managing Links,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Link to MongoDB",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_004501.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_004501.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"68",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"Link to Cassandra,Managing Links,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Link to Cassandra",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0033.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0033.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"69",
 		"des":"When connecting CDM to Kafka of MRS, configure the parameters as described in Table 1.Click Show Advanced Attributes, and then click Add to add configuration attributes o",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Link to Kafka,Managing Links,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Link to Kafka",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0038.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0038.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"70",
 		"des":"When connecting CDM to DMS Kafka, configure the parameters as described in Table 1.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Link to DMS Kafka,Managing Links,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Link to DMS Kafka",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0035.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0035.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"71",
 		"des":"The Elasticsearch link is applicable to data migration of Elasticsearch services and Elasticsearch created in the local data center or ECS.The Elasticsearch connector sup",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Link to Elasticsearch/CSS,Managing Links,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Link to Elasticsearch/CSS",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0081.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0081.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"72",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Managing Jobs",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Managing Jobs",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0046.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0046.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"73",
 		"des":"CDM supports table and file migration between homogeneous or heterogeneous data sources. For details about supported data sources, see Data Sources Supported by Table/Fil",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Table/File Migration Jobs,Managing Jobs,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Table/File Migration Jobs",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0075.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0075.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"74",
 		"des":"CDM supports entire DB migration between homogeneous and heterogeneous data sources. The migration principles are the same as those in Table/File Migration Jobs. Each typ",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Creating an Entire Database Migration Job,Managing Jobs,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Creating an Entire Database Migration Job",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0047.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0047.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"75",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Source Job Parameters",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Source Job Parameters",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0048.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0048.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"76",
 		"des":"If the source link of a job is the Link to OBS, configure the source job parameters based on Table 1.Advanced attributes are optional and not displayed by default. You ca",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"From OBS,Source Job Parameters,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"From OBS",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0049.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0049.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"77",
 		"des":"When the source link of a job is the Link to HDFS, that is, when data is exported from MRS HDFS, FusionInsight HDFS, or Apache HDFS, configure the source job parameters b",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"From HDFS,Source Job Parameters,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"From HDFS",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0050.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0050.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"78",
 		"des":"When the source link of a job is the Link to HBase or Link to CloudTable, that is, when data is exported from MRS HBase, FusionInsight HBase, CloudTable, or Apache HBase,",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"From HBase/CloudTable,Source Job Parameters,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"From HBase/CloudTable",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0051.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0051.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"79",
 		"des":"If the source link of a job is the Link to Hive, configure the source job parameters based on Table 1.If the data source is Hive, CDM will automatically partition data us",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"From Hive,Source Job Parameters,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"From Hive",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0120.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0120.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"80",
 		"des":"If the source link of a job is the Link to DLI, configure the source job parameters based on Table 1.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"From DLI,Source Job Parameters,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"From DLI",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0052.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0052.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"81",
 		"des":"If the source link of a job is the Link to an FTP or SFTP Server, configure the source job parameters based on Table 1.Advanced attributes are optional and not displayed ",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"From FTP/SFTP,Source Job Parameters,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"From FTP/SFTP",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0053.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0053.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"82",
 		"des":"When the source link of a job is the HTTP link, configure the source job parameters based on Table 1. Currently, data can only be exported from the HTTP URLs.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"From HTTP,Source Job Parameters,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"From HTTP",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0054.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0054.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"83",
 		"des":"Common relational databases that can serve as the source include GaussDB(DWS), RDS for MySQL, RDS for PostgreSQL, RDS for SQL Server,  FusionInsight LibrA, PostgreSQL, Mi",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"From a Common Relational Database,Source Job Parameters,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"From a Common Relational Database",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_1254.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_1254.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"84",
 		"des":"If the source link of a job is the Link to a MySQL Database, configure the source job parameters based on Table 1.In a migration from MySQL to DWS, the constraints on the",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"From MySQL,Source Job Parameters,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"From MySQL",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_1255.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_1255.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"85",
 		"des":"If the source link of a job is the Link to an Oracle Database, configure the source job parameters based on Table 1.When an Oracle database is the migration source, if Pa",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"From Oracle,Source Job Parameters,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"From Oracle",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_1256.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_1256.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"86",
 		"des":"If the source link of a job is the Link to a Database Shard, configure the source job parameters based on Table 1.If the Source Link Name is the backend link of the shard",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"From a Database Shard,Source Job Parameters,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"From a Database Shard",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0055.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0055.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"87",
 		"des":"When you migrate MongoDB or DDS data, CDM reads the first row of the collection as an example of the field list. If the first row of data does not contain all fields of t",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"From MongoDB/DDS,Source Job Parameters,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"From MongoDB/DDS",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0056.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0056.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"88",
 		"des":"Because DCS restricts the commands for obtaining keys, it cannot serve as the migration source but can be the migration destination. The Redis service of the third-party ",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"From Redis,Source Job Parameters,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"From Redis",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0058.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0058.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"89",
 		"des":"If the source link of a job is the Link to Kafka or Link to DMS Kafka, configure the source job parameters based on Table 1.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"From Kafka/DMS Kafka,Source Job Parameters,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"From Kafka/DMS Kafka",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0059.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0059.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"90",
 		"des":"If the source link of a job is the Link to Elasticsearch/CSS, configure the source job parameters based on Table 1.On the Map Field page, you can set custom fields for th",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"From Elasticsearch or CSS,Source Job Parameters,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"From Elasticsearch or CSS",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0060.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0060.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"91",
 		"des":"If the source link of a job is the Link to CloudTable OpenTSDB, configure the source job parameters based on Table 1.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"From OpenTSDB,Source Job Parameters,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"From OpenTSDB",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0061.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0061.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"92",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Destination Job Parameters",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Destination Job Parameters",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0062.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0062.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"93",
 		"des":"If the destination link of a job is the Link to OBS, configure the destination job parameters based on Table 1.Advanced attributes are optional and not displayed by defau",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"To OBS,Destination Job Parameters,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"To OBS",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0063.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0063.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"94",
 		"des":"If the destination link of a job is one of them listed in Link to HDFS, configure the destination job parameters based on Table 1.HDFS supports the UTF-8 encoding only. R",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"To HDFS,Destination Job Parameters,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"To HDFS",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0064.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0064.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"95",
 		"des":"If the destination link of a job is one of them listed in Link to HBase or Link to CloudTable, configure the destination job parameters based on Table 1.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"To HBase/CloudTable,Destination Job Parameters,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"To HBase/CloudTable",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0066.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0066.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"96",
 		"des":"If the destination link of a job is the Link to Hive, configure the destination job parameters based on Table 1.When Hive serves as the destination end, a table whose sto",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"To Hive,Destination Job Parameters,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"To Hive",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0068.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0068.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"97",
 		"des":"Common relational databases serving as the destination include RDS for MySQL, RDS for SQL Server, and RDS for PostgreSQL.To import data to the preceding data sources, con",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"To a Common Relational Database,Destination Job Parameters,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"To a Common Relational Database",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_1251.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_1251.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"98",
 		"des":"If the destination link of a job is a DWS link, configure the destination job parameters based on Table 1.Figure 1 describes the field mapping between DWS tables created ",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"To DWS,Destination Job Parameters,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"To DWS",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0069.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0069.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"99",
 		"des":"If the destination link of a job is the Link to DDS, configure the destination job parameters based on Table 1.Parameter descriptionParameterDescriptionExample ValueDatab",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"To DDS,Destination Job Parameters,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"To DDS",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0070.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0070.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"100",
 		"des":"If the data is imported to DCS, configure the destination job parameters based on Table 1.Parameter descriptionParameterDescriptionExample ValueRedis Key PrefixKey prefix",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"To DCS,Destination Job Parameters,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"To DCS",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0071.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0071.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"101",
 		"des":"If the destination link of a job is the Link to Elasticsearch/CSS, that is, when data is imported to CSS, configure the destination job parameters based on Table 1.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"To CSS,Destination Job Parameters,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"To CSS",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0072.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0072.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"102",
 		"des":"If the destination link of a job is the Link to DLI, configure the destination job parameters based on Table 1.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"To DLI,Destination Job Parameters,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"To DLI",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0074.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0074.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"103",
 		"des":"If the destination link of a job is the Link to CloudTable OpenTSDB, configure the destination job parameters based on Table 1.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"To OpenTSDB,Destination Job Parameters,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"To OpenTSDB",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0082.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0082.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"104",
 		"des":"CDM supports scheduled execution of table/file migration jobs by minute, hour, day, week, and month. This section describes how to configure scheduled job parameters.When",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Scheduling Job Execution,Managing Jobs,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Scheduling Job Execution",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0083.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0083.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"105",
 		"des":"On the Settings tab page, you can perform the following operations:Maximum Concurrent Extractors of JobsScheduled Backup and Restoration of CDM JobsEnvironment Variables ",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Job Configuration Management,Managing Jobs,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Job Configuration Management",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0084.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0084.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"106",
 		"des":"Existing CDM jobs can be viewed, modified, deleted, started, and stopped. This section describes how to view and modify a job.Viewing job statusThe job status can be New,",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Managing a Single Job,Managing Jobs,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Managing a Single Job",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0085.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0085.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"107",
 		"des":"This section describes how to manage CDM table/file migration jobs in batches. The following operations are involved:Manage jobs by group.Run jobs in batches.Delete jobs ",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Managing Jobs in Batches,Managing Jobs,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Managing Jobs in Batches",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0125.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0125.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"108",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Auditing",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Auditing",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0126.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0126.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"109",
 		"des":"CTS provides records of operations on cloud service resources. With CTS, you can query, audit, and backtrack those operations.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Key CDM Operations Recorded by CTS,Auditing,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Key CDM Operations Recorded by CTS",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0127.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0127.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"110",
 		"des":"After you enable CTS, the system starts to record the CDM operations. The management console of CTS stores the traces of the latest seven days.This section describes how ",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Viewing Traces,Auditing,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Viewing Traces",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0086.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0086.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"111",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Tutorials",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Tutorials",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0130.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0130.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"112",
 		"des":"MRS Hive links are applicable to the MapReduce Service (MRS). This tutorial describes how to create an MRS Hive link.You have created a CDM cluster.You have obtained the ",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"Creating an MRS Hive Link,Tutorials,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Creating an MRS Hive Link",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0131.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0131.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"113",
 		"des":"MySQL links are applicable to third-party cloud MySQL services and MySQL created in a local data center or ECS. This tutorial describes how to create a MySQL link.You hav",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"Creating a MySQL Link,Tutorials,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Creating a MySQL Link",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0092.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0092.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"114",
 		"des":"MRS provides enterprise-level big data clusters on the cloud. It contains HDFS, Hive, and Spark components and is applicable to massive data analysis of enterprises.Hive ",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Migrating Data from MySQL to MRS Hive,Tutorials,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Migrating Data from MySQL to MRS Hive",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0100.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0100.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"115",
 		"des":"CDM supports table-to-OBS data migration. This section describes how to migrate tables from a MySQL database to OBS. The process is as follows:Creating a CDM Cluster and ",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"Migrating Data from MySQL to OBS,Tutorials,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Migrating Data from MySQL to OBS",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0101.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0101.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"116",
 		"des":"CDM supports table-to-table data migration. This section describes how to migrate data from MySQL to DWS. The process is as follows:Creating a CDM Cluster and Binding an ",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"Migrating Data from MySQL to DWS,Tutorials,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Migrating Data from MySQL to DWS",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0098.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0098.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"117",
 		"des":"This section describes how to migrate the entire on-premises MySQL database to RDS using the CDM's entire DB migration function.Currently, CDM can migrate the entire on-p",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Migrating an Entire MySQL Database to RDS,Tutorials,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Migrating an Entire MySQL Database to RDS",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0091.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0091.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"118",
 		"des":"Cloud Search Service provides users with structured and unstructured data search, statistics, and report capabilities. This section describes how to use CDM to migrate da",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Migrating Data from Oracle to CSS,Tutorials,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Migrating Data from Oracle to CSS",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0133.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0133.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"119",
 		"des":"CDM supports table-to-table migration. This section describes how to use CDM to migrate data from Oracle to Data Warehouse Service (DWS). The procedure is as follows:Crea",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"Migrating Data from Oracle to DWS,Tutorials,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Migrating Data from Oracle to DWS",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0088.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0088.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"120",
 		"des":"CDM supports data migration between cloud services. This section describes how to use CDM to migrate data from OBS to CSS. The procedure is as follows:Creating a CDM Clus",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Migrating Data from OBS to CSS,Tutorials,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Migrating Data from OBS to CSS",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0089.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0089.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"121",
 		"des":"DLI is a fully hosted big data query service. This section describes how to use CDM to migrate data from OBS to DLI. The procedure includes four steps:Creating a CDM Clus",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Migrating Data from OBS to DLI,Tutorials,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Migrating Data from OBS to DLI",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0103.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0103.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"122",
 		"des":"CDM supports file-to-file data migration. This section describes how to migrate data from MRS HDFS to OBS. The process is as follows:Creating a CDM Cluster and Binding an",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"Migrating Data from MRS HDFS to OBS,Tutorials,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Migrating Data from MRS HDFS to OBS",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0099.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0099.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"123",
 		"des":"CSS provides users with structured and unstructured data search, statistics, and report capabilities. This section describes how to use CDM to migrate the entire Elastics",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Migrating the Entire Elasticsearch Database to CSS,Tutorials,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Migrating the Entire Elasticsearch Database to CSS",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0087.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0087.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"124",
 		"des":"CDM allows you to migrate data from DDS to other data sources. This section describes how to use CDM to migrate data from DDS to DWS. The procedure includes four steps:Cr",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Migrating Data from DDS to DWS,Tutorials,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Migrating Data from DDS to DWS",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0110.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0110.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"125",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Advanced Operations",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Advanced Operations",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0111.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0111.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"126",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Incremental Migration",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Incremental Migration",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0112.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0112.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"127",
 		"des":"CDM supports incremental migration of file systems. After full migration is complete, all new files or only specified directories or files can be exported.Currently, CDM ",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Incremental File Migration,Incremental Migration,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Incremental File Migration",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0113.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0113.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"128",
 		"des":"CDM supports incremental migration of relational databases. After a full migration is complete, data in a specified period can be incrementally migrated. For example, dat",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Incremental Migration of Relational Databases,Incremental Migration,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Incremental Migration of Relational Databases",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0114.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0114.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"129",
 		"des":"During the creation of table/file migration jobs, CDM supports the macro variables of date and time in the following parameters of the source and destination links:Source",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Using Macro Variables of Date and Time,Incremental Migration,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Using Macro Variables of Date and Time",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0115.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0115.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"130",
 		"des":"You can use CDM to export data in a specified period of time from HBase (including MRS HBase, FusionInsight HBase, and Apache HBase) and CloudTable. The CDM scheduled job",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"HBase/CloudTable Incremental Migration,Incremental Migration,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"HBase/CloudTable Incremental Migration",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0116.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0116.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"131",
 		"des":"When a CDM job fails to be executed, CDM rolls back the data to the state before the job starts and automatically deletes data from the destination table.Parameter positi",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Migration in Transaction Mode,Advanced Operations,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Migration in Transaction Mode",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0117.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0117.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"132",
 		"des":"When you migrate files to a file system, CDM can encrypt and decrypt those files. Currently, CDM supports the following encryption modes:AES-256-GCMKMS EncryptionAES-256-",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Encryption and Decryption During File Migration,Advanced Operations,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Encryption and Decryption During File Migration",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0118.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0118.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"133",
 		"des":"CDM extracts data from the migration source and writes the data to the migration destination. Figure 1 shows the migration mode when files are migrated to OBS.During the ",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"MD5 Verification,Advanced Operations,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"MD5 Verification",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0104.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0104.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"134",
 		"des":"You can create a field converter on the Map Field page when creating a table/file migration job.Creating a field converterField mapping is not involved when the binary fo",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Field Conversion,Advanced Operations,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Field Conversion",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0105.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0105.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"135",
 		"des":"You can migrate files (a maximum of 50) with specified names from FTP, SFTP, or OBS at a time. The exported files can only be written to the same directory on the migrati",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Migrating Files with Specified Names,Advanced Operations,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Migrating Files with Specified Names",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0106.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0106.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"136",
 		"des":"During table/file migration, CDM uses delimiters to separate fields in CSV files. However, delimiters cannot be used in complex semi-structured data because the field val",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Regular Expressions for Separating Semi-structured Text,Advanced Operations,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Regular Expressions for Separating Semi-structured Text",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0109.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0109.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"137",
 		"des":"When you create a job on the CDM console to migrate tables or files of a relational database, you can add a field to record the time when they were written to the databas",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"Recording the Time When Data Is Written to the Database,Advanced Operations,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Recording the Time When Data Is Written to the Database",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0108.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0108.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"138",
 		"des":"When creating a CDM job, you need to specify File Format in the job parameters of the migration source and destination in some scenarios. This section describes the appli",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"File Formats,Advanced Operations,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"File Formats",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0400.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0400.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"139",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"DataArts Factory",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"DataArts Factory",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0401.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0401.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"140",
 		"des":"DataArts Factory is a one-stop big data collaborative development platform that provides fully managed big data scheduling capabilities. It manages various big data servi",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Overview,DataArts Factory,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Overview",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0403.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0403.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"141",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Data Management",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Data Management",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0402.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0402.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"142",
 		"des":"The data management function helps you quickly establish data models and provides you with data entities for script and job development. With data management, you can:Man",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Data Management Process,Data Management,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Data Management Process",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0404.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0404.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"143",
 		"des":"After a data connection is created, you can perform data operations on DataArts Factory, for example, managing databases, namespaces, database schema, and tables.With one",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Creating a Data Connection,Data Management,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Creating a Data Connection",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0405.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0405.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"144",
 		"des":"After creating a data connection, you can create a database on the console or using a SQL script.(Recommended) Console: You can directly create a database on the DataArts",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Creating a Database,Data Management,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Creating a Database",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0412.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0412.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"145",
 		"des":"After creating a DWS data connection, you can manage the database schemas under the DWS data connection.A DWS data connection has been created. For details, see Creating ",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"(Optional) Creating a Database Schema,Data Management,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"(Optional) Creating a Database Schema",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0416.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0416.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"146",
 		"des":"You can create a table on the DataArts Factory console, in DDL mode, or using a SQL script.(Recommended) Console: You can directly create a table on the DataArts Studio D",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Creating a Table,Data Management,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Creating a Table",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0421.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0421.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"147",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Script Development",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Script Development",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0422.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0422.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"148",
 		"des":"The script development function provides the following capabilities:Provides an online script editor for developing and debugging SQL, Python, and Shell scripts.Supports ",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Script Development Process,Script Development,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Script Development Process",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0423.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0423.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"149",
 		"des":"DataArts Factory allows you to edit, debug, and run scripts online. You must create a script before developing it.Currently, you can create the following types of scripts",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Creating a Script,Script Development,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Creating a Script",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0406.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0406.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"150",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Developing Scripts",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Developing Scripts",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0424.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0424.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"151",
 		"des":"You can develop, debug, and run SQL scripts online. The developed scripts can be run in jobs. For details, see Developing a Job.A corresponding cloud service has been ena",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Developing an SQL Script,Developing Scripts,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Developing an SQL Script",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0425.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0425.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"152",
 		"des":"You can develop, debug, and run shell scripts online. The developed scripts can be run in jobs. For details, see Developing a Job.A shell script has been added. For detai",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Developing a Shell Script,Developing Scripts,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Developing a Shell Script",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_4503.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_4503.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"153",
 		"des":"You can develop, debug, and run Python scripts online. The developed scripts can be run in jobs. For details, see Developing a Job.A Python script has been added. For det",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Developing a Python Script,Developing Scripts,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Developing a Python Script",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0901.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0901.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"154",
 		"des":"This involves the version management and lock functions.Version management: traces script and job changes, and supports version comparison and rollback. The system retain",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Submitting a Version and Unlocking the Script,Script Development,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Submitting a Version and Unlocking the Script",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0407.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0407.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"155",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"(Optional) Managing Scripts",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"(Optional) Managing Scripts",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0430.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0430.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"156",
 		"des":"This section describes how to copy a script.A script has been developed. For details about how to develop scripts, see Developing Scripts.Log in to the DataArts Studio co",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Copying a Script,(Optional) Managing Scripts,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Copying a Script",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0426.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0426.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"157",
 		"des":"You can copy the name of a script and rename a script.A script has been developed. For details about how to develop scripts, see Developing Scripts.Log in to the DataArts",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Copying the Script Name and Renaming a Script,(Optional) Managing Scripts,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Copying the Script Name and Renaming a Script",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0427.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0427.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"158",
 		"des":"You can move a script file from one directory to another or move a script directory to another directory.A script has been developed. For details about how to develop scr",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Moving a Script or Script Directory,(Optional) Managing Scripts,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Moving a Script or Script Directory",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0428.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0428.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"159",
 		"des":"You can export one or more script files from the script directory. The exported files store the latest content in the development state.Click  in the script directory and",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Exporting and Importing a Script,(Optional) Managing Scripts,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Exporting and Importing a Script",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0471.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0471.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"160",
 		"des":"This section describes how to view the references of a script or all the scripts in a folder.A script has been developed. For details about how to develop scripts, see De",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Viewing Script References,(Optional) Managing Scripts,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Viewing Script References",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0429.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0429.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"161",
 		"des":"If you do not need to use a script any more, perform the following operations to delete it.When you delete a script, the system checks whether the script is being referen",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Deleting a Script,(Optional) Managing Scripts,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Deleting a Script",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_1102.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_1102.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"162",
 		"des":"DataArts Factory allows you to change the owner for scripts with a few clicks.Log in to the DataArts Studio console. Locate an instance and click Access. On the displayed",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"Changing the Script Owner,(Optional) Managing Scripts,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Changing the Script Owner",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_1107.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_1107.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"163",
 		"des":"This section describes how to unlock scripts in batches.Log in to the DataArts Studio console. Locate an instance and click Access. On the displayed page, locate a worksp",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"Unlocking Scripts,(Optional) Managing Scripts,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Unlocking Scripts",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0431.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0431.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"164",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Job Development",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Job Development",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0432.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0432.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"165",
 		"des":"The job development function provides the following capabilities:Provides a graphical designer that allows you to quickly build a data processing workflow by drag-and-dro",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Job Development Process,Job Development,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Job Development Process",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0434.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0434.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"166",
 		"des":"A job is composed of one or more nodes that are performed collaboratively to complete data operations. Before developing a job, create a new one.Each workspace can hold a",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Creating a Job,Job Development,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Creating a Job",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0435.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0435.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"167",
 		"des":"This section describes how to develop and configure a job.You have created a job. For details about how to create a job, see Creating a Job.You have locked the job. Other",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Developing a Job,Job Development,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Developing a Job",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0470.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0470.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"168",
 		"des":"This section describes how to set up scheduling for an orchestrated job.If the processing mode of a job is batch processing, configure scheduling types for jobs. Three sc",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Setting Up Scheduling for a Job,Job Development,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Setting Up Scheduling for a Job",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0902.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0902.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"169",
 		"des":"This involves the version management and lock functions.Version management: traces script and job changes, and supports version comparison and rollback. The system retain",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Submitting a Version and Unlocking the Script,Job Development,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Submitting a Version and Unlocking the Script",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0408.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0408.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"170",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"(Optional) Managing Jobs",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"(Optional) Managing Jobs",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0440.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0440.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"171",
 		"des":"This section describes how to copy a job.A job has been developed. For details about how to develop a job, see Developing a Job.Log in to the DataArts Studio console. Loc",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Copying a Job,(Optional) Managing Jobs,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Copying a Job",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0436.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0436.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"172",
 		"des":"You can copy the name of a job and rename a job.A job has been developed. For details about how to develop a job, see Developing a Job.Log in to the DataArts Studio conso",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Copying the Job Name and Renaming a Job,(Optional) Managing Jobs,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Copying the Job Name and Renaming a Job",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0437.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0437.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"173",
 		"des":"You can move a job file from one directory to another or move a job directory to another directory.A job has been developed. For details about how to develop a job, see D",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Moving a Job or Job Directory,(Optional) Managing Jobs,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Moving a Job or Job Directory",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0438.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0438.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"174",
 		"des":"Exporting a job is to export the latest saved content in the development state.After a job is imported, the content in the development state is overwritten and a new vers",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Exporting and Importing a Job,(Optional) Managing Jobs,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Exporting and Importing a Job",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0439.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0439.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"175",
 		"des":"If you do not need to use a job any more, perform the following operations to delete it to reduce the quota usage of the job.Deleted jobs cannot be recovered. Exercise ca",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Deleting a Job,(Optional) Managing Jobs,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Deleting a Job",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_1101.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_1101.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"176",
 		"des":"DataArts Factory allows you to change the owner for jobs with a few clicks.Log in to the DataArts Studio console. Locate an instance and click Access. On the displayed pa",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"Changing the Job Owner,(Optional) Managing Jobs,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Changing the Job Owner",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_1108.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_1108.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"177",
 		"des":"This section describes how to unlock jobs in batches.Log in to the DataArts Studio console. Locate an instance and click Access. On the displayed page, locate a workspace",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"Unlocking Jobs,(Optional) Managing Jobs,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Unlocking Jobs",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0503.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0503.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"178",
 		"des":"The solution aims to provide users with convenient and systematic management operations and better meet service requirements and objectives. Each solution can contain one",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Solution,DataArts Factory,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Solution",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_1105.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_1105.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"179",
 		"des":"This section describes how to view the execution history of scripts, jobs, and nodes over a week.This function depends on OBS buckets. For details about how to configure ",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"Execution History,DataArts Factory,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Execution History",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0505.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0505.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"180",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"O&M and Scheduling",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"O&M and Scheduling",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0506.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0506.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"181",
 		"des":"Choose Monitoring > Overview. On the Overview page, you can view the statistics of job instances in charts. Currently, you can view four types of statistics:Today's Job I",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Overview,O&M and Scheduling,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Overview",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0413.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0413.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"182",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Monitoring a Job",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Monitoring a Job",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0508.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0508.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"183",
 		"des":"In the batch processing mode, data is processed periodically in batches based on the job-level scheduling plan, which is used in scenarios with low real-time requirements",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Monitoring a Batch Job,Monitoring a Job,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Monitoring a Batch Job",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0509.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0509.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"184",
 		"des":"In the real-time processing mode, data is processed in real time, which is used in scenarios with high real-time performance. This type of job is a pipeline that consists",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Monitoring a Real-Time Job,Monitoring a Job,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Monitoring a Real-Time Job",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0511.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0511.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"185",
 		"des":"Each time a job is executed, a job instance record is generated. In the navigation pane of the DataArts Factory console, choose Monitoring. On the Monitor Instance page, ",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Monitoring an Instance,O&M and Scheduling,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Monitoring an Instance",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0512.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0512.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"186",
 		"des":"In the navigation tree of the DataArts Factory console, choose MonitoringMonitor PatchData.On the PatchData Monitoring page, you can view the task status, service date, n",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Monitoring PatchData,O&M and Scheduling,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Monitoring PatchData",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0414.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0414.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"187",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Managing Notifications",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Managing Notifications",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0514.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0514.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"188",
 		"des":"You can configure DLF to notify you of job success after it is performed.Before configuring a notification for a job:Message notification has been enabled and a topic has",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Managing a Notification,Managing Notifications,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Managing a Notification",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0515.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0515.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"189",
 		"des":"Notifications can be set to specified personnel by day, week, or month, allowing related personnel to regularly understand job scheduling information about the quantity o",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Cycle Overview,Managing Notifications,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Cycle Overview",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0516.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0516.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"190",
 		"des":"You can back up all jobs, scripts, resources, and environment variables on a daily basis.You can also restore assets that have been backed up, including jobs, scripts, re",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Managing Backups,O&M and Scheduling,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Managing Backups",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0517.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0517.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"191",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Configuration and Management",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Configuration and Management",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0510.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0510.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"192",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Configuring Resources",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Configuring Resources",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0504.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0504.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"193",
 		"des":"This topic describes how to configure and use environment variables.Configure job parameters. If a parameter belongs to multiple jobs, you can extract this parameter as a",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Configuring Environment Variables,Configuring Resources,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Configuring Environment Variables",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_1106.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_1106.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"194",
 		"des":"The execution history of scripts, jobs, and nodes is stored in OBS buckets. If no OBS bucket is available, you cannot view the execution history. This section describes h",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"Configuring an OBS Bucket,Configuring Resources,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Configuring an OBS Bucket",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0532.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0532.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"195",
 		"des":"Job labels are used to label jobs of the same or similar purposes to facilitate job management and query. This section describes how to manage job labels, including addin",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Managing Job Labels,Configuring Resources,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Managing Job Labels",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0555.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0555.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"196",
 		"des":"The following problems may occur during job execution in DataArts Factory:The job execution mechanism of the DataArts Factory module is to execute the job as the user who",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Configuring Agencies,Configuring Resources,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Configuring Agencies",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_04501.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_04501.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"197",
 		"des":"This section describes how to configure a default item.If a parameter is invoked by multiple jobs, you can use this parameter as the default configuration item. In this w",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"Configuring a Default Item,Configuring Resources,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Configuring a Default Item",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0519.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0519.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"198",
 		"des":"You can upload custom code or text files as resources on Manage Resource and schedule them when running nodes. Nodes that can invoke resources include DLI Spark, MRS Spar",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Managing Resources,Configuration and Management,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Managing Resources",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0441.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0441.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"199",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Node Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Node Reference",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0442.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0442.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"200",
 		"des":"A node defines the operations performed on data. DataArts Factory provides nodes used for data integration, computing and analysis, database operations, and resource mana",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Node Overview,Node Reference,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Node Overview",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0443.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0443.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"201",
 		"des":"The CDM Job node is used to run a predefined CDM job for data migration.Table 1, Table 2, and Table 3 describe the parameters of the CDM Job node. Configure the lineage t",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"CDM Job,Node Reference,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"CDM Job",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0447.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0447.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"202",
 		"des":"The Rest Client node is used to respond to RESTful requests in . Only the RESTful requests that have been authenticated by using IAM tokens are supported.If some APIs of ",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Rest Client,Node Reference,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Rest Client",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0448.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0448.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"203",
 		"des":"The Import GES node is used to import files from an OBS bucket to a GES graph.Table 1 and Table 2 describe the parameters of the Import GES node.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Import GES,Node Reference,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Import GES",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0537.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0537.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"204",
 		"des":"The MRS Kafka node is used to query the number of messages that are not consumed by a topic.Table 1 and Table 2 describe the parameters of the MRS Kafka node.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"MRS Kafka,Node Reference,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"MRS Kafka",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0538.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0538.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"205",
 		"des":"The Kafka Client node is used to send data to Kafka topics.Table 1 describes the parameters of the Kafka Client node.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Kafka Client,Node Reference,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Kafka Client",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_1098.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_1098.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"206",
 		"des":"The ROMA FDI Job node executes a predefined ROMA Connect data integration task to implement data integration and conversion between the source and destination.This node e",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"ROMA FDI Job,Node Reference,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"ROMA FDI Job",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0536.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0536.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"207",
 		"des":"The DLI Flink Job node is used to execute a predefined DLI job for real-time analysis of streaming data.This node enables you to start a DLI job or query whether a DLI jo",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"DLI Flink  Job,Node Reference,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"DLI Flink  Job",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0450.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0450.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"208",
 		"des":"The DLI SQL node is used to transfer SQL statements to DLI for data source analysis and exploration.This node enables you to execute DLI statements during periodical or r",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"DLI SQL,Node Reference,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"DLI SQL",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0451.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0451.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"209",
 		"des":"The DLI Spark node is used to execute a predefined Spark job.Table 1, Table 2, and Table 3 describe the parameters of the DLI Sparknode node.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"DLI Spark,Node Reference,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"DLI Spark",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0452.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0452.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"210",
 		"des":"The DWS SQL node is used to transfer SQL statements to DWS.For details about how to use the DWS SQL operator, see Developing a DWS SQL Job.This node enables you to execut",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"DWS SQL,Node Reference,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"DWS SQL",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0453.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0453.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"211",
 		"des":"The MRS Spark SQL node is used to execute a predefined SparkSQL statement on MRS.Table 1, Table 2, and Table 3 describe the parameters of the MRS Spark SQLnode node.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"MRS Spark SQL,Node Reference,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"MRS Spark SQL",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0454.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0454.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"212",
 		"des":"The MRS Hive SQL node is used to execute a predefined Hive SQL script on DLF.Table 1, Table 2, and Table 3 describe the parameters of the MRS Hive SQLnode node.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"MRS Hive SQL,Node Reference,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"MRS Hive SQL",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_1099.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_1099.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"213",
 		"des":"The MRS Presto SQL node is used to execute the Presto SQL script predefined in DataArts Factory.Table 1, Table 2, and Table 3 describe the parameters of the MRS Presto SQ",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"MRS Presto SQL,Node Reference,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"MRS Presto SQL",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0455.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0455.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"214",
 		"des":"The MRS Spark node is used to execute a predefined Spark job on MRS.Table 1, Table 2, and Table 3 describe the parameters of the MRS Sparknode node.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"MRS Spark,Node Reference,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"MRS Spark",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0456.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0456.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"215",
 		"des":"The MRS Spark Python node is used to execute a predefined Spark Python job on MRS.For details about how to use the MRS Spark Python operator, see Developing an MRS Spark ",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"MRS Spark Python,Node Reference,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"MRS Spark Python",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0554.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0554.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"216",
 		"des":"The MRS Flink node is used to execute predefined Flink jobs in MRS.Table 1 and Table 2 describe the parameters of the MRS Flink node.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"MRS Flink Job,Node Reference,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"MRS Flink Job",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0457.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0457.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"217",
 		"des":"The MRS MapReduce node is used to execute a predefined MapReduce program on MRS.Table 1 and Table 2 describe the parameters of the MRS MapReduce node.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"MRS MapReduce,Node Reference,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"MRS MapReduce",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0458.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0458.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"218",
 		"des":"The CSS node is used to process CSS requests and enable online distributed searching.Table 1 and Table 2 describe the parameters of the CSS node.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"CSS,Node Reference,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"CSS",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0459.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0459.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"219",
 		"des":"The Shell node is used to execute a shell script.With EL expression #{Job.getNodeOutput()}, you can obtain the desired content (4000 characters at most and counted backwa",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Shell,Node Reference,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Shell",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0460.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0460.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"220",
 		"des":"The RDS SQL node is used to transfer SQL statements to RDS.Table 1 and Table 2 describe the parameters of the RDS SQL node.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"RDS SQL,Node Reference,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"RDS SQL",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0461.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0461.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"221",
 		"des":"The ETL Job node is used to extract data from a specified data source, preprocess the data, and import the data to the target data source.Table 1, Table 2, and Table 3 de",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"ETL Job,Node Reference,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"ETL Job",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_4504.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_4504.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"222",
 		"des":"The Python node is used to execute Python statements.Before using a Python node, ensure that the host connected to the node has an environment for executing Python script",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Python,Node Reference,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Python",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0462.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0462.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"223",
 		"des":"This function depends on OBS.The Create OBS node is used to create buckets and directories on OBS.Table 1 and Table 2 describe the parameters of the Create OBS node.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Create OBS,Node Reference,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Create OBS",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0463.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0463.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"224",
 		"des":"This function depends on OBS.The Delete OBS node is used to delete a bucket or directory on OBS.Table 1 and Table 2 describe the parameters of the Delete OBS node.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Delete OBS,Node Reference,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Delete OBS",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0464.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0464.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"225",
 		"des":"This function depends on OBS.The OBS Manager node is used to move or copy files from an OBS bucket to a specified directory.Table 1, Table 2, and Table 3 describe the par",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"OBS Manager,Node Reference,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"OBS Manager",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0465.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0465.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"226",
 		"des":"You can use the Open/Close Resource node to enable or disable  services as required.Table 1 and Table 2 describe the parameters of the Open/Close Resource node.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Open/Close Resource,Node Reference,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Open/Close Resource",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0472.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0472.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"227",
 		"des":"The Data Quality Monitor node is used to monitor the quality of running data.Table 1 and Table 2 describe the parameters of the Data Quality Monitor node.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Data Quality Monitor,Node Reference,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Data Quality Monitor",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0467.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0467.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"228",
 		"des":"The Subjob node is used to call the batch job that does not contain the subjob node.Table 1 and Table 2 describe the parameters of the Subjob node.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Subjob,Node Reference,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Subjob",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0535.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0535.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"229",
 		"des":"The For Each node specifies a subjob to be executed cyclically and assigns values to variables in a subjob with a dataset.Table 1 describes the parameters of the For Each",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"For Each,Node Reference,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"For Each",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0468.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0468.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"230",
 		"des":"The SMN node is used to send notifications to users.Table 1 and Table 2 describe the parameters of the SMN node.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"SMN,Node Reference,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"SMN",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0469.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0469.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"231",
 		"des":"The Dummy node is empty and does not perform any operations. It is used to simplify the complex connection relationships of nodes. Figure 1 shows an example.Table 1 descr",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Dummy,Node Reference,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Dummy",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0493.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0493.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"232",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"EL Expression Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"EL Expression Reference",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0494.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0494.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"233",
 		"des":"Node parameter values in a DataArts Factory job can be dynamically generated based on the running environment by using Expression Language (EL). You can determine whether",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Expression Overview,EL Expression Reference,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Expression Overview",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0495.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0495.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"234",
 		"des":"EL supports most of the arithmetic and logic operators provided by Java.If variable a is empty, default is returned. If variable a is not empty, a itself is returned. The",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Basic Operators,EL Expression Reference,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Basic Operators",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0496.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0496.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"235",
 		"des":"The date and time in the EL expression can be displayed in a user-specified format. The date and time format is specified by the date and time mode character string. The ",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Date and Time Mode,EL Expression Reference,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Date and Time Mode",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0497.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0497.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"236",
 		"des":"An Env embedded object provides a method of obtaining an environment variable value.The EL expression used to obtain the value of environment variable test is as follows:",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Env Embedded Objects,EL Expression Reference,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Env Embedded Objects",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0498.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0498.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"237",
 		"des":"A job object provides properties and methods of obtaining the output message, job scheduling plan time, and job execution time of the previous node in a job.The expressio",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Job Embedded Objects,EL Expression Reference,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Job Embedded Objects",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0499.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0499.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"238",
 		"des":"A StringUtil embedded object provides methods of operating character strings, for example, truncating a substring from a character string.StringUtil is implemented throug",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"StringUtil Embedded Objects,EL Expression Reference,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"StringUtil Embedded Objects",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0500.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0500.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"239",
 		"des":"A DateUtil embedded object provides methods of formatting time and calculating time.The previous day of the job scheduling plan time is used as the subdirectory name to g",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"DateUtil Embedded Objects,EL Expression Reference,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"DateUtil Embedded Objects",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0501.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0501.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"240",
 		"des":"A JSONUtil embedded object provides JSON object methods.The content of variable str is as follows:The expression for obtaining the area code of city1 is as follows:",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"JSONUtil Embedded Objects,EL Expression Reference,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"JSONUtil Embedded Objects",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0534.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0534.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"241",
 		"des":"You can use Loop embedded objects to obtain data from the For Each dataset.The EL expression for the Foreach operator to cyclically obtain the first column of the output ",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Loop Embedded Objects,EL Expression Reference,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Loop Embedded Objects",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0553.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0553.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"242",
 		"des":"The OBSUtil embedded objects provide a series of OBS operation methods, for example, checking whether an OBS file or directory exists.The following is the EL expression f",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"OBSUtil Embedded Objects,EL Expression Reference,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"OBSUtil Embedded Objects",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0502.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0502.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"243",
 		"des":"With this example, you can understand how to use EL expressions in the following applications:Using variables in the SQL script of DataArts FactoryTransferring parameters",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Expression Use Example,EL Expression Reference,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Expression Use Example",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0520.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0520.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"244",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Usage Guidance",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Usage Guidance",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0580.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0580.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"245",
 		"des":"You can set a job that meets the scheduling period conditions as the dependency jobs for a job that is scheduled periodically. For details about how to set a dependency j",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"Job Dependency,Usage Guidance,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Job Dependency",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0583.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0583.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"246",
 		"des":"When developing and orchestrating jobs in DataArts Factory, you can use IF statements to determine the branch to execute.This section describes how to use IF statements i",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"IF Statements,Usage Guidance,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"IF Statements",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0581.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0581.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"247",
 		"des":"The Rest Client node can execute RESTful requests.This tutorial describes how to obtain the return value of the Rest Client node, covering the following two application s",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"Obtaining the Return Value of a Rest Client Node,Usage Guidance,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Obtaining the Return Value of a Rest Client Node",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0582.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0582.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"248",
 		"des":"During job development, if some jobs have different parameters but the same processing logic, you can use For Each nodes to avoid repeated job development.You can use a F",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Using For Each Nodes,Usage Guidance,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Using For Each Nodes",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0529.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0529.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"249",
 		"des":"This section describes how to develop and execute a Python script using DataArts Factory.An ECS named ecs-dgc has been created.In this example, the ECS uses the CentOS 8.",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"Developing a Python Script,Usage Guidance,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Developing a Python Script",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0524.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0524.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"250",
 		"des":"This section describes how to use the DWS SQL operator to develop a job on DataArts Factory.This tutorial describes how to develop a DWS job to collect the sales volume o",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"Developing a DWS SQL Job,Usage Guidance,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Developing a DWS SQL Job",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0522.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0522.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"251",
 		"des":"This section introduces how to develop Hive SQL scripts on DataArts Factory.As a one-stop big data development platform, DataArts Factory supports development of multiple",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Developing a Hive SQL Job,Usage Guidance,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Developing a Hive SQL Job",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0521.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0521.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"252",
 		"des":"This section introduces how to develop a DLI Spark job on DataArts Factory.In most cases, SQL is used to analyze and process data when using Data Lake Insight (DLI). Howe",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Developing a DLI Spark Job,Usage Guidance,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"yes",
+				"IsMulti":"No",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Developing a DLI Spark Job",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0526.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0526.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"253",
 		"des":"This section describes how to develop an MRS Flink job on DataArts Factory. Use an MRS Flink job to count the number of words.You have the permission to access OBS paths.",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"Developing an MRS Flink Job,Usage Guidance,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Developing an MRS Flink Job",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0525.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_01_0525.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"254",
 		"des":"This section describes how to develop an MRS Spark Python on DataArts Factory.PrerequisitesYou have the permission to access OBS paths.Data preparationPrepare the script ",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"Developing an MRS Spark Python Job,Usage Guidance,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Developing an MRS Spark Python Job",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_12_0005.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_12_0005.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"255",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"FAQs",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"FAQs",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0002.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0002.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"256",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Consultation and Billing",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"IsMulti":"no",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Consultation and Billing",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0052.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0052.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"257",
 		"des":"We use a region to identify the location of a data center. You can create resources in a specific region.A region is a physical data center. Each region is completely ind",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Regions,Consultation and Billing,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"IsMulti":"no",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Regions",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0061.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0061.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"258",
 		"des":"Check whether the user has been added to the workspace. If not, perform the following steps to add the user:Log in to the DataArts Studio console and access the Workspace",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"What Should I Do If a User Cannot View Existing Workspaces After I Have Assigned the Required Policy",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"IsMulti":"no",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"What Should I Do If a User Cannot View Existing Workspaces After I Have Assigned the Required Policy to the User?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0222.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0222.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"259",
 		"des":"After workspaces are created, they cannot be deleted. You can disable workspaces when they are no longer needed. You can enable them again when you need these workspaces.",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"Can I Delete DataArts Studio Workspaces?,Consultation and Billing,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Can I Delete DataArts Studio Workspaces?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0131.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0131.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"260",
 		"des":"No. the purchased or trial instance cannot be transferred to another account.",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"Can I Transfer a Purchased or Trial Instance to Another Account?,Consultation and Billing,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Can I Transfer a Purchased or Trial Instance to Another Account?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0087.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0087.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"261",
 		"des":"No. You cannot downgrade a purchased DataArts Studio instance.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Does DataArts Studio Support Version Downgrade?,Consultation and Billing,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"IsMulti":"no",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Does DataArts Studio Support Version Downgrade?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0022.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0022.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"262",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Management Center",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"IsMulti":"no",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Management Center",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0008.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0008.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"263",
 		"des":"For details about the data connections supported by DataArts Studio, see Data Sources Supported by DataArts Studio.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Which Data Connections Are Supported by DataArts Studio?,Management Center,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"IsMulti":"no",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Which Data Connections Are Supported by DataArts Studio?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0009.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0009.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"264",
 		"des":"When creating a DWS, MRS Hive, RDS, and SparkSQL data connection, you must bind an agent provided by the CDM cluster. Currently, a version of the CDM cluster earlier than",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"What Are the Precautions for Creating Data Connections?,Management Center,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"IsMulti":"no",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"What Are the Precautions for Creating Data Connections?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0016.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0016.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"265",
 		"des":"The possible cause is that the CDM cluster is stopped or a concurrency conflict occurs. You can switch to another agent to temporarily avoid this issue.To resolve this is",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Why Do DWS/Hive/HBase Data Connections Fail to Obtain the Information About Database or Tables?,Mana",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"IsMulti":"no",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Why Do DWS/Hive/HBase Data Connections Fail to Obtain the Information About Database or Tables?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0017.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0017.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"266",
 		"des":"Possible causes are as follows:Hive/HBase components were not selected during MRS cluster creation.The network between the CDM cluster and MRS cluster was disconnected wh",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Why Are MRS Hive/HBase Clusters Not Displayed on the Page for Creating Data Connections?,Management ",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"IsMulti":"no",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Why Are MRS Hive/HBase Clusters Not Displayed on the Page for Creating Data Connections?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0054.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0054.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"267",
 		"des":"The failure may be caused by the rights separation function of the DWS cluster. On the DWS console, click the corresponding cluster, choose Security Settings, and disable",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"What Should I Do If the Connection Test Fails When I Enable the SSL Connection During the Creation o",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"IsMulti":"no",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"What Should I Do If the Connection Test Fails When I Enable the SSL Connection During the Creation of a DWS Data Connection?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0089.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0089.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"268",
 		"des":"Multiple data connections of the same type or different types can be created in the same workspace, but their names must be unique.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Can I Create Multiple Data Connections in a Workspace in Proxy Mode?,Management Center,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"IsMulti":"no",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Can I Create Multiple Data Connections in a Workspace in Proxy Mode?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0137.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0137.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"269",
 		"des":"You are advised to choose a proxy connection.",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"Should I Choose a Direct or a Proxy Connection When Creating a DWS Connection?,Management Center,Use",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Should I Choose a Direct or a Proxy Connection When Creating a DWS Connection?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0153.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0153.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"270",
 		"des":"You can export the jobs in DataArts Factory and then import them to DataArts Factory in another workspace.You can export data connections on the Migrate Resources page of",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"How Do I Migrate the Data Development Jobs and Data Connections from One Workspace to Another?,Manag",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"How Do I Migrate the Data Development Jobs and Data Connections from One Workspace to Another?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0154.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0154.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"271",
 		"des":"No, but you can change the names of workspaces.",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"Can I Delete Workspaces?,Management Center,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Can I Delete Workspaces?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0027.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0027.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"272",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"DataArts Migration",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"IsMulti":"no",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"DataArts Migration",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0138.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0138.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"273",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"General",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"General",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0139.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0139.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"274",
 		"des":"CDM is developed based on a distributed computing framework and leverages the parallel data processing technology. Table 1 details the advantages of CDM.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"What Are the Advantages of CDM?,General,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"What Are the Advantages of CDM?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0140.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0140.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"275",
 		"des":"CDM is a fully hosted service that provides the following capabilities to protect user data security:Instance isolation: CDM users can use only their own instances. Insta",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"What Are the Security Protection Mechanisms of CDM?,General,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"What Are the Security Protection Mechanisms of CDM?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0099.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0099.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"276",
 		"des":"When migrating the data on the public network, use NAT Gateway to share the EIPs with other ECSs in the subnet. In this way, data on the on-premises data center or third-",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"How Do I Reduce the Cost of Using CDM?,General,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"How Do I Reduce the Cost of Using CDM?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0302.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0302.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"277",
 		"des":"No. To use a later version cluster, you can create one.",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"Can I Upgrade a CDM Cluster?,General,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Can I Upgrade a CDM Cluster?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0141.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0141.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"278",
 		"des":"Theoretically, a cdm.large CDM instance can migrate 1 TB to 8 TB data per day. The actual transmission rate is affected by factors such as the Internet bandwidth, cluster",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"How Is the Migration Performance of CDM?,General,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"How Is the Migration Performance of CDM?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0124.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0124.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"279",
 		"des":"Table 1 lists the number of concurrent jobs for different CDM cluster versions.You are advised to use multiple CDM clusters in the following and other scenarios as needed",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"What Is the Number of Concurrent Jobs for Different CDM Cluster Versions?,General,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"What Is the Number of Concurrent Jobs for Different CDM Cluster Versions?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0142.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0142.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"280",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Functions",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Functions",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0069.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0069.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"281",
 		"des":"CDM supports incremental data migration. With scheduled jobs and macro variables of date and time, CDM provides incremental data migration in the following scenarios:Incr",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Does CDM Support Incremental Data Migration?,Functions,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Does CDM Support Incremental Data Migration?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0028.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0028.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"282",
 		"des":"Yes. CDM supports the following field converters:AnonymizationTrimReverse StringReplace StringExpression ConversionYou can create a field converter on the Map Field page ",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Does CDM Support Field Conversion?,Functions,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Does CDM Support Field Conversion?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0107.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0107.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"283",
 		"des":"The recommended component versions can be used as both the source and destination.",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"What Component Versions Are Recommended for Migrating Hadoop Data Sources?,Functions,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"What Component Versions Are Recommended for Migrating Hadoop Data Sources?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0029.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0029.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"284",
 		"des":"CDM can read and write data in SequenceFile, TextFile, ORC, or Parquet format from the Hive data source.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"What Data Formats Are Supported When the Data Source Is Hive?,Functions,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"What Data Formats Are Supported When the Data Source Is Hive?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0030.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0030.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"285",
 		"des":"CDM does not support direct job migration across clusters. However, you can use the batch job import and export function to indirectly implement cross-cluster migration a",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Can I Synchronize Jobs to Other Clusters?,Functions,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Can I Synchronize Jobs to Other Clusters?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0031.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0031.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"286",
 		"des":"CDM supports batch job creation with the help of the batch import function. You can create jobs in batches as follows:Create a job manually.Export the job and save the jo",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Can I Create Jobs in Batches?,Functions,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Can I Create Jobs in Batches?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0100.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0100.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"287",
 		"des":"Yes.Access the DataArts Factory module of the DataArts Studio service.In the navigation pane of the DataArts Factory homepage, choose Data Development > Develop Job to cr",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"Can I Schedule Jobs in Batches?,Functions,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Can I Schedule Jobs in Batches?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0032.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0032.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"288",
 		"des":"Yes. If you do not need to use the CDM cluster for a long time, you can stop or delete it to reduce costs.Before the deletion, you can use the batch export function of CD",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"How Do I Back Up CDM Jobs?,Functions,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"How Do I Back Up CDM Jobs?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0119.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0119.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"289",
 		"des":"To ensure that CDM can communicate with the HANA cluster, perform the following operations:Disable Statement Routing of the HANA cluster. Note that this will increase the",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"How Do I Configure the Connection If Only Some Nodes in the HANA Cluster Can Communicate with the CD",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"How Do I Configure the Connection If Only Some Nodes in the HANA Cluster Can Communicate with the CDM Cluster?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0101.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0101.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"290",
 		"des":"CDM provides RESTful APIs to implement automatic job creation or execution control by program invocation.The following describes how to use CDM to migrate data from table",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"How Do I Use Java to Invoke CDM RESTful APIs to Create Data Migration Jobs?,Functions,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"How Do I Use Java to Invoke CDM RESTful APIs to Create Data Migration Jobs?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0033.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0033.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"291",
 		"des":"Many enterprises deploy key data sources on the intranet, such as databases and file servers. CDM runs on the cloud. To migrate the intranet data to the cloud using CDM, ",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"How Do I Connect the On-Premises Intranet or Third-Party Private Network to CDM?,Functions,User Guid",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"How Do I Connect the On-Premises Intranet or Third-Party Private Network to CDM?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0336.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0336.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"292",
 		"des":"The number of concurrent extractors in a CDM migration job is related to the cluster specifications and table size. The value range is 1 to 300. If the value is too large",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"How Do I Set the Number of Concurrent Extractors for a CDM Migration Job?,Functions,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"How Do I Set the Number of Concurrent Extractors for a CDM Migration Job?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0337.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0337.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"293",
 		"des":"No. If data is written to the source during the migration, an error may occur.",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"Does CDM Support Real-Time Migration of Dynamic Data?,Functions,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Does CDM Support Real-Time Migration of Dynamic Data?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0143.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0143.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"294",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Troubleshooting",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Troubleshooting",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0106.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0106.xml",
 		"product_code":"cdm",
 		"code":"295",
 		"des":"When CDM is used to import data from OBS to SQL Server, the job fails to be executed and error message \"Unable to execute the SQL statement. Cause: \"String or binary data",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"What Can I Do If Error Message \"Unable to execute the SQL statement\" Is Displayed When I Import Data",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"cdm",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"What Can I Do If Error Message \"Unable to execute the SQL statement\" Is Displayed When I Import Data from OBS to SQL Server?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0071.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0071.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"296",
 		"des":"When CDM is used to migrate Oracle data to DWS, an error is reported, as shown in Figure 1.During data migration, if the entire table is queried and the table contains a ",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Why Is Error ORA-01555 Reported During Migration from Oracle to DWS?,Troubleshooting,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"IsMulti":"no",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Why Is Error ORA-01555 Reported During Migration from Oracle to DWS?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0072.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0072.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"297",
 		"des":"By default, the userAdmin role has only the permissions to manage roles and users and does not have the read and write permissions on a database.If the MongoDB connection",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"What Should I Do If the MongoDB Connection Migration Fails?,Troubleshooting,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"IsMulti":"no",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"What Should I Do If the MongoDB Connection Migration Fails?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0093.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0093.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"298",
 		"des":"Manually stop the Hive migration job and add the following attribute settings to the Hive data connection:Attribute Name: hive.server2.idle.operation.timeoutValue: 10mIn ",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"What Should I Do If a Hive Migration Job Is Suspended for a Long Period of Time?,Troubleshooting,Use",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"IsMulti":"no",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"What Should I Do If a Hive Migration Job Is Suspended for a Long Period of Time?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0109.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0109.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"299",
 		"des":"When you use CDM to migrate data to DWS, the migration job fails and the error message \"value too long for type character varying\" is displayed in the execution log.The p",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"What Should I Do If an Error Is Reported Because the Field Type Mapping Does Not Match During Data M",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"What Should I Do If an Error Is Reported Because the Field Type Mapping Does Not Match During Data Migration Using CDM?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0110.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0110.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"300",
 		"des":"The following error message is displayed during MySQL migration: \"Unable to connect to the database server. Cause: connect timed out.\"The table has a large data volume, a",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"What Should I Do If a JDBC Connection Timeout Error Is Reported During MySQL Migration?,Troubleshoot",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"What Should I Do If a JDBC Connection Timeout Error Is Reported During MySQL Migration?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0121.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0121.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"301",
 		"des":"You are advised to clear historical data and try again. In addition, when creating a migration job, you are advised to enable the system to clear historical data. This gr",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"What Should I Do If a CDM Migration Job Fails After a Link from Hive to DWS Is Created?,Troubleshoot",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"What Should I Do If a CDM Migration Job Fails After a Link from Hive to DWS Is Created?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0122.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0122.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"302",
 		"des":"CDM does not support this operation. You are advised to manually export a MySQL data file, enable the SFTP service on the server, and create a CDM job with SFTP as the so",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"How Do I Use CDM to Export MySQL Data to an SQL File and Upload the File to an OBS Bucket?,Troublesh",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"How Do I Use CDM to Export MySQL Data to an SQL File and Upload the File to an OBS Bucket?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0123.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0123.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"303",
 		"des":"Dirty data writing is configured, but no dirty data exists. You need to decrease the number of concurrent tasks to avoid this issue.",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"What Should I Do If CDM Fails to Migrate Data from OBS to DLI?,Troubleshooting,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"What Should I Do If CDM Fails to Migrate Data from OBS to DLI?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0132.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0132.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"304",
 		"des":"This error is reported because the customer's certificate has expired. Update the certificate and reconfigure the connector.",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"What Should I Do If a CDM Connector Reports the Error \"Configuration Item [linkConfig.iamAuth] Does ",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"What Should I Do If a CDM Connector Reports the Error \"Configuration Item [linkConfig.iamAuth] Does Not Exist\"?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0333.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0333.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"305",
 		"des":"If you create a link or save a job in a CDM cluster of an earlier version, and then access a CDM cluster of a later version, this error occurs occasionally.Manually clear",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"What Should I Do If Error Message\"Configuration Item [throttlingConfig.concurrentSubJobs] Does Not E",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"What Should I Do If Error Message\"Configuration Item [throttlingConfig.concurrentSubJobs] Does Not Exist\" Is Displayed During Job Creation?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0166.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0166.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"306",
 		"des":"This failure occurs because you do not have the required permissions. Create another service user, grant the required permissions to it, and try again.To create a data co",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"What Should I Do If Message \"CORE_0031:Connect time out. (Cdm.0523)\" Is Displayed During the Creatio",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"What Should I Do If Message \"CORE_0031:Connect time out. (Cdm.0523)\" Is Displayed During the Creation of an MRS Hive Link?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0167.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0167.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"307",
 		"des":"The cause is that the database table name contains special characters, resulting in incorrect syntax. You can resolve this issue by renaming the database table according ",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"What Should I Do If Message \"CDM Does Not Support Auto Creation of an Empty Table with No Column\" Is",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"What Should I Do If Message \"CDM Does Not Support Auto Creation of an Empty Table with No Column\" Is Displayed When I Enable Auto Table Creation?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0334.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0334.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"308",
 		"des":"This may be because you have uploaded the latest ORACLE_8 driver (for example, Oracle Database 21c (21.3) driver), which is not supported yet. You are advised to use the ",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"What Should I Do If I Cannot Obtain the Schema Name When Creating an Oracle Relational Database Migr",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"What Should I Do If I Cannot Obtain the Schema Name When Creating an Oracle Relational Database Migration Job?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0035.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0035.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"309",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"DataArts Factory",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"IsMulti":"no",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"DataArts Factory",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0036.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0036.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"310",
 		"des":"By default, each user can create a maximum of 10,000 jobs, and each job can contain a maximum of 200 nodes.In addition, the system allows you to adjust the maximum quota ",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"How Many Jobs Can Be Created in DataArts Factory? Is There a Limit on the Number of Nodes in a Job?,",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"IsMulti":"no",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"How Many Jobs Can Be Created in DataArts Factory? Is There a Limit on the Number of Nodes in a Job?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0041.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0041.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"311",
 		"des":"On the Running History page, there is a large difference between Job Execution Time and Start Time, as shown in the figure below. Job Execution Time is the time when the ",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Why Is There a Large Difference Between Job Execution Time and Start Time of a Job?,DataArts Factory",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"IsMulti":"no",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Why Is There a Large Difference Between Job Execution Time and Start Time of a Job?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0042.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0042.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"312",
 		"des":"The subsequent jobs may be suspended, continued, or terminated, depending on the configuration.In this case, do not stop the job. You can rerun the failed job instance or",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Will Subsequent Jobs Be Affected If a Job Fails to Be Executed During Scheduling of Dependent Jobs? ",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"IsMulti":"no",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Will Subsequent Jobs Be Affected If a Job Fails to Be Executed During Scheduling of Dependent Jobs? What Should I Do?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0149.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0149.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"313",
 		"des":"Lock management is unavailable for DLI and MRS. Therefore, if you perform read and write operations on the tables simultaneously, data conflict will occur and the operati",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"What Should I Pay Attention to When Using DataArts Studio to Schedule Big Data Services?,DataArts Fa",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"What Should I Pay Attention to When Using DataArts Studio to Schedule Big Data Services?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0150.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0150.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"314",
 		"des":"Parameters can be set in environment variables, job parameters, and script parameters, but their application scopes are different. If there is a conflict when parameters ",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"What Are the Differences and Connections Among Environment Variables, Job Parameters, and Script Par",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"What Are the Differences and Connections Among Environment Variables, Job Parameters, and Script Parameters?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0050.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0050.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"315",
 		"des":"Error logs are stored in OBS. The current account must have the OBS read permissions to view logs. You can check the OBS permissions and OBS bucket policies in IAM.When y",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"What Do I Do If Node Error Logs Cannot Be Viewed When a Job Fails?,DataArts Factory,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"IsMulti":"no",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"What Do I Do If Node Error Logs Cannot Be Viewed When a Job Fails?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0051.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0051.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"316",
 		"des":"When a workspace- or job-level agency is configured, the following error is reported when the agency list is viewed:Policy doesn't allow iam:agencies:listAgencies to be p",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"What Should I Do If the Agency List Fails to Be Obtained During Agency Configuration?,DataArts Facto",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"IsMulti":"no",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"What Should I Do If the Agency List Fails to Be Obtained During Agency Configuration?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0055.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0055.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"317",
 		"des":"If the number of daily executed nodes exceeds the upper limit, it may be caused by frequent job scheduling. Perform the following operations:In the left navigation tree o",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"How Do I Locate Job Scheduling Nodes with a Large Number?,DataArts Factory,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"IsMulti":"no",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"How Do I Locate Job Scheduling Nodes with a Large Number?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0056.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0056.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"318",
 		"des":"Ensure that the current instance and peripheral resources are in the same region and IAM project. If the enterprise project function is enabled for your account, the curr",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Why Cannot Specified Peripheral Resources Be Selected When a Data Connection Is Created in Data Deve",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"IsMulti":"no",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Why Cannot Specified Peripheral Resources Be Selected When a Data Connection Is Created in Data Development?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0058.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0058.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"319",
 		"des":"On the Data Development page, choose MonitoringMonitor Job to check whether the target job is being scheduled. A job can be scheduled only within the scheduling period.Vi",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Why Is There No Job Running Scheduling Log on the Monitor Instance Page After Periodic Scheduling Is",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"IsMulti":"no",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Why Is There No Job Running Scheduling Log on the Monitor Instance Page After Periodic Scheduling Is Configured for a Job?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0059.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0059.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"320",
 		"des":"Check whether the data connection used by the Hive SQL and Spark SQL scripts is direct connection or proxy connection.In direct connection mode, DataArts Studio users sub",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Why Does the GUI Display Only the Failure Result but Not the Specific Error Cause After Hive SQL and",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"IsMulti":"no",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Why Does the GUI Display Only the Failure Result but Not the Specific Error Cause After Hive SQL and Spark SQL Scripts Fail to Be Executed?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0060.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0060.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"321",
 		"des":"Check whether the permissions of the current user in IAM are changed, whether the user is removed from the user group, or whether the permission policy of the user group ",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"What Do I Do If the Token Is Invalid During the Running of a Data Development Node?,DataArts Factory",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"IsMulti":"no",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"What Do I Do If the Token Is Invalid During the Running of a Data Development Node?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0062.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0062.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"322",
 		"des":"Method 1: After the node test is complete, right-click the current node and choose View Log from the shortcut menu.Method 2: Click Monitorin the upper part of the canvas,",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"How Do I View Run Logs After a Job Is Tested?,DataArts Factory,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"IsMulti":"no",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"How Do I View Run Logs After a Job Is Tested?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0063.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0063.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"323",
 		"des":"Jobs scheduled by month depend on jobs scheduled by day. Why does a job scheduled by month start running before the job scheduled by day is complete?Although jobs schedul",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Why Does a Job Scheduled by Month Start Running Before the Job Scheduled by Day Is Complete?,DataArt",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"IsMulti":"no",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Why Does a Job Scheduled by Month Start Running Before the Job Scheduled by Day Is Complete?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0065.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0065.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"324",
 		"des":"Check whether the current user has the DLI Service User or DLI Service Admin permissions in IAM.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"What Should I Do If Invalid Authentication Is Reported When I Run a DLI Script?,DataArts Factory,Use",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"IsMulti":"no",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"What Should I Do If Invalid Authentication Is Reported When I Run a DLI Script?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0066.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0066.xml",
 		"product_code":"dgc",
 		"code":"325",
 		"des":"Check whether the CDM cluster is stopped. If it is stopped, restart it.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Why Cannot I Select the Desired CDM Cluster in Proxy Mode When Creating a Data Connection?,DataArts ",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dgc",
+				"IsMulti":"no",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"IsBot":"yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Why Cannot I Select the Desired CDM Cluster in Proxy Mode When Creating a Data Connection?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0111.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0111.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"326",
 		"des":"Daily scheduling is configured for the job, but there is no job scheduling record in the instance.Cause 1: Check whether the job scheduling is started. If not, the job wi",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"Why Is There No Job Running Scheduling Record After Daily Scheduling Is Configured for the Job?,Data",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Why Is There No Job Running Scheduling Record After Daily Scheduling Is Configured for the Job?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0112.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0112.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"327",
 		"des":"There is no content contained in the job log.Check whether the user has the global permission of the object storage service (OBS) in IAM to ensure that the user can creat",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"What Do I Do If No Content Is Displayed in Job Logs?,DataArts Factory,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"What Do I Do If No Content Is Displayed in Job Logs?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0113.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0113.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"328",
 		"des":"Two jobs are created, but the dependency relationship cannot be established.Check whether the two jobs' recurrence are both every week or every month. Currently, if the t",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"Why Do I Fail to Establish a Dependency Between Two Jobs?,DataArts Factory,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Why Do I Fail to Establish a Dependency Between Two Jobs?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0114.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0114.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"329",
 		"des":"An error is reported when DataArts Studio executes scheduling: The job does not have a submitted version. Submit the job version first.Job scheduling process begins befor",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"What Should I Do If an Error Is Displayed During DataArts Studio Scheduling: The Job Does Not Have a",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"What Should I Do If an Error Is Displayed During DataArts Studio Scheduling: The Job Does Not Have a Submitted Version?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0115.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0115.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"330",
 		"des":"An error is reported when DataArts Studio executes scheduling: The script associated with node XXX in the job is not submitted.Job scheduling process begins before the sc",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"What Do I Do If an Error Is Displayed During DataArts Studio Scheduling: The Script Associated with ",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"What Do I Do If an Error Is Displayed During DataArts Studio Scheduling: The Script Associated with Node XXX in the Job Is Not Submitted?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0116.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0116.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"331",
 		"des":"After a job is submitted for scheduling, the job fails to be executed and the following error is displayed \"depend job [XXX] is not running or pause\".The upstream depende",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"What Should I Do If a Job Fails to Be Executed After Being Submitted for Scheduling and an Error Dis",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"What Should I Do If a Job Fails to Be Executed After Being Submitted for Scheduling and an Error Displayed: Depend Job [XXX] Is Not Running Or Pause?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0127.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0127.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"332",
 		"des":"Databases and data tables can be created in DLI.A database does not correspond to a data connection. A data connection is a connection channel for creating DataArts Studi",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"How Do I Create a Database And Data Table? Is the database a data connection?,DataArts Factory,User ",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"How Do I Create a Database And Data Table? Is the database a data connection?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0129.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0129.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"333",
 		"des":"Solution: Clear the cache data and use the direct connection to display the data.",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"Why Is No Result Displayed After an HIVE Task Is Executed?,DataArts Factory,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Why Is No Result Displayed After an HIVE Task Is Executed?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0135.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0135.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"334",
 		"des":"The last instance status indicates a job has been executed, and the status can only be successful or failed. The Monitor Instance page displays all statuses of the job, i",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"Why Does the Last Instance Status On the Monitor Instance page Only Display Succeeded or Failed?,Dat",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Why Does the Last Instance Status On the Monitor Instance page Only Display Succeeded or Failed?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0148.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0148.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"335",
 		"des":"Choose Monitoring > Monitor Job and click the Batch Job Monitoring tab.Select the jobs to be configured and click Configure Notification.Creating a notificationSet notifi",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"How Do I Create a Notification for All Jobs?,DataArts Factory,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"How Do I Create a Notification for All Jobs?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0200.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0200.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"336",
 		"des":"The following table lists the number of nodes that can be executed concurrently in each DataArts Studio version.",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"How Many Nodes Can Be Executed Concurrently in Each DataArts Studio Version?,DataArts Factory,User G",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"How Many Nodes Can Be Executed Concurrently in Each DataArts Studio Version?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_03_0201.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_03_0201.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"337",
 		"des":"The system obtains permissions for the job agency, workspace agency, and execution user in sequence, and then executes jobs with the permissions.By default, a job is exec",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"What Is the Priority of the Startup User, Execution User, Workspace Agency, and Job Agency?,DataArts",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"What Is the Priority of the Startup User, Execution User, Workspace Agency, and Job Agency?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_12_0006.html",
+		"node_id":"dataartsstudio_12_0006.xml",
 		"product_code":"",
 		"code":"338",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"",
 		"kw":"Change History,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Change History",
 		"githuburl":""
 	}
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/CLASS.TXT.json b/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/CLASS.TXT.json
index 5723b981..833ad426 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/CLASS.TXT.json
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/CLASS.TXT.json
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@
 		"code":"11"
 	},
 	{
-		"desc":"To use DataArts Studio, create a cloud platform account, create a DataArts Studio instance, and authorize a user to use DataArts Studio.For details about the preparations",
+		"desc":"To use DataArts Studio, create a a cloud platform account, create a DataArts Studio instance, and authorize a user to use DataArts Studio.For details about the preparatio",
 		"product_code":"dataartsstudio",
 		"title":"Preparations",
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0003.html",
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@
 		"code":"13"
 	},
 	{
-		"desc":"Only cloud platform account users with the DAYU Administrator or Tenant Administrator permissions can create DataArts Studio instances or DataArts Studio incremental pack",
+		"desc":"Only a cloud platform account users with the DAYU Administrator or Tenant Administrator permissions can create DataArts Studio instances or DataArts Studio incremental pa",
 		"product_code":"dataartsstudio",
 		"title":"Creating a DataArts Studio Basic Package",
 		"uri":"dataartsstudio_01_0115_0.html",
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/dataartsstudio_01_0003.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/dataartsstudio_01_0003.html
index e8abc9ef..157f3b05 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/dataartsstudio_01_0003.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/dataartsstudio_01_0003.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
                                      Preparations
                                      
-
                                      To use DataArts Studio, create a cloud platform account, create a DataArts Studio instance, and authorize a user to use DataArts Studio.
                                      
+
                                      To use DataArts Studio, create a a cloud platform account, create a DataArts Studio instance, and authorize a user to use DataArts Studio.
                                      
 
                                      For details about the preparations and operations, see later sections.
                                      
 
                                      Figure 1 DataArts Studio preparation process
                                      
 
                                      
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/dataartsstudio_01_0004.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/dataartsstudio_01_0004.html
index 066e7f9f..5a55c0af 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/dataartsstudio_01_0004.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/dataartsstudio_01_0004.html
@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
 
 
 
                                      Creating an IAM User and Assigning DataArts Studio Permissions
                                      
-
                                      Identity and Access Management (IAM) can be used for fine-grained permissions management on your DataArts Studio resources. With IAM, you can:
                                      • Create IAM users for employees based on your enterprise's organizational structure. Each IAM user will have their own security credentials for accessing DataArts Studio resources.
                                      • Assign users only the permissions required to perform a task.
                                      • Entrust a cloud platform account or cloud service to perform efficient O&M on your DataArts Studio resources.
                                      
+
                                      Identity and Access Management (IAM) can be used for fine-grained permissions management on your DataArts Studio resources. With IAM, you can:
                                      • Create IAM users for employees based on your enterprise's organizational structure. Each IAM user will have their own security credentials for accessing DataArts Studio resources.
                                      • Assign users only the permissions required to perform a task.
                                      • Entrust a a cloud platform account or cloud service to perform efficient O&M on your DataArts Studio resources.
                                      
 
                                      
 
                                      If you do not require individual IAM users for permissions management, skip this section.
                                      
 
                                      Background
                                      • Before assigning permissions to a user group, familiarize yourself with the DataArts Studio workspace role permissions that can be added to the user group and select permissions based on actual requirements. 
                                      
 
                                      
-
                                      Procedure
                                      1. Create a user group and assign permissions to it. Log in to the IAM console using a cloud platform account, create a user group, and grant permissions of a common user (for example, DAYU User) to the group.
                                        For details, see "User Groups and Authorization" > "Creating a User Group and Assigning Permissions" in Identity and Access Management User Guide.
                                        
+
                                        Procedure
                                        1. Create a user group and assign permissions to it. Log in to the IAM console using a a cloud platform account, create a user group, and grant permissions of a common user (for example, DAYU User) to the group.
                                          For details, see "User Groups and Authorization" > "Creating a User Group and Assigning Permissions" in Identity and Access Management User Guide.
                                          
 
                                           
                                          • When configuring DataArts Studio permissions for a user group, enter DAYU in the search box to search for the permissions and select the permissions to be granted to the user group, for example, DAYU User.
                                          • If an IAM user wants to create a workspace, you must assign the IAM user the DAYU Administrator policy. Users with the DAYU Administrator policy can perform all operations on DataArts Studio.
                                          • DataArts Studio is a project-level service deployed in specific physical regions. If you select All resources for Scope, the permission takes effect in all projects of all regions. If you select Region-specific projects for Scope, the permission takes effect only for a specified project. When accessing DataArts Studio, the IAM user must switch to the region where they have been assigned the required permissions.
                                          
 
                                          
 
                                        2. Create a user and add the user to the user group. Create a user on the IAM console and add the user to the group created in 1.
                                          For details, see "IAM Users" > "Creating an IAM User" in Identity and Access Management User Guide.
                                          
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/dataartsstudio_01_0021.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/dataartsstudio_01_0021.html
index 6f3c0820..27d1924d 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/dataartsstudio_01_0021.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/dataartsstudio_01_0021.html
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 
                                          Viewing Basic Cluster Information and Modifying Cluster Configurations
                                          
 
                                          Scenario
                                          After creating a CDM cluster, you can view its basic information and modify its configurations.
                                          
 
                                          • You can view the following basic cluster information:
                                            • Cluster information: cluster version, creation time, project ID, instance ID, and cluster ID
                                            • Instance configuration: cluster flavor, CPU, and memory
                                            • Network configuration
                                            
-
                                          • You can modify the following cluster configurations:
                                            • Notification: If a CDM migration job (only table/file migration) fails or the EIP is abnormal, CDM sends an SMS or email notification to the user. 
                                            • User isolation: determines whether other users can operate the migration jobs or links in the cluster.
                                              • If this function is enabled, migration jobs and links in the cluster are isolated. Other IAM users of the cloud platform account cannot operate the jobs and links.
                                              • If this function is disabled, migration jobs and links in the cluster can be shared by users. All IAM users with the required permission in the cloud platform account can view and perform operations on the jobs and links in the cluster.
                                                After disabling User Isolation, restart the cluster VM for the settings to take effect.
                                                
+
                                              • You can modify the following cluster configurations:
                                                • Notification: If a CDM migration job (only table/file migration) fails or the EIP is abnormal, CDM sends an SMS or email notification to the user. 
                                                • User isolation: determines whether other users can operate the migration jobs or links in the cluster.
                                                  • If this function is enabled, migration jobs and links in the cluster are isolated. Other IAM users of the a cloud platform account cannot operate the jobs and links.
                                                  • If this function is disabled, migration jobs and links in the cluster can be shared by users. All IAM users with the required permission in the a cloud platform account can view and perform operations on the jobs and links in the cluster.
                                                    After disabling User Isolation, restart the cluster VM for the settings to take effect.
                                                    
 
                                                  
 
                                                
 
                                              
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/dataartsstudio_01_0032.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/dataartsstudio_01_0032.html
index 9500976e..5d253d87 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/dataartsstudio_01_0032.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/dataartsstudio_01_0032.html
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
 
                                    
 
                                    Redis Server List
                                    
 
                                    List of MongoDB server addresses. Enter each address in the format of IP address or domain name of the database server:port number, and separate the entered addresses with semicolons (;).
                                    
+
                                    List of Redis server addresses. Enter each address in the format of IP address or domain name of the database server:port number, and separate the entered addresses with semicolons (;).
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    192.168.0.1:7300;192.168.0.2:7301
                                    
                                     		
 
 
                                    
-
                                    Table 1 Parameter description
                                    Parameter
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Description
                                    
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 
 
                                    Database to which data is to be imported
                                    
 
                                    mongodb
                                    
+
                                    DB_dds
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    Collection Name
                                    
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/dataartsstudio_01_0115_0.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/dataartsstudio_01_0115_0.html
index 560cf616..98ca7d11 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/dataartsstudio_01_0115_0.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/dataartsstudio_01_0115_0.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
                                    Creating a DataArts Studio Basic Package
                                    
-
                                    Background
                                    Only cloud platform account users with the DAYU Administrator or Tenant Administrator permissions can create DataArts Studio instances or DataArts Studio incremental packages.
                                     
                                    Users with the Tenant Administrator permissions can perform all operations except IAM user management. For security purposes, you are not advised to grant the Tenant Administrator permissions to IAM users.
                                    
+
                                    Background
                                    Only a cloud platform account users with the DAYU Administrator or Tenant Administrator permissions can create DataArts Studio instances or DataArts Studio incremental packages.
                                     
                                    Users with the Tenant Administrator permissions can perform all operations except IAM user management. For security purposes, you are not advised to grant the Tenant Administrator permissions to IAM users.
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/dataartsstudio_01_0529.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/dataartsstudio_01_0529.html
index f2f3109f..95102991 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/dataartsstudio_01_0529.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/dataartsstudio_01_0529.html
@@ -105,9 +105,12 @@
 
                                    
 
                                  • Click Test to test connectivity of the data connection. If the test passes, the data connection is created.
                                  • After the test is successful, click OK. The system will create the data connection for you.
                                    • 
 
                                    
-
                                    Developing a Python Script
                                    1. Choose DataArts Factory > Develop Script and create a Python script named python_test.
                                    2. Edit the Python statement in the editor, select the host connection, and click Submit and Unlock..
                                       
                                      • This example defines a string template for saving company information and uses the template to output information about different companies.
                                        template='No.:{:0>9s} \t CompanyName:{:s} \t Website:https://www.{:s}.com'
-context1=template.format('1','CompanyXXX','companyxxx')
-context2=template.format('2','CompanyYYY','companyyyy')
+
                                        Developing a Python Script
                                        1. Choose DataArts Factory > Develop Script and create a Python script named python_test.
                                        2. Edit the Python statement in the editor, select the host connection, and click Submit and Unlock..
                                           
                                          • This example defines a string template for saving company information and uses the template to output information about different companies.
                                            import sys
+Company_Name1=sys.argv[1]
+Company_Name2=sys.argv[2]
+template='No.:{:0>9s} \t CompanyName: {:s} \t Website: https://www.{:s}.com'
+context1=template.format('1',Company_Name1,Company_Name1.lower())
+context2=template.format('2',Company_Name2,Company_Name2.lower())
 print(context1)
 print(context2)
                                            
 
                                          • The script development area in Figure 4 is a temporary debugging area. After you close the script tab, the development area will be cleared.
                                          • Connection: Select the data connection created in Creating an ECS Data Connection.
                                          
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/dataartsstudio_01_1251.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/dataartsstudio_01_1251.html
index 7634bde7..924c8d49 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/dataartsstudio_01_1251.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/dataartsstudio_01_1251.html
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@
 
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    Field Mapping in Automatic Table Creation on DWS
                                    Figure 1 describes the field mapping between DWS tables created by CDM and source tables. For example, if you use CDM to migrate the Oracle database to DWS, CDM automatically creates a table on DWS and maps the NUMBER(3,0) field of the Oracle database to the SMALLINT field of DWS.
                                    
-
                                    Figure 1 Field mapping in automatic table creation
                                    
+
                                    Figure 1 Field mapping in automatic table creation
                                    
 
                                    
 
 
                                    
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/dataartsstudio_07_013.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/dataartsstudio_07_013.html
index 7da6fa82..48dcd3de 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/dataartsstudio_07_013.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/dataartsstudio_07_013.html
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 
                                    DataArts Studio Permissions
                                    
 
                                    A workspace member can be assigned the role of admin, developer, operator, or viewer. This topic describes the permissions of each role.
                                    
 
                                    • Admin: Users with this role have the permissions to perform all operations in a workspace. You are advised to assign this role to the project owner, development owner, and O&M administrator.
                                    • Developer: Users with this role have the permissions to create and manage work items, but cannot perform operations on workspaces, clusters, and reviewers. You are advised to assign this tole to users who develop and process tasks.
                                    • Operator: Users with this role have the permissions to perform operations such as O&M and scheduling, but cannot modify work items or configurations. You are advised to assign this role to users for O&M management and status monitoring.
                                    • Viewer: Users with this role can only read data from DataArts Studio, but cannot perform operations on workspaces or modify work items or configurations. You are advised to assign this role to users who only want to view information in the workspace but do not perform any operation.
                                    
-
                                     
                                    Accounts and users with the DAYU Administrator or Tenant Administrator role have all the permissions on cloud platform account, including permissions to createDataArts Studio instances and DataArts Studio incremental packages. By default, other users do not have the permissions to create DataArts Studio instances. If they want to create DataArts Studio instances, they must obtain the required permissions.
                                    
+
                                     
                                    Accounts and users with the DAYU Administrator or Tenant Administrator role have all the permissions on a cloud platform account, including permissions to createDataArts Studio instances and DataArts Studio incremental packages. By default, other users do not have the permissions to create DataArts Studio instances. If they want to create DataArts Studio instances, they must obtain the required permissions.
                                    
 
                                    Accounts and users with the Tenant Administrator role can perform all operations except IAM user management. For security purposes, you are not advised to assign this role to IAM users. Exercise caution when performing this operation.
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    Workspace
                                    
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/dataartsstudio_12_0006.html b/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/dataartsstudio_12_0006.html
index 911a72f4..2abe57e1 100644
--- a/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/dataartsstudio_12_0006.html
+++ b/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/dataartsstudio_12_0006.html
@@ -8,7 +8,13 @@
 
                                    		
 
                                    
 
                                    2023-04-30
                                    
+
                                    2024-03-01
                                    
+
                                    Update the following sections:
                                    
+
+
                                    2023-04-30
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Update the following sections:
                                    
 
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/en-us_image_0000001322408176.png b/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/en-us_image_0000001322408176.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 59dcc7f8..00000000
Binary files a/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/en-us_image_0000001322408176.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/en-us_image_0000001694876605.png b/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/en-us_image_0000001694876605.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b935943e
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/dataartsstudio/umn/en-us_image_0000001694876605.png differ
diff --git a/docs/dds/umn/ALL_META.TXT.json b/docs/dds/umn/ALL_META.TXT.json
index 24771091..9c8d1eb5 100644
--- a/docs/dds/umn/ALL_META.TXT.json
+++ b/docs/dds/umn/ALL_META.TXT.json
@@ -1,1591 +1,2890 @@
 [
+	{
+		"dockw":"User Guide"
+	},
 	{
 		"uri":"en-us_topic_user_guide.html",
+		"node_id":"en-us_topic_user_guide.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
 		"code":"1",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Introduction",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Introduction",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"en-us_topic_introduction.html",
+		"node_id":"en-us_topic_introduction.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
 		"code":"2",
-		"des":"Document Database Service (DDS) is a high availability DBaaS, which provides a secure, reliable and scalable solution, compatible with MongoDB. It provides functions such",
+		"des":"Document Database Service (DDS) is a high availability DBaaS, which provides a secure, reliable and scalable solution, compatible with MongoDB community version 4.0.3 as ",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"elastic capacity expansion,disaster recovery,replica set,high availability (HA) data storage,data re",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"What Is DDS?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_01_0021.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_01_0021.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
 		"code":"3",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"System Architecture",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"System Architecture",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_01_0011.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_01_0011.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
 		"code":"4",
 		"des":"Each DDS cluster is an independent document database. A sharded cluster consists of a config node, and multiple mongos and shard nodes.Data read and write requests are fo",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Cluster,System Architecture,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Cluster",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_01_0012.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_01_0012.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
 		"code":"5",
 		"des":"A replica set consists of a set of mongod processes. It is a collection of nodes that help ensure data redundancy and reliability.For details about the mongod process, se",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Replica Set,System Architecture,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Replica Set",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_01_0025.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_01_0025.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
 		"code":"6",
 		"des":"A single node instance, as its name suggests, contains only one node which can be accessed directly.As a supplement to the cluster and replica set architectures, the sing",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Single Node Architecture,System Architecture,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Single Node Architecture",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_01_0001.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_01_0001.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
 		"code":"7",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Basic Concepts",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Basic Concepts",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_01_0002.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_01_0002.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
 		"code":"8",
 		"des":"Each DDS cluster consists of a config node, and multiple mongos and shard nodes. The following diagram shows the node relationships.A mongos is a router for reading and w",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Cluster,Basic Concepts,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Cluster",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_01_0005.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_01_0005.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
 		"code":"9",
 		"des":"A database parameter template is a collection of configuration parameters and values and can be applied to multiple DB instances.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Database Parameter Template,Basic Concepts,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Database Parameter Template",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_01_0027.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_01_0027.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
 		"code":"10",
 		"des":"A region is a geographic area in which resources used by DDS are located.Each region comprises one or more AZs and is completely isolated from other regions. AZs within t",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Regions and AZs,Basic Concepts,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Regions and AZs",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_01_0006.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_01_0006.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
 		"code":"11",
 		"des":"DDS supports three deployment architectures: cluster, replica set, and single node. They meet requirements of different service scenarios.ClusterA cluster consists of thr",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"NoSQL database,MongoDB,Functions and Features,Introduction,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Functions and Features",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_01_0015.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_01_0015.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
 		"code":"12",
 		"des":"Game players' information generated from game applications, such as players' equipment and bonus points, are stored in DDS databases. During peak hours, DDS cluster insta",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Typical Application Scenarios,Introduction,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Typical Application Scenarios",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_01_0013.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_01_0013.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
 		"code":"13",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"DDS DB Instance",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"DDS DB Instance",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_01_0024.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_01_0024.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
 		"code":"14",
 		"des":"DB instance specifications are listed in the following table.The DB instance specifications depend on service requirements.You can change the maximum number of connection",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"DB Instance Specifications,DDS DB Instance,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"DB Instance Specifications",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_01_0014.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_01_0014.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
 		"code":"15",
 		"des":"DDS supports versions 3.2, 3.4, 4.0, 4.2, and 4.4, and you need to use a driver compatible with MongoDB 3.0 or later to access DDS. You can select the DB engine and versi",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Database Engine and Version,DDS DB Instance,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Database Engine and Version",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_01_0026.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_01_0026.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
 		"code":"16",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"DB Instance Status,DDS DB Instance,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"DB Instance Status",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_01_0022.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_01_0022.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
 		"code":"17",
 		"des":"To improve the stability and security of DB instances, there are some constraints on the use of DDS. For details, see Table 1.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Constraints and Recommendations,Introduction,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Constraints and Recommendations",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_01_0017.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_01_0017.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
 		"code":"18",
 		"des":"IAM provides two types of user permissions by default: user management and resource management.User management refers to the management of users, user groups, and user gr",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"User Permissions,Introduction,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"User Permissions",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_01_0019.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_01_0019.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
 		"code":"19",
 		"des":"If you need to assign different permissions to employees in your enterprise to access your DDS resources, IAM is a good choice for fine-grained permissions management. IA",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Permissions Management,Introduction,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Permissions Management",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_01_0016.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_01_0016.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
 		"code":"20",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Related Services,Introduction,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Related Services",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
-		"uri":"dds_02_0043.html",
+		"uri":"dds_01_0060.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_01_0060.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
 		"code":"21",
+		"des":"Document Database Service (DDS) is a cloud database service compatible with MongoDB. DDS major versions select community versions that have not reached EOL and have new m",
+		"doc_type":"usermanual",
+		"kw":"Mapping Between DDS Versions and Community Versions,Introduction,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
+		"title":"Mapping Between DDS Versions and Community Versions",
+		"githuburl":""
+	},
+	{
+		"uri":"dds_02_0043.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_02_0043.xml",
+		"product_code":"dds",
+		"code":"22",
 		"des":"You have registered an account.For the first time you use DDS, apply for an account at the official website. After the application is successful, your account has permiss",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Logging in to the DDS Console,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Logging in to the DDS Console",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_02_cluster.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_02_cluster.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"22",
+		"code":"23",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Getting Started with Clusters",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Getting Started with Clusters",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_02_0001.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_02_0001.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"23",
+		"code":"24",
 		"des":"You can access DDS over private or public networks.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Connection Methods,Getting Started with Clusters,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Connection Methods",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_02_0009.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_02_0009.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"24",
+		"code":"25",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Connecting to a Cluster Instance Over Private Networks",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Connecting to a Cluster Instance Over Private Networks",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_02_0010.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_02_0010.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"25",
+		"code":"26",
 		"des":"This section describes how to create a cluster instance on the management console, set a security group, and connect to a cluster instance over private networks.The follo",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Overview,Connecting to a Cluster Instance Over Private Networks,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Overview",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"en-us_topic_0044018333.html",
+		"node_id":"en-us_topic_0044018333.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"26",
+		"code":"27",
 		"des":"This section describes how to create a Community Edition cluster instance on the DDS management console. DDS allows you to tailor your compute resources and storage space",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Creating a Cluster Instance,Connecting to a Cluster Instance Over Private Networks,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Creating a Cluster Instance",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_02_0022.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_02_0022.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"27",
+		"code":"28",
 		"des":"This section explains how to add a security group rule to control access to and from the DDS DB instances associated with a security group.The default security group rule",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"DDS DB instances,Setting a Security Group,Connecting to a Cluster Instance Over Private Networks,Use",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Setting a Security Group",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"en-us_topic_0044018334.html",
+		"node_id":"en-us_topic_0044018334.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"28",
+		"code":"29",
 		"des":"This section describes how to connect to a cluster instance using the MongoDB client over private networks.The MongoDB client can connect to a DB instance with an unencry",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"DB instance,Connecting to a Cluster Instance Over Private Networks,Connecting to a Cluster Instance ",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Connecting to a Cluster Instance Over Private Networks",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_02_0013.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_02_0013.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"29",
+		"code":"30",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Connecting to a Cluster Instance Over Public Networks",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Connecting to a Cluster Instance Over Public Networks",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_02_0014.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_02_0014.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"30",
+		"code":"31",
 		"des":"This section describes how to create a cluster instance on the management console, set a security group, bind an EIP, and connect to a cluster instance over public networ",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Overview,Connecting to a Cluster Instance Over Public Networks,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Overview",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_02_0016.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_02_0016.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"31",
+		"code":"32",
 		"des":"This section describes how to create a Community Edition cluster instance on the DDS management console. DDS allows you to tailor your compute resources and storage space",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Creating a Cluster Instance,Connecting to a Cluster Instance Over Public Networks,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Creating a Cluster Instance",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_02_0046.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_02_0046.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"32",
+		"code":"33",
 		"des":"After you create a DB instance, you can bind it to an EIP to allow external access. If you want to prohibit external access later, you can also unbind the EIP from the DB",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Binding an EIP,Connecting to a Cluster Instance Over Public Networks,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Binding an EIP",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_02_0019.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_02_0019.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"33",
+		"code":"34",
 		"des":"This section explains how to add a security group rule to control access to and from the DDS DB instances associated with a security group.The default security group rule",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"DDS DB instances,Setting a Security Group,Connecting to a Cluster Instance Over Public Networks,User",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Setting a Security Group",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_02_0006.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_02_0006.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"34",
+		"code":"35",
 		"des":"This section describes how to connect to a cluster instance using the MongoDB client and Robo 3T over public networks.The MongoDB client and Robo 3T can connect to a DB i",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"DB instance,Connecting to a Cluster Instance Over Public Networks,Connecting to a Cluster Instance O",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Connecting to a Cluster Instance Over Public Networks",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_02_replica_set.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_02_replica_set.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"35",
+		"code":"36",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Getting Started with Replica Sets",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Getting Started with Replica Sets",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_02_0042.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_02_0042.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"36",
+		"code":"37",
 		"des":"You can access DDS over private or public networks.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Connection Methods,Getting Started with Replica Sets,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Connection Methods",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_02_0055.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_02_0055.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"37",
+		"code":"38",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Connecting to a Replica Set Instance Over Private Networks",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Connecting to a Replica Set Instance Over Private Networks",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_02_0057.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_02_0057.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"38",
+		"code":"39",
 		"des":"This section describes how to create a replica set instance on the management console, set a security group, and connect to a replica set instance over private networks.T",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Overview,Connecting to a Replica Set Instance Over Private Networks,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Overview",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_02_0012.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_02_0012.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"39",
+		"code":"40",
 		"des":"This section describes how to create a replica set instance on the DDS management console. DDS allows you to tailor your compute resources and storage space to your busin",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"DB instances,Creating a Replica Set Instance,Connecting to a Replica Set Instance Over Private Netwo",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Creating a Replica Set Instance",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_02_0049.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_02_0049.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"40",
+		"code":"41",
 		"des":"This section guides you on how to add a security group rule to control access from and to DDS DB instances associated with a security group. The following describes how t",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"DDS DB instances,Setting a Security Group,Connecting to a Replica Set Instance Over Private Networks",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Setting a Security Group",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"en-us_topic_0105284966.html",
+		"node_id":"en-us_topic_0105284966.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"41",
+		"code":"42",
 		"des":"This section describes how to connect to a replica set instance using the MongoDB client over private networks.You can directly perform operations on the primary and seco",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"DDS DB instance,DDS DB instance,Connecting to a Replica Set Instance Over Private Networks,Connectin",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Connecting to a Replica Set Instance Over Private Networks",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_02_0050.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_02_0050.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"42",
+		"code":"43",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Connecting to a Replica Set Instance Over Public Networks",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Connecting to a Replica Set Instance Over Public Networks",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_02_0051.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_02_0051.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"43",
+		"code":"44",
 		"des":"This section describes how to create a replica set instance on the management console, set a security group, bind an EIP, and connect to a replica set instance over publi",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Overview,Connecting to a Replica Set Instance Over Public Networks,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Overview",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_02_0052.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_02_0052.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"44",
+		"code":"45",
 		"des":"This section describes how to create a replica set instance on the DDS management console. DDS allows you to tailor your compute resources and storage space to your busin",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"DB instances,Creating a Replica Set Instance,Connecting to a Replica Set Instance Over Public Networ",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Creating a Replica Set Instance",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_02_0053.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_02_0053.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"45",
+		"code":"46",
 		"des":"After you create a DB instance, you can bind it to an EIP to allow external access. If later you want to prohibit external access, you can also unbind the EIP from the DB",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Binding an EIP,Connecting to a Replica Set Instance Over Public Networks,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Binding an EIP",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_02_0054.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_02_0054.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"46",
+		"code":"47",
 		"des":"This section guides you on how to add a security group rule to control access from and to DDS DB instances associated with a security group. The following describes how t",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"DDS DB instances,Setting a Security Group,Connecting to a Replica Set Instance Over Public Networks,",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Setting a Security Group",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_02_0047.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_02_0047.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"47",
+		"code":"48",
 		"des":"This section describes how to connect to a replica set instance using the MongoDB client and Robo 3T over public networks.You can directly perform operations on the prima",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"DDS DB instance,Connecting to a Replica Set Instance Over Public Networks,Connecting to a Replica Se",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Connecting to a Replica Set Instance Over Public Networks",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_02_single_node.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_02_single_node.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"48",
+		"code":"49",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Getting Started with Single Nodes",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Getting Started with Single Nodes",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_02_0070.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_02_0070.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"49",
+		"code":"50",
 		"des":"You can access DDS over private or public networks.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Connection Methods,Getting Started with Single Nodes,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Connection Methods",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_02_0074.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_02_0074.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"50",
+		"code":"51",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Connecting to a Single-Node Instance Over Private Networks",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Connecting to a Single-Node Instance Over Private Networks",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_02_0075.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_02_0075.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"51",
+		"code":"52",
 		"des":"This section describes how to create a single node instance on the management console, set a security group, and connect to a single node instance over private networks.T",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Overview,Connecting to a Single-Node Instance Over Private Networks,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Overview",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_02_0023.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_02_0023.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"52",
+		"code":"53",
 		"des":"This section describes how to create a single node instance on the DDS management console. DDS allows you to tailor your computing resources and storage space to your bus",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"DB instances,Creating a Single Node Instance,Connecting to a Single-Node Instance Over Private Netwo",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Creating a Single Node Instance",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_02_0024.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_02_0024.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"53",
+		"code":"54",
 		"des":"This section guides you on how to add a security group rule to control access from and to DDS DB instances in a security group.The default security group rule allows all ",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"DDS DB instances,Setting a Security Group,Connecting to a Single-Node Instance Over Private Networks",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Setting a Security Group",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_02_0028.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_02_0028.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"54",
+		"code":"55",
 		"des":"This section describes how to connect to a single-node instance using the MongoDB client over private networks.The MongoDB client can connect to a DB instance with an une",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"DDS DB instance,DDS DB instance,Connecting to a Single Node Instance Over Private Networks,Connectin",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Connecting to a Single Node Instance Over Private Networks",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_02_0077.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_02_0077.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"55",
+		"code":"56",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Connecting to a Single Node Instance Over Public Networks",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Connecting to a Single Node Instance Over Public Networks",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_02_0078.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_02_0078.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"56",
+		"code":"57",
 		"des":"This section describes how to create a single node instance on the management console, set a security group, bind an EIP, and connect to a single node instance over publi",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Overview,Connecting to a Single Node Instance Over Public Networks,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Overview",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_02_0079.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_02_0079.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"57",
+		"code":"58",
 		"des":"This section describes how to create a single node instance on the DDS management console. DDS allows you to tailor your computing resources and storage space to your bus",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"DB instances,Creating a Single Node Instance,Connecting to a Single Node Instance Over Public Networ",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Creating a Single Node Instance",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_02_0026.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_02_0026.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"58",
+		"code":"59",
 		"des":"After you create a DB instance, you can bind it to an EIP to allow external access. If later you want to prohibit external access, you can also unbind the EIP from the DB",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Binding an EIP,Connecting to a Single Node Instance Over Public Networks,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Binding an EIP",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_02_0080.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_02_0080.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"59",
+		"code":"60",
 		"des":"This section guides you on how to add a security group rule to control access from and to DDS DB instances in a security group.The default security group rule allows all ",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"DDS DB instances,Setting a Security Group,Connecting to a Single Node Instance Over Public Networks,",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Setting a Security Group",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_02_0048.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_02_0048.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"60",
+		"code":"61",
 		"des":"This section describes how to connect to a single-node instance using the MongoDB client and Robo 3T over public networks.The MongoDB client and Robo 3T can connect to a ",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"DDS DB instance,Connecting to a Single Node Instance Over Public Networks,Connecting to a Single Nod",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Connecting to a Single Node Instance Over Public Networks",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_03_0062.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_03_0062.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"61",
+		"code":"62",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Permissions Management",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Permissions Management",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_03_0060.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_03_0060.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"62",
+		"code":"63",
 		"des":"This section describes how to use IAM to implement fine-grained permissions control for your DDS resources. With IAM, you can:Create IAM users for employees based on the ",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Creating a User and Granting Permissions,Permissions Management,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"Yes",
+				"IsMulti":"Yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Creating a User and Granting Permissions",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_03_0061.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_03_0061.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"63",
+		"code":"64",
 		"des":"Custom policies can be created as a supplement to the system policies of DDS. For the actions supported for custom policies, see DDS Actions.You can create custom policie",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Creating a Custom Policy,Permissions Management,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"IsBot":"Yes",
+				"IsMulti":"Yes"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Creating a Custom Policy",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_03_0019.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_03_0019.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"64",
+		"code":"65",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Connection Management",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Connection Management",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_03_0074.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_03_0074.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"65",
+		"code":"66",
 		"des":"DDS allows you to use SSL to encrypt connections to a DB instance to protect your data.If SSL is enabled, you can connect to a DB instance using SSL. For details, see sec",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"connect to a DB instance,connect to the DB instance,Enabling or Disabling SSL,Connection Management,",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Enabling or Disabling SSL",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_03_0100.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_03_0100.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"66",
+		"code":"67",
 		"des":"If a client and a replica set instance are deployed in different CIDR blocks and the client is not in 192.168.0.0/16, 172.16.0.0/24, or 10.0.0.0/8, configure Cross-CIDR A",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Configuring Cross-CIDR Access for Replica Set Instances,Connection Management,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Configuring Cross-CIDR Access for Replica Set Instances",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_02_0100.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_02_0100.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"67",
+		"code":"68",
 		"des":"A cluster instance of Community Edition consists of mongos, shard, and config nodes. When your services need to read and write data from and into databases, connect to th",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Enabling IP Addresses of shard and config Nodes,Connection Management,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Enabling IP Addresses of shard and config Nodes",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_03_0070.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_03_0070.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"68",
+		"code":"69",
 		"des":"After a database is migrated from on-premises or other cloud platforms to DDS, the private IP address of the database may be changed. DDS allows you to change the private",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Changing a Private IP Address,Connection Management,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Changing a Private IP Address",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_03_change_database_port.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_03_change_database_port.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"69",
+		"code":"70",
 		"des":"This section guides you on how to modify the database port. The database port cannot be changed when the instance is in any of the following statuses:RestartingAdding nod",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Changing the Database Port,Connection Management,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Changing the Database Port",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_03_change_security_group.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_03_change_security_group.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"70",
+		"code":"71",
 		"des":"This section guides you on how to change a security group for cluster, replica set, and single node instances. If any of the following operations is in progress, do not c",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Changing a Security Group,Connection Management,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Changing a Security Group",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_03_0080.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_03_0080.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"71",
+		"code":"72",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Database Commands",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Database Commands",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_03_0033.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_03_0033.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"72",
+		"code":"73",
 		"des":"The following tables list the commands supported and restricted by DDS.For more information, see official MongoDB documentation.Users cannot execute a system command.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Which Commands are Supported or Restricted by DDS?,Database Commands,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Which Commands are Supported or Restricted by DDS?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_03_0052.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_03_0052.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"73",
+		"code":"74",
 		"des":"DDS is accessible through an EIP in a public network or an ECS in a private network.MongoDB can export data from a database into a JSON file. Such a JSON file can then be",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Migrating Data,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Migrating Data",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_03_0001.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_03_0001.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"74",
+		"code":"75",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Account Management",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Account Management",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_03_0057.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_03_0057.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"75",
+		"code":"76",
 		"des":"This section describes how to create a database account and change the account password using commands after the DDS DB instances are created. When creating a database ac",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"DDS DB instance,Creating a Database Account Using Commands,Account Management,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Creating a Database Account Using Commands",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_03_reset_password.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_03_reset_password.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"76",
+		"code":"77",
 		"des":"For security reasons, you are advised to periodically change administrator passwords.You cannot reset the administrator password under the following circumstances:Restart",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Resetting the Administrator Password,Account Management,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Resetting the Administrator Password",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_03_0002.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_03_0002.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"77",
+		"code":"78",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Instance Management",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Instance Management",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_03_0075.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_03_0075.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"78",
+		"code":"79",
 		"des":"This section describes how to change a DB instance name to identify different DB instances.If you want to submit the change, click OK. The DB instance name can be 4 to 64",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Changing a DB Instance Name,Instance Management,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Changing a DB Instance Name",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"en-us_topic_increase_nodes.html",
+		"node_id":"en-us_topic_increase_nodes.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"79",
+		"code":"80",
 		"des":"This section describes how to add nodes to a cluster instance.You can add nodes when the instance status is Available, Deleting backup, or Checking restoration.A DB insta",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Adding Nodes to a Cluster,Instance Management,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Adding Nodes to a Cluster",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_03_0018.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_03_0018.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"80",
+		"code":"81",
 		"des":"This section describes how to revert nodes that fail to be added.During reversal, the instance status is Deleting node. This process takes about 1 to 3 minutes.During del",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Reverting and Deleting Failed Cluster Instance Nodes,Instance Management,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Reverting and Deleting Failed Cluster Instance Nodes",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"en-us_topic_increase_storage.html",
+		"node_id":"en-us_topic_increase_storage.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"81",
+		"code":"82",
 		"des":"This section describes how to scale up the storage space of a DB instance to suit your service requirements.You can scale up a DB instance a maximum of eight times.You ca",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Scaling Up Storage Space,Instance Management,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Scaling Up Storage Space",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"en-us_topic_0000001159335385.html",
+		"node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001159335385.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"82",
+		"code":"83",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Changing the DB Instance Class",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Changing the DB Instance Class",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"en-us_topic_0104472218.html",
+		"node_id":"en-us_topic_0104472218.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"83",
+		"code":"84",
 		"des":"When the CPU or memory of a DB instance is being changed, the status displayed in the Status column is Changing instance class. This process takes up to 10 minutes.In the",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Changing a Cluster DB Instance Class,Changing the DB Instance Class,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Changing a Cluster DB Instance Class",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"en-us_topic_0104721795.html",
+		"node_id":"en-us_topic_0104721795.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"84",
+		"code":"85",
 		"des":"Alternatively, on the Instance Management page, click the name of the replica set instance. In the DB Information area on the Basic Information page, click Change to the ",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Changing a Replica Set DB Instance Class,Changing the DB Instance Class,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Changing a Replica Set DB Instance Class",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_03_0030.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_03_0030.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"85",
+		"code":"86",
 		"des":"Alternatively, on the Instance Management page, click the name of the single node instance. In the DB Information area on the Basic Information page, click Change to the ",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Changing a Single Node DB Instance Class,Changing the DB Instance Class,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Changing a Single Node DB Instance Class",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_03_0050.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_03_0050.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"86",
+		"code":"87",
 		"des":"A replica set consists of the primary node, secondary node, and hidden node. Primary and secondary nodes allow access from external services by providing IP addresses. Hi",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Manually Switching the Primary and Secondary Nodes of a Replica Set,Instance Management,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Manually Switching the Primary and Secondary Nodes of a Replica Set",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_03_0051.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_03_0051.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"87",
+		"code":"88",
 		"des":"This section describes how to export DB instance information for analysis. The following information can be exported:Database TypeDB Instance NameDB Instance IDDB Instanc",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Exporting DB Instance Information,Instance Management,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Exporting DB Instance Information",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_03_0003.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_03_0003.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"88",
+		"code":"89",
 		"des":"You may need to occasionally restart a DB instance to perform routine maintenance. For example, after modifying certain parameters, you must restart the DB instance for t",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Restarting a DB Instance or a Node,Instance Management,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Restarting a DB Instance or a Node",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_03_0004.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_03_0004.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"89",
+		"code":"90",
 		"des":"This section guides you on how to delete a DB instance no longer used to release resources. You can delete the following types of DB instances:Cluster instanceReplica set",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Deleting a DB Instance,Instance Management,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Deleting a DB Instance",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_03_0101.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_03_0101.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"90",
+		"code":"91",
 		"des":"DDS can move deleted DB instances to the recycle bin, so you can restore them easily.The recycling policy is enabled by default and cannot be disabled. Instances in the r",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Recycling a DB Instance,Instance Management,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Recycling a DB Instance",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_03_0006.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_03_0006.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"91",
+		"code":"92",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Backup and Restore",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Backup and Restore",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"en-us_topic_backup_restore.html",
+		"node_id":"en-us_topic_backup_restore.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"92",
+		"code":"93",
 		"des":"DDS backs up data automatically based on the automated backup policy you set. You are advised to regularly back up data in your database. If the database becomes faulty o",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Setting Automated Backup Policy,Backup and Restore,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Setting Automated Backup Policy",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_03_0007.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_03_0007.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"93",
+		"code":"94",
 		"des":"This section describes how to create a manual backup. Creating a backup for a DB instance helps ensure data can be restored if needed, ensuring data reliability.When you ",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Creating a Manual Backup,Backup and Restore,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Creating a Manual Backup",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_03_0042.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_03_0042.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"94",
+		"code":"95",
 		"des":"This section describes how to restore a cluster instance from a backup.When you restore the DB instance from a backup file, a full backup file is downloaded from OBS and ",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Restoring a Cluster Instance from a Backup,Backup and Restore,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Restoring a Cluster Instance from a Backup",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_03_0043.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_03_0043.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"95",
+		"code":"96",
 		"des":"This section describes how to restore a replica set instance from a backup.When you restore the DB instance from a backup file, a full backup file is downloaded from OBS ",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Restoring a Replica Set Instance from a Backup,Backup and Restore,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Restoring a Replica Set Instance from a Backup",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_03_0064.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_03_0064.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"96",
+		"code":"97",
 		"des":"You can restore the data of a replica set instance to a specified time point.Currently, you can restore a replica set instance to a new or original DB instance at a point",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Restoring Replica Set Instance to a Point in Time,Backup and Restore,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Restoring Replica Set Instance to a Point in Time",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_03_0031.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_03_0031.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"97",
+		"code":"98",
 		"des":"This section describes how to restore a single node instance from a backup.When you restore the DB instance from a backup file, a full backup file is downloaded from OBS ",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Restoring a Single Node Instance from a Backup,Backup and Restore,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Restoring a Single Node Instance from a Backup",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"en-us_topic_backup_download.html",
+		"node_id":"en-us_topic_backup_download.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"98",
+		"code":"99",
 		"des":"This section describes how to download manual or automated backup files for local data backup or restoration.For details on how to log in to OBS Browser, see section Logg",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Downloading Backup Files,Backup and Restore,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Downloading Backup Files",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_03_0008.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_03_0008.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"99",
+		"code":"100",
 		"des":"This section describes how to delete manual backups to release the storage space.The deletion operation is irreversible. Exercise caution when performing this operation.B",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Deleting a Manual Backup,Backup and Restore,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Deleting a Manual Backup",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_03_0009.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_03_0009.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"100",
+		"code":"101",
 		"des":"This section describes how to delete an automated backup. If the automated backup policy is disabled, DDS allows you to delete stored automated backups to release storage",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Deleting an Automated Backup,Backup and Restore,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Deleting an Automated Backup",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_03_0010.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_03_0010.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"101",
+		"code":"102",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Parameter Template Management",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Parameter Template Management",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"en-us_topic_parameter_group.html",
+		"node_id":"en-us_topic_parameter_group.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"102",
+		"code":"103",
 		"des":"DB parameter templates act as a container for engine configuration values that are applied to one or more DB instances.DDS does not share parameter template quotas with R",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Creating a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Creating a Parameter Template",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"en-us_topic_configuration.html",
+		"node_id":"en-us_topic_configuration.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"103",
+		"code":"104",
 		"des":"You can modify parameters in custom parameter templates as needed to get the most out of DDS performance.You can modify parameters in either of the following ways:Directl",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Modifying a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Modifying a Parameter Template",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_03_0110.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_03_0110.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"104",
+		"code":"105",
 		"des":"You can view the change history of a parameter template.In a newly exported or created parameter template, the change history is blank.You can apply the parameter templat",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Viewing Parameter Change History,Parameter Template Management,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Viewing Parameter Change History",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_03_0111.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_03_0111.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"105",
+		"code":"106",
 		"des":"You can export a parameter template of a DB instance for future use. You can also apply the exported parameter template to other instances by referring to Applying a Para",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Exporting a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Exporting a Parameter Template",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_03_0012.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_03_0012.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"106",
+		"code":"107",
 		"des":"This section describes how to compare two parameter templates of the same node type and DB engine version.If their settings are different, the parameter names and values ",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Comparing Parameter Templates,Parameter Template Management,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Comparing Parameter Templates",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_03_0013.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_03_0013.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"107",
+		"code":"108",
 		"des":"You can replicate a parameter template you have created.Default parameter templates cannot be replicated, but you can create parameter templates based on the default ones",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Replicating a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Replicating a Parameter Template",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_03_0015.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_03_0015.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"108",
+		"code":"109",
 		"des":"This section describes how to reset all parameters in a parameter template you create to the default settings as needed.Resetting a parameter template will restore all pa",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Resetting a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Resetting a Parameter Template",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_03_0014.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_03_0014.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"109",
+		"code":"110",
 		"des":"Modifications to parameters in a custom parameter template take effect for DB instances only after you have applied the template to the target DB instances or target node",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Applying a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Applying a Parameter Template",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_03_0113.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_03_0113.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"110",
+		"code":"111",
 		"des":"An application record contains information about performed apply operations. You can view the application records of a parameter template.Click Default Templates. Locate ",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Viewing Application Records of a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Viewing Application Records of a Parameter Template",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_03_0044.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_03_0044.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"111",
+		"code":"112",
 		"des":"The section describes how to modify the description of a parameter template you created so that you can distinguish and identify parameter templates.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Modifying the Description of a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Modifying the Description of a Parameter Template",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_03_0016.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_03_0016.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"112",
+		"code":"113",
 		"des":"You can delete a custom parameter template that is no longer used.Default parameter templates and parameter templates applied to instances cannot be deleted.Deleted param",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Deleting a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Deleting a Parameter Template",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_03_0040.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_03_0040.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"113",
+		"code":"114",
 		"des":"This section describes how to view the progress and result of asynchronous tasks on the Task Center page.Creating a snapshot backupCreating a cluster InstanceCreating a r",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Task Center,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Task Center",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_03_0025.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_03_0025.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"114",
+		"code":"115",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Monitoring and Alarm Reporting",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Monitoring and Alarm Reporting",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_03_0076.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_03_0076.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"115",
+		"code":"116",
 		"des":"Cloud Eye monitors DDS instance metrics. You can obtain the monitoring metrics of DDS on the management console.Monitored data requires a period of time for transmission ",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"DB instance,Viewing DDS Metrics,Monitoring and Alarm Reporting,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Viewing DDS Metrics",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_03_0026.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_03_0026.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"116",
+		"code":"117",
 		"des":"This section describes metrics reported by Document Database Service (DDS) to Cloud Eye as well as their namespaces and dimensions. You can use APIs provided by Cloud Eye",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"DDS Metrics,Monitoring and Alarm Reporting,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"DDS Metrics",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_03_0027.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_03_0027.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"117",
+		"code":"118",
 		"des":"You can enable the alarm reporting function in one click. After alarms are triggered, Simple Message Notification (SMN) can send notifications to specified cloud account.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Setting Alarm Rules,Monitoring and Alarm Reporting,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Setting Alarm Rules",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_03_0028.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_03_0028.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"118",
+		"code":"119",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Auditing",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Auditing",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_03_0029.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_03_0029.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"119",
+		"code":"120",
 		"des":"With Cloud Trace Service (CTS), you can record operations associated with DDS for later query, audit, and backtrack operations.ddsAddTag and ddsDeleteTag are respectively",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Key Operations Recorded by CTS,Auditing,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Key Operations Recorded by CTS",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_03_0024.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_03_0024.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"120",
+		"code":"121",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Log Management",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Log Management",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"en-us_topic_error_log.html",
+		"node_id":"en-us_topic_error_log.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"121",
+		"code":"122",
 		"des":"DDS log management allows you to view database-level logs, including warning- and error-level logs generated during database running, which help you analyze system proble",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Error Log,Log Management,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Error Log",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"en-us_topic_slow_query_log.html",
+		"node_id":"en-us_topic_slow_query_log.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"122",
+		"code":"123",
 		"des":"Slow query logs record statements whose execution period exceeds the value of operationProfiling.slowOpThresholdMs (100 ms by default). With slow query logs, you can iden",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Slow Query Log,Log Management,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Slow Query Log",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_03_0023.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_03_0023.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"123",
+		"code":"124",
 		"des":"Tag Management Service (TMS) enables you to use tags on the management console to manage resources. Every cloud service is responsible for managing their own tags while T",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Tag Management,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Tag Management",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0100.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_faq_0100.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"124",
+		"code":"125",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"FAQs",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"FAQs",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0101.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_faq_0101.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"125",
+		"code":"126",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Product Consulting",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Product Consulting",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0001.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_faq_0001.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"126",
+		"code":"127",
 		"des":"Precautions after applying for DDS:After purchasing DDS DB instances, you do not need to perform basic database O&M operations, such as HA and security patches. You need ",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"What Precautions Should Be Taken When Using DDS?,Product Consulting,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"What Precautions Should Be Taken When Using DDS?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0002.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_faq_0002.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"127",
+		"code":"128",
 		"des":"Formula for a DDS DB instance availability:DDS DB instance availability = (1 – Failure duration/Total service duration) × 100%.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"What Is the Availability of DDS DB Instances?,Product Consulting,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"What Is the Availability of DDS DB Instances?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0004.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_faq_0004.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"128",
+		"code":"129",
 		"des":"No. Your DDS DB instances and resources are isolated from others.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Will My DDS DB Instances Be Affected by Other Users' DDS DB Instances?,Product Consulting,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Will My DDS DB Instances Be Affected by Other Users' DDS DB Instances?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0102.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_faq_0102.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"129",
+		"code":"130",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Database Performance",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Database Performance",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0005.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_faq_0005.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"130",
+		"code":"131",
 		"des":"You can view the slow query logs to check whether any slowly executed SQL queries exist and view the performance characteristics of queries (if any) to locate the cause o",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"What Should I Do If My Query Is Slow?,Database Performance,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"What Should I Do If My Query Is Slow?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0006.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_faq_0006.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"131",
+		"code":"132",
 		"des":"The delay for primary/secondary synchronization cannot be calculated using a formula. The delay is affected by the following factors:Network communication statusTransacti",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"What Is the Time Delay for Primary/Secondary Synchronization in a Replica Set?,Database Performance,",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"What Is the Time Delay for Primary/Secondary Synchronization in a Replica Set?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0103.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_faq_0103.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"132",
+		"code":"133",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Creation and Deletion",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Creation and Deletion",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0007.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_faq_0007.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"133",
+		"code":"134",
 		"des":"DDS does not delete or perform any operations on any user data. If this problem occurs, check whether a misoperation has been performed. Restore the data using backup fil",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Why Is Data Missing from My Database?,Creation and Deletion,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Why Is Data Missing from My Database?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0008.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_faq_0008.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"134",
+		"code":"135",
 		"des":"If your cloud account is deleted, both your automated and manual backups are deleted.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Will My Backups Be Deleted If I Delete My Cloud Account?,Creation and Deletion,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Will My Backups Be Deleted If I Delete My Cloud Account?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0104.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_faq_0104.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"135",
+		"code":"136",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Database Connection",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Database Connection",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0012.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_faq_0012.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"136",
+		"code":"137",
 		"des":"The number of connections indicates the number of applications that can be simultaneously connected to the database. The number of connections is irrelevant to the maximu",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"What Is the Number of DDS Database Connections?,Database Connection,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"What Is the Number of DDS Database Connections?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0013.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_faq_0013.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"137",
+		"code":"138",
 		"des":"Perform the following steps to identify the problem:If yes, go to 3.If no, configure the VPC peering connection. For details, see \"VPC Peering Connection\" in Virtual Priv",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"What Should I Do If an ECS Cannot Connect to a DDS DB Instance?,Database Connection,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"What Should I Do If an ECS Cannot Connect to a DDS DB Instance?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0015.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_faq_0015.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"138",
+		"code":"139",
 		"des":"Check whether the following problems occur on the DDS database. Check the following one at a time.The maximum number of connections is reached.Solution: Use the Cloud Eye",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"What Should I Do If a DDS Server Problem Causes a Connection Failure?,Database Connection,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"What Should I Do If a DDS Server Problem Causes a Connection Failure?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0018.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_faq_0018.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"139",
+		"code":"140",
 		"des":"MongoDB official website provides client installation packages for different OSs. Download the official binary installation package at https://www.mongodb.com/download-ce",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"How Can I Install a MongoDB Client?,Database Connection,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"How Can I Install a MongoDB Client?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0039.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_faq_0039.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"140",
+		"code":"141",
 		"des":"This section describes how to obtain the Robo 3T installation package and install Robo 3T.For details on how to connect to a cluster instance, see Connecting to a Cluster",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"How Do I Install Robo 3T?,Database Connection,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"How Do I Install Robo 3T?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0105.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_faq_0105.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"141",
+		"code":"142",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Database Usage",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Database Usage",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0009.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_faq_0009.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"142",
+		"code":"143",
 		"des":"Yes. Adding shards does not affect the existing shards. Services are still available.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Are My DDS DB Instances Available When Scaling?,Database Usage,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Are My DDS DB Instances Available When Scaling?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0107.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_faq_0107.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"143",
+		"code":"144",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Database Storage",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Database Storage",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0028.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_faq_0028.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"144",
+		"code":"145",
 		"des":"The EVS is used for data storage of DDS DB instances. For details on the EVS, see Elastic Volume Service User Guide.The DDS DB instance backup data is stored in the OBS a",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"What Is the DDS DB Instance Storage Configuration?,Database Storage,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"What Is the DDS DB Instance Storage Configuration?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0029.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_faq_0029.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"145",
+		"code":"146",
 		"des":"If the storage space required by your applications exceeds the allowed maximum space allocated to you, you can do either of the following:Scale up storage space.Add shard",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"What Should I Do If My Data Exceeds the Database Storage Space of a DDS DB Instance?,Database Storag",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"What Should I Do If My Data Exceeds the Database Storage Space of a DDS DB Instance?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0030.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_faq_0030.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"146",
+		"code":"147",
 		"des":"The following types of data will occupy the storage space:User data except backupsData required for ensuring DB instance proper running occupy, such as system database da",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Which Items Occupy the Storage Space of DDS DB Instances?,Database Storage,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Which Items Occupy the Storage Space of DDS DB Instances?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0031.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_faq_0031.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"147",
+		"code":"148",
 		"des":"The storage space you applied for will contain the system overhead required for inode, reserved block, and database operation.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"What Overhead Does the Storage Space Have After I Applied for a DDS DB Instance?,Database Storage,Us",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"What Overhead Does the Storage Space Have After I Applied for a DDS DB Instance?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0109.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_faq_0109.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"148",
+		"code":"149",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Backup and Restoration",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Backup and Restoration",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0025.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_faq_0025.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"149",
+		"code":"150",
 		"des":"You can store DDS backup data on the ECS using mongoexport. However, you are advised not to store database backups on ECSs. To ensure high data reliability and service as",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"How Do I Back Up DDS Databases to an ECS?,Backup and Restoration,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"How Do I Back Up DDS Databases to an ECS?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0026.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_faq_0026.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"150",
+		"code":"151",
 		"des":"The automated backup retention period is 7 days by default. You can set a backup retention period from 1 to 732 days. There is no limit on the manual backup retention per",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"How Long Does DDS Store Backup Data For?,Backup and Restoration,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"How Long Does DDS Store Backup Data For?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0110.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_faq_0110.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"151",
+		"code":"152",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Network Security",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Network Security",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0021.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_faq_0021.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"152",
+		"code":"153",
 		"des":"DDS allows you to set the VPC which DDS DB instances belong to, ensuring that the DDS DB instances are isolated from other services. In addition, the IAM service is provi",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"What Security Protection Policies Does DDS Have?,Network Security,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"What Security Protection Policies Does DDS Have?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0023.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_faq_0023.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"153",
+		"code":"154",
 		"des":"The VPC security group helps ensure the security of DDS in a VPC. In addition, ACL can be used to allow or reject I/O network traffic for each subnet. Use the internal se",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"How Do I Ensure the Security of DDS in a VPC?,Network Security,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"How Do I Ensure the Security of DDS in a VPC?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0111.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_faq_0111.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"154",
+		"code":"155",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Resource Monitoring",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Resource Monitoring",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0019.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_faq_0019.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"155",
+		"code":"156",
 		"des":"You need to focus on the CPU, memory, and storage space usage.You can configure DDS to report alarms as needed. If an alarm is reported, you can take proper measures to c",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"What DB Instance Monitoring Metrics Do I Need to Pay Attention To?,Resource Monitoring,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"What DB Instance Monitoring Metrics Do I Need to Pay Attention To?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0112.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_faq_0112.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"156",
+		"code":"157",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Log Management",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Log Management",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0032.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_faq_0032.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"157",
+		"code":"158",
 		"des":"Logs and files listed in the following table occupy storage space.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Which Types of Logs and Files Occupy DDS DB Instance Storage Space?,Log Management,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Which Types of Logs and Files Occupy DDS DB Instance Storage Space?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_change_history.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_change_history.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"158",
+		"code":"159",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Change History,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Change History",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"dds_glossary.html",
+		"node_id":"dds_glossary.xml",
 		"product_code":"dds",
-		"code":"159",
+		"code":"160",
 		"des":"For details about the glossaries in this document, see Glossary.",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"kw":"Glossary,User Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"prodname":"dds",
+				"documenttype":"usermanual"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Glossary",
 		"githuburl":""
 	}
diff --git a/docs/dds/umn/CLASS.TXT.json b/docs/dds/umn/CLASS.TXT.json
index ce177e37..c5e13bb0 100644
--- a/docs/dds/umn/CLASS.TXT.json
+++ b/docs/dds/umn/CLASS.TXT.json
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 		"code":"1"
 	},
 	{
-		"desc":"Document Database Service (DDS) is a high availability DBaaS, which provides a secure, reliable and scalable solution, compatible with MongoDB. It provides functions such",
+		"desc":"Document Database Service (DDS) is a high availability DBaaS, which provides a secure, reliable and scalable solution, compatible with MongoDB community version 4.0.3 as ",
 		"product_code":"dds",
 		"title":"What Is DDS?",
 		"uri":"en-us_topic_introduction.html",
@@ -179,6 +179,15 @@
 		"p_code":"1",
 		"code":"20"
 	},
+	{
+		"desc":"Document Database Service (DDS) is a cloud database service compatible with MongoDB. DDS major versions select community versions that have not reached EOL and have new m",
+		"product_code":"dds",
+		"title":"Mapping Between DDS Versions and Community Versions",
+		"uri":"dds_01_0060.html",
+		"doc_type":"usermanual",
+		"p_code":"1",
+		"code":"21"
+	},
 	{
 		"desc":"You have registered an account.For the first time you use DDS, apply for an account at the official website. After the application is successful, your account has permiss",
 		"product_code":"dds",
@@ -186,7 +195,7 @@
 		"uri":"dds_02_0043.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"p_code":"",
-		"code":"21"
+		"code":"22"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
@@ -195,7 +204,7 @@
 		"uri":"dds_02_cluster.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"p_code":"",
-		"code":"22"
+		"code":"23"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"You can access DDS over private or public networks.",
@@ -203,8 +212,8 @@
 		"title":"Connection Methods",
 		"uri":"dds_02_0001.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"22",
-		"code":"23"
+		"p_code":"23",
+		"code":"24"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
@@ -212,8 +221,8 @@
 		"title":"Connecting to a Cluster Instance Over Private Networks",
 		"uri":"dds_02_0009.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"22",
-		"code":"24"
+		"p_code":"23",
+		"code":"25"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"This section describes how to create a cluster instance on the management console, set a security group, and connect to a cluster instance over private networks.The follo",
@@ -221,8 +230,8 @@
 		"title":"Overview",
 		"uri":"dds_02_0010.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"24",
-		"code":"25"
+		"p_code":"25",
+		"code":"26"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"This section describes how to create a Community Edition cluster instance on the DDS management console. DDS allows you to tailor your compute resources and storage space",
@@ -230,8 +239,8 @@
 		"title":"Creating a Cluster Instance",
 		"uri":"en-us_topic_0044018333.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"24",
-		"code":"26"
+		"p_code":"25",
+		"code":"27"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"This section explains how to add a security group rule to control access to and from the DDS DB instances associated with a security group.The default security group rule",
@@ -239,8 +248,8 @@
 		"title":"Setting a Security Group",
 		"uri":"dds_02_0022.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"24",
-		"code":"27"
+		"p_code":"25",
+		"code":"28"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"This section describes how to connect to a cluster instance using the MongoDB client over private networks.The MongoDB client can connect to a DB instance with an unencry",
@@ -248,8 +257,8 @@
 		"title":"Connecting to a Cluster Instance Over Private Networks",
 		"uri":"en-us_topic_0044018334.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"24",
-		"code":"28"
+		"p_code":"25",
+		"code":"29"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
@@ -257,8 +266,8 @@
 		"title":"Connecting to a Cluster Instance Over Public Networks",
 		"uri":"dds_02_0013.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"22",
-		"code":"29"
+		"p_code":"23",
+		"code":"30"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"This section describes how to create a cluster instance on the management console, set a security group, bind an EIP, and connect to a cluster instance over public networ",
@@ -266,8 +275,8 @@
 		"title":"Overview",
 		"uri":"dds_02_0014.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"29",
-		"code":"30"
+		"p_code":"30",
+		"code":"31"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"This section describes how to create a Community Edition cluster instance on the DDS management console. DDS allows you to tailor your compute resources and storage space",
@@ -275,8 +284,8 @@
 		"title":"Creating a Cluster Instance",
 		"uri":"dds_02_0016.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"29",
-		"code":"31"
+		"p_code":"30",
+		"code":"32"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"After you create a DB instance, you can bind it to an EIP to allow external access. If you want to prohibit external access later, you can also unbind the EIP from the DB",
@@ -284,8 +293,8 @@
 		"title":"Binding an EIP",
 		"uri":"dds_02_0046.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"29",
-		"code":"32"
+		"p_code":"30",
+		"code":"33"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"This section explains how to add a security group rule to control access to and from the DDS DB instances associated with a security group.The default security group rule",
@@ -293,8 +302,8 @@
 		"title":"Setting a Security Group",
 		"uri":"dds_02_0019.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"29",
-		"code":"33"
+		"p_code":"30",
+		"code":"34"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"This section describes how to connect to a cluster instance using the MongoDB client and Robo 3T over public networks.The MongoDB client and Robo 3T can connect to a DB i",
@@ -302,8 +311,8 @@
 		"title":"Connecting to a Cluster Instance Over Public Networks",
 		"uri":"dds_02_0006.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"29",
-		"code":"34"
+		"p_code":"30",
+		"code":"35"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
@@ -312,7 +321,7 @@
 		"uri":"dds_02_replica_set.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"p_code":"",
-		"code":"35"
+		"code":"36"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"You can access DDS over private or public networks.",
@@ -320,8 +329,8 @@
 		"title":"Connection Methods",
 		"uri":"dds_02_0042.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"35",
-		"code":"36"
+		"p_code":"36",
+		"code":"37"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
@@ -329,8 +338,8 @@
 		"title":"Connecting to a Replica Set Instance Over Private Networks",
 		"uri":"dds_02_0055.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"35",
-		"code":"37"
+		"p_code":"36",
+		"code":"38"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"This section describes how to create a replica set instance on the management console, set a security group, and connect to a replica set instance over private networks.T",
@@ -338,8 +347,8 @@
 		"title":"Overview",
 		"uri":"dds_02_0057.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"37",
-		"code":"38"
+		"p_code":"38",
+		"code":"39"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"This section describes how to create a replica set instance on the DDS management console. DDS allows you to tailor your compute resources and storage space to your busin",
@@ -347,8 +356,8 @@
 		"title":"Creating a Replica Set Instance",
 		"uri":"dds_02_0012.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"37",
-		"code":"39"
+		"p_code":"38",
+		"code":"40"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"This section guides you on how to add a security group rule to control access from and to DDS DB instances associated with a security group. The following describes how t",
@@ -356,8 +365,8 @@
 		"title":"Setting a Security Group",
 		"uri":"dds_02_0049.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"37",
-		"code":"40"
+		"p_code":"38",
+		"code":"41"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"This section describes how to connect to a replica set instance using the MongoDB client over private networks.You can directly perform operations on the primary and seco",
@@ -365,8 +374,8 @@
 		"title":"Connecting to a Replica Set Instance Over Private Networks",
 		"uri":"en-us_topic_0105284966.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"37",
-		"code":"41"
+		"p_code":"38",
+		"code":"42"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
@@ -374,8 +383,8 @@
 		"title":"Connecting to a Replica Set Instance Over Public Networks",
 		"uri":"dds_02_0050.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"35",
-		"code":"42"
+		"p_code":"36",
+		"code":"43"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"This section describes how to create a replica set instance on the management console, set a security group, bind an EIP, and connect to a replica set instance over publi",
@@ -383,8 +392,8 @@
 		"title":"Overview",
 		"uri":"dds_02_0051.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"42",
-		"code":"43"
+		"p_code":"43",
+		"code":"44"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"This section describes how to create a replica set instance on the DDS management console. DDS allows you to tailor your compute resources and storage space to your busin",
@@ -392,8 +401,8 @@
 		"title":"Creating a Replica Set Instance",
 		"uri":"dds_02_0052.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"42",
-		"code":"44"
+		"p_code":"43",
+		"code":"45"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"After you create a DB instance, you can bind it to an EIP to allow external access. If later you want to prohibit external access, you can also unbind the EIP from the DB",
@@ -401,8 +410,8 @@
 		"title":"Binding an EIP",
 		"uri":"dds_02_0053.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"42",
-		"code":"45"
+		"p_code":"43",
+		"code":"46"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"This section guides you on how to add a security group rule to control access from and to DDS DB instances associated with a security group. The following describes how t",
@@ -410,8 +419,8 @@
 		"title":"Setting a Security Group",
 		"uri":"dds_02_0054.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"42",
-		"code":"46"
+		"p_code":"43",
+		"code":"47"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"This section describes how to connect to a replica set instance using the MongoDB client and Robo 3T over public networks.You can directly perform operations on the prima",
@@ -419,8 +428,8 @@
 		"title":"Connecting to a Replica Set Instance Over Public Networks",
 		"uri":"dds_02_0047.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"42",
-		"code":"47"
+		"p_code":"43",
+		"code":"48"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
@@ -429,7 +438,7 @@
 		"uri":"dds_02_single_node.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"p_code":"",
-		"code":"48"
+		"code":"49"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"You can access DDS over private or public networks.",
@@ -437,8 +446,8 @@
 		"title":"Connection Methods",
 		"uri":"dds_02_0070.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"48",
-		"code":"49"
+		"p_code":"49",
+		"code":"50"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
@@ -446,8 +455,8 @@
 		"title":"Connecting to a Single-Node Instance Over Private Networks",
 		"uri":"dds_02_0074.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"48",
-		"code":"50"
+		"p_code":"49",
+		"code":"51"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"This section describes how to create a single node instance on the management console, set a security group, and connect to a single node instance over private networks.T",
@@ -455,8 +464,8 @@
 		"title":"Overview",
 		"uri":"dds_02_0075.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"50",
-		"code":"51"
+		"p_code":"51",
+		"code":"52"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"This section describes how to create a single node instance on the DDS management console. DDS allows you to tailor your computing resources and storage space to your bus",
@@ -464,8 +473,8 @@
 		"title":"Creating a Single Node Instance",
 		"uri":"dds_02_0023.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"50",
-		"code":"52"
+		"p_code":"51",
+		"code":"53"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"This section guides you on how to add a security group rule to control access from and to DDS DB instances in a security group.The default security group rule allows all ",
@@ -473,8 +482,8 @@
 		"title":"Setting a Security Group",
 		"uri":"dds_02_0024.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"50",
-		"code":"53"
+		"p_code":"51",
+		"code":"54"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"This section describes how to connect to a single-node instance using the MongoDB client over private networks.The MongoDB client can connect to a DB instance with an une",
@@ -482,8 +491,8 @@
 		"title":"Connecting to a Single Node Instance Over Private Networks",
 		"uri":"dds_02_0028.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"50",
-		"code":"54"
+		"p_code":"51",
+		"code":"55"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
@@ -491,8 +500,8 @@
 		"title":"Connecting to a Single Node Instance Over Public Networks",
 		"uri":"dds_02_0077.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"48",
-		"code":"55"
+		"p_code":"49",
+		"code":"56"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"This section describes how to create a single node instance on the management console, set a security group, bind an EIP, and connect to a single node instance over publi",
@@ -500,8 +509,8 @@
 		"title":"Overview",
 		"uri":"dds_02_0078.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"55",
-		"code":"56"
+		"p_code":"56",
+		"code":"57"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"This section describes how to create a single node instance on the DDS management console. DDS allows you to tailor your computing resources and storage space to your bus",
@@ -509,8 +518,8 @@
 		"title":"Creating a Single Node Instance",
 		"uri":"dds_02_0079.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"55",
-		"code":"57"
+		"p_code":"56",
+		"code":"58"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"After you create a DB instance, you can bind it to an EIP to allow external access. If later you want to prohibit external access, you can also unbind the EIP from the DB",
@@ -518,8 +527,8 @@
 		"title":"Binding an EIP",
 		"uri":"dds_02_0026.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"55",
-		"code":"58"
+		"p_code":"56",
+		"code":"59"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"This section guides you on how to add a security group rule to control access from and to DDS DB instances in a security group.The default security group rule allows all ",
@@ -527,8 +536,8 @@
 		"title":"Setting a Security Group",
 		"uri":"dds_02_0080.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"55",
-		"code":"59"
+		"p_code":"56",
+		"code":"60"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"This section describes how to connect to a single-node instance using the MongoDB client and Robo 3T over public networks.The MongoDB client and Robo 3T can connect to a ",
@@ -536,8 +545,8 @@
 		"title":"Connecting to a Single Node Instance Over Public Networks",
 		"uri":"dds_02_0048.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"55",
-		"code":"60"
+		"p_code":"56",
+		"code":"61"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
@@ -546,7 +555,7 @@
 		"uri":"dds_03_0062.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"p_code":"",
-		"code":"61"
+		"code":"62"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"This section describes how to use IAM to implement fine-grained permissions control for your DDS resources. With IAM, you can:Create IAM users for employees based on the ",
@@ -554,8 +563,8 @@
 		"title":"Creating a User and Granting Permissions",
 		"uri":"dds_03_0060.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"61",
-		"code":"62"
+		"p_code":"62",
+		"code":"63"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"Custom policies can be created as a supplement to the system policies of DDS. For the actions supported for custom policies, see DDS Actions.You can create custom policie",
@@ -563,8 +572,8 @@
 		"title":"Creating a Custom Policy",
 		"uri":"dds_03_0061.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"61",
-		"code":"63"
+		"p_code":"62",
+		"code":"64"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
@@ -573,7 +582,7 @@
 		"uri":"dds_03_0019.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"p_code":"",
-		"code":"64"
+		"code":"65"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"DDS allows you to use SSL to encrypt connections to a DB instance to protect your data.If SSL is enabled, you can connect to a DB instance using SSL. For details, see sec",
@@ -581,8 +590,8 @@
 		"title":"Enabling or Disabling SSL",
 		"uri":"dds_03_0074.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"64",
-		"code":"65"
+		"p_code":"65",
+		"code":"66"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"If a client and a replica set instance are deployed in different CIDR blocks and the client is not in 192.168.0.0/16, 172.16.0.0/24, or 10.0.0.0/8, configure Cross-CIDR A",
@@ -590,8 +599,8 @@
 		"title":"Configuring Cross-CIDR Access for Replica Set Instances",
 		"uri":"dds_03_0100.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"64",
-		"code":"66"
+		"p_code":"65",
+		"code":"67"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"A cluster instance of Community Edition consists of mongos, shard, and config nodes. When your services need to read and write data from and into databases, connect to th",
@@ -599,8 +608,8 @@
 		"title":"Enabling IP Addresses of shard and config Nodes",
 		"uri":"dds_02_0100.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"64",
-		"code":"67"
+		"p_code":"65",
+		"code":"68"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"After a database is migrated from on-premises or other cloud platforms to DDS, the private IP address of the database may be changed. DDS allows you to change the private",
@@ -608,8 +617,8 @@
 		"title":"Changing a Private IP Address",
 		"uri":"dds_03_0070.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"64",
-		"code":"68"
+		"p_code":"65",
+		"code":"69"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"This section guides you on how to modify the database port. The database port cannot be changed when the instance is in any of the following statuses:RestartingAdding nod",
@@ -617,8 +626,8 @@
 		"title":"Changing the Database Port",
 		"uri":"dds_03_change_database_port.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"64",
-		"code":"69"
+		"p_code":"65",
+		"code":"70"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"This section guides you on how to change a security group for cluster, replica set, and single node instances. If any of the following operations is in progress, do not c",
@@ -626,8 +635,8 @@
 		"title":"Changing a Security Group",
 		"uri":"dds_03_change_security_group.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"64",
-		"code":"70"
+		"p_code":"65",
+		"code":"71"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
@@ -636,7 +645,7 @@
 		"uri":"dds_03_0080.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"p_code":"",
-		"code":"71"
+		"code":"72"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"The following tables list the commands supported and restricted by DDS.For more information, see official MongoDB documentation.Users cannot execute a system command.",
@@ -644,8 +653,8 @@
 		"title":"Which Commands are Supported or Restricted by DDS?",
 		"uri":"dds_03_0033.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"71",
-		"code":"72"
+		"p_code":"72",
+		"code":"73"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"DDS is accessible through an EIP in a public network or an ECS in a private network.MongoDB can export data from a database into a JSON file. Such a JSON file can then be",
@@ -654,7 +663,7 @@
 		"uri":"dds_03_0052.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"p_code":"",
-		"code":"73"
+		"code":"74"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
@@ -663,7 +672,7 @@
 		"uri":"dds_03_0001.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"p_code":"",
-		"code":"74"
+		"code":"75"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"This section describes how to create a database account and change the account password using commands after the DDS DB instances are created. When creating a database ac",
@@ -671,8 +680,8 @@
 		"title":"Creating a Database Account Using Commands",
 		"uri":"dds_03_0057.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"74",
-		"code":"75"
+		"p_code":"75",
+		"code":"76"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"For security reasons, you are advised to periodically change administrator passwords.You cannot reset the administrator password under the following circumstances:Restart",
@@ -680,8 +689,8 @@
 		"title":"Resetting the Administrator Password",
 		"uri":"dds_03_reset_password.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"74",
-		"code":"76"
+		"p_code":"75",
+		"code":"77"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
@@ -690,7 +699,7 @@
 		"uri":"dds_03_0002.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"p_code":"",
-		"code":"77"
+		"code":"78"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"This section describes how to change a DB instance name to identify different DB instances.If you want to submit the change, click OK. The DB instance name can be 4 to 64",
@@ -698,8 +707,8 @@
 		"title":"Changing a DB Instance Name",
 		"uri":"dds_03_0075.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"77",
-		"code":"78"
+		"p_code":"78",
+		"code":"79"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"This section describes how to add nodes to a cluster instance.You can add nodes when the instance status is Available, Deleting backup, or Checking restoration.A DB insta",
@@ -707,8 +716,8 @@
 		"title":"Adding Nodes to a Cluster",
 		"uri":"en-us_topic_increase_nodes.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"77",
-		"code":"79"
+		"p_code":"78",
+		"code":"80"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"This section describes how to revert nodes that fail to be added.During reversal, the instance status is Deleting node. This process takes about 1 to 3 minutes.During del",
@@ -716,8 +725,8 @@
 		"title":"Reverting and Deleting Failed Cluster Instance Nodes",
 		"uri":"dds_03_0018.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"77",
-		"code":"80"
+		"p_code":"78",
+		"code":"81"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"This section describes how to scale up the storage space of a DB instance to suit your service requirements.You can scale up a DB instance a maximum of eight times.You ca",
@@ -725,8 +734,8 @@
 		"title":"Scaling Up Storage Space",
 		"uri":"en-us_topic_increase_storage.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"77",
-		"code":"81"
+		"p_code":"78",
+		"code":"82"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
@@ -734,8 +743,8 @@
 		"title":"Changing the DB Instance Class",
 		"uri":"en-us_topic_0000001159335385.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"77",
-		"code":"82"
+		"p_code":"78",
+		"code":"83"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"When the CPU or memory of a DB instance is being changed, the status displayed in the Status column is Changing instance class. This process takes up to 10 minutes.In the",
@@ -743,8 +752,8 @@
 		"title":"Changing a Cluster DB Instance Class",
 		"uri":"en-us_topic_0104472218.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"82",
-		"code":"83"
+		"p_code":"83",
+		"code":"84"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"Alternatively, on the Instance Management page, click the name of the replica set instance. In the DB Information area on the Basic Information page, click Change to the ",
@@ -752,8 +761,8 @@
 		"title":"Changing a Replica Set DB Instance Class",
 		"uri":"en-us_topic_0104721795.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"82",
-		"code":"84"
+		"p_code":"83",
+		"code":"85"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"Alternatively, on the Instance Management page, click the name of the single node instance. In the DB Information area on the Basic Information page, click Change to the ",
@@ -761,8 +770,8 @@
 		"title":"Changing a Single Node DB Instance Class",
 		"uri":"dds_03_0030.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"82",
-		"code":"85"
+		"p_code":"83",
+		"code":"86"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"A replica set consists of the primary node, secondary node, and hidden node. Primary and secondary nodes allow access from external services by providing IP addresses. Hi",
@@ -770,8 +779,8 @@
 		"title":"Manually Switching the Primary and Secondary Nodes of a Replica Set",
 		"uri":"dds_03_0050.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"77",
-		"code":"86"
+		"p_code":"78",
+		"code":"87"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"This section describes how to export DB instance information for analysis. The following information can be exported:Database TypeDB Instance NameDB Instance IDDB Instanc",
@@ -779,8 +788,8 @@
 		"title":"Exporting DB Instance Information",
 		"uri":"dds_03_0051.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"77",
-		"code":"87"
+		"p_code":"78",
+		"code":"88"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"You may need to occasionally restart a DB instance to perform routine maintenance. For example, after modifying certain parameters, you must restart the DB instance for t",
@@ -788,8 +797,8 @@
 		"title":"Restarting a DB Instance or a Node",
 		"uri":"dds_03_0003.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"77",
-		"code":"88"
+		"p_code":"78",
+		"code":"89"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"This section guides you on how to delete a DB instance no longer used to release resources. You can delete the following types of DB instances:Cluster instanceReplica set",
@@ -797,8 +806,8 @@
 		"title":"Deleting a DB Instance",
 		"uri":"dds_03_0004.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"77",
-		"code":"89"
+		"p_code":"78",
+		"code":"90"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"DDS can move deleted DB instances to the recycle bin, so you can restore them easily.The recycling policy is enabled by default and cannot be disabled. Instances in the r",
@@ -806,8 +815,8 @@
 		"title":"Recycling a DB Instance",
 		"uri":"dds_03_0101.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"77",
-		"code":"90"
+		"p_code":"78",
+		"code":"91"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
@@ -816,7 +825,7 @@
 		"uri":"dds_03_0006.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"p_code":"",
-		"code":"91"
+		"code":"92"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"DDS backs up data automatically based on the automated backup policy you set. You are advised to regularly back up data in your database. If the database becomes faulty o",
@@ -824,8 +833,8 @@
 		"title":"Setting Automated Backup Policy",
 		"uri":"en-us_topic_backup_restore.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"91",
-		"code":"92"
+		"p_code":"92",
+		"code":"93"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"This section describes how to create a manual backup. Creating a backup for a DB instance helps ensure data can be restored if needed, ensuring data reliability.When you ",
@@ -833,8 +842,8 @@
 		"title":"Creating a Manual Backup",
 		"uri":"dds_03_0007.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"91",
-		"code":"93"
+		"p_code":"92",
+		"code":"94"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"This section describes how to restore a cluster instance from a backup.When you restore the DB instance from a backup file, a full backup file is downloaded from OBS and ",
@@ -842,8 +851,8 @@
 		"title":"Restoring a Cluster Instance from a Backup",
 		"uri":"dds_03_0042.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"91",
-		"code":"94"
+		"p_code":"92",
+		"code":"95"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"This section describes how to restore a replica set instance from a backup.When you restore the DB instance from a backup file, a full backup file is downloaded from OBS ",
@@ -851,8 +860,8 @@
 		"title":"Restoring a Replica Set Instance from a Backup",
 		"uri":"dds_03_0043.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"91",
-		"code":"95"
+		"p_code":"92",
+		"code":"96"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"You can restore the data of a replica set instance to a specified time point.Currently, you can restore a replica set instance to a new or original DB instance at a point",
@@ -860,8 +869,8 @@
 		"title":"Restoring Replica Set Instance to a Point in Time",
 		"uri":"dds_03_0064.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"91",
-		"code":"96"
+		"p_code":"92",
+		"code":"97"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"This section describes how to restore a single node instance from a backup.When you restore the DB instance from a backup file, a full backup file is downloaded from OBS ",
@@ -869,8 +878,8 @@
 		"title":"Restoring a Single Node Instance from a Backup",
 		"uri":"dds_03_0031.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"91",
-		"code":"97"
+		"p_code":"92",
+		"code":"98"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"This section describes how to download manual or automated backup files for local data backup or restoration.For details on how to log in to OBS Browser, see section Logg",
@@ -878,8 +887,8 @@
 		"title":"Downloading Backup Files",
 		"uri":"en-us_topic_backup_download.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"91",
-		"code":"98"
+		"p_code":"92",
+		"code":"99"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"This section describes how to delete manual backups to release the storage space.The deletion operation is irreversible. Exercise caution when performing this operation.B",
@@ -887,8 +896,8 @@
 		"title":"Deleting a Manual Backup",
 		"uri":"dds_03_0008.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"91",
-		"code":"99"
+		"p_code":"92",
+		"code":"100"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"This section describes how to delete an automated backup. If the automated backup policy is disabled, DDS allows you to delete stored automated backups to release storage",
@@ -896,8 +905,8 @@
 		"title":"Deleting an Automated Backup",
 		"uri":"dds_03_0009.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"91",
-		"code":"100"
+		"p_code":"92",
+		"code":"101"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
@@ -906,7 +915,7 @@
 		"uri":"dds_03_0010.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"p_code":"",
-		"code":"101"
+		"code":"102"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"DB parameter templates act as a container for engine configuration values that are applied to one or more DB instances.DDS does not share parameter template quotas with R",
@@ -914,8 +923,8 @@
 		"title":"Creating a Parameter Template",
 		"uri":"en-us_topic_parameter_group.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"101",
-		"code":"102"
+		"p_code":"102",
+		"code":"103"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"You can modify parameters in custom parameter templates as needed to get the most out of DDS performance.You can modify parameters in either of the following ways:Directl",
@@ -923,8 +932,8 @@
 		"title":"Modifying a Parameter Template",
 		"uri":"en-us_topic_configuration.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"101",
-		"code":"103"
+		"p_code":"102",
+		"code":"104"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"You can view the change history of a parameter template.In a newly exported or created parameter template, the change history is blank.You can apply the parameter templat",
@@ -932,8 +941,8 @@
 		"title":"Viewing Parameter Change History",
 		"uri":"dds_03_0110.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"101",
-		"code":"104"
+		"p_code":"102",
+		"code":"105"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"You can export a parameter template of a DB instance for future use. You can also apply the exported parameter template to other instances by referring to Applying a Para",
@@ -941,8 +950,8 @@
 		"title":"Exporting a Parameter Template",
 		"uri":"dds_03_0111.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"101",
-		"code":"105"
+		"p_code":"102",
+		"code":"106"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"This section describes how to compare two parameter templates of the same node type and DB engine version.If their settings are different, the parameter names and values ",
@@ -950,8 +959,8 @@
 		"title":"Comparing Parameter Templates",
 		"uri":"dds_03_0012.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"101",
-		"code":"106"
+		"p_code":"102",
+		"code":"107"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"You can replicate a parameter template you have created.Default parameter templates cannot be replicated, but you can create parameter templates based on the default ones",
@@ -959,8 +968,8 @@
 		"title":"Replicating a Parameter Template",
 		"uri":"dds_03_0013.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"101",
-		"code":"107"
+		"p_code":"102",
+		"code":"108"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"This section describes how to reset all parameters in a parameter template you create to the default settings as needed.Resetting a parameter template will restore all pa",
@@ -968,8 +977,8 @@
 		"title":"Resetting a Parameter Template",
 		"uri":"dds_03_0015.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"101",
-		"code":"108"
+		"p_code":"102",
+		"code":"109"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"Modifications to parameters in a custom parameter template take effect for DB instances only after you have applied the template to the target DB instances or target node",
@@ -977,8 +986,8 @@
 		"title":"Applying a Parameter Template",
 		"uri":"dds_03_0014.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"101",
-		"code":"109"
+		"p_code":"102",
+		"code":"110"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"An application record contains information about performed apply operations. You can view the application records of a parameter template.Click Default Templates. Locate ",
@@ -986,8 +995,8 @@
 		"title":"Viewing Application Records of a Parameter Template",
 		"uri":"dds_03_0113.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"101",
-		"code":"110"
+		"p_code":"102",
+		"code":"111"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"The section describes how to modify the description of a parameter template you created so that you can distinguish and identify parameter templates.",
@@ -995,8 +1004,8 @@
 		"title":"Modifying the Description of a Parameter Template",
 		"uri":"dds_03_0044.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"101",
-		"code":"111"
+		"p_code":"102",
+		"code":"112"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"You can delete a custom parameter template that is no longer used.Default parameter templates and parameter templates applied to instances cannot be deleted.Deleted param",
@@ -1004,8 +1013,8 @@
 		"title":"Deleting a Parameter Template",
 		"uri":"dds_03_0016.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"101",
-		"code":"112"
+		"p_code":"102",
+		"code":"113"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"This section describes how to view the progress and result of asynchronous tasks on the Task Center page.Creating a snapshot backupCreating a cluster InstanceCreating a r",
@@ -1014,7 +1023,7 @@
 		"uri":"dds_03_0040.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"p_code":"",
-		"code":"113"
+		"code":"114"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
@@ -1023,7 +1032,7 @@
 		"uri":"dds_03_0025.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"p_code":"",
-		"code":"114"
+		"code":"115"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"Cloud Eye monitors DDS instance metrics. You can obtain the monitoring metrics of DDS on the management console.Monitored data requires a period of time for transmission ",
@@ -1031,8 +1040,8 @@
 		"title":"Viewing DDS Metrics",
 		"uri":"dds_03_0076.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"114",
-		"code":"115"
+		"p_code":"115",
+		"code":"116"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"This section describes metrics reported by Document Database Service (DDS) to Cloud Eye as well as their namespaces and dimensions. You can use APIs provided by Cloud Eye",
@@ -1040,8 +1049,8 @@
 		"title":"DDS Metrics",
 		"uri":"dds_03_0026.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"114",
-		"code":"116"
+		"p_code":"115",
+		"code":"117"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"You can enable the alarm reporting function in one click. After alarms are triggered, Simple Message Notification (SMN) can send notifications to specified cloud account.",
@@ -1049,8 +1058,8 @@
 		"title":"Setting Alarm Rules",
 		"uri":"dds_03_0027.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"114",
-		"code":"117"
+		"p_code":"115",
+		"code":"118"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
@@ -1059,7 +1068,7 @@
 		"uri":"dds_03_0028.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"p_code":"",
-		"code":"118"
+		"code":"119"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"With Cloud Trace Service (CTS), you can record operations associated with DDS for later query, audit, and backtrack operations.ddsAddTag and ddsDeleteTag are respectively",
@@ -1067,8 +1076,8 @@
 		"title":"Key Operations Recorded by CTS",
 		"uri":"dds_03_0029.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"118",
-		"code":"119"
+		"p_code":"119",
+		"code":"120"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
@@ -1077,7 +1086,7 @@
 		"uri":"dds_03_0024.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"p_code":"",
-		"code":"120"
+		"code":"121"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"DDS log management allows you to view database-level logs, including warning- and error-level logs generated during database running, which help you analyze system proble",
@@ -1085,8 +1094,8 @@
 		"title":"Error Log",
 		"uri":"en-us_topic_error_log.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"120",
-		"code":"121"
+		"p_code":"121",
+		"code":"122"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"Slow query logs record statements whose execution period exceeds the value of operationProfiling.slowOpThresholdMs (100 ms by default). With slow query logs, you can iden",
@@ -1094,8 +1103,8 @@
 		"title":"Slow Query Log",
 		"uri":"en-us_topic_slow_query_log.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"120",
-		"code":"122"
+		"p_code":"121",
+		"code":"123"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"Tag Management Service (TMS) enables you to use tags on the management console to manage resources. Every cloud service is responsible for managing their own tags while T",
@@ -1104,7 +1113,7 @@
 		"uri":"dds_03_0023.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"p_code":"",
-		"code":"123"
+		"code":"124"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
@@ -1113,7 +1122,7 @@
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0100.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"p_code":"",
-		"code":"124"
+		"code":"125"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
@@ -1121,8 +1130,8 @@
 		"title":"Product Consulting",
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0101.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"124",
-		"code":"125"
+		"p_code":"125",
+		"code":"126"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"Precautions after applying for DDS:After purchasing DDS DB instances, you do not need to perform basic database O&M operations, such as HA and security patches. You need ",
@@ -1130,8 +1139,8 @@
 		"title":"What Precautions Should Be Taken When Using DDS?",
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0001.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"125",
-		"code":"126"
+		"p_code":"126",
+		"code":"127"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"Formula for a DDS DB instance availability:DDS DB instance availability = (1 – Failure duration/Total service duration) × 100%.",
@@ -1139,8 +1148,8 @@
 		"title":"What Is the Availability of DDS DB Instances?",
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0002.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"125",
-		"code":"127"
+		"p_code":"126",
+		"code":"128"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"No. Your DDS DB instances and resources are isolated from others.",
@@ -1148,8 +1157,8 @@
 		"title":"Will My DDS DB Instances Be Affected by Other Users' DDS DB Instances?",
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0004.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"125",
-		"code":"128"
+		"p_code":"126",
+		"code":"129"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
@@ -1157,8 +1166,8 @@
 		"title":"Database Performance",
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0102.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"124",
-		"code":"129"
+		"p_code":"125",
+		"code":"130"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"You can view the slow query logs to check whether any slowly executed SQL queries exist and view the performance characteristics of queries (if any) to locate the cause o",
@@ -1166,8 +1175,8 @@
 		"title":"What Should I Do If My Query Is Slow?",
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0005.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"129",
-		"code":"130"
+		"p_code":"130",
+		"code":"131"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"The delay for primary/secondary synchronization cannot be calculated using a formula. The delay is affected by the following factors:Network communication statusTransacti",
@@ -1175,8 +1184,8 @@
 		"title":"What Is the Time Delay for Primary/Secondary Synchronization in a Replica Set?",
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0006.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"129",
-		"code":"131"
+		"p_code":"130",
+		"code":"132"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
@@ -1184,8 +1193,8 @@
 		"title":"Creation and Deletion",
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0103.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"124",
-		"code":"132"
+		"p_code":"125",
+		"code":"133"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"DDS does not delete or perform any operations on any user data. If this problem occurs, check whether a misoperation has been performed. Restore the data using backup fil",
@@ -1193,8 +1202,8 @@
 		"title":"Why Is Data Missing from My Database?",
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0007.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"132",
-		"code":"133"
+		"p_code":"133",
+		"code":"134"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"If your cloud account is deleted, both your automated and manual backups are deleted.",
@@ -1202,8 +1211,8 @@
 		"title":"Will My Backups Be Deleted If I Delete My Cloud Account?",
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0008.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"132",
-		"code":"134"
+		"p_code":"133",
+		"code":"135"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
@@ -1211,8 +1220,8 @@
 		"title":"Database Connection",
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0104.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"124",
-		"code":"135"
+		"p_code":"125",
+		"code":"136"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"The number of connections indicates the number of applications that can be simultaneously connected to the database. The number of connections is irrelevant to the maximu",
@@ -1220,8 +1229,8 @@
 		"title":"What Is the Number of DDS Database Connections?",
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0012.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"135",
-		"code":"136"
+		"p_code":"136",
+		"code":"137"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"Perform the following steps to identify the problem:If yes, go to 3.If no, configure the VPC peering connection. For details, see \"VPC Peering Connection\" in Virtual Priv",
@@ -1229,8 +1238,8 @@
 		"title":"What Should I Do If an ECS Cannot Connect to a DDS DB Instance?",
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0013.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"135",
-		"code":"137"
+		"p_code":"136",
+		"code":"138"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"Check whether the following problems occur on the DDS database. Check the following one at a time.The maximum number of connections is reached.Solution: Use the Cloud Eye",
@@ -1238,8 +1247,8 @@
 		"title":"What Should I Do If a DDS Server Problem Causes a Connection Failure?",
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0015.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"135",
-		"code":"138"
+		"p_code":"136",
+		"code":"139"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"MongoDB official website provides client installation packages for different OSs. Download the official binary installation package at https://www.mongodb.com/download-ce",
@@ -1247,8 +1256,8 @@
 		"title":"How Can I Install a MongoDB Client?",
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0018.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"135",
-		"code":"139"
+		"p_code":"136",
+		"code":"140"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"This section describes how to obtain the Robo 3T installation package and install Robo 3T.For details on how to connect to a cluster instance, see Connecting to a Cluster",
@@ -1256,8 +1265,8 @@
 		"title":"How Do I Install Robo 3T?",
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0039.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"135",
-		"code":"140"
+		"p_code":"136",
+		"code":"141"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
@@ -1265,8 +1274,8 @@
 		"title":"Database Usage",
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0105.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"124",
-		"code":"141"
+		"p_code":"125",
+		"code":"142"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"Yes. Adding shards does not affect the existing shards. Services are still available.",
@@ -1274,8 +1283,8 @@
 		"title":"Are My DDS DB Instances Available When Scaling?",
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0009.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"141",
-		"code":"142"
+		"p_code":"142",
+		"code":"143"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
@@ -1283,8 +1292,8 @@
 		"title":"Database Storage",
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0107.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"124",
-		"code":"143"
+		"p_code":"125",
+		"code":"144"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"The EVS is used for data storage of DDS DB instances. For details on the EVS, see Elastic Volume Service User Guide.The DDS DB instance backup data is stored in the OBS a",
@@ -1292,8 +1301,8 @@
 		"title":"What Is the DDS DB Instance Storage Configuration?",
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0028.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"143",
-		"code":"144"
+		"p_code":"144",
+		"code":"145"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"If the storage space required by your applications exceeds the allowed maximum space allocated to you, you can do either of the following:Scale up storage space.Add shard",
@@ -1301,8 +1310,8 @@
 		"title":"What Should I Do If My Data Exceeds the Database Storage Space of a DDS DB Instance?",
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0029.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"143",
-		"code":"145"
+		"p_code":"144",
+		"code":"146"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"The following types of data will occupy the storage space:User data except backupsData required for ensuring DB instance proper running occupy, such as system database da",
@@ -1310,8 +1319,8 @@
 		"title":"Which Items Occupy the Storage Space of DDS DB Instances?",
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0030.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"143",
-		"code":"146"
+		"p_code":"144",
+		"code":"147"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"The storage space you applied for will contain the system overhead required for inode, reserved block, and database operation.",
@@ -1319,8 +1328,8 @@
 		"title":"What Overhead Does the Storage Space Have After I Applied for a DDS DB Instance?",
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0031.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"143",
-		"code":"147"
+		"p_code":"144",
+		"code":"148"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
@@ -1328,8 +1337,8 @@
 		"title":"Backup and Restoration",
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0109.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"124",
-		"code":"148"
+		"p_code":"125",
+		"code":"149"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"You can store DDS backup data on the ECS using mongoexport. However, you are advised not to store database backups on ECSs. To ensure high data reliability and service as",
@@ -1337,8 +1346,8 @@
 		"title":"How Do I Back Up DDS Databases to an ECS?",
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0025.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"148",
-		"code":"149"
+		"p_code":"149",
+		"code":"150"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"The automated backup retention period is 7 days by default. You can set a backup retention period from 1 to 732 days. There is no limit on the manual backup retention per",
@@ -1346,8 +1355,8 @@
 		"title":"How Long Does DDS Store Backup Data For?",
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0026.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"148",
-		"code":"150"
+		"p_code":"149",
+		"code":"151"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
@@ -1355,8 +1364,8 @@
 		"title":"Network Security",
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0110.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"124",
-		"code":"151"
+		"p_code":"125",
+		"code":"152"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"DDS allows you to set the VPC which DDS DB instances belong to, ensuring that the DDS DB instances are isolated from other services. In addition, the IAM service is provi",
@@ -1364,8 +1373,8 @@
 		"title":"What Security Protection Policies Does DDS Have?",
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0021.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"151",
-		"code":"152"
+		"p_code":"152",
+		"code":"153"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"The VPC security group helps ensure the security of DDS in a VPC. In addition, ACL can be used to allow or reject I/O network traffic for each subnet. Use the internal se",
@@ -1373,8 +1382,8 @@
 		"title":"How Do I Ensure the Security of DDS in a VPC?",
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0023.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"151",
-		"code":"153"
+		"p_code":"152",
+		"code":"154"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
@@ -1382,8 +1391,8 @@
 		"title":"Resource Monitoring",
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0111.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"124",
-		"code":"154"
+		"p_code":"125",
+		"code":"155"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"You need to focus on the CPU, memory, and storage space usage.You can configure DDS to report alarms as needed. If an alarm is reported, you can take proper measures to c",
@@ -1391,8 +1400,8 @@
 		"title":"What DB Instance Monitoring Metrics Do I Need to Pay Attention To?",
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0019.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"154",
-		"code":"155"
+		"p_code":"155",
+		"code":"156"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
@@ -1400,8 +1409,8 @@
 		"title":"Log Management",
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0112.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"124",
-		"code":"156"
+		"p_code":"125",
+		"code":"157"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"Logs and files listed in the following table occupy storage space.",
@@ -1409,8 +1418,8 @@
 		"title":"Which Types of Logs and Files Occupy DDS DB Instance Storage Space?",
 		"uri":"dds_faq_0032.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
-		"p_code":"156",
-		"code":"157"
+		"p_code":"157",
+		"code":"158"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
@@ -1419,7 +1428,7 @@
 		"uri":"dds_change_history.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"p_code":"",
-		"code":"158"
+		"code":"159"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"For details about the glossaries in this document, see Glossary.",
@@ -1428,6 +1437,6 @@
 		"uri":"dds_glossary.html",
 		"doc_type":"usermanual",
 		"p_code":"",
-		"code":"159"
+		"code":"160"
 	}
 ]
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dds/umn/dds_01_0060.html b/docs/dds/umn/dds_01_0060.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ec7d06a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dds/umn/dds_01_0060.html
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+
+
+
                                    Mapping Between DDS Versions and Community Versions
                                    
+
                                    Document Database Service (DDS) is a cloud database service compatible with MongoDB. DDS major versions select community versions that have not reached EOL and have new major functions as candidate versions for compatibility. The DDS version does not correspond to the community version. To help you understand the mapping between DDS versions and community versions, DDS uses compatible community versions. For details, see Figure 1.
                                    
+
                                    Figure 1 Mapping between DDS versions and community versions
                                    
+
                                    • DDS 3.4 and 4.0 are developed based on the corresponding community versions. The implementation of the same interface is consistent with that in the community. Compared with a community version, DDS has higher security and more O&M functions. DDS can better meet commercial application requirements.
                                    • After October 16, 2018, DDS 4.0 uses the community version 4.0.3 as the baseline version. New features are independently developed and evolved.
                                    • DDS 4.2 and later versions use the community version 4.0.3 as the baseline version. New features are independently developed and evolved. The storage engine is switched to RocksDB to provide better user experience.
                                    • DDS source code has been opened in the GitHub community. For details, see https://github.com/hwCloudDBSDDS/dds.
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    Parent topic: Introduction
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    
+
diff --git a/docs/dds/umn/dds_02_0012.html b/docs/dds/umn/dds_02_0012.html
index 11781f31..2adb8fed 100644
--- a/docs/dds/umn/dds_02_0012.html
+++ b/docs/dds/umn/dds_02_0012.html
@@ -62,10 +62,10 @@
 
                                    
 
                                    Disk Encryption
                                    
 
                                    • Disabled: Disable the encryption function.
                                    • Enabled: Enable the encryption function. This feature improves data security but slightly affects read/write performance.
                                      Key Name: Select or create a private key, which is the tenant key.
                                      
-
                                       NOTE: 
                                      • After a DB instance is created, the disk encryption status and the key cannot be changed. The backup data stored in OBS is not encrypted.
                                      • The key cannot be disabled or deleted when being used. Otherwise, the database becomes unavailable.
                                      • For details about how to create a key, see the "Creating a CMK" section in the Key Management Service User Guide.
                                      
-
                                      
+
                                    • Disabled: Disable the encryption function.
                                    • Enabled: Enable encryption. This feature improves data security but slightly affects read/write performance.
                                      Key Name: Select or create a private key, which is the tenant key.
                                      
 
                                    
+
                                     NOTE: 
                                    • After an instance is created, the disk encryption status and the key cannot be changed. The backup data stored in OBS is encrypted.
                                    • To check whether the disk is encrypted, you can view Disk Encrypted in the DB instance list.
                                    • If disk encryption or backup data encryption is enabled, keep the key properly. Once the key is disabled, deleted, or frozen, the database will be unavailable and data may not be restored.
                                    • For details about how to create a key, see the "Creating a CMK" section in the Key Management Service User Guide.
                                    
+
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
                                     
 
                                    Disk Encryption
                                    
 
                                    • Disabled: Disable the encryption function.
                                    • Enabled: Enable the encryption function. This feature improves data security but slightly affects read/write performance.
                                      Key Name: Select or create a private key, which is the tenant key.
                                      
-
                                       NOTE: 
                                      • After a DB instance is created, the disk encryption status and the key cannot be changed. The backup data stored in OBS is not encrypted.
                                      • The key cannot be disabled or deleted when being used. Otherwise, the database becomes unavailable.
                                      • For details about how to create a key, see the "Creating a CMK" section in the Key Management Service User Guide.
                                      
-
                                      
+
                                    • Disabled: Disable the encryption function.
                                    • Enabled: Enable encryption. This feature improves data security but slightly affects read/write performance.
                                      Key Name: Select or create a private key, which is the tenant key.
                                      
 
                                    
+
                                     NOTE: 
                                    • After an instance is created, the disk encryption status and the key cannot be changed. The backup data stored in OBS is encrypted.
                                    • To check whether the disk is encrypted, you can view Disk Encrypted in the DB instance list.
                                    • If disk encryption or backup data encryption is enabled, keep the key properly. Once the key is disabled, deleted, or frozen, the database will be unavailable and data may not be restored.
                                    • For details about how to create a key, see the "Creating a CMK" section in the Key Management Service User Guide.
                                    
+
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    Disk Encryption
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    • Disabled: Disable the encryption function.
                                    • Enabled: Enable the encryption function. This feature improves data security but slightly affects read/write performance.
                                      Key Name: Select or create a private key, which is the tenant key.
                                      
-
                                       NOTE: 
                                      • After a DB instance is created, the disk encryption status and the key cannot be changed. The backup data stored in OBS is not encrypted.
                                      • The key cannot be disabled or deleted when being used. Otherwise, the database becomes unavailable.
                                      • For details about how to create a key, see the "Creating a CMK" section in the Key Management Service User Guide.
                                      
+
                                       NOTE: 
                                      • After an instance is created, the disk encryption status and the key cannot be changed. The backup data stored in OBS is encrypted.
                                      • To check whether the disk is encrypted, you can view Disk Encrypted in the DB instance list.
                                      • If disk encryption or backup data encryption is enabled, keep the key properly. Once the key is disabled, deleted, or frozen, the database will be unavailable and data may not be restored.
                                      • For details about how to create a key, see the "Creating a CMK" section in the Key Management Service User Guide.
                                      
 
                                      
 
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    Disk Encryption
                                    
 
                                    • Disabled: Disable the encryption function.
                                    • Enabled: Enable the encryption function. This feature improves data security but slightly affects read/write performance.
                                      Key Name: Select or create a private key, which is the tenant key.
                                      
-
                                       NOTE: 
                                      • After a DB instance is created, the disk encryption status and the key cannot be changed. The backup data stored in OBS is not encrypted.
                                      • The key cannot be disabled or deleted when being used. Otherwise, the database becomes unavailable.
                                      • For details about how to create a key, see the "Creating a CMK" section in the Key Management Service User Guide.
                                      
-
                                      
+
                                    • Disabled: Disable the encryption function.
                                    • Enabled: Enable encryption. This feature improves data security but slightly affects read/write performance.
                                      Key Name: Select or create a private key, which is the tenant key.
                                      
 
                                    
+
                                     NOTE: 
                                    • After an instance is created, the disk encryption status and the key cannot be changed. The backup data stored in OBS is encrypted.
                                    • To check whether the disk is encrypted, you can view Disk Encrypted in the DB instance list.
                                    • If disk encryption or backup data encryption is enabled, keep the key properly. Once the key is disabled, deleted, or frozen, the database will be unavailable and data may not be restored.
                                    • For details about how to create a key, see the "Creating a CMK" section in the Key Management Service User Guide.
                                    
+
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    Disk Encryption
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    • Disabled: Disable the encryption function.
                                    • Enabled: Enable the encryption function. This feature improves data security but slightly affects read/write performance.
                                      Key Name: Select or create a private key, which is the tenant key.
                                      
-
                                       NOTE: 
                                      • After a DB instance is created, the disk encryption status and the key cannot be changed. The backup data stored in OBS is not encrypted.
                                      • The key cannot be disabled or deleted when being used. Otherwise, the database becomes unavailable.
                                      • For details about how to create a key, see the "Creating a CMK" section in the Key Management Service User Guide.
                                      
+
                                       NOTE: 
                                      • After an instance is created, the disk encryption status and the key cannot be changed. The backup data stored in OBS is encrypted.
                                      • To check whether the disk is encrypted, you can view Disk Encrypted in the DB instance list.
                                      • If disk encryption or backup data encryption is enabled, keep the key properly. Once the key is disabled, deleted, or frozen, the database will be unavailable and data may not be restored.
                                      • For details about how to create a key, see the "Creating a CMK" section in the Key Management Service User Guide.
                                      
 
                                      
 
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    Disk Encryption
                                    
 
                                    • Disabled: Disable the encryption function.
                                    • Enabled: Enable the encryption function. This feature improves data security but slightly affects read/write performance.
                                      Key Name: Select or create a private key, which is the tenant key.
                                      
-
                                       NOTE: 
                                      • After a DB instance is created, the disk encryption status and the key cannot be changed. The backup data stored in OBS is not encrypted.
                                      • The key cannot be disabled or deleted when being used. Otherwise, the database becomes unavailable.
                                      • For details about how to create a key, see the "Creating a CMK" section in the Key Management Service User Guide.
                                      
-
                                      
+
                                    • Disabled: Disable the encryption function.
                                    • Enabled: Enable encryption. This feature improves data security but slightly affects read/write performance.
                                      Key Name: Select or create a private key, which is the tenant key.
                                      
 
                                    
+
                                     NOTE: 
                                    • After an instance is created, the disk encryption status and the key cannot be changed. The backup data stored in OBS is encrypted.
                                    • To check whether the disk is encrypted, you can view Disk Encrypted in the DB instance list.
                                    • If disk encryption or backup data encryption is enabled, keep the key properly. Once the key is disabled, deleted, or frozen, the database will be unavailable and data may not be restored.
                                    • For details about how to create a key, see the "Creating a CMK" section in the Key Management Service User Guide.
                                    
+
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
                                     
 
 
                                    2023-10-08
                                    
+
                                    2024-02-27
                                    
+
                                    Added the following content:
                                    
+
+
                                    Modified the following section:
                                    
+
                                    Changed DDS MongoDB to DDS in Creating a Flink Jar Job.
                                    
+
                                    2023-11-01
                                    
+
                                    Modified the following content:
                                    
+
+
                                    2023-10-08
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Modified the following content:
                                    
 
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0003.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0003.html
index 209cf664..fe5fa05c 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0003.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0003.html
@@ -1,9 +1,12 @@
 
 
 
                                    Overview
                                    
-
                                    What Is Enhanced Datasource Connection?
                                    Typically, you cannot use DLI to directly access a data source in a VPC other than the one where DLI is because the network between DLI and the data source is disconnected. For proper access, you need to establish a network connection between them.
                                    
-
                                    DLI provides enhanced connections. Establishing a VPC peering connection allows DLI to communicate with the VPC of the data source, supporting cross-source data analysis.
                                    
+
                                    What Is Enhanced Datasource Connection?
                                    In cross-source data analysis scenarios, DLI needs to connect to external data sources. However, due to the different VPCs between the data source and DLI, the network cannot be connected, which results in DLI being unable to read data from the data source. DLI's enhanced datasource connection feature enables network connectivity between DLI and the data source.
                                    
+
                                    This section will introduce a solution for cross-VPC data source network connectivity:
                                    
+
                                    • Creating an enhanced datasource connection: Establish a VPC peering connection to connect DLI and the data source's VPC network.
                                    • Testing network connectivity: Verify the connectivity between the queue and the data source's network.
                                    
 
                                    For details about the data sources that support cross-source access, see Cross-Source Analysis Development Methods.
                                    
+
                                     
                                    In cross-source development scenarios, there is a risk of password leakage if datasource authentication information is directly configured. You are advised to use the datasource authentication provided by DLI. For details, see Overview.
                                    
+
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    Constraints
                                    • Datasource connections cannot be created for the default queue.
                                    • Flink jobs can directly access DIS, OBS, and SMN data sources without using datasource connections.
                                    • VPC Administrator permissions are required for enhanced connections to use VPCs, subnets, routes, VPC peering connections.
                                    • If you use an enhanced datasource connection, the CIDR block of the elastic resource pool or queue cannot overlap with that of the data source.
                                    • Only queues bound with datasource connections can access datasource tables.
                                    • Datasource tables do not support the preview function.
                                    • When checking the connectivity of datasource connections, the constraints on IP addresses are as follows:
                                      • The IP address must be valid, which consists of four decimal numbers separated by periods (.). The value ranges from 0 to 255.
                                      • During the test, you can add a port after the IP address and separate them with colons (:). The port can contain a maximum of five digits. The value ranges from 0 to 65535.
                                        For example, 192.168.xx.xx or 192.168.xx.xx:8181.
                                        
 
                                      
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0005.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0005.html
index 9460e314..f325c710 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0005.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0005.html
@@ -52,9 +52,9 @@
 
                                      • 
 
                                    
 
                                    Creating a Table
                                    Before creating a table, ensure that a database has been created.
                                    
-
                                    1. You can create a table on either the Databases and Tables page or the SQL Editor page.
                                       
                                      Datasource connection tables, such as View tables, HBase (MRS) tables, OpenTSDB (MRS) tables, DWS tables, RDS tables, and CSS tables, cannot be created. You can use SQL to create views and datasource connection tables. For details, see sections Creating a View and Creating a Datasource Connection Table in the Data Lake Insight SQL Syntax Reference.
                                      
+
                                      1. You can create a table on either the Databases and Tables page or the SQL Editor page.
                                         
                                        Datasource connection tables, such as View tables, HBase (MRS) tables, OpenTSDB (MRS) tables, DWS tables, RDS tables, and CSS tables, cannot be created. You can use SQL to create views and datasource connection tables. For details, see sections Creating a View and Creating a Datasource Connection Table in the Data Lake Insight SQL Syntax Reference.
                                        
 
                                        
-
                                        • To create a table on the Data Management page:
                                          1. On the left of the management console, choose Data Management > Databases and Tables.
                                          2. On the Databases and Tables page, select the database for which you want to create a table. In the Operation column, click More > Create Table to create a table in the current database.
                                          
+
                                          • To create a table on the Data Management page:
                                            1. On the left of the management console, choose Data Management > Databases and Tables.
                                            2. On the Databases and Tables page, select the database for which you want to create a table. In the Operation column, click More > Create Table to create a table in the current database.
                                            
 
                                          • To create a table on the SQL Editor page:
                                            1. On the left of the management console, click SQL Editor.
                                            2. In the navigation pane of the displayed SQL Editor page, click Databases. You can create a table in either of the following ways:
                                              • Click a database name. In the Tables area, click  on the right to create a table in the current database.
                                              • Click  on the right of the database and choose Create Table from the shortcut menu to create a table in the current database.
                                              
 
                                            
 
                                          
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
 
                                    Type
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Data type of a column. This parameter corresponds to Column Name.
                                    
-
                                    • string: The data is of the string type.
                                    • int: Each integer is stored on four bytes.
                                    • date: The value ranges from 0000-01-01 to 9999-12-31.
                                    • double: Each number is stored on eight bytes.
                                    • boolean: Each value is stored on one byte.
                                    • decimal: The valid bits are positive integers between 1 to 38, including 1 and 38. The decimal digits are integers less than 10.
                                    • smallint/short: The number is stored on two bytes.
                                    • bigint/long: The number is stored on eight bytes.
                                    • timestamp: The data indicates a date and time. The value can be accurate to six decimal points.
                                    • float: Each number is stored on four bytes.
                                    • tinyint: Each number is stored on one byte. Only OBS tables support this data type.
                                    
+
                                    • string: The data is of the string type.
                                    • int: Each integer is stored on four bytes.
                                    • date: The value ranges from 0000-01-01 to 9999-12-31.
                                    • double: Each number is stored on eight bytes.
                                    • boolean: Each value is stored on one byte.
                                    • decimal: The valid bits are positive integers between 1 to 38, including 1 and 38. The decimal digits are integers less than 10.
                                    • smallint/short: The number is stored on two bytes.
                                    • bigint/long: The number is stored on eight bytes.
                                    • timestamp: The data indicates a date and time. The value can be accurate to six decimal points.
                                    • float: Each number is stored on four bytes.
                                    • tinyint: Each number is stored on one byte. Only OBS tables support this data type.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    string
                                    
 
                                    Data Format
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    DLI supports the following data formats:
                                    
-
                                    • Parquet: DLI can read non-compressed data or data that is compressed using Snappy and gzip.
                                    • CSV: DLI can read non-compressed data or data that is compressed using gzip.
                                    • ORC: DLI can read non-compressed data or data that is compressed using Snappy.
                                    • JSON: DLI can read non-compressed data or data that is compressed using gzip.
                                    • Avro: DLI can read uncompressed Avro data.
                                    
+
                                    • Parquet: DLI can read non-compressed data or data that is compressed using Snappy and gzip.
                                    • CSV: DLI can read non-compressed data or data that is compressed using gzip.
                                    • ORC: DLI can read non-compressed data or data that is compressed using Snappy.
                                    • JSON: DLI can read non-compressed data or data that is compressed using gzip.
                                    • Avro: DLI can read uncompressed Avro data.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    CSV
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    User-defined Quotation Character
                                    
 
                                    This parameter is valid only when Data Format is set to CSV and you select User-defined Quotation Character.
                                    
+
                                    This parameter is valid only when Data Format is set to CSV and you select User-defined Quotation Character.
                                    
 
                                    The following quotation characters are supported:
                                    
 
                                    • Single quotation mark (')
                                    • Double quotation marks (")
                                    • Others: Enter a user-defined quotation character.
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    
 
-
                                  • Click OK.
                                    After a table is created, you can view and select the table for use on the Data Management page or SQL Editor page.
                                    
+
                                  • Click OK.
                                    After a table is created, you can view and select the table for use on the Data Management page or SQL Editor page.
                                    
 
                                  • (Optional) After a DLI table is created, you can decide whether to directly import data to the table.
                                    • 
 
 
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0012.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0012.html
index b756a23c..31425337 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0012.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0012.html
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 
 
                                  • Testing Address Connectivity
                                    
 
                                    • 
-
                                  • Creating a Message Notification Topic
                                    
+
                                  • Creating an SMN Topic
                                    
 
                                    • 
 
                                  • Managing Queue Tags
                                    
 
                                    • 
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0013.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0013.html
index d1a75ff6..236e45cd 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0013.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0013.html
@@ -20,7 +20,6 @@
 
                                  • Method 2: Obtain MRS host information from the /etc/hosts file on an MRS node.
                                    1. Log in to any MRS node as user root.
                                    2. Run the following command to obtain MRS hosts information. Copy and save the information.
                                      cat /etc/hosts
                                      
 
                                      Figure 1 Obtaining hosts information
                                      
 
                                    3. Modify host information by referring to Modifying Host Information.
                                    
-
                                  • Method 3: Log in to FusionInsight Manager to obtain host information.
                                    1. Log in to FusionInsight Manager.
                                    2. On FusionInsight Manager, click Hosts. On the Hosts page, obtain the host names and service IP addresses of the MRS hosts.
                                    3. Modify host information by referring to Modifying Host Information.
                                    
 
                                    • 
 
 
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0017.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0017.html
index fb1aa637..226644b8 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0017.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0017.html
@@ -56,11 +56,10 @@
 
                                  • Re-execute: Execute the job again.
                                  • SparkUI: Display the Spark job execution page.
                                     NOTE: 
                                    • When you execute a job on a created queue, the cluster is restarted. It takes about 10 minutes. If you click SparkUI before the cluster is created, an empty projectID will be cached. The SparkUI page cannot be displayed. You are advised to use a dedicated queue so that the cluster will not be released. Alternatively, wait for a while after the job is submitted (the cluster is created), and then check SparkUI.
                                    • Currently, only the latest 100 job information records are displayed on the SparkUI of DLI.
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    • 
-
                                    • In addition to the preceding operations, the following operations are available for QUERY jobs and asynchronous DDL jobs.
                                      • View Result: View the job running result.
                                      • Export Result: Export the job running result to the created OBS bucket. For details, see Exporting Query Results.
                                      
+
                                      • In addition to the preceding operations, the following operations are available for QUERY jobs and asynchronous DDL jobs.
                                        • View Result: View the job running result.
                                        • Export Result: Export the job running result to the created OBS bucket.
                                        
 
                                      • In addition to the preceding operations, the EXPORT job also includes the following operations:
                                        • Download
                                        
-
                                      • View Log: Save job logs to the temporary OBS bucket created by DLI.
                                      • Export Log: Export logs to the created OBS bucket. If the job is in the Running state, logs cannot be exported.
                                      
-
                                       NOTE: 
                                      To export the logs, you need to obtain the permission to create an OBS bucket.
                                      
-
                                      Log archiving and export are not available for synchronization jobs and jobs running on the default queue.
                                      
+
                                    • View Log: Save job logs to the temporary OBS bucket created by DLI.
                                    
+
                                     NOTE: 
                                    The View Log button is not available for synchronization jobs and jobs running on the default queue.
                                    
 
                                    
 
 
                                    
 
                                    queueActions
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Submitting a job
                                    
+
                                    Submitting a job (SQL)
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    queue
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    submitJob
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Canceling a job
                                    
+
                                    Canceling a job (SQL)
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    queue
                                    
 
                                    
@@ -69,8 +67,6 @@
 
                                    Terminating a Job
                                    On the Spark Jobs page, choose More > Terminate Job in the Operation column of the job that you want to stop.
                                    
 
                                    
-
                                    Exporting Logs
                                    On the Spark Jobs page, choose More > Export Log in the Operation column of the corresponding job. In the dialog box that is displayed, enter the path of the created OBS bucket and click OK.
                                    
-
                                    
 
                                    
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0397.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0397.html
index bf941faf..a6e22a68 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0397.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0397.html
@@ -2,16 +2,2958 @@
 
 
                                    Built-in Dependencies
                                    
 
                                    DLI built-in dependencies are provided by the platform by default. In case of conflicts, you do not need to upload them when packaging JAR packages of Spark or Flink Jar jobs.
                                    
-
                                    Spark 2.4.5 Dependencies
                                    • JavaEWAH-1.1.7.jar
                                    • RoaringBitmap-0.7.45.jar
                                    • ST4-4.3.1.jar
                                    • accessors-smart-1.2.jar
                                    • activation-1.1.1.jar
                                    • aircompressor-0.16.jar
                                    • alluxio-2.3.1-luxor-SNAPSHOT-client.jar
                                    • annotations-17.0.0.jar
                                    • antlr-2.7.7.jar
                                    • antlr-runtime-3.4.jar
                                    • antlr4-runtime-4.8-1.jar
                                    • aopalliance-1.0.jar
                                    • aopalliance-repackaged-2.4.0-b34.jar
                                    • apache-log4j-extras-1.2.17.jar
                                    • arpack_combined_all-0.1.jar
                                    • arrow-format-0.12.0.jar
                                    • arrow-memory-0.12.0.jar
                                    • arrow-vector-0.12.0.jar
                                    • asm-5.0.4.jar
                                    • audience-annotations-0.5.0.jar
                                    • automaton-1.11-8.jar
                                    • avro-1.8.2.jar
                                    • avro-ipc-1.8.2.jar
                                    • avro-mapred-1.8.2.jar
                                    • java-sdk-bundle-1.11.856.jar
                                    • base64-2.3.8.jar
                                    • bcpkix-jdk15on-1.66.jar
                                    • bcprov-jdk15on-1.67.jar
                                    • bonecp-0.8.0.RELEASE.jar
                                    • breeze-macros_2.11-0.13.2.jar
                                    • breeze_2.11-0.13.2.jar
                                    • calcite-avatica-1.2.0-incubating.jar
                                    • chill-java-0.9.3.jar
                                    • chill_2.11-0.9.3.jar
                                    • commons-beanutils-1.9.4.jar
                                    • commons-cli-1.2.jar
                                    • commons-codec-1.15.jar
                                    • commons-collections-3.2.2.jar
                                    • commons-collections4-4.2.jar
                                    • commons-compiler-3.0.9.jar
                                    • commons-compress-1.4.1.jar
                                    • commons-configuration2-2.1.1.jar
                                    • commons-crypto-1.0.0-20191105.jar
                                    • commons-daemon-1.0.13.jar
                                    • commons-dbcp2-2.7.0.jar
                                    • commons-httpclient-3.1.jar
                                    • commons-io-2.5.jar
                                    • commons-lang-2.6.jar
                                    • commons-lang3-3.5.jar
                                    • commons-logging-1.2.jar
                                    • commons-math3-3.4.1.jar
                                    • commons-net-3.1.jar
                                    • commons-pool2-2.8.0.jar
                                    • commons-text-1.3.jar
                                    • compress-lzf-1.0.3.jar
                                    • core-1.1.2.jar
                                    • crypter-0.0.6.jar
                                    • curator-client-4.2.0.jar
                                    • curator-framework-4.2.0.jar
                                    • curator-recipes-2.7.1.jar
                                    • datanucleus-api-jdo-3.2.6.jar
                                    • datanucleus-core-3.2.10.jar
                                    • datanucleus-rdbms-3.2.9.jar
                                    • derby-10.14.2.0.jar
                                    • dnsjava-2.1.7.jar
                                    • ecj-3.21.0.jar
                                    • ehcache-3.3.1.jar
                                    • expiringmap-0.5.9.jar
                                    • fastutil-8.2.3.jar
                                    • flatbuffers-java-1.9.0.jar
                                    • fst-2.50.jar
                                    • generex-1.0.2.jar
                                    • geronimo-jcache_1.0_spec-1.0-alpha-1.jar
                                    • gson-2.2.4.jar
                                    • guava-14.0.1.jar
                                    • guice-4.0.jar
                                    • guice-servlet-4.0.jar
                                    • hadoop-annotations-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    • hadoop-auth-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    • hadoop-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    • hadoop-client-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    • hadoop-common-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    • hadoop-hdfs-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    • hadoop-hdfs-client-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    • hadoop-3.1.1-46.jar
                                    • hadoop-mapreduce-client-common-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    • hadoop-mapreduce-client-core-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    • hadoop-mapreduce-client-jobclient-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    • hadoop-minikdc-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    • hadoop-yarn-api-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    • hadoop-yarn-client-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    • hadoop-yarn-common-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    • hadoop-yarn-registry-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    • hadoop-yarn-server-applicationhistoryservice-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    • hadoop-yarn-server-common-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    • hadoop-yarn-server-resourcemanager-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    • hadoop-yarn-server-web-proxy-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    • hamcrest-core-1.3.jar
                                    • hive-common-1.2.1-2.0.0.dli-20220528.090500-402.jar
                                    • hive-exec-1.2.1-2.0.0.dli-20220528.090521-401.jar
                                    • hive-metastore-1.2.1-2.0.0.dli-20220528.090509-402.jar
                                    • hive-shims-0.23-1.2.1-2.0.0.dli-20220528.090445-403.jar
                                    • hive-shims-1.2.1-2.0.0.dli-20220528.090455-403.jar
                                    • hive-shims-common-1.2.1-2.0.0.dli-20220528.090441-404.jar
                                    • hive-shims-scheduler-1.2.1-2.0.0.dli-20220528.090450-403.jar
                                    • hk2-api-2.4.0-b34.jar
                                    • hk2-locator-2.4.0-b34.jar
                                    • hk2-utils-2.4.0-b34.jar
                                    • hppc-0.7.2.jar
                                    • htrace-core4-4.2.0-incubating-1.0.0.jar
                                    • httpclient-4.5.6.jar
                                    • httpcore-4.4.10.jar
                                    • ivy-2.4.0.jar
                                    • jackson-annotations-2.11.4.jar
                                    • jackson-core-2.11.4.jar
                                    • jackson-core-asl-1.9.13-atlassian-4.jar
                                    • jackson-databind-2.11.4.jar
                                    • jackson-dataformat-yaml-2.11.4.jar
                                    • jackson-datatype-jsr310-2.11.2.jar
                                    • jackson-jaxrs-base-2.10.3.jar
                                    • jackson-jaxrs-json-provider-2.10.3.jar
                                    • jackson-mapper-asl-1.9.13-atlassian-4.jar
                                    • jackson-module-jaxb-annotations-2.10.3.jar
                                    • jackson-module-paranamer-2.11.4.jar
                                    • jackson-module-scala_2.11-2.11.4.jar
                                    • jakarta.activation-api-1.2.1.jar
                                    • jakarta.xml.bind-api-2.3.2.jar
                                    • janino-3.0.9.jar
                                    • java-util-1.9.0.jar
                                    • java-xmlbuilder-1.1.jar
                                    • javassist-3.18.1-GA.jar
                                    • javax.annotation-api-1.2.jar
                                    • javax.inject-1.jar
                                    • javax.inject-2.4.0-b34.jar
                                    • javax.servlet-api-3.1.0.jar
                                    • javax.ws.rs-api-2.0.1.jar
                                    • javolution-5.3.1.jar
                                    • jaxb-api-2.2.11.jar
                                    • jcip-annotations-1.0-1.jar
                                    • jcl-over-slf4j-1.7.30.jar
                                    • jdo-api-3.0.1.jar
                                    • jersey-client-2.23.1.jar
                                    • jersey-common-2.23.1.jar
                                    • jersey-container-servlet-2.23.1.jar
                                    • jersey-container-servlet-core-2.23.1.jar
                                    • jersey-guava-2.23.1.jar
                                    • jersey-media-jaxb-2.23.1.jar
                                    • jersey-server-2.23.1.jar
                                    • jets3t-0.9.4.jar
                                    • jettison-1.1.jar
                                    • jetty-http-9.4.34.v20201102.jar
                                    • jetty-io-9.4.34.v20201102.jar
                                    • jetty-security-9.4.34.v20201102.jar
                                    • jetty-server-9.4.34.v20201102.jar
                                    • jetty-servlet-9.4.34.v20201102.jar
                                    • jetty-util-9.4.34.v20201102.jar
                                    • jetty-util-ajax-9.4.34.v20201102.jar
                                    • jetty-webapp-9.4.34.v20201102.jar
                                    • jetty-xml-9.4.34.v20201102.jar
                                    • joda-time-2.9.3.jar
                                    • jodd-core-3.5.2.jar
                                    • json-20200518.jar
                                    • json-io-2.5.1.jar
                                    • json-sanitizer-1.2.1.jar
                                    • json-smart-2.3.jar
                                    • json4s-ast_2.11-3.5.3.jar
                                    • json4s-core_2.11-3.5.3.jar
                                    • json4s-jackson_2.11-3.5.3.jar
                                    • json4s-scalap_2.11-3.5.3.jar
                                    • jsp-api-2.1.jar
                                    • jsr305-1.3.9.jar
                                    • jta-1.1.jar
                                    • jtransforms-2.4.0.jar
                                    • jts-core-1.16.1.jar
                                    • jul-to-slf4j-1.7.30.jar
                                    • junit-4.11.jar
                                    • kerb-admin-1.0.1.jar
                                    • kerb-client-1.0.1.jar
                                    • kerb-common-1.0.1.jar
                                    • kerb-core-1.0.1.jar
                                    • kerb-crypto-1.0.1.jar
                                    • kerb-identity-1.0.1.jar
                                    • kerb-server-1.0.1.jar
                                    • kerb-simplekdc-1.0.1.jar
                                    • kerb-util-1.0.1.jar
                                    • kerby-asn1-1.0.1.jar
                                    • kerby-config-1.0.1.jar
                                    • kerby-pkix-1.0.1.jar
                                    • kerby-util-1.0.1.jar
                                    • kerby-xdr-1.0.1.jar
                                    • kryo-shaded-4.0.2.jar
                                    • kubernetes-client-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    • kubernetes-model-admissionregistration-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    • kubernetes-model-apiextensions-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    • kubernetes-model-apps-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    • kubernetes-model-autoscaling-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    • kubernetes-model-batch-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    • kubernetes-model-certificates-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    • kubernetes-model-common-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    • kubernetes-model-coordination-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    • kubernetes-model-core-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    • kubernetes-model-discovery-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    • kubernetes-model-events-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    • kubernetes-model-extensions-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    • kubernetes-model-flowcontrol-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    • kubernetes-model-metrics-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    • kubernetes-model-networking-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    • kubernetes-model-node-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    • kubernetes-model-policy-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    • kubernetes-model-rbac-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    • kubernetes-model-scheduling-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    • kubernetes-model-storageclass-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    • leveldbjni-all-1.8-20191105.jar
                                    • libfb303-0.9.3.jar
                                    • libthrift-0.12.0.jar
                                    • log4j-1.2.17-cloudera1.jar
                                    • log4j-rolling-appender-20131024-2017.jar
                                    • logging-interceptor-3.14.9.jar
                                    • lucene-analyzers-common-7.7.2.jar
                                    • lucene-core-7.7.2.jar
                                    • lucene-queryparser-7.7.2.jar
                                    • lucene-sandbox-7.7.2.jar
                                    • luxor-encrypt-2.0.0-20220623.010726-213.jar
                                    • luxor-fs3-2.0.0-20220623.010750-209.jar
                                    • luxor-obs-fs3-2.0.0-20220623.010756-209.jar
                                    • luxor-rpc_2.11-2.0.0-20220623.010737-182.jar
                                    • luxor-transport-2.0.0-20220623.010744-71.jar
                                    • lz4-java-1.7.1.jar
                                    • machinist_2.11-0.6.1.jar
                                    • macro-compat_2.11-1.1.1.jar
                                    • metrics-core-3.1.5.jar
                                    • metrics-graphite-3.1.5.jar
                                    • metrics-jmx-4.1.12.1.jar
                                    • metrics-json-3.1.5.jar
                                    • metrics-jvm-3.1.5.jar
                                    • minlog-1.3.0.jar
                                    • mssql-jdbc-6.2.1.jre7.jar
                                    • netty-all-4.1.51.Final.jar
                                    • nimbus-jose-jwt-8.19.jar
                                    • objenesis-2.5.1.jar
                                    • okhttp-3.14.9.jar
                                    • okio-1.17.2.jar
                                    • opencsv-2.3.jar
                                    • opencsv-4.6.jar
                                    • opencv-4.3.0-2.jar
                                    • orc-core-1.6.8-nohive.jar
                                    • orc-mapreduce-1.6.8-nohive.jar
                                    • orc-shims-1.6.8.jar
                                    • oro-2.0.8.jar
                                    • osgi-resource-locator-1.0.1.jar
                                    • paranamer-2.8.jar
                                    • parquet-column-1.12.2.jar
                                    • parquet-common-1.12.2.jar
                                    • parquet-encoding-1.12.2.jar
                                    • parquet-format-structures-1.12.2.jar
                                    • parquet-hadoop-1.12.2.jar
                                    • parquet-hadoop-bundle-1.6.0.jar
                                    • parquet-jackson-1.12.2.jar
                                    • postgresql-42.2.14.jar
                                    • protobuf-java-2.5.0.jar
                                    • py4j-0.10.7.jar
                                    • pyrolite-4.13.jar
                                    • re2j-1.1.jar
                                    • scala-compiler-2.11.12.jar
                                    • scala-library-2.11.12.jar
                                    • scala-parser-combinators_2.11-1.1.2.jar
                                    • scala-reflect-2.11.12.jar
                                    • scala-xml_2.11-1.0.5.jar
                                    • secComponentApi-1.0.6.jar
                                    • shapeless_2.11-2.3.2.jar
                                    • shims-0.7.45.jar
                                    • slf4j-api-1.7.30.jar
                                    • slf4j-log4j12-1.7.30.jar
                                    • snakeyaml-1.26.jar
                                    • snappy-java-1.1.8.2.jar
                                    • solr-core-7.7.2.jar
                                    • solr-solrj-7.7.2.jar
                                    • spark-avro_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085536-9.jar
                                    • spark-avro_2.11-4.0.0.jar
                                    • spark-catalyst_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085405-16.jar
                                    • spark-core_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085327-16.jar
                                    • spark-graphx_2.11-2.4.5.0100-.0.dli-20220617.085336-16.jar
                                    • spark-hive_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085423-16.jar
                                    • spark-kubernetes_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085519-16.jar
                                    • spark-kvstore_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085249-16.jar
                                    • spark-launcher_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085435-16.jar
                                    • spark-mllib-local_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085349-16.jar
                                    • spark-mllib_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085342-16.jar
                                    • spark-network-common_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085254-16.jar
                                    • spark-network-shuffle_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085300-16.jar
                                    • spark-om_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085316-16.jar
                                    • spark-repl_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085430-16.jar
                                    • spark-sketch_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085243-16.jar
                                    • spark-sql_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085414-16.jar
                                    • spark-streaming_2.11-2.4.5.0100-.0.dli-20220617.085359-16.jar
                                    • spark-tags_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085322-16.jar
                                    • spark-unsafe_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085311-16.jar
                                    • spark-uquery_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-SNAPSHOT.jar
                                    • spark-yarn_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085531-16.jar
                                    • spire-macros_2.11-0.13.0.jar
                                    • spire_2.11-0.13.0.jar
                                    • stax-api-1.0-2.jar
                                    • stax2-api-3.1.4.jar
                                    • stream-2.7.0.jar
                                    • stringtemplate-3.2.1.jar
                                    • threeten-extra-1.5.0.jar
                                    • tink-1.6.0.jar
                                    • token-provider-1.0.1.jar
                                    • tomcat-api-9.0.39.jar
                                    • tomcat-el-api-9.0.39.jar
                                    • tomcat-jasper-9.0.39.jar
                                    • tomcat-jasper-el-9.0.39.jar
                                    • tomcat-jsp-api-9.0.39.jar
                                    • tomcat-juli-9.0.39.jar
                                    • tomcat-servlet-api-9.0.39.jar
                                    • tomcat-util-9.0.39.jar
                                    • tomcat-util-scan-9.0.39.jar
                                    • univocity-parsers-2.7.3.jar
                                    • validation-api-1.1.0.Final.jar
                                    • velocity-1.7.jar
                                    • woodstox-core-5.0.3.jar
                                    • xbean-asm6-shaded-4.8.jar
                                    • xercesImpl-2.12.0.jar
                                    • xml-apis-1.4.01.jar
                                    • xz-1.0.jar
                                    • zjsonpatch-0.3.0.jar
                                    • zookeeper-3.5.6-ei-302002.jar
                                    • zookeeper-jute-3.5.6-ei-302002.jar
                                    • zstd-jni-1.4.9-1.jar
                                    
+
                                    Spark 3.1.1 Dependencies
                                    
+
                                    Table 2 Components of the SQL job editing window
                                    No.
                                    
+
                                    
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
@@ -176,9 +176,7 @@
 
                                    View Result: View the execution result of a QUERY job.
                                    Export Result: Export the execution results of a QUERY job to a specified OBS path.
                                    View Log: View the OBS path for storing SQL statement execution logs.
                                    
-
                                    Export Log: Export SQL statement execution logs.
                                    
-
                                     NOTE: 
                                    To export the logs, you need to obtain the permission to create an OBS bucket.
                                    
-
                                    View Log and Export Log buttons are not available for synchronization jobs and jobs running on the default queue.
                                    
+
                                     NOTE: 
                                    The View Log button is not available for synchronization jobs and jobs running on the default queue.
                                    
 
                                    
 
 
@@ -209,8 +207,7 @@
 
 
                                    
-
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0363.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0363.html
index aae9fabd..1fb0600d 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0363.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0363.html
@@ -2,55 +2,54 @@
 
 
                                    Creating a Queue
                                    Before executing a job, you need to create a queue.
                                    
-
                                     
                                    • If you use a sub-account to create a queue for the first time, log in to the DLI management console using the main account and keep records in the DLI database before creating a queue.
                                    • It takes 6 to 10 minutes for a job running on a new queue for the first time.
                                    • After a queue is created, if no job is run within one hour, the system releases the queue.
                                    
+
                                     
                                    • If you use a sub-account to create a queue for the first time, log in to the DLI management console using the main account and keep records in the DLI database before creating a queue.
                                    • It takes 6 to 10 minutes for a job running on a new queue for the first time.
                                    • After a queue is created, if no job is run within one hour, the system releases the queue.
                                    • Queues with 16 CUs do not support scale-out or scale-in.
                                    • Queues with 64 CUs do not support scale-in.
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    Procedure
                                    1. You can create a queue on the Overview, SQL Editor, or Queue Management page.
                                      • In the upper right corner of the Overview page, click Create Queue.
                                      • To create a queue on the Queue Management page:
                                        1. In the navigation pane of the DLI management console, choose Resources >Queue Management.
                                        2. In the upper right corner of the Queue Management page, click Create Queue to create a queue.
                                        
 
                                      • To create a queue on the SQL Editor page:
                                        1. In the navigation pane of the DLI management console, click SQL Editor.
                                        2. Click Queues. On the tab page displayed, click  on the right to create a queue.
                                        
 
                                      
-
                                    2. In the displayed Create Queue dialog box, set related parameters by referring to Table 1.
                                      
-
                                    Table 2 Components of the SQL job editing window
                                    No.
                                    
 
                                    Button & Drop-Down List
                                    
+
                                    Button & Drop-Down List
                                    
 
                                    Description
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    2
                                    
+
                                    2
                                    
 
                                    Queues
                                    
+
                                    Queues
                                    
 
                                    Select a queue from the drop-down list box. If no queue is available, the default queue is displayed. Refer to Creating a Queue and create a queue.
                                    
+
                                    Select a queue from the drop-down list box. If no queue is available, the default queue is displayed. Refer to Creating a Queue and create a queue.
                                    
 
                                    SQL jobs can be executed only on SQL queues.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    3
                                    
+
                                    3
                                    
 
                                    Database
                                    
+
                                    Database
                                    
 
                                    Select a database from the drop-down list box. If no database is available, the default database is displayed. For details about how to create a database, see Creating a Database or a Table.
                                    
+
                                    Select a database from the drop-down list box. If no database is available, the default database is displayed. For details about how to create a database, see Creating a Database or a Table.
                                    
 
                                     NOTE: 
                                    If you specify the database in the SQL statements, the database you choose from the drop-down list will not be used.
                                    
 
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    4
                                    
+
                                    4
                                    
 
                                    Execute
                                    
+
                                    Execute
                                    
 
                                    Click this button to run the SQL statements in the job editing window.
                                    
+
                                    Click this button to run the SQL statements in the job editing window.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    5
                                    
+
                                    5
                                    
 
                                    Format
                                    
+
                                    Format
                                    
 
                                    Click this button to format the SQL statements.
                                    
+
                                    Click this button to format the SQL statements.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    6
                                    
+
                                    6
                                    
 
                                    Syntax Reference
                                    
+
                                    Syntax Reference
                                    
 
                                    Click this button to view the Data Lake Insight SQL Syntax Reference.
                                    
+
                                    Click this button to view the Data Lake Insight SQL Syntax Reference.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    7
                                    
+
                                    7
                                    
 
                                    Settings
                                    
+
                                    Settings
                                    
 
                                    Add parameters and tags.
                                    
+
                                    Add parameters and tags.
                                    
 
                                    Parameter Settings: Set parameters in key/value format for SQL jobs. 
                                    
 
                                    Tags: Set tags in key/value format for SQL jobs.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    8
                                    
+
                                    8
                                    
 
                                    More
                                    
+
                                    More
                                    
 
                                    The drop-down list includes the following options:
                                    
+
                                    The drop-down list includes the following options:
                                    
 
                                    • Click Verify Syntax to check whether the SQL statements are correct.
                                    • Click Set as Template to set SQL statements as a template. For details, see Managing SQL Templates.
                                    • Click Change Theme to switch between dark and light modes.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
 
                                    Export the result
                                    
 
                                    Click  to export the query result to OBS. For details, see Exporting Query Results.
                                    
-
                                    A maximum of 1000 records can be displayed in the query result on the console. To view more or all data, you can click Export Result to export the data to OBS.
                                    
+
                                    Export the job execution results to the created OBS bucket. For details, see SQL Job Management.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
                                     
 
                                    
@@ -137,7 +138,14 @@
 
                                    Table 1 Parameters
                                    Parameter
                                    
+
                                  • On the Create Queue page displayed, set the parameters according to Table 1.
+
                                    
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                    Table 1 Parameters
                                    Parameter
                                    
 
                                    Description
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    Name
                                    
+
                                    Name
                                    
 
                                    Name of a queue.
                                    
+
                                    Name of a queue.
                                    
 
                                    • The queue name can contain only digits, letters, and underscores (_), but cannot contain only digits, start with an underscore (_), or be left unspecified.
                                    • The length of the name cannot exceed 128 characters.
                                    
 
                                     NOTE: 
                                    The queue name is case-insensitive. Uppercase letters will be automatically converted to lowercase letters.
                                    
 
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Type
                                    
+
                                    Type
                                    
 
                                    • For SQL: compute resources used for SQL jobs.
                                    • For general purpose: compute resources used for Spark and Flink jobs.
                                       NOTE: 
                                      Selecting Dedicated Resource Mode enables you to create a dedicated queue. Enhanced datasource connections can only be created for dedicated queues. 
                                      
+
                                    • For SQL: compute resources used for SQL jobs.
                                    • For general purpose: compute resources used for Spark and Flink jobs.
                                       NOTE: 
                                      Selecting Dedicated Resource Mode enables you to create a dedicated queue. Enhanced datasource connections can only be created for dedicated queues. 
                                      
 
                                      
 
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Specifications
                                    
+
                                    Specifications
                                    
 
                                    Select queue specifications as required. A CU includes one core and 4 GB memory. You can set the total number of CUs on all compute nodes of a queue. DLI automatically allocates the memory and vCPUs for each node.
                                    
-
                                    • Fixed specifications include 16 CUs, 64 CUs, 256 CUs, and 512 CUs.
                                    • Custom: Set the specifications as required.
                                    
+
                                    The compute nodes' total number of CUs. One CU equals one vCPU and 4 GB of memory. DLI automatically assigns CPU and memory resources to each compute node, and the client does not need to know how many compute nodes are being used.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Description
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    
 
                                    Description of the queue to be created. The description can contain a maximum of 128 characters.
                                    
+
                                    Description of the queue to be created. The description can contain a maximum of 128 characters.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Advanced Settings
                                    
+
                                    Advanced Settings
                                    
 
                                    In the Queue Type area, select Dedicated Resource Mode and then click Advanced Settings.
                                    • Default: The system automatically configures the parameter.
                                    • Custom
                                      CIDR Block: You can specify the CIDR block. For details, see Modifying the Queue CIDR Block. If DLI enhanced datasource connection is used, the CIDR block of the DLI queue cannot overlap with that of the data source.
                                      
+
                                    In the Queue Type area, select Dedicated Resource Mode and then click Advanced Settings.
                                    • Default: The system automatically configures the parameter.
                                    • Custom
                                      CIDR Block: You can specify the CIDR block. For details, see Modifying the CIDR Block. If DLI enhanced datasource connection is used, the CIDR block of the DLI queue cannot overlap with that of the data source.
                                      
 
                                      Queue Type: When running an AI-related SQL job, select AI-enhanced. When running other jobs, select Basic.
                                      
 
                                    
 
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Tag
                                    
+
                                    Tags
                                    
 
                                    Tags used to identify cloud resources. A tag includes the tag key and tag value. If you want to use the same tag to identify multiple cloud resources, that is, to select the same tag from the drop-down list box for all services, you are advised to create predefined tags on the Tag Management Service (TMS).
                                    
+
                                    Tags used to identify cloud resources. A tag includes the tag key and tag value. If you want to use the same tag to identify multiple cloud resources, that is, to select the same tag from the drop-down list box for all services, you are advised to create predefined tags on the Tag Management Service (TMS).
                                    
 
                                     NOTE: 
                                    • A maximum of 20 tags can be added.
                                    • Only one tag value can be added to a tag key.
                                    • The key name in each resource must be unique.
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    • Tag key: Enter a tag key name in the text box.
                                       NOTE: 
                                      A tag key can contain a maximum of 128 characters. Only letters, digits, spaces, and special characters (_.:=+-@) are allowed, but the value cannot start or end with a space or start with _sys_.
                                      
@@ -63,7 +62,6 @@
 
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    
-
 
                                  • Click Create Now to create a queue.
                                    After a queue is created, you can view and select the queue for use on the Queue Management page.
                                    
 
                                     
                                    It takes 6 to 10 minutes for a job running on a new queue for the first time.
                                    
 
                                    
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0378.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0378.html
index 10d7c3c5..5af837a1 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0378.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0378.html
@@ -5,9 +5,9 @@
 
                                    DLI supports standard SQL and is compatible with Spark SQL and Flink SQL. It also supports multiple access modes, and is compatible with mainstream data formats. DLI supports SQL statements and Spark applications for heterogeneous data sources, including CloudTable, RDS, GaussDB(DWS), CSS, OBS, custom databases on ECSs, and offline databases.
                                    
 
 
                                    Functions
                                    You can query and analyze heterogeneous data sources such as RDS, and GaussDB(DWS) on the cloud using access methods, such as visualized interface, RESTful API, JDBC, and Beeline. The data format is compatible with five mainstream data formats: CSV, JSON, Parquet, and ORC.
                                    
-
                                    • Basic functions
                                      • You can use standard SQL statements to query in SQL jobs. For details, see .
                                      • Flink jobs support Flink SQL online analysis. Aggregation functions such as Window and Join, geographic functions, and CEP functions are supported. SQL is used to express service logic, facilitating service implementation. For details, see .
                                      • For spark jobs, fully-managed Spark computing can be performed. You can submit computing tasks through interactive sessions or in batch to analyze data in the fully managed Spark queues. For details, see  .
                                      
-
                                    • Federated analysis of heterogeneous data sources
                                      • Spark datasource connection: Data sources such as DWS, RDS, and CSS can be accessed through DLI. For details, see .
                                      • Interconnection with multiple cloud services is supported in Flink jobs to form a rich stream ecosystem. The DLI stream ecosystem consists of cloud service ecosystems and open source ecosystems.
                                        • Cloud service ecosystem: DLI can interconnect with other services in Flink SQL. You can directly use SQL to read and write data from cloud services.
                                        • Open-source ecosystems: After connections to other VPCs are established through datasource connections, you can access all data sources and output targets (such as Kafka, HBase, and Elasticsearch) supported by Flink and Spark in your dedicated DLI queue.
                                        
-
                                        For details, see .
                                        
+
                                        • Basic functions
                                          • You can use standard SQL statements to query in SQL jobs. 
                                          • Flink jobs support Flink SQL online analysis. Aggregation functions such as Window and Join, geographic functions, and CEP functions are supported. SQL is used to express service logic, facilitating service implementation. 
                                          • For spark jobs, fully-managed Spark computing can be performed. You can submit computing tasks through interactive sessions or in batch to analyze data in the fully managed Spark queues. 
                                          
+
                                        • Federated analysis of heterogeneous data sources
                                          • Spark datasource connection: Data sources such as DWS, RDS, and CSS can be accessed through DLI. 
                                          • Interconnection with multiple cloud services is supported in Flink jobs to form a rich stream ecosystem. The DLI stream ecosystem consists of cloud service ecosystems and open source ecosystems.
                                            • Cloud service ecosystem: DLI can interconnect with other services in Flink SQL. You can directly use SQL to read and write data from cloud services.
                                            • Open-source ecosystems: After connections to other VPCs are established through datasource connections, you can access all data sources and output targets (such as Kafka, HBase, and Elasticsearch) supported by Flink and Spark in your dedicated DLI queue.
                                            
+
                                            
 
                                          
 
                                        • Storage-compute decoupling
                                          DLI is interconnected with OBS for data analysis. In this architecture where storage and compute are decoupled, resources of these two types are charged separately, helping you reduce costs and improving resource utilization.
                                          
 
                                          You can choose single-AZ or multi-AZ storage when you create an OBS bucket for storing redundant data on the DLI console. The differences between the two storage policies are as follows:
                                          
@@ -20,10 +20,11 @@
 
                                          • Auto scaling: DLI ensures you always have enough capacity on hand to deal with any traffic spikes.
                                          
 
                                    
 
                                    Accessing DLI
                                    A web-based service management platform is provided. You can access DLI using the management console or HTTPS-based APIs, or connect to the DLI server through the JDBC client.
                                    
-
                                    • Using the management console
                                      You can submit SQL, Spark, or Flink jobs on the DLI management console. Log in to the management console. Choose EI Enterprise Intelligence > Data Lake Insight.
                                      
+
                                      • Using the management console
                                        You can submit SQL, Spark, or Flink jobs on the DLI management console.
                                        
+
                                        Log in to the management console and choose Data Analysis > Data Lake Insight.
                                        
 
                                      
 
                                      • Using APIs
                                        If you need to integrate DLI into a third-party system for secondary development, you can call DLI APIs to use the service.
                                        
-
                                        For details, see Data Lake Insight API Reference.
                                        
+
                                        For details, see Data Lake Insight API Reference.
                                        
 
                                      
 
                                    
 
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0384.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0384.html
index 4dc6e7d2..aaa00c55 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0384.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0384.html
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 
                                    On the Overview page, click Create Job in the upper right corner of the Spark Jobs tab or click Create Job in the upper right corner of the Spark Jobs page. The Spark job editing page is displayed.
                                    
 
                                    On the Spark job editing page, a message is displayed, indicating that a temporary DLI data bucket will be created. The created bucket is used to store temporary data generated by DLI, such as job logs and job results. You cannot view job logs if you choose not to create it. The bucket will be created and the default bucket name is used.
                                    
 
                                    If you do not need to create a DLI temporary data bucket and do not want to receive this message, select Do not show again and click Cancel.
                                    
-
                                    Prerequisites
                                    • You have uploaded the dependencies to the corresponding OBS bucket on the Data Management > Package Management page. For details, see Creating a Package.
                                    • Before creating a Spark job to access other external data sources, such as OpenTSDB, HBase, Kafka, GaussDB(DWS), RDS, CSS, CloudTable, DCS Redis, and DDS MongoDB, you need to create a cross-source connection to enable the network between the job running queue and external data sources.
                                      • For details about the external data sources that can be accessed by Spark jobs, see Cross-Source Analysis Development Methods.
                                      • For details about how to create a datasource connection, see Enhanced Datasource Connections.
                                        On the Resources > Queue Management page, locate the queue you have created, and choose More > Test Address Connectivity in the Operation column to check whether the network connection between the queue and the data source is normal. For details, see Testing Address Connectivity.
                                        
+
                                        Prerequisites
                                        • You have uploaded the dependencies to the corresponding OBS bucket on the Data Management > Package Management page. For details, see Creating a Package.
                                        • Before creating a Spark job to access other external data sources, such as OpenTSDB, HBase, Kafka, GaussDB(DWS), RDS, CSS, CloudTable, DCS Redis, and DDS, you need to create a cross-source connection to enable the network between the job running queue and external data sources.
                                          • For details about the external data sources that can be accessed by Spark jobs, see Cross-Source Analysis Development Methods.
                                          • For details about how to create a datasource connection, see Enhanced Datasource Connections.
                                            On the Resources > Queue Management page, locate the queue you have created, and choose More > Test Address Connectivity in the Operation column to check whether the network connection between the queue and the data source is normal. For details, see Testing Address Connectivity.
                                            
 
                                          
 
                                        
 
                                        
@@ -28,6 +28,7 @@
 
                                    • Application
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Select the package to be executed. The value can be .jar or .py.
                                    
+
                                    You can select the name of a JAR or pyFile package that has been uploaded to the DLI resource management system. You can also specify an OBS path, for example, obs://Bucket name/Package name.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    Main Class (--class)
                                    
@@ -38,8 +39,8 @@
 
                                    Spark Arguments (--conf)
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Enter a parameter in the format of key=value. Press Enter to separate multiple key-value pairs. 
                                    
-
                                    These parameters can be replaced using global variables. For example, if you create a global variable custom_class on the Global Configuration > Global Variables page, you can use "spark.sql.catalog"={{custom_class}} to replace a parameter with this variable after the job is submitted.
                                    
-
                                     NOTE: 
                                    • The JVM garbage collection algorithm cannot be customized for Spark jobs.
                                    • If the Spark version is 3.1.1, configure Spark parameters (--conf) to select a dependent module. For details about the configuration, see Creating a Spark Job.
                                    
+
                                    These parameters can be replaced with global variables. For example, if you create a global variable custom_class on the Global Configuration > Global Variables page, you can use "spark.sql.catalog"={{custom_class}} to replace a parameter with this variable after the job is submitted.
                                    
+
                                     NOTE: 
                                    • The JVM garbage collection algorithm cannot be customized for Spark jobs.
                                    • If the Spark version is 3.1.1, configure Spark parameters (--conf) to select a dependent module. For details about the example configuration, see Table 2.
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    		
 
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    
-
                                  • Set the following parameters in advanced settings:
                                    • Select Dependency Resources: For details about the parameters, see Table 3.
                                    • Configure Resources: For details about the parameters, see Table 4.
                                    
+
                                  • Set the following parameters in advanced settings:
                                    • Select Dependency Resources: For details about the parameters, see Table 3.
                                    • Configure Resources: For details about the parameters, see Table 4.
                                       
                                      The parallelism degree of Spark resources is jointly determined by the number of Executors and the number of Executor CPU cores.
                                      
+
                                      Maximum number of tasks that can be concurrently executed = Number of Executors x Number of Executor CPU cores
                                      
+
                                      You can properly plan compute resource specifications based on the compute CUs of the queue you have purchased.
                                      
+
                                      Note that Spark tasks need to be jointly executed by multiple roles, such as driver and executor. So, the number of executors multiplied by the number of executor CPU cores must be less than the number of compute CUs of the queue to prevent other roles from failing to start Spark tasks. For more information about roles for Spark tasks, see Apache Spark.
                                      
+
                                      Calculation formula for Spark job parameters:
                                      
+
                                      • CUs = Driver Cores + Executors x Executor Cores
                                      • Memory = Driver Memory + (Executors x Executor Memory)
                                      
+
                                      
+
                                    
 
 
                                    
@@ -169,7 +177,8 @@
 
-
@@ -177,35 +186,32 @@
 
-
-
-
-
                                    Table 3 Parameters for selecting dependency resources
                                    Parameter
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    Resource Specifications
                                    
 
                                    Select a resource specification from the drop-down list box. The system provides three resource specifications for you to select. The following configuration items in the resource specifications can be modified:
                                    
+
                                    Select a resource specification from the drop-down list box. The system provides three resource specification options for you to choose from.
                                    
+
                                    Resource specifications involve the following parameters:
                                    
 
                                    • Executor Memory
                                    • Executor Cores
                                    • Executors
                                    • Driver Cores
                                    • Driver Memory
                                    
 
                                    If modified, your modified settings of the items are used.
                                    
 
                                    Executor Memory
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Customize the configuration item based on the selected resource specifications.
                                    
+
                                    Memory of each Executor. It is recommended that the ratio of Executor CPU cores to Executor memory be 1:4.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    Executor Cores
                                    
 
                                    Customize the configuration item based on the selected resource specifications.
                                    
+
                                    Number of CPU cores of each Executor applied for by Spark jobs, which determines the capability of each Executor to execute tasks concurrently.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    Executors
                                    
 
                                    Customize the configuration item based on the selected resource specifications.
                                    
+
                                    Number of Executors applied for by a Spark job
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    Driver Cores
                                    
 
                                    Customize the configuration item based on the selected resource specifications.
                                    
+
                                    Number of CPU cores of the driver
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    Driver Memory
                                    
 
                                    Customize the configuration item based on the selected resource specifications.
                                    
+
                                    Driver memory size. It is recommended that the ratio of the number of driver CPU cores to the driver memory be 1:4.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
                                     
 
                                    
 
                                    
-
                                     
                                    Spark job parameter calculation:
                                    
-
                                    • Number of CUs = Number of driver CPU cores + Number of executors x Number of executor CPU cores
                                      The cluster management plane and driver use some CU resources. Number of Executors * Number of Executor Cores must be smaller than the number of computing CUs of the queue.
                                      
-
                                    • Memory = Driver memory + (Number of Executors x Executor memory)
                                    
-
                                    
 
                                  • Click Execute in the upper right corner of the Spark job editing page.
                                    After the message "Batch processing job submitted successfully" is displayed, you can view the status and logs of the submitted job on the Spark Jobs page.
                                    
 
                                    • 
 
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0385.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0385.html
index 265cabc1..f99ca6c6 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0385.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0385.html
@@ -54,9 +54,7 @@
 
 
                                    • Edit: You can modify the current job configuration and re-execute the job.
                                    • SparkUI: After you click this button, the Spark job execution page is displayed.
                                       NOTE: 
                                      • The SparkUI page cannot be viewed for jobs in the Starting state.
                                      • Currently, only the latest 100 job information records are displayed on the SparkUI of DLI.
                                      
 
                                      
-
                                    • Terminate Job: Cancel a job that is being started or running.
                                    • Re-execute: Run the job again.
                                    • Archive Log: Save job logs to the temporary bucket created by DLI.
                                    • Export Log: Export logs to the created OBS bucket.
                                       NOTE: 
                                      • You have the permission to create OBS buckets.
                                      • If the job is in the Running state, logs cannot be exported.
                                      
-
                                      
-
                                    • Commit Log: View the logs of submitted jobs.
                                    • Driver Log: View the logs of running jobs.
                                    
+
                                  • Terminate Job: Cancel a job that is being started or running.
                                  • Re-execute: Run the job again.
                                  • Archive Log: Save job logs to the temporary bucket created by DLI.
                                  • Commit Log: View the logs of submitted jobs.
                                  • Driver Log: View the logs of running jobs.
                                    • 
                                     		
 
                                    
 
 
 
 
                                    
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                    Table 1 Spark 3.1.1 dependencies
                                    Dependency
                                    
+
                                    accessors-smart-1.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    hive-shims-scheduler-3.1.0-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar
                                    
+
                                    metrics-graphite-4.1.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    activation-1.1.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    hive-spark-client-3.1.0-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar
                                    
+
                                    metrics-jmx-4.1.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    aggdesigner-algorithm-6.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    hive-standalone-metastore-3.1.0-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar
                                    
+
                                    metrics-json-4.1.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    aircompressor-0.16.jar
                                    
+
                                    hive-storage-api-2.7.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    metrics-jvm-4.1.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    algebra_2.12-2.0.0-M2.jar
                                    
+
                                    hive-vector-code-gen-3.1.0-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar
                                    
+
                                    minlog-1.3.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    annotations-17.0.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    hk2-api-2.6.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    netty-3.10.6.Final.jar
                                    
+
                                    ant-1.10.9.jar
                                    
+
                                    hk2-locator-2.6.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    netty-all-4.1.86.Final.jar
                                    
+
                                    ant-launcher-1.10.9.jar
                                    
+
                                    hk2-utils-2.6.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    netty-buffer-4.1.86.Final.jar
                                    
+
                                    antlr4-runtime-4.8-1.jar
                                    
+
                                    hppc-0.7.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    netty-codec-4.1.86.Final.jar
                                    
+
                                    antlr-runtime-3.5.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    httpclient-4.5.6.jar
                                    
+
                                    netty-codec-dns-4.1.86.Final.jar
                                    
+
                                    aopalliance-1.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    httpcore-4.4.10.jar
                                    
+
                                    netty-codec-haproxy-4.1.86.Final.jar
                                    
+
                                    aopalliance-repackaged-2.6.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    istack-commons-runtime-3.0.8.jar
                                    
+
                                    netty-codec-http2-4.1.86.Final.jar
                                    
+
                                    apiguardian-api-1.1.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    ivy-2.5.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    netty-codec-http-4.1.86.Final.jar
                                    
+
                                    arpack_combined_all-0.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    jackson-annotations-2.13.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    netty-codec-memcache-4.1.86.Final.jar
                                    
+
                                    arrow-format-2.0.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    jackson-core-2.13.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    netty-codec-mqtt-4.1.86.Final.jar
                                    
+
                                    arrow-memory-core-2.0.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    jackson-core-asl-1.9.13-atlassian-4.jar
                                    
+
                                    netty-codec-redis-4.1.86.Final.jar
                                    
+
                                    arrow-memory-netty-2.0.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    jackson-databind-2.13.2.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    netty-codec-smtp-4.1.86.Final.jar
                                    
+
                                    arrow-vector-2.0.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    jackson-dataformat-yaml-2.13.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    netty-codec-socks-4.1.86.Final.jar
                                    
+
                                    asm-5.0.4.jar
                                    
+
                                    jackson-datatype-jsr310-2.11.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    netty-codec-stomp-4.1.86.Final.jar
                                    
+
                                    audience-annotations-0.5.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    jackson-mapper-asl-1.9.13-atlassian-4.jar
                                    
+
                                    netty-codec-xml-4.1.86.Final.jar
                                    
+
                                    automaton-1.11-8.jar
                                    
+
                                    jackson-module-jaxb-annotations-2.13.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    netty-common-4.1.86.Final.jar
                                    
+
                                    avatica-1.22.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    jackson-module-scala_2.12-2.13.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    netty-handler-4.1.86.Final.jar
                                    
+
                                    avatica-core-1.16.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    jaeger-client-1.6.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    netty-handler-proxy-4.1.86.Final.jar
                                    
+
                                    avatica-metrics-1.16.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    jaeger-core-1.6.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    netty-handler-ssl-ocsp-4.1.86.Final.jar
                                    
+
                                    avatica-server-1.16.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    jaeger-thrift-1.6.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    netty-resolver-4.1.86.Final.jar
                                    
+
                                    avro-1.8.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    jaeger-tracerresolver-1.6.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    netty-resolver-dns-4.1.86.Final.jar
                                    
+
                                    avro-ipc-1.8.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    jakarta.activation-api-1.2.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    netty-resolver-dns-classes-macos-4.1.86.Final.jar
                                    
+
                                    avro-mapred-1.8.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    jakarta.annotation-api-1.3.5.jar
                                    
+
                                    netty-resolver-dns-native-macos-4.1.86.Final-osx-aarch_64.jar
                                    
+
                                    java-sdk-bundle-1.11.856.jar
                                    
+
                                    jakarta.el-3.0.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    netty-resolver-dns-native-macos-4.1.86.Final-osx-x86_64.jar
                                    
+
                                    base64-2.3.8.jar
                                    
+
                                    jakarta.el-api-3.0.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    netty-transport-4.1.86.Final.jar
                                    
+
                                    bcpkix-jdk15on-1.69.jar
                                    
+
                                    jakarta.inject-2.6.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    netty-transport-classes-epoll-4.1.86.Final.jar
                                    
+
                                    bcprov-jdk15on-1.69.jar
                                    
+
                                    jakarta.servlet-api-4.0.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    netty-transport-classes-kqueue-4.1.86.Final.jar
                                    
+
                                    bcutil-jdk15on-1.69.jar
                                    
+
                                    jakarta.validation-api-2.0.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    netty-transport-native-epoll-4.1.86.Final-linux-aarch_64.jar
                                    
+
                                    bonecp-0.8.0.RELEASE.jar
                                    
+
                                    jakarta.ws.rs-api-2.1.6.jar
                                    
+
                                    netty-transport-native-epoll-4.1.86.Final-linux-x86_64.jar
                                    
+
                                    breeze_2.12-1.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    jakarta.xml.bind-api-2.3.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    netty-transport-native-kqueue-4.1.86.Final-osx-aarch_64.jar
                                    
+
                                    breeze-macros_2.12-1.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    jamon-runtime-2.4.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    netty-transport-native-kqueue-4.1.86.Final-osx-x86_64.jar
                                    
+
                                    caffeine-2.8.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    janino-3.0.16.jar
                                    
+
                                    netty-transport-native-unix-common-4.1.86.Final.jar
                                    
+
                                    calcite-core-1.22.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    JavaEWAH-0.3.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    netty-transport-rxtx-4.1.86.Final.jar
                                    
+
                                    calcite-druid-1.19.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    java-sdk-core-3.0.12.jar
                                    
+
                                    netty-transport-sctp-4.1.86.Final.jar
                                    
+
                                    calcite-linq4j-1.22.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    javassist-3.25.0-GA.jar
                                    
+
                                    netty-transport-udt-4.1.86.Final.jar
                                    
+
                                    cats-kernel_2.12-2.0.0-M4.jar
                                    
+
                                    javax.activation-api-1.2.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    nimbus-jose-jwt-8.19.jar
                                    
+
                                    checker-qual-3.5.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    javax.annotation-api-1.3.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    objenesis-2.5.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    chill_2.12-0.9.5.jar
                                    
+
                                    javax.inject-1.jar
                                    
+
                                    okhttp-3.14.9.jar
                                    
+
                                    chill-java-0.9.5.jar
                                    
+
                                    javax.jdo-3.2.0-m3.jar
                                    
+
                                    okio-1.17.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    classmate-1.5.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    java-xmlbuilder-1.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    opencsv-2.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-beanutils-1.9.4.jar
                                    
+
                                    javax.servlet-api-3.1.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    opentelemetry-api-1.16.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-cli-1.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    javax.transaction-api-1.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    opentelemetry-context-1.16.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-codec-1.15.jar
                                    
+
                                    javax.ws.rs-api-2.1.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    opentelemetry-semconv-1.16.0-alpha.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-collections-3.2.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    javolution-5.5.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    opentracing-api-0.33.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-compiler-3.0.16.jar
                                    
+
                                    jaxb-api-2.2.11.jar
                                    
+
                                    opentracing-noop-0.33.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-compress-1.21.jar
                                    
+
                                    jaxb-runtime-2.3.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    opentracing-tracerresolver-0.1.8.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-configuration2-2.1.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    jboss-logging-3.4.1.Final.jar
                                    
+
                                    opentracing-util-0.33.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-crypto-1.0.0-20191105.jar
                                    
+
                                    jboss-threads-2.3.3.Final.jar
                                    
+
                                    orc-core-1.6.8.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-daemon-1.0.13.jar
                                    
+
                                    jcip-annotations-1.0-1.jar
                                    
+
                                    orc-mapreduce-1.6.8.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-dbcp-1.4.jar
                                    
+
                                    jcl-over-slf4j-1.7.36.jar
                                    
+
                                    orc-shims-1.6.8.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-dbcp2-2.6.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    jcodings-1.0.57.jar
                                    
+
                                    orc-tools-1.6.7-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-digester-2.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    jdo-api-3.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    oro-2.0.8.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-httpclient-3.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    jersey-client-2.34.jar
                                    
+
                                    osgi-resource-locator-1.0.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-io-2.8.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    jersey-common-2.34.jar
                                    
+
                                    paranamer-2.8.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-lang-2.4.jar
                                    
+
                                    jersey-container-servlet-2.34.jar
                                    
+
                                    parquet-column-1.12.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-lang-2.6.jar
                                    
+
                                    jersey-container-servlet-core-2.34.jar
                                    
+
                                    parquet-common-1.12.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-lang3-3.10.jar
                                    
+
                                    jersey-hk2-2.34.jar
                                    
+
                                    parquet-encoding-1.12.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-logging-1.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    jersey-server-2.34.jar
                                    
+
                                    parquet-format-structures-1.12.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-math3-3.4.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    jets3t-0.9.4-1.0.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    parquet-hadoop-1.12.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-net-3.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    jettison-1.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    parquet-hadoop-bundle-1.12.0-ei-2.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-pool2-2.6.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    jetty-http-9.4.41.v20210516.jar
                                    
+
                                    parquet-jackson-1.12.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-text-1.10.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    jetty-io-9.4.41.v20210516.jar
                                    
+
                                    postgresql-42.3.5.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-validator-1.7.jar
                                    
+
                                    jetty-rewrite-9.4.43.v20210629.jar
                                    
+
                                    protobuf-java-2.5.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    compress-lzf-1.0.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    jetty-security-9.4.41.v20210516.jar
                                    
+
                                    py4j-0.10.9.jar
                                    
+
                                    core-1.1.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    jetty-server-9.4.41.v20210516.jar
                                    
+
                                    pyrolite-4.30.jar
                                    
+
                                    curator-client-2.13.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    jetty-servlet-9.4.41.v20210516.jar
                                    
+
                                    re2j-1.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    curator-framework-2.13.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    jetty-util-9.4.41.v20210516.jar
                                    
+
                                    RoaringBitmap-0.9.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    curator-recipes-2.13.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    jetty-util-ajax-9.4.41.v20210516.jar
                                    
+
                                    scala-collection-compat_2.12-2.1.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    datanucleus-api-jdo-4.2.4.jar
                                    
+
                                    jetty-webapp-9.4.41.v20210516.jar
                                    
+
                                    scala-compiler-2.12.16.jar
                                    
+
                                    datanucleus-core-4.1.17.jar
                                    
+
                                    jetty-xml-9.4.41.v20210516.jar
                                    
+
                                    scala-library-2.12.16.jar
                                    
+
                                    datanucleus-rdbms-fi-4.1.19-302022.jar
                                    
+
                                    JLargeArrays-1.5.jar
                                    
+
                                    scala-parser-combinators_2.12-1.1.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    derby-10.14.2.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    jline-3.21.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    scala-reflect-2.12.16.jar
                                    
+
                                    disruptor-3.4.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    joda-time-2.10.5.jar
                                    
+
                                    scala-xml_2.12-1.2.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    dli-catalog-client-2.3.7-20240108.090504-101.jar
                                    
+
                                    jodd-core-3.5.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    secComponentApi-1.1.8.jar
                                    
+
                                    dli-catalog-hive3-client-2.3.7-20240108.090513-100.jar
                                    
+
                                    jodd-util-6.0.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    serializer-2.7.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    dli-catalog-hive-extension-2.3.7-20240108.090517-100.jar
                                    
+
                                    joni-2.1.43.jar
                                    
+
                                    shapeless_2.12-2.3.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    dnsjava-2.1.7.jar
                                    
+
                                    jpam-1.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    shims-0.9.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    dropwizard-metrics-hadoop-metrics2-reporter-0.1.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    jsch-0.1.72.jar
                                    
+
                                    sketches-core-0.9.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    error_prone_annotations-2.18.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    json-20210307.jar
                                    
+
                                    slf4j-api-1.7.30.jar
                                    
+
                                    esdk-obs-java-optimised-3.22.10.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    json4s-ast_2.12-3.7.0-M5.jar
                                    
+
                                    slf4j-log4j12-1.7.25.jar
                                    
+
                                    esri-geometry-api-2.2.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    json4s-core_2.12-3.7.0-M5.jar
                                    
+
                                    snakeyaml-1.30.jar
                                    
+
                                    fastutil-6.5.6.jar
                                    
+
                                    json4s-jackson_2.12-3.7.0-M5.jar
                                    
+
                                    snappy-java-1.1.8.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    flatbuffers-java-1.9.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    json4s-scalap_2.12-3.7.0-M5.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-avro_2.12-3.1.1-h1.cbu.dli.20230607.r1.jar
                                    
+
                                    generex-1.0.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    json-path-2.4.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-catalyst_2.12-3.1.1-h1.cbu.dli.20230607.r1.jar
                                    
+
                                    glassfish-corba-omgapi-4.2.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    json-smart-2.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-core_2.12-3.1.1-h1.cbu.dli.20230607.r1.jar
                                    
+
                                    gson-2.8.9.jar
                                    
+
                                    jsr305-3.0.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-graphx_2.12-3.1.1-h1.cbu.dli.20230607.r1.jar
                                    
+
                                    gson-fire-1.8.5.jar
                                    
+
                                    JTransforms-3.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-hive_2.12-3.1.1-h1.cbu.dli.20230607.r1.jar
                                    
+
                                    guava-14.0.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    jul-to-slf4j-1.7.36.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-kubernetes_2.12-3.1.1-h1.cbu.dli.20230607.r1.jar
                                    
+
                                    guice-3.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    kafka-clients-2.8.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-kvstore_2.12-3.1.1-h1.cbu.dli.20230607.r1.jar
                                    
+
                                    guice-assistedinject-3.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    kerb-admin-2.0.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-launcher_2.12-3.1.1-h1.cbu.dli.20230607.r1.jar
                                    
+
                                    guice-servlet-4.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    kerb-client-2.0.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-mllib_2.12-3.1.1-h1.cbu.dli.20230607.r1.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-annotations-3.1.1-h0.cbu.mrs.313.r9.jar
                                    
+
                                    kerb-common-2.0.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-mllib-local_2.12-3.1.1-h1.cbu.dli.20230607.r1.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-archives-3.3.1-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar
                                    
+
                                    kerb-core-2.0.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-network-common_2.12-3.1.1-h1.cbu.dli.20230607.r1.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-auth-3.3.1-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r16.jar
                                    
+
                                    kerb-crypto-2.0.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-network-shuffle_2.12-3.1.1-h1.cbu.dli.20230607.r1.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-3.3.1-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r16.jar
                                    
+
                                    kerb-identity-2.0.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-quota-manager_2.12-3.1.1-2.3.7.dli-SNAPSHOT.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-client-3.1.1-h0.cbu.mrs.313.r9.jar
                                    
+
                                    kerb-server-2.0.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-repl_2.12-3.1.1-h1.cbu.dli.20230607.r1.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-common-3.3.1-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar
                                    
+
                                    kerb-simplekdc-2.0.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-sketch_2.12-3.1.1-h1.cbu.dli.20230607.r1.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-distcp-3.3.1-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar
                                    
+
                                    kerb-util-2.0.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-sql_2.12-3.1.1-h1.cbu.dli.20230607.r1.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-hdfs-3.3.1-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r16.jar
                                    
+
                                    kerby-asn1-2.0.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-streaming_2.12-3.1.1-h1.cbu.dli.20230607.r1.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-hdfs-client-3.3.1-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar
                                    
+
                                    kerby-config-2.0.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-tags_2.12-3.1.1-h1.cbu.dli.20230607.r1.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-3.1.1-52.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    kerby-pkix-2.0.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-unsafe_2.12-3.1.1-h1.cbu.dli.20230607.r1.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-mapreduce-client-common-3.1.1-h0.cbu.mrs.313.r9.jar
                                    
+
                                    kerby-util-2.0.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-uquery_2.12-3.1.1-2.3.7.dli-SNAPSHOT.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-mapreduce-client-core-3.1.1-h0.cbu.mrs.313.r9.jar
                                    
+
                                    kerby-xdr-2.0.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    spire_2.12-0.17.0-M1.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-mapreduce-client-jobclient-3.1.1-h0.cbu.mrs.313.r9.jar
                                    
+
                                    kotlin-stdlib-1.4.21.jar
                                    
+
                                    spire-macros_2.12-0.17.0-M1.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-mapreduce-client-nativetask-3.3.1-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar
                                    
+
                                    kotlin-stdlib-common-1.4.21.jar
                                    
+
                                    spire-platform_2.12-0.17.0-M1.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-registry-3.3.1-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar
                                    
+
                                    kryo-shaded-4.0.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    spire-util_2.12-0.17.0-M1.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-shaded-guava-1.1.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    kubernetes-client-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    
+
                                    sqlline-1.3.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-shaded-protobuf_3_7-1.1.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    kubernetes-model-admissionregistration-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    
+
                                    ST4-4.0.4.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-yarn-api-3.1.1-h0.cbu.mrs.313.r9.jar
                                    
+
                                    kubernetes-model-apiextensions-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    
+
                                    stax2-api-4.2.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-yarn-client-3.1.1-h0.cbu.mrs.313.r9.jar
                                    
+
                                    kubernetes-model-apps-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    
+
                                    stax-api-1.0.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-yarn-registry-3.3.1-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar
                                    
+
                                    kubernetes-model-autoscaling-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    
+
                                    stream-2.9.6.jar
                                    
+
                                    hbase-asyncfs-2.4.14-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar
                                    
+
                                    kubernetes-model-batch-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    
+
                                    streamingClient
                                    
+
                                    hbase-client-2.4.14-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar
                                    
+
                                    kubernetes-model-certificates-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    
+
                                    streamingClient010
                                    
+
                                    hbase-common-2.4.14-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar
                                    
+
                                    kubernetes-model-common-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    
+
                                    swagger-annotations-2.2.8.jar
                                    
+
                                    hbase-hadoop2-compat-2.4.14-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar
                                    
+
                                    kubernetes-model-coordination-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    
+
                                    tephra-api-0.6.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    hbase-hadoop-compat-2.4.14-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar
                                    
+
                                    kubernetes-model-core-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    
+
                                    tephra-core-0.6.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    hbase-http-2.4.14-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar
                                    
+
                                    kubernetes-model-discovery-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    
+
                                    tephra-hbase-compat-1.0-0.6.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    hbase-logging-2.4.14-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar
                                    
+
                                    kubernetes-model-events-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    
+
                                    threetenbp-1.3.5.jar
                                    
+
                                    hbase-metrics-2.4.14-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar
                                    
+
                                    kubernetes-model-extensions-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    
+
                                    threeten-extra-1.5.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    hbase-metrics-api-2.4.14-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar
                                    
+
                                    kubernetes-model-flowcontrol-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    
+
                                    tink-1.6.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    hbase-procedure-2.4.14-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar
                                    
+
                                    kubernetes-model-metrics-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    
+
                                    token-provider-2.0.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    hbase-protocol-2.4.14-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar
                                    
+
                                    kubernetes-model-networking-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    
+
                                    tomcat-servlet-api-8.5.61.jar
                                    
+
                                    hbase-protocol-shaded-2.4.14-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar
                                    
+
                                    kubernetes-model-node-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    
+
                                    transaction-api-1.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    hbase-replication-2.4.14-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar
                                    
+
                                    kubernetes-model-policy-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    
+
                                    twill-api-0.6.0-incubating.jar
                                    
+
                                    hbase-server-2.4.14-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar
                                    
+
                                    kubernetes-model-rbac-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    
+
                                    twill-common-0.6.0-incubating.jar
                                    
+
                                    hbase-shaded-gson-4.1.4.jar
                                    
+
                                    kubernetes-model-scheduling-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    
+
                                    twill-core-0.6.0-incubating.jar
                                    
+
                                    hbase-shaded-jersey-4.1.4.jar
                                    
+
                                    kubernetes-model-storageclass-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    
+
                                    twill-discovery-api-0.6.0-incubating.jar
                                    
+
                                    hbase-shaded-jetty-4.1.4.jar
                                    
+
                                    leveldbjni-all-1.8-20191105.jar
                                    
+
                                    twill-discovery-core-0.6.0-incubating.jar
                                    
+
                                    hbase-shaded-miscellaneous-4.1.4.jar
                                    
+
                                    libfb303-0.9.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    twill-zookeeper-0.6.0-incubating.jar
                                    
+
                                    hbase-shaded-netty-4.1.4.jar
                                    
+
                                    libthrift-0.14.1-ei-311001.jar
                                    
+
                                    univocity-parsers-2.9.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    hbase-shaded-protobuf-4.1.4.jar
                                    
+
                                    log4j-1.2.17-cloudera1.jar
                                    
+
                                    us-common-1.0.66.jar
                                    
+
                                    hbase-unsafe-4.1.4.jar
                                    
+
                                    log4j-api-2.17.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    velocity-1.7.jar
                                    
+
                                    hbase-zookeeper-2.4.14-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar
                                    
+
                                    log4j-rolling-appender-20131024-2017.jar
                                    
+
                                    velocity-engine-core-2.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    hibernate-validator-6.2.5.Final.jar
                                    
+
                                    logging-interceptor-3.14.9.jar
                                    
+
                                    wildfly-client-config-1.0.1.Final.jar
                                    
+
                                    HikariCP-2.6.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    luxor-cluster-quota-manager-transport_2.12-2.3.7-20231226.034700-559.jar
                                    
+
                                    wildfly-common-1.5.2.Final.jar
                                    
+
                                    hive-classification-3.1.0-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar
                                    
+
                                    luxor-encrypt-2.3.7-20231226.034423-1046.jar
                                    
+
                                    woodstox-core-5.4.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    hive-common-3.1.0-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar
                                    
+
                                    luxor-fs3-2.3.7-20231226.034438-1039.jar
                                    
+
                                    xalan-2.7.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    hive-exec-3.1.0-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10-core.jar
                                    
+
                                    luxor-obs-fs3-2.3.7-20231226.034443-1038.jar
                                    
+
                                    xbean-asm7-shaded-4.15.jar
                                    
+
                                    hive-llap-client-2.3.3-ei-12-20210120.005053-2.jar
                                    
+
                                    luxor-rpc_2.12-2.3.7-20231226.034653-560.jar
                                    
+
                                    xercesImpl-2.12.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    hive-llap-common-3.1.0-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar
                                    
+
                                    luxor-scc-adapter-2.3.7-20231226.034418-1045.jar
                                    
+
                                    xml-apis-1.4.01.jar
                                    
+
                                    hive-llap-tez-3.1.0-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar
                                    
+
                                    luxor-transport-2.3.7-20231226.034433-1038.jar
                                    
+
                                    xnio-api-3.8.4.Final.jar
                                    
+
                                    hive-metastore-3.1.0-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar
                                    
+
                                    lz4-java-1.7.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    xz-1.5.jar
                                    
+
                                    hive-serde-3.1.0-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar
                                    
+
                                    machinist_2.12-0.6.8.jar
                                    
+
                                    zjsonpatch-0.3.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    hive-service-rpc-3.1.0-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar
                                    
+
                                    macro-compat_2.12-1.1.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    zookeeper-3.5.6-ei-302002.jar
                                    
+
                                    hive-shims-0.23-3.1.0-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar
                                    
+
                                    memarts-ccsdk-1.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    zookeeper-jute-3.5.6-ei-302002.jar
                                    
+
                                    hive-shims-3.1.0-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar
                                    
+
                                    memory-0.9.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    zstd-jni-1.4.9-1.jar
                                    
+
                                    hive-shims-common-3.1.0-h0.cbu.mrs.321.r10.jar
                                    
+
                                    metrics-core-4.1.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    -
                                    
+
                                    
 
                                    
-
                                    Spark 2.3.2 Dependencies
                                    • accessors-smart-1.2.jar
                                    • activation-1.1.1.jar
                                    • aircompressor-0.8.jar
                                    • alluxio-2.3.1-luxor-SNAPSHOT-client.jar
                                    • antlr-2.7.7.jar
                                    • antlr4-runtime-4.8-1.jar
                                    • antlr-runtime-3.4.jar
                                    • aopalliance-1.0.jar
                                    • aopalliance-repackaged-2.4.0-b34.jar
                                    • apache-log4j-extras-1.2.17.jar
                                    • arpack_combined_all-0.1.jar
                                    • arrow-format-0.8.0.jar
                                    • arrow-memory-0.8.0.jar
                                    • arrow-vector-0.8.0.jar
                                    • asm-5.0.4.jar
                                    • audience-annotations-0.5.0.jar
                                    • automaton-1.11-8.jar
                                    • avro-1.7.7.jar
                                    • avro-ipc-1.7.7.jar
                                    • avro-ipc-1.7.7-tests.jar
                                    • avro-mapred-1.7.7-hadoop2.jar
                                    • java-sdk-bundle-1.11.271.jar
                                    • base64-2.3.8.jar
                                    • bcpkix-jdk15on-1.66.jar
                                    • bcprov-jdk15on-1.66.jar
                                    • bonecp-0.8.0.RELEASE.jar
                                    • breeze_2.11-0.13.2.jar
                                    • breeze-macros_2.11-0.13.2.jar
                                    • calcite-avatica-1.2.0-incubating.jar
                                    • calcite-core-1.2.0-incubating.jar
                                    • calcite-linq4j-1.2.0-incubating.jar
                                    • checker-qual-2.11.1.jar
                                    • chill_2.11-0.8.4.jar
                                    • chill-java-0.8.4.jar
                                    • commons-beanutils-1.9.4.jar
                                    • commons-cli-1.2.jar
                                    • commons-codec-2.0-20130428.202122-59.jar
                                    • commons-collections-3.2.2.jar
                                    • commons-collections4-4.2.jar
                                    • commons-compiler-3.0.8.jar
                                    • commons-compress-1.4.1.jar
                                    • commons-configuration2-2.1.1.jar
                                    • commons-crypto-1.0.0-20191105.jar
                                    • commons-daemon-1.0.13.jar
                                    • commons-dbcp-1.4.jar
                                    • commons-dbcp2-2.7.0.jar
                                    • commons-httpclient-3.1.jar
                                    • commons-io-2.5.jar
                                    • commons-lang-2.6.jar
                                    • commons-lang3-3.5.jar
                                    • commons-logging-1.2.jar
                                    • commons-math3-3.4.1.jar
                                    • commons-net-2.2.jar
                                    • commons-pool-1.5.4.jar
                                    • commons-pool2-2.8.0.jar
                                    • commons-text-1.3.jar
                                    • compress-lzf-1.0.3.jar
                                    • core-1.1.2.jar
                                    • curator-client-4.2.0.jar
                                    • curator-framework-4.2.0.jar
                                    • curator-recipes-2.7.1.jar
                                    • datanucleus-api-jdo-3.2.6.jar
                                    • datanucleus-core-3.2.10.jar
                                    • datanucleus-rdbms-3.2.9.jar
                                    • derby-10.12.1.1.jar
                                    • dnsjava-2.1.7.jar
                                    • ehcache-3.3.1.jar
                                    • eigenbase-properties-1.1.5.jar
                                    • error_prone_annotations-2.3.4.jar
                                    • failureaccess-1.0.1.jar
                                    • fastutil-8.2.3.jar
                                    • ffmpeg-4.3.1-1.5.4.jar
                                    • ffmpeg-4.3.1-1.5.4-linux-x86_64.jar
                                    • flatbuffers-1.2.0-3f79e055.jar
                                    • generex-1.0.2.jar
                                    • geronimo-jcache_1.0_spec-1.0-alpha-1.jar
                                    • gson-2.2.4.jar
                                    • guava-29.0-jre.jar
                                    • guice-4.0.jar
                                    • guice-servlet-4.0.jar
                                    • hadoop-annotations-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    • hadoop-auth-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    • hadoop-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    • hadoop-client-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    • hadoop-common-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    • hadoop-hdfs-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    • hadoop-hdfs-client-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    • hadoop-mapreduce-client-common-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    • hadoop-mapreduce-client-core-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    • hadoop-mapreduce-client-jobclient-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    • hadoop-minikdc-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    • hadoop-yarn-api-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    • hadoop-yarn-client-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    • hadoop-yarn-common-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    • hadoop-yarn-registry-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    • hadoop-yarn-server-common-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    • hadoop-yarn-server-web-proxy-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    • hamcrest-core-1.3.jar
                                    • HikariCP-java7-2.4.12.jar
                                    • hive-common-1.2.1-2.1.0.dli-20201111.064115-91.jar
                                    • hive-exec-1.2.1-2.1.0.dli-20201111.064444-91.jar
                                    • hive-metastore-1.2.1-2.1.0.dli-20201111.064230-91.jar
                                    • hk2-api-2.4.0-b34.jar
                                    • hk2-locator-2.4.0-b34.jar
                                    • hk2-utils-2.4.0-b34.jar
                                    • hppc-0.7.2.jar
                                    • htrace-core4-4.2.0-incubating-1.0.0.jar
                                    • httpclient-4.5.4.jar
                                    • httpcore-4.4.7.jar
                                    • ivy-2.4.0.jar
                                    • j2objc-annotations-1.3.jar
                                    • jackson-annotations-2.10.0.jar
                                    • jackson-core-2.10.0.jar
                                    • jackson-core-asl-1.9.13-atlassian-4.jar
                                    • jackson-databind-2.10.0.jar
                                    • jackson-dataformat-yaml-2.10.0.jar
                                    • jackson-datatype-jsr310-2.10.3.jar
                                    • jackson-jaxrs-base-2.10.3.jar
                                    • jackson-jaxrs-json-provider-2.10.3.jar
                                    • jackson-mapper-asl-1.9.13-atlassian-4.jar
                                    • jackson-module-jaxb-annotations-2.10.3.jar
                                    • jackson-module-paranamer-2.10.0.jar
                                    • jackson-module-scala_2.11-2.10.0.jar
                                    • jakarta.activation-api-1.2.1.jar
                                    • jakarta.xml.bind-api-2.3.2.jar
                                    • janino-3.0.8.jar
                                    • javacpp-1.5.4.jar
                                    • javacpp-1.5.4-linux-x86_64.jar
                                    • javacv-1.5.4.jar
                                    • JavaEWAH-1.1.7.jar
                                    • javassist-3.18.1-GA.jar
                                    • javax.annotation-api-1.2.jar
                                    • javax.inject-1.jar
                                    • javax.inject-2.4.0-b34.jar
                                    • javax.servlet-api-3.1.0.jar
                                    • javax.ws.rs-api-2.0.1.jar
                                    • java-xmlbuilder-1.1.jar
                                    • javolution-5.3.1.jar
                                    • jaxb-api-2.2.11.jar
                                    • jcip-annotations-1.0-1.jar
                                    • jcl-over-slf4j-1.7.26.jar
                                    • jdo-api-3.0.1.jar
                                    • jersey-client-2.23.1.jar
                                    • jersey-common-2.23.1.jar
                                    • jersey-container-servlet-2.23.1.jar
                                    • jersey-container-servlet-core-2.23.1.jar
                                    • jersey-guava-2.23.1.jar
                                    • jersey-media-jaxb-2.23.1.jar
                                    • jersey-server-2.23.1.jar
                                    • jets3t-0.9.4.jar
                                    • jetty-http-9.4.31.v20200723.jar
                                    • jetty-io-9.4.31.v20200723.jar
                                    • jetty-security-9.4.31.v20200723.jar
                                    • jetty-server-9.4.31.v20200723.jar
                                    • jetty-servlet-9.4.31.v20200723.jar
                                    • jetty-util-9.4.31.v20200723.jar
                                    • jetty-util-ajax-9.4.31.v20200723.jar
                                    • jetty-webapp-9.4.31.v20200723.jar
                                    • jetty-xml-9.4.31.v20200723.jar
                                    • joda-time-2.9.3.jar
                                    • jodd-core-4.2.0.jar
                                    • json-20200518.jar
                                    • json4s-ast_2.11-3.2.11.jar
                                    • json4s-core_2.11-3.2.11.jar
                                    • json4s-jackson_2.11-3.2.11.jar
                                    • json-sanitizer-1.2.1.jar
                                    • json-smart-2.3.jar
                                    • jsp-api-2.1.jar
                                    • jsr305-3.0.2.jar
                                    • jta-1.1.jar
                                    • jtransforms-2.4.0.jar
                                    • jul-to-slf4j-1.7.26.jar
                                    • junit-4.11.jar
                                    • kerb-admin-1.0.1.jar
                                    • kerb-client-1.0.1.jar
                                    • kerb-common-1.0.1.jar
                                    • kerb-core-1.0.1.jar
                                    • kerb-crypto-1.0.1.jar
                                    • kerb-identity-1.0.1.jar
                                    • kerb-server-1.0.1.jar
                                    • kerb-simplekdc-1.0.1.jar
                                    • kerb-util-1.0.1.jar
                                    • kerby-asn1-1.0.1.jar
                                    • kerby-config-1.0.1.jar
                                    • kerby-pkix-1.0.1.jar
                                    • kerby-util-1.0.1.jar
                                    • kerby-xdr-1.0.1.jar
                                    • kryo-shaded-3.0.3.jar
                                    • kubernetes-client-4.9.2-20200804.jar
                                    • kubernetes-model-4.9.2-20200804.jar
                                    • kubernetes-model-common-4.9.2-20200804.jar
                                    • leveldbjni-all-1.8-20191105.jar
                                    • libfb303-0.9.3.jar
                                    • libthrift-0.12.0.jar
                                    • listenablefuture-9999.0-empty-to-avoid-conflict-with-guava.jar
                                    • log4j-1.2.17-cloudera1.jar
                                    • log4j-rolling-appender-20131024-2017.jar
                                    • logging-interceptor-3.14.4.jar
                                    • luxor-encrypt-2.1.0-20201106.065437-53.jar
                                    • luxor-fs3-2.1.0-20201106.065612-53.jar
                                    • luxor-obs-fs3-2.1.0-20201106.065616-53.jar
                                    • luxor-rpc_2.11-2.1.0-20201106.065541-53.jar
                                    • luxor-rpc-protobuf2-2.1.0-20201106.065551-53.jar
                                    • lz4-java-1.7.1.jar
                                    • machinist_2.11-0.6.1.jar
                                    • macro-compat_2.11-1.1.1.jar
                                    • metrics-core-3.1.5.jar
                                    • metrics-graphite-3.1.5.jar
                                    • metrics-jmx-4.1.12.1.jar
                                    • metrics-json-3.1.5.jar
                                    • metrics-jvm-3.1.5.jar
                                    • minlog-1.3.0.jar
                                    • mssql-jdbc-6.2.1.jre7.jar
                                    • netty-3.10.6.Final.jar
                                    • netty-all-4.1.51.Final.jar
                                    • nimbus-jose-jwt-8.19.jar
                                    • objenesis-2.1.jar
                                    • okhttp-3.14.4.jar
                                    • okio-1.17.2.jar
                                    • opencsv-2.3.jar
                                    • opencsv-4.6.jar
                                    • opencv-4.3.0-2.jar
                                    • orc-core-1.4.4-nohive.jar
                                    • orc-mapreduce-1.4.4-nohive.jar
                                    • oro-2.0.8.jar
                                    • osgi-resource-locator-1.0.1.jar
                                    • paranamer-2.8.jar
                                    • parquet-column-1.8.3.jar
                                    • parquet-common-1.8.3.jar
                                    • parquet-encoding-1.8.3.jar
                                    • parquet-format-2.3.1.jar
                                    • parquet-hadoop-1.8.3.jar
                                    • parquet-hadoop-bundle-1.6.0.jar
                                    • parquet-jackson-1.8.3.jar
                                    • parquet-format-2.3.1.jar
                                    • parquet-hadoop-1.8.3.jar
                                    • parquet-hadoop-bundle-1.6.0.jar
                                    • parquet-jackson-1.8.3.jar
                                    • postgresql-42.2.14.jar
                                    • protobuf-java-2.5.0.jar
                                    • py4j-0.10.7.jar
                                    • pyrolite-4.13.jar
                                    • re2j-1.1.jar
                                    • RoaringBitmap-0.5.11.jar
                                    • scala-compiler-2.11.12.jar
                                    • scala-library-2.11.12.jar
                                    • scalap-2.11.0.jar
                                    • scala-parser-combinators_2.11-1.1.0.jar
                                    • scala-reflect-2.11.12.jar
                                    • scala-xml_2.11-1.0.5.jar
                                    • secComponentApi-1.0.5c.jar
                                    • shapeless_2.11-2.3.2.jar
                                    • slf4j-api-1.7.30.jar
                                    • slf4j-log4j12-1.7.30.jar
                                    • snakeyaml-1.24.jar
                                    • snappy-java-1.1.7.5.jar
                                    • spark-catalyst_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.073826-143.jar
                                    • spark-core_2.11-2.3.2.0101-.0.dli-20201111.073836-134.jar
                                    • spark-graphx_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.073847-129.jar
                                    • spark-hive_2.11-2.3.2.0101-.0.dli-20201111.073854-132.jar
                                    • spark-kubernetes_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.073916-85.jar
                                    • spark-kvstore_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.073933-127.jar
                                    • spark-launcher_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.073940-127.jar
                                    • spark-mllib_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.073946-127.jar
                                    • spark-mllib-local_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.073953-127.jar
                                    • spark-network-common_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.073959-127.jar
                                    • spark-network-shuffle_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.074007-127.jar
                                    • spark-om_2.11-2.3.2.0101-.0.dli-20201111.074019-125.jar
                                    • spark-repl_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.074028-125.jar
                                    • spark-sketch_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.074035-125.jar
                                    • spark-sql_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.074041-126.jar
                                    • spark-streaming_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.074100-123.jar
                                    • spark-tags_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.074136-123.jar
                                    • spark-tags_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.074141-124-tests.jar
                                    • spark-unsafe_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.074144-123.jar
                                    • spark-uquery_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.074906-210.jar
                                    • spark-yarn_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.074151-123.jar
                                    • spire_2.11-0.13.0.jar
                                    • spire-macros_2.11-0.13.0.jar
                                    • ST4-4.3.1.jar
                                    • stax2-api-3.1.4.jar
                                    • stax-api-1.0-2.jar
                                    • stream-2.7.0.jar
                                    • stringtemplate-3.2.1.jar
                                    • token-provider-1.0.1.jar
                                    • univocity-parsers-2.5.9.jar
                                    • validation-api-1.1.0.Final.jar
                                    • woodstox-core-5.0.3.jar
                                    • xbean-asm5-shaded-4.4.jar
                                    • xercesImpl-2.12.0.jar
                                    • xml-apis-1.4.01.jar
                                    • xz-1.0.jar
                                    • zjsonpatch-0.3.0.jar
                                    • zookeeper-3.5.6-ei-302002.jar
                                    • zookeeper-jute-3.5.6-ei-302002.jar
                                    • zstd-jni-1.4.4-11.jar
                                    
 
                                    
-
                                    Flink 1.7.2 Dependencies
                                    • bcpkix-jdk15on-1.60.jar
                                    • bcprov-jdk15on-1.60.jar
                                    • commons-codec-1.9.jar
                                    • commons-configuration-1.7.jar
                                    • deeplearning4j-core-0.9.1.jar
                                    • deeplearning4j-nlp-0.9.1.jar
                                    • deeplearning4j-nn-0.9.1.jar
                                    • ejml-cdense-0.33.jar
                                    • ejml-core-0.33.jar
                                    • ejml-ddense-0.33.jar
                                    • ejml-dsparse-0.33.jar
                                    • ejml-experimental-0.33.jar
                                    • ejml-fdense-0.33.jar
                                    • ejml-simple-0.33.jar
                                    • ejml-zdense-0.33.jar
                                    • elsa-3.0.0-M7.jar
                                    • esdk-obs-java-3.1.3.jar
                                    • flink-cep_2.11-1.7.0.jar
                                    • flink-cep-scala_2.11-1.7.0.jar
                                    • flink-dist_2.11-1.7.0.jar
                                    • flink-gelly_2.11-1.7.0.jar
                                    • flink-gelly-scala_2.11-1.7.0.jar
                                    • flink-ml_2.11-1.7.0.jar
                                    • flink-python_2.11-1.7.0.jar
                                    • flink-queryable-state-runtime_2.11-1.7.0.jar
                                    • flink-shaded-curator-1.7.0.jar
                                    • flink-shaded-hadoop2-uber-1.7.0.jar
                                    • flink-table_2.11-1.7.0.jar
                                    • guava-26.0-jre.jar
                                    • hadoop-3.1.1-41-20201014.085840-4.jar
                                    • httpasyncclient-4.1.2.jar
                                    • httpclient-4.5.12.jar
                                    • httpcore-4.4.4.jar
                                    • httpcore-nio-4.4.4.jar
                                    • java-xmlbuilder-1.1.jar
                                    • jna-4.1.0.jar
                                    • libtensorflow-1.12.0.jar
                                    • log4j-api-2.8.2.jar
                                    • log4j-core-2.8.2.jar
                                    • log4j-over-slf4j-1.7.21.jar
                                    • logback-classic-1.2.3.jar
                                    • logback-core-1.2.3.jar
                                    • nd4j-api-0.9.1.jar
                                    • nd4j-native-0.9.1.jar
                                    • nd4j-native-api-0.9.1.jar
                                    • nd4j-native-platform-0.9.1.jar
                                    • okhttp-3.14.8.jar
                                    • okio-1.14.0.jar
                                    • slf4j-api-1.7.21.jar
                                    • tensorflow-1.12.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    Spark 2.4.5 Dependencies
                                    
+
                                    
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                    Table 2 Spark 2.4.5 dependencies
                                    Dependency
                                    
+
                                    JavaEWAH-1.1.7.jar
                                    
+
                                    httpclient-4.5.6.jar
                                    
+
                                    lucene-queryparser-7.7.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    RoaringBitmap-0.7.45.jar
                                    
+
                                    httpcore-4.4.10.jar
                                    
+
                                    lucene-sandbox-7.7.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    ST4-4.3.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    ivy-2.4.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    luxor-encrypt-2.0.0-20220623.010726-213.jar
                                    
+
                                    accessors-smart-1.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    jackson-annotations-2.11.4.jar
                                    
+
                                    luxor-fs3-2.0.0-20220623.010750-209.jar
                                    
+
                                    activation-1.1.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    jackson-core-2.11.4.jar
                                    
+
                                    luxor-obs-fs3-2.0.0-20220623.010756-209.jar
                                    
+
                                    aircompressor-0.16.jar
                                    
+
                                    jackson-core-asl-1.9.13-atlassian-4.jar
                                    
+
                                    luxor-rpc_2.11-2.0.0-20220623.010737-182.jar
                                    
+
                                    alluxio-2.3.1-luxor-SNAPSHOT-client.jar
                                    
+
                                    jackson-databind-2.11.4.jar
                                    
+
                                    luxor-transport-2.0.0-20220623.010744-71.jar
                                    
+
                                    annotations-17.0.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    jackson-dataformat-yaml-2.11.4.jar
                                    
+
                                    lz4-java-1.7.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    antlr-2.7.7.jar
                                    
+
                                    jackson-datatype-jsr310-2.11.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    machinist_2.11-0.6.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    antlr-runtime-3.4.jar
                                    
+
                                    jackson-jaxrs-base-2.10.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    macro-compat_2.11-1.1.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    antlr4-runtime-4.8-1.jar
                                    
+
                                    jackson-jaxrs-json-provider-2.10.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    metrics-core-3.1.5.jar
                                    
+
                                    aopalliance-1.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    jackson-mapper-asl-1.9.13-atlassian-4.jar
                                    
+
                                    metrics-graphite-3.1.5.jar
                                    
+
                                    aopalliance-repackaged-2.4.0-b34.jar
                                    
+
                                    jackson-module-jaxb-annotations-2.10.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    metrics-jmx-4.1.12.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    apache-log4j-extras-1.2.17.jar
                                    
+
                                    jackson-module-paranamer-2.11.4.jar
                                    
+
                                    metrics-json-3.1.5.jar
                                    
+
                                    arpack_combined_all-0.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    jackson-module-scala_2.11-2.11.4.jar
                                    
+
                                    metrics-jvm-3.1.5.jar
                                    
+
                                    arrow-format-0.12.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    jakarta.activation-api-1.2.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    minlog-1.3.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    arrow-memory-0.12.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    jakarta.xml.bind-api-2.3.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    mssql-jdbc-6.2.1.jre7.jar
                                    
+
                                    arrow-vector-0.12.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    janino-3.0.9.jar
                                    
+
                                    netty-all-4.1.51.Final.jar
                                    
+
                                    asm-5.0.4.jar
                                    
+
                                    java-util-1.9.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    nimbus-jose-jwt-8.19.jar
                                    
+
                                    audience-annotations-0.5.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    java-xmlbuilder-1.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    objenesis-2.5.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    automaton-1.11-8.jar
                                    
+
                                    javassist-3.18.1-GA.jar
                                    
+
                                    okhttp-3.14.9.jar
                                    
+
                                    avro-1.8.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    javax.annotation-api-1.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    okio-1.17.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    avro-ipc-1.8.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    javax.inject-1.jar
                                    
+
                                    opencsv-2.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    avro-mapred-1.8.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    javax.inject-2.4.0-b34.jar
                                    
+
                                    opencsv-4.6.jar
                                    
+
                                    java-sdk-bundle-1.11.856.jar
                                    
+
                                    javax.servlet-api-3.1.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    opencv-4.3.0-2.jar
                                    
+
                                    base64-2.3.8.jar
                                    
+
                                    javax.ws.rs-api-2.0.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    orc-core-1.6.8-nohive.jar
                                    
+
                                    bcpkix-jdk15on-1.66.jar
                                    
+
                                    javolution-5.3.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    orc-mapreduce-1.6.8-nohive.jar
                                    
+
                                    bcprov-jdk15on-1.67.jar
                                    
+
                                    jaxb-api-2.2.11.jar
                                    
+
                                    orc-shims-1.6.8.jar
                                    
+
                                    bonecp-0.8.0.RELEASE.jar
                                    
+
                                    jcip-annotations-1.0-1.jar
                                    
+
                                    oro-2.0.8.jar
                                    
+
                                    breeze-macros_2.11-0.13.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    jcl-over-slf4j-1.7.30.jar
                                    
+
                                    osgi-resource-locator-1.0.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    breeze_2.11-0.13.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    jdo-api-3.0.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    paranamer-2.8.jar
                                    
+
                                    calcite-avatica-1.2.0-incubating.jar
                                    
+
                                    jersey-client-2.23.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    parquet-column-1.12.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    chill-java-0.9.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    jersey-common-2.23.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    parquet-common-1.12.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    chill_2.11-0.9.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    jersey-container-servlet-2.23.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    parquet-encoding-1.12.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-beanutils-1.9.4.jar
                                    
+
                                    jersey-container-servlet-core-2.23.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    parquet-format-structures-1.12.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-cli-1.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    jersey-guava-2.23.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    parquet-hadoop-1.12.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-codec-1.15.jar
                                    
+
                                    jersey-media-jaxb-2.23.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    parquet-hadoop-bundle-1.6.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-collections-3.2.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    jersey-server-2.23.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    parquet-jackson-1.12.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-collections4-4.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    jets3t-0.9.4.jar
                                    
+
                                    postgresql-42.2.14.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-compiler-3.0.9.jar
                                    
+
                                    jettison-1.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    protobuf-java-2.5.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-compress-1.4.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    jetty-http-9.4.34.v20201102.jar
                                    
+
                                    py4j-0.10.7.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-configuration2-2.1.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    jetty-io-9.4.34.v20201102.jar
                                    
+
                                    pyrolite-4.13.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-crypto-1.0.0-20191105.jar
                                    
+
                                    jetty-security-9.4.34.v20201102.jar
                                    
+
                                    re2j-1.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-daemon-1.0.13.jar
                                    
+
                                    jetty-server-9.4.34.v20201102.jar
                                    
+
                                    scala-compiler-2.11.12.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-dbcp2-2.7.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    jetty-servlet-9.4.34.v20201102.jar
                                    
+
                                    scala-library-2.11.12.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-httpclient-3.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    jetty-util-9.4.34.v20201102.jar
                                    
+
                                    scala-parser-combinators_2.11-1.1.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-io-2.5.jar
                                    
+
                                    jetty-util-ajax-9.4.34.v20201102.jar
                                    
+
                                    scala-reflect-2.11.12.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-lang-2.6.jar
                                    
+
                                    jetty-webapp-9.4.34.v20201102.jar
                                    
+
                                    scala-xml_2.11-1.0.5.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-lang3-3.5.jar
                                    
+
                                    jetty-xml-9.4.34.v20201102.jar
                                    
+
                                    secComponentApi-1.0.6.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-logging-1.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    joda-time-2.9.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    shapeless_2.11-2.3.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-math3-3.4.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    jodd-core-3.5.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    shims-0.7.45.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-net-3.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    json-20200518.jar
                                    
+
                                    slf4j-api-1.7.30.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-pool2-2.8.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    json-io-2.5.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    slf4j-log4j12-1.7.30.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-text-1.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    json-sanitizer-1.2.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    snakeyaml-1.26.jar
                                    
+
                                    compress-lzf-1.0.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    json-smart-2.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    snappy-java-1.1.8.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    core-1.1.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    json4s-ast_2.11-3.5.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    solr-core-7.7.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    crypter-0.0.6.jar
                                    
+
                                    json4s-core_2.11-3.5.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    solr-solrj-7.7.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    curator-client-4.2.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    json4s-jackson_2.11-3.5.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-avro_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085536-9.jar
                                    
+
                                    curator-framework-4.2.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    json4s-scalap_2.11-3.5.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-avro_2.11-4.0.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    curator-recipes-2.7.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    jsp-api-2.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-catalyst_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085405-16.jar
                                    
+
                                    datanucleus-api-jdo-3.2.6.jar
                                    
+
                                    jsr305-1.3.9.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-core_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085327-16.jar
                                    
+
                                    datanucleus-core-3.2.10.jar
                                    
+
                                    jta-1.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-graphx_2.11-2.4.5.0100-.0.dli-20220617.085336-16.jar
                                    
+
                                    datanucleus-rdbms-3.2.9.jar
                                    
+
                                    jtransforms-2.4.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-hive_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085423-16.jar
                                    
+
                                    derby-10.14.2.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    jts-core-1.16.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-kubernetes_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085519-16.jar
                                    
+
                                    dnsjava-2.1.7.jar
                                    
+
                                    jul-to-slf4j-1.7.30.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-kvstore_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085249-16.jar
                                    
+
                                    ecj-3.21.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    junit-4.11.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-launcher_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085435-16.jar
                                    
+
                                    ehcache-3.3.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    kerb-admin-1.0.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-mllib-local_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085349-16.jar
                                    
+
                                    expiringmap-0.5.9.jar
                                    
+
                                    kerb-client-1.0.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-mllib_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085342-16.jar
                                    
+
                                    fastutil-8.2.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    kerb-common-1.0.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-network-common_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085254-16.jar
                                    
+
                                    flatbuffers-java-1.9.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    kerb-core-1.0.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-network-shuffle_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085300-16.jar
                                    
+
                                    fst-2.50.jar
                                    
+
                                    kerb-crypto-1.0.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-om_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085316-16.jar
                                    
+
                                    generex-1.0.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    kerb-identity-1.0.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-repl_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085430-16.jar
                                    
+
                                    geronimo-jcache_1.0_spec-1.0-alpha-1.jar
                                    
+
                                    kerb-server-1.0.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-sketch_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085243-16.jar
                                    
+
                                    gson-2.2.4.jar
                                    
+
                                    kerb-simplekdc-1.0.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-sql_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085414-16.jar
                                    
+
                                    guava-14.0.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    kerb-util-1.0.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-streaming_2.11-2.4.5.0100-.0.dli-20220617.085359-16.jar
                                    
+
                                    guice-4.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    kerby-asn1-1.0.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-tags_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085322-16.jar
                                    
+
                                    guice-servlet-4.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    kerby-config-1.0.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-unsafe_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085311-16.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-annotations-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    
+
                                    kerby-pkix-1.0.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-uquery_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-SNAPSHOT.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-auth-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    
+
                                    kerby-util-1.0.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-yarn_2.11-2.4.5.0100-2.0.0.dli-20220617.085531-16.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    
+
                                    kerby-xdr-1.0.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    spire-macros_2.11-0.13.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-client-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    
+
                                    kryo-shaded-4.0.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    spire_2.11-0.13.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-common-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    
+
                                    kubernetes-client-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    
+
                                    stax-api-1.0-2.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-hdfs-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    
+
                                    kubernetes-model-admissionregistration-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    
+
                                    stax2-api-3.1.4.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-hdfs-client-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    
+
                                    kubernetes-model-apiextensions-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    
+
                                    stream-2.7.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-3.1.1-46.jar
                                    
+
                                    kubernetes-model-apps-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    
+
                                    stringtemplate-3.2.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-mapreduce-client-common-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    
+
                                    kubernetes-model-autoscaling-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    
+
                                    threeten-extra-1.5.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-mapreduce-client-core-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    
+
                                    kubernetes-model-batch-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    
+
                                    tink-1.6.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-mapreduce-client-jobclient-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    
+
                                    kubernetes-model-certificates-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    
+
                                    token-provider-1.0.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-minikdc-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    
+
                                    kubernetes-model-common-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    
+
                                    tomcat-api-9.0.39.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-yarn-api-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    
+
                                    kubernetes-model-coordination-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    
+
                                    zookeeper-jute-3.5.6-ei-302002.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-yarn-client-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    
+
                                    kubernetes-model-core-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    
+
                                    tomcat-el-api-9.0.39.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-yarn-common-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    
+
                                    kubernetes-model-discovery-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    
+
                                    tomcat-jasper-9.0.39.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-yarn-registry-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    
+
                                    kubernetes-model-events-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    
+
                                    tomcat-jasper-el-9.0.39.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-yarn-server-applicationhistoryservice-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    
+
                                    kubernetes-model-extensions-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    
+
                                    tomcat-jsp-api-9.0.39.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-yarn-server-common-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    
+
                                    kubernetes-model-flowcontrol-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    
+
                                    tomcat-juli-9.0.39.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-yarn-server-resourcemanager-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    
+
                                    kubernetes-model-metrics-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    
+
                                    tomcat-servlet-api-9.0.39.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-yarn-server-web-proxy-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    
+
                                    kubernetes-model-networking-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    
+
                                    tomcat-util-9.0.39.jar
                                    
+
                                    hamcrest-core-1.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    kubernetes-model-node-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    
+
                                    tomcat-util-scan-9.0.39.jar
                                    
+
                                    hive-common-1.2.1-2.0.0.dli-20220528.090500-402.jar
                                    
+
                                    kubernetes-model-policy-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    
+
                                    univocity-parsers-2.7.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    hive-exec-1.2.1-2.0.0.dli-20220528.090521-401.jar
                                    
+
                                    kubernetes-model-rbac-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    
+
                                    zstd-jni-1.4.9-1.jar
                                    
+
                                    hive-metastore-1.2.1-2.0.0.dli-20220528.090509-402.jar
                                    
+
                                    kubernetes-model-scheduling-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    
+
                                    validation-api-1.1.0.Final.jar
                                    
+
                                    hive-shims-0.23-1.2.1-2.0.0.dli-20220528.090445-403.jar
                                    
+
                                    kubernetes-model-storageclass-5.4.1-20211025.jar
                                    
+
                                    velocity-1.7.jar
                                    
+
                                    hive-shims-1.2.1-2.0.0.dli-20220528.090455-403.jar
                                    
+
                                    leveldbjni-all-1.8-20191105.jar
                                    
+
                                    woodstox-core-5.0.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    hive-shims-common-1.2.1-2.0.0.dli-20220528.090441-404.jar
                                    
+
                                    libfb303-0.9.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    xbean-asm6-shaded-4.8.jar
                                    
+
                                    hive-shims-scheduler-1.2.1-2.0.0.dli-20220528.090450-403.jar
                                    
+
                                    libthrift-0.12.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    xercesImpl-2.12.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    hk2-api-2.4.0-b34.jar
                                    
+
                                    log4j-1.2.17-cloudera1.jar
                                    
+
                                    xml-apis-1.4.01.jar
                                    
+
                                    hk2-locator-2.4.0-b34.jar
                                    
+
                                    log4j-rolling-appender-20131024-2017.jar
                                    
+
                                    xz-1.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    hk2-utils-2.4.0-b34.jar
                                    
+
                                    logging-interceptor-3.14.9.jar
                                    
+
                                    zjsonpatch-0.3.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    hppc-0.7.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    lucene-analyzers-common-7.7.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    zookeeper-3.5.6-ei-302002.jar
                                    
+
                                    htrace-core4-4.2.0-incubating-1.0.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    lucene-core-7.7.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    -
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    Spark 2.3.2 Dependencies
                                    
+
                                    
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                    Table 3 Spark 2.3.2 dependencies
                                    Dependency
                                    
+
                                    accessors-smart-1.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    HikariCP-java7-2.4.12.jar
                                    
+
                                    logging-interceptor-3.14.4.jar
                                    
+
                                    activation-1.1.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    hive-common-1.2.1-2.1.0.dli-20201111.064115-91.jar
                                    
+
                                    luxor-encrypt-2.1.0-20201106.065437-53.jar
                                    
+
                                    aircompressor-0.8.jar
                                    
+
                                    hive-exec-1.2.1-2.1.0.dli-20201111.064444-91.jar
                                    
+
                                    luxor-fs3-2.1.0-20201106.065612-53.jar
                                    
+
                                    alluxio-2.3.1-luxor-SNAPSHOT-client.jar
                                    
+
                                    hive-metastore-1.2.1-2.1.0.dli-20201111.064230-91.jar
                                    
+
                                    luxor-obs-fs3-2.1.0-20201106.065616-53.jar
                                    
+
                                    antlr-2.7.7.jar
                                    
+
                                    hk2-api-2.4.0-b34.jar
                                    
+
                                    luxor-rpc_2.11-2.1.0-20201106.065541-53.jar
                                    
+
                                    antlr4-runtime-4.8-1.jar
                                    
+
                                    hk2-locator-2.4.0-b34.jar
                                    
+
                                    luxor-rpc-protobuf2-2.1.0-20201106.065551-53.jar
                                    
+
                                    antlr-runtime-3.4.jar
                                    
+
                                    hk2-utils-2.4.0-b34.jar
                                    
+
                                    lz4-java-1.7.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    aopalliance-1.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    hppc-0.7.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    machinist_2.11-0.6.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    aopalliance-repackaged-2.4.0-b34.jar
                                    
+
                                    htrace-core4-4.2.0-incubating-1.0.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    macro-compat_2.11-1.1.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    apache-log4j-extras-1.2.17.jar
                                    
+
                                    httpclient-4.5.4.jar
                                    
+
                                    metrics-core-3.1.5.jar
                                    
+
                                    arpack_combined_all-0.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    httpcore-4.4.7.jar
                                    
+
                                    metrics-graphite-3.1.5.jar
                                    
+
                                    arrow-format-0.8.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    ivy-2.4.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    metrics-jmx-4.1.12.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    arrow-memory-0.8.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    j2objc-annotations-1.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    metrics-json-3.1.5.jar
                                    
+
                                    arrow-vector-0.8.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    jackson-annotations-2.10.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    metrics-jvm-3.1.5.jar
                                    
+
                                    asm-5.0.4.jar
                                    
+
                                    jackson-core-2.10.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    minlog-1.3.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    audience-annotations-0.5.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    jackson-core-asl-1.9.13-atlassian-4.jar
                                    
+
                                    mssql-jdbc-6.2.1.jre7.jar
                                    
+
                                    automaton-1.11-8.jar
                                    
+
                                    jackson-databind-2.10.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    netty-3.10.6.Final.jar
                                    
+
                                    avro-1.7.7.jar
                                    
+
                                    jackson-dataformat-yaml-2.10.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    netty-all-4.1.51.Final.jar
                                    
+
                                    avro-ipc-1.7.7.jar
                                    
+
                                    jackson-datatype-jsr310-2.10.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    nimbus-jose-jwt-8.19.jar
                                    
+
                                    avro-ipc-1.7.7-tests.jar
                                    
+
                                    jackson-jaxrs-base-2.10.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    objenesis-2.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    avro-mapred-1.7.7-hadoop2.jar
                                    
+
                                    jackson-jaxrs-json-provider-2.10.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    okhttp-3.14.4.jar
                                    
+
                                    java-sdk-bundle-1.11.271.jar
                                    
+
                                    jackson-mapper-asl-1.9.13-atlassian-4.jar
                                    
+
                                    okio-1.17.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    base64-2.3.8.jar
                                    
+
                                    jackson-module-jaxb-annotations-2.10.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    opencsv-2.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    bcpkix-jdk15on-1.66.jar
                                    
+
                                    jackson-module-paranamer-2.10.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    opencsv-4.6.jar
                                    
+
                                    bcprov-jdk15on-1.66.jar
                                    
+
                                    jackson-module-scala_2.11-2.10.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    opencv-4.3.0-2.jar
                                    
+
                                    bonecp-0.8.0.RELEASE.jar
                                    
+
                                    jakarta.activation-api-1.2.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    orc-core-1.4.4-nohive.jar
                                    
+
                                    breeze_2.11-0.13.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    jakarta.xml.bind-api-2.3.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    orc-mapreduce-1.4.4-nohive.jar
                                    
+
                                    breeze-macros_2.11-0.13.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    janino-3.0.8.jar
                                    
+
                                    oro-2.0.8.jar
                                    
+
                                    calcite-avatica-1.2.0-incubating.jar
                                    
+
                                    javacpp-1.5.4.jar
                                    
+
                                    osgi-resource-locator-1.0.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    calcite-core-1.2.0-incubating.jar
                                    
+
                                    javacpp-1.5.4-linux-x86_64.jar
                                    
+
                                    paranamer-2.8.jar
                                    
+
                                    calcite-linq4j-1.2.0-incubating.jar
                                    
+
                                    javacv-1.5.4.jar
                                    
+
                                    parquet-column-1.8.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    checker-qual-2.11.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    JavaEWAH-1.1.7.jar
                                    
+
                                    parquet-common-1.8.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    chill_2.11-0.8.4.jar
                                    
+
                                    javassist-3.18.1-GA.jar
                                    
+
                                    parquet-encoding-1.8.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    chill-java-0.8.4.jar
                                    
+
                                    javax.annotation-api-1.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    parquet-format-2.3.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-beanutils-1.9.4.jar
                                    
+
                                    javax.inject-1.jar
                                    
+
                                    parquet-hadoop-1.8.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-cli-1.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    javax.inject-2.4.0-b34.jar
                                    
+
                                    parquet-hadoop-bundle-1.6.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-codec-2.0-20130428.202122-59.jar
                                    
+
                                    javax.servlet-api-3.1.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    parquet-jackson-1.8.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-collections-3.2.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    javax.ws.rs-api-2.0.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    parquet-format-2.3.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-collections4-4.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    java-xmlbuilder-1.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    parquet-hadoop-1.8.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-compiler-3.0.8.jar
                                    
+
                                    javolution-5.3.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    parquet-hadoop-bundle-1.6.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-compress-1.4.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    jaxb-api-2.2.11.jar
                                    
+
                                    parquet-jackson-1.8.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-configuration2-2.1.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    jcip-annotations-1.0-1.jar
                                    
+
                                    postgresql-42.2.14.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-crypto-1.0.0-20191105.jar
                                    
+
                                    jcl-over-slf4j-1.7.26.jar
                                    
+
                                    protobuf-java-2.5.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-daemon-1.0.13.jar
                                    
+
                                    jdo-api-3.0.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    py4j-0.10.7.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-dbcp-1.4.jar
                                    
+
                                    jersey-client-2.23.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    pyrolite-4.13.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-dbcp2-2.7.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    jersey-common-2.23.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    re2j-1.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-httpclient-3.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    jersey-container-servlet-2.23.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    RoaringBitmap-0.5.11.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-io-2.5.jar
                                    
+
                                    jersey-container-servlet-core-2.23.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    scala-compiler-2.11.12.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-lang-2.6.jar
                                    
+
                                    jersey-guava-2.23.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    scala-library-2.11.12.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-lang3-3.5.jar
                                    
+
                                    jersey-media-jaxb-2.23.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    scalap-2.11.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-logging-1.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    jersey-server-2.23.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    scala-parser-combinators_2.11-1.1.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-math3-3.4.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    jets3t-0.9.4.jar
                                    
+
                                    scala-reflect-2.11.12.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-net-2.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    jetty-http-9.4.31.v20200723.jar
                                    
+
                                    scala-xml_2.11-1.0.5.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-pool-1.5.4.jar
                                    
+
                                    jetty-io-9.4.31.v20200723.jar
                                    
+
                                    secComponentApi-1.0.5c.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-pool2-2.8.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    jetty-security-9.4.31.v20200723.jar
                                    
+
                                    shapeless_2.11-2.3.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-text-1.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    jetty-server-9.4.31.v20200723.jar
                                    
+
                                    slf4j-api-1.7.30.jar
                                    
+
                                    compress-lzf-1.0.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    jetty-servlet-9.4.31.v20200723.jar
                                    
+
                                    slf4j-log4j12-1.7.30.jar
                                    
+
                                    core-1.1.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    jetty-util-9.4.31.v20200723.jar
                                    
+
                                    snakeyaml-1.24.jar
                                    
+
                                    curator-client-4.2.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    jetty-util-ajax-9.4.31.v20200723.jar
                                    
+
                                    snappy-java-1.1.7.5.jar
                                    
+
                                    curator-framework-4.2.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    jetty-webapp-9.4.31.v20200723.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-catalyst_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.073826-143.jar
                                    
+
                                    curator-recipes-2.7.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    jetty-xml-9.4.31.v20200723.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-core_2.11-2.3.2.0101-.0.dli-20201111.073836-134.jar
                                    
+
                                    datanucleus-api-jdo-3.2.6.jar
                                    
+
                                    joda-time-2.9.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-graphx_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.073847-129.jar
                                    
+
                                    datanucleus-core-3.2.10.jar
                                    
+
                                    jodd-core-4.2.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-hive_2.11-2.3.2.0101-.0.dli-20201111.073854-132.jar
                                    
+
                                    datanucleus-rdbms-3.2.9.jar
                                    
+
                                    json-20200518.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-kubernetes_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.073916-85.jar
                                    
+
                                    derby-10.12.1.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    json4s-ast_2.11-3.2.11.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-kvstore_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.073933-127.jar
                                    
+
                                    dnsjava-2.1.7.jar
                                    
+
                                    json4s-core_2.11-3.2.11.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-launcher_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.073940-127.jar
                                    
+
                                    ehcache-3.3.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    json4s-jackson_2.11-3.2.11.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-mllib_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.073946-127.jar
                                    
+
                                    eigenbase-properties-1.1.5.jar
                                    
+
                                    json-sanitizer-1.2.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-mllib-local_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.073953-127.jar
                                    
+
                                    error_prone_annotations-2.3.4.jar
                                    
+
                                    json-smart-2.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-network-common_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.073959-127.jar
                                    
+
                                    failureaccess-1.0.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    jsp-api-2.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-network-shuffle_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.074007-127.jar
                                    
+
                                    fastutil-8.2.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    jsr305-3.0.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-om_2.11-2.3.2.0101-.0.dli-20201111.074019-125.jar
                                    
+
                                    ffmpeg-4.3.1-1.5.4.jar
                                    
+
                                    jta-1.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-repl_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.074028-125.jar
                                    
+
                                    ffmpeg-4.3.1-1.5.4-linux-x86_64.jar
                                    
+
                                    jtransforms-2.4.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-sketch_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.074035-125.jar
                                    
+
                                    flatbuffers-1.2.0-3f79e055.jar
                                    
+
                                    jul-to-slf4j-1.7.26.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-sql_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.074041-126.jar
                                    
+
                                    generex-1.0.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    junit-4.11.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-streaming_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.074100-123.jar
                                    
+
                                    geronimo-jcache_1.0_spec-1.0-alpha-1.jar
                                    
+
                                    kerb-admin-1.0.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-tags_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.074136-123.jar
                                    
+
                                    gson-2.2.4.jar
                                    
+
                                    kerb-client-1.0.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-tags_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.074141-124-tests.jar
                                    
+
                                    guava-29.0-jre.jar
                                    
+
                                    kerb-common-1.0.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-unsafe_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.074144-123.jar
                                    
+
                                    guice-4.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    kerb-core-1.0.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-uquery_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.074906-210.jar
                                    
+
                                    guice-servlet-4.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    kerb-crypto-1.0.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    spark-yarn_2.11-2.3.2.0101-2.1.0.dli-20201111.074151-123.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-annotations-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    
+
                                    kerb-identity-1.0.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    spire_2.11-0.13.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-auth-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    
+
                                    kerb-server-1.0.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    spire-macros_2.11-0.13.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    
+
                                    kerb-simplekdc-1.0.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    ST4-4.3.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-client-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    
+
                                    kerb-util-1.0.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    stax2-api-3.1.4.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-common-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    
+
                                    kerby-asn1-1.0.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    stax-api-1.0-2.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-hdfs-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    
+
                                    kerby-config-1.0.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    stream-2.7.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-hdfs-client-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    
+
                                    kerby-pkix-1.0.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    stringtemplate-3.2.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-3.1.1-41.jar
                                    
+
                                    kerby-util-1.0.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    token-provider-1.0.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-mapreduce-client-common-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    
+
                                    kerby-xdr-1.0.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    univocity-parsers-2.5.9.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-mapreduce-client-core-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    
+
                                    kryo-shaded-3.0.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    validation-api-1.1.0.Final.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-mapreduce-client-jobclient-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    
+
                                    kubernetes-client-4.9.2-20200804.jar
                                    
+
                                    woodstox-core-5.0.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-minikdc-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    
+
                                    kubernetes-model-4.9.2-20200804.jar
                                    
+
                                    xbean-asm5-shaded-4.4.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-yarn-api-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    
+
                                    kubernetes-model-common-4.9.2-20200804.jar
                                    
+
                                    xercesImpl-2.12.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-yarn-client-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    
+
                                    leveldbjni-all-1.8-20191105.jar
                                    
+
                                    xml-apis-1.4.01.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-yarn-common-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    
+
                                    libfb303-0.9.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    xz-1.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-yarn-registry-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    
+
                                    libthrift-0.12.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    zjsonpatch-0.3.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-yarn-server-common-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    
+
                                    listenablefuture-9999.0-empty-to-avoid-conflict-with-guava.jar
                                    
+
                                    zookeeper-3.5.6-ei-302002.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-yarn-server-web-proxy-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    
+
                                    log4j-1.2.17-cloudera1.jar
                                    
+
                                    zookeeper-jute-3.5.6-ei-302002.jar
                                    
+
                                    hamcrest-core-1.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    log4j-rolling-appender-20131024-2017.jar
                                    
+
                                    zstd-jni-1.4.4-11.jar
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    Flink 1.12 Dependencies
                                    
+
                                    
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                    Table 4 Flink 1.12 dependencies
                                    Dependency
                                    
+
                                    bcpkix-jdk15on-1.60.jar
                                    
+
                                    flink-json-1.12.2-ei-313001-dli-2022011002.jar
                                    
+
                                    libtensorflow-1.12.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    bcprov-jdk15on-1.60.jar
                                    
+
                                    flink-kubernetes_2.11-1.12.2-ei-313001-dli-2022011002.jar
                                    
+
                                    log4j-1.2-api-2.17.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    clickhouse-jdbc-0.3.1-ei-313001-SNAPSHOT.jar
                                    
+
                                    flink-metrics-prometheus_2.11-1.12.2-ei-313001-dli-2022011002.jar
                                    
+
                                    log4j-api-2.17.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-codec-1.9.jar
                                    
+
                                    flink-obs-hadoop-fs-2.0.0-20220226.034421-73.jar
                                    
+
                                    log4j-core-2.17.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-configuration-1.7.jar
                                    
+
                                    flink-s3-fs-hadoop-1.12.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    log4j-slf4j-impl-2.17.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    dataflow-fs-obs-2.0.0-20220226.034402-190.jar
                                    
+
                                    flink-shaded-zookeeper-3.6.3-ei-313001-SNAPSHOT.jar
                                    
+
                                    luxor-encrypt-2.0.0-20220405.072004-199.jar
                                    
+
                                    deeplearning4j-core-0.9.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    flink-sql-avro-1.12.2-ei-313001-dli-2022011002.jar
                                    
+
                                    luxor-fs3-2.0.0-20220405.072025-195.jar
                                    
+
                                    deeplearning4j-nlp-0.9.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    flink-sql-avro-confluent-registry-1.12.2-ei-313001-dli-2022011002.jar
                                    
+
                                    luxor-obs-fs3-2.0.0-20220405.072030-195.jar
                                    
+
                                    deeplearning4j-nn-0.9.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    flink-table_2.11-1.12.2-ei-313001-dli-2022011002.jar
                                    
+
                                    manager-hadoop-security-crypter-8.1.3-313001-SNAPSHOT.jar
                                    
+
                                    ejml-cdense-0.33.jar
                                    
+
                                    flink-table-blink_2.11-1.12.2-ei-313001-dli-2022011002.jar
                                    
+
                                    manager-wc2frm-8.1.3-313001-SNAPSHOT.jar
                                    
+
                                    ejml-core-0.33.jar
                                    
+
                                    guava-18.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    mrs-obs-provider-3.1.1.49.jar
                                    
+
                                    ejml-ddense-0.33.jar
                                    
+
                                    guava-26.0-jre.jar
                                    
+
                                    nd4j-api-0.9.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    ejml-dsparse-0.33.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-hdfs-client-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    
+
                                    nd4j-native-0.9.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    ejml-experimental-0.33.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-3.1.1-46.jar
                                    
+
                                    nd4j-native-api-0.9.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    ejml-fdense-0.33.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-plugins-8.1.3-313001-SNAPSHOT.jar
                                    
+
                                    nd4j-native-platform-0.9.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    ejml-simple-0.33.jar
                                    
+
                                    httpasyncclient-4.1.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    okhttp-3.14.8.jar
                                    
+
                                    ejml-zdense-0.33.jar
                                    
+
                                    httpclient-4.5.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    okio-1.14.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    elsa-3.0.0-M7.jar
                                    
+
                                    httpcore-4.4.4.jar
                                    
+
                                    ranger-obs-client-0.1.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    flink-changelog-json-1.12.2-ei-313001-dli-2022011002.jar
                                    
+
                                    httpcore-nio-4.4.4.jar
                                    
+
                                    secComponentApi-1.0.5.jar
                                    
+
                                    flink-csv-1.12.2-ei-313001-dli-2022011002.jar
                                    
+
                                    java-xmlbuilder-1.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    slf4j-api-1.7.26.jar
                                    
+
                                    flink-dist_2.11-1.12.2-ei-313001-dli-2022011002.jar
                                    
+
                                    jna-4.1.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    tensorflow-1.12.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    Flink 1.10 Dependencies
                                    Only queues created after December 2020 can use the Flink 1.10 dependencies.
                                    
-
                                    • bcpkix-jdk15on-1.60.jar
                                    • bcprov-jdk15on-1.60.jar
                                    • commons-codec-1.9.jar
                                    • commons-configuration-1.7.jar
                                    • deeplearning4j-core-0.9.1.jar
                                    • deeplearning4j-nlp-0.9.1.jar
                                    • deeplearning4j-nn-0.9.1.jar
                                    • ejml-cdense-0.33.jar
                                    • ejml-core-0.33.jar
                                    • ejml-ddense-0.33.jar
                                    • ejml-dsparse-0.33.jar
                                    • ejml-experimental-0.33.jar
                                    • ejml-fdense-0.33.jar
                                    • ejml-simple-0.33.jar
                                    • ejml-zdense-0.33.jar
                                    • elsa-3.0.0-M7.jar
                                    • esdk-obs-java-3.20.6.1.jar
                                    • flink-cep_2.11-1.10.0.jar
                                    • flink-cep-scala_2.11-1.10.0.jar
                                    • flink-dist_2.11-1.10.0.jar
                                    • flink-python_2.11-1.10.0.jar
                                    • flink-queryable-state-runtime_2.11-1.10.0.jar
                                    • flink-sql-client_2.11-1.10.0.jar
                                    • flink-state-processor-api_2.11-1.10.0.jar
                                    • flink-table_2.11-1.10.0.jar
                                    • flink-table-blink_2.11-1.10.0.jar
                                    • guava-26.0-jre.jar
                                    • hadoop-3.1.1-41.jar
                                    • httpasyncclient-4.1.2.jar
                                    • httpclient-4.5.3.jar
                                    • httpcore-4.4.4.jar
                                    • httpcore-nio-4.4.4.jar
                                    • java-xmlbuilder-1.1.jar
                                    • jna-4.1.0.jar
                                    • libtensorflow-1.12.0.jar
                                    • log4j-over-slf4j-1.7.26.jar
                                    • logback-classic-1.2.3.jar
                                    • logback-core-1.2.3.jar
                                    • nd4j-api-0.9.1.jar
                                    • nd4j-native-0.9.1.jar
                                    • nd4j-native-api-0.9.1.jar
                                    • nd4j-native-platform-0.9.1.jar
                                    • okhttp-3.14.8.jar
                                    • okio-1.14.0.jar
                                    • secComponentApi-1.0.5.jar
                                    • slf4j-api-1.7.26.jar
                                    • tensorflow-1.12.0.jar
                                    
+
+
                                    
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                    Table 5 Flink 1.10 dependencies
                                    Dependency
                                    
+
                                    bcpkix-jdk15on-1.60.jar
                                    
+
                                    esdk-obs-java-3.20.6.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    java-xmlbuilder-1.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    bcprov-jdk15on-1.60.jar
                                    
+
                                    flink-cep_2.11-1.10.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    jna-4.1.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-codec-1.9.jar
                                    
+
                                    flink-cep-scala_2.11-1.10.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    libtensorflow-1.12.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-configuration-1.7.jar
                                    
+
                                    flink-dist_2.11-1.10.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    log4j-over-slf4j-1.7.26.jar
                                    
+
                                    deeplearning4j-core-0.9.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    flink-python_2.11-1.10.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    logback-classic-1.2.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    deeplearning4j-nlp-0.9.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    flink-queryable-state-runtime_2.11-1.10.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    logback-core-1.2.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    deeplearning4j-nn-0.9.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    flink-sql-client_2.11-1.10.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    nd4j-api-0.9.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    ejml-cdense-0.33.jar
                                    
+
                                    flink-state-processor-api_2.11-1.10.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    nd4j-native-0.9.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    ejml-core-0.33.jar
                                    
+
                                    flink-table_2.11-1.10.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    nd4j-native-api-0.9.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    ejml-ddense-0.33.jar
                                    
+
                                    flink-table-blink_2.11-1.10.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    nd4j-native-platform-0.9.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    ejml-dsparse-0.33.jar
                                    
+
                                    guava-26.0-jre.jar
                                    
+
                                    okhttp-3.14.8.jar
                                    
+
                                    ejml-experimental-0.33.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-3.1.1-41.jar
                                    
+
                                    okio-1.14.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    ejml-fdense-0.33.jar
                                    
+
                                    httpasyncclient-4.1.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    secComponentApi-1.0.5.jar
                                    
+
                                    ejml-simple-0.33.jar
                                    
+
                                    httpclient-4.5.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    slf4j-api-1.7.26.jar
                                    
+
                                    ejml-zdense-0.33.jar
                                    
+
                                    httpcore-4.4.4.jar
                                    
+
                                    tensorflow-1.12.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    elsa-3.0.0-M7.jar
                                    
+
                                    httpcore-nio-4.4.4.jar
                                    
+
                                    -
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    
+
                                    Flink 1.7.2 Dependencies
                                    
+
                                    
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                    Table 6 Flink 1.7.2 dependencies
                                    Dependency
                                    
+
                                    bcpkix-jdk15on-1.60.jar
                                    
+
                                    esdk-obs-java-3.1.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    httpcore-4.4.4.jar
                                    
+
                                    bcprov-jdk15on-1.60.jar
                                    
+
                                    flink-cep_2.11-1.7.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    httpcore-nio-4.4.4.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-codec-1.9.jar
                                    
+
                                    flink-cep-scala_2.11-1.7.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    java-xmlbuilder-1.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    commons-configuration-1.7.jar
                                    
+
                                    flink-dist_2.11-1.7.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    jna-4.1.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    deeplearning4j-core-0.9.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    flink-gelly_2.11-1.7.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    libtensorflow-1.12.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    deeplearning4j-nlp-0.9.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    flink-gelly-scala_2.11-1.7.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    log4j-over-slf4j-1.7.21.jar
                                    
+
                                    deeplearning4j-nn-0.9.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    flink-ml_2.11-1.7.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    logback-classic-1.2.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    ejml-cdense-0.33.jar
                                    
+
                                    flink-python_2.11-1.7.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    logback-core-1.2.3.jar
                                    
+
                                    ejml-core-0.33.jar
                                    
+
                                    flink-queryable-state-runtime_2.11-1.7.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    nd4j-api-0.9.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    ejml-ddense-0.33.jar
                                    
+
                                    flink-shaded-curator-1.7.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    nd4j-native-0.9.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    ejml-dsparse-0.33.jar
                                    
+
                                    flink-shaded-hadoop2-uber-1.7.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    nd4j-native-api-0.9.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    ejml-experimental-0.33.jar
                                    
+
                                    flink-table_2.11-1.7.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    nd4j-native-platform-0.9.1.jar
                                    
+
                                    ejml-fdense-0.33.jar
                                    
+
                                    guava-26.0-jre.jar
                                    
+
                                    okhttp-3.14.8.jar
                                    
+
                                    ejml-simple-0.33.jar
                                    
+
                                    hadoop-3.1.1-41-20201014.085840-4.jar
                                    
+
                                    okio-1.14.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    ejml-zdense-0.33.jar
                                    
+
                                    httpasyncclient-4.1.2.jar
                                    
+
                                    slf4j-api-1.7.21.jar
                                    
+
                                    elsa-3.0.0-M7.jar
                                    
+
                                    httpclient-4.5.12.jar
                                    
+
                                    tensorflow-1.12.0.jar
                                    
+
                                    
 
                                    
-
                                    Flink 1.12 Dependencies
                                    • bcpkix-jdk15on-1.60.jar
                                    • bcprov-jdk15on-1.60.jar
                                    • clickhouse-jdbc-0.3.1-ei-313001-SNAPSHOT.jar
                                    • commons-codec-1.9.jar
                                    • commons-configuration-1.7.jar
                                    • dataflow-fs-obs-2.0.0-20220226.034402-190.jar
                                    • deeplearning4j-core-0.9.1.jar
                                    • deeplearning4j-nlp-0.9.1.jar
                                    • deeplearning4j-nn-0.9.1.jar
                                    • ejml-cdense-0.33.jar
                                    • ejml-core-0.33.jar
                                    • ejml-ddense-0.33.jar
                                    • ejml-dsparse-0.33.jar
                                    • ejml-experimental-0.33.jar
                                    • ejml-fdense-0.33.jar
                                    • ejml-simple-0.33.jar
                                    • ejml-zdense-0.33.jar
                                    • elsa-3.0.0-M7.jar
                                    • flink-changelog-json-1.12.2-ei-313001-dli-2022011002.jar
                                    • flink-csv-1.12.2-ei-313001-dli-2022011002.jar
                                    • flink-dist_2.11-1.12.2-ei-313001-dli-2022011002.jar
                                    • flink-json-1.12.2-ei-313001-dli-2022011002.jar
                                    • flink-kubernetes_2.11-1.12.2-ei-313001-dli-2022011002.jar
                                    • flink-metrics-prometheus_2.11-1.12.2-ei-313001-dli-2022011002.jar
                                    • flink-obs-hadoop-fs-2.0.0-20220226.034421-73.jar
                                    • flink-s3-fs-hadoop-1.12.2.jar
                                    • flink-shaded-zookeeper-3.6.3-ei-313001-SNAPSHOT.jar
                                    • flink-sql-avro-1.12.2-ei-313001-dli-2022011002.jar
                                    • flink-sql-avro-confluent-registry-1.12.2-ei-313001-dli-2022011002.jar
                                    • flink-table_2.11-1.12.2-ei-313001-dli-2022011002.jar
                                    • flink-table-blink_2.11-1.12.2-ei-313001-dli-2022011002.jar
                                    • guava-18.0.jar
                                    • guava-26.0-jre.jar
                                    • hadoop-hdfs-client-3.1.1-ei-302002.jar
                                    • hadoop-3.1.1-46.jar
                                    • hadoop-plugins-8.1.3-313001-SNAPSHOT.jar
                                    • httpasyncclient-4.1.2.jar
                                    • httpclient-4.5.3.jar
                                    • httpcore-4.4.4.jar
                                    • httpcore-nio-4.4.4.jar
                                    • java-xmlbuilder-1.1.jar
                                    • jna-4.1.0.jar
                                    • libtensorflow-1.12.0.jar
                                    • log4j-1.2-api-2.17.1.jar
                                    • log4j-api-2.17.1.jar
                                    • log4j-core-2.17.1.jar
                                    • log4j-slf4j-impl-2.17.1.jar
                                    • luxor-encrypt-2.0.0-20220405.072004-199.jar
                                    • luxor-fs3-2.0.0-20220405.072025-195.jar
                                    • luxor-obs-fs3-2.0.0-20220405.072030-195.jar
                                    • manager-hadoop-security-crypter-8.1.3-313001-SNAPSHOT.jar
                                    • manager-wc2frm-8.1.3-313001-SNAPSHOT.jar
                                    • mrs-obs-provider-3.1.1.49.jar
                                    • nd4j-api-0.9.1.jar
                                    • nd4j-native-0.9.1.jar
                                    • nd4j-native-api-0.9.1.jar
                                    • nd4j-native-platform-0.9.1.jar
                                    • okhttp-3.14.8.jar
                                    • okio-1.14.0.jar
                                    • ranger-obs-client-0.1.1.jar
                                    • secComponentApi-1.0.5.jar
                                    • slf4j-api-1.7.26.jar
                                    • tensorflow-1.12.0.jar
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0402.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0402.html
index 57e835a0..5368bf34 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0402.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0402.html
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 
                                    
 
                                    Constraints
                                    • A queue named default is preset in DLI for you to experience. Resources are allocated on demand. 
                                    • Queue types:
                                      • For SQL: Spark SQL jobs can be submitted to SQL queues.
                                      • For general purpose: The queue is used to run Spark programs, Flink SQL jobs, and Flink Jar jobs.
                                      
 
                                      The queue type cannot be changed. If you want to use another queue type, purchase a new queue.
                                      
-
                                    • The region of a queue cannot be changed.
                                    • A newly created queue can be scaled in or out only after a job is executed on the queue.
                                    • DLI queues cannot access the Internet.
                                      
+
                                    • The region of a queue cannot be changed.
                                    • Queues with 16 CUs do not support scale-out or scale-in.
                                    • Queues with 64 CUs do not support scale-in.
                                    • A newly created queue can be scaled in or out only after a job is executed on the queue.
                                    • DLI queues cannot access the Internet.
                                      
 
                                      
 
                                    
 
                                    
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0403.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0403.html
index ebde0b65..bf55a6e3 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0403.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0403.html
@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
 
 
                                    Overview
                                    
 
                                    On the Job Management page of Flink jobs, you can submit a Flink job. Currently, the following job types are supported:
                                    
+
 
                                    • Flink SQL uses SQL statements to define jobs and can be submitted to any general purpose queue.
                                    • Flink Jar customizes a JAR package job based on Flink APIs. It runs on dedicated queues.
                                    
 
                                    Flink job management provides the following functions:
                                    
 
@@ -17,62 +18,62 @@
 
                                    
 
                                    Flink Jobs Page
                                    On the Overview page, click Flink Jobs to go to the Flink job management page. Alternatively, you can choose Job Management > Flink Jobs from the navigation pane on the left. The page displays all Flink jobs. If there are a large number of jobs, they will be displayed on multiple pages. DLI allows you to view jobs in all statuses.
                                    
 
-
                                    Table 1 Job management parameters
                                    Parameter
                                    
+
                                    
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0421.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0421.html
index e7b695cf..9b18a614 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0421.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0421.html
@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
 
 
-
                                    Creating a Message Notification Topic
                                    
-
                                    Scenario
                                    Once you have created a message notification topic, you can Add subscription of the topic on the Topic Management page of the Simple Message Notification service. You can select different ways (such as text messages or emails) to subscribe. After the subscription succeeds, any job failure will automatically be sent to your subscription endpoints.
                                    
+
                                    Creating an SMN Topic
                                    
+
                                    Scenario
                                    Once you have created an SMN topic, you can easily subscribe to it by going to the Topic Management > Topics page of the SMN console. You can choose to receive notifications via SMS or email. After the subscription is successful, if a job fails, the system automatically sends a message to the subscription endpoint you specified.
                                    
+
                                    • If a job fails within 1 minute of submission, a message notification is not triggered.
                                    • If a job fails after 1 minute of submission, the system automatically sends a message to the subscriber terminal you specified.
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    Procedure
                                    1. On the Resources > Queue Management page, click Create SMN Topic on the upper left side. The Create SMN Topic dialog box is displayed.
                                    2. Select a queue and click OK.
                                       
                                      • You can select a single queue or all queues.
                                      • If you create a topic for a queue and another topic for all queues, the SMN of all queues does not include the message of the single queue.
                                      • After a message notification topic is created, you will receive a message notification only when a Spark job created on the subscription queue fails.
                                      
 
                                      
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0422.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0422.html
index a9613939..ddfaa293 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0422.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0422.html
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 
                                      
 
                                      
 
                                        
-
                                      • Introduction
                                        
+
                                      • Overview
                                        
 
                                        • 
 
                                      • Creating a CSS Datasource Authentication
                                        
 
                                        • 
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0440.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0440.html
index 6126c814..c3bce4b8 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0440.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0440.html
@@ -14,43 +14,54 @@
 
                                        Type: There are roles and policies.
                                        • Roles: A type of coarse-grained authorization mechanism that defines permissions related to user responsibilities. Only a limited number of service-level roles are available. When using roles to grant permissions, you also need to assign other roles on which the permissions depend. However, roles are not an ideal choice for fine-grained authorization and secure access control.
                                        • Policies: A type of fine-grained authorization mechanism that defines permissions required to perform operations on specific cloud resources under certain conditions. This mechanism allows for more flexible policy-based authorization, meeting requirements for secure access control. For example, you can grant DLI users only the permissions for managing a certain type of ECSs.
                                        
 
                                        
 
-
                                    Table 1 Job management parameters
                                    Parameter
                                    
 
                                    Description
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    ID
                                    
+
                                    ID
                                    
 
                                    ID of a submitted Flink job, which is generated by the system by default.
                                    
+
                                    ID of a submitted Flink job, which is generated by the system by default.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Name
                                    
+
                                    Name
                                    
 
                                    Name of the submitted Flink job.
                                    
+
                                    Name of the submitted Flink job.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Type
                                    
+
                                    Type
                                    
 
                                    Type of the submitted Flink job. Including:
                                    
+
                                    Type of the submitted Flink job. Including:
                                    
 
                                    • Flink SQL: Flink SQL jobs
                                    • Flink Jar: Flink Jar jobs
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Status
                                    
+
                                    Status
                                    
 
                                    Job statuses, including:
                                    
+
                                    Job statuses, including:
                                    
 
                                    • Draft
                                    • Submitting
                                    • Submission failed
                                    • Running: After the job is submitted, a normal result is returned.
                                    • Running exception: The job stops running due to an exception.
                                    • Downloading
                                    • Idle
                                    • Stopping
                                    • Stopped
                                    • Stopping failed
                                    • Creating the savepoint
                                    • Completed
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Description
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    
 
                                    Description of the submitted Flink job.
                                    
+
                                    Description of the submitted Flink job.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Username
                                    
+
                                    Username
                                    
 
                                    Name of the user who submits a job.
                                    
+
                                    Name of the user who submits a job.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Created
                                    
+
                                    Created
                                    
 
                                    Time when a job is created.
                                    
+
                                    Time when a job is created.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Started
                                    
+
                                    Started
                                    
 
                                    Time when a Flink job starts to run.
                                    
+
                                    Time when a Flink job starts to run.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Duration
                                    
+
                                    Duration
                                    
 
                                    Time consumed by job running.
                                    
+
                                    Time consumed by job running.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Operation
                                    
+
                                    Operation
                                    
 
                                    • Edit: Edit a created job. For details, see Editing a Job.
                                    • Start: Start and run a job. For details, see Starting a Job.
                                    • More
                                      • FlinkUI: After you click this button, the Flink job execution page is displayed.
                                         NOTE: 
                                        When you execute a job on a created queue, the cluster is restarted. It takes about 10 minutes. If you click FlinkUI before the cluster is created, an empty projectID will be cached. The FlinkUI page cannot be displayed.
                                        
+
                                    • Edit: Edit a created job. For details, see Editing a Job.
                                    • Start: Start and run a job. For details, see Starting a Job.
                                    • More
                                      • FlinkUI: After you click this button, the Flink job execution page is displayed.
                                         NOTE: 
                                        When you execute a job on a created queue, the cluster is restarted. It takes about 10 minutes. If you click FlinkUI before the cluster is created, an empty projectID will be cached. The FlinkUI page cannot be displayed.
                                        
 
                                        You are advised to use a dedicated queue so that the cluster will not be released. Alternatively, wait for a while after the job is submitted (the cluster is created), and then check FlinkUI.
                                        
 
                                        
 
                                      • Stop: Stop a Flink job. If this function is unavailable, jobs in the current status cannot be stopped.
                                      • Delete: Delete a job.
                                         NOTE: 
                                        A deleted job cannot be restored.
                                        
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0410.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0410.html
index 297c306d..8b788b4a 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0410.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0410.html
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
 
                                    √
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    DDS Mongo
                                    
+
                                    DDS
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    √
                                    
 
                                    Table 1 DLI system permissions
                                    Role/Policy Name
                                    
+
                                    
-
-
+
-
-
-
+
-
-
-
+
-
-
-
+
-
-
-
+
@@ -60,9 +71,9 @@
 
                                    DLI Permission Types
                                    Table 2 lists the DLI service permissions. For details about the resources that can be controlled by DLI, see Table 4.
                                    
 
-
                                    Table 1 DLI system permissions
                                    Role/Policy Name
                                    
 
                                    Description
                                    
+
                                    Description
                                    
 
                                    Category
                                    
+
                                    Category
                                    
+
                                    Dependency
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    DLI FullAccess
                                    
+
                                    DLI FullAccess
                                    
 
                                    Full permissions for DLI.
                                    
+
                                    Full permissions for DLI.
                                    
 
                                    System-defined policy
                                    
+
                                    System-defined policy
                                    
+
                                    This role depends on other roles in the same project.
                                    
+
                                    • Creating a datasource connection: VPC ReadOnlyAccess
                                    • Creating a tag: TMS FullAccess and EPS EPS FullAccess
                                    • Using OBS for storage: OBS OperateAccess
                                    • Creating an agency: Security Administrator
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    DLI ReadOnlyAccess
                                    
+
                                    DLI ReadOnlyAccess
                                    
 
                                    Read-only permissions for DLI.
                                    
-
                                    With read-only permissions, you can use DLI resources and perform operations that do not require fine-grained permissions. For example, create global variables, create packages and package groups, submit jobs to the default queue, create tables in the default database, create datasource connections, and delete datasource connections.
                                    
+
                                    Read-only permissions for DLI.
                                    
+
                                    With read-only permissions, you can use DLI resources and perform operations that do not require fine-grained permissions. For example, create global variables, create packages and package groups, submit jobs to the default queue, create tables in the default database, create datasource connections, and delete datasource connections.
                                    
 
                                    System-defined policy
                                    
+
                                    System-defined policy
                                    
+
                                    None
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Tenant Administrator
                                    
+
                                    Tenant Administrator
                                    
 
                                    Tenant administrator
                                    
-
                                    • Administer permissions for managing and accessing all cloud services. After a database or a queue is created, the user can use the ACL to assign rights to other users.
                                    • Scope: project-level service
                                    
+
                                    Tenant administrator
                                    
+
                                    • Job execution permissions for DLI resources. After a database or a queue is created, the user can use the ACL to assign rights to other users.
                                    • Scope: project-level service
                                    
 
                                    System-defined role
                                    
+
                                    System-defined role
                                    
+
                                    None
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    DLI Service Admin
                                    
+
                                    DLI Service Administrator
                                    
 
                                    DLI administrator
                                    
-
                                    • Administer permissions for managing and accessing the queues and data of DLI. After a database or a queue is created, the user can use the ACL to assign rights to other users.
                                    • Scope: project-level service
                                    
+
                                    DLI administrator.
                                    
+
                                    • Job execution permissions for DLI resources. After a database or a queue is created, the user can use the ACL to assign rights to other users.
                                    • Scope: project-level service
                                    
 
                                    System-defined role
                                    
+
                                    System-defined role
                                    
+
                                    None
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
                                     
 
                                    Table 2 DLI permission types
                                    Permission Type
                                    
+
                                    
-
@@ -72,9 +83,9 @@
 
-
-
@@ -86,9 +97,9 @@
 
-
-
@@ -103,9 +114,9 @@
 
-
-
@@ -114,10 +125,10 @@
 
-
-
@@ -129,9 +140,9 @@
 
-
-
@@ -145,7 +156,7 @@
 
                                    Examples
                                    An Internet company mainly provides game and music services. DLI is used to analyze user behaviors and assist decision making.
                                    
-
                                    As shown in Figure 1, the Leader of the Basic Platform Team has applied for a Tenant Administrator account to manage and use cloud services. Since the Big Data Platform Team needs DLI for data analysis, the Leader of the Basic Platform Team adds a subaccount with the permission of DLI Service Admin to manage and use DLI. The Leader of the Basic Platform Team creates a Queue A and assigns it to Data Engineer A to analyze the gaming data. A Queue B is also assigned to Data Engineer B to analyze the music data. Besides granting the queue usage permission, the Leader of the Basic Platform Team grants data (except the database) management and usage permissions to the two engineers.
                                    
+
                                    As shown in Figure 1, the Leader of the Basic Platform Team has applied for a Tenant Administrator account to manage and use cloud services. The Leader of the Basic Platform Team creates a subaccount with the DLI Service Administrator permission to manage and use DLI, as the Big Data Platform Team requires DLI for data analysis. The Leader of the Basic Platform Team creates a Queue A and assigns it to Data Engineer A to analyze the gaming data. A Queue B is also assigned to Data Engineer B to analyze the music data. Besides granting the queue usage permission, the Leader of the Basic Platform Team grants data (except the database) management and usage permissions to the two engineers.
                                    
 
                                    Figure 1 Granting permissions
                                    
 
                                    The Data Engineer A creates a table named gameTable for storing game prop data and a table named userTable for storing game user data. The music service is a new service. To explore potential music users among existing game users, the Data Engineer A assigns the query permission on the userTable to the Data Engineer B. In addition, Data Engineer B creates a table named musicTable for storing music copyrights information.
                                    
 
                                    Table 3 describes the queue and data permissions of Data Engineer A and Data Engineer B.
                                    
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0441.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0441.html
index c97682da..65511366 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0441.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0441.html
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 
 
                                    
-
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0445.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0445.html
index f30a9433..59ecdd15 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0445.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0445.html
@@ -6,325 +6,377 @@
 
                                    Namespace
                                    SYS.DLI
                                    
 
                                    Metric
                                    
-
                                    Table 2 DLI permission types
                                    Permission Type
                                    
 
                                    Subtype
                                    
+
                                    Subtype
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Console Operations
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    Queue Permissions
                                    
+
                                    Queue Permissions
                                    
 
                                    Queue management permissions
                                    
+
                                    Queue management permissions
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    For details, see Queue Permission Management.
                                    
 
                                    Queue usage permission
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Data Permissions
                                    
+
                                    Data Permissions
                                    
 
                                    Database permissions
                                    
+
                                    Database permissions
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    For details, see Managing Database Permissions and Managing Table Permissions.
                                    
 
                                    Column permissions
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Job Permissions
                                    
+
                                    Job Permissions
                                    
 
                                    Flink job permissions
                                    
+
                                    Flink job permissions
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    For details, see Managing Flink Job Permissions.
                                    
 
                                    For details, see Permission-related APIs > Granting Users with the Data Usage Permission in the Data Lake Insight API Reference.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Package Permissions
                                    
+
                                    Package Permissions
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    Package group permissions
                                    
+
                                    Package group permissions
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    For details, see Managing Permissions on Packages and Package Groups.
                                    
 
                                    Package permissions
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Datasource Connection Permissions
                                    
+
                                    Datasource Connection Permissions
                                    
 
                                    Datasource connection permissions
                                    
+
                                    Datasource connection permissions
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    For details, see Datasource Authentication Permission Management.
                                    
                                     		
 
 
                                    Tenant Administrator
                                    
 
                                    DLI Service Admin
                                    
+
                                    DLI Service Administrator
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
 
                                    Table 1 DLI metrics
                                    Metric ID
                                    
+
                                    
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0447.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0447.html
index 45e8f7f7..b64b33d3 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0447.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0447.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
                                    Managing Database Permissions
                                    
-
                                    Scenario
                                    • You can isolate databases allocated to different users by setting permissions to ensure data query performance.
                                    • The administrator and database owner have all permissions, which cannot be set or modified by other users.
                                    
+
                                    Scenario
                                    • By setting permissions, you can assign varying database permissions to different users.
                                    • The administrator and database owner have all permissions, which cannot be set or modified by other users.
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    Precautions
                                    • Lower-level objects automatically inherit permissions granted to upper-level objects. The hierarchical relationship is database > table > column.
                                    • The database owner, table owner, and authorized users can assign permissions on the database and tables.
                                    • Columns can only inherit the query permission. For details about Inheritable Permissions, see Managing Database Permissions.
                                    • The permissions can be revoked only at the initial level to which the permissions are granted. You need to grant and revoke permissions at the same level. You need to grant and revoke permissions at the same level. For example, after you are granted the insertion permission on a database, you can obtain the insertion permission on the tables in the database. Your insertion permission can be revoked only at the database level.
                                    • If you create a database with the same name as a deleted database, the database permissions will not be inherited. In this case, you need to grant the database permissions to users or projects.
                                      For example, user A is granted with the permission to delete the testdb database. Delete the database and create another one with the same name. You need to grant user A the deletion permission of the testdb database again.
                                      
 
                                    
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0448.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0448.html
index aef0417a..3d2b929c 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0448.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0448.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
                                    Managing Table Permissions
                                    
-
                                    Operation Scenario
                                    • You can isolate databases allocated to different users by setting permissions to ensure data query performance.
                                    • The administrator and database owner have all permissions, which cannot be set or modified by other users.
                                    • When setting database permissions for a new user, ensure that the user group to which the user belongs has the Tenant Guest permission. 
                                    
+
                                    Operation Scenario
                                    • By setting permissions, you can assign varying table permissions to different users.
                                    • The administrator and table owner have all permissions, which cannot be set or modified by other users.
                                    • When setting table permissions for a new user, ensure that the user group the user belongs to has the Tenant Guest permission. 
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    Precautions
                                    • If you create a table with the same name as a deleted table, the table permissions will not be inherited. In this case, you need to grant the table permissions to users or projects.
                                      For example, user A is granted with the permission to delete the testTable table. Delete the table and create another one with the same name. You need to grant user A the deletion permission of the testTable table again.
                                      
 
                                    
@@ -55,21 +55,21 @@
 
 
                                    
-
-
-
-
                                    Table 1 DLI metrics
                                    Metric ID
                                    
 
                                    Name
                                    
+
                                    Name
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Description
                                    
 
                                    Value Range
                                    
+
                                    Value Range
                                    
 
                                    Monitored Object
                                    
+
                                    Monitored Object
                                    
 
                                    Monitoring Period (Raw Data)
                                    
+
                                    Monitoring Period (Raw Data)
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    queue_cu_num
                                    
+
                                    queue_cu_num
                                    
 
                                    CU usage of a queue
                                    
+
                                    Queue CU Usage
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Displays the number of CUs applied by the user queue
                                    
 
                                    ≥ 0
                                    
+
                                    ≥ 0
                                    
 
                                    Queues
                                    
+
                                    Queues
                                    
 
                                    5 minutes
                                    
+
                                    5 minutes
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    queue_job_launching_num
                                    
+
                                    queue_job_launching_num
                                    
 
                                    Number of Jobs Being Submitted
                                    
+
                                    Number of Jobs Being Submitted
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Displays the number of jobs in the Submitting state in the user queue.
                                    
 
                                    ≥ 0
                                    
+
                                    ≥ 0
                                    
 
                                    Queues
                                    
+
                                    Queues
                                    
 
                                    5 minutes
                                    
+
                                    5 minutes
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    queue_job_running_num
                                    
+
                                    queue_job_running_num
                                    
 
                                    Number of Running Jobs
                                    
+
                                    Number of Running Jobs
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Displays the number of running jobs in the user queue.
                                    
 
                                    ≥ 0
                                    
+
                                    ≥ 0
                                    
 
                                    Queues
                                    
+
                                    Queues
                                    
 
                                    5 minutes
                                    
+
                                    5 minutes
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    queue_job_succeed_num
                                    
+
                                    queue_job_succeed_num
                                    
 
                                    Number of Finished Jobs
                                    
+
                                    Number of Finished Jobs
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Displays the number of completed jobs in the user queue.
                                    
 
                                    ≥ 0
                                    
+
                                    ≥ 0
                                    
 
                                    Queues
                                    
+
                                    Queues
                                    
 
                                    5 minutes
                                    
+
                                    5 minutes
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    queue_job_failed_num
                                    
+
                                    queue_job_failed_num
                                    
 
                                    Failed Jobs
                                    
+
                                    Failed Jobs
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Displays the number of failed jobs in the user queue.
                                    
 
                                    ≥ 0
                                    
+
                                    ≥ 0
                                    
 
                                    Queues
                                    
+
                                    Queues
                                    
 
                                    5 minutes
                                    
+
                                    5 minutes
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    queue_job_cancelled_num
                                    
+
                                    queue_job_cancelled_num
                                    
 
                                    Number of Canceled Jobs
                                    
+
                                    Number of Canceled Jobs
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Displays the number of canceled jobs in the user queue.
                                    
 
                                    ≥ 0
                                    
+
                                    ≥ 0
                                    
 
                                    Queues
                                    
+
                                    Queues
                                    
 
                                    5 minutes
                                    
+
                                    5 minutes
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    queue_cpu_usage
                                    
+
                                    queue_alloc_cu_num
                                    
 
                                    Queue CPU Usage
                                    
+
                                    Allocated CUs (queue)
                                    
+
                                    Displays the CU allocation for user queues.
                                    
+
                                    ≥ 0
                                    
+
                                    Queues
                                    
+
                                    5 minutes
                                    
+
                                    queue_min_cu_num
                                    
+
                                    Minimum CUs for Queue
                                    
+
                                    Displays the minimum number of CUs for a user queue.
                                    
+
                                    ≥ 0
                                    
+
                                    Queues
                                    
+
                                    5 minutes
                                    
+
                                    queue_max_cu_num
                                    
+
                                    Maximum CUs for Queue
                                    
+
                                    Displays the maximum number of CUs for a user queue.
                                    
+
                                    ≥ 0
                                    
+
                                    Queues
                                    
+
                                    5 minutes
                                    
+
                                    queue_priority
                                    
+
                                    Queue Priority
                                    
+
                                    Displays the priority of a user queue.
                                    
+
                                    1–100
                                    
+
                                    Queues
                                    
+
                                    5 minutes
                                    
+
                                    queue_cpu_usage
                                    
+
                                    Queue CPU Usage
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Displays the CPU usage of user queues.
                                    
 
                                    0–100
                                    
+
                                    0–100
                                    
 
                                    Queues
                                    
+
                                    Queues
                                    
 
                                    5 minutes
                                    
+
                                    5 minutes
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    queue_disk_usage
                                    
+
                                    queue_disk_usage
                                    
 
                                    Queue Disk Usage
                                    
+
                                    Queue Disk Usage
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Displays the disk usage of user queues.
                                    
 
                                    0–100
                                    
+
                                    0–100
                                    
 
                                    Queues
                                    
+
                                    Queues
                                    
 
                                    5 minutes
                                    
+
                                    5 minutes
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    queue_disk_used
                                    
+
                                    queue_disk_used
                                    
 
                                    Max Disk Usage
                                    
+
                                    Max Disk Usage
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Displays the maximum disk usage of user queues.
                                    
 
                                    0~100
                                    
+
                                    0–100
                                    
 
                                    Queues
                                    
+
                                    Queues
                                    
 
                                    5 minutes
                                    
+
                                    5 minutes
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    queue_mem_usage
                                    
+
                                    queue_mem_usage
                                    
 
                                    Queue Memory Usage
                                    
+
                                    Queue Memory Usage
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Displays the memory usage of user queues.
                                    
 
                                    0–100
                                    
+
                                    0–100
                                    
 
                                    Queues
                                    
+
                                    Queues
                                    
 
                                    5 minutes
                                    
+
                                    5 minutes
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    queue_mem_used
                                    
+
                                    queue_mem_used
                                    
 
                                    Used Memory
                                    
+
                                    Used Memory
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Displays the memory usage rate of the user queues.
                                    
 
                                    ≥ 0
                                    
+
                                    ≥ 0
                                    
 
                                    Queues
                                    
+
                                    Queues
                                    
 
                                    5 minutes
                                    
+
                                    5 minutes
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    flink_read_records_per_second
                                    
+
                                    flink_read_records_per_second
                                    
 
                                    Flink Job Data Read Rate
                                    
+
                                    Flink Job Data Read Rate
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Displays the data input rate of a Flink job for monitoring and debugging.
                                    
 
                                    ≥ 0
                                    
+
                                    ≥ 0
                                    
 
                                    Flink jobs
                                    
+
                                    Flink jobs
                                    
 
                                    10 seconds
                                    
+
                                    10 seconds
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    flink_write_records_per_second
                                    
+
                                    flink_write_records_per_second
                                    
 
                                    Flink Job Data Write Rate
                                    
+
                                    Flink Job Data Write Rate
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Displays the data output rate of a Flink job for monitoring and debugging.
                                    
 
                                    ≥ 0
                                    
+
                                    ≥ 0
                                    
 
                                    Flink jobs
                                    
+
                                    Flink jobs
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    10 seconds
                                    
+
                                    10 seconds
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    flink_read_records_total
                                    
+
                                    flink_read_records_total
                                    
 
                                    Flink Job Total Data Read
                                    
+
                                    Flink Job Total Data Read
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Displays the total number of data inputs of a Flink job for monitoring and debugging.
                                    
 
                                    ≥ 0
                                    
+
                                    ≥ 0
                                    
 
                                    Flink jobs
                                    
+
                                    Flink jobs
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    10 seconds
                                    
+
                                    10 seconds
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    flink_write_records_total
                                    
+
                                    flink_write_records_total
                                    
 
                                    Flink Job Total Data Write
                                    
+
                                    Flink Job Total Data Write
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Displays the total number of output data records of a Flink job for monitoring and debugging.
                                    
 
                                    ≥ 0
                                    
+
                                    ≥ 0
                                    
 
                                    Flink jobs
                                    
+
                                    Flink jobs
                                    
 
                                    10 seconds
                                    
+
                                    10 seconds
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    flink_read_bytes_per_second
                                    
+
                                    flink_read_bytes_per_second
                                    
 
                                    Flink Job Byte Read Rate
                                    
+
                                    Flink Job Byte Read Rate
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Displays the number of input bytes per second of a Flink job.
                                    
 
                                    ≥ 0
                                    
+
                                    ≥ 0
                                    
 
                                    Flink jobs
                                    
+
                                    Flink jobs
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    10 seconds
                                    
+
                                    10 seconds
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    flink_write_bytes_per_second
                                    
+
                                    flink_write_bytes_per_second
                                    
 
                                    Flink Job Byte Write Rate
                                    
+
                                    Flink Job Byte Write Rate
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Displays the number of output bytes per second of a Flink job.
                                    
 
                                    ≥ 0
                                    
+
                                    ≥ 0
                                    
 
                                    Flink jobs
                                    
+
                                    Flink jobs
                                    
 
                                    10 seconds
                                    
+
                                    10 seconds
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    flink_read_bytes_total
                                    
+
                                    flink_read_bytes_total
                                    
 
                                    Flink Job Total Read Byte
                                    
+
                                    Flink Job Total Read Byte
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Displays the total number of input bytes of a Flink job.
                                    
 
                                    ≥ 0
                                    
+
                                    ≥ 0
                                    
 
                                    Flink jobs
                                    
+
                                    Flink jobs
                                    
 
                                    10 seconds
                                    
+
                                    10 seconds
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    flink_write_bytes_total
                                    
+
                                    flink_write_bytes_total
                                    
 
                                    Flink Job Total Write Byte
                                    
+
                                    Flink Job Total Write Byte
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Displays the total number of output bytes of a Flink job.
                                    
 
                                    ≥ 0
                                    
+
                                    ≥ 0
                                    
 
                                    Flink jobs
                                    
+
                                    Flink jobs
                                    
 
                                    10 seconds
                                    
+
                                    10 seconds
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    flink_cpu_usage
                                    
+
                                    flink_cpu_usage
                                    
 
                                    Flink Job CPU Usage
                                    
+
                                    Flink Job CPU Usage
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Displays the CPU usage of Flink jobs.
                                    
 
                                    0–100
                                    
+
                                    0–100
                                    
 
                                    Flink jobs
                                    
+
                                    Flink jobs
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    10 seconds
                                    
+
                                    10 seconds
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    flink_mem_usage
                                    
+
                                    flink_mem_usage
                                    
 
                                    Flink Job Memory Usage
                                    
+
                                    Flink Job Memory Usage
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Displays the memory usage of Flink jobs.
                                    
 
                                    0–100
                                    
+
                                    0–100
                                    
 
                                    Flink jobs
                                    
+
                                    Flink jobs
                                    
 
                                    10 seconds
                                    
+
                                    10 seconds
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    flink_max_op_latency
                                    
+
                                    flink_max_op_latency
                                    
 
                                    Flink Job Max Operator Latency
                                    
+
                                    Flink Job Max Operator Latency
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Displays the maximum operator delay of a Flink job. The unit is ms. 
                                    
 
                                    ≥ 0
                                    
+
                                    ≥ 0
                                    
 
                                    Flink jobs
                                    
+
                                    Flink jobs
                                    
 
                                    
 
                                    10 seconds
                                    
+
                                    10 seconds
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    flink_max_op_backpressure_level
                                    
+
                                    flink_max_op_backpressure_level
                                    
 
                                    Flink Job Maximum Operator Backpressure
                                    
+
                                    Flink Job Maximum Operator Backpressure
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    Displays the maximum operator backpressure value of a Flink job. A larger value indicates severer backpressure.
                                    
 
                                    0: OK
                                    
 
                                    50: low
                                    
 
                                    100: high
                                    
 
                                    0–100
                                    
+
                                    0–100
                                    
 
                                    Flink jobs
                                    
+
                                    Flink jobs
                                    
 
                                    10 seconds
                                    
+
                                    10 seconds
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
                                     
 
 
                                    Authorization Object
                                    
 
                                    Select User or Project.
                                    
+
                                    Select User or Project.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    Username/Project
                                    
 
                                    • If you select User, enter the IAM username when granting table permissions to the user.
                                       NOTE: 
                                      The username is an existing IAM user name and has logged in to the DLI management console.
                                      
+
                                    • If you select User, enter the IAM username when granting table permissions to the user.
                                       NOTE: 
                                      The username is an existing IAM user name and has logged in to the DLI management console.
                                      
 
                                      
-
                                    • If you select Project, select the project to be authorized in the current region.
                                       NOTE: 
                                      If you select Project, you can only view information about the authorized tables and their databases.
                                      
+
                                    • If you select Project, select the project to be authorized in the current region.
                                       NOTE: 
                                      If you select Project, you can only view information about the authorized tables and their databases.
                                      
 
                                      
 
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    Non-inheritable Permissions
                                    
 
                                    Select a permission to grant it to the user, or deselect a permission to revoke it.
                                    • The following permissions are applicable to both user and project authorization:
                                      • View Table Creation Statement: This permission allows you to view the statement for creating the current table.
                                      • View Table Information: This permission allows you to view information about the current table.
                                      • Select Table: This permission allows you to query data of the current table.
                                      • Drop Table: This permission allows you to delete the current table.
                                      • Rename Table: Rename the current table.
                                      • Insert: This permission allows you to insert data into the current table.
                                      • Overwrite: This permission allows you to insert data to overwrite the data in the current table.
                                      • Add Column: This permission allows you to add columns to the current table.
                                      • Grant Permission: This permission allows you to grant table permissions to other users or projects.
                                      • Revoke Permission: This permission allows you to revoke the table's permissions that other users or projects have but cannot revoke the table owner's permissions.
                                      • View Other Users' Permissions: This permission allows you to query other users' permission on the current table.
                                      
+
                                    Select a permission to grant it to the user, or deselect a permission to revoke it.
                                    • The following permissions are applicable to both user and project authorization:
                                      • View Table Creation Statement: This permission allows you to view the statement for creating the current table.
                                      • View Table Information: This permission allows you to view information about the current table.
                                      • Select Table: This permission allows you to query data of the current table.
                                      • Drop Table: This permission allows you to delete the current table.
                                      • Rename Table: Rename the current table.
                                      • Insert: This permission allows you to insert data into the current table.
                                      • Overwrite: This permission allows you to insert data to overwrite the data in the current table.
                                      • Add Column: This permission allows you to add columns to the current table.
                                      • Grant Permission: This permission allows you to grant table permissions to other users or projects.
                                      • Revoke Permission: This permission allows you to revoke the table's permissions that other users or projects have but cannot revoke the table owner's permissions.
                                      • View Other Users' Permissions: This permission allows you to query other users' permission on the current table.
                                      
 
                                      The partition table also has the following permissions:
                                      • Add Partition: This permission allows you to add a partition to a partition table.
                                      • Delete Partition: This permission allows you to delete existing partitions from a partition table.
                                      • Configure Path for Partition: This permission allows you to set the path of a partition in a partition table to a specified OBS path.
                                      • Rename Table Partition: This permission allows you to rename partitions in a partition table.
                                      • Restore Table Partition: This permission allows you to export partition information from the file system and save the information to metadata.
                                      • View All Partitions: This permission allows you to view all partitions in a partition table.
                                      
 
                                      
 
                                    
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
 
 
                                    Authorization Object
                                    
 
                                    Select User or Project.
                                    
+
                                    Select User or Project.
                                    
                                     		
 
                                    
 
                                    Username/Project
                                    
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0451.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0451.html
index f0caa1f1..ef9bda21 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0451.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0451.html
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@
 }
 
 
-
                                    Example Custom Policies
                                    • Example 1: Allow policies
                                      • Allow users to create tables in all databases of all regions:
                                        {
+
                                        Example Custom Policies
                                        • Example 1: Allow policies
                                          • Allow users to create tables across all databases in all regions:
                                            {
     "Version": "1.1",
     "Statement": [
         {
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0455.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0455.html
index b9174dbb..691fb9cf 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0455.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0455.html
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 
                                            Creating a Flink SQL Job
                                            
 
                                            This section describes how to create a Flink SQL job. You can use Flink SQLs to develop jobs to meet your service requirements. Using SQL statements simplifies logic implementation. You can edit Flink SQL statements for your job in the DLI SQL editor. This section describes how to use the SQL editor to write Flink SQL statements.
                                            
 
                                            DLI Flink OpenSource SQL jobs are fully compatible with the syntax of Flink 1.10 and 1.12 provided by the community. In addition, Redis, GaussDB(DWS), and DIS data source types are added based on the community connector.
                                            
-
                                            Prerequisites
                                            • You have prepared the data input and data output channels. For details, see Preparing Flink Job Data.
                                            • When you use a Flink SQL job to access other external data sources, such as OpenTSDB, HBase, Kafka, DWS, RDS, CSS, CloudTable, DCS Redis, and DDS MongoDB, you need to create a cross-source connection to connect the job running queue to the external data source.
                                              • For details about the external data sources that can be accessed by Flink jobs, see Cross-Source Analysis Development Methods.
                                              • For details about how to create a datasource connection, see Enhanced Datasource Connections. After a datasource connection is created, you can choose More > Test Address Connectivity in the Operation column on the Queue Management page to check whether the network connection between the queue and the external data source is normal. For details, see Testing Address Connectivity.
                                              
+
                                              Prerequisites
                                              • You have prepared the data input and data output channels. For details, see Preparing Flink Job Data.
                                              • When you use a Flink SQL job to access other external data sources, such as OpenTSDB, HBase, Kafka, DWS, RDS, CSS, CloudTable, DCS Redis, and DDS, you need to create a cross-source connection to connect the job running queue to the external data source.
                                                • For details about the external data sources that can be accessed by Flink jobs, see Cross-Source Analysis Development Methods.
                                                • For details about how to create a datasource connection, see Enhanced Datasource Connections. After a datasource connection is created, you can choose More > Test Address Connectivity in the Operation column on the Queue Management page to check whether the network connection between the queue and the external data source is normal. For details, see Testing Address Connectivity.
                                                
 
                                              
 
                                              
 
                                              Creating a Flink SQL Job
                                              1. In the left navigation pane of the DLI management console, choose Job Management > Flink Jobs. The Flink Jobs page is displayed.
                                              2. In the upper right corner of the Flink Jobs page, click Create Job.
                                              3. Specify job parameters.
                                                
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0457.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0457.html
index 14e47a68..240999b5 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0457.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0457.html
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 
 
                                                Creating a Flink Jar Job
                                                
 
                                                This section describes how to create a Flink Jar job. You can perform secondary development based on Flink APIs, build your own JAR file, and submit the JAR file to DLI queues. DLI is fully compatible with open-source community APIs. To create a custom Flink job, you need to compile and build application JAR files. You must have a certain understanding of Flink secondary development and have high requirements related to stream computing complexity.
                                                
-
                                                Prerequisites
                                                • Ensure that a dedicated queue has been created. To create a dedicated queue, select Dedicated Resource Mode when you choose the type of a queue during purchase.
                                                • When creating a Flink Jar job to access other external data sources, such as OpenTSDB, HBase, Kafka, GaussDB(DWS), RDS, CSS, CloudTable, DCS Redis, and DDS MongoDB, you need to create a cross-source connection to connect the job running queue to the external data source.
                                                  • For details about the external data sources that can be accessed by Flink jobs, see Cross-Source Analysis Development Methods.
                                                  • For details about how to create a datasource connection, see Enhanced Datasource Connections.
                                                    On the Resources > Queue Management page, locate the queue you have created, and choose More > Test Address Connectivity in the Operation column to check whether the network connection between the queue and the data source is normal. For details, see Testing Address Connectivity.
                                                    
+
                                                    Prerequisites
                                                    • Ensure that a dedicated queue has been created. To create a dedicated queue, select Dedicated Resource Mode when you choose the type of a queue during purchase.
                                                    • When creating a Flink Jar job to access other external data sources, such as OpenTSDB, HBase, Kafka, GaussDB(DWS), RDS, CSS, CloudTable, DCS Redis, and DDS, you need to create a cross-source connection to connect the job running queue to the external data source.
                                                      • For details about the external data sources that can be accessed by Flink jobs, see Cross-Source Analysis Development Methods.
                                                      • For details about how to create a datasource connection, see Enhanced Datasource Connections.
                                                        On the Resources > Queue Management page, locate the queue you have created, and choose More > Test Address Connectivity in the Operation column to check whether the network connection between the queue and the data source is normal. For details, see Testing Address Connectivity.
                                                        
 
                                                      
 
                                                    • When running a Flink Jar job, you need to build the secondary development application code into a Jar package and upload the JAR package to the created OBS bucket. Choose Data Management > Package Management to create a package. For details, see Creating a Package.
                                                       
                                                      DLI does not support the download function. If you need to modify the uploaded data file, please edit the local file and upload it again.
                                                      
 
                                                      
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0476.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0476.html
index 8e48eb6b..b1eff87f 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0476.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0476.html
@@ -4,8 +4,8 @@
 
                                                      What Is a Global Variable?
                                                      DLI allows you to set variables that are frequently used during job development as global variables on the DLI management console. This avoids repeated definitions during job editing and reduces development and maintenance costs. Global variables can be used to replace long and difficult variables, simplifying complex parameters and improving the readability of SQL statements.
                                                      
 
                                                      This section describes how to create a global variable.
                                                      
 
                                                      
-
                                                      Creating Variables
                                                      1. In the navigation pane of the DLI console, choose Global Configuration > Global Variables.
                                                      2. On the Global Variables page, click Create in the upper right corner to create a global variable.
-
                                                        Table 1 Parameters description
                                                        Parameter
                                                        
+
                                                        Creating a Global Variable
                                                        1. In the navigation pane of the DLI console, choose Global Configuration > Global Variables.
                                                        2. On the Global Variables page, click Create in the upper right corner to create a global variable.
+
                                                          
@@ -24,19 +24,17 @@
 
                                                          Table 1 Global variable parameters
                                                          Parameter
                                                          
                                                           		
 
                                                          Description
                                                          
                                                           		
 
                                                          
 
                                                          
-
                                                           
                                                          • Only whitelisted users are allowed to create sensitive variables. To use this function, submit a service ticket to the administrator.
                                                          • If passwords or other sensitive information is involved, you can set variables as sensitive ones.
                                                          
-
                                                          
 
                                                        3. After creating a global variable, use {{xxxx}} in the SQL statement to replace the parameter value set as the global variable. xxxx indicates the variable name. For example, if you set global variable abc to represent the table name, replace the actual table name with {{abc}} in the table creation statement.
                                                          create table {{table_name}} (String1 String, int4 int, varchar1 varchar(10))
   partitioned by (int1 int,int2 int,int3 int)
                                                          
-
                                                           
                                                          • Existing sensitive variables can only be used by their respective creators. Other common global variables are shared by users under the same account and project.
                                                          • Do not use global variables in OPTIONS of the table creation statements.
                                                          
+
                                                           
                                                          Do not use global variables in OPTIONS of the table creation statements.
                                                          
 
                                                          
 
                                                        
 
                                                        
-
                                                        Modifying Variables
                                                        On the Global Variables page, click Modify in the Operation column of a variable to modify the variable value.
                                                        
+
                                                        Modifying a Global Variable
                                                        On the Global Variables page, click Modify in the Operation column of a variable to modify the variable value.
                                                        
 
                                                         
                                                        If there are multiple global variables with the same name in the same project under an account, delete the redundant global variables to ensure that the global variables are unique in the same project. In this case, all users who have the permission to modify the global variables can change the variable values.
                                                        
 
                                                        
 
                                                        
-
                                                        Deleting Variables
                                                        On the Global Variables page, click Delete in the Operation column of a variable to delete the variable value.
                                                        
+
                                                        Deleting a Global Variable
                                                        On the Global Variables page, click Delete in the Operation column of a variable to delete the variable value.
                                                        
 
                                                         
                                                        • If there are multiple global variables with the same name in the same project under an account, delete the global variables created by the user first. If there are only unique global variables, all users who have the delete permission can delete the global variables.
                                                        • After a variable is deleted, the variable cannot be used in SQL statements.
                                                        
 
                                                        
 
                                                        
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0487.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0487.html
index 80a87a35..eb29b90b 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0487.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0487.html
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 
                                                        Elastic Queue Scaling
                                                        
 
                                                        Prerequisites
                                                        Elastic scaling can be performed for a newly created queue only when there were jobs running in this queue.
                                                        
 
                                                        
-
                                                        Precautions
                                                        • If Status of queue xxx is assigning, which is not available is displayed on the Elastic Scaling page, the queue can be scaled only after the queue resources are allocated.
                                                        
+
                                                        Precautions
                                                        • Queues with 16 CUs do not support scale-out or scale-in.
                                                        • Queues with 64 CUs do not support scale-in.
                                                        • If Status of queue xxx is assigning, which is not available is displayed on the Elastic Scaling page, the queue can be scaled only after the queue resources are allocated.
                                                        
 
                                                        
 
                                                        Scaling Out
                                                        If the current queue specifications do not meet service requirements, you can add the number of CUs to scale out the queue.
                                                        
 
                                                         
                                                        Scale-out is time-consuming. After you perform scale-out on the Elastic Scaling page of DLI, wait for about 10 minutes. The duration is related to the CU amount to add. After a period of time, refresh the Queue Management page and check whether values of Specifications and Actual CUs are the same to determine whether the scale-out is successful. Alternatively, on the Job Management page, check the status of the SCALE_QUEUE SQL job. If the job status is Scaling, the queue is being scaled out.
                                                        
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0498.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0498.html
index 6d05c1b5..58e84739 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0498.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0498.html
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 
                                                        (Recommended) Creating a Flink OpenSource SQL Job
                                                        
 
                                                        This section describes how to create a Flink OpenSource SQL job.
                                                        
 
                                                        DLI Flink OpenSource SQL jobs are fully compatible with the syntax of Flink 1.10 and 1.12 provided by the community. In addition, Redis, GaussDB(DWS), and DIS data source types are added based on the community connector. For details about the syntax and restrictions of Flink SQL DDL, DML, and functions, see Table API & SQL.
                                                        
-
                                                        Prerequisites
                                                        • You have prepared the data input and data output channels. For details, see Preparing Flink Job Data.
                                                        • Before creating a Flink OpenSource SQL job to access other external data sources, such as OpenTSDB, HBase, Kafka, GaussDB(DWS), RDS, CSS, CloudTable, DCS Redis, and DDS MongoDB, you need to create a cross-source connection to connect the job running queue to the external data source.
                                                          • For details about the external data sources that can be accessed by Flink jobs, see Cross-Source Analysis Development Methods.
                                                          • For details about how to create a datasource connection, see Enhanced Datasource Connections.
                                                            On the Resources > Queue Management page, locate the queue you have created, and choose More > Test Address Connectivity in the Operation column to check whether the network connection between the queue and the data source is normal. For details, see Testing Address Connectivity.
                                                            
+
                                                            Prerequisites
                                                            • You have prepared the data input and data output channels. For details, see Preparing Flink Job Data.
                                                            • Before creating a Flink OpenSource SQL job to access other external data sources, such as OpenTSDB, HBase, Kafka, GaussDB(DWS), RDS, CSS, CloudTable, DCS Redis, and DDS, you need to create a cross-source connection to connect the job running queue to the external data source.
                                                              • For details about the external data sources that can be accessed by Flink jobs, see Cross-Source Analysis Development Methods.
                                                              • For details about how to create a datasource connection, see Enhanced Datasource Connections.
                                                                On the Resources > Queue Management page, locate the queue you have created, and choose More > Test Address Connectivity in the Operation column to check whether the network connection between the queue and the data source is normal. For details, see Testing Address Connectivity.
                                                                
 
                                                              
 
                                                            
 
                                                            
@@ -164,7 +164,9 @@
 
                                                        
 
                                                        Simplified Stream Graph
                                                        On the OpenSource SQL job editing page, click Simplified Stream Graph.
                                                        
 
                                                        
-
                                                        Static stream graph
                                                        On the OpenSource SQL job editing page, click Static Stream Graph.
                                                        
+
                                                        Static Stream Graph
                                                        On the OpenSource SQL job editing page, click Static Stream Graph.
                                                        
+
                                                         
                                                        If you use a UDF in a Flink OpenSource SQL job, it is not possible to generate a static stream graph.
                                                        
+
                                                        
 
                                                        The Static Stream Graph page also allows you to:
                                                        
 
                                                        • Estimate concurrencies. Click Estimate Concurrencies on the Static Stream Graph page to estimate concurrencies. Click Restore Initial Value to restore the initial value after concurrency estimation.
                                                        • Zoom in or out the page.
                                                        • Expand or merge operator chains.
                                                        • You can edit Parallelism, Output rate, and Rate factor.
                                                          • Parallelism: indicates the number of concurrent tasks.
                                                          • Output rate: indicates the data traffic of an operator. The unit is piece/s.
                                                          • Rate factor: indicates the retention rate after data is processed by operators. Rate factor = Data output volume of an operator/Data input volume of the operator (Unit: %)
                                                          
 
                                                        
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0512.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0512.html
index 7ac57b69..a15b965c 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0512.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0512.html
@@ -3,14 +3,8 @@
 
                                                        Developing and Submitting a Spark SQL Job Using the TPC-H Sample Template
                                                        
 
                                                        DLI allows you to customize query templates or save frequently used SQL statements as templates to facilitate SQL operations. After templates are saved, you do not need to write SQL statements. You can directly perform the SQL operations using the templates.
                                                        
 
                                                        The current system provides various standard TPC-H query statement templates. You can select a template as needed. This example shows how to use a TPC-H template to develop and submit a Spark SQL job.
                                                        
-
                                                        Step 1: Log In to the Management Console
                                                        
-
                                                        Step 2: Execute the TPC-H Sample Template and View the Result
                                                        
 
                                                        For details about the templates, see SQL Template Management.
                                                        
-
                                                        Step 1: Log In to the Management Console
                                                        1. Log in to the management console.
                                                        2. Click Service List and choose Analytics > Data Lake Insight.
                                                           
                                                          You need to perform authorization when accessing the DLI management console for the first time. For details, see "Global Configuration" > "Service Authorization" in Data Lake Insight User Guide.
                                                          
-
                                                          
-
                                                        
-
                                                        
-
                                                        Step 2: Execute the TPC-H Sample Template and View the Result
                                                        1. On the DLI management console, choose Job Templates > SQL Templates, and click the Sample Templates tab. Locate the Q1_Price_summary_report_query template under tpchQuery, and click Execute in the Operation column. The SQL Editor page is displayed.
                                                          
+
                                                          Procedure
                                                          1. Log in to the DLI management console.
                                                          2. On the DLI management console, choose Job Templates > SQL Templates, and click the Sample Templates tab. Locate the Q1_Price_summary_report_query template under tpchQuery, and click Execute in the Operation column. The SQL Editor page is displayed.
                                                            
 
                                                          3. In the upper part of the editing window, set Engine to spark, Queues to default, and Databases to default, and click Execute.
                                                            
 
                                                          4. View the query result in the View Result tab in the lower part of the SQL Editor page.
                                                            
 
                                                          
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0531.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0531.html
index 6e55d637..d3431845 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0531.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0531.html
@@ -113,8 +113,7 @@ CREATE TABLE jdbcSink (
   'connector' = 'jdbc',
   'url' = "jdbc:mysql://172.16.0.116:3306/rds-dliflink", //  testrdsdb indicates the name of the created RDS database. Replace the IP address and port number with those of the RDS for MySQL instance.
   'table-name' = 'orders',
-  'username' = "xxxxx",  //  Username of the RDS for MySQL DB instance
-  'password'="xxxxx",  //  Password of the RDS for MySQL DB instance
+  'pwd_auth_name'="xxxxx", // Name of the datasource authentication of the password type created on DLI. If datasource authentication is used, you do not need to set the username and password for the job.
   'sink.buffer-flush.max-rows' = '1'
 );
 
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0534.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0534.html
index 488916fe..9792555a 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0534.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0534.html
@@ -9,46 +9,47 @@
 
                                                          Notes
                                                          • During dynamic scaling of a Flink job, if queue resources are occupied and the remaining resources are insufficient for starting the job, the job may fail to be restored.
                                                          • When the resources that can be used by a Flink job are dynamically scaled in or out, the background job needs to be stopped and then restored from the savepoint. So, the job cannot process data before the restoration is successful.
                                                          • Savepoints need to be triggered during scaling. So, you must configure an OBS bucket, save logs, and enable checkpointing.
                                                          • Do not set the scaling detection period to a small value to avoid frequent job start and stop.
                                                          • The restoration duration of a scaling job is affected by the savepoint size. If the savepoint size is large, the restoration may take a long time.
                                                          • To adjust the configuration items of dynamic scaling, you need to stop the job, edit the job, and submit the job for the modification to take effect.
                                                          
 
                                                          
 
                                                          Procedure
                                                          Dynamic scaling applies to Flink OpenSource SQL and Flink Jar jobs.
                                                          
-
                                                          1. Log in to the DLI management console.
                                                          2. In the navigation pane on the left, choose Job Management > Flink Jobs.
                                                          3. Select the job for which you want to enable dynamic scaling and click Edit in the Operation column.
                                                          4. On the right of the page displayed, click Runtime Configuration.
                                                          5. Configure the following parameters:
-
                                                            Table 1 Dynamic scaling parameters
                                                            Parameter
                                                            
+
                                                            1. Log in to the DLI management console.
                                                            2. In the navigation pane on the left, choose Job Management > Flink Jobs.
                                                            3. Select the job for which you want to enable dynamic scaling and click Edit in the Operation column.
                                                              • For a Flink OpenSource SQL job, click Runtime Configuration on the right to configure dynamic scaling parameters.
                                                              • For a Flink Jar job, click the Runtime Configuration box to configure dynamic scaling parameters.
                                                              
+
+
                                                              
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0538.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0538.html
index 31613def..8d96cd1c 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0538.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0538.html
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 
                                                            4. Application Scenarios
                                                              
 
                                                              5. 
-
                                                            5. Constraints
                                                              
+
                                                            6. Constraints and Limitations
                                                              
 
                                                            7. Permissions Management
                                                              
 
                                                              8. 
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0550.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0550.html
index 5f0677b8..36744be4 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0550.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0550.html
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 
                                                              • Domain name, project name, and project ID
                                                                Log in to the management console using the cloud account, click the username in the upper right corner, select My Credentials from the drop-down list, and obtain the domain name, project name, and project ID on the My Credentials page.
                                                                
 
                                                              • Quota information, including:
                                                                • Service name
                                                                • Quota type
                                                                • Required quota
                                                                
 
                                                              
-
                                                              Learn how to obtain the service hotline and email address.
                                                              
+
                                                              Learn how to obtain the service hotline and email address.
                                                              
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0552.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0552.html
index 40424ad7..8ded1d7b 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0552.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0552.html
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
 
                                                              Table 1 Dynamic scaling parameters
                                                              Parameter
                                                              
 
                                                              Default Value
                                                              
+
                                                              Default Value
                                                              
 
                                                              Description
                                                              
+
                                                              Description
                                                              
                                                               		
 
                                                              
 
                                                              flink.dli.job.scale.enable
                                                              
+
                                                              flink.dli.job.scale.enable
                                                              
 
                                                              false
                                                              
+
                                                              false
                                                              
 
                                                              Whether to enable dynamic scaling, that is, whether to allow DLI to adjust the resources used by jobs based on job loads and job priorities.
                                                              
+
                                                              Whether to enable dynamic scaling, that is, whether to allow DLI to adjust the resources used by jobs based on job loads and job priorities.
                                                              
 
                                                              If this parameter is set to false, the function is disabled.
                                                              
 
                                                              If this parameter is set to true, the function is enabled.
                                                              
 
                                                              The default value is false.
                                                              
                                                               		
 
                                                              flink.dli.job.scale.interval
                                                              
+
                                                              flink.dli.job.scale.interval
                                                              
 
                                                              30
                                                              
+
                                                              30
                                                              
 
                                                              Interval for checking whether to scale the resources for the current job, in minutes. The default value is 30. For example, 30 indicates that the job is checked every 30 minutes to determine whether to scale in or out the resources used by the job.
                                                              
+
                                                              Interval for checking whether to scale the resources for the current job, in minutes. The default value is 30. For example, 30 indicates that the job is checked every 30 minutes to determine whether to scale in or out the resources used by the job.
                                                              
 
                                                              Note: This configuration is effective only when dynamic scaling is enabled.
                                                              
                                                               		
 
                                                              flink.dli.job.cu.max
                                                              
+
                                                              flink.dli.job.cu.max
                                                              
 
                                                              Initial CU value
                                                              
+
                                                              Initial CU value
                                                              
 
                                                              Maximum number of CUs that can be used by the current job during dynamic scaling. If this parameter is not set, the default value is the initial total number of CUs of the job.
                                                              
+
                                                              Maximum number of CUs that can be used by the current job during dynamic scaling. If this parameter is not set, the default value is the initial total number of CUs of the job.
                                                              
 
                                                              Note: The value of this parameter cannot be smaller than the total number of CUs configured by the user. In addition, this parameter is effective only when dynamic scaling is enabled.
                                                              
                                                               		
 
                                                              flink.dli.job.cu.min
                                                              
+
                                                              flink.dli.job.cu.min
                                                              
 
                                                              2
                                                              
+
                                                              2
                                                              
 
                                                              Minimum number of CUs that can be used by the current job during dynamic scaling. The default value is 2.
                                                              
+
                                                              Minimum number of CUs that can be used by the current job during dynamic scaling. The default value is 2.
                                                              
 
                                                              Note: The value of this parameter cannot be greater than the total number of CUs configured by the user. In addition, this parameter is effective only when dynamic scaling is enabled.
                                                              
                                                               		
 
                                                              
 
 
 
 
 
                                                              Tag key
                                                              
                                                               		
 
                                                              You can specify the tag key in either of the following ways:
                                                              
-
                                                              • Click the text box for tag key and select a predefined tag key from the drop-down list.
                                                                To add a predefined tag, you need to create one on TMS and then select it from the Tag key drop-down list. You can click View predefined tags to go to the Predefined Tags page of the TMS console. Then, click Create Tag in the upper corner of the page to create a predefined tag.
                                                                
+
                                                                • Click the text box for tag key and select a predefined tag key from the drop-down list.
                                                                  To add a predefined tag, you need to create one on TMS and then select it from the Tag key drop-down list. You can click View predefined tags to go to the Predefined Tags page of the TMS console. Then, click Create Tag in the upper corner of the page to create a predefined tag.
                                                                  
 
                                                                  
 
                                                                
 
                                                                • Enter a tag key in the text box.
                                                                   NOTE: 
                                                                  A tag key can contain a maximum of 128 characters. Only letters, digits, spaces, and special characters (_.:=+-@) are allowed, but the value cannot start or end with a space or start with _sys_.
                                                                  
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0559.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0559.html
index 38a2b173..9af8209c 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0559.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0559.html
@@ -3,36 +3,33 @@
 
                                                                  Creating a Password Datasource Authentication
                                                                  
 
                                                                  Scenario
                                                                  Create a password datasource authentication on the DLI console to store passwords of the GaussDB(DWS), RDS, DCS, and DDS data sources to DLI. This will allow you to access to the data sources without having to configure a username and password in SQL jobs.
                                                                  
 
                                                                  
-
                                                                  Procedure
                                                                  1. Create a Kafka instance.
                                                                    When creating a Kafka instance, enable SASL_SSL for Kafka. Once SASL_SSL is enabled, data can be encrypted for transmission, which improves security.
                                                                    
-
                                                                  2. Download the authentication credential.
                                                                    1. Log in to the Kafka console and click a Kafka instance to access its details page.
                                                                    2. In the connection information, find the SSL certificate and click Download.
                                                                    
-
                                                                  3. Upload the authentication credential to the OBS bucket.
                                                                    
-
                                                                  4. Create a datasource authentication.
                                                                    1. Log in to the DLI management console.
                                                                    2. Choose Datasource Connections. On the page displayed, click Datasource Authentication.
                                                                    3. Click Create.
                                                                      Configure authentication parameters according to Table 1.
                                                                      
+
                                                                      Procedure
                                                                      1. Create a datasource authentication.
                                                                        1. Log in to the DLI management console.
                                                                        2. Choose Datasource Connections. On the page displayed, click Datasource Authentication.
                                                                        3. Click Create.
                                                                          Configure authentication parameters according to Table 1.
                                                                          
 
-
                                                                          
@@ -891,14 +901,13 @@
 
                                                                          Table 1 Parameters
                                                                          Parameter
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0561.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0561.html
index eae9288d..bfbee214 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0561.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0561.html
@@ -1,9 +1,11 @@
 
 
-
                                                                          Introduction
                                                                          
-
                                                                          What Is Datasource Authentication?
                                                                          Datasource authentication is used to manage authentication information for accessing specified data sources. After datasource authentication is configured, you do not need to repeatedly configure data source authentication information in jobs, improving data source authentication security while enabling DLI to securely access data sources.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Overview
                                                                          
+
                                                                          What Is Datasource Authentication?
                                                                          When analyzing across multiple sources, it is not recommended to configure authentication information directly in a job as it can lead to password leakage. Instead, you are advised to use either Data Encryption Workshop (DEW) or datasource authentication provided by DLI to securely store data source authentication information.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          • DEW is a comprehensive cloud-based encryption service that addresses data security, key security, and complex key management issues. You are advised to use DEW to store authentication information for data sources. 
                                                                          • Datasource authentication is used to manage authentication information for accessing specified data sources. After datasource authentication is configured, you do not need to repeatedly configure data source authentication information in jobs, improving data source authentication security while enabling DLI to securely access data sources.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          This section describes how to use datasource authentication provided by DLI.
                                                                          
 
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Constraints
                                                                          • Compared with datasource authentication provided by DLI, you are advised to use Data Encryption Worksop (DEW) to store data source authentication information.
                                                                          • Only Spark SQL and Flink OpenSource SQL 1.12 jobs support datasource authentication.
                                                                          • DLI supports four types of datasource authentication. Select an authentication type specific to each data source.
                                                                            • CSS: applies to 6.5.4 or later CSS clusters with the security mode enabled.
                                                                            • Kerberos: applies to MRS security clusters with Kerberos authentication enabled.
                                                                            • Kafka_SSL: applies to Kafka with SSL enabled.
                                                                            • Password: applies to GaussDB(DWS), RDS, DDS, and DCS.
                                                                            
+
                                                                            Constraints
                                                                            • Only Spark SQL and Flink OpenSource SQL 1.12 jobs support datasource authentication.
                                                                            • DLI supports four types of datasource authentication. Select an authentication type specific to each data source.
                                                                              • CSS: applies to 6.5.4 or later CSS clusters with the security mode enabled.
                                                                              • Kerberos: applies to MRS security clusters with Kerberos authentication enabled.
                                                                              • Kafka_SSL: applies to Kafka with SSL enabled.
                                                                              • Password: applies to GaussDB(DWS), RDS, DDS, and DCS.
                                                                              
 
                                                                            
 
                                                                            
 
                                                                            Datasource Authentication Types
                                                                            DLI supports four types of datasource authentication. Select an authentication type specific to each data source.
                                                                            
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0567.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0567.html
index 76fa93fe..fb35606f 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0567.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_01_0567.html
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 
                                                                            DLI Job Type
                                                                            DLI provides the following job types:
                                                                            
 
                                                                            • SQL job: SQL jobs provide you with standard SQL statements and are compatible with Spark SQL and Presto SQL (based on Presto). You can query and analyze heterogeneous data sources on the cloud through visualized APIs, JDBC, ODBC, or Beeline. SQL jobs are compatible with mainstream data formats such as CSV, JSON, Parquet, Carbon, and ORC.
                                                                            • Flink job: Flink jobs are real-time streaming big data analysis service jobs running on the public cloud. In full hosting mode, you only need to focus on Stream SQL services and execute jobs instantly without being aware of compute clusters. Flink jobs are fully compatible with Apache Flink APIs.
                                                                            • Spark job: Spark jobs provide fully-managed Spark compute services. You can submit jobs through the GUI or RESTful APIs. Full-stack Spark jobs, such as Spark Core, DataSet, Streaming, MLlib, and GraphX jobs, are supported.
                                                                            
 
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Constraints
                                                                            • Only the latest 100 jobs are displayed on DLI's SparkUI.
                                                                            • A maximum of 1,000 job results can be displayed on the console. To view more or all jobs, export the job data to OBS.
                                                                            • To export job run logs, you must have the permission to access OBS buckets. You need to configure a DLI job bucket on the Global Configuration > Project page in advance.
                                                                            • View Log and Export Log buttons are not available for synchronization jobs and jobs running on the default queue.
                                                                            • Only Spark jobs support custom images. 
                                                                            • An elastic resource pool supports a maximum of 32,000 CUs.
                                                                            
+
                                                                            Constraints
                                                                            • Only the latest 100 jobs are displayed on DLI's SparkUI.
                                                                            • A maximum of 1,000 job results can be displayed on the console. To view more or all jobs, export the job data to OBS.
                                                                            • To export job run logs, you must have the permission to access OBS buckets. You need to configure a DLI job bucket on the Global Configuration > Project page in advance.
                                                                            • The View Log button is not available for synchronization jobs and jobs running on the default queue.
                                                                            • Only Spark jobs support custom images. 
                                                                            • An elastic resource pool supports a maximum of 32,000 CUs.
                                                                            
 
                                                                            
 
                                                                            
 
                                                                            
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0017.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0017.html
index a6b301aa..806fa011 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0017.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0017.html
@@ -1,7 +1,9 @@
 
 
 
                                                                            How Do I Set the AK/SK for a Queue to Operate an OBS Table?
                                                                            
-
                                                                            • If the AK and SK are obtained, set the parameters as follows:
                                                                              • Create SparkContext using code
                                                                                val sc: SparkContext = new SparkContext()
+
                                                                                 
                                                                                Hard-coded or plaintext AK and SK pose significant security risks. To ensure security, encrypt your AK and SK, store them in configuration files or environment variables, and decrypt them when needed.
                                                                                
+
                                                                                
+
                                                                                • If the AK and SK are obtained, set the parameters as follows:
                                                                                  • Create SparkContext using code
                                                                                    val sc: SparkContext = new SparkContext()
 sc.hadoopConfiguration.set("fs.obs.access.key", ak)
 sc.hadoopConfiguration.set("fs.obs.secret.key", sk)
                                                                                    
 
                                                                                  • Create SparkSession using code
                                                                                    val sparkSession: SparkSession = SparkSession
@@ -24,8 +26,6 @@ sc.hadoopConfiguration.set("fs.obs.session.token", sts)
                                                                                    
       .getOrCreate()
                                                                                
 
                                                                              
 
                                                                            
-
                                                                             
                                                                            For security purposes, you are advised not to include the AK and SK information in the OBS path. In addition, if a table is created in the OBS directory, the OBS path specified by the Path field cannot contain the AK and SK information.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
 
                                                                            
 
                                                                            
 
                                                                            
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0032.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0032.html
index c6b3d2ae..e21d76a1 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0032.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0032.html
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 
                                                                            • Domain name, project name, and project ID
                                                                              Log in to the management console, click the username in the upper-right corner, choose My Credentials, and obtain the domain name, project name, and project ID.
                                                                              
 
                                                                            • Quota information, including:
                                                                              • Service name
                                                                              • Quota type
                                                                              • Required quota
                                                                              
 
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Learn how to obtain the service hotline and email address.
                                                                            
+
                                                                            Learn how to obtain the service hotline and email address.
                                                                            
 
                                                                            
 
                                                                            
 
                                                                            
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0037.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0037.html
index b537360f..51d2c1ca 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0037.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0037.html
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 
                                                                            • 
 
                                                                          • How Do I Locate a Flink Job Running Error?
                                                                            
 
                                                                            • 
-
                                                                          • How Do I Know Whether a Flink Job Can Be Restored from a Checkpoint After Being Restarted?
                                                                            
+
                                                                          • How Can I Check if a Flink Job Can Be Restored From a Checkpoint After Restarting It?
                                                                            
 
                                                                            • 
 
                                                                          • Why Does DIS Stream Not Exist During Job Semantic Check?
                                                                            
 
                                                                            • 
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0044.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0044.html
index db7d4f81..99b8f6a0 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0044.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0044.html
@@ -1,9 +1,69 @@
 
 
 
                                                                            Does a Flink JAR Job Support Configuration File Upload? How Do I Upload a Configuration File?
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Configuration files can be uploaded for user-defined jobs (JAR).
                                                                            
+
                                                                            Uploading a Configuration File for a Flink JAR Job
                                                                            Configuration files can be uploaded for user-defined jobs (JAR).
                                                                            
 
                                                                            1. Upload the configuration file to DLI through Package Management.
                                                                            2. In the Other Dependencies area of the Flink JAR job, select the created DLI package.
                                                                            3. Load the file through ClassName.class.getClassLoader().getResource("userData/fileName") in the code. In the file name, fileName indicates the name of the file to be accessed, and ClassName indicates the name of the class that needs to access the file.
                                                                            
 
                                                                            
+
                                                                            Using a Configuration File
                                                                            • Solution 1: Load the file content to the memory in the main function and broadcast the content to each taskmanager. This method is applicable to the scenario where a small number of variables need to be loaded in advance.
                                                                            • Solution 2: Load the file when initializing the operator in open. A relative or absolute path can be used.
                                                                              Take Kafka sink as an example. Two files (userData/kafka-sink.conf and userData/client.truststore.jks) need to be loaded.
                                                                              
+
                                                                              • Example of using a relative path:
                                                                                Relative path: confPath = userData/kafka-sink.conf
+@Override
+public void open(Configuration parameters) throws Exception {
+    super.open(parameters);
+    initConf();
+    producer = new KafkaProducer<>(props);
+}
+private void initConf() {
+    try {
+        URL url = DliFlinkDemoDis2Kafka.class.getClassLoader().getResource(confPath);
+        if (url != null) {
+            LOGGER.info("kafka main-url: " + url.getFile());
+        } else {
+            LOGGER.info("kafka url error......");
+        }
+        InputStream inputStream = new BufferedInputStream(new FileInputStream(new File(url.getFile()).getAbsolutePath()));
+        props.load(new InputStreamReader(inputStream, "UTF-8"));
+        topic = props.getProperty("topic");
+        partition = Integer.parseInt(props.getProperty("partition"));
+        vaildProps();
+    } catch (Exception e) {
+        LOGGER.info("load kafka conf failed");
+        e.printStackTrace();
+    }
+}
                                                                                
+
                                                                                Figure 1 Example relative path configuration
                                                                                
+
                                                                              • Example of using an absolute path:
                                                                                Absolute path: confPath = userData/kafka-sink.conf / path = /opt/data1/hadoop/tmp/usercache/omm/appcache/application_xxx_0015/container_xxx_0015_01_000002/userData/client.truststore.jks
+@Override
+public void open(Configuration parameters) throws Exception {
+    super.open(parameters);
+    initConf();
+	String path = DliFlinkDemoDis2Kafka.class.getClassLoader().getResource("userData/client.truststore.jks").getPath();
+	LOGGER.info("kafka abs path " + path);
+	props.setProperty("ssl.truststore.location", path);
+    producer = new KafkaProducer<>(props);
+}
+private void initConf() {
+    try {
+        URL url = DliFlinkDemoDis2Kafka.class.getClassLoader().getResource(confPath);
+        if (url != null) {
+            LOGGER.info("kafka main-url: " + url.getFile());
+        } else {
+            LOGGER.info("kafka url error......");
+        }
+        InputStream inputStream = new BufferedInputStream(new FileInputStream(new File(url.getFile()).getAbsolutePath()));
+        props.load(new InputStreamReader(inputStream, "UTF-8"));
+        topic = props.getProperty("topic");
+        partition = Integer.parseInt(props.getProperty("partition"));
+        vaildProps();
+    } catch (Exception e) {
+        LOGGER.info("load kafka conf failed");
+        e.printStackTrace();
+    }
+}
                                                                                
+
                                                                                Figure 2 Example absolute path configuration
                                                                                
+
                                                                              
+
                                                                            
+
                                                                            
+
                                                                            
 
                                                                            
 
                                                                            
 
                                                                            Parent topic: Flink Jobs
                                                                            
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0045.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0045.html
index ffa4404e..9b8ec75e 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0045.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0045.html
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 
 
                                                                            Why Is the OBS Bucket Selected for Job Not Authorized?
                                                                            
 
                                                                            If the OBS bucket selected for a job is not authorized, perform the following steps:
                                                                            
-
                                                                            1. On the DLI management console, choose Global Configuration > Service Authorization and select the Tenant Administrator (Global service) permission. Update the permission settings.
                                                                            2. In the navigation pane, choose Job Management > Flink Jobs.
                                                                            3. In the row where the target job resides, click Edit under Operation to switch to the Edit page.
                                                                            4. Configure parameters under Running Parameters on the Edit page.
                                                                              1. Select Enable Checkpointing or Save Job Log.
                                                                              2. Specify OBS Bucket.
                                                                              3. Select Authorize OBS.
                                                                              
+
                                                                              1. On the DLI management console, choose Global Configuration > Service Authorization and select the Tenant Administrator (Global service) permission.
                                                                              2. In the navigation pane, choose Job Management > Flink Jobs.
                                                                              3. In the row where the target job resides, click Edit under Operation to switch to the Edit page.
                                                                              4. Configure parameters under Running Parameters on the Edit page.
                                                                                1. Select Enable Checkpointing or Save Job Log.
                                                                                2. Specify OBS Bucket.
                                                                                3. Select Authorize OBS.
                                                                                
 
                                                                              
 
                                                                            
 
                                                                            
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0056.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0056.html
index a1d6bddc..7117d504 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0056.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0056.html
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 
                                                                              
 
                                                                            • Why Is Error "unsupported media Type" Reported When I Subimt a SQL Job?
                                                                              
 
                                                                              • 
-
                                                                            • Are Project IDs of Different Accounts the Same When They Are Used to Call APIs?
                                                                              
+
                                                                            • Is the Project ID Fixed when Different IAM Users Call an API?
                                                                              
 
                                                                              • 
 
                                                                            • What Can I Do If an Error Is Reported When the Execution of the API for Creating a SQL Job Times Out?
                                                                              
 
                                                                              • 
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0071.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0071.html
index d0dcbaa5..32f1d276 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0071.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0071.html
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 
 
 
                                                                              Why Is Error "The current account does not have permission to perform this operation,the current account was restricted. Restricted for no budget." Reported when a SQL Statement Is Executed?
                                                                              
-
                                                                              Check whether the account is in arrears. If yes, recharge the account.
                                                                              
-
                                                                              If the error persists, log out and log in again.
                                                                              
+
                                                                              Check if your account is in arrears and top it up if necessary.
                                                                              
+
                                                                              If the same error message persists after the top-up, log out of your account and log back in.
                                                                              
 
                                                                              
 
                                                                              
 
                                                                              
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0072.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0072.html
index 4dcca07b..00196fa3 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0072.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0072.html
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 
 
                                                                              How Do I Synchronize DLI Table Data from One Region to Another?
                                                                              
 
                                                                              You can use the cross-region replication function of OBS. The procedure is as follows:
                                                                              
-
                                                                              1. Export the DLI table data in region 1 to the user-defined OBS bucket. For details, see "Exporting Data from DLI to OBS" in Data Lake Insight User Guide.
                                                                              2. Use the OBS cross-region replication function to replicate data to the OBS bucket in region 2. For details, see "Configuring Cross-Region Replication" in Data Lake Insight User Guide.
                                                                              3. Import or use the corresponding data as required.
                                                                              
+
                                                                              1. Export the DLI table data in region 1 to the user-defined OBS bucket.
                                                                              2. Use the OBS cross-region replication function to replicate data to the OBS bucket in region 2.
                                                                              3. Import or use the corresponding data as required.
                                                                              
 
                                                                              
 
                                                                              
 
                                                                              
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0082.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0082.html
index 4cfdfe43..75b57c5e 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0082.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0082.html
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 
 
                                                                              How Do I Run a Complex PySpark Program in DLI?
                                                                              
 
                                                                              DLI natively supports PySpark.
                                                                              
-
                                                                              For most cases, Python is preferred for data analysis, and PySpark is the best choice for big data analysis. Generally, JVM programs are packed into JAR files and depend on third-party JAR files. Similarly, Python programs also depend on third-party libraries, especially big data analysis programs related to PySpark-based converged machine learning. Traditionally, the Python library is installed on the execution machine based on pip. For serverless services such as DLI, you do not need to and are unaware of the underlying compute resources. In this case, how does DLI ensure that you run their programs perfectly?
                                                                              
+
                                                                              For most cases, Python is preferred for data analysis, and PySpark is the best choice for big data analysis. Generally, JVM programs are packed into JAR files and depend on third-party JAR files. Similarly, Python programs also depend on third-party libraries, especially big data analysis programs related to PySpark-based converged machine learning. Traditionally, Python libraries are installed directly on the execution machine using pip. However, for serverless services like DLI, users do not need to and are not aware of the underlying compute resources. How can we ensure that users can run their programs more effectively?
                                                                              
 
                                                                              DLI has built-in algorithm libraries for machine learning in its compute resources. These common algorithm libraries meet the requirements of most users. What if a user's PySpark program depends on a program library that is not provided by the built-in algorithm library? Actually, the dependency of PySpark is specified based on PyFiles. On the DLI Spark job page, you can directly select the Python third-party program library (such as ZIP and EGG) stored on OBS.
                                                                              
 
                                                                              The compressed package of the dependent third-party Python library has structure requirements. For example, if the PySpark program depends on moduleA (import moduleA), the compressed package must meet the following structure requirement:
                                                                              
 
                                                                              Figure 1 Compressed package structure requirement
                                                                              
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0100.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0100.html
index 19039a0f..21a0e117 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0100.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0100.html
@@ -2,52 +2,62 @@
 
 
                                                                              How Do I Manage Fine-Grained DLI Permissions?
                                                                              
 
                                                                              DLI has a comprehensive permission control mechanism and supports fine-grained authentication through Identity and Access Management (IAM). You can create policies in IAM to manage DLI permissions.
                                                                              
-
                                                                              With IAM, you can use your account to create IAM users for your employees, and assign permissions to the users to control their access to specific resource types. For example, some software developers in your enterprise need to use DLI resources but must not delete them or perform any high-risk operations. To achieve this result, you can create IAM users for the software developers and grant them only the permissions required for using DLI resources.
                                                                              
+
                                                                              IAM allows you to create IAM users for your employees using your cloud account, and assign permissions to control their access to specific types of resources. For example, some software developers in your enterprise need to use DLI resources but must not delete them or perform any high-risk operations. To achieve this result, you can create IAM users for the software developers and grant them only the permissions required for using DLI resources.
                                                                              
 
                                                                               
                                                                              For a new user, you need to log in for the system to record the metadata before using DLI.
                                                                              
 
                                                                              
-
                                                                              IAM can be used free of charge. You pay only for the resources in your account. 
                                                                              
-
                                                                              If the account has met your requirements, you do not need to create an independent IAM user for permission management. Then you can skip this section. This will not affect other functions of DLI.
                                                                              
-
                                                                              DLI System Permissions
                                                                              Table 1 lists all the system-defined roles and policies supported by DLI.
                                                                              
-
                                                                              You can grant users permissions by using roles and policies.
                                                                              • Roles: A type of coarse-grained authorization that defines permissions related to user responsibilities. This mechanism provides only a limited number of service-level roles for authorization. When using roles to grant permissions, you need to also assign other roles on which the permissions depend to take effect. Roles are not an ideal choice for fine-grained authorization and secure access control.
                                                                              • Policies: A type of fine-grained authorization that defines permissions required to perform operations on specific cloud resources under certain conditions. This type of authorization is more flexible and ideal for secure access control. For example, you can grant DLI users only the permissions for managing a certain type of cloud servers.
                                                                              
+
                                                                              IAM is free to use, and you only need to pay for the resources in your account. 
                                                                              
+
                                                                              If your cloud account does not need individual IAM users for permissions management, skip over this section.
                                                                              
+
                                                                              DLI System Permissions
                                                                              You can grant users permissions by using roles and policies.
                                                                              • Roles: A type of coarse-grained authorization that defines permissions related to user responsibilities. This mechanism provides only a limited number of service-level roles for authorization. When using roles to grant permissions, you need to also assign other roles on which the permissions depend to take effect. Roles are not an ideal choice for fine-grained authorization and secure access control.
                                                                              • Policies: A type of fine-grained authorization that defines permissions required to perform operations on specific cloud resources under certain conditions. This type of authorization is more flexible and ideal for secure access control. For example, you can grant DLI users only the permissions for managing a certain type of cloud servers.
                                                                              
 
                                                                              
 
-
                                                                          Table 1 Parameters
                                                                          Parameter
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Description
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Description
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Type
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Type
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Select Password.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Select Password.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Authentication Certificate
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Authentication Certificate
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Name of the datasource authentication to be created.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Name of the datasource authentication to be created.
                                                                          
 
                                                                          • The name can contain only digits, letters, and underscores (_), but cannot contain only digits or start with an underscore (_).
                                                                          • The name can contain a maximum of 128 characters.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Username
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Username
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Username for accessing the data source.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Username for accessing the data source.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Password
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Password
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Password for accessing the data source.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Password for accessing the data source.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          
@@ -1064,14 +1091,13 @@
 
                                                                          Table 1 DLI system permissions
                                                                          Role/Policy Name
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
-
-
+
-
-
-
+
-
-
-
+
-
-
-
+
-
-
-
+
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0125.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0125.html
index 97c6ef4c..e6d19545 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0125.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0125.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
-
                                                                          Are Project IDs of Different Accounts the Same When They Are Used to Call APIs?
                                                                          
-
                                                                          If different IAM accounts call APIs in the same enterprise project in the same region, the accounts use the same project ID.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Is the Project ID Fixed when Different IAM Users Call an API?
                                                                          
+
                                                                          When different IAM users call an API under the same enterprise project in the same region, the project ID is the same.
                                                                          
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0136.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0136.html
index 7914d258..51717b4c 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0136.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0136.html
@@ -1,8 +1,61 @@
 
 
-
                                                                          How Do I Know Whether a Flink Job Can Be Restored from a Checkpoint After Being Restarted?
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Check the following operations:
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Adjusting or adding optimization parameters or the number of concurrent threads of a job, or modifying Flink SQL statements or a Flink Jar job: The job cannot be restored from the checkpoint.
                                                                          • Modifying the number of CUs occupied by a TaskManager: The job can be restored from the checkpoint.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          How Can I Check if a Flink Job Can Be Restored From a Checkpoint After Restarting It?
                                                                          
+
                                                                          What Is Restoration from a Checkpoint?
                                                                          Flink's checkpointing is a fault tolerance and recovery mechanism. This mechanism ensures that real-time programs can self-recover in case of exceptions or machine issues during runtime.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Principles for Restoration from Checkpoints
                                                                          • When a job fails to be executed or a resource restarts due to an exception that is not triggered by manual operations, data can be restored from a checkpoint.
                                                                          • However, if the calculation logic of a job is modified, the job cannot be restored from a checkpoint.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Application Scenarios
                                                                          Table 1 lists some common scenarios of restoring data from a checkpoint for your reference.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          For more scenarios, refer to Principles for Restoration from Checkpoints and assess whether data can be restored from a checkpoint based on the actual situation.
                                                                          
+
+
                                                                          Table 1 DLI system permissions
                                                                          Role/Policy Name
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Description
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Description
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Category
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Category
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Dependency
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          DLI FullAccess
                                                                          
+
                                                                          DLI FullAccess
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Full permissions for DLI.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Full permissions for DLI.
                                                                          
 
                                                                          System-defined policy
                                                                          
+
                                                                          System-defined policy
                                                                          
+
                                                                          This role depends on other roles in the same project.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          • Creating a datasource connection: VPC ReadOnlyAccess
                                                                          • Creating a tag: TMS FullAccess and EPS EPS FullAccess
                                                                          • Using OBS for storage: OBS OperateAccess
                                                                          • Creating an agency: Security Administrator
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          DLI ReadOnlyAccess
                                                                          
+
                                                                          DLI ReadOnlyAccess
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Read-only permissions for DLI.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          With read-only permissions, you can use DLI resources and perform operations that do not require fine-grained permissions. For example, create global variables, create packages and package groups, submit jobs to the default queue, create tables in the default database, create datasource connections, and delete datasource connections.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Read-only permissions for DLI.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          With read-only permissions, you can use DLI resources and perform operations that do not require fine-grained permissions. For example, create global variables, create packages and package groups, submit jobs to the default queue, create tables in the default database, create datasource connections, and delete datasource connections.
                                                                          
 
                                                                          System-defined policy
                                                                          
+
                                                                          System-defined policy
                                                                          
+
                                                                          None
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Tenant Administrator
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Tenant Administrator
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Tenant administrator
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Administer permissions for managing and accessing all cloud services. After a database or a queue is created, the user can use the ACL to assign rights to other users.
                                                                          • Scope: project-level service
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Tenant administrator
                                                                          
+
                                                                          • Job execution permissions for DLI resources. After a database or a queue is created, the user can use the ACL to assign rights to other users.
                                                                          • Scope: project-level service
                                                                          
 
                                                                          System-defined role
                                                                          
+
                                                                          System-defined role
                                                                          
+
                                                                          None
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          DLI Service Admin
                                                                          
+
                                                                          DLI Service Administrator
                                                                          
 
                                                                          DLI administrator
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Administer permissions for managing and accessing the queues and data of DLI. After a database or a queue is created, the user can use the ACL to assign rights to other users.
                                                                          • Scope: project-level service
                                                                          
+
                                                                          DLI administrator.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          • Job execution permissions for DLI resources. After a database or a queue is created, the user can use the ACL to assign rights to other users.
                                                                          • Scope: project-level service
                                                                          
 
                                                                          System-defined role
                                                                          
+
                                                                          System-defined role
                                                                          
+
                                                                          None
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                                                          Table 1 Common scenarios of restoring data from a checkpoint
                                                                          Scenario
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Restoration from a Checkpoint
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Description
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Adjust or increase the number of concurrent tasks.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Not supported
                                                                          
+
                                                                          This operation alters the parallelism of the job, thereby changing its execution logic.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Modify Flink SQL statements and Flink Jar jobs.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Not supported
                                                                          
+
                                                                          This operation modifies the algorithmic logic of the job with respect to resources.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          For example, if the original algorithm involves addition and subtraction, but the desired state requires multiplication, division, and modulo operations, it cannot be restored directly from the checkpoint.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Modify the static stream graph.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Not supported
                                                                          
+
                                                                          This operation modifies the algorithmic logic of the job with respect to resources.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Modify the CU(s) per TM parameter.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Supported
                                                                          
+
                                                                          The modification of compute resources does not affect the operational logic of the job's algorithm or operators.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          A job runs abnormally or there is a physical power outage.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Supported
                                                                          
+
                                                                          The job parameters are not modified.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
 
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0139.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0139.html
index c60a9381..868918a9 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0139.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0139.html
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 
                                                                          • Authorization on DLI
                                                                            1. Log in to the DLI console using a tenant account, a job owner account, or an account with the DLI Service Administrator permission.
                                                                            2. Choose Job Management > Flink Jobs. On the displayed page, locate the target job.
                                                                            3. In the Operation column of the target job, choose More > Permissions.
                                                                            4. On the displayed page, click Grant Permission. Enter the name of the user to be authorized and select the required permissions. Click OK. The authorized user can view the job and perform related operations.
                                                                            
 
                                                                          • Authorization on IAM
                                                                            1. Log in to the IAM console. In the navigation pane, choose Permissions > Policies/Roles. On the displayed page, click Create Custom Policy.
                                                                            2. Create a permission policy for the subuser to view DLI Flink jobs.
                                                                              • Policy Name: Use the default name or customize a name.
                                                                              • Scope: Select Project-level services.
                                                                              • Policy View: Select Visual editor.
                                                                              • Policy Content: Select Allow, Data Lake Insight, and dli:jobs:list_all in sequence.
                                                                              
 
                                                                              Click OK to create the policy.
                                                                              
-
                                                                            3. Go to the User Group page, locate the user group to which the subuser to be authorized belongs and click the user group name. On the displayed page, click Assign.
                                                                            4. Grant permissions to the user group.
                                                                              • Select Region-specific projects for Scope.
                                                                              • Select the permission policy created in 2 for Permissions.
                                                                                You can also select DLI Service Admin (with all DLI permissions) for the subuser to view Flink jobs.
                                                                                
+
                                                                              • Go to the User Group page, locate the user group to which the subuser to be authorized belongs and click the user group name. On the displayed page, click Assign.
                                                                              • Grant permissions to the user group.
                                                                                • Select Region-specific projects for Scope.
                                                                                • Select the permission policy created in 2 for Permissions.
                                                                                  You can also select DLI Service Administrator (with all DLI permissions) for the subuser to view Flink jobs.
                                                                                  
 
                                                                                
 
                                                                            
 
                                                                          
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0140.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0140.html
index 8dc7f8c0..5ed3b909 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0140.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0140.html
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 
 
                                                                          Why Does My Account Have Insufficient Permissions Due to Arrears?
                                                                          
 
                                                                          When you submit a job, a message is displayed indicating that the job fails to be submitted due to insufficient permission caused by arrears. In this case, you need to check the roles in your token:
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • op_restrict: The account permission is restricted due to insufficient balance. If your account balance is insufficient, the tokens of all online users under this account are revoked. If a user logs in to the system again, the op_restrict permission is added to the obtained token.
                                                                          • op_suspended: Your account is suspended due to arrears or other reasons. If your account is in arrears, the tokens of all online users under this account are revoked. If a user logs in to the system again, the op_suspended permission is added to the obtained token, and user operations (excluding cloud service users) will be restricted.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          • op_restrict: The account permission is restricted due to insufficient balance. If the current account balance is insufficient, all online user tokens under that account will be revoked. If they log in again, the op_restrict permission is added to the obtained tokens, limiting their operations.
                                                                          • op_suspended: Your account is suspended due to arrears or other reasons. If the current account is in arrears, all online user tokens under that account will be revoked. If they log in again, the op_suspended permission is added to the obtained tokens, limiting their operations (excluding cloud service users).
                                                                          
 
                                                                          If the two roles described about are in your token, user operations are restricted.
                                                                          
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0161.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0161.html
index 9197b2e3..c0f7e55c 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0161.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0161.html
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 
                                                                          Symptom
                                                                          When a Flink Jar job is submitted to access GaussDB(DWS), an error message is displayed indicating that the job fails to be started. The job log contains the following error information:
                                                                          
 
                                                                          FATAL:  Already too many clients, active/non-active/reserved: 5/508/3
                                                                          
 
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Possible Causes
                                                                          The number of GaussDB(DWS) database connections exceeds the upper limit. In the error information, the value of non-active indicates the number of idle connections. For example, if the value of non-active is 508, there are 508 idle connections.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Cause Analysis
                                                                          The number of GaussDB(DWS) database connections exceeds the upper limit. In the error information, the value of non-active indicates the number of idle connections. For example, if the value of non-active is 508, there are 508 idle connections.
                                                                          
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Solution
                                                                          Perform the following steps to solve the problem:
                                                                          
 
                                                                          1. Log in to the GaussDB(DWS) command window and run the following SQL statement to release all idle (non-active) connections temporarily:
                                                                            SELECT PG_TERMINATE_BACKEND(pid) from pg_stat_activity WHERE state='idle';
                                                                            
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0176.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0176.html
index 0c416c81..96720398 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0176.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0176.html
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 
                                                                            Symptom
                                                                            Semantic verification for a Flink SQL job (reading DIS data) fails. The following information is displayed when the job fails:
                                                                            Get dis channel xxx info failed. error info: Not authorized, please click the overview page to do the authorize action
                                                                            
 
                                                                            
 
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Possible Causes
                                                                            Before running a Flink job, the permission to obtain DIS data is not granted to the user.
                                                                            
+
                                                                            Possible Causes
                                                                            Before running a Flink job, the user account was not authorized to access DIS data.
                                                                            
 
                                                                            
 
                                                                            Solution
                                                                            1. Log in to the DLI management console. Choose Global Configuration > Service Authorization in the navigation pane on the left.
                                                                            2. On the Service Authorization page, select DIS Administrator and click Update.
                                                                            3. Choose Job Management > Flink Jobs. On the displayed page, locate the desired Flink SQL job and restart the job.
                                                                            
 
                                                                            
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0208.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0208.html
index bee75ed6..be2b8906 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0208.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0208.html
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 
                                                                            Why Is Error "DLI.0003: AccessControlException XXX" Reported When I Access a SQL Job?
                                                                            
 
                                                                            Symptom
                                                                            Error message "DLI.0003: AccessControlException XXX" is reported when a SQL job is accessed.
                                                                            
 
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Solution
                                                                            View the OBS bucket in the AccessControlException and check whether you are using an account that has the permission to access the bucket.
                                                                            
+
                                                                            Solution
                                                                            Check the OBS bucket written in the AccessControlException to confirm if your account has the permission to access the bucket.
                                                                            
 
                                                                            
 
                                                                            
 
                                                                            
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0209.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0209.html
index 8e791c66..22bac4ff 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0209.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0209.html
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 
                                                                            Why Is Error "DLI.0001: org.apache.hadoop.security.AccessControlException: verifyBucketExists on {{bucket name}}: status [403]" Reported When I Access a SQL Job?
                                                                            
 
                                                                            Symptom
                                                                            Error message "DLI.0001: org.apache.hadoop.security.AccessControlException: verifyBucketExists on {{bucket name}}: status [403]" is reported when a SQL job is Accessed.
                                                                            
 
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Solution
                                                                            The current account does not have the permission to access the OBS bucket where the foreign table is located. Obtain the OBS permission and perform the query again.
                                                                            
+
                                                                            Solution
                                                                            Your account does not have the permission to access the OBS bucket where the foreign table is located. Obtain the OBS permission and try the query again.
                                                                            
 
                                                                            
 
                                                                            
 
                                                                            
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0210.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0210.html
index a7a05d0a..05971e57 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0210.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0210.html
@@ -3,8 +3,8 @@
 
                                                                            Why Is Error "The current account does not have permission to perform this operation,the current account was restricted. Restricted for no budget" Reported During SQL Statement Execution? Restricted for no budget.
                                                                            
 
                                                                            Symptom
                                                                            Error message "The current account does not have permission to perform this operation,the current account was restricted." is reported during SQL statement execution.
                                                                            
 
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Solution
                                                                            Check whether your account is in arrears. If it is, renew your account and try again.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            If the error persists after renewal, log out and log in again.
                                                                            
+
                                                                            Solution
                                                                            Check if your account is in arrears and renew it if needed.
                                                                            
+
                                                                            If the same error message persists after the renewal, log out of your account and log back in.
                                                                            
 
                                                                            
 
                                                                            
 
                                                                            
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0227.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0227.html
index 5088bf82..63056f78 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0227.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0227.html
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 
                                                                            Error information: DLI.0003: Permission denied for resource 'databases.dli_test.tables.test.columns.col1', User = '{UserName}', Action = 'SELECT'
                                                                            
 
                                                                            
 
                                                                            Solution
                                                                            The user does not have the permission to query the table.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            In the navigation pane on the left of the DLI console page, choose Data Management > Databases and Tables, search for the desired database table, view the permission configuration, and grant the table query permission to the user who requires it.
                                                                            
+
                                                                            In the navigation pane on the left of the DLI console page, choose Data Management > Databases and Tables, search for the desired database table, view the permission configuration, and grant the table query permission to the user who requires it.
                                                                            
 
                                                                            
 
                                                                            
 
                                                                            
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0264.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0264.html
index f560dd25..5b527b08 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0264.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_03_0264.html
@@ -1,16 +1,16 @@
 
 
 
                                                                            Why Is Error "Failed to create the database. {"error_code":"DLI.1028";"error_msg":"Already reached the maximum quota of databases:XXX"." Reported?
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Viewing My Quotas
                                                                            1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                            2. Click  in the upper left corner and select Region and Project.
                                                                            3. Click  (the My Quotas icon) in the upper right corner.
                                                                              The Service Quota page is displayed.
                                                                              
-
                                                                            4. View the used and total quota of each type of resources on the displayed page.
                                                                              If a quota cannot meet service requirements, increase a quota.
                                                                              
+
                                                                              Viewing My Quotas
                                                                              1. Log in to the management console.
                                                                              2. Click  in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
                                                                              3. Click the My Quota icon  in the upper right corner of the page.
                                                                                The Service Quota page is displayed.
                                                                                
+
                                                                              4. View the used and total quota of each type of resources on the displayed page.
                                                                                If a quota cannot meet service requirements, increase a quota.
                                                                                
 
                                                                              
 
                                                                              
-
                                                                              How Do I Apply for a Higher Quota?
                                                                              The system does not support online quota adjustment. To increase a resource quota, dial the hotline or send an email to the customer service. We will process your application and inform you of the progress by phone call or email.
                                                                              
-
                                                                              Before dialing the hotline number or sending an email, ensure that the following information has been obtained:
                                                                              
-
                                                                              • Domain name, project name, and project ID
                                                                                Log in to the management console using the cloud account, click the username in the upper right corner, select My Credentials from the drop-down list, and obtain the domain name, project name, and project ID on the My Credentials page.
                                                                                
-
                                                                              • Quota information, including:
                                                                                • Service name
                                                                                • Quota type
                                                                                • Required quota
                                                                                
+
                                                                                How Do I Apply for a Higher Quota?
                                                                                The system does not support online quota adjustment. To increase a resource quota, dial the hotline or send an email to the customer service. We will process your application and inform you of the progress by phone call or email.
                                                                                
+
                                                                                Before dialing the hotline number or sending an email, ensure that the following information has been obtained:
                                                                                
+
                                                                                • Domain name, project name, and project ID
                                                                                  Log in to the management console using the cloud account, click the username in the upper right corner, select My Credentials from the drop-down list, and obtain the domain name, project name, and project ID on the My Credentials page.
                                                                                  
+
                                                                                • Quota information, including:
                                                                                  • ServiceName
                                                                                  • Quota type
                                                                                  • Required quota
                                                                                  
 
                                                                                
-
                                                                                Learn how to obtain the service hotline and email address.
                                                                                
+
                                                                                Learn how to obtain the service hotline and email address.
                                                                                
 
                                                                                
 
                                                                              
 
                                                                              
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_07_0005.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_07_0005.html
index f6f40ae0..9fd0c057 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_07_0005.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_07_0005.html
@@ -1,17 +1,17 @@
 
 
-
                                                                              Constraints
                                                                              
-
                                                                              Constraints on Jobs
                                                                              • Only the latest 100 jobs are displayed on DLI's SparkUI.
                                                                              • A maximum of 1,000 job results can be displayed on the console. To view more or all jobs, export the job data to OBS.
                                                                              • To export job run logs, you must have the permission to access OBS buckets. You need to configure a DLI job bucket on the Global Configuration > Project page in advance.
                                                                              • View Log and Export Log buttons are not available for synchronization jobs and jobs running on the default queue.
                                                                              • Only Spark jobs support custom images. 
                                                                              • An elastic resource pool supports a maximum of 32,000 CUs.
                                                                              
+
                                                                              Constraints and Limitations
                                                                              
+
                                                                              On Jobs
                                                                              • Only the latest 100 jobs are displayed on DLI's SparkUI.
                                                                              • A maximum of 1,000 job results can be displayed on the console. To view more or all jobs, export the job data to OBS.
                                                                              • To export job run logs, you must have the permission to access OBS buckets. You need to configure a DLI job bucket on the Global Configuration > Project page in advance.
                                                                              • The View Log button is not available for synchronization jobs and jobs running on the default queue.
                                                                              • Only Spark jobs support custom images. 
                                                                              • An elastic resource pool supports a maximum of 32,000 CUs.
                                                                              
 
                                                                              For details about job constraints, see Job Management.
                                                                              
 
                                                                              
-
                                                                              Constraints on Queues
                                                                              • A queue named default is preset in DLI for you to experience. Resources are allocated on demand. 
                                                                              • Queue types:
                                                                                • For SQL: Spark SQL jobs can be submitted to SQL queues.
                                                                                • For general purpose: The queue is used to run Spark programs, Flink SQL jobs, and Flink Jar jobs.
                                                                                
+
                                                                                On Queues
                                                                                • A queue named default is preset in DLI for you to experience. Resources are allocated on demand. 
                                                                                • Queue types:
                                                                                  • For SQL: Spark SQL jobs can be submitted to SQL queues.
                                                                                  • For general purpose: The queue is used to run Spark programs, Flink SQL jobs, and Flink Jar jobs.
                                                                                  
 
                                                                                  The queue type cannot be changed. If you want to use another queue type, purchase a new queue.
                                                                                  
-
                                                                                • The region of a queue cannot be changed.
                                                                                • A newly created queue can be scaled in or out only after a job is executed on the queue.
                                                                                • DLI queues cannot access the Internet.
                                                                                  
+
                                                                                • The region of a queue cannot be changed.
                                                                                • Queues with 16 CUs do not support scale-out or scale-in.
                                                                                • Queues with 64 CUs do not support scale-in.
                                                                                • A newly created queue can be scaled in or out only after a job is executed on the queue.
                                                                                • DLI queues cannot access the Internet.
                                                                                  
 
                                                                                  
 
                                                                                
 
                                                                                For more constraints on using a DLI queue, see Queue Overview.
                                                                                
 
                                                                                
-
                                                                                Constraints on Resources
                                                                                • Database
                                                                                  • default is the database built in DLI. You cannot create a database named default.
                                                                                  • DLI supports a maximum of 50 databases.
                                                                                  
+
                                                                                  On Resources
                                                                                  • Database
                                                                                    • default is the database built in DLI. You cannot create a database named default.
                                                                                    • DLI supports a maximum of 50 databases.
                                                                                    
 
                                                                                  • Table
                                                                                    • DLI supports a maximum of 5,000 tables.
                                                                                    • DLI supports the following table types:
                                                                                      • MANAGED: Data is stored in a DLI table.
                                                                                      • EXTERNAL: Data is stored in an OBS table.
                                                                                      • View: A view can only be created using SQL statements.
                                                                                      • Datasource table: The table type is also EXTERNAL.
                                                                                      
 
                                                                                    • You cannot specify a storage path when creating a DLI table.
                                                                                    
 
                                                                                  • Data import
                                                                                    • Only OBS data can be imported to DLI or OBS.
                                                                                    • You can import data in CSV, Parquet, ORC, JSON, or Avro format from OBS to tables created on DLI.
                                                                                    • To import data in CSV format to a partitioned table, place the partition column in the last column of the data source.
                                                                                    • The encoding format of imported data can only be UTF-8.
                                                                                    
@@ -21,22 +21,22 @@
 
                                                                                  
 
                                                                                  For details about constraints on resources, see Data Management.
                                                                                  
 
                                                                                  
-
                                                                                  Constraints on Enhanced Datasource Connections
                                                                                  • Datasource connections cannot be created for the default queue.
                                                                                  • Flink jobs can directly access DIS, OBS, and SMN data sources without using datasource connections.
                                                                                  • VPC Administrator permissions are required for enhanced connections to use VPCs, subnets, routes, VPC peering connections.
                                                                                  • If you use an enhanced datasource connection, the CIDR block of the elastic resource pool or queue cannot overlap with that of the data source.
                                                                                  • Only queues bound with datasource connections can access datasource tables.
                                                                                  • Datasource tables do not support the preview function.
                                                                                  • When checking the connectivity of datasource connections, the constraints on IP addresses are as follows:
                                                                                    • The IP address must be valid, which consists of four decimal numbers separated by periods (.). The value ranges from 0 to 255.
                                                                                    • During the test, you can add a port after the IP address and separate them with colons (:). The port can contain a maximum of five digits. The value ranges from 0 to 65535.
                                                                                      For example, 192.168.xx.xx or 192.168.xx.xx:8181.
                                                                                      
+
                                                                                      On Enhanced Datasource Connections
                                                                                      • Datasource connections cannot be created for the default queue.
                                                                                      • Flink jobs can directly access DIS, OBS, and SMN data sources without using datasource connections.
                                                                                      • VPC Administrator permissions are required for enhanced connections to use VPCs, subnets, routes, VPC peering connections.
                                                                                      • If you use an enhanced datasource connection, the CIDR block of the elastic resource pool or queue cannot overlap with that of the data source.
                                                                                      • Only queues bound with datasource connections can access datasource tables.
                                                                                      • Datasource tables do not support the preview function.
                                                                                      • When checking the connectivity of datasource connections, the constraints on IP addresses are as follows:
                                                                                        • The IP address must be valid, which consists of four decimal numbers separated by periods (.). The value ranges from 0 to 255.
                                                                                        • During the test, you can add a port after the IP address and separate them with colons (:). The port can contain a maximum of five digits. The value ranges from 0 to 65535.
                                                                                          For example, 192.168.xx.xx or 192.168.xx.xx:8181.
                                                                                          
 
                                                                                        
 
                                                                                      • When checking the connectivity of datasource connections, the constraints on domain names are as follows:
                                                                                        • The domain name can contain 1 to 255 characters. Only letters, digits, underscores (_), and hyphens (-) are allowed.
                                                                                        • The top-level domain name must contain at least two letters, for example, .com, .net, and .cn.
                                                                                        • During the test, you can add a port after the domain name and separate them with colons (:). The port can contain a maximum of five digits. The value ranges from 0 to 65535.
                                                                                          For example, example.com:8080.
                                                                                          
 
                                                                                        
 
                                                                                      
 
                                                                                      For more constraints on enhanced datasource connections, see Enhanced Datasource Connection Overview.
                                                                                      
 
                                                                                      
-
                                                                                      Constraints on Datasource Authentication
                                                                                      • Compared with datasource authentication provided by DLI, you are advised to use Data Encryption Worksop (DEW) to store data source authentication information.
                                                                                      • Only Spark SQL and Flink OpenSource SQL 1.12 jobs support datasource authentication.
                                                                                      • DLI supports four types of datasource authentication. Select an authentication type specific to each data source.
                                                                                        • CSS: applies to 6.5.4 or later CSS clusters with the security mode enabled.
                                                                                        • Kerberos: applies to MRS security clusters with Kerberos authentication enabled.
                                                                                        • Kafka_SSL: applies to Kafka with SSL enabled.
                                                                                        • Password: applies to GaussDB(DWS), RDS, DDS, and DCS.
                                                                                        
+
                                                                                        On Datasource Authentication
                                                                                        • Only Spark SQL and Flink OpenSource SQL 1.12 jobs support datasource authentication.
                                                                                        • DLI supports four types of datasource authentication. Select an authentication type specific to each data source.
                                                                                          • CSS: applies to 6.5.4 or later CSS clusters with the security mode enabled.
                                                                                          • Kerberos: applies to MRS security clusters with Kerberos authentication enabled.
                                                                                          • Kafka_SSL: applies to Kafka with SSL enabled.
                                                                                          • Password: applies to GaussDB(DWS), RDS, DDS, and DCS.
                                                                                          
 
                                                                                        
 
                                                                                        For more constraints on datasource authentication, see Datasource Authentication Introduction.
                                                                                        
 
                                                                                        
-
                                                                                        Constraints on SQL Syntax
                                                                                        • Constraints on the SQL syntax:
                                                                                          • You are not allowed to specify a storage path when creating a DLI table using SQL statements.
                                                                                          
+
                                                                                          On SQL Syntax
                                                                                          • Constraints on the SQL syntax:
                                                                                            • You are not allowed to specify a storage path when creating a DLI table using SQL statements.
                                                                                            
 
                                                                                          • Constraints on the size of SQL statements:
                                                                                            • Each SQL statement should contain less than 500,000 characters.
                                                                                            • The size of each SQL statement must be less than 1 MB.
                                                                                            
 
                                                                                          
 
                                                                                          
-
                                                                                          Other Constraints
                                                                                          • For details about quota constraints, see Quotas.
                                                                                          • Recommended browsers for logging in to DLI:
                                                                                            • Google Chrome 43.0 or later
                                                                                            • Mozilla Firefox 38.0 or later
                                                                                            • Internet Explorer 9.0 or later
                                                                                            
+
                                                                                            Other
                                                                                            • For details about quota constraints, see Quotas.
                                                                                            • Recommended browsers for logging in to DLI:
                                                                                              • Google Chrome 43.0 or later
                                                                                              • Mozilla Firefox 38.0 or later
                                                                                              • Internet Explorer 9.0 or later
                                                                                              
 
                                                                                            
 
                                                                                            
 
                                                                                          
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_07_0006.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_07_0006.html
index eb3b58c1..0fedc548 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_07_0006.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_07_0006.html
@@ -9,49 +9,60 @@
 
                                                                                          Type: There are roles and policies.
                                                                                          • Roles: A type of coarse-grained authorization mechanism that defines permissions related to user responsibilities. Only a limited number of service-level roles are available. If one role has a dependency role required for accessing SA, assign both roles to the users. However, roles are not an ideal choice for fine-grained authorization and secure access control.
                                                                                          • Policies: A type of fine-grained authorization mechanism that defines permissions required to perform operations on specific cloud resources under certain conditions. This mechanism allows for more flexible policy-based authorization, meeting requirements for secure access control. For example, you can grant DLI users only the permissions for managing a certain type of ECSs. For the actions supported by DLI APIs, see "Permissions Policies and Supported Actions" in the Data Lake Insight API Reference.
                                                                                          
 
                                                                                          
 
-
                                                                                          
@@ -781,7 +794,6 @@
 
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                                                                          Table 1 DLI system permissions
                                                                                          Role/Policy Name
                                                                                          
+
                                                                                          
-
-
+
-
-
-
+
-
-
-
+
-
-
-
+
-
-
-
+
                                                                                          Table 1 DLI system permissions
                                                                                          Role/Policy Name
                                                                                          
 
                                                                                          Description
                                                                                          
+
                                                                                          Description
                                                                                          
 
                                                                                          Category
                                                                                          
+
                                                                                          Category
                                                                                          
+
                                                                                          Dependency
                                                                                          
                                                                                           		
 
                                                                                          
 
                                                                                          DLI FullAccess
                                                                                          
+
                                                                                          DLI FullAccess
                                                                                          
 
                                                                                          Full permissions for DLI.
                                                                                          
+
                                                                                          Full permissions for DLI.
                                                                                          
 
                                                                                          System-defined policy
                                                                                          
+
                                                                                          System-defined policy
                                                                                          
+
                                                                                          This role depends on other roles in the same project.
                                                                                          
+
                                                                                          • Creating a datasource connection: VPC ReadOnlyAccess
                                                                                          • Creating a tag: TMS FullAccess and EPS EPS FullAccess
                                                                                          • Using OBS for storage: OBS OperateAccess
                                                                                          • Creating an agency: Security Administrator
                                                                                          
                                                                                           		
 
                                                                                          DLI ReadOnlyAccess
                                                                                          
+
                                                                                          DLI ReadOnlyAccess
                                                                                          
 
                                                                                          Read-only permissions for DLI.
                                                                                          
+
                                                                                          Read-only permissions for DLI.
                                                                                          
 
                                                                                          With read-only permissions, you can use DLI resources and perform operations that do not require fine-grained permissions. For example, create global variables, create packages and package groups, submit jobs to the default queue, create tables in the default database, create datasource connections, and delete datasource connections.
                                                                                          
 
                                                                                          System-defined policy
                                                                                          
+
                                                                                          System-defined policy
                                                                                          
+
                                                                                          None
                                                                                          
                                                                                           		
 
                                                                                          Tenant Administrator
                                                                                          
+
                                                                                          Tenant Administrator
                                                                                          
 
                                                                                          Tenant administrator
                                                                                          
+
                                                                                          Tenant administrator
                                                                                          
 
                                                                                          • Job execution permissions for DLI resources. After a database or a queue is created, the user can use the ACL to assign rights to other users.
                                                                                          • Scope: project-level service
                                                                                          
 
                                                                                          System-defined role
                                                                                          
+
                                                                                          System-defined role
                                                                                          
+
                                                                                          None
                                                                                          
                                                                                           		
 
                                                                                          DLI Service Admin
                                                                                          
+
                                                                                          DLI Service Administrator
                                                                                          
 
                                                                                          DLI administrator.
                                                                                          
+
                                                                                          DLI administrator.
                                                                                          
 
                                                                                          • Job execution permissions for DLI resources. After a database or a queue is created, the user can use the ACL to assign rights to other users.
                                                                                          • Scope: project-level service
                                                                                          
 
                                                                                          System-defined role
                                                                                          
+
                                                                                          System-defined role
                                                                                          
+
                                                                                          None
                                                                                          
                                                                                           		
 
                                                                                          
                                                                                           
 
                                                                                          
 
                                                                                          
-
                                                                                          Table 2 lists the common operations supported by each system policy. You can choose required system policies according to this table. 
                                                                                          
+
                                                                                          Table 2 lists the common operations supported by each system policy. You can choose required system policies according to this table.
                                                                                          
 
 
                                                                                          
@@ -65,7 +76,7 @@
 
-
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/dli_07_0009.html b/docs/dli/umn/dli_07_0009.html
index 03ea5d54..c834bc96 100644
--- a/docs/dli/umn/dli_07_0009.html
+++ b/docs/dli/umn/dli_07_0009.html
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 
                                                                                          • Domain name, project name, and project ID
                                                                                            Log in to the management console using the cloud account, click the username in the upper right corner, select My Credentials from the drop-down list, and obtain the domain name, project name, and project ID on the My Credentials page.
                                                                                            
 
                                                                                          • Quota information, including:
                                                                                            • ServiceName
                                                                                            • Quota type
                                                                                            • Required quota
                                                                                            
 
                                                                                          
-
                                                                                          Learn how to obtain the service hotline and email address.
                                                                                          
+
                                                                                          Learn how to obtain the service hotline and email address.
                                                                                          
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/en-us_image_0000001209516352.png b/docs/dli/umn/en-us_image_0000001209516352.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 33ed35c3..00000000
Binary files a/docs/dli/umn/en-us_image_0000001209516352.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/en-us_image_0000001478148728.png b/docs/dli/umn/en-us_image_0000001478148728.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 33ed35c3..00000000
Binary files a/docs/dli/umn/en-us_image_0000001478148728.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/en-us_image_0000001668054032.png b/docs/dli/umn/en-us_image_0000001668054032.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1adc94d2
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/dli/umn/en-us_image_0000001668054032.png differ
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/en-us_image_0000001716012053.png b/docs/dli/umn/en-us_image_0000001716012053.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2506e327
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/dli/umn/en-us_image_0000001716012053.png differ
diff --git a/docs/dli/umn/en-us_image_0000001835430521.png b/docs/dli/umn/en-us_image_0000001835430521.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6cf9fc99
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/dli/umn/en-us_image_0000001835430521.png differ
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/ALL_META.TXT.json b/docs/elb/api-ref/ALL_META.TXT.json
index 1bfb988a..b8ffd165 100644
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/ALL_META.TXT.json
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/ALL_META.TXT.json
@@ -1,2051 +1,3818 @@
 [
+	{
+		"dockw":"API Reference"
+	},
 	{
 		"uri":"en-us_topic_0022480177.html",
+		"node_id":"en-us_topic_0022480177.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"1",
 		"des":"Public cloud APIs comply with the RESTful API design principles. REST-based web services are organized into resources. Each resource is identified by one or more Uniform ",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"API Usage Guidelines,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"API Usage Guidelines",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_0000.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_0000.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"2",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"APIs (V2.0)",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"APIs (V2.0)",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"en-us_topic_0000001088335195.html",
+		"node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001088335195.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"3",
 		"des":"By default, load balancers created in the eu-de region are shared load balancers. APIs for shared load balancers are only available in this region. Shared load balancers ",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"API Call Precaution,APIs (V2.0),API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"API Call Precaution",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_fz_0000.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_fz_0000.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"4",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Load Balancer",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Load Balancer",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"en-us_topic_0096561535.html",
+		"node_id":"en-us_topic_0096561535.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"5",
 		"des":"This API is used to create a private network load balancer. After the load balancer is created, its details, such as load balancer ID, IP address, and subnet ID, are retu",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Creating a Load Balancer,Load Balancer,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Creating a Load Balancer",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_fz_0002.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_fz_0002.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"6",
 		"des":"This API is used to query load balancers and display them in a list. Filter query and pagination query are supported. Unless otherwise specified, exact match is applied.P",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Querying Load Balancers,Load Balancer,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Querying Load Balancers",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_fz_0003.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_fz_0003.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"7",
 		"des":"This API is used to query details about a load balancer using its ID. You can also query the EIP bound to the load balancer based on the value of vip_port_id.GET /v2.0/lb",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Querying Details of a Load Balancer,Load Balancer,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Querying Details of a Load Balancer",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_fz_0004.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_fz_0004.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"8",
 		"des":"This API is used to query the status tree of a load balancer. You can use this API to query details about the associated listeners, backend server groups, backend servers",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Querying the Status Tree of a Load Balancer,Load Balancer,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Querying the Status Tree of a Load Balancer",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_fz_0005.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_fz_0005.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"9",
 		"des":"This API is used to update the name or description of a load balancer.PUT /v2.0/lbaas/loadbalancers/{loadbalancer_id}Example request: Modifying the load balancer name and",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Updating a Load Balancer,Load Balancer,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Updating a Load Balancer",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_fz_0006.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_fz_0006.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"10",
 		"des":"This API is used to delete a specific load balancer.All listeners added to the load balancer must be deleted before the load balancer is deleted.DELETE /v2.0/lbaas/loadba",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Deleting a Load Balancer,Load Balancer,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Deleting a Load Balancer",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_jt_0000.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_jt_0000.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"11",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Listener",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Listener",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_jt_0001.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_jt_0001.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"12",
 		"des":"This API is used to add a listener to a load balancer.When protocol is set to TCP and protocol_port to 0, the listener works in IP mode (DR mode).POST /v2.0/lbaas/listene",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Adding a Listener,Listener,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Adding a Listener",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_jt_0002.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_jt_0002.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"13",
 		"des":"This API is used to query the listeners and display them in a list. Filter query and pagination query are supported. Unless otherwise specified, exact match is applied.Yo",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Querying Listeners,Listener,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Querying Listeners",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_jt_0003.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_jt_0003.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"14",
 		"des":"This API is used to query details about a listener using its ID.GET /v2.0/lbaas/listeners/{listener_id}NoneExample request: Querying details of a listenerGET https://{End",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Querying Details of a Listener,Listener,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Querying Details of a Listener",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_jt_0004.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_jt_0004.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"15",
 		"des":"This API is used to update a listener, such as listener name, description, associated backend server groups, and server certificates.If the provisioning status of the ass",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Updating a Listener,Listener,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Updating a Listener",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_jt_0005.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_jt_0005.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"16",
 		"des":"This API is used to delete a listener by ID.All backend server groups associated with the listener must be deleted before the listener is deleted.DELETE /v2.0/lbaas/liste",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Deleting a Listener,Listener,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Deleting a Listener",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_hz_0000.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_hz_0000.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"17",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Backend Server Group",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Backend Server Group",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_hz_0001.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_hz_0001.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"18",
 		"des":"This API is used to add a backend server group. After multiple backend servers are added to a backend server group, requests are distributed among backend servers based o",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Adding a Backend Server Group,Backend Server Group,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Adding a Backend Server Group",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_hz_0002.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_hz_0002.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"19",
 		"des":"This API is used to query the backend server groups and display them in a list. Filter query and pagination query are supported. Unless otherwise specified, exact match i",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Querying Backend Server Groups,Backend Server Group,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Querying Backend Server Groups",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_hz_0003.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_hz_0003.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"20",
 		"des":"This API is used to query details about a backend server group using its ID.GET /v2.0/lbaas/pools/{pool_id}NoneExample request: Querying details of a backend server group",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Querying Details of a Backend Server Group,Backend Server Group,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Querying Details of a Backend Server Group",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_hz_0004.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_hz_0004.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"21",
 		"des":"This API is used to update a backend server group.If the provisioning status of the load balancer associated with a backend server group is not ACTIVE, the backend server",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Updating a Backend Server Group,Backend Server Group,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Updating a Backend Server Group",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_hz_0005.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_hz_0005.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"22",
 		"des":"This API is used to delete a backend server group.Before deleting a backend server group, remove all backend servers, delete the health check, and disassociate forwarding",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Deleting a Backend Server Group,Backend Server Group,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Deleting a Backend Server Group",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_hd_0000.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_hd_0000.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"23",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Backend Server",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Backend Server",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_hd_0001.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_hd_0001.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"24",
 		"des":"This API is used to add a backend server to a specific backend server group. After a backend server group is added to a listener, traffic is distributed to backend server",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Adding a Backend Server,Backend Server,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Adding a Backend Server",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_hd_0002.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_hd_0002.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"25",
 		"des":"This API is used to query backend servers in a specific backend server group. Filter query and pagination query are supported. Unless otherwise specified, exact match is ",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Querying Backend Servers,Backend Server,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Querying Backend Servers",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_hd_0003.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_hd_0003.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"26",
 		"des":"This API is used to query details about a backend server.GET /v2.0/lbaas/pools/{pool_id}/members/{member_id}NoneExample request: Querying details of a backend serverGET h",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Querying Details of a Backend Server,Backend Server,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Querying Details of a Backend Server",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_hd_0004.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_hd_0004.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"27",
 		"des":"This API is used to update a backend server. You can modify its name and weight. You can set a larger weight for backend servers that can receive more traffic.If the prov",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Updating a Backend Server,Backend Server,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Updating a Backend Server",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_hd_0005.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_hd_0005.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"28",
 		"des":"This API is used to remove a backend server by its ID.After you remove a backend server, new connections to this server will not be established. However, long connections",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Removing a Backend Server,Backend Server,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Removing a Backend Server",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_hd_0006.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_hd_0006.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"29",
 		"des":"This API is used to query all backend servers. Filter query and pagination query are supported.Parameters marker, limit, and page_reverse are used for pagination query. P",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Querying All Backend Servers (Extension API),Backend Server,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Querying All Backend Servers (Extension API)",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_hd_0007.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_hd_0007.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"30",
 		"des":"This API is used to update backend servers in batches.A maximum of 200 backend servers can be modified at a time.Two backend servers in a backend server group cannot have",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Batch Updating Backend Servers,Backend Server,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Batch Updating Backend Servers",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_jk_0000.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_jk_0000.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"31",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Health Check",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Health Check",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_jk_0001.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_jk_0001.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"32",
 		"des":"This API is used to configure a health check for a backend server group to check the status of backend servers. If the health check result is OFFLINE, backend servers are",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Configuring a Health Check,Health Check,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Configuring a Health Check",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_jk_0002.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_jk_0002.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"33",
 		"des":"This API is used to query the health checks. Filter query and pagination query are supported. Unless otherwise specified, exact match is applied.GET /v2.0/lbaas/healthmon",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Querying Health Checks,Health Check,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Querying Health Checks",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_jk_0003.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_jk_0003.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"34",
 		"des":"This API is used to query details about a health check using its iD.GET /v2.0/lbaas/healthmonitors/{healthmonitor_id}NoneExample request: Querying details of a health che",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Querying Details of a Health Check,Health Check,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Querying Details of a Health Check",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_jk_0004.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_jk_0004.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"35",
 		"des":"This API is used to update a health check.If provisioning_status of the load balancer for which the health check is configured is not ACTIVE, the health check cannot be u",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Updating a Health Check,Health Check,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Updating a Health Check",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_jk_0005.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_jk_0005.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"36",
 		"des":"This API is used to delete a health check.If provisioning_status of the load balancer for which the health check is configured is not ACTIVE, the health check cannot be d",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Deleting a Health Check,Health Check,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Deleting a Health Check",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_zf_0000.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_zf_0000.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"37",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Forwarding Policy",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Forwarding Policy",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_zf_0001.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_zf_0001.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"38",
 		"des":"This API is used to add a forwarding policy. The listener and forwarding policy determine how traffic is forwarded to backend servers.By matching the URL or domain name s",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Adding a Forwarding Policy,Forwarding Policy,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Adding a Forwarding Policy",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_zf_0002.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_zf_0002.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"39",
 		"des":"This API is used to query the forwarding policies. Filter query and pagination query are supported. Unless otherwise specified, exact match is applied.Parameters marker, ",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Querying Forwarding Policies,Forwarding Policy,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Querying Forwarding Policies",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_zf_0003.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_zf_0003.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"40",
 		"des":"This API is used to query details about a forwarding policy.GET /v2.0/lbaas/l7policies/{l7policy_id}NoneExample request: Querying details of a forwarding policyGET https:",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Querying Details of a Forwarding Policy,Forwarding Policy,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Querying Details of a Forwarding Policy",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_zf_0004.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_zf_0004.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"41",
 		"des":"This API is used to update a forwarding policy. You can select another backend server group or redirect to another HTTPS listener.PUT /v2.0/lbaas/l7policies/{l7policy_id}",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Updating a Forwarding Policy,Forwarding Policy,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Updating a Forwarding Policy",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_zf_0005.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_zf_0005.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"42",
 		"des":"This API is used to delete a specific forwarding policy.DELETE /v2.0/lbaas/l7policies/{l7policy_id}NoneNoneExample request: Deleting a forwarding policyDELETE https://{En",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Deleting a Forwarding Policy,Forwarding Policy,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Deleting a Forwarding Policy",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_zg_0000.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_zg_0000.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"43",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Forwarding Rule",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Forwarding Rule",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_zg_0001.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_zg_0001.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"44",
 		"des":"This API is used to add a forwarding rule. After you add a forwarding rule, the load balancer matches the domain name and path in the request and distributes the traffic ",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Adding a Forwarding Rule,Forwarding Rule,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Adding a Forwarding Rule",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_zg_0002.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_zg_0002.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"45",
 		"des":"This API is used to query forwarding rules. Filter query and pagination query are supported. Unless otherwise specified, exact match is applied.Parameters marker, limit, ",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Querying Forwarding Rules,Forwarding Rule,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Querying Forwarding Rules",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_zg_0003.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_zg_0003.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"46",
 		"des":"This API is used to query details about a forwarding rule using its ID.GET /v2.0/lbaas/l7policies/{l7policy_id}/rules/{l7rule_id}NoneExample request: Querying details of ",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Querying Details of a Forwarding Rule,Forwarding Rule,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Querying Details of a Forwarding Rule",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_zg_0004.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_zg_0004.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"47",
 		"des":"This API is used to update a forwarding rule. You can change the mode that how traffic is distributed by updating the forwarding rule.PUT /v2.0/lbaas/l7policies/{l7policy",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Updating a Forwarding Rule,Forwarding Rule,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Updating a Forwarding Rule",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_zg_0005.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_zg_0005.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"48",
 		"des":"This API is used to delete a specific forwarding rule.DELETE /v2.0/lbaas/l7policies/{l7policy_id}/rules/{l7rule_id}NoneNoneExample request: Deleting a forwarding ruleDELE",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Deleting a Forwarding Rule,Forwarding Rule,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Deleting a Forwarding Rule",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_bm_0000.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_bm_0000.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"49",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Whitelist",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Whitelist",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_bm_0001.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_bm_0001.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"50",
 		"des":"This API is used to add a whitelist to control access to a specific listener. After a whitelist is added, only IP addresses in the whitelist can access the listener.POST ",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Adding a Whitelist,Whitelist,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Adding a Whitelist",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_bm_0002.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_bm_0002.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"51",
 		"des":"This API is used to query the whitelists. Filter query and pagination query are supported. Unless otherwise specified, exact match is applied.Parameters marker, limit, an",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Querying Whitelists,Whitelist,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Querying Whitelists",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_bm_0003.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_bm_0003.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"52",
 		"des":"This API is used to query details about a whitelist using its ID.GET /v2.0/lbaas/whitelists/{whitelist_id}NoneExample request: Querying details of a whitelistGET https://",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Querying Details of a Whitelist,Whitelist,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Querying Details of a Whitelist",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_bm_0004.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_bm_0004.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"53",
 		"des":"This API is used to update a whitelist. You can enable or disable the whitelist function or change IP addresses in the whitelist. If you change IP addresses in the whitel",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Updating a Whitelist,Whitelist,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Updating a Whitelist",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_bm_0005.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_bm_0005.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"54",
 		"des":"This API is used to delete a specific whitelist.DELETE /v2.0/lbaas/whitelists/{whitelist_id}NoneNoneExample request: Deleting a whitelistDELETE https://{Endpoint}/v2.0/lb",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Deleting a Whitelist,Whitelist,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Deleting a Whitelist",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_zs_0000.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_zs_0000.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"55",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Certificate",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Certificate",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_zs_0001.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_zs_0001.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"56",
 		"des":"This API is used to create a certificate. After a certificate is bound to a listener, the load balancer authenticates the client using this certificate, and backend serve",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Creating a Certificate,Certificate,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Creating a Certificate",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_zs_0002.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_zs_0002.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"57",
 		"des":"This API is used to query all the certificates. Filter query and pagination query are supported. Unless otherwise specified, exact match is applied.Parameters marker, lim",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Querying Certificates,Certificate,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Querying Certificates",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_zs_0003.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_zs_0003.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"58",
 		"des":"This API is used to query details about a certificate.GET /v2.0/lbaas/certificates/{certificate_id}NoneExample request: Querying details of a certificateGET https://{Endp",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Querying Details of a Certificate,Certificate,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Querying Details of a Certificate",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_zs_0004.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_zs_0004.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"59",
 		"des":"This API is used to update a certificate.PUT /v2.0/lbaas/certificates/{certificate_id}Example request: Updating a certificatePUT https://{Endpoint}/v2.0/lbaas/certificate",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Updating a Certificate,Certificate,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Updating a Certificate",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_zs_0005.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_zs_0005.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"60",
 		"des":"This API is used to delete a specific certificate.If the target certificate is used by a listener, the certificate cannot be deleted, and 409 code will be displayed.DELET",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Deleting a Certificate,Certificate,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Deleting a Certificate",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_bq_0000.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_bq_0000.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"61",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Tag",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Tag",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_bq_0001.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_bq_0001.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"62",
 		"des":"This API is used to add a tag to a specific load balancer for easier management.You can also use this API for dedicated load balancers.A maximum of 20 tags can be added t",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Adding a Tag to a Load Balancer,Tag,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Adding a Tag to a Load Balancer",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_bq_0002.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_bq_0002.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"63",
 		"des":"This API is used to batch add tags to a load balancer.You can also use this API for dedicated load balancers.A maximum of 20 tags can be added to a listener.This API is i",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Batch Adding Load Balancer Tags,Tag,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Batch Adding Load Balancer Tags",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_bq_0003.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_bq_0003.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"64",
 		"des":"This API is used to query all the tags of one load balancer.You can also use this API for dedicated load balancers.GET /v2.0/{project_id}/loadbalancers/{loadbalancer_id}/",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Querying All Tags of a Load Balancer,Tag,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Querying All Tags of a Load Balancer",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_bq_0004.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_bq_0004.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"65",
 		"des":"This API is used to query the tags of all the load balancers.You can also use this API for dedicated load balancers.GET /v2.0/{project_id}/loadbalancers/tagsExample reque",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Querying the Tags of All Load Balancers,Tag,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Querying the Tags of All Load Balancers",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_bq_0005.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_bq_0005.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"66",
 		"des":"This API is used to query load balancers using tags.You can also use this API for dedicated load balancers.NonePOST /v2.0/{project_id}/loadbalancers/resource_instances/ac",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Querying Load Balancers by Tag,Tag,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Querying Load Balancers by Tag",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_bq_0006.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_bq_0006.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"67",
 		"des":"This API is used to delete a tag with a specific key from a load balancer.You can also use this API for dedicated load balancers.NoneDELETE /v2.0/{project_id}/loadbalance",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Deleting a Tag from a Load Balancer,Tag,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Deleting a Tag from a Load Balancer",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_bq_0007.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_bq_0007.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"68",
 		"des":"This API is used to add a tag to a specific listener.You can also use this API for dedicated load balancers.A maximum of 20 tags can be added to a load balancer.Note the ",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Adding a Tag to a Listener,Tag,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Adding a Tag to a Listener",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_bq_0008.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_bq_0008.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"69",
 		"des":"This API is used to batch add tags to a listener.You can also use this API for dedicated load balancers.A maximum of 20 tags can be added to a listener.This API is idempo",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Batch Adding Tags to a Listener,Tag,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Batch Adding Tags to a Listener",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_bq_0009.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_bq_0009.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"70",
 		"des":"This API is used to query all tags of one listener.You can also use this API for dedicated load balancers.NoneGET /v2.0/{project_id}/listeners/{listener_id}/tagsExample r",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Querying All Tags of a Listener,Tag,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Querying All Tags of a Listener",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_bq_0010.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_bq_0010.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"71",
 		"des":"This API is used to query the tags of all listeners.You can also use this API for dedicated load balancers.NoneGET /v2.0/{project_id}/listeners/tagsExample requestGET htt",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Querying the Tags of All Listeners,Tag,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Querying the Tags of All Listeners",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_bq_0011.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_bq_0011.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"72",
 		"des":"This API is used to query listeners by tag.You can also use this API for dedicated load balancers.NonePOST /v2.0/{project_id}/listeners/resource_instances/actionExample r",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Querying Listeners by Tag,Tag,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Querying Listeners by Tag",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_bq_0012.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_bq_0012.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"73",
 		"des":"This API is used to delete a tag with a specific key from a listener.You can also use this API for dedicated load balancers.NoneDELETE /v2.0/{project_id}/listeners/{liste",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Deleting a Tag from a Listener,Tag,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Deleting a Tag from a Listener",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_zq_bq_0013.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_zq_bq_0013.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"74",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Status Codes,Tag,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Status Codes",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_dx_0000.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_dx_0000.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"75",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"APIs (V3)",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"APIs (V3)",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"en-us_topic_0000001088310753.html",
+		"node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001088310753.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"76",
 		"des":"In the eu-nl region, you can only create dedicated load balancers, either on the console or by calling APIs. In the eu-de region, dedicated load balancer APIs are also av",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"API Call Precaution,APIs (V3),API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"API Call Precaution",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"module_versions.html",
+		"node_id":"module_versions.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"77",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"API Version",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"API Version",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"ListApiVersions.html",
+		"node_id":"listapiversions.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"78",
 		"des":"This API is used to query all available ELB API versions.GET /versionsNoneStatus code: 200Querying API versionsStatus code: 200Successful request.{\n  \"versions\" : [ {\n   ",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Querying API Versions,API Version,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Querying API Versions",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"module_quotas.html",
+		"node_id":"module_quotas.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"79",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Quota",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Quota",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"ShowQuota.html",
+		"node_id":"showquota.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"80",
 		"des":"This API is used to query the quotas of load balancers and related resources in a specific project.GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/quotasStatus code: 200Specifies the resource q",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Querying Quotas,Quota,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Querying Quotas",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"ListQuotaDetails.html",
+		"node_id":"listquotadetails.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"81",
 		"des":"This API is used to query the current quotas and used quotas of resources related to a dedicated load balancer in a specific project.GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/quotas/detai",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Querying Quota Usage,Quota,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Querying Quota Usage",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"module_azs.html",
+		"node_id":"module_azs.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"82",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"AZ",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"AZ",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"ListAvailabilityZones.html",
+		"node_id":"listavailabilityzones.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"83",
 		"des":"This API is used to query all available AZs when you create a dedicated load balancer.One set of AZs is returned by default. When you create a dedicated load balancer, yo",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Querying AZs,AZ,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Querying AZs",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"module_flavors.html",
+		"node_id":"module_flavors.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"84",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Load Balancer Flavor",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Load Balancer Flavor",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"ListFlavors.html",
+		"node_id":"listflavors.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"85",
 		"des":"This API is used to query all load balancer flavors that are available to a specific user in a specific region.This API has the following constraints:Parameters marker, l",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Querying Flavors,Load Balancer Flavor,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Querying Flavors",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"ShowFlavor.html",
+		"node_id":"showflavor.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"86",
 		"des":"This API is used to view details of a flavor.GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/flavors/{flavor_id}Status code: 200Status code: 200Successful request.See Error Codes.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Viewing Details of a Flavor,Load Balancer Flavor,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Viewing Details of a Flavor",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"module_loadbalancers.html",
+		"node_id":"module_loadbalancers.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"87",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Load Balancer",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Load Balancer",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"CreateLoadBalancer.html",
+		"node_id":"createloadbalancer.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"88",
 		"des":"This API is used to create a dedicated load balancer. When you create a dedicated load balancer, note the following:Specify vip_subnet_cidr_id if you want to bind a priva",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Creating a Load Balancer,Load Balancer,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Creating a Load Balancer",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"ListLoadBalancers.html",
+		"node_id":"listloadbalancers.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"89",
 		"des":"This API is used to query all load balancers.This API has the following constraints:Parameters marker, limit, and page_reverse are used for pagination query.Parameters ma",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Querying Load Balancers,Load Balancer,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Querying Load Balancers",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"ShowLoadBalancer.html",
+		"node_id":"showloadbalancer.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"90",
 		"des":"This API is used to view details of a load balancer.GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/loadbalancers/{loadbalancer_id}Status code: 200Viewing details of a load balancerStatus code:",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Viewing Details of a Load Balancer,Load Balancer,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Viewing Details of a Load Balancer",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"UpdateLoadBalancer.html",
+		"node_id":"updateloadbalancer.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"91",
 		"des":"This API is used to update a load balancer.PUT /v3/{project_id}/elb/loadbalancers/{loadbalancer_id}Status code: 200Updating a load balancerStatus code: 200Successful requ",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Updating a Load Balancer,Load Balancer,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Updating a Load Balancer",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"DeleteLoadBalancer.html",
+		"node_id":"deleteloadbalancer.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"92",
 		"des":"This API is used to delete a load balancer.All listeners added to the load balancer must be deleted before the load balancer is deleted.DELETE /v3/{project_id}/elb/loadba",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Deleting a Load Balancer,Load Balancer,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Deleting a Load Balancer",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"ShowLoadBalancerStatus.html",
+		"node_id":"showloadbalancerstatus.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"93",
 		"des":"This API is used to query the status tree of a load balancer and to show information about all resources associated with the load balancer.When admin_state_up is set to f",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Querying the Status Tree of a Load Balancer,Load Balancer,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Querying the Status Tree of a Load Balancer",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"module_certificates.html",
+		"node_id":"module_certificates.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"94",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Certificate",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Certificate",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"CreateCertificate.html",
+		"node_id":"createcertificate.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"95",
 		"des":"This API is used to create an SSL certificate for HTTPS listeners.POST /v3/{project_id}/elb/certificatesStatus code: 201Creating a server certificateStatus code: 201Norma",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Creating a Certificate,Certificate,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Creating a Certificate",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"ListCertificates.html",
+		"node_id":"listcertificates.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"96",
 		"des":"This API is used to query all SSL certificates.This API has the following constraints:Parameters marker, limit, and page_reverse are used for pagination query.Parameters ",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Querying Certificates,Certificate,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Querying Certificates",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"ShowCertificate.html",
+		"node_id":"showcertificate.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"97",
 		"des":"This API is used to view details of an SSL certificate.GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/certificates/{certificate_id}Status code: 200Status code: 200Successful request.See Error ",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Viewing Details of a Certificate,Certificate,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Viewing Details of a Certificate",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"UpdateCertificate.html",
+		"node_id":"updatecertificate.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"98",
 		"des":"This API is used to update an SSL certificate.If a certificate wth a domain name is used by a listener, the domain name cannot be updated to an empty string (\"\"), and the",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Updating a Certificate,Certificate,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Updating a Certificate",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"DeleteCertificate.html",
+		"node_id":"deletecertificate.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"99",
 		"des":"This API is used to delete an SSL certificate.If the certificate is used by a listener, the certificate cannot be deleted, and the 409 Conflict error code will be display",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Deleting a Certificate,Certificate,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Deleting a Certificate",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"module_security_policies.html",
+		"node_id":"module_security_policies.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"100",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Security Policy",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Security Policy",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"CreateSecurityPolicy.html",
+		"node_id":"createsecuritypolicy.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"101",
 		"des":"This API is used to create a custom security policy. If you need a custom security policy, you need to specify security_policy_id when you add an HTTPS listener to your l",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Creating a Custom Security Policy,Security Policy,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Creating a Custom Security Policy",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"ListSecurityPolicies.html",
+		"node_id":"listsecuritypolicies.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"102",
 		"des":"This API is used to query custom security policies.This API has the following constraints:Parameters marker, limit, and page_reverse are used for pagination query.Paramet",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Querying Custom Security Policies,Security Policy,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Querying Custom Security Policies",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"ShowSecurityPolicy.html",
+		"node_id":"showsecuritypolicy.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"103",
 		"des":"This API is used to query details of a custom security policy.GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/security-policies/{security_policy_id}Status code: 200Querying details of a custom ",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Querying Details of a Custom Security Policy,Security Policy,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Querying Details of a Custom Security Policy",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"UpdateSecurityPolicy.html",
+		"node_id":"updatesecuritypolicy.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"104",
 		"des":"This API is used to update a custom security policy.If protocols or ciphers is updated, the modification takes effect immediately on all listeners that use the custom sec",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Updating a Custom Security Policy,Security Policy,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Updating a Custom Security Policy",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"DeleteSecurityPolicy.html",
+		"node_id":"deletesecuritypolicy.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"105",
 		"des":"This API is used to delete a custom security policy.A custom security policy that has been used by a listener cannot be deleted.DELETE /v3/{project_id}/elb/security-polic",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Deleting a Custom Security Policy,Security Policy,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Deleting a Custom Security Policy",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"ListSystemSecurityPolicies.html",
+		"node_id":"listsystemsecuritypolicies.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"106",
 		"des":"This API is used to query system security policies.System security policies are available to all users and cannot be created or modified.GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/system-s",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Querying System Security Policies,Security Policy,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Querying System Security Policies",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"module_ipgroups.html",
+		"node_id":"module_ipgroups.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"107",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"IP Address Group",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"IP Address Group",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"CreateIpGroup.html",
+		"node_id":"createipgroup.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"108",
 		"des":"This API is used to create an IP address group. The IP address can contain IP addresses or CIDR blocks. 0.0.0.0 will be considered the same as 0.0.0.0/32. If you enter bo",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Creating an IP Address Group,IP Address Group,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Creating an IP Address Group",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"ListIpGroups.html",
+		"node_id":"listipgroups.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"109",
 		"des":"This API is used to query IP address groups.This API has the following constraints:Parameters marker, limit, and page_reverse are used for pagination query.Parameters mar",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Querying IP Address Groups,IP Address Group,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Querying IP Address Groups",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"ShowIpGroup.html",
+		"node_id":"showipgroup.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"110",
 		"des":"This API is used to view details of an IP address group.GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/ipgroups/{ipgroup_id}Status code: 200Viewing details of an IP address groupStatus code: 2",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Viewing Details of an IP Address Group,IP Address Group,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Viewing Details of an IP Address Group",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"UpdateIpGroup.html",
+		"node_id":"updateipgroup.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"111",
 		"des":"This API is used to update an IP address group. All IP addresses in the IP address group will be overwritten, and the IP addresses that are not included in the ip_list pa",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Updating an IP Address Group,IP Address Group,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Updating an IP Address Group",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"DeleteIpGroup.html",
+		"node_id":"deleteipgroup.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"112",
 		"des":"This API is used to delete an IP address group.DELETE /v3/{project_id}/elb/ipgroups/{ipgroup_id}NoneDeleting an IP address groupNoneSee Error Codes.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Deleting an IP Address Group,IP Address Group,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Deleting an IP Address Group",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"UpdateIpList.html",
+		"node_id":"updateiplist.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"113",
 		"des":"This API is used to update the IP addresses in an IP address group.POST /v3/{project_id}/elb/ipgroups/{ipgroup_id}/iplist/create-or-updateStatus code: 200Updating IP addr",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Updating IP Addresses in an IP Address Group,IP Address Group,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Updating IP Addresses in an IP Address Group",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"BatchDeleteIpList.html",
+		"node_id":"batchdeleteiplist.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"114",
 		"des":"This API is used to delete IP addresses from an IP address group.POST /v3/{project_id}/elb/ipgroups/{ipgroup_id}/iplist/batch-deleteStatus code: 200Deleting IP addresses ",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Deleting IP Addresses from an IP Address Group,IP Address Group,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Deleting IP Addresses from an IP Address Group",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"module_listeners.html",
+		"node_id":"module_listeners.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"115",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Listener",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Listener",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"CreateListener.html",
+		"node_id":"createlistener.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"116",
 		"des":"This API is used to add a listener to a load balancer.The protocol used by the listener can be TCP, UDP, HTTP, or HTTPS.For load balancing at Layer 4, the protocol can on",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Adding a Listener,Listener,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Adding a Listener",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"ListListeners.html",
+		"node_id":"listlisteners.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"117",
 		"des":"This API is used to query listeners.This API has the following constraints:Parameters marker, limit, and page_reverse are used for pagination query.Parameters marker, lim",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Querying Listeners,Listener,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Querying Listeners",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"ShowListener.html",
+		"node_id":"showlistener.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"118",
 		"des":"This API is used to view details of a listener.GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/listeners/{listener_id}Status code: 200Viewing details of a listenerStatus code: 200Successful req",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Viewing Details of a Listener,Listener,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Viewing Details of a Listener",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"UpdateListener.html",
+		"node_id":"updatelistener.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"119",
 		"des":"This API is used to update a listener.If the provisioning status of the load balancer that the listener is added to is not ACTIVE, the listener cannot be updated.PUT /v3/",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Updating a Listener,Listener,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Updating a Listener",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"DeleteListener.html",
+		"node_id":"deletelistener.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"120",
 		"des":"This API is used to delete a listener.Before you delete a listener, delete associated backend server groups or remove all backend servers in the default backend server gr",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Deleting a Listener,Listener,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Deleting a Listener",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"module_pools.html",
+		"node_id":"module_pools.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"121",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Backend Server Group",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Backend Server Group",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"CreatePool.html",
+		"node_id":"createpool.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"122",
 		"des":"This API is used to create a backend server group.If session-persistence is specified, cookie_name is available only when type is set to APP_COOKIE.If listener_id is spec",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Creating a Backend Server Group,Backend Server Group,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Creating a Backend Server Group",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"ListPools.html",
+		"node_id":"listpools.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"123",
 		"des":"This API is used to query all backend server groups.This API has the following constraints:Parameters marker, limit, and page_reverse are used for pagination query.Parame",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Querying Backend Server Groups,Backend Server Group,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Querying Backend Server Groups",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"ShowPool.html",
+		"node_id":"showpool.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"124",
 		"des":"This API is used to view details of a backend server group.GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/pools/{pool_id}Status code: 200Status code: 200Successful request.See Error Codes.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Viewing Details of a Backend Server Group,Backend Server Group,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Viewing Details of a Backend Server Group",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"UpdatePool.html",
+		"node_id":"updatepool.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"125",
 		"des":"This API is used to update a backend server group.The backend server group can be updated only when the provisioning status of the associated load balancer is ACTIVE.PUT ",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Updating a Backend Server Group,Backend Server Group,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Updating a Backend Server Group",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"DeletePool.html",
+		"node_id":"deletepool.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"126",
 		"des":"This API is used to delete a backend server group.A backend server group can be deleted only after all servers are removed from the group, the health check configured for",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Deleting a Backend Server Group,Backend Server Group,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Deleting a Backend Server Group",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"module_members.html",
+		"node_id":"module_members.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"127",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Backend Server",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Backend Server",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"CreateMember.html",
+		"node_id":"createmember.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"128",
 		"des":"This API is used to add a backend server.When you add backend servers, note the following:Two backend servers in the same backend server group must have different IP addr",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Adding a Backend Server,Backend Server,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Adding a Backend Server",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"ListMembers.html",
+		"node_id":"listmembers.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"129",
 		"des":"This API is used to query all backend servers.This API has the following constraints:Parameters marker, limit, and page_reverse are used for pagination query.Parameters m",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Querying Backend Servers,Backend Server,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Querying Backend Servers",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"ShowMember.html",
+		"node_id":"showmember.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"130",
 		"des":"This API is used to view details of a backend server.GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/pools/{pool_id}/members/{member_id}Status code: 200Status code: 200Successful request.See Er",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Viewing Details of a Backend Server,Backend Server,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Viewing Details of a Backend Server",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"UpdateMember.html",
+		"node_id":"updatemember.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"131",
 		"des":"This API is used to update a backend server.If the provisioning status of the associated load balancer is not ACTIVE, the backend server cannot be updated.PUT /v3/{projec",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Updating a Backend Server,Backend Server,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Updating a Backend Server",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"DeleteMember.html",
+		"node_id":"deletemember.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"132",
 		"des":"This API is used to remove a backend server.After you remove a backend server, new connections to this server will not be established. However, persistent connections tha",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Removing a Backend Server,Backend Server,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Removing a Backend Server",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"module_health_monitors.html",
+		"node_id":"module_health_monitors.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"133",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Health Check",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Health Check",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"CreateHealthMonitor.html",
+		"node_id":"createhealthmonitor.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"134",
 		"des":"This API is used to configure a health check.The security groups must have rules that allow traffic to 100.125.0.0/16. If you want to use UDP for health checks, ensure th",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Configuring a Health Check,Health Check,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Configuring a Health Check",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"ListHealthMonitors.html",
+		"node_id":"listhealthmonitors.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"135",
 		"des":"This API is used to query all health checks.This API has the following constraints:Parameters marker, limit, and page_reverse are used for pagination query.Parameters mar",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Querying Health Checks,Health Check,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Querying Health Checks",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"ShowHealthMonitor.html",
+		"node_id":"showhealthmonitor.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"136",
 		"des":"This API is used to view details of a health check.GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/healthmonitors/{healthmonitor_id}Status code: 200Status code: 200Successful request.See Error ",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Viewing Details of a Health Check,Health Check,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Viewing Details of a Health Check",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"UpdateHealthMonitor.html",
+		"node_id":"updatehealthmonitor.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"137",
 		"des":"This API is used to update a health check.The health check can be updated only when the provisioning status of the associated load balancer is ACTIVE.PUT /v3/{project_id}",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Updating a Health Check,Health Check,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Updating a Health Check",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"DeleteHealthMonitor.html",
+		"node_id":"deletehealthmonitor.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"138",
 		"des":"This API is used to delete a health check.The health check can be deleted only when the provisioning status of the associated load balancer is ACTIVE.DELETE /v3/{project_",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Deleting a Health Check,Health Check,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Deleting a Health Check",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"module_policies.html",
+		"node_id":"module_policies.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"139",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Forwarding Policy",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Forwarding Policy",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"CreateL7Policy.html",
+		"node_id":"createl7policy.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"140",
 		"des":"This API is used to add a forwarding policy to a listener.Forwarding policies can be added to only to HTTP or HTTPS listeners.POST /v3/{project_id}/elb/l7policiesStatus c",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Adding a Forwarding Policy,Forwarding Policy,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Adding a Forwarding Policy",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"ListL7Policies.html",
+		"node_id":"listl7policies.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"141",
 		"des":"This API is used to query all forwarding policies.This API has the following constraints:Parameters marker, limit, and page_reverse are used for pagination query.Paramete",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Querying Forwarding Policies,Forwarding Policy,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Querying Forwarding Policies",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"ShowL7Policy.html",
+		"node_id":"showl7policy.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"142",
 		"des":"This API is used to view details of a forwarding policy.GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/l7policies/{l7policy_id}Status code: 200Status code: 200Successful request.See Error Code",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Viewing Details of a Forwarding Policy,Forwarding Policy,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Viewing Details of a Forwarding Policy",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"UpdateL7Policy.html",
+		"node_id":"updatel7policy.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"143",
 		"des":"This API is used to update a forwarding policy.PUT /v3/{project_id}/elb/l7policies/{l7policy_id}Status code: 200Status code: 200Successful request.See Error Codes.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Updating a Forwarding Policy,Forwarding Policy,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Updating a Forwarding Policy",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"DeleteL7Policy.html",
+		"node_id":"deletel7policy.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"144",
 		"des":"This API is used to delete a forwarding policy.DELETE /v3/{project_id}/elb/l7policies/{l7policy_id}NoneNoneSee Error Codes.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Deleting a Forwarding Policy,Forwarding Policy,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Deleting a Forwarding Policy",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"BatchUpdatePoliciesPriority.html",
+		"node_id":"batchupdatepoliciespriority.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"145",
 		"des":"This API is used to batch update the priorities of forwarding policies.This API is only used to update the priorities of forwarding policies added to a listener of a dedi",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Batch Updating Forwarding Policy Priorities,Forwarding Policy,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Batch Updating Forwarding Policy Priorities",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"module_rules.html",
+		"node_id":"module_rules.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"146",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Forwarding Rule",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Forwarding Rule",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"CreateL7Rule.html",
+		"node_id":"createl7rule.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"147",
 		"des":"This API is used to add a forwarding rule.If the action of 17policy is set to Redirect to another listener, 17rule cannot be created.POST /v3/{project_id}/elb/l7policies/",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Adding a Forwarding Rule,Forwarding Rule,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Adding a Forwarding Rule",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"ListL7Rules.html",
+		"node_id":"listl7rules.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"148",
 		"des":"This API is used to query all forwarding rules.This API has the following constraints:Parameters marker, limit, and page_reverse are used for pagination query.Parameters ",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Querying Forwarding Rules,Forwarding Rule,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Querying Forwarding Rules",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"ShowL7Rule.html",
+		"node_id":"showl7rule.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"149",
 		"des":"This API is used to view details of a forwarding rule.GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/l7policies/{l7policy_id}/rules/{l7rule_id}Status code: 200Status code: 200OKSee Error Codes",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Viewing Details of a Forwarding Rule,Forwarding Rule,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Viewing Details of a Forwarding Rule",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"UpdateL7Rule.html",
+		"node_id":"updatel7rule.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"150",
 		"des":"This API is used to update a forwarding rule.PUT /v3/{project_id}/elb/l7policies/{l7policy_id}/rules/{l7rule_id}Status code: 200Status code: 200Successful request.See Err",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Updating a Forwarding Rule,Forwarding Rule,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Updating a Forwarding Rule",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"DeleteL7Rule.html",
+		"node_id":"deletel7rule.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"151",
 		"des":"This API is used to delete a forwarding rule.DELETE /v3/{project_id}/elb/l7policies/{l7policy_id}/rules/{l7rule_id}NoneNoneSee Error Codes.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Deleting a Forwarding Rule,Forwarding Rule,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true",
+				"operation_id":"DeleteL7Rule"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Deleting a Forwarding Rule",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_fl_0006.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_fl_0006.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"152",
-		"des":"Queries all available versions.If there is no version added to the URL, all available versions are returned.GET /versionsNoneNoneExample requestGET /versionsExample respo",
+		"des":"Queries all available versions.If there is no version added to the URL, all available versions are returned.GET /NoneNoneExample requestGET /Example response{\n   \"version",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Querying Versions,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Querying Versions",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_eg_v3_0000.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_eg_v3_0000.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"153",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Examples",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Examples",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"en-us_topic_0000001127879251.html",
+		"node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001127879251.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"154",
 		"des":"Call APIs to create a dedicated load balancer and bind a new EIP to it.You have created a VPC and a subnet.Query the subnet you have created.Send GET https://{vpc_endpoin",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Creating a Dedicated Load Balancer and Binding a New EIP to It,Examples,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Creating a Dedicated Load Balancer and Binding a New EIP to It",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_eg_v3_0002.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_eg_v3_0002.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"155",
 		"des":"Call the API to add a listener to a dedicated load balancer.You have created a dedicated load balancer.You have obtained the ID of the dedicated load balancer.Add a liste",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Adding a Listener to a Dedicated Load Balancer,Examples,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Adding a Listener to a Dedicated Load Balancer",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_eg_v3_0003.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_eg_v3_0003.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"156",
 		"des":"Call APIs to delete a dedicated load balancer.Before you delete a dedicated load balancer, delete all resources associated with it. Figure 1 shows the associated resource",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Deleting a Dedicated Load Balancer,Examples,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Deleting a Dedicated Load Balancer",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_gc_0000.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_gc_0000.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"157",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Common Parameters",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Common Parameters",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_gc_0002.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_gc_0002.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"158",
 		"des":"The following code descriptions are only suitable for shared load balancers.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"HTTP Status Codes of Shared Load Balancers,Common Parameters,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"HTTP Status Codes of Shared Load Balancers",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_gc_0003.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_gc_0003.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"159",
 		"des":"The following code descriptions are only suitable for dedicated load balancers.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"HTTP Status Codes for Dedicated Load Balancers,Common Parameters,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"HTTP Status Codes for Dedicated Load Balancers",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
-		"uri":"elb_history-api_0000.html",
+		"uri":"elb_sq_0000.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_sq_0000.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"160",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
-		"kw":"Historical APIs",
-		"title":"Historical APIs",
+		"kw":"Permissions and Supported Actions",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
+		"title":"Permissions and Supported Actions",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
-		"uri":"elb_jd_0000.html",
+		"uri":"elb_sq_0001.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_sq_0001.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"161",
-		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
+		"des":"This section describes fine-grained permissions management for the ELB service. If your account does not need individual IAM users, then you may skip over this chapter.By",
 		"doc_type":"api",
-		"kw":"Classic Load Balancer APIs",
-		"title":"Classic Load Balancer APIs",
+		"kw":"Introduction,Permissions and Supported Actions,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
+		"title":"Introduction",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
-		"uri":"en-us_topic_0000001124568811.html",
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_0000.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_sq_lb_0000.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"162",
-		"des":"Classic load balancers are not supported in the eu-nl region.",
+		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
-		"kw":"API Call Precaution,Classic Load Balancer APIs,API Reference",
-		"title":"API Call Precaution",
+		"kw":"API Actions (V2)",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"devg",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
+		"title":"API Actions (V2)",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
-		"uri":"elb_jd_fz_0000.html",
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_0001.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_sq_lb_0001.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"163",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
-		"kw":"Load Balancer",
+		"kw":"Load Balancer,API Actions (V2),API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"devg",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Load Balancer",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
-		"uri":"elb_jd_fz_0001.html",
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_0002.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_sq_lb_0002.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"164",
-		"des":"This API is used to create a load balancer.POST /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/loadbalancersRequest parametersParameter descriptionParameterMandatoryTypeDescriptionnameYesStri",
-		"doc_type":"api",
-		"kw":"Creating a Load Balancer,Load Balancer,API Reference",
-		"title":"Creating a Load Balancer",
-		"githuburl":""
-	},
-	{
-		"uri":"elb_jd_fz_0002.html",
-		"product_code":"elb",
-		"code":"165",
-		"des":"This API is used to delete a load balancer. If the load balancer is a public network load balancer, this API deletes the EIP bound to the load balancer.For a public netwo",
-		"doc_type":"api",
-		"kw":"Deleting a Load Balancer,Load Balancer,API Reference",
-		"title":"Deleting a Load Balancer",
-		"githuburl":""
-	},
-	{
-		"uri":"elb_jd_fz_0003.html",
-		"product_code":"elb",
-		"code":"166",
-		"des":"This API is used to delete a public network load balancer. The EIP bound to the load balancer will not be deleted. If you need to delete this IP address, refer to Deletin",
-		"doc_type":"api",
-		"kw":"Deleting a Public Network Load Balancer,Load Balancer,API Reference",
-		"title":"Deleting a Public Network Load Balancer",
-		"githuburl":""
-	},
-	{
-		"uri":"elb_jd_fz_0004.html",
-		"product_code":"elb",
-		"code":"167",
-		"des":"This API is used to modify the name, description, bandwidth, and administrative status of a load balancer.PUT /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/loadbalancers/{loadbalancer_id}Req",
-		"doc_type":"api",
-		"kw":"Modifying a Load Balancer,Load Balancer,API Reference",
-		"title":"Modifying a Load Balancer",
-		"githuburl":""
-	},
-	{
-		"uri":"elb_jd_fz_0005.html",
-		"product_code":"elb",
-		"code":"168",
-		"des":"This API is used to query details about a load balancer.GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/loadbalancers/{loadbalancer_id}Request parametersNoneNoneExample requestNoneNoneResp",
-		"doc_type":"api",
-		"kw":"Querying Details of a Load Balancer,Load Balancer,API Reference",
-		"title":"Querying Details of a Load Balancer",
-		"githuburl":""
-	},
-	{
-		"uri":"en-us_topic_0096561504.html",
-		"product_code":"elb",
-		"code":"169",
-		"des":"This API is used to query load balancers and display them in a list.GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/loadbalancersRequest parametersNoneNoneExample requestNoneNoneResponse p",
-		"doc_type":"api",
-		"kw":"Querying Load Balancers,Load Balancer,API Reference",
-		"title":"Querying Load Balancers",
-		"githuburl":""
-	},
-	{
-		"uri":"elb_jd_jt_0000.html",
-		"product_code":"elb",
-		"code":"170",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
-		"kw":"Listener",
+		"kw":"Listener,API Actions (V2),API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"devg",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Listener",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
-		"uri":"elb_jd_jt_0001.html",
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_0003.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_sq_lb_0003.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
-		"code":"171",
-		"des":"This API is used to add a listener to a load balancer.POST /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/listenersRequest parametersNoneNoneExample request{\n    \"name\": \"listener1\",\n    \"des",
-		"doc_type":"api",
-		"kw":"Adding a Listener,Listener,API Reference",
-		"title":"Adding a Listener",
-		"githuburl":""
-	},
-	{
-		"uri":"elb_jd_jt_0002.html",
-		"product_code":"elb",
-		"code":"172",
-		"des":"This API is used to delete a listener.DELETE /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/listeners/{listener_id}Request parametersNoneNoneExample requestNoneNoneResponse parametersNoneNone",
-		"doc_type":"api",
-		"kw":"Deleting a Listener,Listener,API Reference",
-		"title":"Deleting a Listener",
-		"githuburl":""
-	},
-	{
-		"uri":"elb_jd_jt_0003.html",
-		"product_code":"elb",
-		"code":"173",
-		"des":"This API is used to modify the listener information, including the listener name, description, and status.PUT /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/listeners/{listener_id}Request par",
-		"doc_type":"api",
-		"kw":"Modifying a Listener,Listener,API Reference",
-		"title":"Modifying a Listener",
-		"githuburl":""
-	},
-	{
-		"uri":"elb_jd_jt_0004.html",
-		"product_code":"elb",
-		"code":"174",
-		"des":"This API is used to query details about a listener.GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/listeners/{listener_id}Request parametersNoneNoneExample requestNoneNoneResponse paramete",
-		"doc_type":"api",
-		"kw":"Querying Details of a Listener,Listener,API Reference",
-		"title":"Querying Details of a Listener",
-		"githuburl":""
-	},
-	{
-		"uri":"elb_jd_jt_0005.html",
-		"product_code":"elb",
-		"code":"175",
-		"des":"This API is used to query listeners using search criteria and display them in a list.GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/listeners?loadbalancer_id={loadbalancer_id}Enter a ques",
-		"doc_type":"api",
-		"kw":"Querying Listeners,Listener,API Reference",
-		"title":"Querying Listeners",
-		"githuburl":""
-	},
-	{
-		"uri":"elb_jd_jk_0000.html",
-		"product_code":"elb",
-		"code":"176",
+		"code":"165",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
-		"kw":"Health Check",
+		"kw":"Backend Server Group,API Actions (V2),API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"devg",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
+		"title":"Backend Server Group",
+		"githuburl":""
+	},
+	{
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_0004.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_sq_lb_0004.xml",
+		"product_code":"elb",
+		"code":"166",
+		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
+		"doc_type":"api",
+		"kw":"Backend Server,API Actions (V2),API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"devg",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
+		"title":"Backend Server",
+		"githuburl":""
+	},
+	{
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_0005.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_sq_lb_0005.xml",
+		"product_code":"elb",
+		"code":"167",
+		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
+		"doc_type":"api",
+		"kw":"Health Check,API Actions (V2),API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"devg",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Health Check",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
-		"uri":"elb_jd_jk_0001.html",
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_0006.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_sq_lb_0006.xml",
+		"product_code":"elb",
+		"code":"168",
+		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
+		"doc_type":"api",
+		"kw":"Forwarding Policy,API Actions (V2),API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"devg",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
+		"title":"Forwarding Policy",
+		"githuburl":""
+	},
+	{
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_0007.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_sq_lb_0007.xml",
+		"product_code":"elb",
+		"code":"169",
+		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
+		"doc_type":"api",
+		"kw":"Forwarding Rule,API Actions (V2),API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"devg",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
+		"title":"Forwarding Rule",
+		"githuburl":""
+	},
+	{
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_0008.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_sq_lb_0008.xml",
+		"product_code":"elb",
+		"code":"170",
+		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
+		"doc_type":"api",
+		"kw":"Whitelist,API Actions (V2),API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"devg",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
+		"title":"Whitelist",
+		"githuburl":""
+	},
+	{
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_0009.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_sq_lb_0009.xml",
+		"product_code":"elb",
+		"code":"171",
+		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
+		"doc_type":"api",
+		"kw":"SSL Certificate,API Actions (V2),API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"devg",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
+		"title":"SSL Certificate",
+		"githuburl":""
+	},
+	{
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_0010.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_sq_lb_0010.xml",
+		"product_code":"elb",
+		"code":"172",
+		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
+		"doc_type":"api",
+		"kw":"Tag,API Actions (V2),API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"devg",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
+		"title":"Tag",
+		"githuburl":""
+	},
+	{
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_0011.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_sq_lb_0011.xml",
+		"product_code":"elb",
+		"code":"173",
+		"des":"The monitoring function relies on Cloud Eye.",
+		"doc_type":"api",
+		"kw":"Precautions for Supported Actions,API Actions (V2),API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"devg",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
+		"title":"Precautions for Supported Actions",
+		"githuburl":""
+	},
+	{
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0000.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0000.xml",
+		"product_code":"elb",
+		"code":"174",
+		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
+		"doc_type":"api",
+		"kw":"API Actions (V3)",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
+		"title":"API Actions (V3)",
+		"githuburl":""
+	},
+	{
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0001.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0001.xml",
+		"product_code":"elb",
+		"code":"175",
+		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
+		"doc_type":"api",
+		"kw":"Load Balancer,API Actions (V3),API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
+		"title":"Load Balancer",
+		"githuburl":""
+	},
+	{
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0002.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0002.xml",
+		"product_code":"elb",
+		"code":"176",
+		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
+		"doc_type":"api",
+		"kw":"Listener,API Actions (V3),API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
+		"title":"Listener",
+		"githuburl":""
+	},
+	{
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0003.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0003.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"177",
-		"des":"This API is used to configure a health check for backend ECSs.POST /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/healthcheckRequest parametersNoneNoneExample request 1: Configuring an HTTP h",
+		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
-		"kw":"Configuring a Health Check,Health Check,API Reference",
-		"title":"Configuring a Health Check",
+		"kw":"Backend Server Group,API Actions (V3),API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
+		"title":"Backend Server Group",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
-		"uri":"elb_jd_jk_0002.html",
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0004.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0004.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"178",
-		"des":"This API is used to delete a health check.DELETE /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/healthcheck/{healthcheck_id}Request parametersNoneNoneExample requestNoneNoneResponse parameter",
+		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
-		"kw":"Deleting a Health Check,Health Check,API Reference",
-		"title":"Deleting a Health Check",
+		"kw":"Backend Server,API Actions (V3),API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
+		"title":"Backend Server",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
-		"uri":"elb_jd_jk_0003.html",
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0005.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0005.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"179",
-		"des":"This API is used to modify information about a health check.PUT /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/healthcheck/{healthcheck_id}Request parametersNoneNoneExample request{\n    \"heal",
+		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
-		"kw":"Modifying a Health Check,Health Check,API Reference",
-		"title":"Modifying a Health Check",
+		"kw":"Health Check,API Actions (V3),API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
+		"title":"Health Check",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
-		"uri":"elb_jd_jk_0004.html",
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0006.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0006.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"180",
-		"des":"This API is used to query details about a health check.GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/healthcheck/{healthcheck_id}Request parametersNoneNoneExample requestNoneNoneResponse",
+		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
-		"kw":"Querying Details of a Health Check,Health Check,API Reference",
-		"title":"Querying Details of a Health Check",
+		"kw":"Forwarding Policy,API Actions (V3),API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
+		"title":"Forwarding Policy",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
-		"uri":"elb_jd_hd_0000.html",
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0007.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0007.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"181",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
-		"kw":"Backend ECS",
-		"title":"Backend ECS",
+		"kw":"Forwarding Rule,API Actions (V3),API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
+		"title":"Forwarding Rule",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
-		"uri":"elb_jd_hd_0001.html",
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0009.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0009.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"182",
-		"des":"This API is used to add backend ECSs to a listener for monitoring.To add backend ECSs to a UDP listener, IP addresses can be pinged and UDP services must be enabled.POST ",
+		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
-		"kw":"Adding Backend ECSs,Backend ECS,API Reference",
-		"title":"Adding Backend ECSs",
+		"kw":"SSL Certificate,API Actions (V3),API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
+		"title":"SSL Certificate",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
-		"uri":"elb_jd_hd_0002.html",
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0011.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0011.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"183",
-		"des":"This API is used to remove backend ECSs from a listener. Multiple backend ECSs can be removed concurrently.POST /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/listeners/{listener_id}/members/",
+		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
-		"kw":"Removing Backend ECSs,Backend ECS,API Reference",
-		"title":"Removing Backend ECSs",
+		"kw":"Custom Security Policy,API Actions (V3),API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb"
+			}
+		],
+		"title":"Custom Security Policy",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
-		"uri":"elb_jd_hd_0003.html",
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0012.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0012.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"184",
-		"des":"This API is used to query backend ECSs added to a listener. If you are the administrator, the backend ECS list will be empty.GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/listeners/{list",
+		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
-		"kw":"Querying Backend ECSs,Backend ECS,API Reference",
-		"title":"Querying Backend ECSs",
+		"kw":"IP Address Group,API Actions (V3),API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb"
+			}
+		],
+		"title":"IP Address Group",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
-		"uri":"elb_jd_pe_0000.html",
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0010.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0010.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"185",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
-		"kw":"Quota",
-		"title":"Quota",
+		"kw":"Quota Management,API Actions (V3),API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
+		"title":"Quota Management",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
-		"uri":"elb_jd_pe_0001.html",
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0013.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0013.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"186",
-		"des":"This API is used to query the load balancer or listener quotas.GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/quotasRequest parametersNoneNoneExample requestNoneNoneResponse parametersPar",
+		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
-		"kw":"Querying Load Balancer or Listener Quotas,Quota,API Reference",
-		"title":"Querying Load Balancer or Listener Quotas",
+		"kw":"Availability Zone,API Actions (V3),API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb"
+			}
+		],
+		"title":"Availability Zone",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
-		"uri":"elb_jd_zs_0000.html",
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0014.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0014.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"187",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
-		"kw":"Certificate",
-		"title":"Certificate",
+		"kw":"Flavor,API Actions (V3),API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb"
+			}
+		],
+		"title":"Flavor",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
-		"uri":"elb_jd_zs_0001.html",
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0015.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0015.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"code":"188",
-		"des":"This API is used to create a certificate for an HTTPS listener.POST /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/certificateRequest parametersNoneNoneExample request{\n    \"name\": \"cert-bky\"",
+		"des":"elb:quotas:list controls the fine-grained actions for quota display.The monitoring function relies on Cloud Eye.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
-		"kw":"Creating a Certificate,Certificate,API Reference",
-		"title":"Creating a Certificate",
-		"githuburl":""
-	},
-	{
-		"uri":"elb_jd_zs_0002.html",
-		"product_code":"elb",
-		"code":"189",
-		"des":"This API is used to delete a certificate.DELETE /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/certificate/{certificate_id}Request parametersNoneNoneExample requestNoneNoneResponse parameters",
-		"doc_type":"api",
-		"kw":"Deleting a Certificate,Certificate,API Reference",
-		"title":"Deleting a Certificate",
-		"githuburl":""
-	},
-	{
-		"uri":"elb_jd_zs_0003.html",
-		"product_code":"elb",
-		"code":"190",
-		"des":"This API is used to modify the name and description of a certificate.PUT /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/certificate/{certificate_id}Request parametersNoneNoneExample request{\n",
-		"doc_type":"api",
-		"kw":"Modifying a Certificate,Certificate,API Reference",
-		"title":"Modifying a Certificate",
-		"githuburl":""
-	},
-	{
-		"uri":"elb_jd_zs_0004.html",
-		"product_code":"elb",
-		"code":"191",
-		"des":"This API is used to query all the certificates.GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/certificateRequest parametersNoneNoneExample requestNoneNoneResponse parametersResponse param",
-		"doc_type":"api",
-		"kw":"Querying Certificates,Certificate,API Reference",
-		"title":"Querying Certificates",
-		"githuburl":""
-	},
-	{
-		"uri":"elb_jd_job_0000.html",
-		"product_code":"elb",
-		"code":"192",
-		"des":"This API is used to query the job status, such as the execution status of creating or deleting a load balancer.GET /v1.0/{project_id}/jobs/{job_id}Request parametersNoneN",
-		"doc_type":"api",
-		"kw":"Querying the Job Status,Classic Load Balancer APIs,API Reference",
-		"title":"Querying the Job Status",
-		"githuburl":""
-	},
-	{
-		"uri":"elb_jd_cj_0000.html",
-		"product_code":"elb",
-		"code":"193",
-		"des":"This API is used to query all metrics at Layer 4 and Layer 7.Only users can query these metrics.GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/monitorRequest parametersNoneNoneExample req",
-		"doc_type":"api",
-		"kw":"Querying Monitoring Metrics,Classic Load Balancer APIs,API Reference",
-		"title":"Querying Monitoring Metrics",
-		"githuburl":""
-	},
-	{
-		"uri":"elb_jd_bg_0000.html",
-		"product_code":"elb",
-		"code":"194",
-		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
-		"doc_type":"api",
-		"kw":"API Version",
-		"title":"API Version",
-		"githuburl":""
-	},
-	{
-		"uri":"elb_jd_bg_0001.html",
-		"product_code":"elb",
-		"code":"195",
-		"des":"This API is used to query all API versions of ELB.GET /Request parametersNoneNoneExample requestNoneNoneResponse parametersParameter descriptionParameterTypeDescriptionve",
-		"doc_type":"api",
-		"kw":"Querying All API Versions,API Version,API Reference",
-		"title":"Querying All API Versions",
-		"githuburl":""
-	},
-	{
-		"uri":"elb_jd_bg_0002.html",
-		"product_code":"elb",
-		"code":"196",
-		"des":"This API is used to query a specific ELB API version.GET /{api_version}Example/v1.0/v1.0Request parametersNoneNoneExample requestNoneNoneResponse parametersResponse param",
-		"doc_type":"api",
-		"kw":"Querying a Specific API Version,API Version,API Reference",
-		"title":"Querying a Specific API Version",
+		"kw":"Precautions for Supported Actions,API Actions (V3),API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
+		"title":"Precautions for Supported Actions",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_fl_0000.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_fl_0000.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
-		"code":"197",
+		"code":"189",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Appendix",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Appendix",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"ErrorCode.html",
+		"node_id":"errorcode_1.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
-		"code":"198",
+		"code":"190",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Error Codes,Appendix,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Error Codes",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_gc_1102.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_gc_1102.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
-		"code":"199",
+		"code":"191",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Status Codes,Appendix,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Status Codes",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_fl_0002.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_fl_0002.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
-		"code":"200",
+		"code":"192",
 		"des":"This section describes the metrics that can be monitored by Cloud Eye as well as their namespaces and dimensions. You can use APIs provided by Cloud Eye to query the metr",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"ELB Metrics,Appendix,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"ELB Metrics",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_fl_0003.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_fl_0003.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
-		"code":"201",
+		"code":"193",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"General Information About Shared Load Balancers",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"General Information About Shared Load Balancers",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_fl_0004.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_fl_0004.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
-		"code":"202",
+		"code":"194",
 		"des":"APIs v2.0 allow users to query data in pages by adding the limit and marker parameters to the URL of the list request. The query results are displayed in the ascending or",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Querying Data in Pages,General Information About Shared Load Balancers,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Querying Data in Pages",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_fl_0005.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_fl_0005.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
-		"code":"203",
+		"code":"195",
 		"des":"APIs v2.0 enable the system to sort queried results based on customized keys by adding the sort_key and sort_dir parameters to the URL of the list request. sort_key speci",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Sequencing Query Results,General Information About Shared Load Balancers,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Sequencing Query Results",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_fl_0007.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_fl_0007.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
-		"code":"204",
+		"code":"196",
 		"des":"The basic workflow of elastic load balancers contains the following: creating a load balancer, adding a listener to a specified load balancer, adding a backend server gro",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Basic Workflow,General Information About Shared Load Balancers,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Basic Workflow",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"elb_xd_0000.html",
+		"node_id":"elb_xd_0000.xml",
 		"product_code":"elb",
-		"code":"205",
+		"code":"197",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"kw":"Change History,API Reference",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"api",
+				"prodname":"elb",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Change History",
 		"githuburl":""
 	}
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/BatchDeleteIpList.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/BatchDeleteIpList.html
index 3792152b..192ab74e 100644
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/BatchDeleteIpList.html
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/BatchDeleteIpList.html
@@ -192,6 +192,7 @@
 
                                                                                          
@@ -931,7 +932,7 @@
 
+
+
+
+
+
                                                                                          Table 2 Common operations supported by each system permission
                                                                                          Resource
                                                                                          
                                                                                           		
 
                                                                                          Tenant Administrator
                                                                                          
 
                                                                                          DLI Service Admin
                                                                                          
+
                                                                                          DLI Service Administrator
                                                                                          
                                                                                           		
 
                                                                                          
                                                                                           
 
 
 
                                                                                          Array of IpInfo objects
                                                                                          
                                                                                           		
 
                                                                                          Specifies the IP addresses or CIDR blocks in the IP address group. [] indicates any IP address.
                                                                                          
+
                                                                                          Array Length: 0 - 300
                                                                                          
                                                                                           		
 
                                                                                          
 
                                                                                          listeners
                                                                                          
@@ -239,7 +240,6 @@
 
                                                                                          String
                                                                                          
                                                                                           		
 
                                                                                          Specifies the IP addresses in the IP address group.
                                                                                          
-
                                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not enter IPv6 addresses.
                                                                                          
                                                                                           		
 
                                                                                          
 
                                                                                          description
                                                                                          
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/CLASS.TXT.json b/docs/elb/api-ref/CLASS.TXT.json
index 53ef7ac5..efec8efd 100644
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/CLASS.TXT.json
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/CLASS.TXT.json
@@ -1359,7 +1359,7 @@
 		"code":"151"
 	},
 	{
-		"desc":"Queries all available versions.If there is no version added to the URL, all available versions are returned.GET /versionsNoneNoneExample requestGET /versionsExample respo",
+		"desc":"Queries all available versions.If there is no version added to the URL, all available versions are returned.GET /NoneNoneExample requestGET /Example response{\n   \"version",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"title":"Querying Versions",
 		"uri":"elb_fl_0006.html",
@@ -1433,336 +1433,264 @@
 	{
 		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"product_code":"elb",
-		"title":"Historical APIs",
-		"uri":"elb_history-api_0000.html",
+		"title":"Permissions and Supported Actions",
+		"uri":"elb_sq_0000.html",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"p_code":"",
 		"code":"160"
 	},
 	{
-		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
+		"desc":"This section describes fine-grained permissions management for the ELB service. If your account does not need individual IAM users, then you may skip over this chapter.By",
 		"product_code":"elb",
-		"title":"Classic Load Balancer APIs",
-		"uri":"elb_jd_0000.html",
+		"title":"Introduction",
+		"uri":"elb_sq_0001.html",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"p_code":"160",
 		"code":"161"
 	},
 	{
-		"desc":"Classic load balancers are not supported in the eu-nl region.",
+		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"product_code":"elb",
-		"title":"API Call Precaution",
-		"uri":"en-us_topic_0000001124568811.html",
+		"title":"API Actions (V2)",
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_0000.html",
 		"doc_type":"api",
-		"p_code":"161",
+		"p_code":"160",
 		"code":"162"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"title":"Load Balancer",
-		"uri":"elb_jd_fz_0000.html",
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_0001.html",
 		"doc_type":"api",
-		"p_code":"161",
+		"p_code":"162",
 		"code":"163"
 	},
-	{
-		"desc":"This API is used to create a load balancer.POST /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/loadbalancersRequest parametersParameter descriptionParameterMandatoryTypeDescriptionnameYesStri",
-		"product_code":"elb",
-		"title":"Creating a Load Balancer",
-		"uri":"elb_jd_fz_0001.html",
-		"doc_type":"api",
-		"p_code":"163",
-		"code":"164"
-	},
-	{
-		"desc":"This API is used to delete a load balancer. If the load balancer is a public network load balancer, this API deletes the EIP bound to the load balancer.For a public netwo",
-		"product_code":"elb",
-		"title":"Deleting a Load Balancer",
-		"uri":"elb_jd_fz_0002.html",
-		"doc_type":"api",
-		"p_code":"163",
-		"code":"165"
-	},
-	{
-		"desc":"This API is used to delete a public network load balancer. The EIP bound to the load balancer will not be deleted. If you need to delete this IP address, refer to Deletin",
-		"product_code":"elb",
-		"title":"Deleting a Public Network Load Balancer",
-		"uri":"elb_jd_fz_0003.html",
-		"doc_type":"api",
-		"p_code":"163",
-		"code":"166"
-	},
-	{
-		"desc":"This API is used to modify the name, description, bandwidth, and administrative status of a load balancer.PUT /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/loadbalancers/{loadbalancer_id}Req",
-		"product_code":"elb",
-		"title":"Modifying a Load Balancer",
-		"uri":"elb_jd_fz_0004.html",
-		"doc_type":"api",
-		"p_code":"163",
-		"code":"167"
-	},
-	{
-		"desc":"This API is used to query details about a load balancer.GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/loadbalancers/{loadbalancer_id}Request parametersNoneNoneExample requestNoneNoneResp",
-		"product_code":"elb",
-		"title":"Querying Details of a Load Balancer",
-		"uri":"elb_jd_fz_0005.html",
-		"doc_type":"api",
-		"p_code":"163",
-		"code":"168"
-	},
-	{
-		"desc":"This API is used to query load balancers and display them in a list.GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/loadbalancersRequest parametersNoneNoneExample requestNoneNoneResponse p",
-		"product_code":"elb",
-		"title":"Querying Load Balancers",
-		"uri":"en-us_topic_0096561504.html",
-		"doc_type":"api",
-		"p_code":"163",
-		"code":"169"
-	},
 	{
 		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"title":"Listener",
-		"uri":"elb_jd_jt_0000.html",
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_0002.html",
 		"doc_type":"api",
-		"p_code":"161",
-		"code":"170"
+		"p_code":"162",
+		"code":"164"
 	},
 	{
-		"desc":"This API is used to add a listener to a load balancer.POST /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/listenersRequest parametersNoneNoneExample request{\n    \"name\": \"listener1\",\n    \"des",
+		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"product_code":"elb",
-		"title":"Adding a Listener",
-		"uri":"elb_jd_jt_0001.html",
+		"title":"Backend Server Group",
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_0003.html",
 		"doc_type":"api",
-		"p_code":"170",
-		"code":"171"
+		"p_code":"162",
+		"code":"165"
 	},
 	{
-		"desc":"This API is used to delete a listener.DELETE /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/listeners/{listener_id}Request parametersNoneNoneExample requestNoneNoneResponse parametersNoneNone",
+		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"product_code":"elb",
-		"title":"Deleting a Listener",
-		"uri":"elb_jd_jt_0002.html",
+		"title":"Backend Server",
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_0004.html",
 		"doc_type":"api",
-		"p_code":"170",
-		"code":"172"
-	},
-	{
-		"desc":"This API is used to modify the listener information, including the listener name, description, and status.PUT /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/listeners/{listener_id}Request par",
-		"product_code":"elb",
-		"title":"Modifying a Listener",
-		"uri":"elb_jd_jt_0003.html",
-		"doc_type":"api",
-		"p_code":"170",
-		"code":"173"
-	},
-	{
-		"desc":"This API is used to query details about a listener.GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/listeners/{listener_id}Request parametersNoneNoneExample requestNoneNoneResponse paramete",
-		"product_code":"elb",
-		"title":"Querying Details of a Listener",
-		"uri":"elb_jd_jt_0004.html",
-		"doc_type":"api",
-		"p_code":"170",
-		"code":"174"
-	},
-	{
-		"desc":"This API is used to query listeners using search criteria and display them in a list.GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/listeners?loadbalancer_id={loadbalancer_id}Enter a ques",
-		"product_code":"elb",
-		"title":"Querying Listeners",
-		"uri":"elb_jd_jt_0005.html",
-		"doc_type":"api",
-		"p_code":"170",
-		"code":"175"
+		"p_code":"162",
+		"code":"166"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"product_code":"elb",
 		"title":"Health Check",
-		"uri":"elb_jd_jk_0000.html",
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_0005.html",
 		"doc_type":"api",
-		"p_code":"161",
+		"p_code":"162",
+		"code":"167"
+	},
+	{
+		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
+		"product_code":"elb",
+		"title":"Forwarding Policy",
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_0006.html",
+		"doc_type":"api",
+		"p_code":"162",
+		"code":"168"
+	},
+	{
+		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
+		"product_code":"elb",
+		"title":"Forwarding Rule",
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_0007.html",
+		"doc_type":"api",
+		"p_code":"162",
+		"code":"169"
+	},
+	{
+		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
+		"product_code":"elb",
+		"title":"Whitelist",
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_0008.html",
+		"doc_type":"api",
+		"p_code":"162",
+		"code":"170"
+	},
+	{
+		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
+		"product_code":"elb",
+		"title":"SSL Certificate",
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_0009.html",
+		"doc_type":"api",
+		"p_code":"162",
+		"code":"171"
+	},
+	{
+		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
+		"product_code":"elb",
+		"title":"Tag",
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_0010.html",
+		"doc_type":"api",
+		"p_code":"162",
+		"code":"172"
+	},
+	{
+		"desc":"The monitoring function relies on Cloud Eye.",
+		"product_code":"elb",
+		"title":"Precautions for Supported Actions",
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_0011.html",
+		"doc_type":"api",
+		"p_code":"162",
+		"code":"173"
+	},
+	{
+		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
+		"product_code":"elb",
+		"title":"API Actions (V3)",
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0000.html",
+		"doc_type":"api",
+		"p_code":"160",
+		"code":"174"
+	},
+	{
+		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
+		"product_code":"elb",
+		"title":"Load Balancer",
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0001.html",
+		"doc_type":"api",
+		"p_code":"174",
+		"code":"175"
+	},
+	{
+		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
+		"product_code":"elb",
+		"title":"Listener",
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0002.html",
+		"doc_type":"api",
+		"p_code":"174",
 		"code":"176"
 	},
 	{
-		"desc":"This API is used to configure a health check for backend ECSs.POST /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/healthcheckRequest parametersNoneNoneExample request 1: Configuring an HTTP h",
+		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"product_code":"elb",
-		"title":"Configuring a Health Check",
-		"uri":"elb_jd_jk_0001.html",
+		"title":"Backend Server Group",
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0003.html",
 		"doc_type":"api",
-		"p_code":"176",
+		"p_code":"174",
 		"code":"177"
 	},
 	{
-		"desc":"This API is used to delete a health check.DELETE /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/healthcheck/{healthcheck_id}Request parametersNoneNoneExample requestNoneNoneResponse parameter",
+		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"product_code":"elb",
-		"title":"Deleting a Health Check",
-		"uri":"elb_jd_jk_0002.html",
+		"title":"Backend Server",
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0004.html",
 		"doc_type":"api",
-		"p_code":"176",
+		"p_code":"174",
 		"code":"178"
 	},
 	{
-		"desc":"This API is used to modify information about a health check.PUT /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/healthcheck/{healthcheck_id}Request parametersNoneNoneExample request{\n    \"heal",
+		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"product_code":"elb",
-		"title":"Modifying a Health Check",
-		"uri":"elb_jd_jk_0003.html",
+		"title":"Health Check",
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0005.html",
 		"doc_type":"api",
-		"p_code":"176",
+		"p_code":"174",
 		"code":"179"
 	},
 	{
-		"desc":"This API is used to query details about a health check.GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/healthcheck/{healthcheck_id}Request parametersNoneNoneExample requestNoneNoneResponse",
+		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"product_code":"elb",
-		"title":"Querying Details of a Health Check",
-		"uri":"elb_jd_jk_0004.html",
+		"title":"Forwarding Policy",
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0006.html",
 		"doc_type":"api",
-		"p_code":"176",
+		"p_code":"174",
 		"code":"180"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"product_code":"elb",
-		"title":"Backend ECS",
-		"uri":"elb_jd_hd_0000.html",
+		"title":"Forwarding Rule",
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0007.html",
 		"doc_type":"api",
-		"p_code":"161",
+		"p_code":"174",
 		"code":"181"
 	},
 	{
-		"desc":"This API is used to add backend ECSs to a listener for monitoring.To add backend ECSs to a UDP listener, IP addresses can be pinged and UDP services must be enabled.POST ",
+		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"product_code":"elb",
-		"title":"Adding Backend ECSs",
-		"uri":"elb_jd_hd_0001.html",
+		"title":"SSL Certificate",
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0009.html",
 		"doc_type":"api",
-		"p_code":"181",
+		"p_code":"174",
 		"code":"182"
 	},
 	{
-		"desc":"This API is used to remove backend ECSs from a listener. Multiple backend ECSs can be removed concurrently.POST /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/listeners/{listener_id}/members/",
+		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"product_code":"elb",
-		"title":"Removing Backend ECSs",
-		"uri":"elb_jd_hd_0002.html",
+		"title":"Custom Security Policy",
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0011.html",
 		"doc_type":"api",
-		"p_code":"181",
+		"p_code":"174",
 		"code":"183"
 	},
 	{
-		"desc":"This API is used to query backend ECSs added to a listener. If you are the administrator, the backend ECS list will be empty.GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/listeners/{list",
+		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"product_code":"elb",
-		"title":"Querying Backend ECSs",
-		"uri":"elb_jd_hd_0003.html",
+		"title":"IP Address Group",
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0012.html",
 		"doc_type":"api",
-		"p_code":"181",
+		"p_code":"174",
 		"code":"184"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"product_code":"elb",
-		"title":"Quota",
-		"uri":"elb_jd_pe_0000.html",
+		"title":"Quota Management",
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0010.html",
 		"doc_type":"api",
-		"p_code":"161",
+		"p_code":"174",
 		"code":"185"
 	},
 	{
-		"desc":"This API is used to query the load balancer or listener quotas.GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/quotasRequest parametersNoneNoneExample requestNoneNoneResponse parametersPar",
+		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"product_code":"elb",
-		"title":"Querying Load Balancer or Listener Quotas",
-		"uri":"elb_jd_pe_0001.html",
+		"title":"Availability Zone",
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0013.html",
 		"doc_type":"api",
-		"p_code":"185",
+		"p_code":"174",
 		"code":"186"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"product_code":"elb",
-		"title":"Certificate",
-		"uri":"elb_jd_zs_0000.html",
+		"title":"Flavor",
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0014.html",
 		"doc_type":"api",
-		"p_code":"161",
+		"p_code":"174",
 		"code":"187"
 	},
 	{
-		"desc":"This API is used to create a certificate for an HTTPS listener.POST /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/certificateRequest parametersNoneNoneExample request{\n    \"name\": \"cert-bky\"",
+		"desc":"elb:quotas:list controls the fine-grained actions for quota display.The monitoring function relies on Cloud Eye.",
 		"product_code":"elb",
-		"title":"Creating a Certificate",
-		"uri":"elb_jd_zs_0001.html",
+		"title":"Precautions for Supported Actions",
+		"uri":"elb_sq_lb_v3_0015.html",
 		"doc_type":"api",
-		"p_code":"187",
+		"p_code":"174",
 		"code":"188"
 	},
-	{
-		"desc":"This API is used to delete a certificate.DELETE /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/certificate/{certificate_id}Request parametersNoneNoneExample requestNoneNoneResponse parameters",
-		"product_code":"elb",
-		"title":"Deleting a Certificate",
-		"uri":"elb_jd_zs_0002.html",
-		"doc_type":"api",
-		"p_code":"187",
-		"code":"189"
-	},
-	{
-		"desc":"This API is used to modify the name and description of a certificate.PUT /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/certificate/{certificate_id}Request parametersNoneNoneExample request{\n",
-		"product_code":"elb",
-		"title":"Modifying a Certificate",
-		"uri":"elb_jd_zs_0003.html",
-		"doc_type":"api",
-		"p_code":"187",
-		"code":"190"
-	},
-	{
-		"desc":"This API is used to query all the certificates.GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/certificateRequest parametersNoneNoneExample requestNoneNoneResponse parametersResponse param",
-		"product_code":"elb",
-		"title":"Querying Certificates",
-		"uri":"elb_jd_zs_0004.html",
-		"doc_type":"api",
-		"p_code":"187",
-		"code":"191"
-	},
-	{
-		"desc":"This API is used to query the job status, such as the execution status of creating or deleting a load balancer.GET /v1.0/{project_id}/jobs/{job_id}Request parametersNoneN",
-		"product_code":"elb",
-		"title":"Querying the Job Status",
-		"uri":"elb_jd_job_0000.html",
-		"doc_type":"api",
-		"p_code":"161",
-		"code":"192"
-	},
-	{
-		"desc":"This API is used to query all metrics at Layer 4 and Layer 7.Only users can query these metrics.GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/monitorRequest parametersNoneNoneExample req",
-		"product_code":"elb",
-		"title":"Querying Monitoring Metrics",
-		"uri":"elb_jd_cj_0000.html",
-		"doc_type":"api",
-		"p_code":"161",
-		"code":"193"
-	},
-	{
-		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
-		"product_code":"elb",
-		"title":"API Version",
-		"uri":"elb_jd_bg_0000.html",
-		"doc_type":"api",
-		"p_code":"161",
-		"code":"194"
-	},
-	{
-		"desc":"This API is used to query all API versions of ELB.GET /Request parametersNoneNoneExample requestNoneNoneResponse parametersParameter descriptionParameterTypeDescriptionve",
-		"product_code":"elb",
-		"title":"Querying All API Versions",
-		"uri":"elb_jd_bg_0001.html",
-		"doc_type":"api",
-		"p_code":"194",
-		"code":"195"
-	},
-	{
-		"desc":"This API is used to query a specific ELB API version.GET /{api_version}Example/v1.0/v1.0Request parametersNoneNoneExample requestNoneNoneResponse parametersResponse param",
-		"product_code":"elb",
-		"title":"Querying a Specific API Version",
-		"uri":"elb_jd_bg_0002.html",
-		"doc_type":"api",
-		"p_code":"194",
-		"code":"196"
-	},
 	{
 		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"product_code":"elb",
@@ -1770,7 +1698,7 @@
 		"uri":"elb_fl_0000.html",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"p_code":"",
-		"code":"197"
+		"code":"189"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
@@ -1778,8 +1706,8 @@
 		"title":"Error Codes",
 		"uri":"ErrorCode.html",
 		"doc_type":"api",
-		"p_code":"197",
-		"code":"198"
+		"p_code":"189",
+		"code":"190"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
@@ -1787,8 +1715,8 @@
 		"title":"Status Codes",
 		"uri":"elb_gc_1102.html",
 		"doc_type":"api",
-		"p_code":"197",
-		"code":"199"
+		"p_code":"189",
+		"code":"191"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"This section describes the metrics that can be monitored by Cloud Eye as well as their namespaces and dimensions. You can use APIs provided by Cloud Eye to query the metr",
@@ -1796,8 +1724,8 @@
 		"title":"ELB Metrics",
 		"uri":"elb_fl_0002.html",
 		"doc_type":"api",
-		"p_code":"197",
-		"code":"200"
+		"p_code":"189",
+		"code":"192"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
@@ -1805,8 +1733,8 @@
 		"title":"General Information About Shared Load Balancers",
 		"uri":"elb_fl_0003.html",
 		"doc_type":"api",
-		"p_code":"197",
-		"code":"201"
+		"p_code":"189",
+		"code":"193"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"APIs v2.0 allow users to query data in pages by adding the limit and marker parameters to the URL of the list request. The query results are displayed in the ascending or",
@@ -1814,8 +1742,8 @@
 		"title":"Querying Data in Pages",
 		"uri":"elb_fl_0004.html",
 		"doc_type":"api",
-		"p_code":"201",
-		"code":"202"
+		"p_code":"193",
+		"code":"194"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"APIs v2.0 enable the system to sort queried results based on customized keys by adding the sort_key and sort_dir parameters to the URL of the list request. sort_key speci",
@@ -1823,8 +1751,8 @@
 		"title":"Sequencing Query Results",
 		"uri":"elb_fl_0005.html",
 		"doc_type":"api",
-		"p_code":"201",
-		"code":"203"
+		"p_code":"193",
+		"code":"195"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"The basic workflow of elastic load balancers contains the following: creating a load balancer, adding a listener to a specified load balancer, adding a backend server gro",
@@ -1832,8 +1760,8 @@
 		"title":"Basic Workflow",
 		"uri":"elb_fl_0007.html",
 		"doc_type":"api",
-		"p_code":"201",
-		"code":"204"
+		"p_code":"193",
+		"code":"196"
 	},
 	{
 		"desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
@@ -1842,6 +1770,6 @@
 		"uri":"elb_xd_0000.html",
 		"doc_type":"api",
 		"p_code":"",
-		"code":"205"
+		"code":"197"
 	}
 ]
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/CreateIpGroup.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/CreateIpGroup.html
index 01e00c75..a084a1ca 100644
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/CreateIpGroup.html
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/CreateIpGroup.html
@@ -2,7 +2,6 @@
 
 
                                                                                          Creating an IP Address Group
                                                                                          
 
                                                                                          Function
                                                                                          This API is used to create an IP address group. The IP address can contain IP addresses or CIDR blocks. 0.0.0.0 will be considered the same as 0.0.0.0/32. If you enter both 0.0.0.0 and 0.0.0.0/32, only one will be kept. 0:0:0:0:0:0:0:1 will be considered the same as ::1 and ::1/128. If you enter 0:0:0:0:0:0:0:1, ::1 and ::1/128, only one will be kept.
                                                                                          
-
                                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported.
                                                                                          
 
                                                                                          
 
                                                                                          URI
                                                                                          POST /v3/{project_id}/elb/ipgroups
                                                                                          
 
@@ -126,6 +125,7 @@
 
                                                                                          Array of CreateIpGroupIpOption objects
                                                                                          
                                                                                           		
 
                                                                                          Specifies the IP addresses or CIDR blocks in the IP address group. [] indicates any IP address.
                                                                                          
+
                                                                                          Array Length: 0 - 300
                                                                                          
                                                                                           		
 
                                                                                          
 
                                                                                          enterprise_project_id
                                                                                          
@@ -158,7 +158,6 @@
 
                                                                                          String
                                                                                          
                                                                                           		
 
                                                                                          Specifies the IP addresses in the IP address group.
                                                                                          
-
                                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported. The value cannot be an IPv6 address.
                                                                                          
                                                                                           		
 
                                                                                          
 
                                                                                          description
                                                                                          
@@ -238,6 +237,7 @@
 
                                                                                          Array of IpInfo objects
                                                                                          
                                                                                           		
 
                                                                                          Specifies the IP addresses or CIDR blocks in the IP address group. [] indicates any IP address.
                                                                                          
+
                                                                                          Array Length: 0 - 300
                                                                                          
                                                                                           		
 
                                                                                          
 
                                                                                          listeners
                                                                                          
@@ -285,7 +285,6 @@
 
                                                                                          String
                                                                                          
                                                                                           		
 
                                                                                          Specifies the IP addresses in the IP address group.
                                                                                          
-
                                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not enter IPv6 addresses.
                                                                                          
                                                                                           		
 
                                                                                          
 
                                                                                          description
                                                                                          
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/CreateL7Policy.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/CreateL7Policy.html
index efe9785b..9929adc8 100644
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/CreateL7Policy.html
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/CreateL7Policy.html
@@ -386,7 +386,7 @@
 
                                                                                          String
                                                                                          
                                                                                           		
 
                                                                                          Specifies the query string set in the URL for redirection. The default value is ${query}, indicating that the query string of the request will be used.
                                                                                          
-
                                                                                          For example, in the URL https://www.xxx.com:8080/elb?type=loadbalancer, ${query} indicates type=loadbalancer. If this parameter is set to ${query}&name=my_name, the URL will be redirected to https://www.xxx.com:8080/elb?type=loadbalancer&name=my_name.
                                                                                          
+
                                                                                          For example, in the URL https://www.example.com:8080/elb?type=loadbalancer, ${query} indicates type=loadbalancer. If this parameter is set to ${query}&name=my_name, the URL will be redirected to https://www.example.com:8080/elb?type=loadbalancer&name=my_name.
                                                                                          
 
                                                                                          The value is case-sensitive and can contain only letters, digits, and special characters !$&'()*+,-./:;=?@^_`
                                                                                          
 
                                                                                          Default: ${query}
                                                                                          
 
                                                                                          Minimum: 0
                                                                                          
@@ -561,6 +561,7 @@
                                                                                           		
 
                                                                                          Specifies the conditions contained in a forwarding rule. This parameter will take effect when enhance_l7policy_enable is set to true.
                                                                                          
 
                                                                                          If conditions is specified, key and value will not take effect, and the value of this parameter will contain all conditions configured for the forwarding rule. The keys in the list must be the same, whereas each value must be unique.
                                                                                          
+
                                                                                          Array Length: 0 - 10
                                                                                          
                                                                                           		
 
                                                                                          
 
                                                                                          String
                                                                                          
                                                                                           		
 
                                                                                          Specifies the query string set in the URL for redirection. The default value is ${query}, indicating that the query string of the request will be used.
                                                                                          
-
                                                                                          For example, in the URL https://www.xxx.com:8080/elb?type=loadbalancer, ${query} indicates type=loadbalancer. If this parameter is set to ${query}&name=my_name, the URL will be redirected to https://www.xxx.com:8080/elb?type=loadbalancer&name=my_name.
                                                                                          
+
                                                                                          For example, in the URL https://www.example.com:8080/elb?type=loadbalancer, ${query} indicates type=loadbalancer. If this parameter is set to ${query}&name=my_name, the URL will be redirected to https://www.example.com:8080/elb?type=loadbalancer&name=my_name.
                                                                                          
 
                                                                                          The value is case-sensitive and can contain only letters, digits, and special characters !$&'()*+,-./:;=?@^_`
                                                                                          
 
                                                                                          Default: ${query}
                                                                                          
 
                                                                                          Minimum: 0
                                                                                          
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/CreateListener.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/CreateListener.html
index f2e6bad6..fb6336f3 100644
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/CreateListener.html
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/CreateListener.html
@@ -233,6 +233,7 @@
 
                                                                                          • The domain names of all SNI certificates must be unique.
                                                                                            
 
                                                                                          • The total number of domain names of all SNI certificates cannot exceed 30.
                                                                                            
 
                                                                                          
+
                                                                                          Array Length: 0 - 30
                                                                                          
                                                                                           		
 
                                                                                          
 
                                                                                          sni_match_algo
                                                                                          
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/CreateLoadBalancer.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/CreateLoadBalancer.html
index 6e42a5f8..1902c83e 100644
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/CreateLoadBalancer.html
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/CreateLoadBalancer.html
@@ -183,7 +183,6 @@
 
                                                                                          • vpc_id, vip_subnet_cidr_id and ipv6_vip_virsubnet_id cannot be left blank at the same time. The subnet specified by vip_subnet_cidr_id and the subnet specified by ipv6_vip_virsubnet_id must be in the VPC specified by vpc_id.
                                                                                            
 
                                                                                          • IPv6 must have been enabled for the IPv6 subnet where the load balancer resides.
                                                                                            
 
                                                                                          
-
                                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not use this parameter.
                                                                                          
                                                                                           		
 
                                                                                          
 
                                                                                          provider
                                                                                          
@@ -294,7 +293,6 @@
 
                                                                                          BandwidthRef object
                                                                                          
                                                                                           		
 
                                                                                          Specifies the ID of the bandwidth used by an IPv6 address. This parameter is available only when you create or update a load balancer with a public IPv6 address. If you use a new IPv6 address and specify a shared bandwidth, the IPv6 address will be added to the shared bandwidth.
                                                                                          
-
                                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not use this parameter.
                                                                                          
                                                                                           		
 
                                                                                          
 
                                                                                          publicip_ids
                                                                                          
@@ -329,7 +327,6 @@
 
 
                                                                                          If there is more than one subnet, the first subnet in the list will be used.
                                                                                          
 
                                                                                          The subnets must be in the VPC where the load balancer resides.
                                                                                          
-
                                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported.
                                                                                          
                                                                                           		
 
                                                                                          
 
                                                                                          ip_target_enable
                                                                                          
@@ -359,6 +356,23 @@
 
                                                                                           		
 
                                                                                          waf_failure_action
                                                                                          
+
                                                                                          No
                                                                                          
+
                                                                                          String
                                                                                          
+
                                                                                          Specifies traffic distributing policies when the WAF is faulty.
                                                                                          
+
                                                                                          • discard: Traffic will not be distributed.
                                                                                            
+
                                                                                          • forward: Traffic will be distributed to the default backend servers.
                                                                                            
+
                                                                                          
+
                                                                                          Note: This parameter takes effect only when WAF is enabled for the load balancer.
                                                                                          
+
                                                                                          This parameter is unsupported. Please do not use it.
                                                                                          
+
                                                                                          Default: forward
                                                                                          
+
                                                                                          Minimum: 0
                                                                                          
+
                                                                                          Maximum: 36
                                                                                          
+
                                                                                          
                                                                                           
 
                                                                                          
 
                                                                                          
@@ -439,7 +453,6 @@
 
                                                                                          Integer
                                                                                          
                                                                                           		
 
                                                                                          Specifies the IP address version. The value can be 4 (IPv4) or 6 (IPv6).
                                                                                          
-
                                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported, and the value cannot be 6.
                                                                                          
 
                                                                                          Default: 4
                                                                                          
                                                                                           		
 
                                                                                          String
                                                                                          
                                                                                           		
 
                                                                                          Specifies the IPv6 address bound to the load balancer.
                                                                                          
-
                                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not use this parameter.
                                                                                          
                                                                                           		
 
                                                                                          
 
                                                                                          ipv6_vip_virsubnet_id
                                                                                          
@@ -789,7 +801,6 @@
 
                                                                                          String
                                                                                          
                                                                                           		
 
                                                                                          Specifies the ID of the IPv6 subnet where the load balancer resides.
                                                                                          
-
                                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not use this parameter.
                                                                                          
                                                                                           		
 
                                                                                          
 
                                                                                          ipv6_vip_port_id
                                                                                          
@@ -797,7 +808,6 @@
 
                                                                                          String
                                                                                          
                                                                                           		
 
                                                                                          Specifies the ID of the port bound to the IPv6 address of the load balancer.
                                                                                          
-
                                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not use this parameter.
                                                                                          
                                                                                           		
 
                                                                                          
 
                                                                                          availability_zone_list
                                                                                          
@@ -915,7 +925,6 @@
 
                                                                                          BandwidthRef object
                                                                                          
                                                                                           		
 
                                                                                          Specifies the ID of the bandwidth used by an IPv6 address. This parameter is available only when you create or update a load balancer with a public IPv6 address. If you use a new IPv6 address and specify a shared bandwidth, the IPv6 address will be added to the shared bandwidth.
                                                                                          
-
                                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not use this parameter.
                                                                                          
                                                                                           		
 
                                                                                          
 
                                                                                          deletion_protection_enable
                                                                                          
@@ -931,6 +940,25 @@
 
                                                                                          This parameter is returned only when deletion protection is enabled at the site.
                                                                                          
                                                                                           		
 
                                                                                          public_border_group
                                                                                          
+
                                                                                          String
                                                                                          
+
                                                                                          Specifies the AZ group to which the load balancer belongs.
                                                                                          
+
                                                                                          waf_failure_action
                                                                                          
+
                                                                                          String
                                                                                          
+
                                                                                          Specifies traffic distributing policies when the WAF is faulty.
                                                                                          
+
                                                                                          • discard: Traffic will not be distributed.
                                                                                            
+
                                                                                          • forward: Traffic will be distributed to the default backend servers.
                                                                                            
+
                                                                                          
+
                                                                                          Note: This parameter takes effect only when WAF is enabled for the load balancer.
                                                                                          
+
                                                                                          This parameter is unsupported. Please do not use it.
                                                                                          
+
                                                                                          
 
 
                                                                                          
 
                                                                                          
@@ -1030,7 +1058,6 @@
 
                                                                          Integer
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Specifies the IP version. 4 indicates IPv4, and 6 indicates IPv6.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported. The value cannot be 6.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Integer
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Specifies the IP version. The value can be 4 (IPv4) or 6 (IPv6).
                                                                          
-
                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported. The value cannot be 6.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          
 
-
                                                                          
-
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/ListIpGroups.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/ListIpGroups.html
index 8087e317..85fb0700 100644
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/ListIpGroups.html
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/ListIpGroups.html
@@ -218,6 +218,7 @@
 
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                                                          Table 16 GlobalEipInfo
                                                                          Parameter
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
@@ -1079,44 +1105,11 @@
 
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                          Table 16 BandwidthRef
                                                                          Parameter
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Type
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          global_eip_id
                                                                          
+
                                                                          id
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          String
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Specifies the ID of the global EIP.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          global_eip_address
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the global EIP.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          ip_version
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Integer
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the IP version. The value can be 4 and 6. 4 indicates an IPv4 address, and 6 indicates an IPv6 address. [IPv6 is not supported. Do not set this parameter to 6.]
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
-
                                                                          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
@@ -1204,7 +1197,9 @@
     "l7_flavor_id" : null,
     "l7_scale_flavor_id" : null,
     "vip_subnet_cidr_id" : null,
-    "public_border_group" : "center"
+    "deletion_protection_enable" : false,
+    "public_border_group" : "center",
+    "waf_failure_action" : "forward"
   }
 }
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/CreateMember.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/CreateMember.html
index ad87ccf7..71065edd 100644
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/CreateMember.html
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/CreateMember.html
@@ -8,7 +8,6 @@
 
                                                                        4. If no subnets are specified during cloud server creation, IP as Backend servers can be added. In this case, address must be set to an IPv4 address, the protocol of the backend server group must be TCP, HTTP, or HTTPS, and IP as a Backend Server must have been enabled for the load balancer.
                                                                          
 
                                                                        5. If a subnet is specified during cloud server creation, the subnet must be in the same VPC where the load balancer resides.
                                                                          
 
                                                                        6. If the backend server group supports IPv4/IPv6 dual stack, address can be an IPv4 address or an IPv6 address. If the backend server group supports only IPv4, address can only be an IPv4 address.
                                                                          
-
                                                                        7. IPv6 is unsupported.
                                                                          
 
                                                                          8. URI
                                                                          POST /v3/{project_id}/elb/pools/{pool_id}/members
                                                                          
@@ -112,7 +111,6 @@
 
                                                                          • If subnet_cidr_id is left blank, IP as a Backend Server is enabled. In this case, the IP address must be an IPv4 address.
                                                                            
 
                                                                          • If subnet_cidr_id is not left blank, the IP address can be IPv4 or IPv6. It must be in the subnet specified by subnet_cidr_id and can only be bound to the primary NIC of the backend server.
                                                                            
 
                                                                          
-
                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not enter an IPv6 address.
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Minimum: 1
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Maximum: 64
                                                                          
 
@@ -171,7 +169,6 @@
 
                                                                          • The IPv4 or IPv6 subnet must be in the same VPC as the subnet of the load balancer.
                                                                            
 
                                                                          • If this parameter is not passed, IP as a Backend Server has been enabled for the load balancer. In this case, IP as Backend servers must use private IPv4 addresses, and the protocol of the backend server group must be TCP, HTTP, or HTTPS.
                                                                            
 
                                                                          
-
                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not set the value to the ID of an IPv6 subnet.
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Minimum: 1
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Maximum: 36
                                                                          
 
@@ -265,7 +262,6 @@
 
                                                                          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                          Table 17 BandwidthRef
                                                                          Parameter
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Type
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Description
                                                                          
-
                                                                          id
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the shared bandwidth ID.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Specifies the shared bandwidth ID.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
                                                                           
 
 
 
                                                                          Specifies the ID of the IPv4 or IPv6 subnet where the backend server resides.
                                                                          
 
                                                                          This parameter can be left blank, indicating that IP as a Backend Server has been enabled for the load balancer. In this case, IP addresses of these servers must be IPv4 addresses, and the protocol of the backend server group must be TCP, HTTP, or HTTPS.
                                                                          
 
                                                                          The IPv4 or IPv6 subnet must be in the same VPC as the subnet of the load balancer.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not set the value to the ID of an IPv6 subnet.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          protocol_port
                                                                          
@@ -296,7 +292,6 @@
 
                                                                          • If subnet_cidr_id is left blank, IP as a Backend Server is enabled. In this case, the IP address must be an IPv4 address.
                                                                            
 
                                                                          • If subnet_cidr_id is not left blank, the IP address can be IPv4 or IPv6. It must be in the subnet specified by subnet_cidr_id and can only be bound to the primary NIC of the backend server.
                                                                            
 
                                                                          
-
                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not enter an IPv6 address.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          ip_version
                                                                          
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/ErrorCode.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/ErrorCode.html
index 895a63c5..eb61a44e 100644
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/ErrorCode.html
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/ErrorCode.html
@@ -709,61 +709,6 @@
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          400
                                                                          
 
                                                                          ELB.6000
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Listener ID length is not correct.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          The listener ID exceeds the length limit.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Change the listener ID.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          400
                                                                          
-
                                                                          ELB.6001
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Request parameters error, "..nilKey.." is nil.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Mandatory parameters are left blank.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specify the mandatory parameters.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          400
                                                                          
-
                                                                          ELB.6003
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Listener query condition is not valid.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Invalid query condition.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Change the query condition.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          400
                                                                          
-
                                                                          ELB.6004
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Query listeners list failed.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Failed to query listeners.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Contact customer service.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          400
                                                                          
-
                                                                          ELB.6006
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Query server failed.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Failed to query the cloud server.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Contact customer service.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          400
                                                                          
-                                                                          		
 
                                                                          ELB.6010
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Listener ID content is not correct.
                                                                          
@@ -1105,6 +1050,17 @@
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          400
                                                                          
 
                                                                          ELB.8938
                                                                          
+
                                                                          The ip member just support when pool's protocol is %s.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Invalid input parameters.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Change the value of pool_id in url to other suppprted pool or pass parameter 'subnet_cidr_id' when create member.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          400
                                                                          
+                                                                          		
 
                                                                          ELB.8939
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          The loadbalancer's ip_target_enable must be true when add ip member.
                                                                          
@@ -1413,6 +1369,17 @@
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          403
                                                                          
 
                                                                          ELB.8962
                                                                          
+
                                                                          tenant %s does not support %s.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          The feature is not supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Contact customer service.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          403
                                                                          
+                                                                          		
 
                                                                          ELB.9802
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Policy doesn't allow elb:logtanks:create to be performed.
                                                                          
@@ -1499,17 +1466,6 @@
 
                                                                          Contact customer service.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          503
                                                                          
-
                                                                          ELB.6002
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Delete listener failed, listener does not exist.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          The listener does not exist.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Check the listener ID.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
                                                                           
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/ListFlavors.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/ListFlavors.html
index 3b82df11..13b96256 100644
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/ListFlavors.html
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/ListFlavors.html
@@ -255,9 +255,9 @@
 
 
                                                                          Boolean
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Specifies whether the flavor is sold out.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • true indicates the flavor is sold out.
                                                                            
-
                                                                          • false indicates the flavor is not sold out.
                                                                            
+
                                                                          Specifies whether the flavor is unavailable.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          • true indicates the flavor is unavailable. Load balancers with this flavor cannot be created.
                                                                            
+
                                                                          • false indicates the flavor is available. Load balancers with this flavor can be created.
                                                                            
 
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Array of IpInfo objects
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Specifies the IP addresses or CIDR blocks in the IP address group. [] indicates any IP address.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Array Length: 0 - 300
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          listeners
                                                                          
@@ -265,7 +266,6 @@
 
                                                                          String
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Specifies the IP addresses in the IP address group.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not enter IPv6 addresses.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          description
                                                                          
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/ListL7Policies.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/ListL7Policies.html
index 02dca939..9464c3ac 100644
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/ListL7Policies.html
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/ListL7Policies.html
@@ -624,7 +624,7 @@
 
                                                                          String
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Specifies the query string set in the URL for redirection. The default value is ${query}, indicating that the query string of the request will be used.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          For example, in the URL https://www.xxx.com:8080/elb?type=loadbalancer, ${query} indicates type=loadbalancer. If this parameter is set to ${query}&name=my_name, the URL will be redirected to https://www.xxx.com:8080/elb?type=loadbalancer&name=my_name.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          For example, in the URL https://www.example.com:8080/elb?type=loadbalancer, ${query} indicates type=loadbalancer. If this parameter is set to ${query}&name=my_name, the URL will be redirected to https://www.example.com:8080/elb?type=loadbalancer&name=my_name.
                                                                          
 
                                                                          The value is case-sensitive and can contain only letters, digits, and special characters !$&'()*+,-./:;=?@^_`
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Default: ${query}
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Minimum: 0
                                                                          
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/ListLoadBalancers.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/ListLoadBalancers.html
index 7ab838dd..96b62939 100644
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/ListLoadBalancers.html
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/ListLoadBalancers.html
@@ -213,7 +213,6 @@
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Specifies the ID of the port bound to the IPv6 address of the load balancer.
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Multiple ports can be queried in the format of ipv6_vip_port_id=xxx&ipv6_vip_port_id=xxx.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not use this parameter.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          ipv6_vip_address
                                                                          
@@ -224,7 +223,6 @@
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Specifies the IPv6 address bound to the load balancer.
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Multiple IPv6 addresses can be queried in the format of ipv6_vip_address=xxx&ipv6_vip_address=xxx.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not use this parameter.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          ipv6_vip_virsubnet_id
                                                                          
@@ -235,7 +233,6 @@
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Specifies the ID of the IPv6 subnet where the load balancer resides.
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Multiple IDs can be queried in the format of ipv6_vip_virsubnet_id=xxx&ipv6_vip_virsubnet_id=xxx.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not use this parameter.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          eips
                                                                          
@@ -360,7 +357,6 @@
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Specifies the IP version. The value can be 4 (IPv4) or 6 (IPv6).
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Multiple versions can be queried in the format of ip_version=xxx&ip_version=xxx.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported. The value cannot be 6.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          deletion_protection_enable
                                                                          
@@ -608,7 +604,6 @@
 
                                                                          String
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Specifies the IPv6 address bound to the load balancer.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not use this parameter.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          ipv6_vip_virsubnet_id
                                                                          
@@ -616,7 +611,6 @@
 
                                                                          String
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Specifies the ID of the IPv6 subnet where the load balancer resides.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not use this parameter.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          ipv6_vip_port_id
                                                                          
@@ -624,7 +618,6 @@
 
                                                                          String
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Specifies the ID of the port bound to the IPv6 address of the load balancer.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not use this parameter.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          availability_zone_list
                                                                          
@@ -742,7 +735,6 @@
 
                                                                          BandwidthRef object
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Specifies the ID of the bandwidth used by an IPv6 address. This parameter is available only when you create or update a load balancer with a public IPv6 address. If you use a new IPv6 address and specify a shared bandwidth, the IPv6 address will be added to the shared bandwidth.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not use this parameter.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          deletion_protection_enable
                                                                          
@@ -758,6 +750,25 @@
 
                                                                          This parameter is returned only when deletion protection is enabled at the site.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          public_border_group
                                                                          
+
                                                                          String
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Specifies the AZ group to which the load balancer belongs.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          waf_failure_action
                                                                          
+
                                                                          String
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Specifies traffic distributing policies when the WAF is faulty.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          • discard: Traffic will not be distributed.
                                                                            
+
                                                                          • forward: Traffic will be distributed to the default backend servers.
                                                                            
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Note: This parameter takes effect only when WAF is enabled for the load balancer.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          This parameter is unsupported. Please do not use it.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
 
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          
@@ -857,7 +868,6 @@
 
                                                                          Integer
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Specifies the IP version. 4 indicates IPv4, and 6 indicates IPv6.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported. The value cannot be 6.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Integer
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Specifies the IP version. The value can be 4 (IPv4) or 6 (IPv6).
                                                                          
-
                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported. The value cannot be 6.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          
 
-
                                                                          
@@ -762,14 +792,13 @@
 
                                                                          Table 11 GlobalEipInfo
                                                                          Parameter
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
@@ -906,32 +915,18 @@
 
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                          Table 11 BandwidthRef
                                                                          Parameter
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Type
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          global_eip_id
                                                                          
+
                                                                          id
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          String
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Specifies the ID of the global EIP.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          global_eip_address
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the global EIP.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          ip_version
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Integer
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the IP version. The value can be 4 and 6. 4 indicates an IPv4 address, and 6 indicates an IPv6 address. [IPv6 is not supported. Do not set this parameter to 6.]
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Specifies the shared bandwidth ID.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
                                                                           
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          
 
-
                                                                          
@@ -528,14 +542,13 @@
 
                                                                          Table 12 BandwidthRef
                                                                          Parameter
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
@@ -939,44 +934,25 @@
 
-
-
-
-
                                                                          Table 12 PageInfo
                                                                          Parameter
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Type
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          id
                                                                          
+
                                                                          previous_marker
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          String
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Specifies the shared bandwidth ID.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Specifies the ID of the first record in the pagination query result.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
-
                                                                          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
@@ -1032,7 +1008,9 @@
     "l7_flavor_id" : "e2a5675c-a181-444e-b9a5-17b052dc7fb9",
     "l7_scale_flavor_id" : null,
     "vip_subnet_cidr_id" : "96e52038-7983-462f-8a96-415d8a280b13",
-    "public_border_group" : "center"
+    "deletion_protection_enable" : false,
+    "public_border_group" : "center",
+    "waf_failure_action" : "forward"
   }, {
     "id" : "cce5318e-c79a-4f68-94a2-9fb285c6efbe",
     "project_id" : "057ef081eb00d2732fd1c01a9be75e6f",
@@ -1080,7 +1058,9 @@
     "l7_flavor_id" : null,
     "l7_scale_flavor_id" : null,
     "vip_subnet_cidr_id" : null,
-    "public_border_group" : "center"
+    "deletion_protection_enable" : false,
+    "public_border_group" : "center",
+    "waf_failure_action" : "forward"
   } ],
   "page_info" : {
     "next_marker" : "cce5318e-c79a-4f68-94a2-9fb285c6efbe",
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/ListMembers.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/ListMembers.html
index 0cd303b9..a50811d6 100644
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/ListMembers.html
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/ListMembers.html
@@ -133,7 +133,6 @@
 
-
-
-
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/ShowIpGroup.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/ShowIpGroup.html
index 8fdf2b96..2b41fc9b 100644
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/ShowIpGroup.html
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/ShowIpGroup.html
@@ -123,6 +123,7 @@
 
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                                                          Table 13 PageInfo
                                                                          Parameter
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Type
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Description
                                                                          
-
                                                                          previous_marker
                                                                          
+
                                                                          next_marker
                                                                          
 
                                                                          String
                                                                          
+
                                                                          String
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Specifies the ID of the first record in the pagination query result.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Specifies the ID of the last record in the pagination query result.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          next_marker
                                                                          
+
                                                                          current_count
                                                                          
 
                                                                          String
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Integer
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Specifies the ID of the last record in the pagination query result.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          current_count
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Integer
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the number of records.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Specifies the number of records.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
                                                                           
 
                                                                          Specifies the ID of the IPv4 or IPv6 subnet where the backend server resides.
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Multiple IDs can be queried in the format of subnet_cidr_id=xxx&subnet_cidr_id=xxx.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not set the value to the ID of an IPv6 subnet.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          address
                                                                          
@@ -144,7 +143,6 @@
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Specifies the IP address bound to the backend server.
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Multiple IP addresses can be queried in the format of address=xxx&address=xxx.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not set the value to an IPv6 address.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          protocol_port
                                                                          
@@ -368,7 +366,6 @@
 
                                                                          Specifies the ID of the IPv4 or IPv6 subnet where the backend server resides.
                                                                          
 
                                                                          This parameter can be left blank, indicating that IP as a Backend Server has been enabled for the load balancer. In this case, IP addresses of these servers must be IPv4 addresses, and the protocol of the backend server group must be TCP, HTTP, or HTTPS.
                                                                          
 
                                                                          The IPv4 or IPv6 subnet must be in the same VPC as the subnet of the load balancer.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not set the value to the ID of an IPv6 subnet.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          protocol_port
                                                                          
@@ -399,7 +396,6 @@
 
                                                                          • If subnet_cidr_id is left blank, IP as a Backend Server is enabled. In this case, the IP address must be an IPv4 address.
                                                                            
 
                                                                          • If subnet_cidr_id is not left blank, the IP address can be IPv4 or IPv6. It must be in the subnet specified by subnet_cidr_id and can only be bound to the primary NIC of the backend server.
                                                                            
 
                                                                          
-
                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not enter an IPv6 address.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          ip_version
                                                                          
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/ListQuotaDetails.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/ListQuotaDetails.html
index 7044b809..711f053c 100644
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/ListQuotaDetails.html
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/ListQuotaDetails.html
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Array
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Specifies the resource type. The value can be loadbalancer, listener, ipgroup, pool, member, members_per_pool, healthmonitor, l7policy, certificate, security_policy, ipgroup_bindings, or ipgroup_max_length.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Specifies the resource type. The value can be loadbalancer, listener, ipgroup, pool, member, healthmonitor, l7policy, certificate,** security_policy**,members_per_pool, ipgroup_bindings, or ipgroup_max_length.
                                                                          
 
                                                                          members_per_pool indicates the maximum number of backend servers that can be added to a backend server group.
                                                                          
 
                                                                          ipgroup_bindings indicates the maximum number of listeners that can be bound to a ipgroup.
                                                                          
 
                                                                          ipgroup_max_length indicates the maximum number of ip addresses that can be added to a ipgroup.
                                                                          
@@ -119,10 +119,12 @@
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          String
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Specifies the resource type. The value can be loadbalancer, listener, ipgroup, pool, member, members_per_pool, healthmonitor, l7policy, certificate, security_policy, ipgroup_bindings, or ipgroup_max_length.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Specifies the resource type. The value can be loadbalancer, listener, listeners_per_pool, ipgroup, pool, member, members_per_pool, healthmonitor, l7policy, condition_per_policy, certificate, security_policy, ipgroup_bindings, or ipgroup_max_length.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          listeners_per_pool indicates the maximum number of listeners that can be related to a backend server group.
                                                                          
 
                                                                          members_per_pool indicates the maximum number of backend servers that can be added to a backend server group.
                                                                          
 
                                                                          ipgroup_bindings indicates the maximum number of listeners that can be bound to a ipgroup.
                                                                          
 
                                                                          ipgroup_max_length indicates the maximum number of ip addresses that can be added to a ipgroup.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          condition_per_policy indicates the maximum number of conditions that can be added to a l7policy.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          quota_limit
                                                                          
@@ -162,64 +164,74 @@
   "request_id" : "3682f26f8509d52faf895f09040c63c0",
   "quotas" : [ {
     "quota_key" : "members_per_pool",
-    "used" : 50,
-    "quota_limit" : 1000,
-    "unit" : "count"
-  }, {
-    "quota_key" : "loadbalancer",
-    "used" : 198,
+    "used" : 992,
     "quota_limit" : 1000,
     "unit" : "count"
   }, {
     "quota_key" : "security_policy",
-    "used" : 6,
+    "used" : 11,
     "quota_limit" : 50,
     "unit" : "count"
-  }, {
-    "quota_key" : "ipgroup",
-    "used" : 6,
-    "quota_limit" : 1000,
-    "unit" : "count"
-  }, {
-    "quota_key" : "listener",
-    "used" : 229,
-    "quota_limit" : 1500,
-    "unit" : "count"
-  }, {
-    "quota_key" : "pool",
-    "used" : 215,
-    "quota_limit" : 5000,
-    "unit" : "count"
-  }, {
-    "quota_key" : "member",
-    "used" : 327,
-    "quota_limit" : 3000,
-    "unit" : "count"
-  }, {
-    "quota_key" : "certificate",
-    "used" : 50,
-    "quota_limit" : 100,
-    "unit" : "count"
-  }, {
-    "quota_key" : "l7policy",
-    "used" : 21,
-    "quota_limit" : 500,
-    "unit" : "count"
-  }, {
-    "quota_key" : "healthmonitor",
-    "used" : 188,
-    "quota_limit" : -1,
-    "unit" : "count"
   }, {
     "quota_key" : "ipgroup_max_length",
     "used" : 3,
     "quota_limit" : 300,
     "unit" : "count"
+  }, {
+    "quota_key" : "listener",
+    "used" : 803,
+    "quota_limit" : 1500,
+    "unit" : "count"
+  }, {
+    "quota_key" : "pool",
+    "used" : 1009,
+    "quota_limit" : 5000,
+    "unit" : "count"
+  }, {
+    "quota_key" : "certificate",
+    "used" : 608,
+    "quota_limit" : -1,
+    "unit" : "count"
+  }, {
+    "quota_key" : "loadbalancer",
+    "used" : 752,
+    "quota_limit" : 100000,
+    "unit" : "count"
+  }, {
+    "quota_key" : "ipgroup",
+    "used" : 11,
+    "quota_limit" : 1000,
+    "unit" : "count"
   }, {
     "quota_key" : "ipgroup_bindings",
     "used" : 2,
     "quota_limit" : 50,
     "unit" : "count"
+  }, {
+    "quota_key" : "member",
+    "used" : 3022,
+    "quota_limit" : 10000,
+    "unit" : "count"
+  }, {
+    "quota_key" : "l7policy",
+    "used" : 148,
+    "quota_limit" : 2000,
+    "unit" : "count"
+  }, {
+    "quota_key" : "healthmonitor",
+    "used" : 762,
+    "quota_limit" : -1,
+    "unit" : "count"
+  }, {
+    "quota_key" : "listeners_per_pool",
+    "used" : 100,
+    "quota_limit" : -1,
+    "unit" : "count"
+  }, {
+    "quota_key" : "condition_per_policy",
+    "used" : 100,
+    "quota_limit" : -1,
+    "unit" : "count"
   } ]
 }
 
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/ShowFlavor.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/ShowFlavor.html
index 78cf3fc4..35c67a22 100644
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/ShowFlavor.html
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/ShowFlavor.html
@@ -151,9 +151,9 @@
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Boolean
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Specifies whether the flavor is sold out.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • true indicates the flavor is sold out.
                                                                            
-
                                                                          • false indicates the flavor is not sold out.
                                                                            
+
                                                                          Specifies whether the flavor is unavailable.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          • true indicates the flavor is unavailable. Load balancers with this flavor cannot be created.
                                                                            
+
                                                                          • false indicates the flavor is available. Load balancers with this flavor can be created.
                                                                            
 
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Array of IpInfo objects
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Specifies the IP addresses or CIDR blocks in the IP address group. [] indicates any IP address.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Array Length: 0 - 300
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          listeners
                                                                          
@@ -170,7 +171,6 @@
 
                                                                          String
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Specifies the IP addresses in the IP address group.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not enter IPv6 addresses.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          description
                                                                          
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/ShowL7Policy.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/ShowL7Policy.html
index 39e5008b..97625378 100644
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/ShowL7Policy.html
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/ShowL7Policy.html
@@ -376,7 +376,7 @@
 
                                                                          String
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Specifies the query string set in the URL for redirection. The default value is ${query}, indicating that the query string of the request will be used.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          For example, in the URL https://www.xxx.com:8080/elb?type=loadbalancer, ${query} indicates type=loadbalancer. If this parameter is set to ${query}&name=my_name, the URL will be redirected to https://www.xxx.com:8080/elb?type=loadbalancer&name=my_name.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          For example, in the URL https://www.example.com:8080/elb?type=loadbalancer, ${query} indicates type=loadbalancer. If this parameter is set to ${query}&name=my_name, the URL will be redirected to https://www.example.com:8080/elb?type=loadbalancer&name=my_name.
                                                                          
 
                                                                          The value is case-sensitive and can contain only letters, digits, and special characters !$&'()*+,-./:;=?@^_`
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Default: ${query}
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Minimum: 0
                                                                          
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/ShowLoadBalancer.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/ShowLoadBalancer.html
index 8ac8134b..e44dc8c9 100644
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/ShowLoadBalancer.html
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/ShowLoadBalancer.html
@@ -245,7 +245,6 @@
 
                                                                          String
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Specifies the IPv6 address bound to the load balancer.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not use this parameter.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          ipv6_vip_virsubnet_id
                                                                          
@@ -253,7 +252,6 @@
 
                                                                          String
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Specifies the ID of the IPv6 subnet where the load balancer resides.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not use this parameter.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          ipv6_vip_port_id
                                                                          
@@ -261,7 +259,6 @@
 
                                                                          String
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Specifies the ID of the port bound to the IPv6 address of the load balancer.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not use this parameter.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          availability_zone_list
                                                                          
@@ -379,7 +376,6 @@
 
                                                                          BandwidthRef object
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Specifies the ID of the bandwidth used by an IPv6 address. This parameter is available only when you create or update a load balancer with a public IPv6 address. If you use a new IPv6 address and specify a shared bandwidth, the IPv6 address will be added to the shared bandwidth.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not use this parameter.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          deletion_protection_enable
                                                                          
@@ -395,6 +391,25 @@
 
                                                                          This parameter is returned only when deletion protection is enabled at the site.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          public_border_group
                                                                          
+
                                                                          String
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Specifies the AZ group to which the load balancer belongs.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          waf_failure_action
                                                                          
+
                                                                          String
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Specifies traffic distributing policies when the WAF is faulty.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          • discard: Traffic will not be distributed.
                                                                            
+
                                                                          • forward: Traffic will be distributed to the default backend servers.
                                                                            
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Note: This parameter takes effect only when WAF is enabled for the load balancer.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          This parameter is unsupported. Please do not use it.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
                                                                           
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          
@@ -494,7 +509,6 @@
 
                                                                          Integer
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Specifies the IP version. 4 indicates IPv4, and 6 indicates IPv6.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported. The value cannot be 6.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Integer
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Specifies the IP version. The value can be 4 (IPv4) or 6 (IPv6).
                                                                          
-
                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported. The value cannot be 6.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          
 
-
                                                                          
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                                                          Table 10 GlobalEipInfo
                                                                          Parameter
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
@@ -543,44 +556,11 @@
 
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                          Table 10 BandwidthRef
                                                                          Parameter
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Type
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          global_eip_id
                                                                          
+
                                                                          id
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          String
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Specifies the ID of the global EIP.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          global_eip_address
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the global EIP.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          ip_version
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Integer
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the IP version. The value can be 4 and 6. 4 indicates an IPv4 address, and 6 indicates an IPv6 address. [IPv6 is not supported. Do not set this parameter to 6.]
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
-
                                                                          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
@@ -632,7 +612,8 @@
     "l7_scale_flavor_id" : null,
     "vip_subnet_cidr_id" : "396d918a-756e-4163-8450-3bdc860109cf",
     "deletion_protection_enable" : false,
-    "public_border_group" : "center"
+    "public_border_group" : "center",
+    "waf_failure_action" : "forward"
   },
   "request_id" : "1a47cfbf-969f-4e40-8c0e-c2e60b14bcac"
 }
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/ShowMember.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/ShowMember.html
index e6bbf557..752e4535 100644
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/ShowMember.html
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/ShowMember.html
@@ -146,7 +146,6 @@
 
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
@@ -147,7 +147,6 @@
 
@@ -217,7 +217,6 @@
 
+
+
+
+
+
                                                                          Table 11 BandwidthRef
                                                                          Parameter
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Type
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Description
                                                                          
-
                                                                          id
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the shared bandwidth ID.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Specifies the shared bandwidth ID.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Specifies the ID of the IPv4 or IPv6 subnet where the backend server resides.
                                                                          
 
                                                                          This parameter can be left blank, indicating that IP as a Backend Server has been enabled for the load balancer. In this case, IP addresses of these servers must be IPv4 addresses, and the protocol of the backend server group must be TCP, HTTP, or HTTPS.
                                                                          
 
                                                                          The IPv4 or IPv6 subnet must be in the same VPC as the subnet of the load balancer.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not set the value to the ID of an IPv6 subnet.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          protocol_port
                                                                          
@@ -177,7 +176,6 @@
 
                                                                          • If subnet_cidr_id is left blank, IP as a Backend Server is enabled. In this case, the IP address must be an IPv4 address.
                                                                            
 
                                                                          • If subnet_cidr_id is not left blank, the IP address can be IPv4 or IPv6. It must be in the subnet specified by subnet_cidr_id and can only be bound to the primary NIC of the backend server.
                                                                            
 
                                                                          
-
                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not enter an IPv6 address.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          ip_version
                                                                          
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/ShowQuota.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/ShowQuota.html
index 9c27eb6e..571bd8e4 100644
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/ShowQuota.html
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/ShowQuota.html
@@ -125,6 +125,16 @@
 
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          listeners_per_pool
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Integer
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Specifies the quota of listeners related to a backend server group.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          • If the value is greater than or equal to 0, it indicates the listener quota.
                                                                            
+
                                                                          • If the value is -1, the quota is not limited.
                                                                            
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
 
                                                                          l7policy
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Integer
                                                                          
@@ -135,6 +145,16 @@
 
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          condition_per_policy
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Integer
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Specifies the quota of conditions in a l7policy.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          • If the value is greater than or equal to 0, it indicates the condition quota.
                                                                            
+
                                                                          • If the value is -1, the quota is not limited.
                                                                            
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
 
                                                                          pool
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Integer
                                                                          
@@ -225,22 +245,24 @@
 
                                                                          Example Responses
                                                                          Status code: 200
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Successful request.
                                                                          
 
                                                                          {
+  "request_id" : "c6f3d7fe99bb1d8aa29e148097dab0d0",
   "quota" : {
-    "member" : 500,
-    "members_per_pool" : 500,
-    "certificate" : 120,
-    "l7policy" : 500,
-    "listener" : 100,
-    "loadbalancer" : 50,
+    "member" : 10000,
+    "members_per_pool" : 1000,
+    "certificate" : -1,
+    "l7policy" : 2000,
+    "listener" : 1500,
+    "loadbalancer" : 100000,
     "healthmonitor" : -1,
-    "ipgroup" : 50,
-    "pool" : 500,
-    "security_policy" : 500,
+    "pool" : 5000,
+    "ipgroup" : 1000,
     "ipgroup_bindings" : 50,
     "ipgroup_max_length" : 300,
-    "project_id" : "99a3fff0d03c428eac3678da6a7d0f24"
-  },
-  "request_id" : "8d7eba6f-ec79-42d2-8d8c-16149645549d"
+    "security_policy" : 50,
+    "condition_per_policy" : 10,
+    "listeners_per_pool" : 50,
+    "project_id" : "060576798a80d5762fafc01a9b5eedc7"
+  }
 }
                                                                          
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Status Codes
                                                                          
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateIpGroup.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateIpGroup.html
index 8500f649..6789c37a 100644
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateIpGroup.html
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateIpGroup.html
@@ -2,7 +2,6 @@
 
 
                                                                          Updating an IP Address Group
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Function
                                                                          This API is used to update an IP address group. All IP addresses in the IP address group will be overwritten, and the IP addresses that are not included in the ip_list parameter in the request body will be removed. The IP address can contain IP addresses or CIDR blocks. 0.0.0.0 will be considered the same as 0.0.0.0/32. If you enter both 0.0.0.0 and 0.0.0.0/32, only one will be kept. 0:0:0:0:0:0:0:1 will be considered the same as ::1 and ::1/128. If you enter 0:0:0:0:0:0:0:1, ::1 and ::1/128, only one will be kept.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported.
                                                                          
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          URI
                                                                          PUT /v3/{project_id}/elb/ipgroups/{ipgroup_id}
                                                                          
 
@@ -124,6 +123,7 @@
 
                                                                          Array of UpadateIpGroupIpOption objects
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Lists the IP addresses in the IP address group.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Array Length: 0 - 300
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          String
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Specifies the IP addresses in the IP address group.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not enter IPv6 addresses.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          description
                                                                          
@@ -227,6 +226,7 @@
 
                                                                          Array of IpInfo objects
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Specifies the IP addresses or CIDR blocks in the IP address group. [] indicates any IP address.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Array Length: 0 - 300
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          listeners
                                                                          
@@ -274,7 +274,6 @@
 
                                                                          String
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Specifies the IP addresses in the IP address group.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not enter IPv6 addresses.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          description
                                                                          
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateIpList.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateIpList.html
index 8fcc7460..7166ee5f 100644
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateIpList.html
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateIpList.html
@@ -142,7 +142,6 @@
 
                                                                          String
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Specifies the IP addresses in the IP address group.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not enter IPv6 addresses.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          description
                                                                          
@@ -222,6 +221,7 @@
 
                                                                          Array of IpInfo objects
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Specifies the IP addresses or CIDR blocks in the IP address group. [] indicates any IP address.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Array Length: 0 - 300
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          listeners
                                                                          
@@ -269,7 +269,6 @@
 
                                                                          String
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Specifies the IP addresses in the IP address group.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not enter IPv6 addresses.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          description
                                                                          
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateL7Policy.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateL7Policy.html
index 8c53725f..4dfdf650 100644
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateL7Policy.html
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateL7Policy.html
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Specifies the query string set in the URL for redirection. The default value is ${query}, indicating that the query string of the request will be used.
                                                                          
 
                                                                          The value is case-sensitive and can contain only letters, digits, and special characters !$&'()*+,-./:;=?@^_`
                                                                          
-
                                                                          For example, in the URL https://www.xxx.com:8080/elb?type=loadbalancer, ${query} indicates type=loadbalancer. If this parameter is set to ${query}&name=my_name, the URL will be redirected to https://www.xxx.com:8080/elb?type=loadbalancer&name=my_name.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          For example, in the URL https://www.example.com:8080/elb?type=loadbalancer, ${query} indicates type=loadbalancer. If this parameter is set to ${query}&name=my_name, the URL will be redirected to https://www.example.com:8080/elb?type=loadbalancer&name=my_name.
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Default: ${query}
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Minimum: 0
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Maximum: 128
                                                                          
@@ -874,7 +874,7 @@
 
                                                                          String
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Specifies the query string set in the URL for redirection. The default value is ${query}, indicating that the query string of the request will be used.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          For example, in the URL https://www.xxx.com:8080/elb?type=loadbalancer, ${query} indicates type=loadbalancer. If this parameter is set to ${query}&name=my_name, the URL will be redirected to https://www.xxx.com:8080/elb?type=loadbalancer&name=my_name.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          For example, in the URL https://www.example.com:8080/elb?type=loadbalancer, ${query} indicates type=loadbalancer. If this parameter is set to ${query}&name=my_name, the URL will be redirected to https://www.example.com:8080/elb?type=loadbalancer&name=my_name.
                                                                          
 
                                                                          The value is case-sensitive and can contain only letters, digits, and special characters !$&'()*+,-./:;=?@^_`
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Default: ${query}
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Minimum: 0
                                                                          
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateLoadBalancer.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateLoadBalancer.html
index bcac3e08..8eb04370 100644
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateLoadBalancer.html
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateLoadBalancer.html
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@
 
                                                                          • This parameter will be passed only when IPv6 is enabled for the subnet. The subnet specified by ipv6_vip_virsubnet_id must be in the VPC specified by vpc_id.
                                                                            
 
                                                                          • This parameter can be updated only when guaranteed is set to true.
                                                                            
 
                                                                          • The value will become null if the IPv6 address is unbound from the load balancer.
                                                                            
-
                                                                          • The IPv4 subnet will not change, if IPv6 subet is updated. This parameter is unsupported. Please do not use it.
                                                                            
+
                                                                          • The IPv4 subnet will not change, if IPv6 subet is updated.
                                                                            
 
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          BandwidthRef object
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Specifies the ID of the bandwidth used by an IPv6 address. This parameter is available only when you create or update a load balancer with a public IPv6 address. If you use a new IPv6 address and specify a shared bandwidth, the IPv6 address will be added to the shared bandwidth.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not use this parameter.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          ip_target_enable
                                                                          
@@ -250,6 +249,7 @@
 
 
                                                                          Minimum: 1
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Maximum: 64
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Array Length: 0 - 64
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          deletion_protection_enable
                                                                          
@@ -266,6 +266,22 @@
 
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          waf_failure_action
                                                                          
+
                                                                          No
                                                                          
+
                                                                          String
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Specifies traffic distributing policies when the WAF is faulty.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          • discard: Traffic will not be distributed.
                                                                            
+
                                                                          • forward: Traffic will be distributed to the default backend servers.
                                                                            
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Note: This parameter takes effect only when WAF is enabled for the load balancer.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          This parameter is unsupported. Please do not use it.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Minimum: 0
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Maximum: 36
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
                                                                           
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          
@@ -479,7 +495,6 @@
 
                                                                          String
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Specifies the IPv6 address bound to the load balancer.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not use this parameter.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          ipv6_vip_virsubnet_id
                                                                          
@@ -487,7 +502,6 @@
 
                                                                          String
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Specifies the ID of the IPv6 subnet where the load balancer resides.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not use this parameter.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          ipv6_vip_port_id
                                                                          
@@ -495,7 +509,6 @@
 
                                                                          String
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Specifies the ID of the port bound to the IPv6 address of the load balancer.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not use this parameter.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          availability_zone_list
                                                                          
@@ -613,7 +626,6 @@
 
                                                                          BandwidthRef object
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Specifies the ID of the bandwidth used by an IPv6 address. This parameter is available only when you create or update a load balancer with a public IPv6 address. If you use a new IPv6 address and specify a shared bandwidth, the IPv6 address will be added to the shared bandwidth.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not use this parameter.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          deletion_protection_enable
                                                                          
@@ -629,6 +641,25 @@
 
                                                                          This parameter is returned only when deletion protection is enabled at the site.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          public_border_group
                                                                          
+
                                                                          String
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Specifies the AZ group to which the load balancer belongs.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          waf_failure_action
                                                                          
+
                                                                          String
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Specifies traffic distributing policies when the WAF is faulty.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          • discard: Traffic will not be distributed.
                                                                            
+
                                                                          • forward: Traffic will be distributed to the default backend servers.
                                                                            
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Note: This parameter takes effect only when WAF is enabled for the load balancer.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          This parameter is unsupported. Please do not use it.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
 
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          
@@ -728,7 +759,6 @@
 
                                                                          Integer
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Specifies the IP version. 4 indicates IPv4, and 6 indicates IPv6.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported. The value cannot be 6.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Integer
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Specifies the IP version. The value can be 4 (IPv4) or 6 (IPv6).
                                                                          
-
                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported. The value cannot be 6.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          
 
-
                                                                          Table 13 GlobalEipInfo
                                                                          Parameter
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
@@ -777,44 +806,11 @@
 
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                          Table 13 BandwidthRef
                                                                          Parameter
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Type
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          global_eip_id
                                                                          
+
                                                                          id
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          String
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Specifies the ID of the global EIP.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          global_eip_address
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the global EIP.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          ip_version
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Integer
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the IP version. The value can be 4 and 6. 4 indicates an IPv4 address, and 6 indicates an IPv6 address. [IPv6 is not supported. Do not set this parameter to 6.]
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
-
                                                                          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
@@ -878,7 +874,8 @@
     "l7_scale_flavor_id" : null,
     "vip_subnet_cidr_id" : null,
     "deletion_protection_enable" : false,
-    "public_border_group" : "center"
+    "public_border_group" : "center",
+    "waf_failure_action" : "forward"
   }
 }
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateMember.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateMember.html
index 67c49e17..7a44e0a7 100644
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateMember.html
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateMember.html
@@ -220,7 +220,6 @@
 
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_fl_0006.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_fl_0006.html
index 8dab095a..4f1499c0 100644
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_fl_0006.html
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_fl_0006.html
@@ -4,30 +4,28 @@
 
                                                                          Function
                                                                          Queries all available versions.
                                                                          
 
                                                                          If there is no version added to the URL, all available versions are returned.
                                                                          
 
                                                                          
-
                                                                          URI
                                                                          GET /versions
                                                                          
+
                                                                          URI
                                                                          GET /
                                                                          
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Request
                                                                          None
                                                                          
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Response
                                                                          None
                                                                          
 
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Example
                                                                          • Example request
                                                                            GET /versions
                                                                            
+
                                                                            Example
                                                                            • Example request
                                                                              GET /
                                                                              
 
                                                                            
 
                                                                            
 
                                                                            • Example response
                                                                              {
-  "versions": [
-    {
-      "id": "v3",
-      "status": "CURRENT"
-    },
-    {
-      "id": "v2",
-      "status": "STABLE"
-    },
-    {
-      "id": "v2.0",
-      "status": "STABLE"
-    }
-  ]
+   "versions": [
+      {
+          "status": "CURRENT",
+          "id": "v2.0",
+          "links": [
+         {
+            "href": "http://192.168.82.231:9696/v2.0",
+            "rel": "self"
+         }
+        ]
+       }
+     ]
 }
                                                                              
 
                                                                            
 
                                                                          
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_gc_1102.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_gc_1102.html
index 6fc682b3..b955269b 100644
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_gc_1102.html
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_gc_1102.html
@@ -43,105 +43,127 @@
 
 
 
-
                                                                          
-
-
-
-
-
-
+
+
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
+
+
-
-
-
-
+
+
-
+
+
-
+
+
-
-
-
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_history-api_0000.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_history-api_0000.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 9a1dbec9..00000000
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_history-api_0000.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-  
                                                                          Historical APIs
                                                                          
-
-  
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
-
-
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_0000.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_0000.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 56970e55..00000000
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_0000.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
                                                                          Classic Load Balancer APIs
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
-
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_bg_0000.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_bg_0000.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 3601a695..00000000
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_bg_0000.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
                                                                          API Version
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
-
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_bg_0001.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_bg_0001.html
deleted file mode 100644
index f8d3acc7..00000000
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_bg_0001.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,184 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
                                                                          Querying All API Versions
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Function
                                                                          This API is used to query all API versions of ELB.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          URI
                                                                          GET /
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Request
                                                                          • Request parameters
                                                                            None
                                                                            
-
                                                                          • Example request
                                                                            None
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Response
                                                                          • Response parameters
-
                                                                          Table 14 BandwidthRef
                                                                          Parameter
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Type
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Description
                                                                          
-
                                                                          id
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the shared bandwidth ID.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Specifies the shared bandwidth ID.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
                                                                           
 
                                                                          Specifies the ID of the IPv4 or IPv6 subnet where the backend server resides.
                                                                          
 
                                                                          This parameter can be left blank, indicating that IP as a Backend Server has been enabled for the load balancer. In this case, IP addresses of these servers must be IPv4 addresses, and the protocol of the backend server group must be TCP, HTTP, or HTTPS.
                                                                          
 
                                                                          The IPv4 or IPv6 subnet must be in the same VPC as the subnet of the load balancer.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not set the value to the ID of an IPv6 subnet.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          protocol_port
                                                                          
@@ -251,7 +250,6 @@
 
                                                                          • If subnet_cidr_id is left blank, IP as a Backend Server is enabled. In this case, the IP address must be an IPv4 address.
                                                                            
 
                                                                          • If subnet_cidr_id is not left blank, the IP address can be IPv4 or IPv6. It must be in the subnet specified by subnet_cidr_id and can only be bound to the primary NIC of the backend server.
                                                                            
 
                                                                          
-
                                                                          IPv6 is unsupported. Please do not enter an IPv6 address.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          ip_version
                                                                          
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateSecurityPolicy.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateSecurityPolicy.html
index 13217747..fe09e968 100644
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateSecurityPolicy.html
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/UpdateSecurityPolicy.html
@@ -125,6 +125,7 @@
 
                                                                          Array of strings
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Lists the TLS protocols supported by the custom security policy. Value options: TLSv1, TLSv1.1, TLSv1.2, and TLSv1.3
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Array Length: 1 - 5
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          ciphers
                                                                          
@@ -139,6 +140,7 @@
 
                                                                          • The protocol and cipher suite must match. At least one cipher suite must match the protocol.
                                                                            
 
                                                                          • You can match the protocol and cipher suite based on system security policy.
                                                                            
 
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Array Length: 1 - 30
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          400
                                                                          
+
                                                                          400
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Bad Request
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Bad Request
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Malformed request URI or body.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Invalid request URI.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Invalid admin _state_up value.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Too long request header. 
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Invalid parameters.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Invalid request body.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Batch operations are not allowed.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Unreleased fields in the request body.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Failed to verify the parameters.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          401
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Unauthorized
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Authentication information unavailable in the request header.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          The method is not allowed for the request body, for example, trying to update attributes that be specified only during creation.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          The network is not external (the value of router:external is set to false).
                                                                          
-
                                                                          The IaaS OpenStack network port has no floating IP address bound.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          The requested floating IP address is not in the IP address range of the external network.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Invalid fixed IP address.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          The router port does not have a fixed IP address.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          The subnet for the router interface must have a gateway IP address.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          401
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Unauthorized
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Authentication required.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Expired authentication information in the request header.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          403
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Forbidden
                                                                          
 
                                                                          The URI does not exist.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          The resource cannot be found.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          No permissions to access APIs.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          404
                                                                          
+
                                                                          404
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Not Found
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Not Found
                                                                          
 
                                                                          The URI does not exist.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          No available request URI.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          The resource cannot be found.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          No available requested resources.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          The port UUID is not valid.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          405
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Method Not Allowed
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Method specified in the request not allowed.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          409
                                                                          
+
                                                                          406
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Conflict
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Not Acceptable
                                                                          
 
                                                                          The port is already in use.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Responses from the server failed to be received by the client.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          The IP address is already in use.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          407
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Proxy Authentication Required
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Proxy authentication required before the request can be processed.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          The IP address pool cannot contain gateway and broadcast addresses.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          408
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Request Timeout
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Request timed out.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          The requested floating IP address is already in use.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          409
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Conflict
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Failed to complete the request due to conflicts.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          The internal IaaS OpenStack network port and fixed IP address are already associated with another floating IP addresses.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          The resource being accessed by another request.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          500
                                                                          
+
                                                                          500
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Internal IaaS OpenStack network error.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Internal IaaS OpenStack network error.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Failed to assign the MAC address.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Service internal error.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Server exception.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          501
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Not Implemented
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Failed to complete the request because the server does not support the requested function.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          502
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Bad Gateway
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Failed to complete the request because the server receives an invalid response from the upstream server.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          503
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          Service Unavailable
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Failed to assign the MAC address.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Failed to complete the request because the system is temporarily abnormal.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          504
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Gateway Timeout
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Gateway timed out.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                          Table 1 Parameter description
                                                                          Parameter
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Type
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Description
                                                                          
-
                                                                          versions
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Array
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Lists all API versions.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          id
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the version ID, for example, v1.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          links
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Array
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the API URL.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          href
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the reference address of the current API version.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          rel
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the relationship between the current API version and the referenced address.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          version
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the version. If minor versions are supported, set this parameter to the latest minor version. If minor versions are not supported, leave this parameter blank.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          status
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the version status. Options are as follows:
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • CURRENT: indicates the major version.
                                                                          • SUPPORTED: indicates that the version is an old one, but it is still supported.
                                                                          • DEPRECATED: indicates a deprecated version which may be deleted later.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          updated
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the version release time, which must be the UTC time. For example, the release time of v1 is 2014-06-28T12:20:21Z.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          min_version
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the minor version. If minor versions are supported, set this parameter to the earliest minor version. If minor versions are not supported, leave this parameter blank.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                        8. Example response
                                                                          { 
-   "versions": [ 
-     { 
-       "id": "v1.0", 
-       "links": [ 
-         { 
-           "href": "https://{elb_endpoint}/v1.0/", 
-           "rel": "self" 
-         } 
-       ], 
-       "min_version": "", 
-       "status": "CURRENT", 
-       "updated": "2018-09-30T00:00:00Z", 
-       "version": "" 
-     } 
-   ] 
- }
                                                                          
-
                                                                          9. 
-
-
                                                                          Status Code
                                                                          • Normal
                                                                            200
                                                                            
-
                                                                          • Error
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Status Code
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Message
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            400
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Bad Request
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Request error.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            401
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Unauthorized
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The authentication information is not provided or is incorrect.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            403
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Forbidden
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The request was forbidden.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            404
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Not Found
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The requested resource does not exist.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            408
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Request Timeout
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The request timed out.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            429
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Too Many Requests
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The number requests exceeded the upper limit.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            500
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Internal Server Error
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Failed to complete the request because of an internal service error.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            503
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Service Unavailable
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The service is currently unavailable.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Parent topic: API Version
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_bg_0002.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_bg_0002.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 8324d9f4..00000000
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_bg_0002.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,203 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
                                                                          Querying a Specific API Version
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Function
                                                                          This API is used to query a specific ELB API version.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          URI
                                                                          GET /{api_version}
                                                                          
-
-
                                                                          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                          Table 1 Parameter description
                                                                          Parameter
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Mandatory
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Description
                                                                          
-
                                                                          api_version
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the API version.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Example
                                                                            /v1.0
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Request
                                                                          • Request parameters
                                                                            None
                                                                            
-
                                                                          • Example request
                                                                            None
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Response
                                                                          • Response parameters
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Table 2 Response parameters
                                                                            Parameter
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Type
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            version
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Object
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the API version.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            id
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the version ID, for example, v1.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            links
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Array
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the API URL.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            href
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the reference address of the current API version.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            rel
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the relationship between the current API version and the referenced address.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            version
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the version. If minor versions are supported, set this parameter to the latest minor version. If minor versions are not supported, leave this parameter blank.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            status
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the version status. Options are as follows:
                                                                            
-
                                                                            • CURRENT: indicates the major version.
                                                                            • SUPPORTED: indicates that the version is an old one, but it is still supported.
                                                                            • DEPRECATED: indicates a deprecated version which may be deleted later.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            updated
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the version release time, which must be the UTC time. For example, the release time of v1 is 2014-06-28T12:20:21Z.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            min_version
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the minor version. If minor versions are supported, set this parameter to the earliest minor version. If minor versions are not supported, leave this parameter blank.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                          • Example response
                                                                            {  
-   "version": {  
-       "id": "v1.0",  
-       "links": [  
-         {  
-           "href": "https://{elb_endpoint}/v1.0/",  
-           "rel": "self"  
-         }  
-       ],  
-       "min_version": "",  
-       "status": "CURRENT",  
-       "updated": "2018-09-30T00:00:00Z",  
-       "version": ""  
-     }  
- }
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Status Code
                                                                          • Normal
                                                                            200
                                                                            
-
                                                                          • Error
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Status Code
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Message
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            400
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Bad Request
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Request error.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            401
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Unauthorized
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The authentication information is not provided or is incorrect.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            403
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Forbidden
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The request was forbidden.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            404
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Not Found
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The requested resource does not exist.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            408
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Request Timeout
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The request timed out.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            429
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Too Many Requests
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The number requests exceeded the upper limit.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            500
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Internal Server Error
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Failed to complete the request because of an internal service error.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            503
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Service Unavailable
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The service is currently unavailable.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Parent topic: API Version
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_cj_0000.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_cj_0000.html
deleted file mode 100644
index ba42e1fe..00000000
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_cj_0000.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,172 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
                                                                          Querying Monitoring Metrics
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Function
                                                                          This API is used to query all metrics at Layer 4 and Layer 7.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Only users can query these metrics.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          URI
                                                                          GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/monitor
                                                                          
-
-
                                                                          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                          Table 1 Parameter description
                                                                          Parameter
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Mandatory
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Type
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Description
                                                                          
-
                                                                          project_id
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the project ID.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Request
                                                                          • Request parameters
                                                                            None
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Example request
                                                                            None
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Response
                                                                          • Response parameters
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Table 2 Response parameters
                                                                            Parameter
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Type
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            act_conn
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Integer
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the number of active connections.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            cps
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Integer
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the number of concurrent connections.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            create_time
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the report time.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            in_Bps
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Integer
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the inbound rate (bytes/s).
                                                                            
-
                                                                            in_pps
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Integer
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the number of incoming data packets.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            inact_conn
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Integer
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the number of inactive connections.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            loadbalancer_id
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the load balancer ID.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            loadbalancer_ip
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the load balancer IP address.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            loadbalancer_name
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the load balancer name.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            ncps
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Integer
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the number of new connections.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            out_Bps
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Integer
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the outbound rate (bytes/s).
                                                                            
-
                                                                            out_pps
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Integer
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the number of outgoing data packets.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Example response
                                                                            [ 
-      { 
-          "act_conn": 0,
-          "cps": 0,
-          "create_time": "2016-05-20 16:46:49",
-          "in_Bps": 0,
-          "in_pps": 0,
-          "inact_conn": 0,
-          "loadbalancer_id": "34cf6520808d4766ae1455586ab94ba8",
-          "loadbalancer_ip": "10.10.1.233",
-          "loadbalancer_name": "lb0721",
-          "ncps": 0,
-          "out_Bps": 0,
-          "out_pps": 0
-       },
-       {
-          "act_conn": 0,
-          "cps": 0,
-          "create_time": "2016-05-20 16:46:49",
-          "in_Bps": 0,
-          "in_pps": 0,
-          "inact_conn": 0,
-          "loadbalancer_id": "b44533cce271437bb692365b0c450543",
-          "loadbalancer_ip": "10.10.1.253",
-          "loadbalancer_name": "lb0721",
-          "ncps": 0,
-          "out_Bps": 0,
-          "out_pps": 0
-       }
-]
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Parent topic: Classic Load Balancer APIs
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_fz_0000.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_fz_0000.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 9ab02a97..00000000
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_fz_0000.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
                                                                          Load Balancer
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
-
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_fz_0001.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_fz_0001.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 07a7c965..00000000
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_fz_0001.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,283 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
                                                                          Creating a Load Balancer 
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Function
                                                                          This API is used to create a load balancer.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          URI
                                                                          POST /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/loadbalancers
                                                                          
-
-
                                                                          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                          Table 1 Parameter description
                                                                          Parameter
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Mandatory
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Type
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Description
                                                                          
-
                                                                          project_id
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the project ID.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Request
                                                                          • Request parameters
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Table 2 Parameter description
                                                                            Parameter
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Mandatory
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Type
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            name
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Yes
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            • Specifies the load balancer name.
                                                                            • The value can contain 1 to 64 characters that consist of letters, digits, underscores (_), and hyphens (-).
                                                                            
-
                                                                            description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            No
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            • Provides supplementary information about the load balancer.
                                                                            • The value contains 0 to 128 characters and cannot contain angle brackets (< and >).
                                                                            
-
                                                                            vpc_id
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Yes
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the VPC ID.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            bandwidth
                                                                            
-
                                                                            No
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Integer
                                                                            
-
                                                                            • Specifies the bandwidth (Mbit/s). This parameter is mandatory when type is set to External.
                                                                            • The value ranges from 1 to 500.
                                                                              (The specific range may vary depending on the configuration in each region. You can see the bandwidth range of each region on the management console.)
                                                                              
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            type
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Yes
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            • Specifies the network type of the load balancer.
                                                                            • The value is Internal or External.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            admin_state_up
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Yes
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Integer/Boolean
                                                                            
-
                                                                            • Specifies the administrative status of the load balancer.
                                                                            • Optional values:
                                                                              0 or false: indicates that the load balancer is stopped. Only users are allowed to enter the two values. 
                                                                              
-
                                                                              1 or true indicates that the load balancer is running properly.
                                                                              
-
                                                                              2 or false indicates that the load balancer is frozen. Only the administrator is allowed to enter the two values. 
                                                                              
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            vip_subnet_id
                                                                            
-
                                                                            No
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the subnet ID of backend ECSs. This parameter is mandatory when type is set to Internal. Only IPv4 subnets can be specified.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            az
                                                                            
-
                                                                            No
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the AZ of the load balancer. This parameter is invalid when type is set to External and is optional when type is set to Internal. If type is set to Internal and an AZ is specified, the specified AZ must support private network load balancers. Otherwise, an error message is returned. For more details, see Regions and Endpoints.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            charge_mode
                                                                            
-
                                                                            No
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            • Specifies how a new elastic IP address (EIP) is billed. This is a reserved parameter. If the system supports billing by traffic and this parameter is specified, the EIP will be billed by traffic.
                                                                            • Specifies whether the EIP is billed by traffic or fixed bandwidth. If this parameter is left blank or incorrectly set, the EIP is billed by traffic by default.
                                                                            • The value is traffic. 
                                                                            
-
                                                                            eip_type
                                                                            
-
                                                                            No
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            • This parameter is reserved. 
                                                                            
-
                                                                            security_group_id
                                                                            
-
                                                                            No
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            • Specifies the security group ID. 
                                                                            • The value can contain 1 to 200 characters that consists of letters, digits, and hyphens (-).
                                                                            • This parameter is mandatory if the value of type is Internal, while it is ignored when the value of type is External.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            vip_address
                                                                            
-
                                                                            No
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            • Specifies the private IP address of the load balancer. When type is set to External, the parameter value is the EIP. When type is set to Internal, the parameter value is the private network IP address.
                                                                            • You can select an existing EIP to create a public network load balancer. When this parameter is configured, parameters bandwidth, charge_mode, and eip_type are invalid.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            tenantId
                                                                            
-
                                                                            No
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            • Specifies the project ID.
                                                                            • This parameter is mandatory when type is set to Internal.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Example request 1
                                                                            {
-    "name": "loadbalancer1",
-    "description": "simple lb",
-    "vpc_id": "f54a3ffd-7a55-4568-9e3d-f0ff2d46a107",
-    "bandwidth": 200,
-    "type": "External",
-    "admin_state_up": true
-}
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Example request 2
                                                                            {
-    "name": "loadbalancer1",
-    "description": "simple lb",
-    "vpc_id": "f54a3ffd-7a55-4568-9e3d-f0ff2d46a107",
-    "vip_address": "192.144.164.74",
-    "type": "External",
-    "admin_state_up": true
-}
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Response
                                                                          • Response parameters
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Table 3 Parameter description
                                                                            Parameter
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Type
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            uri
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the URI returned by Combined API after the job for creating a load balancer is delivered.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            job_id
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the unique ID assigned to the job for creating a load balancer in Combined API.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                          • Example response
                                                                            {
-    "uri": "/v1/73cd9140bec7427ab9952b4ed75924e0/jobs/4010b39b4fbb4645014fcfc8f2d178d1",
-    "job_id": "4010b39b4fbb4645014fcfc8f2d178d1"
-}
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Status Code
                                                                          • Normal
                                                                            200
                                                                            
-
                                                                          • Error
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Status Code
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Message
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            400
                                                                            
-
                                                                            badRequest
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Request error.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            401
                                                                            
-
                                                                            unauthorized
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Authentication failed.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            403
                                                                            
-
                                                                            userDisabled
                                                                            
-
                                                                            You do not have the permission to perform the operation.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            404
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Not Found
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The requested page does not exist.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            500
                                                                            
-
                                                                            authFault
                                                                            
-
                                                                            System error.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            503
                                                                            
-
                                                                            serviceUnavailable
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The service is unavailable.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Parent topic: Load Balancer
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_fz_0002.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_fz_0002.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 8c015705..00000000
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_fz_0002.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,142 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
                                                                          Deleting a Load Balancer
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Function
                                                                          This API is used to delete a load balancer. If the load balancer is a public network load balancer, this API deletes the EIP bound to the load balancer.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Constraints
                                                                          For a public network load balancer, you need to delete the backend ECSs added to all listeners of the load balancer before deleting it.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          URI
                                                                          DELETE /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/loadbalancers/{loadbalancer_id}
                                                                          
-
-
                                                                          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                          Table 1 Parameter description
                                                                          Parameter
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Mandatory
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Type
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Description
                                                                          
-
                                                                          project_id
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the project ID.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          loadbalancer_id
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the load balancer ID.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Request
                                                                          • Request parameters
                                                                            None
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Example request
                                                                            None
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Response
                                                                          • Response parameters
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Table 2 Parameter description
                                                                            Parameter
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Type
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            uri
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the URI returned by Combined API after the job for deleting a load balancer is delivered.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            job_id
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the unique ID assigned to the job for deleting a load balancer in Combined API.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                          • Example response
                                                                            {
-    "uri": "/v1/73cd9140bec7427ab9952b4ed75924e0/jobs/4010b39c4fbb4649014fcfd2ab7903b0",
-    "job_id": "4010b39c4fbb4649014fcfd2ab7903b0"
-}
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Status Code
                                                                          • Normal
                                                                            200
                                                                            
-
                                                                          • Error
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Status Code
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Message
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            400
                                                                            
-
                                                                            badRequest
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Request error.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            401
                                                                            
-
                                                                            unauthorized
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Authentication failed.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            403
                                                                            
-
                                                                            userDisabled
                                                                            
-
                                                                            You do not have the permission to perform the operation.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            404
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Not Found
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The requested page does not exist.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            500
                                                                            
-
                                                                            authFault
                                                                            
-
                                                                            System error.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            503
                                                                            
-
                                                                            serviceUnavailable
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The service is unavailable.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Parent topic: Load Balancer
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_fz_0003.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_fz_0003.html
deleted file mode 100644
index d55023b0..00000000
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_fz_0003.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,144 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
                                                                          Deleting a Public Network Load Balancer
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Function
                                                                          This API is used to delete a public network load balancer. The EIP bound to the load balancer will not be deleted. If you need to delete this IP address, refer to Deleting a Load Balancer.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Constraints
                                                                          Before deleting a public network load balancer, you must remove all backend ECSs from the listener. This API cannot be used to delete a private network load balancer.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          URI
                                                                          DELETE /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/loadbalancers/{loadbalancer_id}/keep-eip
                                                                          
-
-
                                                                          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                          Table 1 Parameter description
                                                                          Parameter
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Mandatory
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Type
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Description
                                                                          
-
                                                                          project_id
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the project ID.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          loadbalancer_id
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the load balancer ID.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Request
                                                                          • Request parameters
                                                                            None
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Example request
                                                                            None
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Response
                                                                          • Response parameters
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Table 2 Parameter description
                                                                            Parameter
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Type
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            uri
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the URI returned by Combined API after the job for deleting a load balancer is delivered.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            job_id
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the unique ID assigned to the job for deleting a load balancer in Combined API.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Example response
                                                                            {
-    "uri": "/v1/8263303061de4b5d95c9cb68c3a257f4/jobs/ff808082615b23aa01616b90efc65298", 
-    "job_id": "ff808082615b23aa01616b90efc65298"
-}
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Status Code
                                                                          • Normal
                                                                            200
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Error
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Status Code
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Message
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            400
                                                                            
-
                                                                            badRequest
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Request error.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            401
                                                                            
-
                                                                            unauthorized
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Authentication failed.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            403
                                                                            
-
                                                                            userDisable
                                                                            
-
                                                                            You do not have the permission to perform the operation.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            404
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Not Found
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The requested page does not exist.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            500
                                                                            
-
                                                                            authFault
                                                                            
-
                                                                            System error.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            503
                                                                            
-
                                                                            serviceUnavailable
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The service is unavailable.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Parent topic: Load Balancer
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_fz_0004.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_fz_0004.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 2c314f83..00000000
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_fz_0004.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,186 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
                                                                          Modifying a Load Balancer
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Function
                                                                          This API is used to modify the name, description, bandwidth, and administrative status of a load balancer.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          URI
                                                                          PUT /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/loadbalancers/{loadbalancer_id}
                                                                          
-
-
                                                                          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                          Table 1 Parameter description
                                                                          Parameter
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Mandatory
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Type
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Description
                                                                          
-
                                                                          project_id
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the project ID.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          loadbalancer_id
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the load balancer ID.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          name
                                                                          
-
                                                                          No
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Specifies the load balancer name.
                                                                          • The value can contain 1 to 64 characters that consist of letters, digits, underscores (_), and hyphens (-).
                                                                          
-
                                                                          description
                                                                          
-
                                                                          No
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Provides supplementary information about the load balancer.
                                                                          • The value contains 0 to 128 characters and cannot contain angle brackets (< and >).
                                                                          
-
                                                                          bandwidth
                                                                          
-
                                                                          No
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Integer
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Specifies the bandwidth (Mbit/s). This parameter is mandatory when type is set to External.
                                                                          • The value ranges from 1 to 500.
                                                                            (The specific range may vary depending on the configuration in each region. You can see the bandwidth range of each region on the management console.)
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          admin_state_up
                                                                          
-
                                                                          No
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Integer/Boolean
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Specifies the administrative status of the load balancer.
                                                                          • Optional values:
                                                                            0 or false: indicates that the load balancer is stopped. Only users are allowed to enter the two values. 
                                                                            
-
                                                                            1 or true: indicates that the load balancer is running properly.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            2 or false: indicates that the load balancer is frozen. Only the administrator is allowed to enter the two values. 
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Request
                                                                          • Request parameters
                                                                            None
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Example request
                                                                            {
-    "description": "simple lb",
-    "name": "loadbalancer1",
-    "bandwidth": 200,
-    "admin_state_up": true
-}
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Response
                                                                          • Response parameters
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Table 2 Parameter description
                                                                            Parameter
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Type
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            uri
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the URI returned by Combined API after the job for modifying a load balancer is delivered.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            job_id
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the unique ID assigned to the job for modifying a load balancer in Combined API. 
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Example response
                                                                            {
-    "uri": "/v1/73cd9140bec7427ab9952b4ed75924e0/jobs/4010b39d4fbb4645014fcfddf4b32d15",
-    "job_id": "4010b39d4fbb4645014fcfddf4b32d15"
-}
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Status Code
                                                                          • Normal
                                                                            200
                                                                            
-
                                                                          • Error
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Status Code
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Message
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            400
                                                                            
-
                                                                            badRequest
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Request error.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            401
                                                                            
-
                                                                            unauthorized
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Authentication failed.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            403
                                                                            
-
                                                                            userDisabled
                                                                            
-
                                                                            You do not have the permission to perform the operation.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            404
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Not Found
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The requested page does not exist.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            500
                                                                            
-
                                                                            authFault
                                                                            
-
                                                                            System error.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            503
                                                                            
-
                                                                            serviceUnavailable
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The service is unavailable.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Parent topic: Load Balancer
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_fz_0005.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_fz_0005.html
deleted file mode 100644
index c87e34f0..00000000
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_fz_0005.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,232 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
                                                                          Querying Details of a Load Balancer
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Function
                                                                          This API is used to query details about a load balancer.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          URI
                                                                          GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/loadbalancers/{loadbalancer_id}
                                                                          
-
-
                                                                          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                          Table 1 Parameter description
                                                                          Parameter
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Mandatory
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Type
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Description
                                                                          
-
                                                                          project_id
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the project ID.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          loadbalancer_id
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the load balancer ID.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Request
                                                                          • Request parameters
                                                                            None
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Example request
                                                                            None
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Response
                                                                          • Response parameters
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Table 2 Parameter description
                                                                            Parameter
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Type
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            vip_address
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the private IP address of the load balancer.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            update_time
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the time when the load balancer was updated.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            create_time
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the time when the load balancer was created.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            id
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the load balancer ID.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            status
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            • Specifies the load balancer status.
                                                                            • The value can be ACTIVE, PENDING_CREATE, or ERROR.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            bandwidth
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Integer
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the bandwidth (Mbit/s).
                                                                            
-
                                                                            vpc_id
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the VPC ID.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            admin_state_up
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Integer
                                                                            
-
                                                                            • Specifies the administrative status of the load balancer.
                                                                            • The following options are available:
                                                                              0: The load balancer is disabled.
                                                                              
-
                                                                              1: The load balancer is running properly.
                                                                              
-
                                                                              2: The load balancer is frozen.
                                                                              
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            vip_subnet_id
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            This parameter is unavailable now.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            type
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the network type of the load balancer. The value is External.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            name
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the load balancer name.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Provides supplementary information about the load balancer.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            security_group_id
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            • Specifies the security group ID.
                                                                            • null is displayed for this parameter when type is set to External.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Example response
                                                                            {
-    "vip_address": "192.144.62.114",
-    "update_time": "2015-09-14 02:34:32",
-    "create_time": "2015-09-14 02:34:32",
-    "id": "0b07acf06d243925bc24a0ac7445267a",
-    "status": "ACTIVE",
-    "bandwidth": 1,
-    "security_group_id": null,
-    "vpc_id": "f54a3ffd-7a55-4568-9e3d-f0ff2d46a107",
-    "admin_state_up": 1,
-    "vip_subnet_id": null,
-    "type": "External",
-    "name": "MY_ELB",
-    "description": null
-}
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Status Code
                                                                          • Normal
                                                                            200
                                                                            
-
                                                                          • Error
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Status Code
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Message
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            400
                                                                            
-
                                                                            badRequest
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Request error.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            401
                                                                            
-
                                                                            unauthorized
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Authentication failed.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            403
                                                                            
-
                                                                            userDisabled
                                                                            
-
                                                                            You do not have the permission to perform the operation.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            404
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Not Found
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The requested page does not exist.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            500
                                                                            
-
                                                                            authFault
                                                                            
-
                                                                            System error.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            503
                                                                            
-
                                                                            serviceUnavailable
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The service is unavailable.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Parent topic: Load Balancer
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_hd_0000.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_hd_0000.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 2c54b237..00000000
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_hd_0000.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
                                                                          Backend ECS
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
-
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_hd_0001.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_hd_0001.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b327842..00000000
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_hd_0001.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,164 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
                                                                          Adding Backend ECSs
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Function
                                                                          This API is used to add backend ECSs to a listener for monitoring.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          To add backend ECSs to a UDP listener, IP addresses can be pinged and UDP services must be enabled.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          URI
                                                                          POST /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/listeners/{listener_id}/members
                                                                          
-
-
                                                                          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                          Table 1 Parameter description
                                                                          Parameter
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Mandatory
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Type
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Description
                                                                          
-
                                                                          project_id
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the project ID.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          listener_id
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the listener ID.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          server_id
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the backend ECS ID.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          address
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the private IP address of the backend ECS.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Request
                                                                          • Request parameters
                                                                            None
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Example request
                                                                            [
-    {
-        "server_id": "dbecb618-2259-405f-ab17-9b68c4f541b0",
-        "address": "172.16.0.31"
-    }
-]
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Response
                                                                          • Response parameters
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Table 2 Parameter description
                                                                            Parameter
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Type
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            uri
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the URI of the job for adding a backend ECS. It is returned by Combined API.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            job_id
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the unique ID assigned to the job for adding a backend ECS in Combined API.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                          • Example response
                                                                            {
-    "uri": "/v1/55300f3c8f764c06b1a32e2302edc305/jobs/4010b39b4fd3d5ff014fd3ec3ed8002d",
-    "job_id": "4010b39b4fd3d5ff014fd3ec3ed8002d"
-}
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Status Code
                                                                          • Normal
                                                                            200
                                                                            
-
                                                                          • Error
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Status Code
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Message
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            400
                                                                            
-
                                                                            badRequest
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Request error.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            401
                                                                            
-
                                                                            unauthorized
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Authentication failed.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            403
                                                                            
-
                                                                            userDisabled
                                                                            
-
                                                                            You do not have the permission to perform the operation.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            404
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Not Found
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The requested page does not exist.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            500
                                                                            
-
                                                                            authFault
                                                                            
-
                                                                            System error.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            503
                                                                            
-
                                                                            serviceUnavailable
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The service is unavailable.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Parent topic: Backend ECS
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_hd_0002.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_hd_0002.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 98103f00..00000000
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_hd_0002.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,179 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
                                                                          Removing Backend ECSs
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Function
                                                                          This API is used to remove backend ECSs from a listener. Multiple backend ECSs can be removed concurrently.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          URI
                                                                          POST /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/listeners/{listener_id}/members/action
                                                                          
-
-
                                                                          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                          Table 1 Parameter description
                                                                          Parameter
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Mandatory
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Type
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Description
                                                                          
-
                                                                          project_id
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the project ID.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          listener_id
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the listener ID.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          removeMember
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Array
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Lists the removed backend ECSs.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
-
                                                                          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                          Table 2 removeMember parameter description
                                                                          Parameter
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Mandatory
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Type
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Description
                                                                          
-
                                                                          id
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the backend ECS ID.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Request
                                                                          • Request parameters
                                                                            None
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Example request
                                                                            {
-    "removeMember": [
-        {
-            "id": "34695d664b182fa69b98228032b0e239"
-        }
-    ]
-}
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Response
                                                                          • Response parameters
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Table 3 Parameter description
                                                                            Parameter
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Type
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            uri
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the URI returned by Combined API after the job for removing a backend ECS is delivered.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            job_id
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the unique ID assigned to the job for removing a backend ECS in Combined API.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Example response
                                                                            {
-    "uri": "/v1/55300f3c8f764c06b1a32e2302edc305/jobs/4010b39b4fd3d5ff014fd3f160fd006c",
-    "job_id": "4010b39b4fd3d5ff014fd3f160fd006c"
-}
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Status Code
                                                                          • Normal
                                                                            200
                                                                            
-
                                                                          • Error
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Status Code
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Message
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            400
                                                                            
-
                                                                            badRequest
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Request error.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            401
                                                                            
-
                                                                            unauthorized
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Authentication failed.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            403
                                                                            
-
                                                                            userDisabled
                                                                            
-
                                                                            You do not have the permission to perform the operation.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            404
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Not Found
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The requested page does not exist.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            500
                                                                            
-
                                                                            authFault
                                                                            
-
                                                                            System error.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            503
                                                                            
-
                                                                            serviceUnavailable
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The service is unavailable.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Parent topic: Backend ECS
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_hd_0003.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_hd_0003.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 2db9c58e..00000000
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_hd_0003.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,272 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
                                                                          Querying Backend ECSs
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Function
                                                                          This API is used to query backend ECSs added to a listener. If you are the administrator, the backend ECS list will be empty.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          URI
                                                                          GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/listeners/{listener_id}/members?limit=10&marker=0
                                                                          
-
                                                                           
                                                                          Enter a question mark (?) and an ampersand (&) at the end of the URI to define multiple search criteria. This API allows filtering backend ECSs by each parameter in the response message except listeners, server_name, update_time, and create_time.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
-
                                                                          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                          Table 1 Parameter description
                                                                          Parameter
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Mandatory
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Type
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Description
                                                                          
-
                                                                          project_id
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the project ID.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          listener_id
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the listener ID.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          marker
                                                                          
-
                                                                          No
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the resource ID of pagination query. If the parameter is left blank, only resources on the first page are queried.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          limit
                                                                          
-
                                                                          No
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Integer
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the number of records on each page.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Request
                                                                          • Request parameters
                                                                            None
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Example request
                                                                            None
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Response
                                                                          • Response parameters
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Table 2 Parameter description
                                                                            Parameter
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Type
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            server_address
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the private IP address of the backend ECS.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            id
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the backend ECS ID.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            address
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the floating IP address assigned to the backend ECS.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            status
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the status of the backend ECS. The value can be ACTIVE, PENDING, or ERROR.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            health_status
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the health check result. The value is NORMAL, ABNORMAL, or UNAVAILABLE.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            update_time
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the time when the backend ECS was updated.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            create_time
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the time when the backend ECS was added.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            server_name
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the backend ECS name.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            server_id
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the backend ECS ID.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            listeners
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Array
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the listener with which the backend ECS is associated.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Table 3 listeners parameter description
                                                                            Parameter
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Type
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            id
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the listener with which the backend ECS is associated.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Example response
                                                                            [
-    {
-        "server_address": "172.16.0.16",
-        "id": "4ac8777333bc20777147ab160ea61baf",
-        "status": "ACTIVE",
-        "address": "100.64.27.96",
-        "listeners": [
-            {
-                "id": "65093734fb966b3d70f6af26cc63e125"
-            },
-            {
-                "id": "a659fe780a542e1adf204db767a021a3"
-            }
-        ],
-        "update_time": "2015-12-28 10:35:51",
-        "create_time": "2015-12-28 10:35:50",
-        "server_name": null,
-        "server_id": "97444148-7afb-47cc-b4a3-6e1c94d1ade4",
-        "health_status": "NORMAL"
-    },
-    {
-        "server_address": "172.16.0.15",
-        "id": "d8a21f107a19d7bd1d05a1f764eb623a",
-        "status": "ACTIVE",
-        "address": "100.64.27.95",
-        "listeners": [
-            {
-                "id": "65093734fb966b3d70f6af26cc63e125"
-            },
-            {
-                "id": "a659fe780a542e1adf204db767a021a3"
-            }
-        ],
-        "update_time": "2015-12-28 10:35:51",
-        "create_time": "2015-12-28 10:35:50",
-        "server_name": null,
-        "server_id": "05b731db-d457-41dc-a824-862daba91a59",
-        "health_status": "ABNORMAL"
-    }
-]
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Status Code
                                                                          • Normal
                                                                            200
                                                                            
-
                                                                          • Error
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Status Code
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Message
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            400
                                                                            
-
                                                                            badRequest
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Request error.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            401
                                                                            
-
                                                                            unauthorized
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Authentication failed.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            403
                                                                            
-
                                                                            userDisabled
                                                                            
-
                                                                            You do not have the permission to perform the operation.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            404
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Not Found
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The requested page does not exist.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            500
                                                                            
-
                                                                            authFault
                                                                            
-
                                                                            System error.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            503
                                                                            
-
                                                                            serviceUnavailable
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The service is unavailable.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Parent topic: Backend ECS
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jk_0000.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jk_0000.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 1927e324..00000000
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jk_0000.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
                                                                          Health Check
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
-
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jk_0001.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jk_0001.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 710e7dbc..00000000
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jk_0001.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,308 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
                                                                          Configuring a Health Check
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Function
                                                                          This API is used to configure a health check for backend ECSs.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          URI
                                                                          POST /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/healthcheck
                                                                          
-
-
                                                                          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                          Table 1 Parameter description
                                                                          Parameter
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Mandatory
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Type
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Description
                                                                          
-
                                                                          project_id
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the project ID.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          listener_id
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the ID of the listener with which the health check is associated.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          healthcheck_protocol
                                                                          
-
                                                                          No
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Specifies the health check protocol. A listener using UDP is not allowed for a private network load balancer.
                                                                          • The value can be HTTP, TCP, or UDP.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          healthcheck_uri
                                                                          
-
                                                                          No
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Specifies the health check URI. This parameter is valid when healthcheck_protocol is HTTP.
                                                                          • The value can contain 1 to 80 characters that must start with a slash (/) and can contain only letters, digits, and special characters such as -/.%?#&_=
                                                                          
-
                                                                          healthcheck_connect_port
                                                                          
-
                                                                          No
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Integer
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Specifies the health check port.
                                                                          • The port number ranges from 1 to 65535.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          healthy_threshold
                                                                          
-
                                                                          No
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Integer
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Specifies the number of consecutive health checks when the health check result of a backend ECS changes from fail to success.
                                                                          • The value ranges from 1 to 10.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          unhealthy_threshold
                                                                          
-
                                                                          No
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Integer
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Specifies the number of consecutive health checks when the health check result of a backend ECS changes from success to fail.
                                                                          • The value ranges from 1 to 10.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          healthcheck_timeout
                                                                          
-
                                                                          No
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Integer
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Specifies the maximum time required for waiting for a response from the health check in the unit of second.
                                                                          • The value ranges from 1 to 50.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          healthcheck_interval
                                                                          
-
                                                                          No
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Integer
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Specifies the maximum time between health checks in the unit of second.
                                                                          • The value ranges from 1 to 50.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Request
                                                                          • Request parameters
                                                                            None
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Example request 1: Configuring an HTTP health check
                                                                            {
-    "healthcheck_connect_port": 80,
-    "healthcheck_interval": 5,
-    "healthcheck_protocol": "HTTP",
-    "healthcheck_timeout": 10,
-    "healthcheck_uri": "/",
-    "healthy_threshold": 3,
-    "listener_id": "3ce8c4429478a5eb6ef4930de2d75b28",
-    "unhealthy_threshold": 3
-}
                                                                            
-
                                                                          • Example request 2: Configuring a TCP health check 
                                                                            {
-    "healthcheck_connect_port": 80,
-    "healthcheck_interval": 5,
-    "healthcheck_protocol": "TCP",
-    "healthcheck_timeout": 10,
-    "healthcheck_uri": "",
-    "healthy_threshold": 3,
-    "listener_id": "3ce8c4429478a5eb6ef4930de2d75b28",
-    "unhealthy_threshold": 3
-}
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Response
                                                                          • Response parameters
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Table 2 Parameter description
                                                                            Parameter
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Type
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            healthcheck_interval
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Integer
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the maximum time between health checks in the unit of second.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            listener_id
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the ID of the listener with which the health check is associated.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            id
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the health check ID.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            healthcheck_protocol
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the health check protocol.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            unhealthy_threshold
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Integer
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the number of consecutive health checks when the health check result of a backend ECS changes from success to fail.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            update_time
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the time when the health check was updated.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            create_time
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the time when the health check was configured.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            healthcheck_connect_port
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Integer
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the health check port.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            healthcheck_timeout
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Integer
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the maximum time required for waiting for a response from the health check in the unit of second.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            healthcheck_uri
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the health check URI. This parameter is valid when healthcheck_protocol is HTTP.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            healthy_threshold
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Integer
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the number of consecutive health checks when the health check result of a backend ECS changes from fail to success.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Example response 1: Configuring an HTTP health check
                                                                            {
-     "healthcheck_interval":5,
-     "listener_id":"3ce8c4429478a5eb6ef4930de2d75b28",
-     "id":"134e5ea962327c6a574b83e6e7f31f35",
-     "healthcheck_protocol":"HTTP",
-     "unhealthy_threshold":3,
-     "update_time":"2015-12-25 03:57:23",
-     "create_time":"2015-12-25 03:57:23",
-     "healthcheck_connect_port":80,
-     "healthcheck_timeout":10,
-     "healthcheck_uri":"\/",
-     "healthy_threshold":3
-}
                                                                            
-
                                                                          • Example response 2: Configuring a TCP health check 
                                                                            {
-     "healthcheck_interval":5,
-     "listener_id":"3ce8c4429478a5eb6ef4930de2d75b28",
-     "id":"134e5ea962327c6a574b83e6e7f31f35",
-     "healthcheck_protocol":"TCP",
-     "unhealthy_threshold":3,
-     "update_time":"2015-12-25 03:57:23",
-     "create_time":"2015-12-25 03:57:23",
-     "healthcheck_connect_port":80,
-     "healthcheck_timeout":10,
-     "healthcheck_uri":"",
-     "healthy_threshold":3
-}
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Status Code
                                                                          • Normal
                                                                            200
                                                                            
-
                                                                          • Error
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Status Code
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Message
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            400
                                                                            
-
                                                                            badRequest
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Request error.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            401
                                                                            
-
                                                                            unauthorized
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Authentication failed.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            403
                                                                            
-
                                                                            userDisabled
                                                                            
-
                                                                            You do not have the permission to perform the operation.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            404
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Not Found
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The requested page does not exist.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            500
                                                                            
-
                                                                            authFault
                                                                            
-
                                                                            System error.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            503
                                                                            
-
                                                                            serviceUnavailable
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The service is unavailable.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Parent topic: Health Check
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jk_0002.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jk_0002.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 82bccb16..00000000
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jk_0002.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,113 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
                                                                          Deleting a Health Check
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Function
                                                                          This API is used to delete a health check.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          URI
                                                                          DELETE /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/healthcheck/{healthcheck_id}
                                                                          
-
-
                                                                          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                          Table 1 Parameter description
                                                                          Parameter
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Mandatory
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Type
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Description
                                                                          
-
                                                                          project_id
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the project ID.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          healthcheck_id
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the health check ID.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Request
                                                                          • Request parameters
                                                                            None
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Example request
                                                                            None
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Response
                                                                          • Response parameters
                                                                            None
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Example response
                                                                            None
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Status Code
                                                                          • Normal
                                                                            204
                                                                            
-
                                                                          • Error
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Status Code
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Message
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            400
                                                                            
-
                                                                            badRequest
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Request error.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            401
                                                                            
-
                                                                            unauthorized
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Authentication failed.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            403
                                                                            
-
                                                                            userDisabled
                                                                            
-
                                                                            You do not have the permission to perform the operation.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            404
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Not Found
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The requested page does not exist.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            500
                                                                            
-
                                                                            authFault
                                                                            
-
                                                                            System error.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            503
                                                                            
-
                                                                            serviceUnavailable
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The service is unavailable.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Parent topic: Health Check
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jk_0003.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jk_0003.html
deleted file mode 100644
index ddd166ff..00000000
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jk_0003.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,284 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
                                                                          Modifying a Health Check
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Function
                                                                          This API is used to modify information about a health check.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          URI
                                                                          PUT /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/healthcheck/{healthcheck_id}
                                                                          
-
-
                                                                          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                          Table 1 Parameter description
                                                                          Parameter
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Mandatory
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Type
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Description
                                                                          
-
                                                                          project_id
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the project ID.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          healthcheck_id
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the health check ID.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          healthcheck_protocol
                                                                          
-
                                                                          No
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Specifies the health check protocol.
                                                                          • The value can be HTTP or TCP (case-insensitive).
                                                                          
-
                                                                          healthcheck_uri
                                                                          
-
                                                                          No
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Specifies the health check URI. This parameter is valid when healthcheck_protocol is HTTP.
                                                                          • The value can contain 1 to 80 characters that must start with a slash (/) and can contain only letters, digits, and special characters such as -/.%?#&_=
                                                                          
-
                                                                          healthcheck_connect_port
                                                                          
-
                                                                          No
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Integer
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Specifies the health check port.
                                                                          • The port number ranges from 1 to 65535.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          healthy_threshold
                                                                          
-
                                                                          No
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Integer
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Specifies the number of consecutive health checks when the health check result of a backend ECS changes from fail to success.
                                                                          • The value ranges from 1 to 10.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          unhealthy_threshold
                                                                          
-
                                                                          No
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Integer
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Specifies the number of consecutive health checks when the health check result of a backend ECS changes from success to fail.
                                                                          • The value ranges from 1 to 10.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          healthcheck_timeout
                                                                          
-
                                                                          No
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Integer
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Specifies the maximum time required for waiting for a response from the health check in the unit of second.
                                                                          • The value ranges from 1 to 50.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          healthcheck_interval
                                                                          
-
                                                                          No
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Integer
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Specifies the maximum time between health checks in the unit of second.
                                                                          • The value ranges from 1 to 50.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Request
                                                                          • Request parameters
                                                                            None
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Example request
                                                                            {
-    "healthcheck_connect_port": 88,
-    "healthcheck_interval": 5,
-    "healthcheck_protocol": "HTTP",
-    "healthcheck_timeout": 10,
-    "healthcheck_uri": "/",
-    "healthy_threshold": 3,
-    "unhealthy_threshold": 2
-}
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Response
                                                                          • Response parameters
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Table 2 Parameter description
                                                                            Parameter
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Type
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            healthcheck_interval
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Integer
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the maximum time between health checks in the unit of second.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            listener_id
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the ID of the listener with which the health check is associated.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            id
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the health check ID.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            healthcheck_protocol
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the health check protocol.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            unhealthy_threshold
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Integer
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the number of consecutive health checks when the health check result of a backend ECS changes from success to fail.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            update_time
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the time when the certificate was updated.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            create_time
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the time when the health check was created.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            healthcheck_connect_port
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Integer
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the health check port.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            healthcheck_timeout
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Integer
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the maximum time required for waiting for a response from the health check in the unit of second.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            healthcheck_uri
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the health check URI. This parameter is valid when healthcheck_protocol is HTTP.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            healthy_threshold
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Integer
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the threshold at which the health check result is success, that is, the number of consecutive successful health checks when the health check result of a backend ECS changes from fail to success.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Example response
                                                                            {
-    "healthcheck_interval": 5,
-    "listener_id": "3ce8c4429478a5eb6ef4930de2d75b28",
-    "id": "134e5ea962327c6a574b83e6e7f31f35",
-    "healthcheck_protocol": "HTTP",
-    "unhealthy_threshold": 2,
-    "update_time": "2015-12-25 03:57:23",
-    "create_time": "2015-12-25 03:57:23",
-    "healthcheck_connect_port": 88,
-    "healthcheck_timeout": 10,
-    "healthcheck_uri": "/",
-    "healthy_threshold": 3
-}
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Status Code
                                                                          • Normal
                                                                            200
                                                                            
-
                                                                          • Error
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Status Code
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Message
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            400
                                                                            
-
                                                                            badRequest
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Request error.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            401
                                                                            
-
                                                                            unauthorized
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Authentication failed.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            403
                                                                            
-
                                                                            userDisabled
                                                                            
-
                                                                            You do not have the permission to perform the operation.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            404
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Not Found
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The requested page does not exist.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            500
                                                                            
-
                                                                            authFault
                                                                            
-
                                                                            System error.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            503
                                                                            
-
                                                                            serviceUnavailable
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The service is unavailable.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Parent topic: Health Check
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jk_0004.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jk_0004.html
deleted file mode 100644
index f34809d2..00000000
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jk_0004.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,213 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
                                                                          Querying Details of a Health Check
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Function
                                                                          This API is used to query details about a health check.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          URI
                                                                          GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/healthcheck/{healthcheck_id}
                                                                          
-
-
                                                                          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                          Table 1 Parameter description
                                                                          Parameter
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Mandatory
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Type
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Description
                                                                          
-
                                                                          project_id
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the project ID.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          healthcheck_id
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the health check ID.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Request
                                                                          • Request parameters
                                                                            None
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Example request
                                                                            None
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Response
                                                                          • Response parameters
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Table 2 Parameter description
                                                                            Parameter
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Type
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            healthcheck_interval
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Integer
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the maximum time between health checks in the unit of second.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            listener_id
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the ID of the listener with which the health check is associated.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            id
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the health check ID.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            healthcheck_protocol
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the health check protocol.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            unhealthy_threshold
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Integer
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the number of consecutive health checks when the health check result of a backend ECS changes from success to fail.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            update_time
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the time when the health check was updated.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            create_time
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the time when the health check was configured.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            healthcheck_connect_port
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Integer
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the health check port.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            healthcheck_timeout
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Integer
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the maximum time required for waiting for a response from the health check in the unit of second.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            healthcheck_uri
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the health check URI. This parameter is valid when healthcheck_protocol is HTTP.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            healthy_threshold
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Integer
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the threshold at which the health check result is success, that is, the number of consecutive successful health checks when the health check result of a backend ECS changes from fail to success.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Example response
                                                                            {
-    "healthcheck_interval": 5,
-    "listener_id": "3ce8c4429478a5eb6ef4930de2d75b28",
-    "id": "134e5ea962327c6a574b83e6e7f31f35",
-    "healthcheck_protocol": "HTTP",
-    "unhealthy_threshold": 2,
-    "update_time": "2015-12-25 03:57:23",
-    "create_time": "2015-12-25 03:57:23",
-    "healthcheck_connect_port": 88,
-    "healthcheck_timeout": 10,
-    "healthcheck_uri": "/",
-    "healthy_threshold": 3
-}
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Status Code
                                                                          • Normal
                                                                            200
                                                                            
-
                                                                          • Error
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Status Code
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Message
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            400
                                                                            
-
                                                                            badRequest
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Request error.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            401
                                                                            
-
                                                                            unauthorized
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Authentication failed.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            403
                                                                            
-
                                                                            userDisabled
                                                                            
-
                                                                            You do not have the permission to perform the operation.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            404
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Not Found
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The requested page does not exist.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            500
                                                                            
-
                                                                            authFault
                                                                            
-
                                                                            System error.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            503
                                                                            
-
                                                                            serviceUnavailable
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The service is unavailable.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Parent topic: Health Check
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_job_0000.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_job_0000.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 2a7aa415..00000000
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_job_0000.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,305 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
                                                                          Querying the Job Status
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Function
                                                                          This API is used to query the job status, such as the execution status of creating or deleting a load balancer.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          URI
                                                                          GET /v1.0/{project_id}/jobs/{job_id}
                                                                          
-
-
                                                                          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                          Table 1 Parameter description
                                                                          Parameter
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Mandatory
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Type
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Description
                                                                          
-
                                                                          project_id
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the project ID.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          job_id
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the job ID.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Request
                                                                          • Request parameters
                                                                            None
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Example request
                                                                            None
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Response
                                                                          • Response parameters
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Table 2 Parameter description
                                                                            Parameter
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Mandatory
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Type
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            status
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Yes
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the job status.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            • SUCCESS: The job was successfully executed.
                                                                            • RUNNING: The job is in progress.
                                                                            • FAIL: The job failed.
                                                                            • INIT: The job is being initialized.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            entities
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Yes
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Object
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the response to the job. Each type of job has different contents.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            job_id
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Yes
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the job ID.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            job_type
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Yes
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the job type.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            begin_time
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Yes
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the time when the job started.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            end_time
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Yes
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the time when the job ended.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            error_code
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Yes
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the error code returned after the job fails to execute.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            fail_reason
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Yes
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Indicates the cause of the execution failure.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            message
                                                                            
-
                                                                            No
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the message returned when an error occurs.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            code
                                                                            
-
                                                                            No
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the error code returned when an error occurs.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            For details of error code, see Status Codes.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            sub_jobs
                                                                            
-
                                                                            No
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the execution information of a subjob. When no subjob exists, the value of this parameter is left empty. The structure of each subjob is similar to that of the parent job.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                          • Example response
                                                                            { 
-    "status": "SUCCESS", 
-    "entities": 
-     {
-      "elb": 
-       {
-        "id": "ef265755daf84333baf4ddc1d91cbc2f",
-        "name": "1",
-        "type": "External",
-        "status": "ACTIVE", 
-        "bandwidth": 1, 
-        "vip_address": "10.154.53.4", 
-        "tenant_id": "cbc08e2f8c354c7aa7abb88d0a7d11dc", 
-        "admin_state_up": false, 
-        "vpc_id": "21838be1-c1ce-4c09-9184-228cdb43038d" 
-        } 
-      }, 
-     "job_id": "ff8080825ecc523f015ecd0a98f82f77", 
-     "job_type": "createELB", 
-     "begin_time": "2017-09-29T09:49:37.399Z", 
-     "end_time": "2017-09-29T09:50:03.272Z", 
-     "error_code": null, 
-     "fail_reason": null 
-}
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Status Code
                                                                          • Normal
                                                                            200
                                                                            
-
                                                                          • Error
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Status Code
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Message
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            400
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Bad Request
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The server failed to process the request.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            401
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Unauthorized
                                                                            
-
                                                                            You must enter a username and the password to access the requested page.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            403
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Forbidden
                                                                            
-
                                                                            You are forbidden to access the requested page.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            404
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Not Found
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The server could not find the requested page.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            405
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Method Not Allowed
                                                                            
-
                                                                            You are not allowed to use the method specified in the request.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            406
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Not Acceptable
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Response generated by the server is not acceptable to the client.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            407
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Proxy Authentication Required
                                                                            
-
                                                                            You must use the proxy server for authentication so that the request can be processed.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            408
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Request Timeout
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The request timed out.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            409
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Conflict
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The request could not be processed due to a conflict.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            500
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Internal Server Error
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Failed to complete the request because of an internal service error.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            501
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Not Implemented
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Failed to complete the request because the server does not support the requested function.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            502
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Bad Gateway
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Failed to complete the request because the server has received an invalid response.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            503
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Service Unavailable
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Failed to complete the request because the system is out of service temporarily.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            504
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Gateway Timeout
                                                                            
-
                                                                            A gateway timeout error occurred.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Parent topic: Classic Load Balancer APIs
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jt_0000.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jt_0000.html
deleted file mode 100644
index d75da7b0..00000000
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jt_0000.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
                                                                          Listener
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
-
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jt_0001.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jt_0001.html
deleted file mode 100644
index f47d0bd2..00000000
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jt_0001.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,485 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
                                                                          Adding a Listener
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Function
                                                                          This API is used to add a listener to a load balancer.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          URI
                                                                          POST /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/listeners
                                                                          
-
-
                                                                          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                          Table 1 Parameter description
                                                                          Parameter
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Mandatory
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Type
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Description
                                                                          
-
                                                                          project_id
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the project ID.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          name
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Specifies the listener name.
                                                                          • The value can contain 1 to 64 characters that consist of letters, digits, underscores (_), and hyphens (-).
                                                                          
-
                                                                          description
                                                                          
-
                                                                          No
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Provides supplementary information about the listener.
                                                                          • The value contains 0 to 128 characters and cannot contain angle brackets (< and >).
                                                                          
-
                                                                          loadbalancer_id
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the load balancer ID.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          protocol
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Specifies the protocol used by the listener.
                                                                          • The value can be HTTP, TCP, HTTPS, SSL, or UDP.
                                                                          • A UDP listener cannot be added to a private network load balancer.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          port
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Integer
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Specifies the port used by the listener.
                                                                          • The port number ranges from 1 to 65535.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          backend_protocol
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Specifies the backend ECS protocol.
                                                                            If protocol is set to UDP, the value of this parameter can only be UDP.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            If protocol is set to SSL, the value of this parameter can only be TCP.
                                                                            
-
                                                                          • The value can be HTTP, TCP, or UDP.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          backend_port
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Integer
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Specifies the port used by backend ECSs.
                                                                          • The port number ranges from 1 to 65535.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          lb_algorithm
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Specifies the load balancing algorithm.
                                                                          • The value can be roundrobin, leastconn, or source.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          session_sticky
                                                                          
-
                                                                          No
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Boolean
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Specifies whether to enable the sticky session feature.
                                                                          • The value can be true or false. The feature is enabled when the value is true.
                                                                          • If protocol is set to SSL, the sticky session feature is not supported and the parameter is invalid.
                                                                          • If protocol is set to HTTP, HTTPS, or TCP and lb_algorithm is not roundrobin, the value of this parameter can only be false.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          sticky_session_type
                                                                          
-
                                                                          No
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies where the cookie is from. The only value is insert, indicating that the cookie is inserted by the load balancer.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • This parameter takes effect when protocol is set to HTTP and session_sticky to true.
                                                                          • This parameter does not take effect when protocol is set to TCP, SSL, or UDP, which means that the parameter is unavailable or its value is set to null.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          cookie_timeout
                                                                          
-
                                                                          No
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Integer
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Specifies the cookie timeout duration. This parameter is valid when protocol is set to HTTP, session_sticky to true, and sticky_session_type to insert. This parameter is invalid when protocol is set to TCP, SSL, or UDP.
                                                                          • The value ranges from 1 to 1440.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          tcp_timeout
                                                                          
-
                                                                          No
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Integer
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Specifies the TCP session timeout duration. This parameter is valid when protocol is set to TCP.
                                                                          • The value ranges from 1 to 1440.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          tcp_draining
                                                                          
-
                                                                          No
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Boolean
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Specifies whether to maintain TCP connections to a backend ECS that has been removed. This parameter is valid when protocol is set to TCP.
                                                                          • The value can be true or false.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          tcp_draining_timeout
                                                                          
-
                                                                          No
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Integer
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Specifies the timeout duration for maintaining TCP connections to a backend ECS that has been removed in the unit of minute.
                                                                            This parameter is valid when protocol is set to TCP and tcp_draining to true.
                                                                            
-
                                                                          • The value ranges from 0 to 60.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          certificate_id
                                                                          
-
                                                                          No
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Specifies the certificate ID. This parameter is mandatory when protocol is set to HTTPS or SSL.
                                                                          • The ID can be obtained from the certificate list.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          certificates
                                                                          
-
                                                                          No
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Lists the certificate IDs if protocol is set to HTTPS.
                                                                          • This parameter is mandatory in the SNI scenario and is valid only when the load balancer is a public network load balancer.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          udp_timeout
                                                                          
-
                                                                          No
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Integer
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Specifies the UDP session timeout duration. This parameter is valid when protocol is set to UDP.
                                                                          • The value ranges from 1 to 1440.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          ssl_protocols
                                                                          
-
                                                                          No
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Specifies the supported SSL/TLS protocol version. This parameter is available only when protocol is set to HTTPS or SSL.
                                                                          • The value can be TLS 1.2 or TLS 1.2 TLS 1.1 TLS 1.0, and the default value is TLS 1.2.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          ssl_ciphers
                                                                          
-
                                                                          No
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Specifies the cipher suites supported by a specific SSL/TLS protocol version. This parameter is available only when protocol is set to HTTPS or SSL.
                                                                          • The value is Default, Extended, or Strict.
                                                                            The value of Default is ECDHE-RSA-AES256-GCM-SHA384:ECDHE-RSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256:ECDHE-RSA-AES256-SHA384:ECDHE-RSA-AES128-SHA256.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The value of Extended is ECDHE-ECDSA-AES128-SHA256:ECDHE-RSA-AES128-SHA256:AES128-SHA256:AES256-SHA256:ECDHE-ECDSA-AES256-SHA384:ECDHE-RSA-AES256-SHA384:ECDHE-ECDSA-AES128-SHA:ECDHE-RSA-AES128-SHA:DHE-RSA-AES128-SHA:ECDHE-RSA-AES256-SHA:ECDHE-ECDSA-AES256-SHA:AES128-SHA:AES256-SHA:DHE-DSS-AES128-SHA:CAMELLIA128-SHA:EDH-RSA-DES-CBC3-SHA:DES-CBC3-SHA:ECDHE-RSA-RC4-SHA:RC4-SHA:DHE-RSA-AES256-SHA:DHE-DSS-AES256-SHA:DHE-RSA-CAMELLIA256-SHA:DHE-DSS-CAMELLIA256-SHA:CAMELLIA256-SHA:EDH-DSS-DES-CBC3-SHA:DHE-RSA-CAMELLIA128-SHA:DHE-DSS-CAMELLIA128-SHA.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The value of Strict is ECDHE-RSA-AES256-GCM-SHA384:ECDHE-RSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The default value is Default. When ssl_protocols is set to TLS 1.2 TLS 1.1 TLS 1.0, this parameter can only be set to Extended.
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Request
                                                                          • Request parameters
                                                                            None
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Example request
                                                                            {
-    "name": "listener1",
-    "description": "",
-    "loadbalancer_id": "0b07acf06d243925bc24a0ac7445267a",
-    "protocol": "HTTP",
-    "port": 88,
-    "backend_protocol": "HTTP",
-    "backend_port": 80,
-    "lb_algorithm": "roundrobin",
-    "session_sticky": true,
-    "sticky_session_type": "insert",
-    "cookie_timeout": 100,
-    "tcp_draining": true,
-    "tcp_draining_timeout": 5
-}
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Response
                                                                          • Response parameters
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Table 2 Parameter description
                                                                            Parameter
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Type
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            update_time
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the time when the listener was updated.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            backend_port
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Integer
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the port used by backend ECSs.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            id
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the listener ID.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            backend_protocol
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the protocol used by backend ECSs.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            sticky_session_type
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies where the cookie is from. The only value is insert, indicating that the cookie is inserted by the load balancer. This parameter is valid when protocol is set to HTTP and session_sticky to true.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Provides supplementary information about the listener.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            loadbalancer_id
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the load balancer ID.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            create_time
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the time when the listener was created.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            status
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the listener status. The value can be ACTIVE, PENDING_CREATE, or ERROR.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            protocol
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the protocol used for load balancing at Layer 4 or Layer 7.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            port
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Integer
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the port used by the listener.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            cookie_timeout
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Integer
                                                                            
-
                                                                            • Specifies the cookie timeout duration in the unit of minute. This parameter is valid when session_sticky is set to true and sticky_session_type to insert.
                                                                            • The value ranges from 1 to 1440.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            admin_state_up
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Boolean
                                                                            
-
                                                                            • Specifies the administrative status of the load balancer.
                                                                            • Two options are available:
                                                                              false: The load balancer is disabled.
                                                                              
-
                                                                              true: The load balancer is running properly.
                                                                              
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            session_sticky
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Boolean
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies whether to enable the sticky session feature. The feature is enabled when the value is true.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            lb_algorithm
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the load balancing algorithm.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            name
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the listener name.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            tcp_draining
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Boolean
                                                                            
-
                                                                            • Specifies whether to maintain TCP connections to a backend ECS that has been removed. This parameter is valid when protocol is set to TCP.
                                                                            • The value can be true or false.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            tcp_draining_timeout
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Integer
                                                                            
-
                                                                            • Specifies the timeout duration for maintaining TCP connections to a backend ECS that has been removed in the unit of minute.
                                                                              This parameter is valid when protocol is set to TCP and tcp_draining to true.
                                                                              
-
                                                                            • The value ranges from 0 to 60.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            ssl_protocols
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            • Specifies the supported SSL/TLS protocol version.
                                                                            • This parameter is available only when protocol is set to HTTPS or SSL.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            ssl_ciphers
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            • Specifies the cipher suite of an encryption protocol.
                                                                            • This parameter is available only when protocol is set to HTTPS or SSL.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            certificate_id
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            • Specifies the default certificate ID.
                                                                            • This parameter is available only when protocol is set to HTTPS or SSL.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            certificates
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            • Lists the certificate IDs if protocol is set to HTTPS.
                                                                            • This parameter is mandatory in the SNI scenario.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Example response
                                                                            {
-    "update_time": "2015-09-15 07:41:17",
-    "backend_port": 80,
-    "tcp_draining": true,
-    "id": "248425d7b97dc26920eb23720115e068",
-    "backend_protocol": "HTTP",
-    "sticky_session_type": "insert",
-    "description": "",
-    "loadbalancer_id": "0b07acf06d243925bc24a0ac7445267a",
-    "create_time": "2015-09-15 07:41:17",
-    "status": "ACTIVE",
-    "protocol": "TCP",
-    "port": 88,
-    "cookie_timeout": 100,
-    "admin_state_up": true,
-    "session_sticky": true,
-    "lb_algorithm": "roundrobin",
-    "name": "listener1",
-    "tcp_draining": true,
-    "tcp_draining_timeout": 5
-}
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Status Code
                                                                          • Normal
                                                                            200
                                                                            
-
                                                                          • Error
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Status Code
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Message
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            400
                                                                            
-
                                                                            badRequest
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Request error.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            401
                                                                            
-
                                                                            unauthorized
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Authentication failed.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            403
                                                                            
-
                                                                            userDisabled
                                                                            
-
                                                                            You do not have the permission to perform the operation.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            404
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Not Found
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The requested page does not exist.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            500
                                                                            
-
                                                                            authFault
                                                                            
-
                                                                            System error.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            503
                                                                            
-
                                                                            serviceUnavailable
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The service is unavailable.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Parent topic: Listener
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jt_0002.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jt_0002.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 46fda991..00000000
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jt_0002.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,113 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
                                                                          Deleting a Listener
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Function
                                                                          This API is used to delete a listener.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          URI
                                                                          DELETE /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/listeners/{listener_id}
                                                                          
-
-
                                                                          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                          Table 1 Parameter description
                                                                          Parameter
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Mandatory
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Type
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Description
                                                                          
-
                                                                          project_id
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the project ID.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          listener_id
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the listener ID.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Request
                                                                          • Request parameters
                                                                            None
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Example request
                                                                            None
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Response
                                                                          • Response parameters
                                                                            None
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Example response
                                                                            None
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Status Code
                                                                          • Normal
                                                                            204
                                                                            
-
                                                                          • Error
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Status Code
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Message
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            400
                                                                            
-
                                                                            badRequest
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Request error.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            401
                                                                            
-
                                                                            unauthorized
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Authentication failed.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            403
                                                                            
-
                                                                            userDisabled
                                                                            
-
                                                                            You do not have the permission to perform the operation.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            404
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Not Found
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The requested page does not exist.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            500
                                                                            
-
                                                                            authFault
                                                                            
-
                                                                            System error.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            503
                                                                            
-
                                                                            serviceUnavailable
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The service is unavailable.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Parent topic: Listener
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jt_0003.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jt_0003.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 9254fce1..00000000
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jt_0003.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,428 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
                                                                          Modifying a Listener
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Function
                                                                          This API is used to modify the listener information, including the listener name, description, and status.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          URI
                                                                          PUT /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/listeners/{listener_id}
                                                                          
-
-
                                                                          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                          Table 1 Parameter description
                                                                          Parameter
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Mandatory
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Type
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Description
                                                                          
-
                                                                          project_id
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the project ID.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          listener_id
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the listener ID.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          name
                                                                          
-
                                                                          No
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Specifies the listener name.
                                                                          • The value can contain 1 to 64 characters that consist of letters, digits, underscores (_), and hyphens (-).
                                                                          
-
                                                                          description
                                                                          
-
                                                                          No
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Provides supplementary information about the listener.
                                                                          • The value contains 0 to 128 characters and cannot contain angle brackets (< and >).
                                                                          
-
                                                                          port
                                                                          
-
                                                                          No
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Integer
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Specifies the port used by the listener.
                                                                          • The port number ranges from 1 to 65535.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          backend_port
                                                                          
-
                                                                          No
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Integer
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Specifies the port used by backend ECSs.
                                                                          • The port number ranges from 1 to 65535.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          lb_algorithm
                                                                          
-
                                                                          No
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Specifies the load balancing algorithm.
                                                                          • The value can be roundrobin, leastconn, or source.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          tcp_timeout
                                                                          
-
                                                                          No
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Integer
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Specifies the TCP session timeout duration. This parameter is valid when protocol is set to TCP.
                                                                          • The value ranges from 1 to 1440.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          tcp_draining
                                                                          
-
                                                                          No
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Boolean
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Specifies whether to maintain TCP connections to a backend ECS that has been removed. This parameter is valid when protocol is set to TCP.
                                                                          • The value can be true or false.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          tcp_draining_timeout
                                                                          
-
                                                                          No
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Integer
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Specifies the timeout duration for maintaining TCP connections to a backend ECS that has been removed in the unit of minute.
                                                                            This parameter is valid when protocol is set to TCP and tcp_draining to true.
                                                                            
-
                                                                          • The value ranges from 0 to 60.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          udp_timeout
                                                                          
-
                                                                          No
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Integer
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Specifies the UDP session timeout duration. This parameter is valid when protocol is set to UDP.
                                                                          • The value ranges from 1 to 1440.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          ssl_protocols
                                                                          
-
                                                                          No
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Specifies the supported SSL/TLS protocol version. This parameter is available only when protocol is set to HTTPS or SSL.
                                                                          • The value can be TLS 1.2 or TLS 1.2 TLS 1.1 TLS 1.0, and the default value is TLS 1.2.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          ssl_ciphers
                                                                          
-
                                                                          No
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Specifies the cipher suites supported by a specific SSL/TLS protocol version. This parameter is available only when protocol is set to HTTPS or SSL.
                                                                          • The value is Default, Extended, or Strict.
                                                                            The value of Default is ECDHE-RSA-AES256-GCM-SHA384:ECDHE-RSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256:ECDHE-RSA-AES256-SHA384:ECDHE-RSA-AES128-SHA256.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The value of Extended is ECDHE-ECDSA-AES128-SHA256:ECDHE-RSA-AES128-SHA256:AES128-SHA256:AES256-SHA256:ECDHE-ECDSA-AES256-SHA384:ECDHE-RSA-AES256-SHA384:ECDHE-ECDSA-AES128-SHA:ECDHE-RSA-AES128-SHA:DHE-RSA-AES128-SHA:ECDHE-RSA-AES256-SHA:ECDHE-ECDSA-AES256-SHA:AES128-SHA:AES256-SHA:DHE-DSS-AES128-SHA:CAMELLIA128-SHA:EDH-RSA-DES-CBC3-SHA:DES-CBC3-SHA:ECDHE-RSA-RC4-SHA:RC4-SHA:DHE-RSA-AES256-SHA:DHE-DSS-AES256-SHA:DHE-RSA-CAMELLIA256-SHA:DHE-DSS-CAMELLIA256-SHA:CAMELLIA256-SHA:EDH-DSS-DES-CBC3-SHA:DHE-RSA-CAMELLIA128-SHA:DHE-DSS-CAMELLIA128-SHA.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The value of Strict is ECDHE-RSA-AES256-GCM-SHA384:ECDHE-RSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The default value is Default. When ssl_protocols is set to TLS 1.2 TLS 1.1 TLS 1.0, this parameter can only be set to Extended.
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          certificate_id
                                                                          
-
                                                                          No
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Specifies the default certificate ID. This parameter is mandatory when protocol is set to HTTPS or SSL.
                                                                          • The ID can be obtained from the certificate list.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          certificates
                                                                          
-
                                                                          No
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Lists the certificate IDs if protocol is set to HTTPS.
                                                                          • This parameter is mandatory in the SNI scenario.
                                                                          • This parameter is valid only when the load balancer is a public network load balancer.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Request
                                                                          • Request parameters
                                                                            None
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Example request
                                                                            {
-    "name": "lis",
-    "description": "",
-    "port": 9090,
-    "backend_port": 9090,
-    "lb_algorithm": "roundrobin"
-}
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Response
                                                                          • Response parameters
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Table 2 Parameter description
                                                                            Parameter
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Type
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            update_time
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the time when the listener was updated.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            backend_port
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Integer
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the port used by backend ECSs.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            id
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the listener ID in UUID format.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            backend_protocol
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the protocol used by backend ECSs.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            sticky_session_type
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies where the cookie is from. The only value is insert, indicating that the cookie is inserted by the load balancer.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            • This parameter is valid when protocol is set to HTTP and session_sticky to true.
                                                                            • This parameter is invalid when protocol is set to TCP, SSL, or UDP, which means that the parameter is unavailable or its value is set to null.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Provides supplementary information about the listener.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            loadbalancer_id
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the load balancer ID.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            create_time
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the time when the listener was created.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            status
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the listener status. The value can be ACTIVE, PENDING_CREATE, or ERROR.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            protocol
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the protocol used for load balancing at Layer 4 or Layer 7.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            port
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Integer
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the port used by the listener.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            cookie_timeout
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Integer
                                                                            
-
                                                                            • Specifies the cookie timeout duration. This parameter is valid when session_sticky is set to true and sticky_session_type to insert.
                                                                            • The value ranges from 1 to 1440.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            admin_state_up
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Boolean
                                                                            
-
                                                                            • Specifies the administrative status of the load balancer.
                                                                            • Two options are available:
                                                                              false: The load balancer is disabled.
                                                                              
-
                                                                              true: The load balancer is running properly.
                                                                              
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            healthcheck_id
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the health check ID.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            session_sticky
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Boolean
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies whether to enable the sticky session feature. The feature is enabled when the value is true. This parameter is valid only when protocol is set to HTTP.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            lb_algorithm
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the load balancing algorithm.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            name
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the listener name.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            tcp_draining
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Boolean
                                                                            
-
                                                                            • Specifies whether to maintain TCP connections to a backend ECS that has been removed. This parameter is valid when protocol is set to TCP.
                                                                            • The value can be true or false.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            tcp_draining_timeout
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Integer
                                                                            
-
                                                                            • Specifies the timeout duration for maintaining TCP connections to a backend ECS that has been removed. The unit is minute.
                                                                              This parameter is valid when protocol is set to TCP and tcp_draining to true.
                                                                              
-
                                                                            • The value ranges from 0 to 60.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            certificate_id
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the ID of the SSL certificate for security authentication.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            This parameter is mandatory when protocol is set to HTTPS or SSL. Otherwise, the parameter value is null.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            certificates
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Lists the certificate IDs if protocol is set to HTTPS.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            This parameter is mandatory in the SNI scenario.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Example response
                                                                            {
-    "update_time": "2016-12-01 07:12:59",
-    "backend_port": 9090,
-    "id": "a824584fb3ba4d39ba0cf372c7cbbb67",
-    "backend_protocol": "TCP",
-    "sticky_session_type": null,
-    "certificate_id": null,
-    "description": "",
-    "loadbalancer_id": "f54c65b1b5dd4a4f95b71b44796ac013",
-    "create_time": "2016-12-01 07:12:43",
-    "admin_state_up": false,
-    "status": "ACTIVE",
-    "protocol": "TCP",
-    "cookie_timeout": 100,
-    "port": 9092,
-    "tcp_draining": true,
-    "tcp_timeout": 1,
-    "lb_algorithm": "roundrobin",
-    "healthcheck_id": null,
-    "session_sticky": true,
-    "tcp_draining_timeout": 5,
-    "name": "lis"
-
-}
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Status Code
                                                                          • Normal
                                                                            200
                                                                            
-
                                                                          • Error
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Status Code
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Message
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            400
                                                                            
-
                                                                            badRequest
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Request error.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            401
                                                                            
-
                                                                            unauthorized
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Authentication failed.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            403
                                                                            
-
                                                                            userDisabled
                                                                            
-
                                                                            You do not have the permission to perform the operation.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            404
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Not Found
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The requested page does not exist.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            500
                                                                            
-
                                                                            authFault
                                                                            
-
                                                                            System error.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            503
                                                                            
-
                                                                            serviceUnavailable
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The service is unavailable.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Parent topic: Listener
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jt_0004.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jt_0004.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 05fc9bef..00000000
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jt_0004.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,345 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
                                                                          Querying Details of a Listener
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Function
                                                                          This API is used to query details about a listener.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          URI
                                                                          GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/listeners/{listener_id}
                                                                          
-
-
                                                                          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                          Table 1 Parameter description
                                                                          Parameter
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Mandatory
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Type
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Description
                                                                          
-
                                                                          project_id
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the project ID.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          listener_id
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the listener ID.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Request
                                                                          • Request parameters
                                                                            None
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Example request
                                                                            None
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Response
                                                                          • Response parameters
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Table 2 Parameter description
                                                                            Parameter
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Type
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            update_time
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the time when the listener was updated.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            backend_port
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Integer
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the port used by backend ECSs.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            id
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the listener ID.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            backend_protocol
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the protocol used by backend ECSs.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            sticky_session_type
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies where the cookie is from. The only value is insert, indicating that the cookie is inserted by the load balancer.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            • This parameter is valid when protocol is set to HTTP and session_sticky to true. The default value is insert.
                                                                            • This parameter is invalid when protocol is set to TCP, which means that the parameter is unavailable or its value is set to null.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Provides supplementary information about the listener.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            loadbalancer_id
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the load balancer ID.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            create_time
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the time when the listener was created.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            status
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the listener status. The value can be ACTIVE, PENDING_CREATE, or ERROR.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            protocol
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the protocol used for load balancing at Layer 4 or Layer 7.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            port
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Integer
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the port used by the listener.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            cookie_timeout
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Integer
                                                                            
-
                                                                            • Specifies the cookie timeout duration. This parameter is valid when session_sticky is set to true and sticky_session_type to insert.
                                                                            • The value ranges from 1 to 1440.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            admin_state_up
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Boolean
                                                                            
-
                                                                            • Specifies the administrative status of the load balancer.
                                                                            • Two options are available:
                                                                              false: The load balancer is disabled.
                                                                              
-
                                                                              true: The load balancer is running properly.
                                                                              
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            member_number
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Integer
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the quantity of backend ECSs.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            healthcheck_id
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the health check ID.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            session_sticky
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Boolean
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies whether to enable the sticky session feature. The feature is enabled when the value is true.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            lb_algorithm
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the load balancing algorithm.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            name
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the listener name.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            certificate_id
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the ID of the SSL certificate for security authentication.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            This parameter is mandatory when protocol is set to HTTPS or SSL. Otherwise, the parameter value is null.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            certificates
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Lists the certificate IDs if protocol is set to HTTPS.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            This parameter is mandatory in the SNI scenario.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            tcp_timeout
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Integer
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the TCP session timeout duration.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            udp_timeout
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Integer
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the UDP session timeout duration.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            ssl_protocols
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the supported SSL/TLS protocol version. This parameter is available only when protocol is set to HTTPS or SSL.
                                                                            
-
                                                                             NOTE: 
                                                                            For HTTPS listeners in versions earlier than 1.2.8, the parameter value is TLS 1.2.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            ssl_ciphers
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the cipher suite of an encryption protocol. This parameter is available only when protocol is set to HTTPS or SSL.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Example response
                                                                            {
-    "update_time": "2015-09-15 07:41:17",
-    "backend_port": 80,
-    "id": "248425d7b97dc26920eb23720115e068",
-    "backend_protocol": "TCP",
-    "sticky_session_type": "insert",
-    "description": "",
-    "loadbalancer_id": "0b07acf06d243925bc24a0ac7445267a",
-    "create_time": "2015-09-15 07:41:17",
-    "status": "ACTIVE",
-    "protocol": "TCP",
-    "port": 88,
-    "cookie_timeout": 100,
-    "admin_state_up": true,
-    "member_number": 0,
-    "healthcheck_id": null,
-    "session_sticky": true,
-    "lb_algorithm": "roundrobin",
-    "name": "listener1",
-    "tcp_draining": true,
-    "tcp_draining_timeout": 5
-}
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            {
-     "update_time": "2016-12-01 07:12:59",
-     "backend_port": 9090,
-     "id": "a824584fb3ba4d39ba0cf372c7cbbb67",
-     "backend_protocol": "TCP",
-     "sticky_session_type": null,
-     "certificate_id": null,
-     "description": "",
-     "loadbalancer_id": "f54c65b1b5dd4a4f95b71b44796ac013",
-     "lb_algorithm": "roundrobin",
-     "create_time": "2016-12-01 07:12:43",
-     "admin_state_up": false,
-     "status": "ACTIVE",
-     "protocol": "TCP",
-     "cookie_timeout": 100,
-     "port": 9092,
-     "tcp_draining": 1,
-     "tcp_timeout": 1,
-     "member_number": 0,
-     "healthcheck_id": null,
-     "session_sticky": true,
-     "tcp_draining_timeout": 5,
-     "name": "lis"
-}
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Status Code
                                                                          • Normal
                                                                            200
                                                                            
-
                                                                          • Error
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Status Code
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Message
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            400
                                                                            
-
                                                                            badRequest
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Request error.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            401
                                                                            
-
                                                                            unauthorized
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Authentication failed.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            403
                                                                            
-
                                                                            userDisabled
                                                                            
-
                                                                            You do not have the permission to perform the operation.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            404
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Not Found
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The requested page does not exist.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            500
                                                                            
-
                                                                            authFault
                                                                            
-
                                                                            System error.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            503
                                                                            
-
                                                                            serviceUnavailable
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The service is unavailable.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Parent topic: Listener
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jt_0005.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jt_0005.html
deleted file mode 100644
index d385f782..00000000
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_jt_0005.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,350 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
                                                                          Querying Listeners
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Function
                                                                          This API is used to query listeners using search criteria and display them in a list.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          URI
                                                                          GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/listeners?loadbalancer_id={loadbalancer_id}
                                                                          
-
                                                                           
                                                                          Enter a question mark (?) and an ampersand (&) at the end of the URI to define multiple search criteria. You can filter the listeners using the parameters in the response except update_time, create_time, admin_state_up, session_sticky, and member_number.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
-
                                                                          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                          Table 1 Parameter description
                                                                          Parameter
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Mandatory
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Type
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Description
                                                                          
-
                                                                          project_id
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the project ID.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          loadbalancer_id
                                                                          
-
                                                                          No
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the load balancer ID.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Request
                                                                          • Request parameters
                                                                            None
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Example request
                                                                            None
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Response
                                                                          • Response parameters
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Table 2 Parameter description
                                                                            Parameter
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Type
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            update_time
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the time when the listener was updated.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            backend_port
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Integer
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the port used by backend ECSs.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            id
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the listener ID.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            backend_protocol
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the protocol used by backend ECSs.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            sticky_session_type
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies where the cookie is from. The only value is insert, indicating that the cookie is inserted by the load balancer.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            • This parameter is valid when protocol is set to HTTP and session_sticky to true. The default value is insert.
                                                                            • This parameter is invalid when protocol is set to TCP, which means that the parameter is unavailable or its value is set to null.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Provides supplementary information about the listener.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            loadbalancer_id
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the load balancer ID.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            create_time
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the time when the listener was created.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            status
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the listener status. The value can be ACTIVE, PENDING_CREATE, or ERROR.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            protocol
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the protocol used for load balancing at Layer 4 or Layer 7.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            lb_algorithm
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the load balancing algorithm.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            admin_state_up
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Boolean
                                                                            
-
                                                                            • Specifies the administrative status of the load balancer.
                                                                            • Two options are available:
                                                                              false: The load balancer is disabled.
                                                                              
-
                                                                              true: The load balancer is running properly.
                                                                              
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            cookie_timeout
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Integer
                                                                            
-
                                                                            • Specifies the cookie timeout duration. This parameter is valid when session_sticky is set to true and sticky_session_type to insert.
                                                                            • The value ranges from 1 to 1440.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            member_number
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Integer
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the quantity of backend ECSs.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            healthcheck_id
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the health check ID.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            session_sticky
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Boolean
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies whether to enable the sticky session feature. The feature is enabled when the value is true.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            port
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Integer
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the port used by the listener.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            name
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the listener name.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            certificate_id
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the ID of the SSL certificate for security authentication. This parameter is mandatory when protocol is set to HTTPS or SSL. Otherwise, the parameter value is null.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            certificates
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Lists the certificate IDs if protocol is set to HTTPS.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            This parameter is mandatory in the SNI scenario.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            tcp_timeout
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Integer
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the TCP session timeout duration.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            udp_timeout
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Integer
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the UDP session timeout duration.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            ssl_protocols
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the supported SSL/TLS protocol version. This parameter is available only when protocol is set to HTTPS or SSL.
                                                                            
-
                                                                             NOTE: 
                                                                            For HTTPS listeners in versions earlier than 1.2.8, the parameter value is TLS 1.2.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            ssl_ciphers
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the cipher suite of an encryption protocol. This parameter is available only when protocol is set to HTTPS or SSL.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Example response
                                                                            [
- {
-     "update_time": "2016-12-01 07:12:59",
-     "backend_port": 9090,
-     "id": "a824584fb3ba4d39ba0cf372c7cbbb67",
-     "backend_protocol": "TCP",
-     "sticky_session_type": null,
-     "certificate_id": null,
-     "description": "",
-     "loadbalancer_id": "f54c65b1b5dd4a4f95b71b44796ac013",
-     "lb_algorithm": "roundrobin",
-     "create_time": "2016-12-01 07:12:43",
-     "admin_state_up": false,
-     "status": "ACTIVE",
-     "protocol": "TCP",
-     "cookie_timeout": 100,
-     "port": 9092,
-     "tcp_draining": true,
-     "tcp_timeout": 1,
-     "member_number": 0,
-     "healthcheck_id": null,
-     "session_sticky": true,
-     "tcp_draining_timeout": 5,
-     "name": "lis"
-},
-
-{
-     "update_time": "2016-12-01 07:11:49",
-     "backend_port": 9090,
-     "id": "4818300858fc43e0a4d843ce74ee83a4",
-     "backend_protocol": "HTTP",
-     "sticky_session_type": "insert",
-     "certificate_id": null,
-     "description": "",
-     "loadbalancer_id": "f54c65b1b5dd4a4f95b71b44796ac013",
-     "lb_algorithm": "roundrobin",
-     "create_time": "2016-12-01 07:11:30",
-     "admin_state_up": false,
-     "status": "ACTIVE",
-     "protocol": "HTTP",
-     "cookie_timeout": 100,
-     "port": 9091,
-     "tcp_draining": true,
-     "tcp_timeout": null,
-     "member_number": 0,
-     "healthcheck_id": null,
-     "session_sticky": true,
-     "tcp_draining_timeout": 5,
-     "name": "lis"
- }
-]
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Status Code
                                                                          • Normal
                                                                            200
                                                                            
-
                                                                          • Error
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Status Code
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Message
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            400
                                                                            
-
                                                                            badRequest
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Request error.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            401
                                                                            
-
                                                                            unauthorized
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Authentication failed.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            403
                                                                            
-
                                                                            userDisabled
                                                                            
-
                                                                            You do not have the permission to perform the operation.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            404
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Not Found
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The requested page does not exist.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            500
                                                                            
-
                                                                            authFault
                                                                            
-
                                                                            System error.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            503
                                                                            
-
                                                                            serviceUnavailable
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The service is unavailable.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Parent topic: Listener
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_pe_0000.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_pe_0000.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 6bca37f5..00000000
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_pe_0000.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
                                                                          Quota
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
-
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_pe_0001.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_pe_0001.html
deleted file mode 100644
index ac4600eb..00000000
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_pe_0001.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,208 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
                                                                          Querying Load Balancer or Listener Quotas
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Function
                                                                          This API is used to query the load balancer or listener quotas.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          URI
                                                                          GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/quotas
                                                                          
-
-
                                                                          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                          Table 1 Parameter description
                                                                          Parameter
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Mandatory
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Type
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Description
                                                                          
-
                                                                          project_id
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the project ID.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Request
                                                                          • Request parameters
                                                                            None
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Example request
                                                                            None
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Response
                                                                          • Response parameters
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Table 2 Parameter description
                                                                            Parameter
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Type
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            quotas
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Object
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the resource quotas.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Table 3 quotas parameter description
                                                                            Parameter
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Type
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            resources
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Array
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Lists the resource quotas.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Table 4 resources parameter description
                                                                            Parameter
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Type
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            type
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the resource type. The value can be elb or listener.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            used
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Integer
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the quantity of used resources.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            quota
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Integer
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the total resource quotas.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            max
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Integer
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the maximum number of resources.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            min
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Integer
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the minimum number of resources.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Example response
                                                                            {
-    "quotas": {
-        "resources": [
-            {
-                "type": "elb",
-                "used": 2,
-                "quota": 5,
-                "max": 100,
-                "min": 1
-            },
-            {
-                "type": "listener",
-                "quota": 5,
-                "max": 200,
-                "min": 1
-            }
-        ]
-    }
-}
                                                                            
-
                                                                             
                                                                            The used parameter is unavailable for listeners, for which an empty character string is returned.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Status Code
                                                                          • Normal
                                                                            200
                                                                            
-
                                                                          • Error
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Status Code
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Message
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            400
                                                                            
-
                                                                            badRequest
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Request error.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            401
                                                                            
-
                                                                            unauthorized
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Authentication failed.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            403
                                                                            
-
                                                                            userDisabled
                                                                            
-
                                                                            You do not have the permission to perform the operation.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            404
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Not Found
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The requested page does not exist.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            500
                                                                            
-
                                                                            authFault
                                                                            
-
                                                                            System error.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            503
                                                                            
-
                                                                            serviceUnavailable
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The service is unavailable.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Parent topic: Quota
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_zs_0000.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_zs_0000.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 68079178..00000000
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_zs_0000.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
                                                                          Certificate
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
-
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_zs_0001.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_zs_0001.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 6b1556ca..00000000
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_zs_0001.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,237 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
                                                                          Creating a Certificate
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Function
                                                                          This API is used to create a certificate for an HTTPS listener.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          URI
                                                                          POST /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/certificate
                                                                          
-
-
                                                                          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                          Table 1 Parameter description
                                                                          Parameter
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Mandatory
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Type
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Description
                                                                          
-
                                                                          project_id
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the project ID.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          name
                                                                          
-
                                                                          No
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Specifies the certificate name.
                                                                          • The value can contain 0 to 64 characters that consist of letters, digits, underscores (_), and hyphens (-).
                                                                          
-
                                                                          description
                                                                          
-
                                                                          No
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Provides supplementary information about the certificate.
                                                                          • The value contains a maximum of 128 characters and cannot contain angle brackets (< and >).
                                                                          
-
                                                                          domain
                                                                          
-
                                                                          No
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Specifies the domain name associated with the server certificate.
                                                                          • The value can contain a maximum of 254 characters that consist of letters, digits, hyphens (-), and periods (.), and must start with uppercase letters or digits.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          certificate
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Specifies the certificate content.
                                                                          • The value is in PEM coding format.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          private_key
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Specifies the private key of the certificate.
                                                                          • The value is in PEM coding format.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Request
                                                                          • Request parameters
                                                                            None
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Example request
                                                                            {
-    "name": "cert-bky",
-    "description": "certificate",
-    "certificate": "-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----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\nAA==\n-----END CERTIFICATE-----",
-    "private_key": "-----BEGIN RSA PRIVATE KEY-----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\nsMvKak4mQkI19foRXBydB/DDkK26iei/l0xoygrw50v2HErsQ7JcHw==\n-----END RSA PRIVATE KEY-----"
-}
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Response
                                                                          • Response parameters
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Table 2 Response parameters
                                                                            Parameter
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Type
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            tenant_id
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the project ID.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            id
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the certificate ID.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            name
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the certificate name.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Provides supplementary information about the certificate.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            domain
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the domain name associated with the server certificate.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            certificate
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the certificate content.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            private_key
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the private key of the certificate.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            create_time
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the time when the certificate was created.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            update_time
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the time when the certificate was updated.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Example response
                                                                            {
-"name":"cert-bky",
-"description":"certificate",
-"certificate":"-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----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\nAA==\n-----END CERTIFICATE-----",
-"private_key":"-----BEGIN RSA PRIVATE KEY-----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\nsMvKak4mQkI19foRXBydB/DDkK26iei/l0xoygrw50v2HErsQ7JcHw==\n-----END RSA PRIVATE KEY-----",
-"tenant_id":"ed9edbc66b8b47c09f5d2fcd89430b33",
-"id":"5b8f908b5495452aa13beede0afc5d99",
-"create_time":"2016-06-27 08:14:42",
-"update_time":"2016-06-27 08:14:42"
-}
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Status Code
                                                                          • Normal
                                                                            201
                                                                            
-
                                                                          • Error
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Status Code
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Message
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            400
                                                                            
-
                                                                            badRequest
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Request error.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            401
                                                                            
-
                                                                            unauthorized
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Authentication failed.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            403
                                                                            
-
                                                                            userDisabled
                                                                            
-
                                                                            You do not have the permission to perform the operation.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            404
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Not Found
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The requested page does not exist.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            500
                                                                            
-
                                                                            authFault
                                                                            
-
                                                                            System error.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            503
                                                                            
-
                                                                            serviceUnavailable
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The service is unavailable.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Parent topic: Certificate
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_zs_0002.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_zs_0002.html
deleted file mode 100644
index a470cf84..00000000
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_zs_0002.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,113 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
                                                                          Deleting a Certificate
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Function
                                                                          This API is used to delete a certificate.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          URI
                                                                          DELETE /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/certificate/{certificate_id}
                                                                          
-
-
                                                                          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                          Table 1 Parameter description
                                                                          Parameter
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Mandatory
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Type
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Description
                                                                          
-
                                                                          project_id
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the project ID.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          certificate_id
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the certificate ID.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Request
                                                                          • Request parameters
                                                                            None
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Example request
                                                                            None
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Response
                                                                          • Response parameters
                                                                            None
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Example response
                                                                            None
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Status Code
                                                                          • Normal
                                                                            204
                                                                            
-
                                                                          • Error
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Status Code
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Message
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            400
                                                                            
-
                                                                            badRequest
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Request error.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            401
                                                                            
-
                                                                            unauthorized
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Authentication failed.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            403
                                                                            
-
                                                                            userDisabled
                                                                            
-
                                                                            You do not have the permission to perform the operation.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            404
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Not Found
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The requested page does not exist.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            500
                                                                            
-
                                                                            authFault
                                                                            
-
                                                                            System error.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            503
                                                                            
-
                                                                            serviceUnavailable
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The service is unavailable.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Parent topic: Certificate
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_zs_0003.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_zs_0003.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 8a1fb633..00000000
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_zs_0003.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,210 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
                                                                          Modifying a Certificate
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Function
                                                                          This API is used to modify the name and description of a certificate.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          URI
                                                                          PUT /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/certificate/{certificate_id}
                                                                          
-
-
                                                                          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                          Table 1 Parameter description
                                                                          Parameter
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Mandatory
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Type
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Description
                                                                          
-
                                                                          project_id
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the project ID.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          certificate_id
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the certificate ID.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          name
                                                                          
-
                                                                          No
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Specifies the certificate name.
                                                                          • The value can contain 0 to 64 characters that consist of letters, digits, underscores (_), and hyphens (-).
                                                                          
-
                                                                          description
                                                                          
-
                                                                          No
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Provides supplementary information about the certificate.
                                                                          • The value contains a maximum of 128 characters and cannot contain angle brackets (< and >).
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Request
                                                                          • Request parameters
                                                                            None
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Example request
                                                                            {
-    "name": "cert-bky",
-    "description": "certificate"
-}
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Response
                                                                          • Response parameters
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Table 2 Parameter description
                                                                            Parameter
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Type
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            id
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the certificate ID.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            name
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the certificate name.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Provides supplementary information about the certificate.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            domain
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the domain name associated with the server certificate.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            certificate
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the certificate content.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            private_key
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the private key of the certificate.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            create_time
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the time when the certificate was created.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            update_time
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the time when the certificate was updated.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Example response
                                                                            {
-    "name": "cert-bky",
-    "description": "certificate",
-    "domain": null,
-    "certificate": "-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----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\nAA==\n-----END CERTIFICATE-----",
-    "private_key": "-----BEGIN RSA PRIVATE KEY-----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\nsMvKak4mQkI19foRXBydB/DDkK26iei/l0xoygrw50v2HErsQ7JcHw==\n-----END RSA PRIVATE KEY-----",
-    "id": "5b8f908b5495452aa13beede0afc5d99",
-    "create_time": "2016-06-27 08:14:42",
-    "update_time": "2016-06-27 08:14:42"
-}
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Status Code
                                                                          • Normal
                                                                            200
                                                                            
-
                                                                          • Error
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Status Code
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Message
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            400
                                                                            
-
                                                                            badRequest
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Request error.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            401
                                                                            
-
                                                                            unauthorized
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Authentication failed.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            403
                                                                            
-
                                                                            userDisabled
                                                                            
-
                                                                            You do not have the permission to perform the operation.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            404
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Not Found
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The requested page does not exist.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            500
                                                                            
-
                                                                            authFault
                                                                            
-
                                                                            System error.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            503
                                                                            
-
                                                                            serviceUnavailable
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The service is unavailable.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Parent topic: Certificate
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_zs_0004.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_zs_0004.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 226b0fe2..00000000
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_jd_zs_0004.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,211 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
                                                                          Querying Certificates
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Function
                                                                          This API is used to query all the certificates.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          URI
                                                                          GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/certificate
                                                                          
-
-
                                                                          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                          Table 1 Parameter description
                                                                          Parameter
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Mandatory
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Type
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Description
                                                                          
-
                                                                          project_id
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the project ID.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Request
                                                                          • Request parameters
                                                                            None
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Example request
                                                                            None
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Response
                                                                          • Response parameters
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Table 2 Response parameters
                                                                            Parameter
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Type
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            certificates
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Array
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Lists the certificates. 
                                                                            
-
                                                                            instance_num
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the number of certificates.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Table 3 certificates parameter description
                                                                            Parameter
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Type
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            id
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the certificate ID.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            name
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the certificate name.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Provides supplementary information about the certificate.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            domain
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the domain name associated with the server certificate.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            certificate
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the certificate content.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            private_key
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the private key of the certificate.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            create_time
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the time when the certificate was created.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            update_time
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the time when the certificate was updated.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Example response
                                                                            {
-    "certificates": [
-        {
-            "name": "cert-bky",
-            "description": "certificate",
-            "domain": null,
-            "certificate": "-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----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\nAA==\n-----END CERTIFICATE-----",
-            "private_key": "-----BEGIN RSA PRIVATE KEY-----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\nsMvKak4mQkI19foRXBydB/DDkK26iei/l0xoygrw50v2HErsQ7JcHw==\n-----END RSA PRIVATE KEY-----",
-            "id": "5b8f908b5495452aa13beede0afc5d99",
-            "create_time": "2016-06-27 08:14:42",
-            "update_time": "2016-06-27 08:14:42"
-        }
-    ],
-    "instance_num": "1"
-}
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Status Code
                                                                          • Normal
                                                                            200
                                                                            
-
                                                                          • Error
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Status Code
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Message
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            400
                                                                            
-
                                                                            badRequest
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Request error.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            401
                                                                            
-
                                                                            unauthorized
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Authentication failed.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            403
                                                                            
-
                                                                            userDisabled
                                                                            
-
                                                                            You do not have the permission to perform the operation.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            404
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Not Found
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The requested page does not exist.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            500
                                                                            
-
                                                                            authFault
                                                                            
-
                                                                            System error.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            503
                                                                            
-
                                                                            serviceUnavailable
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The service is unavailable.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Parent topic: Certificate
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_0000.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_0000.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..38a8b63c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_0000.html
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+
+
+
                                                                          Permissions and Supported Actions
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
+
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_0001.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_0001.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0df463b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_0001.html
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+
+
+
                                                                          Introduction
                                                                          
+
                                                                          This section describes fine-grained permissions management for the ELB service. If your account does not need individual IAM users, then you may skip over this chapter.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          By default, new IAM users do not have permissions assigned. You need to add a user to one or more groups, and attach permissions policies or roles to these groups. Users inherit permissions from the groups to which they are added and can perform specified operations on cloud services based on the permissions.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          An account has all of the permissions required to call all APIs, but IAM users must have the required permissions specifically assigned. The permissions required for calling an API are determined by the actions supported by the API. Only users who have been granted permissions allowing the actions can call the API successfully. For example, if an IAM user queries backend servers using an API, the user must have been granted permissions that allow the elb:servers:list action.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Supported Actions
                                                                          ELB provides system-defined policies that can be directly used in IAM. You can also create custom policies and use them to supplement system-defined policies, implementing more refined access control. Operations supported by policies are specific to APIs. The following are common concepts related to policies:
                                                                          
+
                                                                          • Permissions: Defined by actions in a custom policy.
                                                                          • APIs: REST APIs that can be called in a custom policy.
                                                                          • Actions: Added to a custom policy to control permissions for specific operations.
                                                                          • Dependencies: actions which a specific action depends on. When allowing an action for a user, you also need to allow any existing action dependencies for that user.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          API Actions (V3) describes the custom policy authorization items supported by ELB.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          • Load balancer actions, including actions supported by all load balancer APIs, such as the APIs for creating a load balancer, querying a load balancer, querying the load balancer status tree, querying the load balancer list, updating a load balancer, and deleting a load balancer.
                                                                             
                                                                            The check mark (√) indicates that an action takes effect. The cross mark (x) indicates that an action does not take effect.
                                                                            
+
                                                                            
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Parent topic: Permissions and Supported Actions
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0000.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0000.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..78898528
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0000.html
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+
+
+
                                                                          API Actions (V2)
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
+
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0001.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0001.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..be66e06f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0001.html
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+
+
+
                                                                          Load Balancer
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                                                          API
                                                                          
+
                                                                          API Function
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Action
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Authorization Scope
                                                                          
+
                                                                          POST /v2.0/lbaas/loadbalancers
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Creating a load balancer
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:loadbalancers:create
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          GET /v2.0/lbaas/loadbalancers
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Querying load balancers
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:loadbalancers:list
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          GET /v2.0/lbaas/loadbalancers/{loadbalancer_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Querying a load balancer
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:loadbalancers:get
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          PUT /v2.0/lbaas/loadbalancers/{loadbalancer_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Updating a load balancer
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:loadbalancers:put
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          DELETE /v2.0/lbaas/loadbalancers/{loadbalancer_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Deleting a load balancer
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:loadbalancers:delete
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          GET /v2.0/lbaas/loadbalancers/{loadbalancer_id}/statuses
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Querying the status tree of a load balancer
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:loadbalancers:get
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Parent topic: API Actions (V2)
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0002.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0002.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dedfd37f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0002.html
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+
+
+
                                                                          Listener
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                                                          API
                                                                          
+
                                                                          API Function
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Action
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Authorization Scope
                                                                          
+
                                                                          POST /v2.0/lbaas/listeners
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Adding a listener
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:listeners:create
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          GET /v2.0/lbaas/listeners
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Querying listeners
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:listeners:list
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          GET /v2.0/lbaas/listeners/{listener_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Querying a listener
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:listeners:get
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          PUT /v2.0/lbaas/listeners/{listener_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Modifying a listener
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:listeners:put
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          DELETE /v2.0/lbaas/listeners/{listener_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Deleting a listener
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:listeners:delete
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Parent topic: API Actions (V2)
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0003.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0003.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7ddc0e94
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0003.html
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+
+
+
                                                                          Backend Server Group
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                                                          API
                                                                          
+
                                                                          API Function
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Action
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Authorization Scope
                                                                          
+
                                                                          POST /v2.0/lbaas/pools
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Creating a backend server group
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:pools:create
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          GET /v2.0/lbaas/pools
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Querying backend server groups
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:pools:list
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          GET /v2.0/lbaas/pools/{pool_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Querying a backend server group
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:pools:get
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          PUT /v2.0/lbaas/pools/{pool_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Modifying a backend server group
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:pools:put
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          DELETE /v2.0/lbaas/pools/{pool_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Deleting a backend server group
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:pools:delete
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Parent topic: API Actions (V2)
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0004.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0004.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d6c15d3a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0004.html
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+
+
+
                                                                          Backend Server
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                                                          API
                                                                          
+
                                                                          API Function
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Action
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Authorization Scope
                                                                          
+
                                                                          POST /v2.0/lbaas/pools/{pool_id}/members
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Adding a backend server
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:members:create
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          GET /v2.0/lbaas/pools/{pool_id}/members
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Querying backend servers
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:members:list
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          GET /v2.0/lbaas/pools/{pool_id}/members/{member_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Querying a backend server
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:members:get
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          PUT /v2.0/lbaas/pools/{pool_id}/members/{member_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Modifying a backend server
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:members:put
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          DELETE /v2.0/lbaas/pools/{pool_id}/members/{member_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Removing a backend server
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:members:delete
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          GET /v2.0/lbaas/members
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Querying backend servers
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:members:list
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          PUT /v2.0/lbaas/pools/{pool_id}/members
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Modifying backend servers in batches
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:members:put
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Parent topic: API Actions (V2)
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0005.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0005.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..511afdf6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0005.html
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+
+
+
                                                                          Health Check
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                                                          API
                                                                          
+
                                                                          API Function
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Action
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Authorization Scope
                                                                          
+
                                                                          POST /v2.0/lbaas/healthmonitors
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Configuring a health check
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:healthmonitors:create
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          GET /v2.0/lbaas/healthmonitors
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Querying health checks
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:healthmonitors:list
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          GET /v2.0/lbaas/healthmonitors/{healthmonitors}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Querying a health check
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:healthmonitors:get
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          PUT /v2.0/lbaas/healthmonitors/{healthmonitors}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Modifying a health check
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:healthmonitors:put
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          DELETE /v2.0/lbaas/healthmonitors/{healthmonitors}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Disabling a health check
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:healthmonitor:delete
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Parent topic: API Actions (V2)
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0006.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0006.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..81bedce5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0006.html
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+
+
+
                                                                          Forwarding Policy
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                                                          API
                                                                          
+
                                                                          API Function
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Action
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Authorization Scope
                                                                          
+
                                                                          POST /v2.0/lbaas/l7policies
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Adding a forwarding policy
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:l7policies:create
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          GET /v2.0/lbaas/l7policies
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Querying forwarding policies
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:l7policies:list
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          GET /v2.0/lbaas/l7policies/{l7policy_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Querying a forwarding policy
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:l7policies:get
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          PUT /v2.0/lbaas/l7policies/{l7policy_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Modifying a forwarding policy
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:l7policies:put
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          DELETE /v2.0/lbaas/l7policies/{l7policy_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Deleting a forwarding policy
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:l7policies:delete
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Parent topic: API Actions (V2)
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0007.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0007.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f29e74d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0007.html
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+
+
+
                                                                          Forwarding Rule
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                                                          API
                                                                          
+
                                                                          API Function
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Action
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Authorization Scope
                                                                          
+
                                                                          POST /v2.0/lbaas/l7policies/{l7policy_id}/rules
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Adding a forwarding rule
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:l7rules:create
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          GET /v2.0/lbaas/l7policies/{l7policy_id}/rules
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Querying forwarding rules
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:l7rules:list
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          GET /v2.0/lbaas/l7policies/{l7policy_id}/rules/{rule_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Querying a forwarding rule
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:l7rules:get
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          PUT /v2.0/lbaas/l7policies/{l7policy_id}/rules/{rule_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Modifying a forwarding rule
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:l7rules:put
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          DELETE /v2.0/lbaas/l7policies/{l7policy_id}/rules/{rule_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Deleting a forwarding rule
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:l7rules:delete
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Parent topic: API Actions (V2)
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0008.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0008.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ab6efe5c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0008.html
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+
+
+
                                                                          Whitelist
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                                                          API
                                                                          
+
                                                                          API Function
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Action
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Authorization Scope
                                                                          
+
                                                                          POST /v2.0/lbaas/whitelists
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Adding a whitelist
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:whitelists:create
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          GET /v2.0/lbaas/whitelists
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Querying whitelists
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:whitelists:list
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          GET /v2.0/lbaas/whitelists/{whitelist_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Querying a whitelist
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:whitelists:get
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          PUT /v2.0/lbaas/whitelists/{whitelist_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Updating a whitelist
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:whitelists:put
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          DELETE /v2.0/lbaas/whitelists/{whitelist_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Deleting a whitelist
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:whitelists:delete
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Parent topic: API Actions (V2)
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0009.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0009.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..28df2395
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0009.html
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+
+
+
                                                                          SSL Certificate
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                                                          API
                                                                          
+
                                                                          API Function
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Action
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Authorization Scope
                                                                          
+
                                                                          POST /v2.0/lbaas/certificates
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Adding a certificate
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:certificates:create
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          GET /v2.0/lbaas/certificates
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Querying certificates
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:certificates:list
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          GET /v2.0/lbaas/certificates/{certificate_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Querying a certificate
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:certificates:get
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          PUT /v2.0/lbaas/certificates/{certificate_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Modifying a certificate
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:certificates:put
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          DELETE /v2.0/lbaas/certificates/{certificate_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Deleting a certificate
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:certificates:delete
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Parent topic: API Actions (V2)
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0010.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0010.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..94102c8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0010.html
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+
+
+
                                                                          Tag
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                                                          API
                                                                          
+
                                                                          API Function
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Action
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Authorization Scope
                                                                          
+
                                                                          GET /v2.0/{project_id}/loadbalancers/{loadbalancer_id}/tags
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Querying all tags of a load balancer
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:loadbalancerTags:get
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          POST /v2.0/{project_id}/loadbalancers/{loadbalancer_id}/tags/action
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Adding tags to or deleting tags from a load balancer in batches
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:loadbalancerTags:create
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          GET /v2.0/{project_id}/loadbalancers/tags
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Querying tags of all load balancers in a specific project
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:loadbalancerTags:get
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          POST /v2.0/{project_id}/loadbalancers/resource_instances/action
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Querying load balancers by tag
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:loadbalancerTags:get
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          POST /v2.0/{project_id}/loadbalancers/{loadbalancer_id}/tags
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Adding a tag to a specific load balancer
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:loadbalancerTags:create
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          DELETE /v2.0/{project_id}/loadbalancers/{loadbalancer_id}/tags/{key}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Deleting a tag with a specific key from a load balancer
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:loadbalancerTags:delete
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          GET /v2.0/{project_id}/listeners/{listener_id}/tags
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Querying all tags of a listener
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:listenerTags:get
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          POST /v2.0/{project_id}/listeners/{listener_id}/tags/action
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Adding or deleting listener tags in batches
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:listenerTags:create
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          GET /v2.0/{project_id}/listeners/tags
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Querying the tags of all listeners
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:listenerTags:get
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          POST /v2.0/{project_id}/listeners/resource_instances/action
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Querying listeners by tag
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:listenerTags:get
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          POST /v2.0/{project_id}/listeners/{listener_id}/tags
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Adding a tag to a specific listener
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:listenerTags:create
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          DELETE /v2.0/{project_id}/listeners/{listener_id}/tags/{key}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Deleting a tag with a specific key from a listener
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:listenerTags:delete
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Parent topic: API Actions (V2)
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0011.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0011.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..10a571ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_0011.html
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+
+
+
                                                                          Precautions for Supported Actions
                                                                          
+
                                                                          The monitoring function relies on Cloud Eye.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Parent topic: API Actions (V2)
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0000.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0000.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..836ce65b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0000.html
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+
+
+
                                                                          API Actions (V3)
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
+
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0001.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0001.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..530f338c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0001.html
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+
+
+
                                                                          Load Balancer
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                                                          API
                                                                          
+
                                                                          API Function
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Action
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Authorization Scope
                                                                          
+
                                                                          POST /v3/{project_id}/elb/loadbalancers
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Creating a load balancer
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:loadbalancers:create
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/loadbalancers/{loadbalancer_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Querying a load balancer
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:loadbalancers:get
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/loadbalancers
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Querying load balancers
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:loadbalancers:list
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          PUT /v3/{project_id}/elb/loadbalancers/{loadbalancer_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Updating a load balancer
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:loadbalancers:put
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          DELETE /v3/{project_id}/elb/loadbalancers/{loadbalancer_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Deleting a load balancer
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:loadbalancers:delete
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/loadbalancers/{loadbalancer_id}/statuses
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Querying the status tree of a load balancer
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:loadbalancers:get
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Parent topic: API Actions (V3)
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0002.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0002.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..231f75e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0002.html
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+
+
+
                                                                          Listener
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                                                          API
                                                                          
+
                                                                          API Function
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Action
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Authorization Scope
                                                                          
+
                                                                          POST /v3/{project_id}/elb/listeners
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Adding a listener
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:listeners:create
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/listeners/{listener_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Querying a listener
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:listeners:get
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/listeners
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Querying listeners
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:listeners:list
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          PUT /v3/{project_id}/elb/listeners/{listener_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Modifying a listener
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:listeners:put
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          DELETE /v3/{project_id}/elb/listeners/{listener_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Deleting a listener
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:listeners:delete
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Parent topic: API Actions (V3)
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0003.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0003.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..97d004ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0003.html
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+
+
+
                                                                          Backend Server Group
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                                                          API
                                                                          
+
                                                                          API Function
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Action
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Authorization Scope
                                                                          
+
                                                                          POST /v3/{project_id}/elb/pools
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Creating a backend server group
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:pools:create
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/pools/{pool_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Querying a backend server group
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:pools:get
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/pools
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Querying backend server groups
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:pools:list
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          PUT /v3/{project_id}/elb/pools/{pool_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Modifying a backend server group 
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:pools:put
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          DELETE /v3/{project_id}/elb/pools/{pool_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Deleting a backend server group
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:pools:delete
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Parent topic: API Actions (V3)
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0004.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0004.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d79f59bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0004.html
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+
+
+
                                                                          Backend Server
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                                                          API
                                                                          
+
                                                                          API Function
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Action
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Authorization Scope
                                                                          
+
                                                                          POST /v3/{project_id}/elb/pools/{pool_id}/members
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Adding a backend server
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:members:create
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/pools/{pool_id}/members/{member_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Querying a backend server
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:members:get
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/pools/{pool_id}/members
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Querying backend servers
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:members:list
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          PUT /v3/{project_id}/elb/pools/{pool_id}/members/{member_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Modifying a backend server
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:members:put
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          DELETE /v3/{project_id}/elb/pools/{pool_id}/members/{member_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Removing a backend server
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:members:delete
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Parent topic: API Actions (V3)
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0005.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0005.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e9694db9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0005.html
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+
+
+
                                                                          Health Check
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                                                          API
                                                                          
+
                                                                          API Function
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Action
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Authorization Scope
                                                                          
+
                                                                          POST /v3/{project_id}/elb/healthmonitors
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Configuring a health check
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:healthmonitors:create
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/healthmonitors/{healthmonitor_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Querying a health check
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:healthmonitors:get
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/healthmonitors
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Querying health checks
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:healthmonitors:list
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          PUT /v3/{project_id}/elb/healthmonitors/{healthmonitor_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Modifying a health check
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:healthmonitors:put
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          DELETE /v3/{project_id}/elb/healthmonitors/{healthmonitor_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Deleting a health check
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:healthmonitor:delete
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Parent topic: API Actions (V3)
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0006.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0006.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7bbaf280
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0006.html
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+
+
+
                                                                          Forwarding Policy
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                                                          API
                                                                          
+
                                                                          API Function
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Action
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Authorization Scope
                                                                          
+
                                                                          POST /v3/{project_id}/elb/l7policies
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Adding a forwarding policy
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:l7policies:create
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/l7policies/{l7policy_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Querying a forwarding policy
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:l7policies:get
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/l7policies
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Querying forwarding policies
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:l7policies:list
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          PUT /v3/{project_id}/elb/l7policies/{l7policy_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Modifying a forwarding policy
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:l7policies:put
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          DELETE /v3/{project_id}/elb/l7policies/{l7policy_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Deleting a forwarding policy
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:l7policies:delete
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          POST /v3/{project_id}/elb/l7policies/batch-update-priority
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Modifying the priorities of forwarding policies in batches
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:l7policies:put
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Parent topic: API Actions (V3)
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0007.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0007.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c0530333
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0007.html
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+
+
+
                                                                          Forwarding Rule
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                                                          API
                                                                          
+
                                                                          API Function
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Action
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Authorization Scope
                                                                          
+
                                                                          POST /v3/{project_id}/elb/l7policies/{l7policy_id}/rules
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Creating a forwarding rule
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:l7rules:create
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/l7policies/{l7policy_id}/rules/{l7rule_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Querying a forwarding rule
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:l7rules:get
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/l7policies/{l7policy_id}/rules
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Querying forwarding rules
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:l7rules:list
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          PUT /v3/{project_id}/elb/l7policies/{l7policy_id}/rules/{l7rule_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Updating a forwarding rule
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:l7rules:put
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          DELETE /v3/{project_id}/elb/l7policies/{l7policy_id}/rules/{l7rule_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Deleting a forwarding rule
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:l7rules:delete
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Parent topic: API Actions (V3)
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0009.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0009.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1ae6c717
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0009.html
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+
+
+
                                                                          SSL Certificate
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                                                          API
                                                                          
+
                                                                          API Function
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Action
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Authorization Scope
                                                                          
+
                                                                          POST /v3/{project_id}/elb/certificates
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Adding a certificate
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:certificates:create
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/certificates/{certificate_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Querying a certificate
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:certificates:get
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/certificates
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Querying certificates
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:certificates:list
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          PUT /v3/{project_id}/elb/certificates/{certificate_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Modifying a certificate
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:certificates:put
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          DELETE /v3/{project_id}/elb/certificates/{certificate_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Deleting a certificate
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:certificates:delete
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Parent topic: API Actions (V3)
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0010.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0010.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..585bf0c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0010.html
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+
+
+
                                                                          Quota Management
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                                                          API
                                                                          
+
                                                                          API Function
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Action
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Scope
                                                                          
+
                                                                          GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/quotas
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Queries current resource quotas
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:quotas:list
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/quotas/details
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Querying used quotas
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:quotas:list
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Parent topic: API Actions (V3)
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0011.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0011.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..eabefb03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0011.html
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+
+
+
                                                                          Custom Security Policy
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                                                          API
                                                                          
+
                                                                          API Function
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Action
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Authorization Scope
                                                                          
+
                                                                          POST /v3/{project_id}/elb/security-policies
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Creating a custom security policy
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:security-policies:create
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/security-policies/{security_policy_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Querying a custom security policy
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:security-policies:get
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/security-policies
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Querying custom security policies
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:security-policies:list
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          PUT /v3/{project_id}/elb/security-policies/{security_policy_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Modifying a custom security policy
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:security-policies:put
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          DELETE /v3/{project_id}/elb/security-policies/{security_policy_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Deleting a custom security policy
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:security-policies:delete
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/system-security-policies
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Querying system security policies
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:security-policies:list
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Parent topic: API Actions (V3)
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0012.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0012.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..43dbb265
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0012.html
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+
+
+
                                                                          IP Address Group
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                                                          API
                                                                          
+
                                                                          API Function
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Action
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Authorization Scope
                                                                          
+
                                                                          POST /v3/{project_id}/elb/ipgroups
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Creating an IP address group
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:ipgroups:create
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/ipgroups/{ipgroup_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Querying an IP address group
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:ipgroups:get
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/ipgroups
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Querying IP address groups
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:ipgroups:list
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          PUT /v3/{project_id}/elb/ipgroups/{ipgroup_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Updating an IP address group
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:ipgroups:put
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          DELETE /v3/{project_id}/elb/ipgroups/{ipgroup_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Deleting an IP address group
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:ipgroups:delete
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          POST /v3/{project_id}/elb/ipgroups/{ipgroup_id}/iplist/create-or-update
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Updating IP addresses in an IP address group
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:ipgroups:put
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          POST /v3/{project_id}/elb/ipgroups/{ipgroup_id}/iplist/batch-delete
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Deleting IP addresses from an IP address group
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:ipgroups:put
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Parent topic: API Actions (V3)
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0013.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0013.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..68bd869c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0013.html
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+
+
+
                                                                          Availability Zone
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                                                          API
                                                                          
+
                                                                          API Function
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Action
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Authorization Scope
                                                                          
+
                                                                          GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/availability-zones
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Querying AZs
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:availability-zones:list
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Parent topic: API Actions (V3)
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0014.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0014.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c82e0768
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0014.html
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+
+
+
                                                                          Flavor
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                                                          API
                                                                          
+
                                                                          API Function
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Action
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Authorization Scope
                                                                          
+
                                                                          GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/flavors
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Querying a flavor
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:flavors:create
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          GET /v3/{project_id}/elb/flavors/{flavor_id}
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Querying the details of a load balancer flavor
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:flavors:get
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Both projects and enterprise projects are supported.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Parent topic: API Actions (V3)
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0015.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0015.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f9b16ae2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_sq_lb_v3_0015.html
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+
+
+
                                                                          Precautions for Supported Actions
                                                                          
+
                                                                          elb:quotas:list controls the fine-grained actions for quota display.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          The monitoring function relies on Cloud Eye.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Parent topic: API Actions (V3)
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_xd_0000.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_xd_0000.html
index 1ad29d0a..4d0878bf 100644
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_xd_0000.html
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_xd_0000.html
@@ -2,113 +2,124 @@
 
 
                                                                          Change History
                                                                          
 
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Released On
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_zq_hz_0002.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_zq_hz_0002.html
index bdf98e6b..ca51a144 100644
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_zq_hz_0002.html
+++ b/docs/elb/api-ref/elb_zq_hz_0002.html
@@ -491,40 +491,6 @@
 }
-
                                                                          • Example response 2
                                                                            {
-    "pools": [
-        {
-            "lb_algorithm": "SOURCE_IP",
-            "protocol": "TCP",
-            "description": "",
-            "admin_state_up": true,
-            "loadbalancers": [
-                {
-                    "id": "07d28d4a-4899-40a3-a939-5d09d69019e1"
-                }
-            ],
-            "tenant_id": "1867112d054b427e808cc6096d8193a1",
-            "session_persistence": null,
-            "healthmonitor_id": null,
-            "listeners": [
-                {
-                    "id": "1b421c2d-7e78-4a78-9ee4-c8ccba41f15b"
-                }
-            ],
-            "members": [
-                {
-                    "id": "88f9c079-29cb-435a-b98f-0c5c0b90c2bd"
-                },
-                {
-                    "id": "2f4c9644-d5d2-4cf8-a3c0-944239a4f58c"
-                }
-            ],
-            "id": "3a9f50bb-f041-4eac-a117-82472d8a0007",
-            "name": "my-pool"
-        }
-    ]
-}
                                                                            
-
                                                                          Status Codes
                                                                          See HTTP Status Codes of Shared Load Balancers.
                                                                          
 
                                                                          
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/en-us_topic_0000001124568811.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/en-us_topic_0000001124568811.html
deleted file mode 100644
index ef1519cd..00000000
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/en-us_topic_0000001124568811.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
                                                                          API Call Precaution
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Classic load balancers are not supported in the eu-nl region.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Parent topic: Classic Load Balancer APIs
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
diff --git a/docs/elb/api-ref/en-us_topic_0096561504.html b/docs/elb/api-ref/en-us_topic_0096561504.html
deleted file mode 100644
index c85be14d..00000000
--- a/docs/elb/api-ref/en-us_topic_0096561504.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,254 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
                                                                          Querying Load Balancers
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Function
                                                                          This API is used to query load balancers and display them in a list.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          URI
                                                                          GET /v1.0/{project_id}/elbaas/loadbalancers
                                                                          
-
-
                                                                          Released On
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Description
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Description
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          2023-01-05
                                                                          
+
                                                                          2024-02-08
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Modified the following content:
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Updated the title of APIs (V2.0).
                                                                          • Added ipgroup_bindings and ipgroup_max_length.
                                                                          • Removed L4_elastic, L4_elastic_max, and L7_elastic_max.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Modified the following content:
                                                                          
+
                                                                          • IPv6 is supported.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          2022-09-05
                                                                          
+
                                                                          2023-10-31
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Modified the following content:
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Modified the status code in section Creating a Certificate.
                                                                          • Moved section Classic Load Balancer APIs under Historical APIs.
                                                                          • Modified the description of some parameters in section Dedicated Load Balancer APIs, including ip_target_enable, deletion_protection, autoscaling, transparent_client_ip_enable, enhance_l7policy_enable, slow_start, ipgroup_id, network_type and security_policy.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Deleted historical APIs.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          2021-07-27
                                                                          
+
                                                                          2023-01-05
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Modified the following content:
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Modified the following content:
                                                                          
+
                                                                          • Updated the title of APIs (V2.0).
                                                                          • Added ipgroup_bindings and ipgroup_max_length.
                                                                          • Removed L4_elastic, L4_elastic_max, and L7_elastic_max.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          2022-09-05
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Modified the following content:
                                                                          
+
                                                                          • Moved section Classic Load Balancer APIs under Historical APIs.
                                                                          • Modified the description of some parameters in section Dedicated Load Balancer APIs, including ip_target_enable, deletion_protection, autoscaling, transparent_client_ip_enable, enhance_l7policy_enable, slow_start, ipgroup_id, network_type, and security_policy.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          2021-07-27
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Modified the following content:
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Added fields and descriptions about idle timeout duration.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          2021-06-10
                                                                          
+
                                                                          2021-06-10
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Modified the following content:
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Modified the following content:
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Added fields and descriptions about session stickiness duration.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          2021-06-08
                                                                          
+
                                                                          2021-06-08
                                                                          
 
                                                                          This release incorporates the following changes:
                                                                          
+
                                                                          This release incorporates the following changes:
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Added notes in Tag to state that the APIs can also be used to add tags to or remove tags from dedicated load balancers or their listeners.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          2021-05-28
                                                                          
+
                                                                          2021-05-28
                                                                          
 
                                                                          This release incorporates the following changes:
                                                                          
+
                                                                          This release incorporates the following changes:
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Changed enhanced load balancer to shared load balancer.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          2021-02-05
                                                                          
+
                                                                          2021-02-05
                                                                          
 
                                                                          This release incorporates the following changes:
                                                                          
+
                                                                          This release incorporates the following changes:
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Added APIs (V3).
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Added API Call Precaution.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Added precautions for calling APIs.
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Added API Call Precaution.
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Added API Call Precaution.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          2020-02-26
                                                                          
+
                                                                          2020-02-26
                                                                          
 
                                                                          This release incorporates the following changes:
                                                                          
+
                                                                          This release incorporates the following changes:
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Added Tag.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          2019-06-11
                                                                          
+
                                                                          2019-06-11
                                                                          
 
                                                                          This release incorporates the following changes:
                                                                          
+
                                                                          This release incorporates the following changes:
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Changed the value descriptions of the tag key and value in section "Tag".
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          2019-05-16
                                                                          
+
                                                                          2019-05-16
                                                                          
 
                                                                          This release incorporates the following changes:
                                                                          
+
                                                                          This release incorporates the following changes:
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Added parameter project_id in sections of enhanced load balancer APIs.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          2019-03-20
                                                                          
+
                                                                          2019-03-20
                                                                          
 
                                                                          This release incorporates the following changes:
                                                                          
+
                                                                          This release incorporates the following changes:
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Added parameters created_at and updated_at in sections related to enhanced load balancers and listeners.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          2018-11-30
                                                                          
+
                                                                          2018-11-30
                                                                          
 
                                                                          This release incorporates the following changes:
                                                                          
+
                                                                          This release incorporates the following changes:
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Added the sni_container_refs parameter for enhanced load balancer APIs.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          2018-10-12
                                                                          
+
                                                                          2018-10-12
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Added API Version.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Added API version management.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          2018-09-13
                                                                          
+
                                                                          2018-09-13
                                                                          
 
                                                                          This release incorporates the following changes:
                                                                          
+
                                                                          This release incorporates the following changes:
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Added descriptions of parameters loadbalancer_id and listener_id in Load Balancer and Listener.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          2018-08-30
                                                                          
+
                                                                          2018-08-30
                                                                          
 
                                                                          This release incorporates the following changes:
                                                                          
+
                                                                          This release incorporates the following changes:
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Changed the full name of the service to Elastic Load Balancing.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          2018-07-20
                                                                          
+
                                                                          2018-07-20
                                                                          
 
                                                                          This release incorporates the following changes:
                                                                          
+
                                                                          This release incorporates the following changes:
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Modified the constraints for adding a listener using the IP protocol (or in DR mode).
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          2018-05-30
                                                                          
+
                                                                          2018-05-30
                                                                          
 
                                                                          This issue is the first official release.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          This issue is the first official release.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
                                                                           
 
 
 
 
                                                                          
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                          Table 1 Parameter description
                                                                          Parameter
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Mandatory
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Type
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Description
                                                                          
-
                                                                          project_id
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Yes
                                                                          
-
                                                                          String
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Specifies the project ID.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
-
                                                                          Request
                                                                          • Request parameters
                                                                            None
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Example request
                                                                            None
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Response
                                                                          • Response parameters
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Table 2 Parameter description
                                                                            Parameter
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Type
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            loadbalancers
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Array
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Lists the load balancers.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            instance_num
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the number of load balancers.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Table 3 loadbalancers parameter description
                                                                            Parameter
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Type
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            vip_address
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the private IP address of the load balancer.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            update_time
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the time when the listener was updated.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            create_time
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the time when the listener was created.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            id
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the load balancer ID.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            status
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            • Specifies the load balancer status.
                                                                            • The value can be ACTIVE, PENDING_CREATE, or ERROR.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            bandwidth
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Integer
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the bandwidth.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            vpc_id
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the VPC ID.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            admin_state_up
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Integer
                                                                            
-
                                                                            • Specifies the administrative status of the load balancer.
                                                                            • The value options are as follows:
                                                                              0: The load balancer is disabled.
                                                                              
-
                                                                              1: The load balancer is running properly.
                                                                              
-
                                                                              2: The load balancer is frozen.
                                                                              
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            vip_subnet_id
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            This parameter is unavailable now.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            type
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the network type of the load balancer. The value is External.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            name
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Specifies the load balancer name.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            security_group_id
                                                                            
-
                                                                            String
                                                                            
-
                                                                            • Specifies the security group ID.
                                                                            • null is displayed for this parameter when type is set to External.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          • Example response
                                                                            {
-    "loadbalancers": [
-        {
-            "vip_address": "192.144.62.114",
-            "update_time": "2015-09-14 02:34:32",
-            "create_time": "2015-09-14 02:34:32",
-            "id": "0b07acf06d243925bc24a0ac7445267a",
-            "status": "ACTIVE",
-            "bandwidth": 1,
-            "security_group_id": null,
-            "vpc_id": "f54a3ffd-7a55-4568-9e3d-f0ff2d46a107",
-            "admin_state_up": 1,
-            "vip_subnet_id": null,
-            "type": "External",
-            "name": "MY_ELB",
-            "description": null
-        }
-    ],
-    "instance_num": "1"
-}
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Status Codes
                                                                          • Normal
                                                                            200
                                                                            
-
                                                                          • Abnormal
-
                                                                            
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
                                                                            Status Code
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Message
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Description
                                                                            
-
                                                                            400
                                                                            
-
                                                                            badRequest
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Request error.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            401
                                                                            
-
                                                                            unauthorized
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Authentication failed.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            403
                                                                            
-
                                                                            userDisabled
                                                                            
-
                                                                            You do not have the permission to perform the operation.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            404
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Not Found
                                                                            
-
                                                                            The requested page does not exist.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            500
                                                                            
-
                                                                            authFault
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Internal error.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            503
                                                                            
-
                                                                            serviceUnavailable
                                                                            
-
                                                                            Service unavailable.
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                            
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Parent topic: Load Balancer
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
diff --git a/docs/obs/tool/ALL_META.TXT.json b/docs/obs/tool/ALL_META.TXT.json
index 14089302..41dafbe5 100644
--- a/docs/obs/tool/ALL_META.TXT.json
+++ b/docs/obs/tool/ALL_META.TXT.json
@@ -1,581 +1,1106 @@
 [
+	{
+		"dockw":"Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)"
+	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1000.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1000.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"1",
 		"des":"OBS Browser+ is a GUI-based desktop application that is intuitive and easy to use. It allows you to comprehensively manage OBS buckets and objects from your local end. Fo",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"Introduction,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Introduction",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1001.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1001.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"2",
 		"des":"Table 1 lists the functions supported by OBS Browser+.",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"OBS Browser+ Function Overview,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"OBS Browser+ Function Overview",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1003.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1003.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"3",
 		"des":"To download OBS Browser+, you can click the OBS Browser+ package link on the homepage of OBS Console.",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"Downloading OBS Browser+,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Downloading OBS Browser+",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1005.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1005.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"4",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"Installing OBS Browser+,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Installing OBS Browser+",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1004.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1004.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"5",
-		"des":"OBS Browser+ supports AK-based login.If a proxy is required for access, choose More > Settings > Network on the login page to configure the proxy before login.In AK-based",
+		"des":"OBS Browser+ supports login using a permanent AK.If a proxy is required for access, choose More > Settings > Network on the login page to configure the proxy before login",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"Logging In to OBS Browser+,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Logging In to OBS Browser+",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1040.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1040.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"6",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"Basic Bucket Operations",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Basic Bucket Operations",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1041.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1041.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"7",
 		"des":"Buckets are containers that store objects in OBS. To store data in OBS, you must first create a bucket.You can click  next to the bucket name to learn about the bucket na",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"Creating a Bucket,Basic Bucket Operations,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Creating a Bucket",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1042.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1042.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"8",
 		"des":"Search for a bucket on OBS Browser+ by using a string contained in the bucket name.Matching buckets are displayed in the list. If you want to search for other buckets, cl",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"Searching for a Bucket,Basic Bucket Operations,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Searching for a Bucket",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1043.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1043.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"9",
 		"des":"View the basic information about a bucket, such as the bucket type, account ID, region, and storage usage.",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"Viewing a Bucket's Basic Information,Basic Bucket Operations,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Viewing a Bucket's Basic Information",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1044.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1044.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"10",
 		"des":"Data is uploaded to OBS using multipart upload. In the event of some situations, data uploads usually fail and generate fragments. You need to clear these fragments to fr",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"Managing Fragments,Basic Bucket Operations,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Managing Fragments",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1045.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1045.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"11",
 		"des":"Delete the bucket created by yourself.The bucket you want to delete is empty.You are the bucket owner.All objects in the bucket have been deleted and all multipart upload",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"Deleting a Bucket,Basic Bucket Operations,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Deleting a Bucket",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1046.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1046.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"12",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"Advanced Bucket Settings",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Advanced Bucket Settings",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1047.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1047.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"13",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"Bucket ACLs",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Bucket ACLs",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1048.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1048.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"14",
 		"des":"An ACL defines grantees and their granted permissions.Bucket and object ACLs are associated with accounts. By default, an ACL is created when a bucket or object is create",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"Overview,Bucket ACLs,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Overview",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1049.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1049.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"15",
 		"des":"Configure ACL permissions for owners, anonymous users, or specific users.If no ACL permissions are configured for a new bucket, OBS Browser+ automatically disables the ac",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"Configuring a Bucket ACL,Bucket ACLs,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Configuring a Bucket ACL",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1050.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1050.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"16",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"Lifecycle Management",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Lifecycle Management",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1051.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1051.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"17",
 		"des":"Lifecycle management for OBS includes periodically deleting objects from buckets and transitioning between object storage classes based on pre-defined rules.You may confi",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"Overview,Lifecycle Management,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Overview",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1052.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1052.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"18",
 		"des":"Configure a lifecycle rule for a bucket to manage objects in the bucket.Status: Select Enable to enable this lifecycle rule after the configuration.Rule Name: Enter a rul",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"Configuring a Lifecycle Rule,Lifecycle Management,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Configuring a Lifecycle Rule",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1053.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1053.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"19",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"Bucket Policies",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Bucket Policies",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1054.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1054.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"20",
 		"des":"A bucket owner can configure a bucket policy to manage access to the bucket.Bucket policies centrally control access to buckets and objects based on a variety of request ",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"Overview,Bucket Policies,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Overview",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1055.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1055.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"21",
 		"des":"Bucket policies define the access control over resources (buckets and objects) in OBS.Grant permissions to an account. In the following example, the account (whose accoun",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"Configuring a Bucket Policy,Bucket Policies,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Configuring a Bucket Policy",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1056.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1056.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"22",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"External Bucket Adding",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"External Bucket Adding",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1057.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1057.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"23",
 		"des":"If you have ACL permissions on buckets of other users, you can add them through OBS Browser+ as external buckets. By doing so, you can access these external buckets local",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"Overview,External Bucket Adding,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Overview",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1058.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1058.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"24",
 		"des":"Add buckets of other users through OBS Browser+.You have been granted the ACL permissions to access buckets of other users.For example, account A needs to add bucket buck",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"Adding an External Bucket,External Bucket Adding,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Adding an External Bucket",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1059.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1059.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"25",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"Object Operations",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Object Operations",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1060.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1060.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"26",
 		"des":"Create a folder on OBS Browser+.Unlike a file system, OBS does not involve the concepts of file and folder. For easy data management, OBS allows you to simulate a folder ",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"Creating a Folder,Object Operations,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Creating a Folder",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1061.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1061.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"27",
 		"des":"Upload local files or folders to OBS. If you do not specify a storage class during file or folder upload, any file or folder you upload will inherit the storage class of ",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"Uploading a File or Folder,Object Operations,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Uploading a File or Folder",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1062.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1062.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"28",
 		"des":"Search for a file or folder by name prefix on OBS Browser+.Matching files or folders are displayed in the list. If you want to search for other files or folders, click  i",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"Searching for a File or Folder,Object Operations,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Searching for a File or Folder",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1063.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1063.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"29",
 		"des":"Download a file or folder from OBS to your local computer.You can hold down Ctrl or Shift to select multiple files or folders and batch download them. You can also press ",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"Downloading a File or Folder,Object Operations,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Downloading a File or Folder",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1064.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1064.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"30",
-		"des":"Copy a file or folder stored in OBS from one path to another path.Files or folders in external buckets cannot be copied.The source path and target path must be different.",
+		"des":"Copy a file or folder stored in OBS from one path to another path.Files or folders in external buckets cannot be copied.The restore status of Archive objects cannot be co",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"Copying a File or Folder,Object Operations,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Copying a File or Folder",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1065.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1065.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"31",
 		"des":"Move a file or folder stored in OBS from one path to another path.Files or folders in external buckets cannot be moved.The source path and target path must be different.",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"Moving a File or Folder,Object Operations,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Moving a File or Folder",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1066.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1066.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"32",
 		"des":"Delete an existing file or folder as needed.Deleting a folder will also delete all files in it. Ensure that all files in a folder can be deleted before deleting the folde",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"Deleting a File or Folder,Object Operations,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Deleting a File or Folder",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1067.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1067.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"33",
 		"des":"With the URL generated during object sharing, anonymous users can access the shared object.Anonymous users have been granted the permissions through OBS Console to read t",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"Sharing a File or Folder,Object Operations,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Sharing a File or Folder",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1068.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1068.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"34",
 		"des":"Restore Cold objects before downloading them.Cold storage is secure, durable, and inexpensive for storing data that is rarely accessed (averagely once a year). It is suit",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"Restoring a File,Object Operations,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Restoring a File",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1069.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1069.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"35",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"Task Management",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Task Management",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1070.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1070.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"36",
 		"des":"There are running tasks in the list.",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"Managing Running and Queued Tasks,Task Management,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Managing Running and Queued Tasks",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1071.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1071.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"37",
 		"des":"There are suspended tasks in the list.",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"Managing Suspended Tasks,Task Management,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Managing Suspended Tasks",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1072.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1072.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"38",
 		"des":"There are completed tasks in the list.You are advised to periodically delete the completed tasks from the list. For details, see Why Does the Task Processing Speed Slow A",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"Managing Completed Tasks,Task Management,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Managing Completed Tasks",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1073.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1073.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"39",
 		"des":"There are tasks being restored in the list.If a Cold object is being restored, you cannot suspend or delete the restore task.Objects in the Restoring state cannot be rest",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"Managing Tasks Being Restored,Task Management,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Managing Tasks Being Restored",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1074.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1074.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"40",
 		"des":"There are failed tasks in the list.A failed task will be automatically retried three times.",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"Managing Failed Tasks,Task Management,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Managing Failed Tasks",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1006.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1006.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"41",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"Best Practices",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Best Practices",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1075.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1075.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"42",
 		"des":"OBS Browser+ supports upload by drag and drop. You can drag one or more files or folders from a local path and drop them to the object list or file list. You can even dra",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"Drag-and-Drop Upload,Best Practices,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Drag-and-Drop Upload",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1077.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1077.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"43",
 		"des":"If there are lots of tasks running on OBS Browser+, but you want to perform other operations outside OBS Browser+, you can close OBS Browser+ while tasks are still runnin",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"Background Running,Best Practices,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Background Running",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1079.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1079.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"44",
 		"des":"By default, OBS Browser+ uploads or downloads files or objects larger than 50 MB using multipart upload and download. To configure relevant parameters, choose Settings > ",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"Optimizing the Upload and Download Performance,Best Practices,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Optimizing the Upload and Download Performance",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1024.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1024.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"45",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"FAQs",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"FAQs",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1007.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1007.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"46",
-		"des":"When using OBS Browser+ to access OBS, you need to use the AK and SK for authentication. To obtain the AK and SK, perform the following steps:Keep AKs and SKs properly to",
+		"des":"When using OBS Browser+ to access OBS, you need to use the AK and SK for authentication. To obtain the AK and SK, perform the following steps:This step is required only w",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"Where Can I Obtain Access Keys (AK and SK)?,FAQs,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Where Can I Obtain Access Keys (AK and SK)?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1008.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1008.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"47",
 		"des":"No. You can install only one OBS Browser+ tool in a system, because OBS Browser+ available at different site provides different functions.",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"Can I Install Two OBS Browser+ Tools from Different Sites in One System?,FAQs,Tool Guide (OBS Browse",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Can I Install Two OBS Browser+ Tools from Different Sites in One System?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1009.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1009.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"48",
 		"des":"OBS Browser+ is an upgraded edition of OBS Browser, with the brand new GUI offering optimized user experiences. In addition, OBS Browser+ provides more login options, bet",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"What Are the Differences Between OBS Browser+ and OBS Browser?,FAQs,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"What Are the Differences Between OBS Browser+ and OBS Browser?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1010.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1010.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"49",
 		"des":"OBS Browser+ can migrate only the account information kept by OBS Browser, but not the task information. You can migrate such information only once, therefore, you are ad",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"Does OBS Browser+ Support the Migration of Account and Task Information From OBS Browser?,FAQs,Tool ",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Does OBS Browser+ Support the Migration of Account and Task Information From OBS Browser?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1011.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1011.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"50",
 		"des":"If the number of tasks in OBS Browser+ reaches a million or above, the system will spend more time in searching among massive amounts of tasks, which adds load to your de",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"Why Does the Task Processing Speed Slow After the Number of Tasks Exceeds a Million?,FAQs,Tool Guide",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Why Does the Task Processing Speed Slow After the Number of Tasks Exceeds a Million?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1012.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1012.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"51",
 		"des":"The statistics displayed on OBS Browser+ are not real-time statistics, which is for reference only.",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"Why Are the Displayed Number of Objects and Used Storage Capacity Different from the Actual Number o",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Why Are the Displayed Number of Objects and Used Storage Capacity Different from the Actual Number of Objects and Storage Capacity?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1034.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1034.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"52",
 		"des":"Accessing OBS using OBS Browser+ is usually affected by your network quality. If there are network fluctuations, your access may time out or your upload/download will fai",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"How Can I Locate Common Network Errors?,FAQs,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"How Can I Locate Common Network Errors?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1035.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1035.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"53",
 		"des":"You can use OBS Browser+ to share files or folders with other users through URLs. These URLs are valid for only a certain period. Once they expire, files or folders will ",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"How Can I Permanently Share Files or Folders with Other Users?,FAQs,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"How Can I Permanently Share Files or Folders with Other Users?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1036.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1036.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"54",
 		"des":"In some scenarios, when you try to log in to OBS Browser+ using access keys (AK and SK) that have only the permission to access a specific bucket or a specific directory ",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"How Can I Access a Specific Bucket or Directory?,FAQs,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"How Can I Access a Specific Bucket or Directory?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1037.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1037.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"55",
 		"des":"No. URLs for sharing objects or directories through OBS Browser+ have a validity period. During the validity period, the sharing cannot be canceled. Therefore, exercise c",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"Can I Cancel the Directory Sharing After a Directory Has Been Shared with Others?,FAQs,Tool Guide (O",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Can I Cancel the Directory Sharing After a Directory Has Been Shared with Others?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
-		"uri":"obs_03_1038.html",
+		"uri":"obs_03_1082.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1082.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"56",
-		"des":"Take Linux OS as an example. Run the ./obsutil ls obs://bucket-test/test/ -du -limit=0 command to query the size of the test folder in bucket bucket-test../obsutil ls obs",
+		"des":"No. You can use OBS SDKs to list such objects.",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
-		"kw":"Can I Query the Number and Size of Files in a Folder?,FAQs,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)",
-		"title":"Can I Query the Number and Size of Files in a Folder?",
+		"kw":"Can OBS Browser+ List Objects with Special Characters in Their Names?,FAQs,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
+		"title":"Can OBS Browser+ List Objects with Special Characters in Their Names?",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1025.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1025.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"57",
 		"des":"On the Windows Start menu, choose Control Panel > Programs > Programs and Features. Locate and right-click obs-browser-plusxxx, choose Uninstall, and uninstall the softwa",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"Uninstalling OBS Browser+,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Uninstalling OBS Browser+",
 		"githuburl":""
 	},
 	{
 		"uri":"obs_03_1026.html",
+		"node_id":"obs_03_1026.xml",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"code":"58",
 		"des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"kw":"Change History,Tool Guide (OBS Browser+)",
+		"search_title":"",
+		"metedata":[
+			{
+				"documenttype":"browsertg",
+				"prodname":"obs",
+				"opensource":"true"
+			}
+		],
 		"title":"Change History",
 		"githuburl":""
 	}
diff --git a/docs/obs/tool/CLASS.TXT.json b/docs/obs/tool/CLASS.TXT.json
index 09295b76..dec61999 100644
--- a/docs/obs/tool/CLASS.TXT.json
+++ b/docs/obs/tool/CLASS.TXT.json
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 		"code":"4"
 	},
 	{
-		"desc":"OBS Browser+ supports AK-based login.If a proxy is required for access, choose More > Settings > Network on the login page to configure the proxy before login.In AK-based",
+		"desc":"OBS Browser+ supports login using a permanent AK.If a proxy is required for access, choose More > Settings > Network on the login page to configure the proxy before login",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"title":"Logging In to OBS Browser+",
 		"uri":"obs_03_1004.html",
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@
 		"code":"29"
 	},
 	{
-		"desc":"Copy a file or folder stored in OBS from one path to another path.Files or folders in external buckets cannot be copied.The source path and target path must be different.",
+		"desc":"Copy a file or folder stored in OBS from one path to another path.Files or folders in external buckets cannot be copied.The restore status of Archive objects cannot be co",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"title":"Copying a File or Folder",
 		"uri":"obs_03_1064.html",
@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@
 		"code":"45"
 	},
 	{
-		"desc":"When using OBS Browser+ to access OBS, you need to use the AK and SK for authentication. To obtain the AK and SK, perform the following steps:Keep AKs and SKs properly to",
+		"desc":"When using OBS Browser+ to access OBS, you need to use the AK and SK for authentication. To obtain the AK and SK, perform the following steps:This step is required only w",
 		"product_code":"obs",
 		"title":"Where Can I Obtain Access Keys (AK and SK)?",
 		"uri":"obs_03_1007.html",
@@ -495,10 +495,10 @@
 		"code":"55"
 	},
 	{
-		"desc":"Take Linux OS as an example. Run the ./obsutil ls obs://bucket-test/test/ -du -limit=0 command to query the size of the test folder in bucket bucket-test../obsutil ls obs",
+		"desc":"No. You can use OBS SDKs to list such objects.",
 		"product_code":"obs",
-		"title":"Can I Query the Number and Size of Files in a Folder?",
-		"uri":"obs_03_1038.html",
+		"title":"Can OBS Browser+ List Objects with Special Characters in Their Names?",
+		"uri":"obs_03_1082.html",
 		"doc_type":"browsertg",
 		"p_code":"45",
 		"code":"56"
diff --git a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1000.html b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1000.html
index 50919e25..3647b91c 100644
--- a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1000.html
+++ b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1000.html
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 
 
                                                                          Introduction
                                                                          
 
                                                                          OBS Browser+ is a GUI-based desktop application that is intuitive and easy to use. It allows you to comprehensively manage OBS buckets and objects from your local end. For example, you can create buckets, and upload and download objects on OBS Browser+.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          OBS Browser+ is applicable to Mac OSs, Windows 7, Windows 10, Windows Server 2008, and Windows Server 2016. Table 1 lists the specifications required by each OS. 
                                                                          
+
                                                                          OBS Browser+ is applicable to Windows 10, Mac OSs, and Windows Server 2016. Table 1 lists the specifications required by each OS. 
                                                                          
 
 
                                                                          
@@ -14,9 +14,9 @@
 
-
-
-
+
+
+
                                                                          Table 1 PC specifications required by OBS Browser+
                                                                          Item
                                                                          
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          OS
                                                                          
 
                                                                          • Windows 7 Pro SP1 64-bit
                                                                          • Windows 10 Pro 64-bit
                                                                          • Windows Server 2008 R2 Enterprise 64-bit
                                                                          • Windows Server 2016 standard 64-bit
                                                                          • Mac OS X10.13.3
                                                                          
+
                                                                          • Windows 10 Pro 64-bit
                                                                          • Windows Server 2016 standard 64-bit
                                                                          • Mac OS X10.13.3
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Linux OSs are not supported. Windows 7 or later Windows OS releases are recommended.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Linux OSs are not supported. Windows 10 or later Windows OS releases are recommended.
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          CPU
                                                                          
diff --git a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1003.html b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1003.html
index dc184a5a..50eec580 100644
--- a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1003.html
+++ b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1003.html
@@ -2,5 +2,25 @@
 
 
                                                                          Downloading OBS Browser+
                                                                          
 
                                                                          To download OBS Browser+, you can click the OBS Browser+ package link on the homepage of OBS Console.
                                                                          
+
+
                                                                          
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
                                                                          Table 1 List of download links
                                                                          Supported OS
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Download Link
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Windows x32
                                                                          
+
                                                                          OBSBrowserPlus-win32
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Windows x64
                                                                          
+
                                                                          OBSBrowserPlus-win64
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
+
                                                                          
 
                                                                          
 
diff --git a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1004.html b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1004.html
index 846f9704..d06cad12 100644
--- a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1004.html
+++ b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1004.html
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 
 
 
                                                                          Logging In to OBS Browser+
                                                                          
-
                                                                          OBS Browser+ supports AK-based login.
                                                                          
-
                                                                           
                                                                          If a proxy is required for access, choose More > Settings > Network on the login page to configure the proxy before login.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          OBS Browser+ supports login using a permanent AK.
                                                                          
+
                                                                           
                                                                          1. If a proxy is required for access, choose More > Settings > Network on the login page to configure the proxy before login.
                                                                          2. OBS Browser+ does not support login using a temporary AK/SK pair and a security token.
                                                                          
 
                                                                          
-
                                                                          AK Login
                                                                          In AK-based login mode, access keys (AK and SK) are used for login authentication. You need to enter the AK and SK for login.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          Permanent AK Login
                                                                          In AK-based login mode, access keys (AK and SK) are used for login authentication. You need to enter the AK and SK for login.
                                                                          
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          
 
diff --git a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1007.html b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1007.html
index 92efed98..275680cf 100644
--- a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1007.html
+++ b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1007.html
@@ -1,9 +1,10 @@
 
 
 
                                                                          Where Can I Obtain Access Keys (AK and SK)?
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          When using OBS Browser+ to access OBS, you need to use the AK and SK for authentication. To obtain the AK and SK, perform the following steps:
                                                                          
-
                                                                          1. Log in to the console.
                                                                          2. Click the login username in the upper right corner and choose My Credentials from the drop-down list.
                                                                          3. Choose Access Keys.
                                                                          4. Click Create Access Key.
                                                                          5. Enter the login password.
                                                                          6. Enter the verification code your mobile phone, or email received, and click OK.
                                                                          7. View the access key file that was automatically downloaded.
                                                                             
                                                                            Keep AKs and SKs properly to prevent information leakage.
                                                                            
+
                                                                            When using OBS Browser+ to access OBS, you need to use the AK and SK for authentication. To obtain the AK and SK, perform the following steps:
                                                                            
+
                                                                            1. Log in to the console.
                                                                            2. Click on the login username in the upper right corner and choose My Credentials from the drop-down list.
                                                                            3. Choose Access Keys.
                                                                            4. Click Create Access Key.
                                                                            5. Enter an access key description (optional) and click OK.
                                                                            6. Enter the verification code your mobile phone, virtual MFA device, or email received, and click OK.
                                                                               
                                                                              This step is required only when you have enabled operation protection.
                                                                              
+
                                                                              
+
                                                                            7. Click Download to obtain the access key file.
                                                                               
                                                                              Keep AKs and SKs properly to prevent information leakage.
                                                                              
 
                                                                              
 
                                                                            
 
                                                                            
diff --git a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1024.html b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1024.html
index 212dc5a0..eca830c6 100644
--- a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1024.html
+++ b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1024.html
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
 
                                                                            8. 
 
                                                                          8. Can I Cancel the Directory Sharing After a Directory Has Been Shared with Others?
                                                                            
 
                                                                            9. 
-
                                                                          9. Can I Query the Number and Size of Files in a Folder?
                                                                            
+
                                                                          10. Can OBS Browser+ List Objects with Special Characters in Their Names?
                                                                            
 
                                                                            11. 
 
 
                                                                          
diff --git a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1026.html b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1026.html
index b518a47e..cbfb9ad5 100644
--- a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1026.html
+++ b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1026.html
@@ -8,7 +8,13 @@
 
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          2023-07-17
                                                                          
+
                                                                          2024-02-26
                                                                          
+
                                                                          This is the fourth official release.
                                                                          
+
+
                                                                          2023-07-17
                                                                          
                                                                           		
 
                                                                          This is the third official release.
                                                                          
 
                                                                          • Added the requester pays descriptions about external bucket adding.
                                                                          • Added Best Practices.
                                                                          
diff --git a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1038.html b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1038.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 39ff0bd9..00000000
--- a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1038.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
                                                                          Can I Query the Number and Size of Files in a Folder?
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Take Linux OS as an example. Run the ./obsutil ls obs://bucket-test/test/ -du -limit=0 command to query the size of the test folder in bucket bucket-test.
                                                                          ./obsutil ls obs://bucket-test/test/ -du -limit=0
-
-Start at 2023-03-16 06:40:18.2773873 +0000 UTC
-
-Listing objects .
-
-Remove the -du parameter to view more information
-[DU] Total prefix [test/] size: 990.85MB
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Parent topic: FAQs
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
                                                                          
-
diff --git a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1041.html b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1041.html
index 9e795f14..15294075 100644
--- a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1041.html
+++ b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1041.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 
                                                                          You can click  next to the bucket name to learn about the bucket naming rules. A user can create a maximum of 100 buckets in OBS.
                                                                          
 
                                                                           
                                                                          • When a URL is used to access a bucket, the bucket name will become part of the URL. According to the DNS rule, URLs do not support uppercase letters and cannot recognize buckets whose name contains uppercase letters. Therefore, a bucket name can contain only lowercase letters, digits, hyphens (-), and periods (.) For example, if you attempt to access bucket MyBucket using a URL, the URL will parse MyBucket as mybucket. This results in an access error.
                                                                          • DNS naming rules can standardize bucket names globally, facilitating the resolution during bucket access. With the DNS naming rules used, you can benefit from new functions and optimized features, and configure static website hosting for buckets.
                                                                          • Once a bucket is created, its name cannot be changed. Make sure that the bucket name you set is appropriate.
                                                                          
 
                                                                          
-
                                                                        9. Click OK. If the bucket is successfully created, it is displayed in the bucket list. If the creation fails, an error message will be displayed.
                                                                          10. 
+
                                                                        10. Click OK. If the bucket is successfully created, it is displayed in the bucket list. If the creation fails, an error message will be displayed.
                                                                          11. 
 
 
 
                                                                          
diff --git a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1064.html b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1064.html
index 8f4a7f35..eeb2ba21 100644
--- a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1064.html
+++ b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1064.html
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 
 
                                                                          Copying a File or Folder
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Copy a file or folder stored in OBS from one path to another path.
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Procedure
                                                                          1. Log in to OBS Browser+.
                                                                          2. Go to the target bucket. Right-click the file or folder and choose Copy from the shortcut menu.
                                                                          3. Right-click the path for saving the file or folder and choose Paste from the shortcut menu.
                                                                             
                                                                            • Files or folders in external buckets cannot be copied.
                                                                            • The source path and target path must be different.
                                                                            
+
                                                                            Procedure
                                                                            1. Log in to OBS Browser+.
                                                                            2. Go to the target bucket. Right-click the file or folder and choose Copy from the shortcut menu.
                                                                            3. Right-click the path for saving the file or folder and choose Paste from the shortcut menu.
                                                                               
                                                                              • Files or folders in external buckets cannot be copied.
                                                                              • The restore status of Archive objects cannot be copied.
                                                                              • The source path and target path must be different.
                                                                              
 
                                                                              
 
                                                                            
 
                                                                            
diff --git a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1066.html b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1066.html
index c8eec79e..c583ef13 100644
--- a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1066.html
+++ b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1066.html
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 
                                                                          4. In the displayed dialog box, click OK.
                                                                          
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Important Notes
                                                                          In big data scenarios, parallel file systems usually have deep directory levels and each directory has a large number of files. In such case, deleting directories from parallel file systems may fail due to timeout. To address this problem, you are advised to delete directories in either of the following ways:
                                                                          
-
                                                                          1. On the Hadoop client that has OBSA, an OBS client plugin, embedded, run the hadoop fs - rmr obs://{Name of a parallel file system}/{Directory name} command.
                                                                          2. Configure a lifecycle rule for directories so that they can be deleted in background based on the preset lifecycle rule.
                                                                          
+
                                                                          1. On the Hadoop client that has OBSA, an OBS client plugin, embedded, run the hadoop fs - rmr obs://{Name of a parallel file system}/{Directory name} command.
                                                                          2. Configure a lifecycle rule for directories so that they can be deleted in background based on the preset lifecycle rule.
                                                                          
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          
diff --git a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1070.html b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1070.html
index 41bccce7..157214ba 100644
--- a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1070.html
+++ b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1070.html
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          
-
                                                                        11. (Optional) Select one or more tasks and click Pause (). Paused tasks will be displayed on the Suspended tab.
                                                                        12. (Optional) Select one or more tasks and click Delete ().
                                                                          13. 
+
                                                                        13. (Optional) Select one or more tasks and click Pause (). Paused tasks will be displayed on the Suspended tab.
                                                                        14. (Optional) Select one or more tasks and click Delete ().
                                                                          15. 
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          
diff --git a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1071.html b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1071.html
index 1673c49a..8efc1bdd 100644
--- a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1071.html
+++ b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1071.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          
-
                                                                        15. (Optional) Select one or more tasks and click Run (). Executed tasks will be displayed on the Queuing or Pending tab.
                                                                        16. (Optional) Select one or more tasks and click Delete ().
                                                                          17. 
+
                                                                        17. (Optional) Select one or more tasks and click Run (). Executed tasks will be displayed on the Queuing or Pending tab.
                                                                        18. (Optional) Select one or more tasks and click Delete ().
                                                                          19. 
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                          
 
diff --git a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1072.html b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1072.html
index ee2133b7..5949579a 100644
--- a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1072.html
+++ b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1072.html
@@ -3,12 +3,12 @@
 
                                                                          Managing Completed Tasks
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Prerequisites
                                                                          There are completed tasks in the list.
                                                                          
 
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Procedure
                                                                          1. Log in to OBS Browser+.
                                                                          2. In the navigation pane, choose Task Management.
                                                                          3. Choose the Completed tab, as shown in Figure 1.
                                                                            Figure 1 Completed task list
                                                                            
+
                                                                            Procedure
                                                                            1. Log in to OBS Browser+.
                                                                            2. In the navigation pane, choose Task Management.
                                                                            3. Choose the Completed tab, as shown in Figure 1.
                                                                              Figure 1 Completed task list
                                                                              
 
                                                                              
 
                                                                              
 
                                                                              
 
                                                                              
-
                                                                            4. (Optional) Select one or more tasks and click Delete ().
                                                                            
+
                                                                          4. (Optional) Select one or more tasks and click Delete ().
                                                                          
 
                                                                          
 
                                                                           
                                                                          You are advised to periodically delete the completed tasks from the list. For details, see Why Does the Task Processing Speed Slow After the Number of Tasks Exceeds a Million?
                                                                          
 
                                                                          
diff --git a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1073.html b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1073.html
index dd9e8c76..15a9d66c 100644
--- a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1073.html
+++ b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1073.html
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 
                                                                          Managing Tasks Being Restored
                                                                          
 
                                                                          Prerequisites
                                                                          There are tasks being restored in the list.
                                                                          
 
                                                                          
-
                                                                          Procedure
                                                                          1. Log in to OBS Browser+.
                                                                          2. In the navigation pane, choose Task Management.
                                                                          3. Choose the Restoring tab, as shown in Figure 1.
                                                                            Figure 1 List of tasks being restored
                                                                            
+
                                                                            Procedure
                                                                            1. Log in to OBS Browser+.
                                                                            2. In the navigation pane, choose Task Management.
                                                                            3. Choose the Restoring tab, as shown in Figure 1.
                                                                              Figure 1 List of tasks being restored
                                                                              
 
                                                                              
 
                                                                              
 
                                                                              
diff --git a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1077.html b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1077.html
index a36962e0..0359c48c 100644
--- a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1077.html
+++ b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1077.html
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 
 
 
                                                                              Background Running
                                                                              
-
                                                                              If there are lots of tasks running on OBS Browser+, but you want to perform other operations outside OBS Browser+, you can close OBS Browser+ while tasks are still running in the background. Specifically, click the close icon in the upper right corner of OBS Browser+ and select Background Running in the Exit OBS Browser+ dialog box. Then, all your tasks will run in the background. You can also double-click the OBS Browser+ icon in the task bar to display its interface again.
                                                                              
+
                                                                              If there are lots of tasks running on OBS Browser+, but you want to perform other operations outside OBS Browser+, you can close OBS Browser+ while tasks are still running in the background. Specifically, click the close icon in the upper right corner of OBS Browser+ and select Background Running in the Exit OBS Browser+ dialog box. Then, all your tasks will run in the background. You can also double-click the OBS Browser+ icon in the task bar to display its interface again.
                                                                              
 
                                                                              
 
                                                                              
 
                                                                              
diff --git a/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1082.html b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1082.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..acd0b677
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/obs/tool/obs_03_1082.html
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+
+
+
                                                                              Can OBS Browser+ List Objects with Special Characters in Their Names?
                                                                              
+
                                                                              No. You can use OBS SDKs to list such objects.
                                                                              
+
                                                                              
+
                                                                              
+
                                                                              
+
                                                                              Parent topic: FAQs
                                                                              
+
                                                                              
+
                                                                              
+